Mathematics: For Free
Uploaded by
faizan khalilMathematics: For Free
Uploaded by
faizan khalilt
Eduwiser’s
CBSE
Mathematics low
ee
rF
Fr
for
Based on Latest NCERTsyllabus
u
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
d
Re
n
Fi
Eduwiser Prof. (Dr.) K. C. Sinha I
PUBLISHING GROUP
\\
ReadYourFlow.COM
SYLLABUS
For CBSE Class X
FIRST TERM
Unit I : Number System
1. Real Numbers (15 Periods)
Euclid's division lemma, Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic-statements after
reviewing work done earlier and after illustrating and motivating through examples.
Proofs of results-irrationality of V2,V3,\/5, decimal expansions of rational numbers
in terms of terminating/non-terminating recurring decimals.
w
Unit II : Algebra
1. Polynomials
Flo (7 Periods)
ee
Fr
Zeroes of a polynomial. Relationship between zeroes and coefficients of a polynomial
with particular reference to quadratic polynomials. Statement and simple problems
for
on division algorithm for polynomials with real coefficients.
ur
2. Pair of Linear Equations in Two V ariables (15 Periods)
ks
Yo
Pair of linear equations in two variables. Geometric representation of different
oo
possibilities of solutions/inconsistency.
B
Algebraic conditions for number of solutions. Solution of pair of linear equations
re
in two variables algebraically - by substitution, by elimination and by cross
ou
ad
multiplication. Simple situational problems must be included. Simple problems on
Y
equations reducible to linear equations may be included.
nd
Re
Unit III : Geometry
Fi
1. Triangles (15 Periods)
Definitions, examples, counter examples of similar triangles.
1. (Prove) If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle to intersect the other
two sides in distinct points, the other two sides are divided in the same ratio.
2. (Motivate) If a line divides two sides of a triangle in the same ratio, the line
is parallel to the third side.
3. (Motivate) If in two triangles, the corresponding angles are equal, their
corresponding sides are proportional and the triangles are similar.
4. (Motivate) If the corresponding sides of two triangles are proportional, their
corresponding angles are equal and the two triangles are similar.
5. (Motivate) If one angle of a triangle is equal to one angle of another triangle
and the sides including these angles are proportional, the two triangles are
similar.
6. (Motivate) If a perpendicular is drawn from the vertex of the right angle to the
ReadYourFlow.COM
hypotenuse, the triangles on each side of the perpendicular are similar to the
whole triangle and to each other.
7. (Prove) The ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is equal to the sum of
the squares on the other two sides.
9. (Prove) In a triangle, if the square on one side is equal to sum of the squares
on the other two sides, the angles opposite to the first side is a right triangle.
Unit IV : Trigonometry
1. Introduction to Trigonometry (10 Periods)
Trigonometric ratios of an acute angle of a right-angled triangle. Proof of their
existence (well defined); motivate the ratios, whichever are defined at 0° and 90°.
Values (with proofs) of the trigonometric ratios of 30°, 45° and 60°. Relationships
between the ratios.
low
2. Trigonometric Identities (15 Periods)
Proof and applications of the identity sin2A + cos2A = 1. Only simple identities to
be given. Trigonometric ratios of complementary angles.
ee
rF
Unit V : Statistics and Probability Fr
for
1. Statistics (18 Periods)
u
Mean, median and mode of grouped data (bimodal situation to be avoided).
ks
Yo
Cumulative frequency graph.
oo
B
re
SECOND TERM
ou
ad
Y
Unit II : Algebra
d
Re
n
3. Quadratic Equations (15 Periods)
Fi
Standard form of a quadratic equation ax2 + Ay + c = 0, (a ' 0). Solution of quadratic
equations (only real roots) by factorization and by completing the square i.e. by
using quadratic formula. Relationship between discriminant and nature of roots.
Problems related to day-to-day activities to be incorporated.
4. Arithmetic Progressions (AP) (8 Periods)
Motivation for studying A.P. Derivation of standard results of finding the /7lh term
and sum of first n terms.
Unit III : Geometry
2. Circles (8 Periods)
Tangents to a circle motivated by chords drawn from points coming closer and
closer to the point.
ReadYourFlow.COM
1. (Prove) The tangent at any point of a circle is perpendicular to the radius
through the point of contact.
2. (Prove) The lengths of tangents drawn from an external point to a circle are
equal.
3. Constructions (8 Periods)
1. Division of a line segment in a given ratio (internally).
2. ‘Tangent to a circle from a point outside it.
3. Construction of a triangle similar to a given triangle.
Unit IV : Trigonometry
3. Heights and Distances (Periods 8)
Simple and believable problems on heights and distances. Problems should not
w
involve more than two right triangles. Angles of elevation/depression should be
only 30°, 45°, 60°.
Flo
ree
Unit V : Statistics and Probability
2. Probability F (10 Periods)
or
Classical definition of probability. Connection with probability as given in class IX.
ur
Simple problems on single events, not using set notation.
k sf
Yo
oo
Unit VI : Coordinate Geometry
B
(14 Periods)
re
1. Lines (In tvvo-dimensions)
Review the concepts of coordinate geometry done earlier including graphs of linear
ou
ad
equations. Awareness of geometrical representation of quadratic polynomials.
Y
Distance between two points and section formula (internal). Area of a triangle.
nd
Re
Unit VII : Mensuration
Fi
1. Areas Related to Circles (Including Areas of Plane Figures) (12 Periods)
Motivate the area of a circle ; area of sectors and segments of a circle. Problems
based on areas and perimeter/circumference of the above said plane figures. (In
calculating area of segment of a circle, problems should be restricted to central
angle of 60°. 90° and 120° only. Plane figures involving triangles, simple quadrilaterals
and circle should be taken.)
2. Surface Areas and Volumes (12 Periods)
(i) Problems on finding surface areas and volumes of combinations of any two
of the following : cubes, cuboids, spheres, hemispheres and right circular
cylinders/cones. Frustum of a cone.
(ii) Problems involving converting one type of metallic solid into another and
other mixed problems. (Problems with combination of not more than two
different solids be taken.)
ReadYourFlow.COM
CONTENTS
TERM I
1. Real Numbers 1.1 - 1.46
2. Polynomials 2.1-2.58
3. Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables
low
3.1-3.92
4. Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.1-4.88
5. Triangles ... 5.1 - 5.118
ree
rF
6. Statistics 6.1-6.84
F
or
sf
TERM II
ou
k
oo
7. Quadratic Equations 7.1-7.64
Y
B
8. Arithmetic Progressions (AP) 8.1-8.62
re
9. Some Applications of Trigonometry : Heights and Distances 9.1-9.46
ou
ad
Y
10. Coordinate Geometry ... 10.1-10.56
nd
Re
11. Circles 11.1-11.36
Fi
12. Constructions 12.1 -12.22
13. Areas Related to Circles ... 13.1-13.52
14. Surface Areas and Volumes ... 14.1 - 14.70
15. Probability ... 15.1 - 15.42
Sample Question Papers 1 - 17
Previous Year Solved Paper 18-30
ReadYourFlow.COM
REAL NUMBERS
(1.1. INTRODUCTION
In class IX, we have read about real numbers which are either rational or irrational numbers.
w
Here, we will study two very useftil properties of positive integers (natural numbers) called
Euclid's division algorithm and the Fundamental Theorem ofArithmetic.
Flo
Euclid’s division algorithm states that every positive integer (natural number) a can be
divided by another positive integer b leaving a remainder r such that 0 < /• < b.
ee
Clearly, Euclid’s division algorithm is related to divisibility of integers.
Fr
In fact, Euclid’s division algorithm has many important applications in divisibility properties
or
r
of integers.
f
ou
Examples:
ks
(i) When 25 is divided by 8, quotient is 3 and remainder is 1.
oo
Y
B
We can write 25 =8x3+1
re
Here, a =25, 6 = 8, £7 = 3, r = 1
ou
Clearly, a = bq + r, where 0 < r < 8
ad
Y
(ii) When 9 is divided by 23, we get quotient 0 and remainder 9.
nd
We can write 9 = 23 x 0 + 9
Re
Here,
Fi
a =9, 6 = 23, £7 = 0, r = 9
Clearly, a = 6# + /*,where0<r<23.
Here, we shall discuss some of these properties which are useful in finding the HCF of two
positive integers.
The Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic is related to multiplication of positive integers. It
states that every composite number can be expressed uniquely as the product of prime
numbers.
Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic has many important useful applications. Some of these
applications are proving irrationality of numbers like V2,V3,\/5,V7 etc. and knowing
whether decimal form of rational numbers y, (£7 + 0) is terminating or non-terminating
repeating (recurring). Here, we will see that factorisation of denominator £7 of a rational
number —
— in prime factors will tell us about the nature of the decimal form of rational number
q
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.2 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
—, whether it is terminating or non-terminating repeating (recurring).
9
Lemma : A lemma is a statement used to prove another statement.
1.2. EUCLID’S DIVISION LEMMA
If a and b be any two positive integers, then there exists unique non-negative integers
(whole numbers) q and r such that a = b q + r, where 0<r<b.
Euclid’s division algorithm is based on this lemma and is a technique to find the HCF of two
given positive integers.
We know that HCF of two positive integers a and b is the greatest positive integer d by
which both o and b are divisible.
We illustrate the application of division algorithm in finding the HCF oftwo positive integers
by an example.
w
Let us find the HCF of positive integers 480 and 75
Here, a=480,& = 75 (<7>b)
By Euclid’s lemma, a = bq + r, 0 < r < b Flo
ee
480=75x6 + 30 -(I)
Fr
Now; we consider the positive integers 75 (divisor) and 30 (remainder),
or
r
By division lemma, we have
f
ou
75=30x2+15 ...(2)
ks
Again, we consider the divisor 30 and remainder 15.
oo
By division lemma, we have
Y
B
re
30 = 15x2 + 0 •••(3)
Now, the remainder is 0 and we cannot proceed further and so we stop here.
ou
ad
We can see by factorising 480 and 75 into prime factors that HCF of480 and 75 is the divisor
Y
15.
nd
Re
O. EUCLID’S DIVISION ALGORITHM
Fi
Algorithm : It is a series of well defined steps giving a procedure to solve a particular type
of problem. This word algorithm is after the name of Persian Mathematician al-Khwarizmi.
In order to find the HCF oftwo positive integers a and b(a> b), following steps are required.
Step 1. Apply Euclid’s division lemma to a and b. For this, find whole numbers (non-negative
integers) </ and r satisfying
a= bq + r, 0<r<b
Step 2. If /• = 0 ; divisor b is the HCF of a and b.
But if/•+ 0, apply the Euclid's division lemma to divisor b and remainder r.
Let b = cr + r,
Step 3. Ifr, = 0, then divisor c is the HCF of a and b otherwise apply the Euclid’s division
lemma to divisor c and remainder /q and proceed as before till remainder is zero.
The divisor </when remainder becomes zero will be the required HCF of<7 and b.
Note:
ReadYourFlow.COMA
Real Numbers 1.3
1. The symbol HCF (a, b) denotes the HCF of a and b.
2. \fa = bq + r,0<r<b, then HCF (a, b) = HCF {b, r).
3. For every integer m, HCF (m, 0) = m.
4. Euclid’s division lemma is different from division algorithm. Division algorithm is a
procedure whereas division lemma is a statement about divisibility of a positive integer
by another positive integer.
5. Euclid’s division lemma algorithm is stated for only positive integers but it can be
extended for all integers other than 6 = 0.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on finding HCF of two positive integers using Euclid’s division
algorithm.
w
WORKING RULE :
Flo
1. If HCF of tw'o positive integers a and b is to be obtained (a > b), divide a by b
ee
to get the quotient q and remainder r.
2. If r = 0, then b is the required HCF of o and b.
Fr
3. If /• * 0, then divide b by remainder r obtained in step (1) and find the quotient
or
ur
qx and remainder rx. If r{ = 0, r is the required HCF.
sf
4. If r, * 0 proceed as given above till remainder is zero. The divisor at this stage
k
Yo
will be the required HCF of o and b.
oo
5. In order to find the HCF of three numbers, first of all find the HCF of two numbers
B
re
and then find the HCF of third number and this HCF.
ou
Example 1. Using Euclid's division algorithm, find the HCF of 867 and 255.
ad
Solution : Let a = 867 and b = 255 (a > b)
Y
Step 1.
d
Re
255) 867 (3
n
Fi
165
102
By division lemma 867 = 255 x 3 + 102
Since the remainder 102 ^ 0, therefore, we divide 255 by remainder 102.
Step 2.
102) 255 (2
204
51
By division lemma 255 = 102 x 2 + 51
Since the remainder 51^0, therefore, we divide 102 by 51.
Step 3.
51) 102 (2
102
0
By division lemma, 102 = 51 x 2 + 0
Here, remainder is zero, therefore, w'e stop here.
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.4 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Hence HCF of 867 and 255 = 51.
Note:
1. HCF (867,255) = HCF (255,102) = HCF (102,51) = 51
2. Euclid's division algorithm is very usetlil in finding the HCF of large numbers and is a
very old example ofan algorithm used in computer programming.
3. The procedure given above is in fact the following :
255) 867(3
765
102)255 (2
204
51 ) 102(2
102
0
.-. HCF of867 and 255 = 51.
w
Example 2. Using Euclid's division algorithm, find the HCF of 196 and 3822.
Solution : Let a = 3822 and b= 196 (a > b)
Step 1. Flo
ee
196)3822(19
196
1862
Fr
or
r
1764
f
ou
98
ks
.•. ByEuclid’s division lemma, 3822= 196 x 19 + 98
oo
Since remainder =98 + 0. therefore, we divide divisor 196 by remainder 98.
Y
B
re
Step 2.
98)196(2
ou
ad
196
Y
0
nd
Re
.•. By Euclid's division lemma, 196 = 98 * 2 + 0
Fi
Since here remainder is zero, therefore, we stop here.
Hence HCF (196,3822) = 98.
Example 3. Using Euclid's division algorithm, find the HCF of 156.221 and 364.
Solution : First of all we find the HCF of 156 and 221
Let a = 221 and/?= 156(r/>6)
156)221(1
156
65
.•. By Euclid’s division lemma, we have 221 = 156 x 1 +65
Here remainder = 65 + 0, therefore we divide 156 by 65
65)156 (2
130
26
.'. By Euclid’s division lemma, w-e have 156 = 65 x 2 + 26
ReadYourFlow.COMi
Real Numbers 1.5
Here remainder = 26 * 0, therefore,we divide 65 by 26
26)65(2
52
13
By Euclid’s division lemma, we have 65 = 26 *2+13
Here remainder = 13^0, therefore we divide 26 by 13.
13)26(2
26
0
.'. By Euclid’s division lemma, we have 26= 13x2 + 0
Since remainder = 0, therefore, we stop here.
HCF(221,156)= 13
w
Now, we find HCEof364 and 13
Let a = 364 and 6=13
13)364(28 Flo
ree
26
104
104 F
or
0
ur
sf
.'. By Euclid’s division lemma, we have 364 = 13 x 28 + 0
k
Yo
Since remainder = 0
oo
HCF(364,13)= 13
B
re
Thus, HCF of 156,221,364 =13.
ou
ad
Type II. Problems based on properties of numbers.
Y
nd
WORKING RULE :
Re
1. If it is to be proved that a positive integer k is of the form mq + r, where m is
Fi
a fixed known integer and r has some non-negative integral value less than m,
then divide positive integer k by m and use Euclid’s division lemma.
2. Consider all positive integral values of remainder r and leave those cases which
are not possible for positive integer k.
3. Any positive integer a is of the form
(i) 2m or 2m + 1 (dividing a by 2)
(ii) 3m, 3m + 1 or 3m + 2 (dividing a by 3)
(iii) 4m, 4m + 1,4m + 2 or 4m + 3 (dividing a by 4)
Example 4. Show that any positive odd integer is of the form 6q + 1 or 6<y + 3 or
6r/ + 5, where q is some integer. |NCERT|
k Solution : Let a be an arbitrary odd positive integer.
Let 6 = 6 [We have taken b = 6 because the form is 6q + 1 or 6q + 3 or 6q + 5]
Euclid’s division lemma,
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.6 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
a= bq + r
= 6q + r, where q is some whole number (non-negative) integer and r is an
integer such that 0 < /- < 6
Here possible values of r are 0, I, 2, 3, 4, 5
When /•= 0, a = bq
When r= 1, a= 6q + 1
When r = 2, a =6<7 + 2
When r=3. a = 6q + 3
When r= 4, a = 6r/ + 4
When /•= 5, tv = 6g + 5
But 6f/, 6(7 + 2 and 617 + 4 are even integers and a is an odd integer, therefore, a cannot
be bq, bq + 2 ox bq + 4.
w
Hence, a = 6c/ + 1 or bq + 3 or bq + 5, where q is some integer.
Example 5. Using Euclid’s division lemma, show that the square of any positive integer
Flo
is either of the form 3/?? or 3m + 1 for some integer m. 1NCERT1
ree
Solution : Let a be an arbitrary positive integer.
Let b = 3 F
[We have taken 6 = 3 because the form is 3m or 3m + 1]
or
ur
By Euclid’s division lemma,
sf
a = bq + r
k
Yo
= 3<7 + r, where q is some non-negative integer and r is an integer such that 0 < r < 3
oo
Here possible values of r are 0, 1, 2
B
re
Case I. When r= \. a = 3q and a2 = 9q2 = 3 (3q2)
Case II. When r- \, a = 3q + I and a2= 9q2 + 69 + 1 = 3 (3q2 + 2q) + 1
ou
ad
Y
Case III. When r= 2, a = 3q + 2 and a2 = 9q2 + 12r/ + 4
= 9q2 + \2q + 3+ \
nd
Re
= 3(3q2 + 4</ + 1) + 1
Fi
Clearly in Case 1, a2 = 3m where m = 3q2
in Case II, a2 = 3m + 1 where m = 3q2 + 2q
and in Case III. a1 = 3m + 1 where m = 3q2 + Aq + 1
Thus a2 (square of any positive integer) is of the form 3m or 3m + 1 for some integer m.
Example 6. Using Euclid’s division lemma, prove that the cube of any positive integer
is of the form 9m, 9m + 1 or 9m + 8. INCERTI
Solution : Let a be any positive integer
First method :
Taking 6 = 3, by Euclid’s division lemma, we have
a = 3q + /; where q is a non-negative integer and r is an integer such that 0 < r < 3
When r = 0, a = 3q a3 = 27q3 = 9(3q3), which is of the form 9m
When r=\,a = 3q + 1 .\ a3 = (3q + \ )3 = 21q3 + 3.9q2 + 3.3</ + l3
ReadYourFlow.COM
1
Real Numbers 1.7
= 9 (3c/3 + 3c/2 + q) + 1, which is of the form 9m + 1
When r — 2, a = 3c/ + 2
c73 = (3c/ + 2)3 = 27tf3 + 6.9c/2 + 4.9c/ + 23
= 9 (3c/3 + 6c/2 + 4c/) + 8
This is of the form 9m + 8
Thus cube of any positive integer is of the form 9m, 9m + 1 or 9m + 8.
Second method :
Let a be an arbitrary positive integer.
Let b = 9 [We have taken b = 9 because the form is 9m, 9m + 1 or 9m + 8]
By Euclid’s division lemma,
a = bq + r = 9q + r -(I)
where q is some integer and r is an integer such that 0 < /- < 9
w
Here possible values of /• are 0, 1,2, 3. .... 8.
Case I. When r= 0, a = 9q
Flo
c/3 = 729c/3 = 9 (81c/3), which is of the form 9m
ee
Case II. When r- 1, c/ = 9c/ + 1
Fr
c/3 = (9c/ + l)3 or ct3 = 9V + 3.92c/2.l + 3.9c/. I2 + l3
for
ur
= 9 (Sit/3 + 27c/2 + 3c/) + 1, which is of the form 9/;? + 1
Case III. When r= 2, a = 9q + 2
ks
Yo
c;3 = (9c/ + 2)3 or c73 = 9V + 3.92r/2.2 + 3.9c/.22 + 23
oo
- 9 (81c/3 + 54c/2 + 12c/) + 8, which is of the form 9m + 8.
B
re
Case IV. When r= 3, c? = 9c/ + 3
c/3 = (9c/ + 3)3
ou
ad
c/3 = [3 (3c/ + 1 )]3 = 27 (3c/ + l)3 = 9 [3 (3c/ + l)3]
Y
or
This is of the form 9m.
nd
Re
Case V. When r = 4, cr = 9c/ + 4
Fi
cr3 = (9c/ + 4)3 or cc3 = 9Jq3 + 3.92 c/2 4 + 3.9c/.42 + 43
= 9 (81^3 + 108c/2 + 48c/ + 7) + 1 [v 43 = 64 = 63 + 1]
This is of the form 9/;? + 1
Case VI. When r= 5, a = 9q + 5
c/3 = (9c/ + 5)3 or cr3 = 93q3 + 3.92c/2.5 + 3.9c/.52 + 53
= 9 (81c/3 + 135c/2 + 75c/ + 13) + 8 [v 53 = 125 = 13 x 9 + 8]
This is of the form 9m + 8.
iMHMLWhcn r- 6, a = 9q + 6
^^■hLc/3 = {9q +
13 (3c/ 2)j3 - 27 (mi : 2 )3
I 3 (Ml ■ 2i V. Kol'lho lorm 'hn.
HC a = '■>(/ i - (c)(/ • 6) i I
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.8 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
«3 = [(9<7 + 6) + l]3 = [3(3^ + 2) + l]3
= 33 (3f/ + 2)3 + 3.32 Oq + 2)2.1 + 3.3 (2>q + 2).I2 + l3
= 9 [3 Oq + 2)3 + 3 Qq + 2)2 + 3f/ + 2] + I
This is of the form 9/;? + I.
Case IX. When /- = 8, a = 9</ + 8 = (9q + 6) + 2
a3 - [3 (3q + 2) + 2]3
= 33 {7>q + 2)3 + 3.32 {3q + 2)2.2 + 3.3 (3ry + 2).22 + 23
= 9 [3 (3c/ + 2)3 + 6 (3c/ + 2)2 + 4 (3c/ + 2)] + 8
This is of the form 9m + 8.
Thus, we have shown that the cube of any positive integer is of the form 9m, 9m + l or
9m + 8 for some integer m.
w
Type III. Problems based on application of HCF of numbers (word problems).
Example 7. An army contigent of 6I6 members is to march behind an army contigent of
Flo
32 members in a parade. The two groups are to march in the same number of columns.
ee
What is the maximum number of columns in which they can march ? INCERT]
Solution : Number of persons in first contigent = 616
Number of persons in the second contigent = 32
Fr
for
ur
Since the second group of persons are to march behind the first group of persons in
the same number of columns, therefore, number of columns should divide both 616 and
ks
Yo
32. But we have to find the maximum number of columns, therefore required maximum
oo
number of columns = HCF of 616 and 32.
B
Let c/ = 616 and b = 32 (a > b)
re
We divide 616 by 32
ou
ad
32)616(19
Y
32
nd
296
Re
288 .'. By Euclid’s division lemma, we have
Fi
8 616 = 32 x 19 + 8
Since remainder = 8 * 0, therefore, we divide 32 by 8
8 ) 32 (4
32 By Euclid's division lemma, we have
0 32 = 8 x 4 + 0
Here remainder is zero, therefore, we stop here.
HCF of 616 and 32 = 8.
Hence maximum number of columns in which they can march is 8.
Example 8. A sweetseller has 420 kaju barfls and 130 badam barfis. He v
them in such a way that each stack has the same number and they t^flj
area of the tray. What is the number of barfis that can be placed in
purpose.
Solution : Number of kaju barfis = 420
ReadYourFlow.COM
Real Numbers 1.9
Number of badam barfis = 130
Since each stack of kaju and badam barfis is to have same number of barfis
therefore, number of barfis in each stack so that number of stacks is the least
= HCF (420, 130)
When number of slacks is the least, area occupied in the tray will be the least.
Let a - 420, 6 = 130 (a > b)
130) 420(3
390 By Euclid’s division lemma, we have
30 420= 130 x 3 + 30
Here remainder = 30 * 0, therefore, we divide 130 by 30
30) 130 ( 4
120 .'. By Euclid’s division lemma, we have
10 130 = 30 x 4 + 10
low
Here remainder = 10 + 0, therefore, we divide 30 by 10
10) 30 (3
30 .-. By Euclid’s division lemma, we have
ee
rF
0 30 = 10 x 3 + 0
Here remainder = 0, therefore, we stop here.
Fr
or
HCF (420, 130) = 10
f
u
Hence the sweetseller should put 10 barfis in each stack of kaju and badam.
ks
Yo
oo
B
EXERCISE 1,1
re
Type I
ou
ad
Using Euclid’s division algorithm, find the HCF of:
Y
(i) 156 and 504 (ii) 135 and 225 (iii) 455 and 42
nd
Re
(iv) 8840 and 23120 (v) 4052 and 12576 (vi) 3318 and 4661
Fi
(vii) 250, 175 and 425 (viii) 4407, 2938 and 1469
Type 11
2. Show that every positive even integer is of the form 2q and that every positive
odd integer is of the form 2q + I, where q is some integer.
3. Show that any positive odd integer is of the form 4(/ + 1 or 4c/ + 3, where q is
some integer.
Type III
There are 250 and 425 litres of milk in two containers. What is the maximum capacity
of the container which can measure completely the quantity of milk in the two
containers ?
A rectangular surface has length 4661 metres and breadth 3318 metres. On this area,
square tiles are to be put. Find the maximum length of such tiles.
Find the least number of square tiles which can cover the floor of a rectangular
shape having length and breadth 16 metres 58 centimetres and 8 metres 32
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.10 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
centimetres respectively.
ANSWERS
1. (i) 12 (ii) 45 (iii) 7 (iv) 680
(v) 4 (vi) 79 (vii) 25 (viii) 1469
4. 25 litres 5. 79 metres 6. 344864
1.4. FUNDAMENTALTHEOREM OFAR1THMETIC
Introduction : Before giving formal statement of fundamental theorem of arithmetic, we
consider a few examples.
Example I. Let a 330
w
2 330
5 165
Thus, <7 = 2 x 3 x 5 x 11
3 33
11
Flo
Here, a has been expressed as the product of prime numbers.
ee
Fr
We can also use factor tree to factorise 330 into prime factors.
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Example 2. Let /> = 5040
Fi
2 5040 Thus, /? = 24 x 32 x 5 x 7
2 2520 Here, b has been expressed as the product of positive integral
2 1260 powers of prime numbers.
2 630
3 315
3 105
5 35
7
Factor tree for 5040:
ReadYourFlow.COM i
Real Numbers 1.11
I 5040|
11260
w
We see in examples 1 and 2 that a composite number can be expressed as the product of
Flo
positive integral powers of prime numbers.
ee
Now the natural question arises whether it is possible to write every composite number as
Fr
the product of positive integral powers of prime numbers. The answer to this question is yes.
for
ur
One more question arises whether a composite number can be factorised into prime factors
or positive integral powers ofprime numbers in a unique way in the sense that except for the
ks
order these prime factors are same.
Yo
oo
Here, we regard 2x3><5 and 5 x 2 x 3 as same factorisation because ifthe factors are arranged
B
in ascending or descending order of magnitude, then they are same. In fact, they are 2,3 and
re
5 in both cases.
ou
ad
The answer to this question is also yes.
Y
nd
1.5. FUNDAMENTALTHEOREM OFARTTHMETIC
Re
Fi
Statement. Every positive composite number can be expressed as the product of positive
integral powers of prime numbers and this factorisation is unique except for the order in
which the factors occur.
Here by the statement “factorisation is unique” we mean that if factors are arranged in
ascending or descending order of magnitude, then they are always the same. Thus, we
regard 5 x | 1 x 23 and 11 x 23 x 5 as same factorisation. Proof of this fundamental theorem of
arithmetic was given by mathematician C.F. Gauss. Now a days, this theorem is widely used
not only in mathematics but also in many other fields.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
I
Type 1. Problems based on finding HCF and LCM of positive integers by prime
factorisation method.
WORKING RULE :
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.12 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
If HCF or LCM of positive integers say a, b. c and d are to be obtained, then
1. Express each of a, b, c and d as the product of positive integral powers of prime
numbers.
2. (i) HCF (a, b, c, d) = product of least positive integral powers of common prime
numbers involved in the factorisation of a, b, c and d.
(ii) LCM (a, b. c, d) = product of greatest positive integral powers of all prime
numbers involved in the factorisation of a, b, c and d.
3. Relation between LCM and HCF of two positive integers a and b and their product
is :
LCM (a, b). HCF (a, b) = a.b
But this is not true for three or more positive integers.
Example 1. Express each of the following numbers as the product of its prime factors.
w
(i) 9240 (ii) 10080 (hi) 2825
Solution : (i) 2 9240 Flo
ree
2 4620
2 2310 F
3 1155
or
ur
5 385
sf
.'. 9240 = 23 x3x5x7x n
7 77
k
Yo
11
oo
B
re
ou
We can also use factor tree to express 9240 as the product of its prime factors.
ad
Y
nd
Re
9240
Fi
12310 9240 = 23 x3x5*7x h
M155 I
ReadYourFlow.COM
Real Numbers 1.13
(ii) 2 10080
2 5040
2 2520
2 1260
7 630 10080 = 25 * 32 x 5 x 7
3 90
3 30
2 10
5
We can also use factor tree to express 10080 as the product of its prime factors.
10080
w
Flo
ee
Fr
or
ur
k sf
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
d
Re
n
Fi
Factor tree tor 2825 is
Example 2. Find the missing numbers a, b and c in the following factor tree :
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.14 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
330 165 33
Solution : a = = 165, b = = 5, c = — = 11
Example 3. Find the HCF and LCM of 336 and 54 by prime factorisation method and
verily that : LCM * HCF = Product of two numbers.
Solution : 2 336 2 54
2 168 3 27
2 84 336 = 24 * 3 * 7 3 9 54 = 2 x 33
2 42 3
3 21
7
Factor tree for 336 Factor tree for 54
low
ee
rF
Fr
for
u
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
HCF (336, 54) = Product of least positive integral powers of common prime factors in
ou
the two numbers = 2x3 = 6.
ad
Y
LCM (336, 54) = Product of greatest positive integral powers of all prime factors in
the two numbers = 24 x 33 x 7 = 3024
nd
Re
Now, LCM x HCF = 3024 x 6 = 18144
Fi
Product of two numbers = 336 x 54 = 18144
Clearly LCM x HCF = Product of two numbers
Example 4. Find the HCF and LCM of positive integers 510 and 192 by prime
factorisation method and verify that LCM x HCF = product of two numbers.
Solution : 2 510 2 192
5 255 2 96
3 51 510 = 2x5x3x17 2 48
17 2 24 192 = 26 x 3
2 12
2 6
3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Real Numbers 1.15
Factor tree for 510
Factor tree for 192
w
Flo
ee
Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
HCF (510, 192) = Product of least positive integral powers of common prime numbers
involved in the factorisation of 510 and 192
ou
ad
=2x3=6
Y
LCM (510, 192) = Product of greatest positive integral powers of prime numbers involved
nd
Re
in the factorisation of 510 and 192
Fi
= 26 x 3 x 5 x 17= 16320
Now, LCM (510, 192) x HCF (510, 192) = 16320 x 6 = 97920
Product of two numbers = 510 x 192 = 97920
Clearly (LCM x HCF) = Product of the two numbers.
Example 5. Find the LCM and HCF of 25, 2520 and 54 by prime factorisation method.
Solution : 5 25 2 2520
5 5 25 = 5 x 5 = 52 2 1260-. 2520 = 23 x 32 x 5 x 7
1 2 630
3 315
3 105
5 35
7
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.16 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Factor tree for 25 Factor tree for 2520
125201
1260
w
2 54 Flo
ee
3 27 54 = 2 x 33
3 9
3 Fr
for
ur
Factor tree for 54
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
FICF (25, 2520, 54)- Product of smallest positive integral powers of common prime
Fi
factors involved in the given numbers
LCM (25, 2520, 54) = Product of greatest positive integral powers of all prime factors
in the given numbers
= 52 x 23 x 33 * 7 = 378OO
Example 6. Find the LCM and HCF of 17, 23 and 29 by prime factorisation method.
Solution : 17, 23, 29 are prime numbers.
17 = (17)' Factor tree for 17 is :
0
23 = (23) I Factor tree for 23 is :
m
29 = (29)' Factor tree for 29 is :
ReadYourFlow.COM
Real Numbers 1.17
HCF (l 7, 23, 29) = Product of smallest positive integral powers of prime factors in
the numbers involved.
= (17)° (23)° (29)° = 1 x 1 x l = l
LCM (17, 23, 29) = Product of greatest positive integral powers of prime factors in
the numbers involved.
= 17 x 23 x 29 = 11339
Example 7. If HCF (510, 92) = 2, find LCM (510, 92).
Solution : We know that for two positive integers (LCM) x (HCF) = Product of two
numbers.
510x92 510x92
LCM (510, 92) = = 23460 •
HCF (510,92) 2
Type II. Problems based on properties of numbers.
w
WORKING RULE :
Flo
1. A number is a composite number o it is the product of two or more prime factors.
ee
2. (i) The digit at units place in an integer of the form an ; «, /? € N will be 0 if
Fr
positive integral powers of 2 and 5 (both) occur in the prime factorisation of
the integer.
for
ur
(ii) The digit at units place in an integer a" ; o, « g N is 5 if prime factorisation
of a contains 5 and does not contain 2.
ks
Yo
oo
Example 8. Check whether 6" ends in 0 for any natural number /?.
eB
Solution : Let a = 6"
Then, a = (2 x 3)" = 2" 3", where 2 and 3 are prime numbers.
r
ou
ad
We know that any number will end in 0 if positive integral powers of 2 and 5 are its
Y
factors.
nd
Now, a = 2"3" and by fundamental theorem of arithmetic, this factorisation is unique.
Re
Fi
Hence, no prime number other than 2 and 3 can be a factor of a.
Hence, 5 cannot be a factor of a and therefore a i.e. 6” cannot end in zero.
Example 9. Explain why 7 x 11 x 13 + 13 and 7x6x5x4x3x2x 1+5 are composite
numbers.
Solution : Let a = 7x 11 *13+13 2 1008
6 = 7 x 6 x 5 x4 x 3 x 2 x 1+5 2 504
and
2 252
Then, <7= 13 (7 x 11 + 1) = 13 x (78)
2 126
= 13 x 13 x 2 x 3 3 63
Since a is the product of prime factors, therefore, it is a composite number. 3 21
Again, 6=5(7x6x4x3x2x 1 + 1) 7
= 5 x 1008 = 5x2x2x2x2x3x3x7
Since b is the product of prime factors, therefore, it is a composite number.
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.18 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Type III. Problems based on application of fundamental theorem of arithmetic (Word
problems).
WORKING RULE :
1. Read the question carefully and decide whether LCM or HCF of numbers is
required.
2. Find the LCM or HCF of numbers whichever is required.
Example 10. There is a circular path around a sports field. Sonia takes 18 minutes to
drive one round of the field, while Ravi takes 12 minutes for the same. Suppose they
both start at the same point and at the same time, and go in the same direction. After
how many minutes will they meet again at the starting point ?
Solution : Time taken by Sonia to complete one round of the field = 18 minutes.
Time taken by Ravi to complete one round of the field = 12 minutes.
w
Both Sonia and Ravi start from the same point at the same time and drive in the same
direction, therefore, they will meet after time which is LCM of 18 and 12.
Now, 18 = 2 x 32, 12 = 22 x 3 Flo
ee
LCM (18, 12) = 22 x 32 = 36
Hence, they will meet again after 36 minutes. Fr
or
r
f
EXERCISE J.2
ou
ks
Type I
oo
1. Express each of the following numbers as a product of its prime factors :
Y
B
(i) 4320 (ii) 7560 (iii) 140 (iv) 5005 (v) 32760 (vi) 156 (vii) 7429
re
2. Find the highest power of 5 in 23750.
ou
ad
3. Find the highest power of 2 in 1440.
Y
4. If 6370 = 2”'.5".7k. 1then find m + n + k + p.
nd
Re
5. Which of the following is a pair of co-primes ?
Fi
(i) (32. 62) (ii) (18,25) (iii) (31,93)
6. Write dow-n the missing numbers a, b, c, d, x, y in the following factor tree :
ReadYourFlow.COM
Real Numbers 1.19
(ii) | 300301
(iii) l36760|
low ree
rF
F
or
sf
ou
k
oo
Y
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
(iv) | 3095547 |
Fi
|10318491
7. Find the LCM and HCF of the following integers by applying prime factorisation
method :
(i) 96 and 404 (ii) 6 and 20 (iii) 26 and 91
(iv) 87 and 145 (v) 1485 and 4356 (vi) 1095 and 1168
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.20 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
8. Find the LCM and HCF of the following pair of integers and verify that
LCM x FICF = Product of two numbers :
(i) 96 and 404 (ii) 852 and 1491 (iii) 777 and 1147
(iv) 36 and 64 (v) 32 and 80 (vi) 902 and 1517
9. Find LCM and FICF of the following integers by using prime factorisation method:
(i) 6, 72 and 120 (ii) 8, 9 and 25 (iii) 12, 15 and 21
(iv) 36, 45 and 72 (v) 42, 63 and 140 (vi) 48, 72 and 108
10. (i) If HCF (96, 404) = 4, then, find LCM (96, 404)
(ii) If LCM (72, 126) = 504, find HCF (72, 126)
(iii) If HCF (18, 504) = 18. find LCM (18, 504)
(iv) If LCM (96, 168) = 672, find HCF (96, 168)
(v) If HCF (54, 78) = 6, find LCM (54, 78)
w
(vi) If HCF (306, 657) = 9. find LCM (306, 657)
(vii) If HCF (36, 64) - 4, find LCM (36, 64)
Type II Flo
ree
11. (i) Exani ne whether (15)” can end with the digit 0 for any « e N.
(ii)
(iii)
F
Examine whether (24)" can end with the digit 5 for any « e N.
Examine whether (21)” can end with the digit 0 for any n s N.
or
ur
sf
(iv) Examine whether (8)” can end with the digit 5 for any n e N.
(v) Examine whether (4)" can end with the digit 0 for any n e N.
k
Yo
oo
(vi) Examine whether (7)” can end with the digit 5 for any n e N.
B
12. (i) Explain why 7x 11 x 13 x 17+17 is a composite number.
re
(ii) Explain why 5x7x 13 + 5 is a composite number.
ou
ad
(iii) Show that 5 * 7 * 11 x 13 + 55 is a composite number.
Y
Type 111
nd
Re
13. Three measuring rods are 64 cm, 80 cm and 96 cm in length. Find the least length
of cloth that can be measured exact number of times using anyone of the above
Fi
rods.
14. Three containers contain 27 litres, 36 litres and 72 litres of milk. What biggest
measure can measure exactly the milk in the three containers ?
15. Three different containers contain different quantities of mixtures of milk and water,
whose measurements are 403 kg, 434 kg and 465 kg, what biggest measure can
measure all the different quantities exactly.
ANSWERS
1. (i) 25 x 33 x 5 (ii) 23 x 33 x 5 x 7 (iii) 22 x 5 x 7
(iv) 5x7x11x13 (v) 23 x 32 x 5 x 7 x 13 (vi) 22x3x 13
(vii) 17 x 19x23
ReadYourFlow.COM
Real Numbers 1.21
2. 4 3. 5 4. 5 5. (18,25)
6. (i) o = 2520, 6 = 2, c = 315. 3,.v= 3, y = 5
(ii) a = 15015,6 = 5005, c = 5, ^ = 143,x = 11
(iii) a - 16380, b = 2,c= 1365, d- 3,x= 5, 13
(iv) a = 3,6= 147407,c= 11339,r/= 667,.v = 29
7. (0 9696; 4 (ii) 60; 2 (iii) 182; 13 (iv) 435; 29
(v) 65340;99 (vi) 17520; 73
8. (i) 9696; 4 (ii) 5964; 213 (iii) 24087; 37 (iv) 576; 4
(v) 160; 16 (vi) 31857;41
9. (i) 360; 6 (ii) 1800;! (iii) 420; 3 (iv) 360;9
low
(v) 1260; 7 (vi) 432; 4
10. (i) 9696 (ii) 18 (iii) 504 (iv) 24
(v) 702 (vi) 576
ee
rF
11. (i) No (ii) No (iii) No (iv) No
(v) No (vi) No Fr
for
12. (i) Because it is the product of more than one prime numbers
ou
ks
(ii) Because it is the product of more than one prime numbers
oo
13. 960 cm 14. 9 litres 15. 31 kg
Y
B
re
1.6. RATIONAL AND IRRATIONAL NUMBERS
ou
In class IX, we have learnt about rational and irrational numbers. We have also learnt about
ad
certain properties ofrational and irrational numbers. We have also seen how to locate irrational
Y
numbers on number line. There, we have seen that a real number is either rational or irrational.
nd
Re
But there, we have not learnt about the method to show that a particular number is irrational.
Fi
Here, we shall give methods to show that a number is irrational which is based on the
fundamental theorem of arithmetic. First of all we recall the definition ofrational and irrational
numbers.
1. Rational number : A number which can be written in the form — P
—, where p and q are
integers and ^ 0 is called a rational number.
2. Irrational number : A (real) number which cannot be written as —, wherep and q are
integers and q * 0, is called an irrational number.
P <y * 0, /?, c/ e Z is said to be in
3. Standard form of a rational number: A rational number —,
standard form if/? and q have nocommon factor except I i.e. if HCF (/?, q)= 1.
Some examples of irrational numbers: V2,V3,V5, Vb, V7, ;t, 0.1011011101110
0.202202220... etc.
Here, we shall prove that these numbers are not rational and hence they are irrational.
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.22 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
1. 7. AN IMPORTANT THEOREM
Statement: If a is a positive integer and/? is a prime number which divides a2, then /? divides
a.
Proof: Since a is a positive integer and prime number/; divides a1 therefore, a is a positive
integer greater than 1. By fundamental theorem of arithmetic, a can be expressed as the
product of prime numbers.
Let a=p]p2 •••/?„, where/?!/?, ...,/?„ are prime numbers.
Then a2=^12p22 ...pn2.
Since/? divides a2
/? divides/?,2/?,2 ■■■Pn2
But by fundamental theorem of arithmetic, composite number a2 can be expressed as the
product of positive integral powers of prime numbers and this factorisation is unique.
low
/? divides/?,2/?,2.../?^2
=> /? is oneof/?,,/?„ ...,/?H
=> /? is a factor of/?,•/?,... pn
ree
rF
=> /? is a factor of a ['•• a=p\p2...pt^
=> p divides a F
or
sf
ou
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
k
oo
Y
B
Type I. Problems based on proving that a given number (not in decimal form) is
re
irrational.
ou
ad
Y
WORKING RULE :
nd
Re
1. Let the given number be .v.
Fi
2. Let x = where /? and q are integers. Cancel out the common factors of /? and
Q-
Then, x - where m and n are co-primes.
3. Cross-multiply and bring expression of the form , where r is not the square
of an integer, on left side and other terms on right side and then square. If l[J-
occurs, cube both sides.
4. Now use fundamental theorem of arithmetic according to which if prime number
p divides a2, a being an integer, then /? divides a.
5. Finally try to get a common factor other than I in m and n which contradicts our
assumption.
6. In some cases, we can arrive at a contradiction by getting an equality which has
a rational number on one side and irrational number on the other side.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Real Numbers 1.23
Example 1. Prove that Vs is irrational.
Solution : If possible, let ^5 be a rational number.
Then by definition of rational number, there exists integers p and q, q * 0 such that
...(1)
<7
Ifp and q have any common factor other than 1, then they are divided by the common
factors
Let ...(2)
n
where in and n are integers and have no common factor other than 1 i.e., m and n are
co-primes.
w
From (2), we have s[5n = m
or Sir = nr [Squaring both sides] •••(3)
=> 5 divides nr Flo
ee
=> 5 divides m
Let m = 5k
Then, from (3), Sir = 25k2
Fr ...(4)
or
r
f
=>
ou
n2 = 5k2
ks
=> 5 divides ir
oo
=> 5 divides n ...(5)
Y
B
From (4) and (5), it follows that m and n have a common factor 5.
re
This contradicts our assumption that in and n have no common factor other than 1.
ou
ad
Thus our assumption that ^5 is a rational number is false.
Y
Hence, 4s is an irrational number.
nd
Re
Fi
Example 2. Prove that -y= is irrational.
1
Solution : If possible, let be rational.
Then there exist integers p and q such that
1 P
r = —,q 0 ...(1)
V2 q
If p and q have any common factor other than 1, we cancel out and then
m
...(2)
V2 "
where m and n are integers having no common factor other than 1 and n 0, i.e., in and
n are co-primes.
From (2), we have 42 m = n
=> 2nr = >r ...(3)
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.24 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
=> 2 divides n2
=> 2 divides n [From ilindamental theorem of arithmetic] ...(4)
■=> n - 2k for some integer k
From (3), 2/?r = Air
=> m2 - Ik2
=> 2 divides nr
=> 2 divides m [From ilindamental theorem of arithmetic] ...(5)
From (4) and (5) it follows that m and n have a common factor 2 other than l. This
contradicts our assumption that m and n have no common factor other than I.
Hence, our assumption that is rational is wrong.
l
Hence -7= is irrational.
w
V2
.Example 3. Prove that 7^/5 is irrational. Flo
ee
Solution : If possible, let 7\/5 be rational.
Then, there exists p and q such that Fr
for
ur
P
iS = —, where 4 * 0
ks
Yo
oo
=> ...(2)
B
77
re
Since,/; and q are integers, therefore,/; and Iq are also integers. Hence R.H.S. of equation
ou
ad
(ii) is a rational number whereas LFI.S. i.e., V5 is an irrational number which is not
Y
possible.
nd
Re
Therefore, our assumption that 7>/5 is rational is wrong.
Fi
Hence Isjs is irrational.
Example 4. Prove that 3 + 2\/5 is irrational.
Solution : If possible, let 3 + 2>/5 be rational.
Then, there exists integers p and q such that
P
3 + 2V5 = —, where q ^ 0 .••(I)
=> 24s =—- 3 = Erh.
7 q
p-3q
=> ^5 = ...(2)
2 <7
Since, p and q are integers, therefore, p - 3q and 2q are also integers.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Real Numbers 1.25
Hence. R.H.S. of equation (2) is a rational number whereas L.H.S. i.e., n/5 is an irrational
number.
Thus, we get a contradiction.
Hence, our assumption that 3 + 2%/5 is rational is wrong.
Therefore, 3 + 2\/5 is irrational.
EXERCISE O
1. Prove that -Jl is irrational.
2. Prove that 73 is irrational.
w
3. Prove that is irrational.
s
4.
Flo
Prove that following numbers are not rational :
ee
(i) (6)l/3 (ii) 373 (iii) 573
5. Prove that following numbers are irrational :
Fr
for
ur
(i) 6 + 72 (ii) 5-73 (iii) 2 + 72 (iv) 3 + 75
(v) 73-72 (vi) Tv-75
ks
Yo
oo
B
1.8. RATIONAL NUMBERS AND THEIR DECIMAL EXPANSIONS
re
P
In class IX, we have learnt about the decimal expansion ofa rational number —, {q * 0) and
ou
ad
Y
have seen that it is either terminating or recurring (non-terminating repeating). Here we shall
discuss when the decimal expansion of a rational number is terminating and when it is non
nd
Re
terminating repeating (recurring).
Fi
In order to derive the conditions for the decimal expansion of a rational number to be
terminating or recurring, we first consider a few examples of terminating decimals.
Example 1. Let a = 2.305
2305 _ 2305 _ 461
Then a =
1000 ~ 23 x 53 _ 23 x 52
Example 2. Let b = 0.125
125 125 1
Then, b =
1000 23 X 53 23
Example?. Letc= 1162.04
1 16204 _ 116204 _ 29051
Then, c =
100 22 x 52 _ 52
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.26 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
From the examples considered, it is clear that every rational number having terminating
decimal expansion will have some positive integral power of 10 in the denominator. But 10
has only two prime factors 2 and 5 therefore it is obvious observation that for a terminating
decimal expansion of a rational number — (</ * 0), denominator q can have only factors ofthe
q
form 2"' and 5", where m. n are non-negative integers.
Although we have considered only a few examples but the conclusion for — to have
terminating decimal expansion is true for all rational numbers.
In fact q is ofthe form l O'' and 10" = 2" ■ 5". But some powers of 2 and 5 may cancel out from
a factor ofthe numerator/;.
P : a
Thus, finally - is reduced to the form where m and n are non-negative integers.
<7 2"'-5"
low
The converse of the above given conclusion is also true i.e., every rational number —,
where q is ofthe form 2"' • 5" and m. n are non-negative integers has terminating decimal
expansion.
ee
rF
To justify our claim, we consider a few examples.
21
Fr
for
Example 1. Let a = —
16
u
ks
21 21 21x 54 13125
Yo
Then, a =—
oo
16 24 24 x 54 104
B
13125
re
= 1.3125
1000
ou
ad
43
Y
Example 2. Let b -
625
nd
Re
_ 43 _ 43 x24 _ 688
Fi
Then,
~ S4 “ 54 x24 ~ To4
688
= 0.0688
10000
483
Example 3. Let c =
40
483 _ 483 x52 483x25
Then, c=
23 x 5 ~ 23 x53 ~ 103
12075
= 12.075
1000
p where
From the example considered, it is clear that any rational number of the form —,
<7
q = 2"' • 5", m, n being non-negative integer has terminating decimal expansion.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Real Numbers 1.27
Now, we formally stale the two conclusions drawn above in the form of the following
theorems:
Theorem 1. Every rational number having terminating decimal expansion can be expressed in
the form ^, where p and </ are co-prime and q is of the form 2/,'-5" where m and n are non
negative integers.
Proof: Let .v be a rational number having terminating decimal expansion.
Then x can be written as for some positive integer k.
10*
a a
Thus,
10* 2* -5*
P
jm. 5/; ’ where m, n are non-negative integers
w
[ Mere some powers of 2 and 5 may be cancelled out if
they are factors of a. Also m and n may be equal J
Thus
Flo
—, where q = 2"'. 5" and m, n are non-negative integers.
ee
-Y =
Fr
Theorem 2. Every rational number of the form -y, where q is of the form 2"'.5", m, n being
or
r
f
non-negative integers has terminating decimal expansion.
ou
ks
oo
Proof: Let.v be a rational number such that .v = y, wherep, q are integers and q = 2"' • 5",
Y
B
re
m, 11 being non-negative integers.
ou
ad
P_ P px5"'~"
Now, -V = , ifm>n
Y
q 2'" ■ 5" 2"’ x 5" x 5"'-"
nd
Re
px5m~n p x 5"'_"
Fi
2"i x s"> 1 O'"
p x 2n~"' px 2n~"' _ px2"-"'
Also, .y = , ifw < n
2'" x 2"-'" x 5" 2" x 5" 10"
x - P P _ P
and
jm^n 2"5" s ifw = n
10"
some integer
Thus, in every case, .y =
10*
= a terminating decimal expansion having decimal alter k places from right.
1.9, RAXIONALNUMBERS HAVING NON-TER1VIIN ATING DECIMAL EXPANSION
In the light of the two theorem given above, it is clear that a rational number y, where q is
not of the form 2'".5" /?/, n being non-negative integers cannot have terminating decimal
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.28 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
expansion. Considering a few examples, we will see that a rational number with denominator
not of the form 2"'.5” m, n being non-negative integers will have recurring (non-terminating
repeating) decimal expansion.
4
Example 1. Let a = — 3) 4(1.333...
3 3
10
4 9
Thus a -=1.333 ... 10
3
9
(non-terminatingrepeating decimal expansion) 10
29
Example 2. Let b - —
7 7) 29 ( 4.1428571
low
29
Thus /> = — = 4.142857142857...
7
29
Here in the decimal expansion of —, there is a block of
ree
rF
repeating digits, namely. 142857.
Now, we state formally the observations in the examples
F
or
considered above in the form of a theorem without
sf
ou
giving its proof.
k
r with £/not ofthe form 2"'5", where
oo
Theorem 3. A rational number —,
Y
B
m, n arc non-negative integers has non-terminating repealing (recurring) decimal expansion.
re
Combining theorems 1,2 and 3, we derive the following conclusions :
ou
ad
(i) A number is rational ifand only if its decimal expansion is either terminating or recurring
Y
(non-terminating repeating).
nd
Re
(ii) A number is irrational ifand only if its decimal expansion is neither recurring nor-
Fi
terminating.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type 1. Problems based on examining whether a rational number has terminating or
non-terminating repeating decimal expansion.
WORKING RULE :
1. Write the given rational number in the form —, where p and q are co-prime i.e.,
they have no common factor other than 1.
2. Now, write down q having only prime factors.
3. If denominator q has a prime factor other than 2 and 5. Then ~ has a non
terminating repeating decimal expansion otherwise it has terminating decimal
expansion.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Real Numbers 1.29
Example 1. Without actually performing the long division state whether the following
rational numbers will have terminating decimal or non-terminating repeating (recurring)
decimal expansion.
23 15 256 77 1715
(0 (ii) (hi) (iv) 210 (v)
23 • 52 1600 4050 23 • 73
23
Solution : (i) Let a =
23 -52
Since 23 is a prime number, therefore, no factor of the denominator 2 1600
can be cancelled out. 2 800
23 2 400
Now. a =l37*f = f(say) 2 200
2 100
Here, q = 23.52
2 50
w
Hence, q has no prime factor other than 2 and 5, therefore, rational
5 25
number a will have terminating decimal expansion.
(ii) Let b =
15 _ 5x3 3 Flo 5
ee
1600 26x52 26 x 5
number b will have terminating decimal expansion.
Fr
Since here denominator has no prime factor other than 2 and 5, therefore, given rational
2 4050
for
ur
256 5 2025
(iii) Let c -
4050
ks
5 405
Yo
oo
28 3 81
B
2x52x34 3 27
re
27 3 9
ou
3
ad
52x34
Y
Here denominator has a factor 3 other than 2 and 5, therefore, rational number c will
have non-terminating repeating (recurring) decimal expansion.
nd
Re
2 210
Fi
77
(iv) Let d =—— 3 105
210
7x11 5 35
Then, d = 7
2x3x5x7
11
2x3x5
Here denominator has a factor other than 2 and 5, therefore, decimal expansion of rational
number c/will be non-terminating repeating.
, > . 1715 5 1715
(V) LCt -V
7 343
7 49
• ^ 5x73 _ 5
Then, 7
A _ 23 x 73 23
Since denominator has no factor other than 2 therefore, rational number x will have
terminating decimal expansion.
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.30 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Type II. Problems based on writing the decimal expansion of a given rational number.
WORKING RULE :
1. If the given rational number is write down q as product of powers of prime
numbers.
2. If q is of the form 2"'.5" ; m, n being positive integers, i.e., q has no factor other
p
than powers of 2 and 5, then decimal expansion of — will be terminating. But if
q has a prime factor other than powers of 2 and 5, then rational number ^ will
have non-terminating repeating decimal expansion.
3. If q is of the form 2"'. 5" ; m, n being positive integers, then
w
q = 2"'.5" = 2"'.5"' = 10"', \f m = n
q = 2"'.5" - =
Flo2l1~m
if n > m
ee
q 2'" 5" 2".5" 10" ’
and q = 2'". 5"
l l yn-n yn-n
if m > n
Fr
for
ur
q 2"’5n 2'". 5"' _ l O'" ’
p
ks
4. Now decimal expansion of — can be easily written down.
Yo
oo
B
Example 2. Write down the decimal expansions of the following numbers which have
re
terminating decimal expansions.
ou
ad
35 29 13 15 14588
Y
(i) (H) (iii) (iv) (v)
50 243 3125 1600 625
nd
3 243
Re
35 3 81
Fi
Solution : (i) Let a =
50 3 27
7x5 7 7 3 9
Then, « =------T =------= — = 0.7
2x52 2x5 -10 3
29 _ 29
(ii) Let b =
243 ~ 35"
Since denominator has a factor other than powers of prime numbers 2 and 5, therefore,
rational number b will have non-terminating repeating decimal expansion.
5 3125
13 5 625
(iii) Let c =
3125 5 125
13 5 25
Then. 5
ReadYourFlow.COM
Real Numbers 1.31
Since denominator has no prime factor other than 5, hence decimal expansion of c will
be terminating
_ 13 _ 13x25 _ 13x32
Now,
~ 5^~ 25-55 ~ (10)5
416
= 0.00516
(10)5
15
(iv) Let d =
1600
3x5 3
Then, d =---------=--------
26 x 52 26 x 5
3x5s 3x3125
w
26 x 56 ~ 106
9375
(10)6
= 0.009375 Flo
ee
(v) Let x =
14588
625
Fr
for
ur
14588 14588x24
ks
54 24 -54
Yo
oo
14588 _ 233408
B
= 23.3408
(10)4 ~ (10)4
re
Type III. Problems based on examining whether a number having given decimal
ou
ad
expansion is rational or not.
Y
nd
Re
WORKING RULE :
Fi
1. See w'hether the given decimal expansion is terminating or non-terminating
repeating (recurring) or not.
2. If not, then given number is not rational. But if decimal expansion is terminating
or recurring, then the number is rational.
p
3. If the rational number — has terminating rational expansion, then q has only
powers of 2 and 5 as factors i.e. q is of the form 2"'. 5", where w, n are non
negative integers.
Example 3. The following real numbers have decimal expansion as given below. Examine
p
whether they are rational or not. If they are rational of the form —, what can be said
about prime factors of q ?
(i) 2.0568 (ii) 3.245 (iii) 43.123456789 (iv) 43.123456789
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.32 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
(v) 1.03458 (vi) 1.1010010001... (vii) 2.2360679...
(viii) 2.121121112...
Solution : (i) Let a = 2.0568
Given number a has non-terminating repeating (recurring) decimal expansion, therefore,
it is a rational number.
P
Let a = 2.0568 = -
‘I
Since rational number has recurring decimal expansion, therefore, q cannot be of the
form 2"'. 5", where m, n are non-negative integers.
(ii) Let b = 3.245
Here decimal expansion of b is terminating, therefore, b is a rational number.
w
p
If 6 is of the form —, then q will lie of the form 2"'.5", where m and n are non-negative
integers.
(hi) Let c = 43.123456789
Flo
ee
Fr
Here decimal expansion of c is terminating, therefore, c is a rational number.
for
ur
Also, if c is of the form then q is of the form 2"'.5", where m and ;? are non-negative
positive integers.
ks
Yo
oo
(iv) Let d = 43.123456789
B
Here decimal expansion of d is recurring, therefore, is a rational number.
re
p
If c/ = —, then q will not be of the form 2"'. 5", m, n being non-negative integers.
ou
ad
Y
(v) Let x = 1.03458
nd
Re
Here decimal expansion of .v is terminating, therefore, x is a rational number.
Fi
p
If .v = —, then q will be of the form 2'".5", where m, n being non-negative integers.
(vi) Let y = 1.10100110001....
Here it is clear that decimal expansion of v is neither terminating nor recurring.
Hence y is not a rational number.
(vii) Let z = 2.2360679
Here decimal expansion of z is neither terminating nor recurring. Therefore, z is nor a
rational number.
(viii) Lew/= 2.121121112...
Here decimal expansion of u is neither terminating nor recurring and hence // is not a
rational number.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Real Numbers 1.33
EXERCISE 1.4
Type I
1. Without actually performing the long division, state whether the following rational
numbers have terminating or non-terminating repeating (recurring) decimal expansion.
17 3 29 13 27 7
(0 V (iO o8 (iii) (iv) — (v) — (vi) —
8 343 8 80
64 6 35 129 22 x 7 29
(vii) (viii) 77 (ix) 77 (x) 22.57.75 (xi) (xii)
455 15 50 54 243
Type II
2. Write down the decimal expansions of the following numbers which have terminating
w
decimal expansions.
17 3 29 13 27 7
(i) V
8 (iO 7
8 (iii) 343
Flo (iv) ns (v) T (vi) 8o
ee
64 6 35 129 22 x 7 29
(vii)
455
(viii) -
15 (ix) ^ (x)
22.57.75 Fr(xi)
54
(xii)
243
for
ur
Type III
3. The following real numbers have decimal expansions as given below. In each case
ks
examine whether they are rational or not. If they are rational number of the form
Yo
oo
p
—, what can be said about q ?
B
re
(i) 7.2354 (ii) 5.234 (iii) 23.245789 (iv) 7.3427
ou
ad
(v) 0.120120012000120000.... (vi) 23.142857
Y
(vii) 2.313313313331... (viii) 0.020020002200002...
nd
Re
(ix) 3.3000300003000003... (x) 1.7320508...
Fi
(xi) 2.645713... (xii) 2.8284271...
ANSWERS
1. (i) terminating (ii) terminating (iii) non-terminating repeating
(iv) terminating (v) terminating (vi) terminating
(vii) non-terminating repeating (viii) terminating
(ix) terminating (x) non-terminating repeating
(xi) terminating (xii) non-terminating repeating
2. (i) 2.125 (ii) 0.375 (iv) 0.104
(v) 3.375 (vi) 0.0875 (viii) 0.4
(ix) 0.7 (xi) 0.0448
3. (i) rational (ii) rational (iii) rational (iv) rational
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.34 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
(vi) rational
I n each case, q is of the form 2"'. 5”, w, n being non-negative integers.
(v) irrational (vii) irrational (viii) irrational (ix) irrational
(x) irrational (xi) irrational (xii) irrational
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Very Short Answer Type Questions:
1. Write the HCF of smallest composite number and smallest prime number. [Delhi 2008C|
2. Find the HCF of960 and 432. [Delhi 2008 C|
3. What is the HCF of 52 and 130 ? [A12008 C|
w
4. Find the HCF of 72 and 120. [Delhi 2008 C|
5. Flo
Find the [HCF x LCM] for the numbers 100 and 190. [A12009|
ee
6. Complete the missing entries in the following factor tree : [Foreign 2008]
Fr
or
ur
k sf
Yo
oo
B
re
7. If p/q is a rational number {q * 0), what is condition on q so that the decimal
ou
ad
P
representation of ^ is terminating ? [Delhi 2008|
Y
d
Re
8. Find the [HCF * LCM] for the numbers 105 and 120. [A1 2009|
n
Fi
9. The HCF and LCM of two numbers are 9 and 360 respectively. If one number is 45, write
the other number. [Foreign 2009)
43
10. The decimal expansion of the rational number will terminate after how many
24.53 ’
places of decimals. [Delhi 2009|
51
11. Write whether the rational number will have a terminating decimal expansion or a
1500
non-terminating repeating decimal expansion. [Foreign 2009|
441
12. Has the rational number a terminating or a non-terminating decimal
22.5T72 ’
representation? [Delhi 2010|
13. The HCF of45 and 105 is 15. Write their LCM. [Foreign 2010|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Real Numbers 1.35
2^ + 3720
14. Write whether on simplification gives a rational or an irrational number.
2^5
[All India 2010|
15. Write a rational number between V2 and Vs. |A1 2008]
Short Answer Type Questions:
1. Show that 5 + 372 is an irrational number. (Delhi 2008, Foreign 2010|
2. Prove that VJ is irrational. [AI 2008, Delhi 2009, AI 2010|
3. Show that 5-273 is an irrational number. (Delhi 2008, AI 2009|
4. Show' that 2-73 is an irrational number. (Delhi 2008|
w
5. Prove that 75 is irrational. (AI 2008, Delhi 2009, AI 2010|
Flo
6. Use Euclid’s Division Algorithm to show that the square of any positive integer is either
ee
of the form 3m or 3m + 1 for some integer m. (Foreign 2008, AI 2008C|
7. Show that 2 + 75 is an irrational number. Fr (AI 2008 C|
for
ur
8. Show'that only one of the numbers /7 + 2 and /? + 4 is divisible by 3. | Delhi 2008 C|
ks
9. Show that 2 + 73 is an irrational number. (Delhi 2008C|
Yo
oo
10. Show that 3 + 5-Jl is an irrational number. | AI2009|
B
re
11. Prove that 3 + yJ2 is an irrational number. |A12009|
ou
ad
12. Show that the square of any positive odd integer is of the form 8m + 1, for some integer
Y
m. (Foreign 2009|
nd
Re
13. Prove that 7 + 377 is not a rational number. (Foreign 2009|
Fi
14. Prove that 7-277 is an irrational number. (Foreign 2010|
15. Prove that 277 -1 is an irrational number. (Delhi 2010|
16. Prove that 2-377 is an irrational number. (Delhi 2010|
QUESTIONS FOR PRACTICE
Very Short Answer Type Questions (1 Mark):
1. Are the square roots of all non-negative integers irrational ? Give an example.
2. Give two irrational numbers between 2 and 3.
21
3. State whether ^ is terminating decimal or not.
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.36 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
4. State whether the product of two consecutive integers is even or odd.
5. Is tt rational ?
6. Ifa and b are relatively prime, then what is the HCF of a and b ?
7. Ifa and b are relatively prime, then what is the LCM ofa and b.
8. Is there any prime number which is even ?
9. Ifr/= /?£/ + /• in division algorithm, give limits ofr.
Short Answer Type Questions (2 Marks):
I
1. What is the smallest rational number by which ^ should be multiplied so that its
decimal expansion terminates after one place of decimal ?
2. What is the exponent of 2 in the prime factorisation of 288 ?
low
3. p and q are co-prime. Is it true that /rand q2 are co-prime ?
4. A prime number is necessarily an odd number. Is this statment true?
ee
True and False Type Questions:
rF
Fr
5. Every odd integer is of the form 2m + 1, where m is an integer (True/False).
or
6. Every even integer is of the form 2m, where m is an integer (T rue/False).
f
u
7. The product of any three consecutive natural numbers is divisible by 6 (True/False).
ks
Yo
8. tt is an irrational number (True/False)
oo
9. The sum of two irrational numbers is an irrational number (True/False).
B
re
10. The product of two irrational numbers is an irrational number (True/False).
ou
ad
Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks):
Y
1. If/? is prime, then find HCF and LCM ofand (p+ 1).
nd
Re
2. Find HCF and LCM of 12,15,18.
Fi
3. Find the number of pairs having 16 as their HCF and 136 as their LCM.
4. Find HCF of 336 and 54 by prime factorisation method.
,15 5
5. Find LCM of-,7,-.
3 6 9
6. Write whether every positive integer can be of the form 4q + 2, where q is an integer.
Justify your answer.
7. “The product of three consecutive positive integers is divisible by 6’\ Is this statement
true or false? Justify your answer.
8. Write whether the square of any positive integer can be of the form 3 m + 2, where m is
a natural number. Justify your answer.
9. Can two numbers have 18 as their HCF and 380 as their LCM ? Give reasons.
987
10. Without actually performing the long division, find if will have terminating or
10500
ReadYourFlow.COM
Real Numbers 1.37
non-terminating (repeating) decimal expansion. Give reasons for your answer.
11. A rational number in its decimal expansion is 327.7081. What can you say about the
!>
prime factors off/, when this number is expressed in the form ~ ? Give reasons.
12. On a morning walk, three persons step off together and their steps measure 40 cm, 42cm
and 45 cm, respectively. What is the minimum distance each should walk so that each
can cover the same distance in complete steps ?
13. Prove that V/? + v/f/ is irrational, where/?, q are primes.
Long Answer Type Questions:
1. Prove that one of any three consecutive positive integers must be divisible by 3.
2. For any positive integer /?, prove that n' - n is divisible by 6.
w
OBJECTIV E QUESTIONS
Flo
ree
A. Objective Type Questions (MCQ 1 Mark):
F
1. If the factor tree for prime factorisation of234 be as given below, then
or
ur
sf
(234)-------- (g> <39> ©
k
Yo
oo
B
re
® O
ou
ad
Y
(a) a=3 (b) b = 2 (c) c=3 (d) a be = 21
nd
Re
2. If factor tree off/ is as given below, then — =
b
Fi
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 7 (d) 21
3. Let a and /? be two positive integers and .v = LCM (a, b) and v = HCF {a. b), then which
of the following is true.
.v a
(a) xy = ab (b) ax = by (c) — = 7 (d) none of these
y b
4. If a and b are positive integers such that a = .v3y2 and b = ,ty3, where .v. y are prime
i ReadYourFlow.COM
1.38 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
numbers, then HCF (a, b) =
(a) xy (b) xy2 (c) x2y2 (d) ,v3v3
5. If/? and q are positive integers such that p = ah2 and q = c?b, where a, b are prime
numbers, then LCM (p, q) =
(a) ab (b) crb2 (c) a3b2 (d) a3b3
6. A positive integer n when divided by 9, gives 7 as remainder. What will be the remainder
when (3/? - l) is divided by 9 ?
(a) l (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
7. a and b are two positive integers such that the least prime factor of a is 3 and the least
prime factor of/? is 5. Then, the least prime factor of (a + b) is
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 5 (d) 8
8. Which of the following is a pair of co-primes ?
(a) (14.35) (b) (18,25) (c) (31,93) (d) (32,62)
w
9. LCM of (23 x 3 x 5) and (24 x 5 x 7) is
(a) 40 (b) 560 (c) 1680 (d) 1120
Flo
10. What is the least number that is divisible by all the natural numbers from 1 to 10 (both
ree
inclusive) ?
(a) 100 (b) 1260 (c) 2520 F (d) 5040
11. The HCF of two numbers is 27 and their LCM is 162. Ifone of the numbers is 54, what is
or
ur
the other number ?
sf
(a) 36 (b) 45 (c) 9 (d) 81
k
Yo
oo
12. LCM of 8,12,20 will not be a multiple of
B
(a) 5 (b) 3 (c) 9 (d) 2
re
13. The LCM of 2.5,0.5 and 0.175 is
ou
ad
(a) 2.5 (b) 5 (c) 7.5 (d) 17.5
Y
14. Ifthe HCF of 65 and 117 is expressible in the form 65m - 117, then the value of m is
nd
Re
(a) 4 (b) 2 (c) 1 (d) 3
Fi
15. The largest number which divides 70 and 125, leaving remainders 5 and 8 respectively.
is
(a) 13 (b) 65 (c) 875 (d) 1750
16. Two natural numbers whose difference is 66 and the least common multiple is 360. are
(a) 120and 54 (b) 90and24 (c) 180andll4 (d) 130and 64
17. Pairs of natural numbers whose least common multiple is 78 and the greatest common
divisor is 13 are
(a) 58 and 13 or 16 and 29 (b) 68 and 23 or 36 and 49
(c) 18 and 73 or 56 and 93 (d) 78 and 13 or 26 and 39
18. Two natural numbers whose sum is 85 and the least common multiple is 102 are
(a) 30 and 55 (b) 17 and 68 (c) 35 and 55 (d) 5J and 34
19. I f A= 2/? + 13, B = /7 + 7, where n is a natural number, then HCF of A and B is
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 4
ReadYourFlow.COMi
Real Numbers 1.39
20. There are 576 boys and 448 girls in a school that are to be divided into equal sections of
either boys or girls alone. The total number of sections thus formed are
(a) 22 (b) 16 (c) 36 (d) 21
21. The rationalisation factor of-7= is
V5
1
(a) -V5 (b) (C) Vs (d) none of these
22. The rationalisation factor of 3 + V? 's
(a) VS-3 (b) 3-Vs (c) V3+5 (d) V3-5
23. VfOxVfS is equal to
w
(a) 6Vs (b) 5V6 (c) V25 (d) 10Vs
24. Value of 4V(B l)"2 is
1
Flo 2 4
ee
(a) g w - (O 3 (d) ~
-I Fr
or
r
' 729N| 6 .
25. The simplest form of is
f
ou
,64
ks
4 3 2 4
oo
(a) 3 (b) 3 (0 3 <d> ?
Y
B
re
26. 3.75 is
ou
(a) a rational number (b) an irrational number
ad
(d) none of these
Y
(c) an integer
nd
27. 5.2357 is
Re
Fi
(a) an integer (b) a rational number
(c) an irrational number (d) none of these
28. 5.27521212121...is
(a) an irrational number (b) an integer
(c) a rational number (d) none of these
29. 5.101100110001... is
(a) a rational number (b) an irrational number
(c) an integer (d) none of these
30. n is
(a) a rational number equal to 22/7 (b) an irrational number
(c) a terminating decimal (d) a recurring decimal
31. The product of a non zero rational number an an irrational number is necessarily
(a) rational (b) irrational
k.
(c) terminating decimal (d) recurring decimal
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.40 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
32. If a is the smallest positive number such that ci\JV25 is a rational number, then a is
equal to
(a) V2 (b) V? (c) S (d) none of these
33. Sum of two irrational numbers is necessarily
(a) a rational number (b) an irrational number
(c) an integer (d) a real number
5379
34. The decimal expansion of the rational number will terminate after
23x5
(a) one decimal place (b) two decimal places
(c) three decimal places (d) four decimal places
14587
35. The decimal expansion of the number will terminate after
1250
w
(a) one decimal place (b) two decimal p l a ces
(c) three decimal places Flo
(d) four decimal places
36. Which ofthe following rational numbers is expressible as a terminating decimal ?
ee
(a)
322
105
(b)
243
60
(c)
327
175
Fr (d)
225
162
for
ur
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions :
ks
Yo
oo
Consider the following statements :
B
(a) Both the statements l and 2 are true and statement 2 is the correct explanation for
re
statement l.
ou
(b) Both the statements l and 2 are true and statement 2 is not the correct explanation for
ad
statement I.
Y
(c) Statement l is true but statement 2 is false.
nd
Re
(d) Statement l is false but statement 2 is true.
Fi
Choose the correct option from (a), (b), (c) and (d) in the following:
1. Statement 1 : Denominator of 52.732 is ofthe form 2"' x 5", where m. 11 are non-
negative integers.
Statement 2 : 52.732 is a terminating decimal fraction.
Solution : 52.732 is a terminating decimal and denominator ofa terminating decimal is ofthe
form 2"' x 5", where m and n are non-negative integers.
2. Statement 1 + is an irrational number.
Statement 2 : Sum of two irrational numbers is irrational.
Solution: -JJ + sfl is an irrational number therefore. Statement 1 is true.
Sum of two irrational numbers is not necessarily an irrational number. For example
2 + J3 and 2 - VJ are irrational numbers but their sum is a rational number. Hence Statement A
2 is not true.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Real Numbers 1.41
3. Statement 1 : The HCF of two numbers is 5 and their product is 105. Then their
LCM = 35
Statement 2 : 1 \'a, b are two positive integers, then 1ICF {a, b) x LCM (a, b) = a* b.
4. Statement 1 : The HCF of two numbers is 5 and their LCM is 150. If one of the
numbers is 15, then the other is 50.
Statement 2 : For any two positive integers a and b,
HCF (a, b) x LCM (a, b) = ax b.
5. Statement 1 : ------ is a terminating decimal fraction.
P .
Statement 2 : Ifr/ = 2".5"' where n, m are non-negative integers, then — is a terminating
decimal fraction.
6. Statement 1 : ^ is an irrational number.
low
Statement 2 : The square roots of a prime number is irrationals.
27
7. Statement 1 : is a terminating decimal.
250
ee
rF
P
Fr
Statement 2 : The rational number — is a terminating decimal, if q = (2,n x 5") for
for
some whole numbers m and n.
u
ks
C. Linked Comprehension Type Questions :
Yo
oo
Passage-I : 1 \'p is a prime number, then Jp is an irrational number and ifc/. b are two odd
eB
prime numbers, then a2 - Zr is a composite number.
r
Read the above passage and answer the following questions.
ou
ad
1. Vn is
Y
(a) a rational number (b) an irrational number
nd
Re
(c) not a real number (d ) terminating decimal
Fi
2. 32I2-2192 is
(a) a prime number (b) a composite number
(c) an odd prime number (d) an odd composite number
ANSWERS
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Very Short Answer Type Questions :
I. 2 2. 48 3. 26 4. 24 5. LXXX) 6. 42,21
7. q = 2” x 5'", where n and m are whole numbers. 8. 12600 9. 72
10. 4 II. Terminating 12. Terminating
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.42 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
13. 315 14. rational number 15. 1.6
QUESTIONS FOR PRACTICE
Very Short Answer Type Questions (1 Mark):
1. No; square root of 4 is 2 which is a rational number. 2. \fs, \[l
3. Terminating 4. Even 5. No 6. 1
7. ab 8. yes ; 2 is an even prime number 9. 0<r<b
Short Answer Type Questions (2 Marks):
7
1. 2. 5 3. yes 4. No. 2 is a prime even number
10
low
5. True 6. True 7. True 8. True 9. False 10. False
Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks):
ee
1. \-p(p+\) 2. 3; 180
rF
3. zero ; no such pair of numbers is possible
Fr
for
5 LCM of 1.5.5 5
4. 6 5. - |Hint. Required LCM = I
u
HCF of 3,6,9 3
ks
Yo
6. No ; odd positive integers cannot be written in this form as 4c/ + 2 is an even
oo
number.
B
re
7. True : out of three consecutive integers atleast one will be divisible by 2 and
exactly one will be divisible by 3.
ou
ad
Y
8. No; 4 * 3 m + 2 for any natural number m.
9. No; 380 is not divisible by 18.
nd
Re
987 47 47
Fi
10. Yes; 10500 = 3 ><5x7x 100,987 = 3 x7x47 .'
' 10 5 0 0 5x100 53 x 22
11. (/ = 2454 12. 2520
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
A. Objective Questions:
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (b)
7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (c) 11. (d) 12. (c)
13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (d)
19. (b) 20. (b) 21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (a)
25. (c) 26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (b)
31. (b) 32. (c) 33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (d) 36. (b)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Real Numbers 1.43
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (a)
C. Comprehension Type Questions:
1. (b) 2. (b)
EXEMPLAR PROBLEMS
1. »2 - 1 is divisible by 8, if/? is
(a) an integer (b) a natural number
(c) an odd integer (d) an even integer
Ans. (c)
Soln. Let a = n2- I. Here, /? can be even or odd
w
Case I: When /? = even integer, i.e., /? = 2k. where k is an integer
=> a = (2k)2 - 1
=> <7 = 4A'2 - 1 = odd number Flo
Case II: When /? = odd integer, i.e., n = 2k+ 1, where k is an integer
ee
In this case, a=(2k + \)2-\
=> a = 4A'2 + 4A + 1 - 1
Fr
for
ur
-=> a = Ak2 + 4A-
=> a = 4k(k + I) = 4. (even integer) [Since product of two consecutive integers is always
ks
Yo
even]
oo
=> a = 4(2r) = 8/-, where r is an integer
B
Hence, we can conclude from above two cases, if/? is odd, then n2 - I is divisible by 8.
re
2. 1 fthe HCF of65 and 117 is expressible in the form 65/// - 1 17, then the value of/// is :
ou
ad
(a) 4 (b) 2 (c) 1 (d) 3
Y
Ans.(b)
d
Re
Soln. HCF of 65 and 117= 13
n
Fi
65///-117= 13 ^ 65//? = 13+117
=> 65///= 130 => /// = 2
3. The least number that is divisible by all the numbers from 1 to 10 (both inclusive)
(a) 10 (b) 100 (c) 504 (d) 2520
Ans. (cl)
Soln. Factors of 1 to 10 numbers
2 = 1x2
3 = 1x3
4=1x 2 x 2
5 = 1x5
6= 1 x2x 3
7 = 1x7
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.44 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
8=|x2*2x2
9=1x 3 x 3
10=1x2x5
LCM of numbers from 1 to 10 = LCM (1,2,3,4,5,6.7,8,9. 10)
= 1x2x2x 2x3x 3 x5 x 7) = 2520
4. Prove that s[p + y[q is irrational, wherep and q are primes.
Soln. Let us suppose that sfp+yfq is rational
Again, let ^fp + sjcj - a, where a is rational
Therefore, \[cj = a-yfp
On squaring both sides, we get
low
q = a2 +p- 2a yfp [Y (a - h) = a2 + b2 - lab]
a' + p-q
Therefore, yfp , which is a contradiction as the right hand side is a rational
ee
2a
rF
number while fp is irrational, sincep and q are prime numbers.
Fr
for
Thus, our assumption is wrong.
u
Hence, fp + fq is irrational.
ks
Yo
oo
B
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
re
150 Marks)
ou
ad
Y
Objective and Very Short Answer Type Questions (1 Mark)
nd
Choose the correct option :
Re
1. 992 - 692 is
Fi
(a) a prime number (b) a composite number
(c) an odd composite number (d) an odd prime number
2. fp is rational if/; is
(a) 15 (b) 16 (c) 8 (d) 12
3- 0.65 + 0.47 = ?
(a) 1.13 (b) 1.12 (c) 1.112 (d) none of these
P
4. If — is a rational number, then it will have terminating decimal only when prime factors
of q are:
(a) 2's and 3's (b) d'sandS's (c) 2,sand5's (d) 2's, 3'sand 5's
ReadYourFlow.COM
Real Numbers 1.45
Short Answer Type Questions (2 Marks)
6137
5. After how many places the decimal expansion of will terminate?
80
6. If the HCF of 75 and 151 is expressed in the form 75/7- 149, find the value of/?.
7. Can the number 6" (/? being a natural number) end with the digit 5 ? Give reason.
8. Which of the following numbers are rational ?
(a) V3 (b) Ifs (c) 5.242853 (d) 3.2753
22
(e) 7t (f) T (g) 9.010010001
9. Write down the prime factorisation of3780.
low
10. In the given factor tree, find in and n
ee
rF
Fr
for
Short Answ er Type Questions (3 Marks)
u
ks
11. Prove that 3 _ ^5 is irrational.
Yo
oo
3V2
B
Or, Prove that —7— is irrational.
re
ou
ad
12. Find the HCF and LCM of 12, 15.18.27.
Y
13. Ifthe HCF of210and 55 is expressible in the form 210 * 5 + 55 a, find a
nd
14. Give an example of two irrationals whose product is rational.
Re
Fi
16. Prove that 7 * II x 13+13 and 7 * 6 * 5 + 7 are composite numbers
15. Find the largest number which divides 546 and 764. leaving remainders 6 and 8
respectively.
Long Answer Type Questions (4 Marks)
17. Prove that for any positive integer /?. /?-’ - /? is divisible by 6.
18. Show that the square of an odd positive integer is of the form (6 c/ + 1) or (6c/ + 3) for
some integer c/.
19. Show' that one and only one out of/?, (/? + 2) and (/? + 4) is divisible by 3, where /? is any
positive integer.
20. Show that (5+ 3 VI) is irrational.
ReadYourFlow.COM
1.46 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
ANSWERS:
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. 4 6. 2
7. No; 6" will always end in 6
8. Numbers given ins (c), (d) and (f) are rational
9. 22 x 33 x 5 x 7 10. n= 18, w = 72
12. HCF = 3, LCM = 540
13. a = -\9 14. y/2, 5J2 15. 108
low
ee
rF
Fr
for
u
ks
Yo
oo
r eB
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
ReadYourFlow.COM
2
POLYNOMIALS
2.1. INTRODUCTION
In class IX, we have read about polynomials in one variable and degree of a polynomial.
Here, we will briefly recall the definition of a polynomial and its degree. A polynomial is a
low
specific type of algebraic expression. Before giving a formal definition of a polynomial, we
consider the following expression :
p (x) = 5.v2 + 2.v - 3
ee
rF
Here p (.v) is an algebraic expression of one variable. Also here, in each term o\'p (.v). only non
Fr
negative integral powers ofx occur and coefficient of each power of.v is a real number. Here,
we shall say that p {x) is a polynomial in x.________________________________________
for
2.2. DEFINITION
ou
ks
A polynomial in x is an algebraic expression containing only non-negative integral powers of
oo
.v when arranged in ascending or descending powers of.v.
Y
B
In other words, an algebraic expression of the form
re
a0 + alx + a2x2 + ,-v" -1 + anx"
ou
ad
where aQ, ava2, a2..... . an are real numbers, an * 0 and n is a non-negative integer, is called
Y
a polynomial. a(j, a,,..., are called coefficients and the highest power n of.v is called index
or power or radical or degree of the polynomial.
nd
Re
Thus the highest power of.v in a polynomial p(x) is called the degree of the polynomial
Fi
P (v).
Examples :
(i) 3.v - 4 is a polynomial of degree one in .v.
(ii) 2.v3 + 5.v2 + 7 is a polynomial ofdegree three in .v.
(iii) 3y2 - ly + 2 is a polynomial of degree two in y.
1
(iv) x + — is not a polynomial in .v because in the 2nd term, the power of.v is
because — = x-11 which is not a non-negative integer.
x
3
(v) y2 + v+1 is not a polynomial in_v because in first term, the power of v is not an integer.
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.2 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
(vi) 2 i.e. 2.r° is a polynomial of degree zero.
Polynomial over a set: Letp (x) = a() + av\ + a7x2 +... + anx"
If aQ, ava2,..., an are integers, then polynomial is called a polynomial over integers.
Iffl0, apa,,..., un are rational, then the polynomial is called a polynomial over rationals.
ItV/0, £7,, ci-),... are real numbers, then the polynomial is called a polynomial over R (the set
of all real numbers).
Examples:
(i) 3.v2 + 2.v+ 7 is a polynomial over integers.
(ii) -^-.y3 “X2 + 3.v - 4 is a polynomial over rational numbers.
(iii) 5.v2 - 73a- + 72 is a polynomial over real numbers.
{1.3. STANDARD FORM OF A POLYNOMIAL
D
low
A polynomial in x is said to be in standard form if the powers of.v are either in ascending or
descending order.
Examples:
ee
rF
(i)
Fr
7.y4 - 3a-3 + 4a- + 5 is a polynomial in standard form. Here the power of.v is written in
descending order.
or
(ii) 5 + 4a- - 3a3 + 7.y4 is a polynomial in standard form. Here the power of a: is written in
f
u
ascending order.
ks
Yo
2.4. CLASSIFICATION O F POLYNOMIALS
oo
Following are the types of a polynomial :
B
re
I. Monomial: A polynomial having only one term is called monomial, for example, 5x4,4.v,
2, lx2 etc.
ou
ad
2. Binomial: A polynomial having two terms is called binomial, for example, 2a-5 - lx,
Y
3.y2 + 2.y etc.
nd
Re
3. Trinomial : A polynomial having three terms is called a trinomial, for example,
Fi
7.y3 + lx-2 - 5a\ 8.y5 + 2y2 + 7 etc.
4. Zero polynomial: A polynomial whose all co-efficients are zero is called a zero polynomial.
Example : O.a-4 - 0.x2 + 0, 0..y5 + O.a-2 - O.x etc.
Note:
• Zero polynomial has no degree.
5. Constant polynomial : A polynomial having only one term equal to a real number is
called a constant polynomial.
Example : 2, - 5, \/3 etc. are constant polynomials.
2.5. TYPES OF POLYNOMIALS
1. Linear polynomials : A polynomial of degree one is called a linear polynomial.
Examples : (i) 3.y- 1 (ii) 5.y+ 2 (iii) 72.y-3
General form ofa linear polynomial is oy + b. a ^ 0.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.3
2. Quadratic polynomial: A polynomial of degree two is called a quadratic polynomial.
Examples:
(i) x2-x + 1 (iii) ax2 + bx + c,a*()
(iv) 2x2 - —X + yf5 (V) -2 (vi) x2+ 1
2
The name ‘quadratic' has been derived from the word ‘quadrate’ which means ‘square’.
General form of a quadratic polynomial is ax2 + bx + c. where a*Q.
3. Cubic polynomial: A polynomial of degree three is called a cubic polynomial.
Examples :
(i) lv3 - 5.r2 + 3 (ii) *3+l (iii) -5x3+x2+\
(iv) 2xi-5 (v) 3.v3 + V2x-3 (vi) 2.v3
low
General form ofa cubic polynomial is ax3 + bx2 + cx + cl, where a 0.
4. Biquadratic polynomial or quartic polynomial: A polynomial ofdegree four is called a
biquadratic polynomial.
ee
rF
Examples :
(i) ,r4+ 1 (ii) 2x4 - j3 + 2x2 + .y - 3 (iii) 3.y4+5a- Fr (iv) -7.y4+.y + 5
for
General form of a biquadratic polynomial is ax4 + bx3 + cx2 + dx + A-, where a 0.
u
2.6. DEFINITION OF SOME TERMS RELATED TO A POLYNOMIAL
ks
Yo
1. Terms ofa polynomial: Let p{x) = + a{x + a^x2 +... + a^x” be a polynomial.
oo
B
Then aQ, avx, a^x2,..., anx!' are called terms ofthe polynomial.
re
Example : Let p (x) = 3.y3 - 5.y + 2
ou
ad
Here 3x3, - 5x and 2 are the terms ofthe polynomial.
Y
Number of terms ofthis polynomial is 3.
nd
2. Value of a polynomial: Letp(x) be a polynomial in x and a is any real number. Then the
Re
value ofp (x) when a is put in place of.y is called the value ofthe polynomial at
Fi
x = a and is denoted byp (a).
Example : If p{x) = 3.y2 - 5.y + 2
Then p(\) = 3.\2-5.\ +2-0 and /X0) = 3.02-5.0 + 2=2
3. Zero ofa polynomial : A number a is said to be a zero ofthe polynomial p(x) if
p(a) = 0 i.e., value of polynomial p{x) at ,y = a is zero.
Examples :
(i) lisa zero of the polynomial p(x) - x2 -- 3x + 2 because /?(1) = 12 - 3.1 +2-0
(ii) 4 is a zero of the polynomial p(x) = ,y2 - 5x + 4 because p(4) = 42 - 5.4 + 4 - 0
Zero of the linear polynomial ax + b is given by oy + 6 = 0
b constant term
or x=-
a coefficient of x
Clearly, zero of a polynomial is related to its coefficients.
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.4 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
2.7. GEOMETRICAL MEANING OF ZEROES OF A POLYNOMIAL
1. Geometrical meaning of zero of a linear polynomial: In class IX, we have learnt howto
draw the graph of a linear polynomial. Graph of a linear polynomial will be a straight line
and the ^-coordinate of the point where graph cuts the x-axis is the zero of the linear
polynomial. This is obvious from the following example.
(i) Let p(x) = 2x - 4 be a linear polynomial. Zero of this polynomial p(x) is given by
p(x) = 0 => 2x-4 = 0
=> 2x = 4
x= 2
Now, we draw the graph of
y=p(x) i.e., of
y = 2x - 4 -(i)
low
We take two suitable values of x and
calculate the corresponding values of y.
X'<
o
♦ *x
1 c (2, 0)
X 0 1 -1
-2o
ee
y = 2x - 4 4 2 B (1. -2)
rF
The graph ofy = 2x - 4 will be the straight line
Fr
-30
joining points (0, -4) and (1,-2)
7 A (0,-4)
for
Graph ofy - 2x - 4 cuts x-axis at point C (2,0).
u
ks
x-coordinate of this point C is 2
Yo
oo
which is the zero of linear polynomial 2x-4.
B
(ii) Let p (x)=x - 3 be a 1 inear polynomial. We draw the graph ofy = x- 3. For this, we take
re
two suitable values ofx and find the corresponding values ofy.
ou
ad
x 0 2
Y
y=x-3 -3 -1
nd
Re
The graph ofy = x-3 will be the straight line joining two points A (0, - 3) and B(2,- 1).
Fi
XV ►X
o 1 2 /C(3,0)
-1 / B(2, -1)
-2
-3 A (0, -3)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.5
The graph of v = x-3 cutsx-axis at C (3, 0);.v-coordinate ofC = 3, which is the zero of
polynomial and is given by x - 3 = 0.
Thus, the graph of a linear polynomial is a straight line which cuts thex-axis at only one
point and x-coordinate of this point is the zero of the linear polynomial.
2. Geometrical meaning of zeroes of a quadratic polynomial: First of all, we draw the
graph of a quadratic polynomial.
Letp(x) = x2 - 4x + 3 be a quadratic polynomial.
In order to draw the graph of y = x2 - 4x + 3, we take some suitable values ofx and calculate
the corresponding values of y.
x -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
y = x2- 4x + 3 8 3 0 0 3 8
We take suitable scale on x-axis and y-axis and plot the points (- 1,8), (0, 3), (1,0), (2,- 1),
w
(3,0), (4,3), (5,8) and join these points by free hand. The curve obtained will be the graph of
jy = x2-4x+3.
Flo
ee
A (-1, 8)
Fr
G (5, 8)
for
ur
’y=.\2 —4x+3
ks
B (0, 3) F (4, 3)
Yo
oo
C(1,0)/E(3, 0)
eB
X' + *X
O
D (2, -1)
r
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
Y'
The graph ofy=x2-4x + 3 cuts x-axis at (1,0)and (3,0).
The x-coordinate of the points where the graph cuts x-axis are 1 and 3 and these are the
zeroes of polynomial p(x)=x2 - 4x + 3 because /?(1) = 0 and /?(3) = 0.
Thus, the zeroes of a quadratic polynomial are x-coordinates of the points where the graph
cuts x-axis.
The graph of a quadratic polynomial ax2 + bx + c will be a curve as shown in the figures (i).
(ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi). These curves are called parabolas (we will learn about parabola in
class XI).
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.6 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
When a > 0 and /r - 4ac > 0 :
low
When a < 0 and hi1 - 4ac > 0 :
ee
rF
Fr
for
u
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fig.(ii)
Fi
When a > 0 and tr - 4ac = 0 :
Fig.(iii)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.7
When a < 0 and b2 - 4ac = 0 :
w
Fig.(iv)
When a > 0 and b2 - 4ac < 0 :
Flo
ee
Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fig. (v)
Fi
When a < 0 and h2 - 4ac < 0 :
X' X
O
Fig. (vi)
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.8 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
(i) When b: - 4ac > 0, the graph of y = ax2 + bx + c will cut x-axis at two points and, therefore,
quadratic polynomial will have two zeroes [See figures (i) and (ii)].
(ii) When b2 -4ac = 0, the graph of y = av2 + bx + c will cut x-axis at only one point and hence
the quadratic polynomial will have only one zero [See figures (iii) and (iv)].
(iii) When b2 - 4ac < 0. the graph of y = ax2 + bx + c will not cut x-axis and hence the quadratic
polynomial will have no real zero. In this case the graph will be either completely abovex-axis
or completely below x-axis [See figures (v) and (vi )].
Thus, a quadratic polynomial ax2 + bx + c has either two distinct zeroes or two equal zeroes
(/.<?., one zero) or no zero according as lr-4ac >, =, < 0.
Maximum number of zeroes of a quadratic polynomial is 2.
3. Geometrical meaning of zeroes of a cubic polynomial: First of all, we consider the
graph of a few cubic polynomials.
(i) Graph of cubic polynomials p(x) - x3 -x
w
Let y = x3 -x
x
y = x3 - x
2
-6
-1
Flo 0 2
ree
0 0 0 6
F
or
ur
k sf
Yo
oo
6 D (2, 6)
5
B
4
re
3
ou
2
ad
(-1.0)B 1/2 3
Y
X'* *X
- 2-4 P
1 C(1.0)
nd
Re
2
Fi
-3
-4
-5
A (-2, - 6) f -6
Y'
From figure, it is clear that the graph of y = x3 -x cuts x-axis at three points (- 1.0), (0,0) and
(1,0), x-coordinates of these points are -1,0 and 1 respectively.
Alsop(l) = 0,/>(— l) = 0,/?(0) = 0.
Thus x-coordinates of points where the graph of y = p(x) cuts x-axis are the zeroes of the
polynomial p(x).
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.9
(ii) Graph ofcubic polynomial p(x) = .r -a~
w
Flo
ee
Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
A-coordinates of the points where the graph of y = .v3 - x2 cuts x-axis are 0 and 1. Also
Fi
/?(0) = 0,/?(l) = 0.
Thus x-coordinates of the point where the graph ofy =p(x) cuts x-axis are the zeroes of the
cubic polynomial p(x) - x3 - x2.
(iii) Graph ofcubic polynomial p(x) = x3
Let v = .v3
x 0
X3 1 0
y
Graph of y = x3 cuts x-axis at only one point O (0, 0), x-coordinate of this point is 0. Also
/?(0) = 03 = 0.
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.10 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
low
ee
rF
Fr
for
u
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
Thus the .v-coordinate of the point where the graph of v = p(.x) cuts .v-axis is the zero of the
ou
ad
cubic polynomial p(x).
Y
Zeroes of a cubic polynomial p(x) are the.v-coordinates of the points where its graph cuts
nd
Re
.Y-axis.
Fi
Clearly, a cubic polynomial has at most three real zeroes and at least one real zero.
2.8. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE ZEROES AND THE COEFFICIENTS OF A
POLYNOMIAL
1. Relationship between zeroes and coefficients of a linear polynomial!: We have seen that
zero of the linear polynomial
ax + /> is given by ax + b = 0, i.e., x ---
a
Constant term
Thus, zero of ax + /> = - —
a Coefficient of .v
Example : Zeroofthe linear polynomial 3.v-2
Constant term
Coefficient of .v
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.11
(-2) _ 2
3 3
2. Relationship between the zeroes and coefficients of a quadratic polynomial:
(i) Let p(x) = 3(.v - l) (x - 2) be a quadratic polynomial.
Then p(x) = 3(.v2- 3.v + 2) = 3x2 - 9x + 6 -0)
Zeroes of the polynomial p(x) are given byp(.v) = 0 i.e., 3 (x - l )(.v - 2) = 0
.•. Zeroes of/?(x) are l and 2.
We observe that
Sum of zeroes =1 + 2 = 3
(-9) Coefficient of v
-(ii)
3 Coefficient of .v2
low
Product of zeroes =1 *2 = 2
6 _ Constant term
...(hi)
3 Coefficient of a-2
ee
rF
Relations (ii) and (iii) are true for all quadratic polynomials.
Fr
for
Theorem : Ifa, (3 are the zeroes of a quadratic polynomial ax1 + bx + c, then a + P = - — and
u
ks
Yo
ap = - .
oo
a
eB
Proof: Since a and P are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial ax2 + bx + c, then .v - a and
.v - P will be factors ofV/.v2 + bx + c
r
ou
ad
ax2 + bx + c = k (x - a)(x - P), where k is some constant.
Y
= k [a2 - (a + P) x + ap]
nd
Re
Thus ax2 + bx + c = kx2 - k (a + p) a + A*ap
Fi
Comparing the coefficients ofa2, a and constant term, we get
a = k, b=-k(a+ p),c = A:aP
Putting k = a in second and third relations, we get /? = - r/ (a + p)
Coeff. of a
“+e=-!=-
Coeff. of a2
Constant term
and c = a ■ a* P => aP = —
Coeff. of a2
Coeff. of a
Thus, sum of zeroes =
Coeff. of a2
Constant term
and product of zeroes =
Coeff. of a2
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.12 CB3E MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Second proof: Let a and (3 be the zeroes of the polynomial ax2 + bx + c
h -yjb2 - 4ac
Then, a=
2a
-b+\jkr -4ac
and P= 2a
-b-'Jb2 -4ac -b + \Jb2-4ac
a+p =
2a 2a
-b -\lb2 - 4ac -b + Vb2 - 4ac
2a
low
2b b Coefficient of x
2a a Coefficient of x2
- b -'Jb2 — 4ac -b + yjb2 - 4ac
ee
Again, a|3 =
rF
2a 2a
Fr
for
{-b2)-(yjb2 -4ac)2 _ b2 -(b2 -4ac)
u
4a2 4a2
ks
Yo
oo
_ 4ac _ c _ Constant term
eB
4a2 a Coefficient of x2
Corollary : Quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are a and p is A' (x - cx)(x - p), where A is any
r
ou
constant.
ad
Y
Clearly zeroes of polynomial A (x- a) (x- P) are a and p because
A(x - a)(x - P) = 0 => x = a, p
nd
Re
Also, A(x-a)(x - p) = A [x2-(a + p)x+ aP], which is a quadratic polynomial.
Fi
3. Relation between zeroes and coefficients of a cubic polynomial.
Theorem : l fa, p, y be the zeroes of the cubic polynomial ox3 + bx2 + cx + <7, then
a + nP + y = —b
a
aP + Py + ya = ^
n d
Proof: Since a, p, y are the zeroes of the cubic polynomial ox3 + bx2 + cx + <7, therefore,
x - a, x - p, x - y will be factors of the cubic polynomial ax3 + bx2 + cx + d
ax' + bx2 + cx + d= k (x - a)(x- P)(x -y) where A is a constant
= k (x - a) [x2 - (P + y) x + py]
= A [x3 - cue2 - (P + y) x2 + a (P + y) x + Pyx - aPy]
= A [x3 - (a + p + y) x2 + (a.p + Py + ya)x - aPy]
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.13
Thus ax3 + bx2 + cx + d= kx3 -k(a + (3 + y) x2 + k (ap + (3y + ya) .v - kafiy
Equating the coefficients of.v3, .v2, x and constant term, we get
k=a ...(ii)
-k(a + $ + y) = b ...(iii)
A'(ap + Py + ya) = c -(iv)
- k aPy = ci
Dividing (iii) by (ii), we get
Coeff. of.v2
a + Pn + y = —b
a Coeff. of.v3
Dividing (iv) by (ii), we get
Coeff. of.v
aP + Py + ya = —
Coeff. of .v3
low
Dividing (v) by (ii), we get
ci Constant term
aPy=--
Coeff. of X3
ee
rF
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES Fr
for
ou
ks
Type I. Problems based on recognising whether a polynomial is linear or quadratic by
oo
seeing its graph.
Y
B
re
WORKING RULE :
ou
ad
Use the following information whichever is required :
Y
1. The graph of a linear polynomial is a straight line.
nd
Re
2. The graph of a quadratic polynomial is a parabola opening upward or downward
Fi
as shown in the following figure :
*Y aY
X' <- X X' < ♦ X
o o
Y'
ReadYourFlow.COM
•|BjlU0uX|0(i JB9UI| B JO l|dBjS
3i|l si ii ‘sjojojaqi loui[ u|giBJjs b si |BiLiionX|od oqj jo qdBig oqi ooiqs (i) : uoijn/og
,A
O O'
X+ *,X (ja) X+ >,X (a)
7
w
Flo
ee
,A ,A
Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
O
oo
O
X ♦ >,X (Al) X ♦ ,X (jlj)
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
A
Re
Fi
,A ,A
X+
o
>,x (n) x ◄-
o
z >,X (!)
•|BiuiouX|od ojjBjpBnb jou .iB3iii| jaqjiau .10 |BiuiouX|od opBipBnb jo jbou;| sjb
Aoqj JoqpqA\ ‘Mopq uoaiS s|BiuiouX|od oqi jo sqdBjg oqi Suioos ouiuiBxg -j d/diuvxg
x ssvno yod soiiviai3hiviai asao nz
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.15
(ii) Since the graph of the polynomial is a straight line, therefore, it is the graph of a
linear polynomial.
(iii) Since the graph of the polynomial is a parabola opening upward, therefore, it is the
graph of a quadratic polynomial.
(iv) Since the graph of the polynomial is a parabola opening downward, therefore, it is
the graph of a quadratic polynomial.
(v) Since the graph of the polynomial is neither a straight line nor a parabola, therefore,
it is the graph of a polynomial which is neither linear nor quadratic.
(vi) Since the graph of the polynomial is neither a straight line nor a parabola, therefore,
it is the graph of a polynomial which is neither linear nor a quadratic.
Type II. Problems based on finding the number of zeroes of a polynomial seeing its
graph.
WORKING RULE :
low
1. From graph of the polynomial, see the number of points where the graph cuts x-
axis.
2. Number of zeroes of a polynomial will be the number of distinct points where
ee
the graph of the polynomial cuts .v-axis.
rF
Fr
Example 1. The graphs of y = p(x) are given in the figures below, where p(x) is a
polynomial. Find the number of zeroes of p(x) in each case.
for
ou
Y.
ks
oo
Y
B
re
^__ U*
ou
ad
(i) X' + ♦X (ii) x'
7
Y
O O
nd
Re
Fi
Y' Y'
< *X
O
Y'
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.16 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
♦X
o
Solution : (i) Since the graph of the polynomial cuts the .Y-axis at two distinct points,
low
therefore, number of zeroes of the polynomial p(x) is 2.
(ii) Since the graph of the polynomial cuts the .Y-axis at three distinct points, therefore,
number of zeroes of the polynomial p(x) is 3.
ee
rF
Fr
(iii) Since the graph of the polynomial cuts the .Y-axis at only one point, therefore, number
of zero of the polynomial is one.
or
(iv) Since the graph of the polynomial does not cut the .Y-axis, therefore, number of zero
f
u
of the polynomial is 0 (zero).
ks
Yo
oo
(v) Since the graph of the polynomial cuts the .Y-axis at 3 distinct points, therefore,
number of zeroes of the polynomial is 3.
B
re
(vi) Since the graph of the polynomial cuts the x-axis at no point, therefore, number of
ou
zero of the polynomial is 0 (zero).
ad
Y
Example 2. The graph of a polynomial p(x) is given below. Find the number of zeroes
in each case.
nd
Re
Fi
N
(i) X'* ♦X (ii) x' <■ > X
o o
Y' Y'
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.17
(iii) X'* >X (iv) X' -►X
O O
w
Flo
ree
(v) X' ♦
F
or
ur
k sf
Yo
oo
B
re
Solution : (i) Since the graph of the polynomial cuts the .v-axis at only one point,
ou
ad
therefore, number of zero of the polynomial is one.
Y
(ii) Since the graph of the polynomial does not cut x-axis, therefore, number of zero of
the polynomial is 0 (zero) .
nd
Re
(iii) Since the graph of the polynomial cuts the x-axis at two distinct points, therefore,
Fi
number of zeroes of the polynomial is 2.
(iv) Since the graph of the polynomial does not cut x-axis, therefore, number of zero of
the polynomial is 0 (zero).
(v) Since the graph of the polynomial cuts the x-axis, at only one point, therefore,
number of zero of the polynomial is one.
(vi) Since the graph of the polynomial cuts the x-axis at only one point, therefore, number
of zero of the polynomial is one.
EXERCISE 2.1
Type 1
1. Examine, seeing the graph of the polynomials given below, whether they are linear
or quadratic polynomial or neither linear nor quadratic polynomial :
i ReadYourFlow.COM
<A ,A
O
O X -X
X+ >,X
w
(}A) Flo A (A)
ee
<A <A
Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
B
0 O
x< >,X (AI) x♦ *<x (!!!)
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
<A
O
* ♦-x (!)
y
x ssvno yoj souvwaHiviAi asao QIZ
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.19
(vii) >X
Type II
low
2. The graphs of y = p(x) are given in the figures below, where p(x) is a polynomial.
Find the number of zeroes in each case.
ee
(i) (ii)
rF
Fr
f or
u
ks
X'* ♦X
7 o
Yo
\
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y'
Y
nd
Re
Fi
(iii) (iv)
L ReadYourFlow.COM
2.20 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
(v)
3. The graphs of v = p(x) are given in the figures below, where p(x) is a polynomial.
w
Find the number of zeroes in each case.
Flo
ee
(i) (ii)
Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
('ii)
X'<+ >X X'-*- ♦X
o o
r
Y'
ReadYourFlow.COMi
Polynomials 2.21
(V) Ya (vi)
X'< ♦X \ >X
o X' a
V
Y' Y'
ANSWERS
w
1. Graph of a
(i) linear polynomial Flo (ii) linear polynomial
ee
(iii) quadratic polynomial (iv) quadratic polynomial
(v) neither a linear nor a quadratic polynomial Fr
for
(vi) neither a linear nor a quadratic polynomial
ur
(vii) neither a linear nor a quadratic polynomial
ks
Yo
(viii) neither a linear nor a quadratic polynomial
oo
B
2. (i) 2 (ii) 3 (iii) 1 (iv) 1 (v) 2 (vi) 1
re
3. (i) 1 (ii) 2 (iii) 4 (iv) 0 (zero) (v) 2 (vi) 2
ou
ad
2.9. SYMMETRIC FLNCTIONSOFZEROESOFAQUADRATIC POLYNOMIAL
Y
Symmetric function : An algebraic expression in a and p is said to be a symmetric function
nd
Re
in a and p if it remains unchanged when a and p are interchanged.
Fi
Example 1. cr + p2.
When a and p are interchanged, a2 + P2 becomes p2 + a2 = a2 + p2
Hence, a2 + p2 is a symmetric function in a and p.
Example 2. a - p.
When a and p are interchanged,
a - p becomes p-a^-^a-pi^a-p
Hence, a - p is not a symmetric function in a and p._____________________________
2.10. TO FIND A QUADRATIC POLYNOMIAL HAVING GIVEN ZEROES
Let a and P be the zeroes of a quadratic polynomial
Let the quadratic polynom be ax2 + bx + c
Since a, p are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial
Coefficient of at b
Therefore, a + p = - a
••■(ii)
Coefficient of x2
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.22 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Constant term c
and a(3 = •••(iii)
Coeff. of x2 a
Now. ax2 + bx + c = a\ x2 + —x + — |
l a a)
= a[x2-(a+p)x + a(5] [From (ii) and (iii)]
Thus, the required quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are a and (3 is a (x - a)(x - p).
i.e., x2 - (sum of zeroes) x + product of zeroes.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on finding zeroes of a quadratic polynomial.
low
WORKING RULE :
1. Write down the given quadratic polynomial in the form ax2 + bx + c
2. Find the factors of ax2 + bx + c by writing the middle term as the sum of two
ee
rF
expressions. For this if ac > 0. then find two numbers p and q having same signs
as that of b such that Fr
for
p + q = b and pq = ac
u
But if ac < 0, then find two numbers p and q having opposite signs such that p
ks
+ q = b and pq = ac.
Yo
oo
3. Equate each factor thus obtained to zero to get the values of x.
B
4. These values of x will be the zeroes of the given quadratic polynomial.
re
Example 1. Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 6x2 - 3 - lx and verify the
ou
ad
relationship between the zeroes and the coefficients. [NCERT]
Y
Solution : Given quadratic polynomial is 6x2 - lx - 3.
d
Re
Given polynomial is of the form ax2 + bx + c
n
Fi
Here a = 6, b = -l,c = -3
ac = 6 (- 3) = - 18 (- ve)
Therefore, we try to find two integers p and q having opposite signs such that
p + q = - 1 and pq = ac = - 18
Clearly, /? = - 9, q = 2
Now, 6x2 - lx - 3 = 6x2 - 9.x + 2x - 3
- 3x (2x - 3) + 1 (2x - 3)
= (2x - 3) (3x+ 1) •••(ii)
Clearly, 6x2 - 7x - 3 = 0 => (lx - 3)(3x + 1) = 0
3 1
x = — or x = -
2 3
Hence zeroes of quadratic polynomial 6x2 - lx - 3 are — and .
2 3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.23
Second part:
3 I _7 (-7) Coefficient of .t
Sum of zeroes = —
2 3 6 6 Coefficient of x2
1 _ -3 _ Constant term
Product of zeroes = —
2l^ 3j 2 6 Coefficient of x2
Example 2. Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial Air + 8it and verify the
relationship between the zeroes and the coefficients. |NCERT|
Solution : Given quadratic polynomial is Air + 8i/.
Here coefficient of ir = 4, coefficient of u = 8, constant term = 0
Now, 4;/2 + 8// = An (u + 2)
Clearly Air + 8// - 0 ■=> u = 0 or u = - 2
w
Hence zeroes of the polynomial are 0 and - 2.
Second part : Flo
ee
8 Coefficient of u
Sum of zeroes = o - 2 = -2 =
4 Fr
Coefficient of ir
for
ur
Constant term
Product of zeroes = 0 (-2) = 0 = — =
4 Coefficient of ir
ks
Yo
Example 3. Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 9.v2 - 6.x- + I and verily the
oo
relationship between the zeroes and the coefficients.
B
re
Solution : Given quadratic polynomial is 9.v2 - 6.v + 1
Here coefficient of x2 = 9, coefficient of a- = - 6, constant term = I
ou
ad
Y
Now, 9x2 - 6.x- + 1 = 9.x-2 - 3.x- - 3x + 1
= 3.v (3.x- - 1)- l(3.v- 1)
nd
Re
= (3.v - 1) (3.r - 1)
Fi
= (3.v - l)2
Clearly, 9.v2 - 6x + I = 0 => (3x - l)2 = 0 x=—
3
1 1
Hence zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 9x2 - 6x + 1 are —
Second part :
(-6) Coefficient of x
Sum of zeroes = - + - = —
3 3 3 9 Coefficient of x2
I 1 1 Constant term
Product of zeroes =
3 3 9 Coefficient of x2
Example 4. Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial pqx1 + (pr + qs) x + rs and
verify the relationship between the zeroes and the coefficients.
Solution : Given quadratic polynomial is Pqx2 + (pr + qs) x + rs
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.24 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Here coefficient of x1 = pq, coefficient of .v = pr + qs and constant term = r.v
Now, pqx2 + (pr + qs ) x + r.v
= (pqx2 + prx) + (qsx + rs)
= px (qx + r) + ,v (qx + r)
- (px + s)(qx + r)
Clearly, px2 + (pr + qs) x + rs = 0 => (px + s)(qx + r) = 0
s r
x—— or x = —
P
s r
Hence zeroes of the given quadratic polynomial are and - —
Second part :
r _ sq + pr Coefficient of .y
w
Sum of zeroes = - —
P Q pq Coefficient of .v2
Product of zeroes = -
.v r Flo
sr Constant term
ee
p/ \ q Pq Coefficient of-v2
Fr
Type II. Problems based on value of a symmetric function in a and p, where a and p
for
ur
are the zeroes of a quadratic polynomial.
ks
WORKING RULE :
Yo
oo
1. First of all find a + p and ap.
B
For this if a and p are zeroes of the quadratic polynomial ax2 + bx + c, then
re
ou
ad
« + P = - — and ap = —
'a r a
Y
2. Value of symmetric function in a and p can be obtained if a + p and ap are
nd
Re
known.
Fi
3. Express the given function in a and p in terms of a + P and ap.
For this use following relations whichever is required.
(i) a2 + p2 = (a + p)2-2ap
(ii) (a - P)2 = (a + P)2 - 4ap
if a > p. then a - p = 7(a + P)2 -4ap
In fact | a - P | = yjia + fi)2 -4«p
(iii) a3 + P3 = (a + P)3 - 3ap (a + P)
(iv) a2 - p: = (a + p)(a - p) = (a + p) ^(a + p)2 -4ap , a > p
Example 1. If a and p are the zeroes of the polynomial lx2 3.v + I, then find the value
of
(i) a2 + p2 (H) fP ^a (iii) a2P + aP2
ReadYourFlow.COM 1
Polynomials 2.25
Solution : Given quadratic polynomial is 2v2 - 3.v + 1
(x and P are the zeroes of the polynomial 2.y2 - 3x + 1
Coefficient of .y _ (-3) _ 2
a+P =-
Coefficient of x2 2 2
Constant term
and o.p =
Coefficient of-y2 2
(i) or + p2 = (a + p)2 - 2ap
2 4 4
5
a. + J3 _ cx2 + p2 _ 4_ _ 2
(ii) P+a" ap 2
w
2
1 3 3
(iii) a2P + o.p2 = aP(a + P) = - •
2 2 Flo
4
ee
Example 2. If a and P are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial .y2 + 5.y + 4, then find
the values of
Fr
for
(ii) a3 + p3 (iii) a - P
ur
(') -
a+p
Solution : a, P are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial .y2 + 5.y + 4
ks
Yo
Coefficient of x
oo
a+P =-
B
Coefficient of x2 1
re
Constant term
and Op = —=4
ou
Coefficient of .y2 1
ad
Y
1 _ a+p _ 5
(i) a+ p ap 4
d
Re
n
Fi
(ii) a3 3- p3 - (a + P)3 - 3aP(a + p)
= (- 5)3 - 3 x 4 (-5)
= - 125 + 60 = - 65
(iii) (a - p)2 = (a + p)2 - 4up
= (- 5)2 - 4 x 4 = 9
cx - p = ± 3.
Type III. Problems based on finding a quadratic polynomial when its zeroes are given.
WORKING RULE:
1. A quadratic polynomial having a and p as its zeroes is x1 - (a + P) x + ap
i.e., x2 - (sum of zeroes) x + product of zeroes
2. In lad there are infinitely many quadratic polynomials having a and p as their
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.26 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
zeroes. They are :
a [x2 (a + p).v + up]
where a is an arbitrary number.
We take a suitable number a, usually the LCM of denominators in the coefficients
of x2, x and constant term.
Example 1. Find a quadratic polynomial with the given numbers as the sum and product
of its zeroes
1 1
(i) -- |NCERT| (ii) 2 + V3,
44 2-VJ
(iii) 0.>/5 |NCERT| (iv) V2.- INCERT]
3
low
Solution : (i) Let the zeroes of a quadratic polynomial be a and p.
Given, u + P = — and up = —
4 4
ee
rF
Now, a quadratic polynomial having zeroes a and P is
.v2 - (a + P) x + up Fr
or
I
f
u
or x2- — x + -
ks
4 4
Yo
oo
or 4x2 + x + 1 [Multiplying by 4]
B
(ii) Let a, p be the zeroes of a quadratic polynomial
re
ou
ad
Given, a + p = 2 + V3 and a.p =
2-73
Y
Now, a quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are a and p is
nd
Re
x2 - (a + (3) x + up
Fi
or x2 -(2 +V3)x +
2-73
or (2 - 73 )x2 - (2 + 73 )(2 - 73 )x +1 [Multiplying by (2-73)]
or (2-73)x2-(4-3)x + 1
or (2-73 )x2 -x + 1
(iii) Let a, P be the zeroes of a quadratic polynomial.
Given, a + p - 0 and up = 75
Now, a quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are a and P is
x2 - (a + P) x + up
or x2 - 0.x + 75
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.27
or .v2 +\/5
(iv) Let a, p be the zeroes of a quadratic polynomial.
Given, a + p = \/2 and aP = j
Now, a quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are a and P is
x2 - (a + P) x + a.p
or x2 - 'Jl.X + -
3
or 3x2 - 3 V2x +1 [Multiplying by 3]
Example 2. Find a quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are :
W 2,-| (ii) 2 + n/3,2-V3
w
3-73 3 + >/3 5 + V2 5-^2
(iii) (iv)
5 ’ 5 Flo S-yfr' 5 + 4l
ee
Solution : (i) Let a
Fr
or
ur
Then, a + p = 2-—= —
sf
2 2
k
Yo
aK-f)=-3
oo
and
B
re
Now a quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are a and p
= x2 - (a + P) x + aP
ou
ad
Y
1
= x2 —x -3
2
d
Re
n
Multiplying by 2, we-get a quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are 2,--^- as
Fi
2x2 - x - 6
(i) Let a = 2 + 73.p = 2-73
Then, a + P = (2 + 75) + (2 - 73) = 4
and ap = (2 + 73)(2-73) = 22-(73)2 =4-3 = 1
.'. A quadratic polynomial having a and p as its zeroes is
x2 - (a + P) x + ap
or x2 - 4x + 1
, 3-73 and P = ^
(111) Let a = —^—
Then.
3-75 3+75 3-75+3+75_6
5 5 5
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.28 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
and exp
= flzAl3 + V3] = 32-(V3)2 = 9-3 6
5 5 25 25 25
/. A quadratic polynomial having a and p as its zeroes is
x2 - (a + p) x + «p
■) 6 6
or .Y- —.y —
5 25
or 25a-2 - 30a- + 6 [Multiplying by 25]
(iv) Let a =
5 + 72 5-V2
and P =
5-72 5 + VI
Then, a + P =
5+72 , 5-72
5-72 5 + 72
w
_(5 + 72)2+(5-72)2
(5-72)(5 + 72) Flo
ee
_(25 + 2 + 1072) + (25 + 2-I0v/2) _ 54
52 - 2 23 Fr
for
ur
and ap =
5 + 72 ¥5-72' =1
5-72 A5 + 72/
ks
Yo
oo
Now a quadratic polynomial having a and P as its zeroes is
B
a-2 ~ (a + P) .V + a.p
re
2 54 ,
or A"“-------A' + I
ou
ad
23
Y
or 23a-2 - 54a- + 23 [Multiplying by 23]
nd
Example 3. If a and p are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial x1 - 5x + 4, find a
Re
Fi
quadratic polynomial having zeroes a + ¥ and p+—.
cx
Solution : Since a and (3 are zeroes of the quadratic polynomial x2 - 5a- + 4
a + p = 5 and ap = 4
I
Let ex' = a + — and P' = P + —
P 0.
Now a'+P' = a + —+ p + —
P a
= a + [3 + — + -¥
P a
a+P
= a + [3 +
a[3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.29
= 5+^
4 4
and a'P' =
a+lbi) _ "ap +1Vgp+1
P a
_(aP + l)2 _ (4 +1)2 _ 25
gp 4 4
Now a quadratic polynomial having a' and p' as its zeroes is
x2 - (a + P') -v + g'p'
? 25 25
or x2-----x + —
4 4
or 4a:2 - 25.v + 25 [Multiplying by 4]
w
EXERCISE 2.2
Type I
Flo
ee
Fr
1. Find the zeroes of the following quadratic polynomials and verify the relationship
between the zeroes and the coefficients :
or
g^-2 - 8.v + 6
r
(NCERTI
f
ou
(iii) .v2 - 2x - 8u ^ (iv) 3.v2 + 5.X- - 2 |NCERT|
ks
4 >C^)( "J x (vi) x2 + 7.v + 10 |NCERT|
(v) 3.v2 - x -
oo
(viii) 4.v2 - 4.y + 1 (NCERTI
Y
(vii) r - 15
B
re
2. Find the zeroes of the following quadratic polynomials and verify the relationship
between the zeroes and the coefficients :
ou
ad
^fix2 - 22.v - 21 (ii) 2a-2 - lx
Y
(iii) 10.v2 + 3.v 1 (iv) px2 + (2q - p2) x - 2pq, p ^ 0
nd
Re
(vXxr2 - (2a + b) x + lab (yO^-A-.v2 + 6rstx + 9r
Fi
3. "(i) Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 5a:2 - 4 - 8.v and verify the
relationship between the zeroes and the coefficients of the polynomial.
|CBSE 2008 (Delhi)|
(ii) Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 4.v2 - 4.v - 3 and verify the relation
between the zeroes and its coefficients. jCBSE 2008|
(iii) Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial n/3.v2 -8.v + 4a/3 . |CBSE 2008|
Type II
4.- 'If a and P be the zeroes of the polynomial 2a-2 + 3.v - 6. find the values of
(i) a2 + p2 (ii) g2 + p2 + gp (iii) a2P + gp2 (iv)
o. [3
(v) “+i
[3 a
(vi) a - p (vii) a3 + p3 (wi) I' + f
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.30 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
'5. If a and p are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial ax2 + bx + c, then find the
~ values of :
a p
(i) cr + p2 (iii) a3 + p3
® ¥+a
6. If a, p are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial .v2 + kx + 12, such that
a-^p" = 1, find the value of k.
7. If the sum of squares of the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial .v2 - 8.v + k be 40,
find k.
Sr- *”"(0 If one zero of the polynomial (a2 + 9) x2 + 13.v + 6a is reciprocal of the other,
find the value of a. |CBSE 2008|
(ii) If the product of zeroes of the polynomial ax2 - 6.v 6 is 4, find the value of
a. |CBSE 2008)
w
(iii) If (.v + a) is a factor of 2.v2 + 2ax + 5x + 10, find a. |CBSE 2008|
Type III
9.
Flo
Find a quadratic polynomial each with the given numbers as the sum and product
ee
of its zeroes respectively :
(i) 1, 1 (ii) 0, - 3
Fr |NCERT|
(iii)
for
ur
4
10
ks
(iv) 4, 1 |NCERT| (v) yJ (Yi) "2’-2
Yo
oo
eB
10. Find quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are :
2 + 41 2-41
r
(i) 3, - 3
ou
(ii) -
ad
2
Y
(ijj/3+V?, 3-4i ,l-2>/3
nd
Re
Fi
2-43 2 + 43
(v)
3 3
(viK 42,242
IK- Find the quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are square of the zeroes of the
polynomial x2 - x - 1.
12. (i) If a and p be the zeroes of the polynomial a2 + IQv + 30, then find the quadratic
polynomial whose zeroes are a + 2p and 2a + p.
(ii) If a and P be the zeroes of the polynomial ,y2 + 4.v + 3. find the quadratic
(x 13
polynomial whose zeroes are 1+— and 1+—.
P a
13. (i) Find a quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are 1 and - 3. Verify the relation
between the coefficients and zeroes of the polynomial. |CBSE 2008|
(ii) Find the quadratic polynomial sum of whose zeroes in 8 and their product is
12. Hence find the zeroes of the polynomial. |CBSE 2008 (Delhi)|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.31
ANSWERS
l 4
1. (i) V3,-V3 (ii) 1,3 (iii) 4,-2 -2 (v) -\,~
1 1
(vi) -2,-5 (vii) VT5,-^ (viii)
2 2
® 0,| 1 1
2. @ » ?“2 (iv) P,----- (v) 2a, b
2 4 P
2t -3/ 3 1
(vi)----- 3. (0 2,-- (ii) (iii) 2^3,4-
r.v rs 5
33 21 9 1 -11
4. (i) ~ (iii) 2 (iv) - (V)
("»T
low
, .s
135 45
(vi) ± — (vii) —7- (viii) V
8 8
ee
b2 -2ac b2 - 2ac 3abc-b2
rF
Fr
5. (i) (ii) (iii)
a2 ac a2 for
7. 12 8. (i) a= 3 (ii) a = -| (iii) o = 2
6. ±7
u
ks
9. (i)x2-x+l (ii) x2-3 (iii) 4.v2 - .y - 4 (iv) x2 - 4.v + 1
Yo
oo
(v) 3.V2- 10x + 3(vi)2x2+x-1 (vii).Y2-iY-3 10. (0x2-9
B
(ii) 4x2 - 8x -1 (iii) x2 - 6x +2 (iv) x2 - 2x - 11 (v) 9X2 - 12x + 1
re
(vi) x2 - 3V2x + 4 11. x2 - 3x + |
ou
ad
12. (i) x2 + 30x+230 (ii) 3.V2- 16x+ 16
Y
13. (i) a(x2 + 2v-3),ae R (ii) a (x2 - 8x + 12), a e R; 2,6
nd
Re
2.11. DIVISION ALGORITHM FOR POLYNOMIALS
Fi
Ifp(x) and g(x) are any two polynomials with g(x) * 0, then two polynomials q{x) and r (x) can
be found such that p(x) = g(x) x q(x) + r(x), where r(x) = 0 or degree of/fx) < degree ofg(x).
The result given above is called the Division Algorithm for polynomials.
2.12. USt OF DIVISION IN KNOWING THE ZEROES OF A POLYNOMIAL
We know that a cubic polynomial p(x) has at most three real zeroes. But if we know any one
of these zeroes say, a, then x - a will be a factor of the cubic polynomial p(x).
Ifnow, we divide/p(x) byx-a, we will get other factor of the polynomial p(x) which will be a
quadratic polynomial g(x). As discussed earlier, the zeroes of this quadratic polynomial g(x)
can be obtained by splitting the middle term. If (3 and 7 be the zeroes of the polynomial g(x),
then a, (3, y will be the three zeroes of the cubic polynomial p(x).
Similarly, if two zeroes a and (3 of a biquadratic (quartic) polynomial pix) are known, then we
form a quadratic polynomial g(x) having a. and (3 as its zeroes.
Now, dividingp(x) by g(x), we will get another quadratic polynomial n(x) whose zeroes can
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.32 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
be obtained.
Thus, all the zeroes of the polynomial will be known.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on division of a polynomial by another polynomial.
WORKING RULE :
1. If p(x) is to be divided by g(x), then see whether the degree p(x) > degree of
sC*).
2. If degree of p(x) < degree of g(.r).
Then p(x) - g(x).0 + p(x)
w
Here quotient is 0 and remainder is p(x)
Flo
3. If degree of p(x) > degree of g(x), arrange the terms of dividend p(x) and divisor
g(x) in descending power of x.
ee
4. (i) To know the first term of the quotient, divide the highest degree term of the
Fr
dividend p(x) by the highest degree term of divisor g(.v).
for
ur
(ii) To know the second term of the quotient, divide the highest degree term of
the new dividend obtained (which is remainder after first division) by the
ks
highest degree term of the divisor.
Yo
oo
5. Go on dividing as given above till the remainder becomes zero or degree of
remainder becomes less than the degree of the divisor.
B
re
6. If the final remainder is zero, g(x) is a factor of p(x).
7. If the final remainder is r(x) and quotient is q(x), then we can write
ou
ad
p(x) = g(x).c/(x) + r{x)
Y
where r(x) = 0 or degree of r(x) < degree of g(x).
nd
Re
Example 1. Divide polynomial p(x) = .v3 - .v2 - 14.v + 24 by g(x) = .v2 + 3x - 10 and find
Fi
the quotient q(x) and the remainder r(x).
Solution : x-4 Rough :
x2 +3x-\ Oj x3 - x2 -14a-+ 24 x3
First term of quotient q(x) - — = .v
.v3 + 3.v2 -10.r .v2
+ Second term of q{x) =
-4.x-2
= -4
- 4.v2 - 4.v + 24 A'2
- 4.v2 -12.v + 40
+ +
8a--16
Thus .v3 - a-2 - 14a- + 24 - (a*3 + 3.v - 10) (a- - 4) + (8.v - 16)
Here quotient q(x) = x - 4
and remainder r(x) = 8.\- - 16
Example 2. On dividing a3 - 3.v2 + a- + 2 by a polynomial g(x), the quotient and the
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.33
remainder were x - 2 and - 2x + 4. Find g(.v). |NCERT|
Solution : Let p{x) = x3 - 3x2 + x + 2. c/(x) = x - 2
and r(x) = - 2x + 4
According to question, p(x) is the dividend, g(x) is the divisor q{x) is the quotient and
r{x) is the remainder. Therefore by Division Algorithm, we have
p(x) = q(x) x g(x) + Kx)
=> <7(x)g(x) = p(x) - r(x)
p(x) - r(x) _ x3 - 3x2 + x + 2 - (-2x + 4) _ x3 - 3x2 + 3x - 2
=> g(x) = x-2
q(x) x-2
Thus in order to find g(x), we will have to divide x3 - 3x2 + 3x - 2 by (x - 2)
Rough :
x2 - X + 1
w
X3
x-2) x3 - 3x2 + 3x - 2 First term of t/(x) = — = x2
x
x3 - 2x2
+ Flo x2
= -x
ee
- x2 + 3x - 2 Second term of q(x) -
X
- x2 + 2x
+ Fr X
Third term of q(x) = — = 1
for
ur
x-2 x
x-2 Hence g(x) = x2 - x + 1
ks
-+
Yo
oo
0
B
Example 3. If the polynomial x4 - 6x3 + 16x2 - 25x + 10 is divided by another polynomial
re
x2 - 2x + k, the remainder comes out to be x + a, find k and a. [NCERT|
Solution : Let p(x) = x4 — 6x3 + 16x2 - 25x + 10,
ou
ad
Y
g(x) = x2 - 2x + k and r{x) = x + a
Let q(x) be the quotient
d
Re
n
Now, we divide p{x) by g(x)
Fi
x2 - 4x + 8 - A Rough :
x2 -2x+k) x4 - 6x3 +16x2 - 25x + 10 x4
First term of q{x) = — = x2
x4 - 2x3 + kx2 x2
+
4x3
4x3 + (16 -k)x2 - 25x +10 Second term of q(x) = - = -4x
x2
- 4x3 + 8x2 - 4Ax
+ (8 - A')x2
Third term of q(x) = = 8-A-
(8-A)x2 + (4A--25)x + 10 x2
(8 - A-).v2 - (16 - 2A:)x + 8A - A'2
+
(2k - 9)x + \0-Sk + k2
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.36 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Now, we divide p(t) by g(/)
t2 +2t + 5
/2+3/ + 2j /4 + 5/3 + 13/2 + 19r +10
Rough :
/4 + 3f3 + 2/2
/4
First term of q{t) = — = t2
t2
2/3 + 11/2 +19/ + 10
2/3 + 6/2 +4/ 2r3
Second term of q(l)-—^- = 2t
t2
5/2 + 15/ + 10
5r2 + 15/ +10 5/2
Third term of q(t) = —r- = 5
/2
w
0
By Division Algorithm, p(t) = (r + 2/ + 5) g(/) + 0
Flo
Since remainder fit) = 0, therefore, /2 + 3/ + 2 is a factor of
ee
tA + S/3 + 13/2 + 19/+ 10.
Fr
Example 4. Give examples of polynomials p{x), g(.v), q{x) and fix), which satisfy the
for
ur
Division Algorithm and
(i) deg p(x) = deg q{x) (ii) deg q(x) - 0 (iii) deg q{x) = deg fix) [NCERT|
ks
Yo
Solution : By Division Algorithm
oo
p(x) = g(x) x q(x) + fix)
eB
Since deg p(x) - deg q(x)
r
Therefore, g(x) must be a constant and r(x) must be any polynomial having degree less
ou
ad
than that of p(x) or ^(.v).
Y
As a special case, we may take r(x) to be a constant.
nd
Re
Let q(x) = 2x2 + 2x + 5 and g(x) = 3
Fi
Then, g(x) q(x) = 6x2 + 9.v + 15
We can take p(x) = 6x2 + 9x + 15, r(x) = 0
p(x) = 6a2 + 9a- + 14, r(x) = 1 etc.
Thus for p(x) = 6x2 + 9.v + 14, q(x) = lx2 + 3a: + 5
g(A-) = 3, r(x) = 1
and p(x) = g(x) q(x) + fix)
where deg p(x) = deg q(x)
(ii) By Division Algorithm
p(x) = g(x) x q(x) + fix)
Since deg q{x) = 0, therefore q(x) must be a constant and then from (i),
deg g(x) = deg p(x) and also r(x) must be any polynomial having degree less than that
of g(x).
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.37
Let q(x) = 2, g(x) = lx3 + a- - 5
r{x) =6
Then, p(x) -- 2(2x3 + x - 5) + 6 = 4.v3 + 2x - 4
For these polynomials p(x), g(.v), q(x) and r (x)
P(x) = g(x) . q(x) + 7<.v), where deg g(.v) = deg p(x)
(iii) By Division Algorithm
p{x) = g(x) . q(x) + r(x)
As deg q{x) = deg r{x)
We can take i{x) = a- + 1, q{x) = 2x-\
Let g(x) =x2+ \
[g(A) may be taken to be any polynomial]
w
Then, p(x) = (.v2 + 1 )(2* - 1) + a + 1
= 2.v3 - a2 +2.v - 1 + a + 1
= 2y3 - a2 + 3a Flo
ee
For the above given polynomials p(x), g(x), q(x) and r{x)
p(x) = g(A) . q(x) + r(x)
Fr
or
and deg q(x) = deg /'(a) = 1
r
f
ou
Note :
ks
There may be many examples of polynomials p(x), g(x), q(x) and r(x) satisfying
oo
Division Algorithm and given conditions.
Y
B
re
Type III. Problems based on finding zeroes of a cubic or biquadratic polynomial when
ou
their some zeroes are given.
ad
Y
WORKING RULE :
nd
Re
1. When the polynomial is a cubic polynomial :
Fi
(i) If one zero, say a, of a cubic polynomial p(x) is given, then a - a, will be a
factor of p(x).
(ii) Divide p(x) by a - a, then quotient q(x) will be a quadratic polynomial. Find
the zeroes P by y of polynomial q(x).
(iii) a, (3, y will be the three zeroes of the cubic polynomial p(x).
2. When the polynomial is a biquadratic polynomial :
(i) If two zeroes of a biquadratic (quartic) polynomial p(x) be a and p, find the
quadratic polynomial
g(x) = a2 - (a + P) a + ap
g(A) will be a factor ofp(x)
(ii) Now divide p(x) by g(x) and find the quotient q(x).
(iii)Now find the zeroes of quotient q(x). Let they be y and 8.
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.38 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
(iv) Now, the zeroes of biquadratic polynomial p(x) and a. P, y and 8. Zeroes
other than a and p are y and 8.
Example 1. If one zero of the polynomial x3 + 2x2 - x - 2 is - 2, find its other zeroes.
Solution : Given polynomial, p(x) = ,v3 + 2x2 - x - 2
Since - 2 is a zero of polynomial p(x), therefore, x + 2 will be a factor of p(x).
Now, we divide p(x) by (x + 2).
x2-l
x + 2j x3 +2x2 - x - 2 Rough :
x3 + 2x2 x3
First term of q(x) = — = x2
w
-x-2
x
-x-2 Second term of ^r(x) = -— = -l
+ +
0
Flo
ee
.•. By Division Algorithm,
P(.X) = g(x)q(x) + Kx) Fr
or
ur
X3 + 2x2 - x - 2 = (x + 2)(x2 - 1) + 0
ksf
Yo
= (x + 2)(x2-l)
oo
Zeroes of quotient q(x) i.e. x2 - 1 and 1,-1.
B
[v x2- 1 = 0 => x = ± 1]
re
Hence, zeroes of p(x) other than - 2 are 1,-1.
ou
ad
Example 2. Obtain all other zeroes of 3x4 + 6x3 - 2x2 - lOx - 5, if two of its zeroes are
Y
d
Re
INCERTJ
n
3 3
Fi
Solution : Given polynomial is 3x4 + 6x3 - 2x2 - lOx - 5
Let p(x) = 3x4 + 6x3 - 2x2 - 1 Ox - 5
Two zeroes of this polynomial p(x) are — and -
41 therefore, r x----:
VJYx +.41
—
3 3 3
j^.v2 - Yj or 3x2 - 5 will be a factor of p{x).
will be a factor ofp{x) i.e.,
Let g(x) - 3x2 - 5
Now, we divide p(x) by g(x)
ReadYourFlow.COM ._
Polynomials 2.39
.v2 + 2.v + 1
3.v2 - 5) 3.v4 + 6.v3 - 2.v2 -10.v - 5
Rough :
3a-4 -5,y2
+ First term of c/(x) =
3a-4
= ^2
6a-3 + 3a2 -I0a--5 3a-2
6.y3 -10a-
6a-3
+ Second term of q(x) = = 2x
3a-2
3a-2 -5
3a-2 -5 3a-2
Third term of c/(x) = —tt = 1
+ 3a-2
0
low
By Division Algorithm,
p(x) = g(x)q(x) + 0
= (3a2 - 5)(x2 + 2a- + 1)
ee
Quotient q(x) = x2 + 2v + 1 = (x + 1):
rF
Zeroes of q(x) are -1,-1. [V (x + l)2 = 0 => (a- + l)(.v + 1) = 0 Fr .v = 1,-1]
for
ou
Hence zeroes of p(x) i.e. 3.v4 + 6.v3 - 2.v2 I0.v - 5 other than — and---- — are
3
ks
oo
Y
B
Type IV. Problems based on examining whether a number is a zero of a cubic
re
polynomial or not and on the relation between its zeroes and the coefficients.
ou
ad
Y
WORKING RULE :
nd
Re
1. A number a is a zero of a polynomial p(x) if/?(a) = 0, i.e., the value of/jfv) when
x = a is zero.
Fi
2. If a, (5, y be the zeroes of the cubic polynomial ax3 + bx2 + cx + d, then
Coefficient of x2
a+p+y=-—
Coefficient of a3
c Coefficient of x
aB + By + ya = — = .
a Coefficient of x3
Constant term
aPy = - d
a Coefficient of x3
Example 1. Verity’ that the numbers given alongside of the cubic polynomial given below
are its zeroes. Also verify the relationship between the zeroes and the coefficients.
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.40 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
2.r3 +.r2 -5.v + 2; -,l,-2 [NCERT|
2
Solution : Let p(x) = 2x3 + .v2 - 5x + 2
Now + +2
1 ! 5 _
= 2x- +------ + 2
8 4 2
=—+!-—+2
4 4 2
— + 2 =-2+ 2= 0
2 2
w
Again, p(\) = 2 x l3 + l2 5x1+2
= 2+1 5+2 = 0
and
Flo
p(- 2) = 2 (- 2)3 + (~ 2)2 - 5 (- 2) + 2
ee
= 2 (- 8) + 4 + 10 + 2
= -16+ 16 = 0 Fr
for
ur
Since I
= 0,/;(l) = 0 and p (-2) = 0, therefore —, 1,-2 are zeroes of the cubic
ks
2’
Yo
oo
polynomial p(x) i.e.. of the polynomial 2v3 + x2 - 5.v + 2.
B
Second part :
re
Comparing the cubic polynomial 2.y3 + x2 - 5x + 2 with ax3 + bx2 + c.y + cl, we get
ou
ad
Y
a - 2, b = 1, c -5,d=2
nd
Re
Let a= P = 1’Y = -2
Fi
b
Now a + B + y = —+1-2 =-
2 2 2 a
Coefficient of a-2
Coefficient of .v3
I 1
ap + Py + ya = -x l +1 (-2) + (-2)x-
2 2
1 c
2-1=--
2 2 a
Coefficient of a'
Coefficient of a-3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.41
I 2
and aPy = -x1x(-2) =
2
cl
Constant term
a
Coefficient of x3
Example 2. If the zeroes of the polynomial .v3 - 3x2 + _v + 1 are a - b, a, a + b, find
a and b. |NCERT|
Solution : Since a b, a, a + b are the zeroes of the polynomial
A'3 - 3at + .Y + 1.
therefore, sum of zeroes of the polynomial.
a - b + a + a + b=3
3d7 = 3 => « = 1
Also product of zeroes, a {a - b) (a + b) = - I
=> a(cr - b2) = - 1
w
=e- 1(1 -/;2) = - 1 => b1 = 2
Therefore, 6 = ±V2
Flo
ee
Type V. Problems based on finding a cubic polynomial having given zeroes or having
Fr
given sum of product of zeroes taken one, two and three at a time.
or
r
WORKING RULE :
f
ou
ks
ox3 + bx2 + CA- + cl or A"3 + —A-2 +—X + — is a cubic polynomial having zeroes
a a a
oo
a, (3, y such that
Y
B
n h
re
a+P+y=—
a
ou
ad
c
a.p + Py + ya = —
Y
nd
aPy = -f
Re
Fi
Thus a cubic polynomial having zeroes a, p, y is
a-3 - (a + p + y) a2 + (ap + py + ya) x + aPy
We can also multiply or divide this polynomial by any number to get another
polynomial having zeroes a, p, y.
Example 1. Find a cubic polynomial with the sum of its zeroes, sum of the products of
its zeroes taken two at a time and product of its zeroes as 2, - 7 and - 14, respectively.
Solution : Let the cubic polynomial be ax2 + bx2 + cx + cl.
Let a, p, y be the zeroes of the polynomial oy3 + bx1 + cx + cl.
b
Then, a + p + y = -~ => 2 = - => b = - 2a
a
c
aP + Py+ ya = — —7 = — => c = - la
a
cl
aPy ~ a
=> -14 = --
a
=> c/= 14a
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.42 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Putting the values of b, c, cl we have
ax3 + b.x2 + c.x + d = ax3 - lax2 - lax + 14a
= a(x? - lx2 - lx + 14)
Thus a cubic having zeroes a, (3, y is x3 - lx2 - lx + 14.
Note :
Here all cubic polynomials having a, [3, y as their zeroes will be of the form
a(x3 - lx2 - lx + 14). where a e R.
EXERCISE 2.3
Type I
1. Divide 2.r' + 3.y + 1 by .y + 2 and find the quotient and the remainder. Is q(x) a
low
factor of lx3 + 3x + 1 ?
Divide 3x3 + .y2 + 2x + 5 by 1 + 2y + .y2 and find the quotient and the remainder. Is
1 + 2y + .y2 a factor of 3x3 + x2 + lx + 5 ?
ee
Divide the polynomial p(x) by the polynomial g(x) and find the quotient q(x) and
rF
remainder r(x) in each case : Fr
(i) p(x) = .y3 - 3.y2 + 4.y + 2, g(x) = x-\
f or
u
(ii) p(x) = 4.y3 + 3.y2 + 2.y + 3, g(x) = x + 4
ks
(iii) p(x) - 2x4 + 3.y3 + 4.y2 + 19.y + 45, g(x) = x -2
Yo
oo
(iv) p(x) = x4 + 2y3 - 3.y2 + x - 1, g(x) — .y —2
B
re
(v) p(x) = .Y3 - 3a-2 - .y + 3, g(A-) = a-2 - 4a- +3
(vi) p(x) = X6 + A-4 + A-3 + A-2 + 2.Y + 2, g(x) =A-3 + 1
ou
ad
<0^p(x) = X6 + 3a-2 + 10 and g(x) = x3 + 1
Y
^iil);/7(.Y) = .Y4 + l,g(x) = x+\
nd
Re
---- .
By division process, find the value of k for which a- 1 is a factor of
Fi
- A-3 - 6x2 + 1 l.Y + k.
S;. By division process, find the value of c for which 2.y + 1 is a factor of
4.y4 - 3a-2 + 3.y + c.
Ty|)e II
Apply Division Algorithm to find the quotient q(x) and remainder r(x) on dividing
p(x) by g(x) as given below :
(i) p(x) = 2y2 + 3.y + 1, g(x) = a- + 2
(ii) p(x) = x3 - 3x2 + 5x - 3, g{x) = x2 - 2 |NCERT|
(iii) p(x) = .y4 - 1, g(x) = a- + 1
(iv) p(x) = x3 -3a-2 + 4.y + 2, g(x) = a- - 1
p(x) = a-3 - 6a-2 + I lx - 6, g(x) = x2 - 5.y + 6
(vi) p(x) = 6a-3 + 13a-2 + x - 2, g(x) = 2x + 1. |CBSE 2008|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.43
7. Applying the Division Algorithm, check whether the first polynomial is a factor of
the second polynomial :
(i) x-2,x3+ 3x2 - \2x + 4
(ii) x2 + 3.v + 1, 3.v4 + 5.v3 - lx2 + 2* + 2 |NCERT]
(iii) .v2 - 3.v + 4, 2x4 - 1 lx3 + 29x2 - 30x + 29
(iv) x2 - 4x + 3, x3 - 3x2 - x + 3
(v) t- 1, t3 + r - 2/ + 1
(vi) t2 - 5t + 6, t3 - 6t2 + 11/ - 6
8. Give examples of polynomials p(x), g(x), q(x) and r{x) satisfying the Division
Algorithm
p(x) = g(x).q(x) + r(x), deg r(x) < deg g(x)
and also satisfying
w
(i) deg p(x) = deg q(x) + I
(ii) deg q(x) = 1
(iii) deg q(x) - deg r(x) + 1
Flo
ee
III
Fr
9.J Find all the zeroes of the polynomials given below having given numbers as its
for
zeroes.
ur
x3 - 6x2 + 1 lx - 6 ; 3
ks
Yo
(ii) x4 - 8x3 + 23x2 - 28x + 12 ; 1, 2
oo
(iii) x3 + 2x2 - x - 2 ; - 2
B
3
re
x3 + 5x2 + 7x + 3 ; - 3
ou
ad
(v) X4 - 6x3 - 26x2 + 138x - 35 ; 2 ± n/3 |NCERT|
Y
(vi) x4 + x3 - 34x2 - 4x + 120 ; 2, - 2. |CBSE 2008|
nd
Re
2x4 + 7x3 -19x2 - 14x + 30 ; V2 - V2 |CBSE 2008|
Fi
(viii) 2x4 -9x3 + 5x2 +3x-l\2± S (CBSE 2008|
2x3 -4x-x2 + 2;V2-V2 |CBSE 2008|
V
Type IV
I^ Verify that 3,-1,-— are the zeroes of the cubic polynomial
p(x) = 3x3 - 5x2 - 1 lx - 3 and then verify the relationship between the zeroes and
the coefficients.
11. Verify that the numbers given alongside of the cubic polynomial are their zeroes.
Also verify the relationship between the zeroes and the coefficients in each case:
(i) x3 - 4x2 + 5x - 2 ; 2, 1, 1 [NCERT1
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.44 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
(ii) X3 - 6x2 + ll.v-6 ; 1, 2, 3
(iii) .v3 + 2.v2 - .v - 2 ; - 2 - 1, 1
(iv) x3 + 5x2 + 7.v + 3 ; -3,2-1,
Type V
Find a cubic polynomial having 1, 2, 3 as its zeroes.
13. Find a cubic polynomial having - 3, - 2, 2 as its zeroes.
14. Find a cubic polynomial with the sum of its zeroes, sum of the product of its zeroes
taken two at a time and product of its zeroes are 0,-7 and - 6 respectively.
15. Find a cubic polynomial with the sum of its zeroes, sum of the products of its
zeroes taken two at a time and product of its zeroes as the numbers given below:
i 5 1 1
(i) 2,-7,- 14 (ii) -4^-- (iiO
<iv) If I
w
ANSWERS
Flo
ee
1. 2xr-4x + 11,-21, No 2. 3x-5,9x+ 10, No
3. (i) x2 - 2.v + 2,4 (ii) 4x2-13x + 54.-213
(iii) 2.v3 + lx2 + 18x + 55,155 (iv) x3 + 4x2 + 5x+ 11,21
Fr (v) x + 1,0
for
ur
(vi) x3 + x, x2 + x + 2
ks
(vii) x3-l,3x- +11 (viii) x3 - x2 + x - 1,2
Yo
oo
4. k=-6 5. c = 2
B
6. (i) 2x- 1,3 (ii) x - 3, 7x - 9 (iii) x3 - x2 + x - 1,0
re
(iv) x2 - 2x + 2,4 (v) x- 1,0 (vi) 3x2 + 5x-2 ; 0
ou
ad
Y
7. (i) Yes (ii) Yes (iii) No (iv) Yes (v) No (vi) Yes
nd
8. (i) Since deg p(x) = deg q(x) + 1, we can take p(x) = x3 - 6x2 - x + 8,
Re
Fi
q (x) = x2 - lx + 6, g(x) = x + 1, /• (x) = 2
(ii) Since deg q(x) - I, we can takep(x) = x3 + x2 + x + 5,
q (x) = x+ \,g(x)=x2 + 1. r(x) = 4.
(iii) Since deg r/(x) = deg /'(x) + I, we can take p (x) = x3 - 4x2 + x + 8,
q (x) = x + 1, g (x) = x2 - 5x + 6, /• (x) = 2
9. (i) 1,2 (ii) 7,3 (iii) -U (iv) -1,-1
1
(v) -5,7 (vi) 5,-6 (vii) -.~5 (viii) 1,
2
12. x3-6x2+ 1 lx-6 13. x3 + 3x2-4x- 12 14. x3 - 7x + 6
15. (i) x3 - 2x2 - 7x + 14 (ii) 6x3+24x2 + 3x+2 (iii) 7x3-5x2+x-1
(iv) 1 Ox3 - 4x2 + x - 5
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials
M'
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Very Short Answer Type Questions :
1. Show that .v = - 3 is a solution of.v2 + 6x +9 = 0. [Foreign 2008|
2. Show that .v = - 3 is a solution of 2.v2 + 5.v -3 = 0. [Foreign 2008|
3. Is .V = - 3, a solution of the equation lx2 + 5x + 3 = 0. |AI2008|
4. Show that .v = - 2 is a solution of 3.y2 + 1 3.y + 14 = 0. [Foreign 2008|
Is .v = — 4, a solution of the equation 2v2 + 5a-- 12 = 0. [Al2008|
6. I f (a- + a) is a factor of 2a:2 + lax + 5.v + 10. find a. [Foreign 2008|
7. Is .y = - 2, a solution of the equation x2 - 2.y + 8 = 0. [AI2008|
8. Write the zeroes of the polynomial x2 -.y - 6. [Delhi 2008|
w
9. Write a quadratic polynomial, the sum and product of whose zeroes are 3 and - 2.
Flo |Delhi 2008|
10. The graph of v = /(.y) is as given in the figure, how many zeroes are there of/'(.Y) ?
ee
|AI 2008 C|
aV Fr
vy
for
ur
X'-4- >X
o
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
13 4 respectively.
11. Write a polynomial, the product and sum of whose zeroes are - — and
ou
ad
Y
[Foreign 2009|
J
nd
If 1 is a zero of polynomial p(x) = ax2 - 3 (n - 1) .y- 1. then find the value ofa.
Re
| AI 2009|
Fi
13. Forwhat value ofA,-4 is a zero ofthe polynomial a2-a--(2A' +2)7 [Delhi 2009|
14. For what value of/x - 4 is a zero of the polynomial x2 - 2.y (Ip + 3) ?
[Delhi 2009|
15. Write a polynomial, the product and sum ofwhose zeroes are - —
— and — respectively
[Foreign 2009)
+/T6. If a, P are the zeroes of the polynomial 2v2 + ly + 5, write the value of a + P + ap.
[AI 20101
17. I fa, [3 are the zeroes of a polynomial, such that a + p = 6 and ap = 4. then write the
polynomial. [Delhi 2010|
18.. Ifone zero ofthe polynomial a-2-4a-+ 1 is 2+ V3, write the other zero.
[Foreign 2010|
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.46 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Short Answer Type Questions :
y If the product ofzeroes of the polynomial ax1 - 6x - 6 is 4. Find the value of a.
|AI2008|
2. Find a quadratic polynomial sum ofwhose zeroes is 8 and their product is 12. Hence find
the zeroes of the polynomial. [AI 2(I08|
3. Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 6.v2 - 3 - lx and verify the relationship
between the zeroes and the coefficients of the polynomial. |Delhi 2008|
4. Find the zeroes of quadratic polynomial 5x2 - 4 - 8.v and veri ly the relationship between
the zeroes and the coefficients of the polynomial. [Delhi 2008|
5. If one zero of the polynomial (a2 + 9).v2 + I3.v + 6a is reciprocal of the other. Find the
value of a. |AI2008|
19.v2 - 14x + 30. iftwo of its zeroes are
w
'll and — V2 . [Foreign 2008)
7. Find the quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are 1 and - 3. Verity- the relation between
Flo
the coefficients and zeroes of polynomial. [Delhi 2008 C|
ee
8. Findall the zeroes of the polynomial .v4+.v3-34.v2-4.v+ 120, if two of its zeroes are 2
and - 2.
Fr [Foreign 2008|
for
9. Obtain all other zeroes ofthe polynomial 2v3 - 4.v-.v2 + 2 iftwo of its zeroes are \[2 and
ur
VI. [Delhi 2008[
ks
Yo
10. Find the zeroes of quadratic polynomial 4x2 - 4x-3 and verify the relation between the
oo
zeroes and coefficients. [Delhi 2008 C|
B
11. Find a quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are - 4 and 3 and verify the relationship
re
between the zeroes and the coefficients. [AI 2008 C|
ou
ad
12. Using division algorithm, find the quotient and remainder on dividing/fr) by g (x)
Y
wherc/(.Y) = 6.\3 + 13.v2 + x-2 and g(.v) = 2x + 1 |AI 2008C|
nd
Re
f TL-, Find the zeroes ofthe quadratic polynomial VI.y2 - &x + 4\f3 . [AI 2008C]
Fi
14. Find al 1 the zeroes of 2v4 - 9.v3 + 5.v2 + 3x - I, iftwo of its zeroes are 2 + VI and 2 - VI.
[Delhi 200 8 C|
15. If the polynomial 6.v4 + 8.v3 - 5x2 + ax + b is exactly divisible by the polynomial
2.v2 - 5, then find the values of a and b. \ Foreign 2009]
16. If the polynomial x4 + 2x3 + 8x2 + 12x + 18 is divided by another polynomial x2 + 5, the
remainder comes out to bepx + r/, find the values of/; and q. [Delhi 2009)
17. Find all the zeroes ofthe polynomial 2x3 +x2-6x-3, iftwo of its, zeroes are-VI and
VI. [AI2009|
18. If the polynomial 6x4 + 8x3 + 17x2 + 2 lx + 7 is divided by another polynomial
2^ 3x2 + 4x + 1. the remainder comes out to be (ax + /;), find a and /;. [Delhi 2009|
19. Find all the zeroes of the polynomial x3 + 3x2 - 2v - 6, if two of its, zeroes are - VI and
VI. [AI2009|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.47
20. I f v^5 and - Vs are two zeroes of the polynomial x3 + 3.v2 - 5.x - 15, find its third zero.
[Delhi 2010|
21. If- 1 and 2 are two zeroes of the polynomial 2x3 -x2 - 5x - 2, find its third zero.
[Foreign 2010|
22. 1 f two zeroes of the polynomial x3 - 4x2 - 3x + 12 are - 73 and 73 , find its third zero.
[Delhi 2010|
Some Short Answer Type Questions:
1. Define a polynomial.
2. State Division Algorithm for polynomial.
3. Define degree of a polynomial.
4. Define zeroes of a polynomial.
w
5. State Factor Theorem.
6. State Remainder Theorem. Flo
ee
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
Fr
for
ur
A. Objective Type Questions (iVICQ 1 Mark)
ks
Choose the correct option :
Yo
oo
1. Which of the following is a polynomial ?
B
(a) x + -1 + 2
re
(b) x + 7x +1 (c) x2 - Tlx + 3 (d) x3 - 7x
x
ou
ad
2. Which of the following is not a polynomial ?
Y
x2-l
nd
Re
(a) 3x2-75x + 2 (b) (c) X (x - 72) + 1 (d) (x + 1 )(x- 2)
x
Fi
3. Degree of a cubic polynomial is
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) none of these
4. If a and P are zeroes of a polynomial p(.x), then which of the following is not true.
(a) /;(a)+p(p)=0 (b) /;(a)-/>(P) = 0
(c) p(a) /?(p) = 0
(d, ^=0
MP)
5. A polynomial of degree n has
(a) only 1 real zero (b) exactly n real zeroes
(c) almost n real zeroes (d) more than n real zeroes
6. Ifp{x) = ax2 + bx + c, then “ ~'s equal to
(a) 0 (b) 1
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.48 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
(c) product of zeroes ofp(x) (d) sum of zeroes ofp(.x)
7. Ifp(x) = ax2 + b.x + c, then ~ is equal to
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) sum of zeroes ofp(,x) (d) product of zeroes ofp(x)
8. If a. p are the zeroes of/(.v) = .v2 - 4x + 2. then
(a) a+[3 = 2ap (b) a+p>2ap (c) a + p<2o.p (d) a + p + 2ap = 0
9. A quadratic polynomial whose one zero is 4 and product of zeroes is 0, is
(a) .r2 - 4 (b) x2-4x (c) 5.v2 + 4 (d) x2 + 4x
10. A quadratic polynomial whose one zero is 4 and sum of the zeroes is 0, is
(a) .v2 - 16x + 8 (b) x2 - 16 (c) x2-4x (d) .v2 - 4
11. The number ofpolynomials having zeroes as-2 and 5 is
(a) I (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) in finitely many
12. Ifthe zeroes of the quadratic polynomial .v2 + (a + 1) x + /> are 2 and - 3, then
w
(a) a = -7,6 = -l (b) a = 5,b = -\ (c) a = 2,b = -6 (d) a=0,b = -6
13. Ifone ofthe zeroes of the quadratic polynomial (k- l)x2 + fcr+ 1 is-3, then the value
of k is Flo
ee
4 -4 2 -2
(a) J (b) — (0 3
Fr
14. Ifp(x) = ax2 + bx + c and a + c- b, then one of the zeroes ofp(x) is
(d) 3
for
ur
b c -b
(a) y (b) -
a (c) -1 (d) —
' a
ks
15. The zeroes of the quadratic polynomial x2 + 99x + 127 are
Yo
oo
(a) both positive (b) both negative
B
(c) one positive and one negative (d) both equal
re
16. If the zeroes ofthe quadratic polynomial ax2 + bx + c,c*0 are equal, then
ou
ad
(a) c and a have opposite signs (b) c and b have opposite signs
Y
(c) c and a have same sign (d) c and b have the same sign
17. The zeroes of the quadratic polynomial x2 + kx + k.k*9
nd
Re
(a) cannot both be positive (b) cannot both be negative
Fi
(c) can be unequal (d) can be equal
18. If one ofthe zeroes of a quadratic polynomial of the form x2 + ax + 6 is the negative of
the other, then it
(a) has no linear term and the constant term is negative
(b) has no linear term but the constant term is positive
(c) can have a linear term but the constant term is negative
(d) can have a linear term but the constant term is positive
19. How many polynomials are there having 4 and - 2 as zeroes ?
(a) One (b) Two (c) Three (d) More than three
20. If a, p are the zeroes ofthe polynomial/(x)= -v2 +x + 1, then ~ + y =
(a) 1 (b) -1 (c) 0 (d) None of these
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.49
21. What should be added to the polynomial .v2 - 5x + 4. so that 3 is the zero of the resulting
polynomial ?
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 5
22. What should be subtracted from polynomial .v2 - 16.v + 30. so that 15 is the zero of the
resulting polynomial ?
(a) 30 (b) 14 (c) 15 (d) 16
23. If a and |3 are the zeroes ofthe polynomialf(x) = x2 + px + q, then a polynomial having
1 1
— and n as its zeroes is
a P
(a) x2 + qx+p (b) x2-px + q (c) qx2 + px + 1 (d) px2 + qx + 1
24. If a, (3 are the zeroes of polynomial/!*) = x2-p(x + 1) - c, then (a + 1 )((3 + 1) =
low
(a) c-1 (b) 1-c (c) c (d) 1+c
25. If a, p are the zeroes of polynomial/!*) = *2-p (* + 1) - c, such that
ee
(a+ l)(p+ 1) = 0, thenc =
rF
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) -1 Fr (d) 2
for
26. If/(*) = ax2 + bx + c has no real zeroes and a + b + c <0, then
u
(a) c = 0 (b) c>0 (c) c < 0 (d) None of these
ks
Yo
oo
27. If the diagram in figure shows the graph of the polynomial/!*) = ax2 + bx + c, then
eB
(a) a>0,b<0 and c > 0 (b) a<0,6<0andc<0
r
(c) a<0,b>0andc>0 (d) a<0,b>0 and c < 0
ou
ad
Y
Y
nd
Re
f (x) = ax2 + bx + c D = b2 - 4ac
Fi
X--
o
V X
V 2a 4a )
28. Which of the following is not the graph of a quadratic polynomial ?
Y Y
(a) o
(b) o
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.50 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Ya Y,
♦x /► X
(c) ♦ o (d) <
/°
29. Ifp(x) andg(.Y) are any two polynomials with g(.v) ^ 0, then we can find polynomials q(x)
and r(x) such that p(x)=g(x).q(x) + r(x), where r(x) = 0 or degree of/-(a-) < degree ofgfv).
This result is known as
(a) Euclid’s algorithm for division
(b) Division algorithm for polynomials
(c) Multiplication algorithm for polynomials
w
(d) none of these
30. Euclid’s division lemma states that for any positive integers o and b, there exist unique
Flo
integers q and r such that a = bq + r, where r must satisfy
ee
(a) \ <r<b (b) 0<r<b (c) 0<r<b (d) 0<r<b
Fr
31. Given that one of the zeroes of the cubic polynomial a.v3 + bx2 + cx -t- r/ is zero, the
product of the other two zeroes is
for
ur
b
(a) -f (b) § (c) 0 (d)
ks
a
Yo
oo
32. Ifthe polynomialf(x) = ax3 + bx-c is divisible by the polynomial g (x) = x2 + bx + c, then
B
ab =
re
1 1
(a) 1 <b) - (c) -1 (d) --
ou
ad
Y
33. The polynomial which when divided by-.v2 +.v- 1 gives a quotients- 2 and remainder
3, is
nd
Re
(a) .v3 - 3.r2 + 3a - 5 (b) - .y3 - 3a2 - 3.y - 5
Fi
(c) —x3 + 3.y2 — 3.v + 5 (d) x3 - 3.y2 - 3x + 5
34. If a, (3, y are the zeroes of the polynomial /(.v) = ax3 + bx2 + cx + d, then + + =
p y
(a) fy (t» f c
(d)
c
a
35. If a, p, y are the zeroes of the polynomial/(.y) = x3 - px2 + qx- r, then +^+ =:
r P r
(a)7 o»f (c) r
(d)
P
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
Consider the following statements :
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.51
(a) Both the statements 1 and 2 are true and statement 2 is the correct explanation for
statement 1.
(b) Both the statements 1 are true and statement 2 is not the correct explanation for statement
1.
(c) Statement 1 is true but statment 2 is false.
(d) Statement 1 is false but statement 2 is true.
Choose the correct option from (a), (b), (c) and (d) in the following :
1. Statement 1 : If one zero of polynomial p(x) = (k2 + 4) x2 + 13.v + 4k is reciprocal of
other, then k = 2.
Statement 2 : Ifx - a is a factor ofp(x), then p(a) - 0. i.e. a is a zero ofp (x).
Solution : Statement 2 is true.
1
Let a and — be the zeroes ofp(x), then
w
J__ 4k 4k
a a k1 +4 => 1 = Flo+4
=>k2 + 4 = 4k=>k2-4k + 4-0
ee
=> (Ar-2)2 = 0 k = 2
Hence Statement 1 is true. Fr
for
ur
Since Statement 2 does not imply Statement 1. Hence correct answer is (b).
2. Statement 1 : If a, p, y are the zeroes of.v3 - 2.v2 + qx - r and a + p = 0, then 2q = r
ks
Statement 2 : If a, p, y are the zeroes of ax3 + bx2 + cx + d, then
Yo
oo
B
C r, d
a+ P +y = ap + Py + ya = -apy =—
a a
re
Solution : Clearly, Statement 2 is true. [Standard Result]
ou
ad
Again, since a, P, y are zeroes of polynomial x3 - 2x2 + qx - r, therefore,
Y
a + P+y = -(-2) = 2=>0 + y = 2 y=2
nd
Re
a P y = -(-/•) = r ap (2) = r .'. a.p = ^
Fi
Also,
r r
and ap + py + ya = <? => y + y (a + p) = ry => — + y(0) = q
2q = r Statement 1 is true.
Here Statement 2 gives Statement 1.
Thus, Statement 1 is true and Statement 2 is true and Statement 2 is the correct explanation
for Statement 1.
Hence correct answer is (a).
3. Statement 1 : The polynomial x4 + 2x2 + 3 has four real zeroes.
Statement 2 : Ifp{x) is divided by (.v - k), then the remainder = p(k)
| Hint: Statement 2 is true by Remainder Theorem.
Again, x4 + 2,v2 + 3 = (x2 + 1 )2 + 2 > 0 for all real x.
Given polynomial has no real zero. .\ Statement I is not true.)
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.52 CBSE MATHEPyiATICS FOR CLASS X
4. Statement 1 : x3 + 2x has only one real zero.
Statement 2 : A polynomial of nth degree must have n real zeroes.
[Hint: Statement II is false [ y a polynomial of nth degree has at most n real zeroes]
Again, x3 + 2x = x (x2 + 2) which has only one real zero (x = 0)
[y x2 + 2*0for all realx]
.•. Statement 1 is true.
Hence correct answer is (c).
5. Statement 1 : If a, B are the zeroes of the polynomial x^-ax + 1, then—+— = a
a (3
Statement2 : If a. P are the zeroes of the polynomial ax1 + bx + c, then
b c
a + P = — and aP =-
a a
w
6. Statement 1 : If a. P are zeroes ofx2 - 3x + p and 2a + 3p = 15, then p = 54.
Statement 2 : If a, P are the zeroes of the polynomial ax1 + bx + c, then .
—b c
Flo
ree
a + p = —and aP = -
a a
7. Statement 1 : The graph of a polynomial/(x) is F *Y
or
ur
as given in the figure, then number
y ~AX)
sf
of zeroes of/'(x) is 2.
x
k
Statement2 : If a, p are the zeroes of the o
Yo
oo
polynomial ax2 + bx + c, then
B
r, b n C
re
a + P = —, aP =-
a a
ou
ad
8. Statement 1 : A monic quadratic polynomial having 4 and - 2 as zeroes is
Y
2x2-4x- 16.
nd
Statement 2 : The monic quadratic polynomial having a and p as zeroes is given by
Re
p{x)=x2 - (a + P)x + ap.
Fi
| Hint: A quadratic polynomial is said to be a monic polynomial if the coefficient ofx2 is 1.]
9. Statement 1 : is an irrational number.
Statement2 : Ifm is a natural number which is not a perfect square, then -Jm is
irrational.
10. Statement I : 1 f one zero of the polynomial p(x) = (k2+ 1) x2 + 9x + 2k is the reciprocal
of the other zero, then k= \.
Statement 2 : If (x - a) is a factor of the polynomial p(x), then a is a zero ofp(x).
11. Statement 1 : The polynomial p(x) = x3 + x has one real zero.
Statement 2 : A polynomial of mh degree has at most n zeroes.
C. Linked Comprehension Type Questions:
Passage - 1 : If a, p are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial/(x) = ax2 + bx + c, then
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.53
b n c
a + p =—,ap = —.
c a
Read the above passage and answer the following questions.
? 1 1
1. Ifa, P are the zeroes ofthe quadratic polynomialf(x)=xz -px + q, and —+p = '’th611
(a) p = q (b) p=-q
(c) p = 2q (d) q = 2p
a+p p
Solution : a + p =p, ap = q : q=1^P=9
a |3 ap
2. If a, P are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial x2 + x - 2, then ------|
l a PJ
low
9 -9 2 -2
(a) ^ w — (O ¥ <d> 7
Solution :a+P = -l,aP=-2
ee
\2
1 1 P~a (P + a)2-4aP (l)2 -4(-2) _ 9
rF
Now,
a p ap (aP)2 4 4 Fr
for
3. Ifa, P are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = .v2 -3x + 2, then — + — 2ap =
a P
u
ks
1 5 5
Yo
(a) -- (b) -2 (c) (d) -
oo
2
eB
Solution : a + P = 3, aP = 2
r
a + p -2ap = ^-4 = - 5
ou
Now. —+ --2aP =
ad
a p ap 2
Y
Hence (c) is the correct answer.
nd
Re
Fi
ANSWERS
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Very Short Answer Type Questions:
3. No 5. Yes 6. 2 7. No 8. 3,-2
9. x2 - 3x - 2 10. number of zero is 0
11. 5x2 + 3x- 13 12. I 13. 9 14. 3
15. 2x2 + 3x - 9 16. -1
17. k (x2 - 6x + 4), w here k is any non-zero number 18. 2-V3
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.54 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Short Answer Type Questions:
-3 1 3
1. a=— 2. x2 - 8.r + 12 ; 2,6 3< 3'2
2
-2 3
4. 2, 5. a= 3 6. -5’2 7. .v2 + 2x - 3
5
1 1 3
8. -6,5 9. 10. 11. x2 + x- 12
2 2’2
12. 3.y2 + 5.V-2.0 13. 4^.273
low
I
14. 2 + V3,2-V3,l,—- 15. a = — 20, b =—25 16. p = 2,q = 3
17. -VJ,V3 and — 19. -V2,V2and-3
ee
18. a = l,6 = 2
2
rF
Fr
for
20. -3 21. 22. 4
2
u
ks
Yo
oo
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
eB
A.Objective Questions:
r
ou
ad
1- (c) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (d)
Y
7. (d) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (b) 11. (d) 12. (d)
nd
13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (c)
Re
17. (a) 18. (a)
Fi
19. (d) 20. (b) 21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (b)
25. (a) 26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (d) 29. (b) 30. (c)
31. (b) 32. (a) 33. (c) 34. (c) 35. (b)
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (b)
C. Comprehension Type Questions:
1. (b) 2. (b)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.55
EXEMPLAR PROBLEMS
I. If the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial .v2 + (a + 1 ).v + b are 2 and - 3, then
(a) a = -l,b = -\ (b) a = 5,b = -1 (c) a=2,b=-6 (d) a = §, b=-6
A ns. (cl)
Soln. Letp (x) = x2 + (a + 1 )x + b
Given that, 2 and - 3 are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial /;(.v)
/>(2) = 0 and/;(-3) = 0
=> 22 + (a+\)(2) + b =0
=> 4 + 2a + 2 + b=Q
=> 2a + b =-6
and (-3)2 + (a+ l)(-3) + fe=0
=> 9 - 3c/ - 3 + /? = 0
w
=> 3a—b - 6
On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
5a =0
Flo=> (7=0
ee
Putting the value of a in Eq. (i), we get
2 x 0 + b=-6 => b = -6 Fr
for
ur
So. the required values are a = 0 and b = -6.
2. If one of the zeroes of the cubic polynomial x3 + ax2 + bx + c is - 1, then the product of
ks
the other two zeroes is
Yo
oo
(a) b -a+ 1 (b) b-a - \ (c) a - b + I (d) £7-6-1
B
Ans. (a)
re
Soln. Let p (.v) = .v3 + ax2 + bx + c
ou
ad
Let a, |3 and y be the zeroes of the given cubic polynomial p (.v)
Y
a =- 1 [Given]
nd
Re
and p (- 1) = 0
Fi
=> (- 1 )3 + £/ (-1 )2 + 6 (- 1) + c = 0
=> - 1 +£7-6 + C =0
=> C = 1 - £7 + 6 ...(>)
We know that.
3 Constant term c
Product of all zeroes =(-•)' • 3
Coefficient of.v
apy =-c
=> (- 1) py =~c [va=-l]
=> Py =c
Py = 1 - £/ + 6 [From Eq.(i)]
Hence, product of the other two roots is \ - a + 6.
3. If (x + I) is a factor of 2.x3 + ax2 + 26.x + 1, then find the values of a and 6 given that
2c/-36 = 4.
Soln. Given that, (.x + 1) is a factor of/(x) = 2.x3 + ax2 + 26.x + 1
ReadYourFlow.COM
2.56 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
••• /(-D=o [if (.v + a) is a factor of/’(x) = ax2 + b.x + c, then/(-a) - 0]
2(- l)3 + «(- l)2 + 2/?(- 1)+ 1 =0
=> 2 + a-2b+ I =0
=> a-2b-\=Q
Also, 2a-3b =4
=> 3b = 2a-4
2a-4
=> b=
3
Now, putting the value of b in Eq. (i), we get
2a-4
a-2 1 =0
3
=> 3a -2(2a - 4) - 3 =0
low
=> 3a-4a + S-3 =0
-a+5 =0
a =5
ee
rF
Now, putting the value ofa in Eq. (i), we get
5-2b- 1=0 Fr
for
=> 2b =4
u
=> b =2
ks
Yo
Hence, the required values of c/ and b are 5 and 2, respectively.
oo
B
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
re
ou
ad
150 Marks |
Y
Objective and Very Short-Answer Type Questions (1 mark):
nd
Re
Choose the correct option :
Fi
1. Sum and product of zeroes of/;(x) = .v3 - 2.v - 3 are respectively
(a) 1,-3 (b) 2,3 (c) 0,3 (d) 1.3
2. If a, [3, y are the zeroes of the polynomial .v3 -,v2-6.v + 3. then the value of
a [3 y
is
(a) -2 (b) 1 (c) -6 (d) 2
3. If a, [3 are the zeroes of.v2 - kx + k2 such that a + |3 = a(3, then values of A- are
(a) 1,-1 (b) 0.1 (c) 0,-1 (d) 1.2
4. I fa, [3 are the zeroes of the polynomial 4.v2 + 3.v + 7 ; the value of — + — is
3 7 3 7
(a) -7 (b) - (c) (d)
7
ReadYourFlow.COM
Polynomials 2.57
Short Answer Type Questions (2 Marks):
5. Find the value of k for which the polynomial 4.v2 - 6.v - k is divisible by (.v- 3).
6. Ifone zero of the polynomial (a2 + 4) jc2 + 20x+ 4a is the reciprocal ofthe other, find the
value of a.
7. If one zero ofthe polynomial .v3 - 2x2 + .v + 5 is zero, then find the product of the other
two zeroes.
8. Verily that 2 is a zero of the polynomial .v3 + 4.t2 - 3x - 18.
9. Find the quadratic polynomial, the sum of whose zeroes is - 2 and their product is 3.
10. I f a, (3 are the roots ofthe quadratic polynomial p (.v) =.v2- (A'+ 6) * + 2 (2k - 1). Find the
value of Ar if2 (a + (3) = a[3
Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks):
w
11. Find the zeroes of 4V5.Y2 - 1 lx - 3\f5 anc* verify the relation between the zeroes and
coefficients ofthe polynomial. Flo
ee
12. 1 fa, (3 are the zeroes of polynomial 25.v2 - 15.v + 2. Find the quadratic polynomial whose
zeroes are — and —.
2a
1
2(3
Fr
for
ur
13. Show that the polynomial/fr) = .v4 + 2.v2 + 2 has no real zero.
ks
14. Find a cubic polynomial whose zeroes are 1,2 and - 3.
Yo
oo
15. Using remainder theorem, find the remainder when p(x)=.\3 + 4.v2 - 2v + 3 is divided by
B
(-v-3).
re
16. 1 fa, (3, y are the zeroes ofthe polynomial p(x) = 5.v3 + 2.v2 - 3.v + 50, find the value of
ou
ad
Y
v a + (3 + y,
nd
Re
Fi
Long Answer Type Questions (4 Marks):
17. Ifthe product oftwo zeroes ofthe polynomialp(x) = 2v3 + 3.v2 - 5.v- 6 is 3, find the third
zero.
18. Ifthe zeroes ofthe polynomial .v3 - 12v2 + 39.v + a area-|3. a, a + (3, find the value of a.
20. Ifthe polynomial 6.v4 + 8.r3 - 5.v2 + ax + b is exactly divisible by the polynomial
2v2 - 5, then find the values of a and b.
i ReadYourFlow.COM
2.58 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
ANSWERS
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. 7 6. k= 18
7. 2 8. 1 9. x2 + 2a- + 3 10. k=7
11. V5,—- 12. 8.v2 - 30a- + 25 14a-3 - 6a2 + 11 a - 6
4^5
15. 60 16. 25 17. 1 18. a = -2S 19. £ = -10
20. a = -2Q,b = -25
w
Flo
ee
Fr
or
ur
f
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
ReadYourFlow.COMJ
3
PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS
IN TWO VARIABLES
(3.1. INTRODUCTION
low
In class IX, we have learnt about the method of solving linear equation in one variable. Here,
we shall study the methods of solving two linear equations in two variables. In day to day
life, we very often come across situations when we need to solve a pair of linear equations in
two variables. To illustrate this, we consider an example.
ee
rF
Rajeev went to a sweet shop to purchase Laddus and Rasogulla. He wishes to purchase
Fr
Laddus twice the number of Rasogullas. Cost of one Laddu is rupees 2 and that of one
Rasogulla is rupees 5. He wants to spend rupees 24 to purchase these sweets. How many
for
Laddus and how many Rasogullas should he purchase ?
u
ks
He may try to know the number of Laddus and Rasogulla by considering different cases. But
Yo
the most convenient way to solve this problem is to represent the given conditions by
oo
equations.
eB
Let .v and v be the number of Laddus and Rasogullas purchased by Rajeev. Then, the given
r
conditions can be represented by two equations.
ou
ad
x =2y
Y
and 2.v+5v =24 •••(ii)
nd
Re
There are many ways to solve this pair of linear equations in ,r andy. In this chapter, we shall
Fi
study in detail the various methods to solve a pair of linear equations in two variables.
(3.2. LINEAR EQUATION IN TWO VARIABLES
An equation ofthe form ax + by + c = 0, where a, b, c are real numbers and a and h are not both
zero, is said to be a linear equation in two variablesx and v.
Examples : (i) lx - 3.1 ’ +5=0
(ii) n/Iv + 5v + 3 =0
-A- + -V-1 =0
(hi) --
5'
The condition a and b are not both zero can also be written as a2 + b2 * 0.
3.3. PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS (SIMULTANEOUS LINEAR EQUATIONS)
IN TWO VARIABLES ____________________________________ _
Two linear equations in two variables taken together is called a pair of linear equations in two
variables.
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.2 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Examples: (i) x+y = 2
x —y = 0
(ii) 2x + 3y = 5
3x-y = 0
General form of a pair of linear equations in two variables .v and v is :
<7|T+ b{y + C| =0
and cyx + b2y + c2 = 0
where a,, bvcva-,, /y, c2 are real numbers
and ci\2 + b{2*0, a-,2 + hi2 *0
(at least one ofcq and ly is non-zero and at least one ofc/-, and b-, is non-zero)
(3.4. SYSTEM OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN I WO VARI ABLES
Two or more equations in two variables taken together is called a system of linear equations.
low
Examples : (i) v + 2y +1 = 0
3.v-_v+ 5 = 0
ee
rF
Fr
for
(3.5. GRAPH OF A LINEAR EQUATION ru +/>r +c=0
u
ks
Given linear equation is ax + by + c = 0
Yo
oo
Case I. When 0:
B
r- —c — ax
re
From (i), y =-------- ...(ii)
b
ou
ad
Y
Puttingj> = 0 in (i), we get x =
nd
Re
Fi
.'. Line (i) cuts.v-axis at point j
. . c
Again putting .v = 0 in (i). we get v = —
b
Line(i) cutsy-axisat j
Now, we join A and B and extend it on both sides.
Line AB will be the graph of linear equation ax + by + c = 0
It is convenient to take any two suitable integral values of.v for which y is integer.
Case II. When c=0:
In this case, equation will be ofthe form ax + by = 0.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.3
We take two suitable values .v, and x-, of.v and find the corresponding values of r, and y2
ofv.
Thus, we will gel two points ,yi) and B(.y0, vs). The line joining A(x,,^|) and B (.\s, vs) will
be the required graph of ax + by = 0.
Example 1. Draw the graph of 2.v + y -4 = 0 Yi
Given equation is 2a- + v-4 = 0
4 ^ B(0, 4)
y = 0 => 2.v - 4 = 0 => x = 2 -.(i)
3 -
Line(i) cutsx-axisatA(2,0)
Again x = 0=>_y-4 = 0 =>y = 4 2 -
-(ii)
Line (i) cutsj'-axis at B(0,4) 1 -
ThelinejoiningA(2,0)and B (0,4) will be the required A(2, 0)
* X
graph. 1 2
low
Example 2. Draw the graph of 2x - y = 0
Solution : Given equation is 2x ->’ = 0 => v = 2x •••(i)
x 0 From (i), x = 0 => y = 0
ee
y = 2x 0 2 x = l ■=> y = 2
rF
Let O = (0,0) and A s (1,2) Fr
for
The required graph will be the linejoining O (0.0) and A (1,2)
u
Y
ks
Yo
oo
eB
2- A(1,2)
r
1-
ou
ad
Y
X'< >X
O,
1
nd
Re
Fi
Y'
[3.6. SOLUTION OF A LINEAR EQUATION IN TWO VARIABLES
Let ax + by + c = 0, where a, b. c are real and a ^ 0. b ^ 0 be a linear equation in two variables
x and y. Then a pair of values ofx and y satisfying the equation ax + by + c = 0 is said to be
a solution of the equation ax + by + c = 0.
Example : 2x + 3 y - 12 = 0
Clearly x = 3, y = 2 satisfy this equation
Therefore, x = 2, i’= 3 is a solution ofthis equation.
x = 1, y = 0 does not satisfy the equation 2x + 3v - 12 = 0
Therefore, x = 1, y = 0 is not a solution ofthis equation
x = 0. y = 4 is also a solution of given linear equation.
In fact a linear equation in two variables has infinitely many solutions.
k ReadYourFlow.COM
3.4 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
3.7. GEOMETRICAL MEANING OF THE SOLUTION OF
A LINEAR EQUATION IN TVVO VARIABLES
We know that the graph of a linear equation in two variables is a straight line. Thus, the graph
of equation 2.v+ 3v- 12 = 0 is a straight line and* = 3, y = 2 is its solution means point P(3,
2) lies on this line.
Thus, geometrically, by saying .v = a,
y = (3 is a solution of a linear equation
ax + by + c = 0. we mean that the point
(a. (3) lies on the line representing the linear
equation ax + by + c = 0.
Clearly every solution of a linear equation
are coordinates of is a point on the line
representing it and conversely coordinates
w
of each point on the line representing the ♦X
1 ^
linear equation constitute a solution of the 12 3 4 5 6
linear equation.
Flo
ee
(3.8. SOLUTION OFA PAIR OF LIN EAR EQUATIONS
atX + b,y + c, = 0
Fr
for
Let , '
ur
be a pair of linear equations in .v and v.
cyx + thy + c2 = ()
ks
A pair of values of.v and v which satisfy both the linear equations is called a solution of the
Yo
oo
given pair of linear equations.
B
Examples : .v + y = 4 -.(i)
re
x-y=2 ...(ii)
ou
ad
x = 3,y = 1 satisfy both these linear equations, therefore, pair of values (3, 1) is a solution of
Y
given pair of linear equations.
nd
Re
3.9. GEOMETRICALMEANING OF SOLUTION OFA PAIR
Fi
OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES
Example 1. Let us consider the pair of linear equations
y = 2x or 2v -y = 0
and 2.v + 5v-24 = 0 ...(ii)
In order to represent these equations graphically, we need to draw their graphs. For this, we
make the following tables :
6-
Table for y = 2.v
4- B(2, 4)
-V 0
3- C(7, 2)
y = 2x 0 2 2- A(1,2)
1-
Points O A
234 5 6789 1011 12
'5’
ReadYourFlow.COMi
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.5
Table for 2.v + 5v = 24
.v 2 7
24-2.V
y= 4 2
5
Points B C
Graph of equation (i) is the line joining points O (0, 0) and A( 1, 2) and graph of equation (ii)
is the linejoiningpointsB(2,4)andC (7,2).
From graph, it is clear that the two lines intersect at point B (2,4).
Clearly, coordinates of point of intersection of the two lines'which are „y = 2 and v = 4 satisfy
both the linear equations and hence (2,4) is a solution of the given pair of linear equations.
Here, we see that the solution of a pair of linear equations in two variables is the coordinate
w
of point of intersection of the two lines which are graphs of the two linear equations.
Thus, a pair of linear equations will geometrically mean two straight lines taken together and
Flo
the coordinates of their point of intersection will geometrically mean a solution.
ee
Example 2. Let us consider the pair of linear equations
and
x+y-2
2x+2y=6
Fr -.(ii)
for
ur
Table for.v+.v = 2 Table for lx + 2_p = 6
ks
0 2 .v 0 3
Yo
X
oo
6 - lx
B
y = 2-x 2 0 v =-------- 3 0
2
re
Points (0,2) (2,0) Points (0,3) (3,0)
ou
ad
Let A= (2,0), B = (0,2), CM3.0).
Y
nd
Re
Lines AB and CD represent geometrically (graphically)
Fi
equations x+>, = 2 and 2.v + 2y = 6 respectively.
From graphs of given linear equations, it is clear that
they are parallel and they will not intersect anywhere.
Example 3. Let us consider the pair of linear equations
x+y = 2 -(i)
2x + 2y =4 -.(ii)
Tablefor.v+j = 2 Table for 2.V + 2y = 4
x 0 2 x 0
4-2.v
y = 2-x 2 0 y= 2
2
Points (0.2) (2,0) Points (0.2) (l.D
Let A = (2,0), B = (0,2) Let A = (2, 0), C = (1. 1)
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.6 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Line AB represents the graph of equation Ya
.v + y = 2 and line BC represents the graph of
equation (ii). 4 -
Clearly the graphs of the two equations coincide.
In fact, here both the equations are identical
because equation (i) can be obtained from B(0. 2)
equation (ii) by dividing both sides by 2.
1 - C(1.1)
Also it is clear that every pair of values of.v and A(2,0)
^satisfying equation (i) will also satisfy equation T X
o 1 4
(ii).
SUMMARY
(i) 2x-y=0 (ii) x+y =2 (iii) x+y =2
w
2.y+5v = 24 2x + 2y =6 2x + 2y = 4
(1) Comparing the pair of equations (i) with the pair of equations
alx + b1y = ci Flo
ee
a2x + b^=c2
We have al =2,a1 = 2,b\=-l, b-) = 5.
Fr
for
ur
b\ ]_ ■
Here, — = — = 1 and -H- =
a2 2 b2 5 a2 b2
ks
Yo
We have seen that in this case, given pair of equations has unique solution.
oo
B
(2) For pair of equations (ii)
re
Oj = \ ,ch = 2,b[ = \ ,b-, = 2, cl = 2, c't = 6
ou
ad
Herea = ^L^il
Y
"2 bi c2
nd
Re
We have seen that in this case, given pair of equations has no solution.
Fi
(3) For pa i r of eq uat i on s (i i i)
£7, = 1, = 2, />, = 1,= 2, Cj = 2, c2 - 4
Here =4
a2 b2 c2
In this case, we have seen that given pair of equations has infinitely many solutions. Thus,
we observe that the pair of linear equations.
a{x + b! v = c{ and a^x + h^y = cy has
(i) unique solution if and only if — ^ —
Ch th
a, b, Ci
(ii) no solution if and only if— = — + —
a2 b2 c2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.7
(iii) infinitely many solutions ifand only if — = ^ - C|
a2 b2 c2
[ 3.10. PAIR OF CONSISTENT LINEAR EQUATIONS
A pair of linear equations is said to be consistent if its solution exists and it is said to be
inconsistent if its solution does not exist.
Examples :
a x-y-
I+'=2^- > consistent pair of linear equations
Here.v = \,y- 1 is a solution
x+y = 2
(ii) Inconsistent pair of linear equations.
w
2x + 2y = 5
Here, no pair of values of.v and y will satisfy both these equations. Hence, given system of
equation has no solution. Flo
ree
Pair of equations a,x + b,y = c,, 02X + b2y = c-.
I
F
or
ur
sf
Consistent Inconsistent
k
Yo
No solution
oo
a, c.
B
a2
c:
re
Unique solution Infinitely many solutions
ou
ad
fL .A a.
Y
b2 a2 b. c.
nd
Re
(3.11. NUMBER OF SOLUTIONS OF A PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS'
1
Fi
We have seen in class IX that for two lines in a plane exactly one of the following three cases
is possible.
Ya
B D
P(u. (t)
>X
C O A'
(1) The two lines intersect at one point. In this case, «
C D
given pair of linear equations will have unique >
(one) solution and the system of equations is A B
consistent.
(2)The two lines are parallel. In this case, the two lines will not intersect and hence the given
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.8 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
pair of linear equations will have no solution. Also, in this case the system of equations
is inconsistent.
4 *
(3) The two lines are coincident. In this case, every point on one line will lie on the other
line. Hence given pair of linear equations will have infinitely many solutions and the
equations are dependent.
In this case, one ofthese equations can be obtained from other by dividing or multiplying by
a suitable number. These equations are called dependent equations.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on representing a given situation (Word problem) algebraically
and graphically.
w
WORKING RULE :
Flo
1. Read the question carefully and see what are the two variables involved.
ee
2. Let these two variables be .v and y.
Fr
3. Write down the given conditions in the form of equations. These equations will
or
ur
represent the given situation algebraically.
sf
4. Now, represent the equations thus obtained graphically i.e., draw their graphs.
k
Yo
oo
Example 1. Aftab tells his daughter “seven years ago, I was seven times as old as you
eB
were then. Also, three years from now, I shall be three times as old as you will be.”
Represent this situation algebraically and graphically.
r
ou
ad
Solution : Let the present age of Aftab and his daughter be .v and y years respectively.
Y
According to question.
nd
Re
* - 7 = 7 0' - 7) or x - 7 = ly - 49 or .y -ly = - 42
Fi
Also .v + 3 =3 (y + 3) or .y + 3 = 3y + 9 or .y - 3y = 6
Thus the given situation can be algebraically represented by pair of equations
A- -ly =- 42
x - 3y = 6 ...(ii)
Graph of the pair of equations (i) and (ii) :
Table for x -7y = - 42 Table for .v - 3y = 6
x 0 7 x 0 6
a-+ 42 .y-6
y= 6 7 y= -2 o
7 3
Points A B Points C D
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.9
7 -
M0'6) B
5 -
4 -
3-
2 -
1-
T >X
O
-1- 1 2 5 6 7
C(° -2)
Given situation can be graphically represented as shown in the figure.
w
Example 2. The coach of a cricket team buys 3 bats and 6 balls for Rs. 3900. Later, she buys
another bat and 2 more balls of the same kind for Rs. 1300. Represent this situation algebraically
and geometrically. Flo
ee
Solution : Let the price of one bat and one ball be rupees .r andy respectively.
Then price of 3 bats and 6 balls = 3.y + 6v Fr
for
ur
and price of one bat and 2 balls =x + 2y
According to given conditions,
ks
Yo
3.y + 6y = 3900 and .v + 2y = 1300
oo
Thus, the given situation can be algebraically represented by the pair of linear equations,
B
re
3,y + 6y =3900
...(ii)
ou
and x + 2y =1300
ad
Y
For 3.v + 6y = 3900 For a:+ 2y= 1300
x 0 1300 x 260 520
nd
Re
3900-3.y 1300-.V
Fi
y= 650 0 y= 520 390
6 2
Points A B Points C D
Let A = (0,650), B = (1300,0), C = (260,520), D = (520,390)
650')
650
520-
Cte60
390- •*>0)
’ S20)
260-
130-
B (1300, 0)
T T ♦X
O
130 260 390 520 650 780 910 1040 1170 1300
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.10 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
In the given figure, line AB represents graphically equation (i ) and line CD represents equation
(ii).
Thus, given situation can be graphically represented by lines AB and CD which are coincident
lines.
Note:
• Equation (i) and (ii) are same equation (equivalent equations) and therefore, they
have been represented by the same line.
Example 3. The cost of 2 kg ofapples and l kg of grapes on a day was found to be Rs, 160.
After a month, the cost of4 kg of apples and 2 kg ofgrapes is Rs. 300. Represent the situation
a Igebr ai ca 11 y a n d geometr i ca1 ly.
Solution : Let the cost of I kg of apples and 1 kg of grapes be rupees .v and;; respectively.
Then, the cost of 2 kg of apples and 1 kg of grapes = 2x + y rupees
and the cost of 4 kg of apples and 2 kg of grapes = 4.v + 2y rupees
low
According to given conditions,
2x+;' =160 and 4.v + 2v = 300
ee
The given situation can be algebraically represented by the pair of linear equations
rF
and
2x+y =160
4x+2y =300
Fr ...(ii)
for
For 2x +y - 160 For 4x + 2y = 300
u
ks
Yo
-V 40 60 x 40 60
oo
300-4.V
B
y =160- 2x 80 40 )’ = 70 30
re
2
Points (40.80) (60.40) Points (40,70) (60,30)
ou
ad
Y
Let A = (40, 80), B = (60,40), C = (40, 70), D = (60,30)
nd
Re
Ya
Fi
80-
70-
60-
50-
40-
30-
20-
10-
X'<- -► X
o
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.11
Line AB represents geometrically equation 2x+y= 160 and line CD represents geometrically
equation Ax + 2v = 300
Hence, the given situation can be geometrically represented by lines AB and CD which are
parallel lines.
Example 4. Akhila went to a fair in her village. She wanted to enjoy rides on the giant wheel
and play Hoopla (a game in which you throw a ring on the items kept in a stall, and if the ring
covers any object completely, you get it). The number of times she played Hoopla is half the
number of times she rides the giant wheel. If each ride costs rupees 3 and a game of Hoopla
costs Rs. 4, and she spent rupees 20 in the fair, represent this situation algebraically and
graphically.
Solution : Let x and y be the number of rides on the giant wheel and number of Hoopla
respectively played by Akhila.
Then, according to given conditions, y = -
— and 3.v + 4v = 20
low
Thus, the given situation can be algebraically represented by the following pair of linear
equations.
ee
x-2y =0 -(i)
rF
and 3x + Ay =20
Graphical representation
Fr ...(ii)
for
Forx-2y = 0 For 3.v + 4y = 20
ou
ks
x 0 2 x 0 4
oo
Y
x 20-3x
B
0 l y= 5 2
y 2 4
re
Points (0,0) (2,1) Points (0,5) (4,2)
ou
ad
Y
Let 0^(0, 0), A = (2, 1), B = (0, 5), C = (4,2)
nd
Re
Fi
5 B(0, 5)
4 -
3 -
2 - ^>sC(4,2)
1 -
A (2. 1)
O 1 2 3 4
Given situation can be geometrically represented bylines OA and BC.
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.12 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Type II. Problems based on examining whether given numbers are solution of a pair
of linear equations or not.
WORKING RULE :
1. Put the given values of variables x and v in the given equation. If for these values
of.v and y, L.H.S. = R.H.S., then given set of numbers is a solution otherwise it
is not a solution.
2. To examine whether a point P (a, P) lies on the graph of a linear equation, see
whether given equation is satisfied or not when x = a and y = (3. If it is satisfied,
then point P (a, (3) lies on the graph otherwise it does not lie on it.
Example 5. Examine which of the following pair of values of.v and y is a solution of
the equation 2x - 3y - 4 = 0 ?
(i) x = 2, y = 0, (ii) x = 5, y = 2, (iii) .v = 1, y = 2, (iv) .v = 0, y = 2
low
Solution : Given equation is 2.v - 3y - 4 = 0 ...(i)
(i) When x = 2, yt =* 0, 2.v - 3y - 4 = 2 x 2 - 3 x 0 - 4 = 0
Hence .v = 2, y = 0 is a solution of equation (i).
ee
(ii) When a* = 5, y = 2, 2.r - 3y - 4 = 2 x 5-3 x 2 - 4 = 10-6-4 = 0
rF
Hence x = 5, y = 2, is a solution of equation fi)
(iii) When .v = 1, y = 2, 2.v - 3y - 4 = 2 x 1-3 x 2 - 4 = - 8 * 0
Fr
for
u
Hence .v = 1, y = 2, is not a solution of the equation 2.v - 3y -4 = 0.
ks
(iv) When .v = 0, y = 2, 2.v - 3y - 4 = 2 x 0 - 3 x 2 - 4 = - 10 * 0
Yo
oo
Hence x = 0, y = 2 is not a solution of the equation.
eB
Example 6. Examine which of the following given points lie on the graph of the equation
3.v + 2y - 12 = 0.
r
ou
ad
(i) A (0, 6) (ii) B (2, 3) (iii) C (4. 0) (iv) D (1, 2)
Y
Solution : Given equation is 3.v + 2y - 12 = 0. (1)
nd
(i) When * = 0, y = 6, 3.v + 2y - 12 = 3 x 0 + 2 x 6 - 12 = 0
Re
Hence point A (0, 6) lies on the graph of the line (1).
Fi
(ii) When x = 2, y = 3, 3.v + 2y-12 = 3x2 + 2x3-12 = 0
Hence point B (2, 3) lies on the graph of line (1).
(iii) When x = 4, y = 0, 3x + 2y - 12 = 3 x 4 + 2 x Q _ 12 = 0
Hence point C (4, 0) lies on the graph of line (1).
(iv) When x = I, y = 2, 3x + 2y - 12 = 3 x l + 2 x 2 - 12 = - 5 * 0
Hence point D (1, 2) does not lie on the graph of line (1).
Type HI. Problems based on graphical solution of a pair of linear equations.
WORKING RULE :
1. Write y in terms of.v from the two equations separately.
2. Form separate tables for the two equations taking two suitable values of x
generally those values of.v for which values ofy are integers.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.13
3. Draw the graph of the two linear equations on the same axes and same scale on
the .y and y axes. These graphs will be straight lines.
4. If the two lines intersect, then the solution will be unique and the values of x
and y will be the .v and y coordinates of the point of intersection of the two
lines.
5. If the two lines are parallel, then given system of equations will not have solution.
6. If the two lines coincide, then the given system of equations will have infinitely
many solutions.
Example 7. Solve the following pair of linear equations graphically (if solution is unique)
(i) x+ v=3 (ii) x + 2y = 3 (Hi) 2x - 6y = 4
2x + 5 v = 12 2x + 4 v = 8 3.y -9y = 6
Solution : (i) From equation .v + y = 3, y = 3 - x
w
12 - 2 v
From equation 2x + 5y = 12, y =
Table for.v+j = 3 Flo Table for 2x + 5j = 12
ee
4
Fr
x 0 3 x
\2-2x
y-
for
3 0 2 4
ur
y = 3 —x
5
(0,3) (3,0) (x.y) (1,2) (-4,4)
ks
(x.y)
Yo
oo
Let A = (0, 3), B = (3, 0), C = (l,2), D = (-4,4)
eB
ya
r
ou
ad
Y
4-
nd
Re
(-4. 4) D ^ r + A (0, 3)
Fi
C (1, 2)
2-
j
'^>vX3>
-4 -2 O 2 B
The graph of the pair oI‘linear equations has been shown in the figure.
From graph of the given pair of linear equations, it is clear that the two lines intersect at
P(l,2).
Hence, given system of equation has unique solution given by.v= l,y = 2.
3—Y
(ii) From equation x + 2y = 3, y - --- -
8-2*
From equation 2.y + 4y= 8, y =
4
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.14 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Table for .v + 2y = 3 Table for 2.v + 4v = 8
-V 3 -Y 0 4
3-.v 8-2.v
0 v =------- 2 0
2 4
(v, y) (U) (3.0) (*. v) (0.2) (4.0)
Let A = (I, l), B = (3,0), Cs(0.2), Ds(4. 0)
3-
C (0, 2)
1-
w
A &
(1,D D (4, 0)
◄- ♦X
0 i Flo
2
B
3-p; P5
f/
ee
The graph of given pair of linear equations has been shown in the figure. Fr
for
From figure, it is clear that the graphs of the given linear equations are parallel lines AB and
ur
CD. Hence, given pair of equations has no solution.
ks
2.v - 4
Yo
(iii) From equation 2„v - 6y = 4. y = —-—
oo
B
From equation 3x - 9v = 6, y = ^
re
ou
ad
Table for 2.v - 6r = 4 Table for 3.v - 9y = 6
Y
■V 4 .Y 1 2
nd
Re
2.y-4 3x - 6
y= 2 y- 0
Fi
1
6 9
( v. v) (-J.-D (-4.-2) (-V..V) (-1,-1) (2,0)
Let A = (- 1, — 1), B = (- 4.-2), C = (-],-I), D = (2,0)
The graph of given pair of linear equations has been shown in the figure.
(2.0)
-4 -3 -2 -1 1 2
0
X'*- >X
o ^6 C
-A)
trA’
^4. -2) -1
^ A
Zv
B -2
-3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.15
From graph ofgiven pair of linear equations, it is clear that they are coincident linesABand
AC. Hence, given pair of linear equations has infinitely many solutions.
Example 8. Solve the following pair of equations graphically. Also shade the region bounded
by these lines and x-axis.
2x + 3y = 12, .v -y = l 1CBSE2001 I)|
12-2.V
Solution: From equation 2x + 3v = 12, }’ - —;—
From equation .v-y= \ ,y = x - l
Table for 2.v + 3r= 12 Table for .v-j = 1
x 0 3 x 2 4
12-2x
y= 4 2 y = x- 1 1 3
3
w
(x.y) (0,4) (3,2) (x.y) (2,1) (4.3)
Let A = (0,4), B = (3,2),
Flo C = (2, 1), D = (4,3)
ee
Ya
5- \
Fr
for
ur
4 A (0,4)
>0
ks
3- D (4, 3)
Yo
oo
13,
2- (3, 2)
B
re
1- (2. IV & (6. 0)
O
ou
>x
ad
X'^
2 3
Y
nd
Re
Fi
From graphs of pair of linear equations, it is clear that the two lines intersect at point (3,2).
Hence, the given pair of equations has unique solution given by x = 3,y = 2.
The required region is region bounded by the two lines and x-axis.
Example 9. Solve the following pair of linear equations graphically
4.v —5y—20 = 0,3x + 5y- 15 = 0
Determine the vertices of the triangle formed by the lines, representing the above equations
andy-axis. |CBSE 2004|
4x - 20
Solution : From equation 4x - 5y - 20 - 0, y = —_—
15 — 3 v
From equation 3x+5y- 15 = 0, y= —
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.16 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Table for 4v- 5y -20 = 0 Table for 3x + 5j - 15 = 0
x 0 5 X 0 5
4.V-20 15-3.V
y= -4 0 y= 3 0
5 5
(x.y) (0,-4) (5,0) ( v. v) (0.3) (5.0)
Let A = (0,-4), B = (5,0), C s (0, 3), B = (5,0)
AB and BC are the graphs of given linear equations.
From graphs of the given linear equations, it is clear that the two lines meet at (5,0).
Ya
w
c (0, 3)
2-
1-
Flo
ee
X'4- X
O
-1- Fr
for
ur
-2-
-3-
ks
-4
Yo
oo
B
re
Y'
ou
ad
Therefore, solution of given pair of linear equations is given by.v = 5, y= 0.
Y
The vertices of the triangle fonned by the lines represented by given equations and v-axis are
nd
(0,-4), (5,0) and (0,3).
Re
Fi
Type IV. Problems based on consistency of pair of linear equations.
WORKING RULE : Use the following results whichever is required.
1. The pair of linear equations a^x + /?,>• = cq and a2 x + b2y = c2 is
(i) consistent (i.e. its solution exists) and solution is unique
a2 b2
(ii) consistent and has infinitely many solutions if — = ^ - C|
a2 b. c2
In this case the linear equations are dependent,
(iii) inconsistent i.e., it has no solution
oL=bL:ptcL
<=>
a2 b2 c2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.17
2. The lines representing the linear equations
a\X + b\y - C] and a2x + b^v = c2 are
a. b,
(i)lnterseeting o —^ —
CI2 O-y
In this case, given pair of equations is consistent and has unique solution.
(ii) coincident o — = -
U2 c-
In this case, the given pair of equations is consistent and has infinitely many
solutions.
(iii) parallel =^|
In this case, the given pair of equations is inconsistent i.e., it has no solution.
w
Example 10. Comparins the ratios —,-7- and —, find out whether the following pair
a2 b2 Flo
C2
ee
of linear equations are consistent or inconsistent.
(i) 3 + |v = 7 ; 9.r-IGv = 14
^.v
Fr
for
ur
(ii) 2x - 3y = 8 ; 4x - 6y = 9
ks
Yo
oo
(iii) lx + 2y = 8 ; 2.x + 3 v = 12
B
re
3 5 _
Solution : (i) Given equations are -x+-v=7 ■ .-(i)
ou
ad
2 3'
Y
and 9.x - 10>-= 14 •••(ii)
nd
Re
Comparing equation (i) with equation a^x + bxy = cl5 we have
Fi
3.5 _
= -, b. = -, c. = 7
2 1 3 1
Comparing equation (ii) with equation a2x + b^y = c2, we have
a2 = 9, /)2 = - 10, c2 = 14
1 h = 5
Now fL = ^_ = ^ 1
a2 2x9 6 b2 3(-l0) 6
£l = JL
C2 14 2
Here — ^-1, therefore, given pair of equations is consistent and has unique solution.
a2 b:
(ii) Given equations are 2.x - 3y = 8 ...(iii)
and 4.x - 6 v = 9 •••(iv)
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.18 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Here a, = 2, 6, = - 3, Cj = 8
a2 = 4, b2= - 6, c2 = 9
fL=2=J_AL = z3_J_cL_8
Now,
a2 4~ 2’ b2~ -6 ~ 2’c2 ~ 9
Clearly, ~z~ = T~ ^ ~r hence given system of equations is inconsistent i.e., it has no
£<2 ^2
solution.
4
(iii) Given equations are —x + 2y = 8
and 2.v + 3 v = 12 ...(vi)
4
w
Here a, = y, 6, = 2, c, = 8
a2 2, b2 - 3, c2 = 12 Flo
ee
Now, i=-i- = 2i=2>£L = A = I
a2 3x2 3 b2 3 c2 12 3 Fr
for
ur
Clearly, y^-yL=yL, therefore given pair of equations is consistent and has infinitely
ks
Yo
many solutions.
oo
B
Example 11. On comparing the ratios and find out whether the lines
re
a2 b2 c2 ’
ou
representing the following pairs of linear equations intersect at a point, are parallel or
ad
coincident.
Y
(i) 9x + 3y + 12 = 0 (ii) 5a- - 4y + 8 = 0 (iii) 6.v - 3v + 10 = 0
nd
Re
18x + 6y + 24 = 0 7a- + 6y-9 = 0 2.v - y + 9 = 0
Fi
Solution : (i) Given equations are 9.v + 3y = 12 -0)
and 1 8a + 6y = - 24 ...(ii)
Here a{ = 9, 6, = 3, c, = - 12
a2 = 18, Zb = 6, c2 = — 24
x, a\ 9 1 3 1 c. -12 1
a2 18 2 6 2 c, -24 2
Clearly, =£l
a2 b2 c2
Therefore, the lines representing the given pair of lines are coincident,
(ii) Given equations are 5a - 4y + 8 = 0 or 5a - 4y = - 8 ...(iii)
and 7a + 6y - 9 =0 or lx + 6y = 9 ...(iv)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.19
Here a, = 5, 6, = - 4, c, = - 8
a2 = 7, b2 = 6, c2 = 9
£l_5_ ^i___4 £l__8
Now,
a2 ~fb2~ 6’c2_ 9
Since — ^ —, therefore, the lines representing the given lines intersect.
a2 b2
(iii) Given equations are 6x - 2>y = - 10
and 2x - y = - 9
Here = 6, b{ = - 3, cq = - 10
a2 - 2, b2 ~ — \, c2 = - 9
a\ 6 -3 c, -10 _ 10
Now —L = — = 3, -^ = —- = 3, — =
-9 9
w
a2 3 £>2-1 C2
a2 ^ Cl
Flo
Since — =—, therefore, the lines representing the given equations are parallel.
ee
Example 12. Find the value of k so that the following system of equations has no
solution : 3x - y - 5 = 0 6x - 2y - k = 0 Fr
|CBSE 2008 D|
for
ur
Solution : Given system of equations is :
3x - y =5 -(i)
ks
Yo
and 6x - 2y = k .-(ii)
oo
Here a, = 3, 6| = - 1, C! = 5
eB
and ci-> = 6, b2 = — 2, c2 = k
r
ou
L A._zl = I
ad
Ol_ 3
Now,
Y
a2 6 2 ’ b2~ -2 ~ 2
nd
Re
and
^2 k
Fi
1 5
For no solution, -^- = —or =—*—
a2 b2 c2 2 2k
5
=> ~ k ^ 10
2 k
Hence for given system of equations to have no solution k * 10.
Example 13. For what values of a and b does the following pair of linear equations
have an infinite number of solutions ?
2x + 3 v = 7
a(x + y) - b (x - y) = 3a + b - 2 |NCERT ; CBSE 2008]
Solution : Given system of equations is :
2x + 3 y = 7 -(i)
and a(x + y) - b (x - y) = 3a + b - 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.20 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
or (a - b)x + (a + b)y = 3a + b - 2 ...(ii)
Here = 2, - 3, c, = 7
and a-, = a - b, b-, = a + b, c0 = 3a + b — 2
For given system of equations to have infinitely many solutions,
2 3 7
a-b a+b 3a+b-2
(i) (ii) (iii)
From (i) and (ii). 2a + 2b = 3a-3b => a-5b = 0 ...(iii)
From (ii) and (iii), 9a + 3b - 6 = la + lb => 2a - 4b = 6
=> a -2b = 3 -(iv)
Now, (iii) - (iv) => -3b = - 3 => b = \
Putting the value of b in (iii), we get o = 5
w
Thus, for infinitely many solutions a = 5, b = 1.
Example 14. For what values of k will the following pair of equations have unique
solution ? Flo
ree
lx - 5 y = 4 ; 4x + ay = 5
Solution : Given system of equations is : F
or
lx -5y =4
ur
sf
and 4.v + ay = 5 •••(ii)
k
Here r/, = 7, 6, = - 5, c, = 4
Yo
oo
a2 = 4, b2 = a, c2 = 5
B
For given system of equations to have unique solution
re
7 -5
ou
ad
=> —
a2 lx 4 a
Y
-20
nd
Re
=> la * -20 => a^
7
Fi
Hence for unique solution, a * —^
Example 15. Which of the following pairs of linear equations are consistent/inconsistent?
If consistent, obtain the solution graphically.
(i) .v + _y — 5 (ii) 2x + >> - 6 = 0 (iii) 2x -2y-2=Q (iv) x — y =8
2x + 2y = 10 4.v - 2y - 4= 0 4x - 4 v -5 = 0 3.v - 3y = 16
Solution : (i) Given equations are „y + y = 5 -(i)
and lx +2y = \0 ...(ii)
Here o, = 1, = 1, Cj = 5
a^ - 2, b-, = 2, c2 = 10
&!__J c,_5_l
Now,
a2 2’ b2 2’ c2 10 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.21
Since £l = A =
a2 C2
Therefore, the lines representing given equations are coincident and hence the given
system of equations is consistent and have infinitely many solutions.
Table for-v+j^ 5 Table for 2x + 2>' = 10
x 0 5 x 2
\0-2x
y = 5 -x 5 0 y= 4 3
2
(x,y) (0,5) (5,0) (x,y) (1,4) (2,3)
Let A = (5,0), B = (0, 5), 0(1,4), D = (2,3)
Ya
w
5 B (0, 5)
4-
3-
^(1.4)
Flo
D (2, 3)
ee
2 -
1 - Fr
for
A (5, 0)
ur
+• X
o 1 2 3 4 5
ks
Yo
oo
The lines representing equations (i) and (ii) are AB and CD which are coincident. Coordinates
B
of every point on the coincident line will be a solution.
re
(ii) Given equations are 2x+y =6 •••(iii)
ou
ad
...(iv)
Y
and 4x-2y =4
nd
Here =2,= l,c, = 6
Re
Fi
a 2 =4,b2 = -2,c2 = 4
2 __1_
Now,
~~
a2 4~ 2’ b2~ -2~ 2' c2 ~ 4~ 2
Since — ^ , therefore, given pair of linear equations is consistent and has unique solution.
a2 b2
Table for 2.y+^ = 6 Table for 4.y - 2.y = 4
A 1 3 A' 1 3
y = 6-2x 4 0 y = 2a - 2 0 4
(■*« t) 0,4) (3,0) (*,>’)
(1,0) (3.4)
Let A = (l, 4), B = (3, 0), C = (1,0), D = (3,4)
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.22 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Ya
A(1,4)
4- D(3, 4)
3-
2-
& AP(2'2)
1 "
O B(3, 0)
X'+ >x
o 1 2 3\ 4
/
Y'
Graphs representing equations (iii) and (iv) are lines AB and CD.
w
These lines meet at P(2,2)
Hence, solution of given pair of equations is given by : Flo
ee
x = 2,y=2
(iii) Given equations are: 2.v-2>’ = 2
Fr
for
ur
and 4.v - 4 v = 5 ...(vi)
ks
Yo
Here a, =2,6, =-2, c, =2
oo
B
a2 = 4,b2=-4, c2 = 5
re
3. = 1 = 1 1l = i1 = 1 5.-1
ou
ad
Now
a2 ~ 4 ~ 2’ b2 ~ -4 ~ 2’ c2 ~ 5
Y
nd
Re
Since £l = 1l*£l hence, given pair of equations is inconsistent i.e., it has no solution.
Fi
a2 b2 c2 ’
(iv) Given equations are : jc-y = 8 ...(vii)
and 3x - 3 v = 16 ...(viii)
Here a, = 1,6, =- 1, c, = 8
a2 = 3, 62 = -3, c-,= 16
NOW^ = i, A = zi = I,fL = A 1
a2 3 b2 -3 3 c, 16 2
Since — = , hence, given pair of equations is inconsistent i.e., it has no solution.
b2 C2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.23
Type V. Problems based on solution of word problems reducible to pair of linear
equations.
WORKING RULE:
1. Read the question carefully and decide what are the two variables involved.
2. Let these variables be .v and y.
3. From given conditions, form two linear equations in x and y.
4. Solve the pair of equations graphically.
Example 16. Half the perimeter of a rectangular garden, whose length is 4m more than
its width is 36m. Find the dimensions of the garden.
Solution : Let the width and length of the D C
rectangular garden be x metres and y metres r
w
respectively.
Half the perimeter of the garden = x + y x
According to question, x + _y= 36 Flo
ee
Also y=x + 4 ...(ii) A y B
Table forA-+>’ = 36 Fr
Table for j = .v + 4
for
12 16 x 0 4
ur
X
y = 36-x 24 20 y=x+4 4 8
ks
(0,4) (4,8)
Yo
(x,y) (12,24) (16,20) (x,y)
oo
Let A = (12, 24), B = (16,20), C = (0,4), D = (4, 8)
B
re
Y
ou
ad
A (12, 24)
Y
24 -
nd
B(16, 20)
Re
20 -
Fi
16 -
8- D (4, 8)
4 C (0, 4)
♦•X
X’* tS o 4 8 12 16 20 24
Y'
Lines AB and CD represent graphically equations (i) and (ii) respectively. These lines AB and
CD meet at (16,20).
Therefore, solution of pair of equations (i) and (ii) is given by :.v= 16 and>’ = 20.
Hence width of the garden = 16 m and length of the garden = 20 m.
Example 17. Given the linear equation 2x + 3y- 8 = 0. Write another linear equation in two
variables such that the geometrical representation of the pair so formed is :
(i) intersecting lines (ii) parallel lines (iii) coincident lines.
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.24 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Solution : Given linear equation is 2x + 3y- 8 = 0 or 2x + 3>- = 8
Here al=2,bl=3,cl = 8
Let the required line be a2x + b2y = c2 ...00
(i) Line (ii) will intersect line (i)
a, 6, . 2 3
<=> —i.e., — * —
a2 b2 a2 b2
Let us take a2 = 3 and b2 = 4, c2 = any number say 2
Then equation (ii) becomes
3x + 4v = 2 or 3.v + 4y - 2 = 0 ...(iu)
(ii) Line (ii) will be parallel to line (i)
^fL=*L5t£L
w
a2 b2 c2
o 2_ = A
Flo
ee
a2 ^ c2
Let us take a, = 4 and b1 = 6,c2=A Fr
for
ur
Now, equation (ii) becomes
4.r + 6y = 4 or 4x + 6y - 4 = 0 •••(iv)
ks
Yo
(iii) Line (ii) will be coincident with line (i)
oo
B
<=> iL = A = £l
re
a2 b2 c2
ou
ad
Let us take = 4 and />-, = 6, c2 = 16
Y
Then, equation (ii) becomes Ax + 6y = 16
nd
Re
Note:
Fi
• Here in each case, infinitely many equations are possible satisfying the given
conditions.
Example 18. Form the pair of linear equations in the following problem and find their solutions
graphically.
5 pencils and 7 pens together cost Rs. 50, whereas 7 pencils and 5 pens together cost Rs. 46.
Find the cost of one pencil and that of one pen. [NCERT|
Solution : Let the cost of one pencil be Rs. .v and that of one pen be Rs. y.
According to question,
5x+ly = 50
and lx + 5y = 46 ••■(ii)
50-5.r . r> /••\ 46 lx
From(i), y - -— and from (n), y =---- -—
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables
Table for 5.v + 7y = 50 Table for lx + 5y = 46
x 3 10 X 3 -2
50-5x 46-7x
y= 5 0 y= 5 12
7 5
(3,5) (10,0) (x,y) (3,5) (5,12)
Let As (3, 5), Bs(10,0), A = (3,5), Cs(-2,12)
Cost of one pencil = 3 rupees
and cost of one pen = 5 rupees.
w
Flo
ee
Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
B (10, 0)
ou
*X
ad
-2-1 o 1 234567891
Y
nd
Re
Fi
EXERCISE 3.1
Type I
1. Sudha went to market with her friends. They wanted to eat ‘gol-gappa’ as well as
‘dahi-bhalla’. The number of plates of gol-gappa taken by them is half that of dahi-
bhalla. The cost of one plate of gol-gappa was Rs. 10 and cost of one plate of
dahi-bhalla was Rs. 5. She spent Rs. 60. Represent the situation algebraically and
graphically.
2. Romila went to a stationary shop and purchased 2 pencils and 3 erasers for Rs. 9.
Her friend Sonali saw the new variety of pencils and erasers with Romila and she
also bought 4 pencils and 6 erasers of the same kind for Rs. 18. Represent this
situation algebraically and graphically.
3. Present age of father is 30 years more than twice that of his son. After 10 years,
the age of father will be thrice the age of his son. Represent this situation
algebraically and geometrically.
ReadYourFlow.COM
I J.26 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
* 4. The path of a wheel of train A is given by the equation .y + 2y - 4 = 0 and the path
of a wheel of another train B is given by the equation 2x + 4y - 12 = 0. Represent
this situation geometrically.
5. The path of highway number 1 and 2 are given by the equations x - y = 1 and
2jc + 3_v = 12 respectively. Represent these equations geometrically.
6. Person A walks along the path joining points (0, 3) and (1,3) and person B walks
along the path joining points (0. 4) and (1, 5). Represent this situation geometrically.
Type II
7. Examine which of the following pair of values of .r and y is a solution of equation
4x - 3^ + 24 = 0.
(i) .V = 0, y = 8 (ii) .y = - 6, y = 0 (iii) x = 1, y = — 2 (iv) x = - 3, y = 4
(v) v = 1, y = - 2 (vi) .Y = - 4, y = 2
8. Examine which of the following points lie on the graph of the linear equation
w
5.y - 3y + 30 = 0.
(0 A (- 6, 0) (ii) B (0, 10) (iii) C (3, - 5) (iv) D (4, 2)
(v) E (- 9, 5) (vi) F (- 3. 5)
Flo(vii) G (- 9, - 5)
ee
Type III
Fr
9. Solve graphically the following system of linear equations if it has unique solution:
for
ur
(i) 3.y + y = 2 (ii) 2y - 3y + 13 = 0 (iii) 3x + 2y = 14
ks
6.y + 2y = 1 3.y - 2y +12 = 0 (CBSE 2005| x - 4y = - 14
Yo
oo
(iv) 2.Y - 3y = 1 (v) 2y - y = 9 (vi) 3y = 5 - .y
B
3.y - 4y = 1 5x + 2y = 27 2y = y + 3
re
(vii) 3.y - 5y = -1 (viii) 2y - 6y + 10 = 0 (ix) 3.y + y - 11 = 0
ou
ad
2y — y = -3 3.y - 9y + 15 = 0 .Y -y -1=0
Y
(CBSE 2002|
nd
Re
\ lO.^Solve the following system of linear equations graphically :
Fi
3.y - 5y = 19, 3y - lx + 1 =0
Does the point (4, 9) lie on any of the lines ? Write its equation. (CBSE 2003)
11. Solve the following system of linear equations graphically :
2x - 3y = 1, 3.y - 4y = 1
Does the point (3, 2) lie on any of the lines ? Write its equation. (CBSE 2003|
12. Solve the following system of equations graphically. Also find the points where
the lines intersect .Y-axis.
(i) x - 2y = - 3 (ii) 2x + 3y = 8
2x + y = 4 (CBSE 2005| x - 2y = - 3 (CBSE 2005(
(iii) x + 2y = 5 (iv) x - y + 1 = 0
2x - 3y = - 4 (CBSE 2005| 4x + 3y = 24 (CBSE 2002]
(v) x + 2y = 1 (vi) x + 2y = 1
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.27
x-2y = 7 x — 2y — -7
13. Solve the following system of equations graphically. Also find the points where
the lines meet the y-axis.
(i) 2x - y = A (ii) 2a: + 3y - 12 = 0
3y - a: = 3 ]CBSE 2005] 2* - y — 4 = 0 [CBSE 2000|
(hi) 2x — y — 5 = 0 (iv) 2.v - y - 4 = 0
x-y-3 = 0 |CBSE 2002] x +y + 1 = 0
(v) 3* + .y - 5 = 0
2a‘ - y - 5 = 0 |CBSE 2002]
14. Solve the following system of linear equations graphically.
(i) 3x + 2y - 4 = 0 (ii) 3x - 2y - 1 = 0
2a- - 3y - 7 = 0 ]CBSE 2006| 2x - 3y + 6 - 0 |CBSE 2006|
Shade the region bounded by the lines and the x-axis.
low
15. (a) Solve the following pair of linear equations graphically and shade the region
bounded by these lines and x-axis ; also find the area of the shaded region.
(i) 2x + y = 6 (ii) 2x + 3y = -5
ee
rF
y= 0 [CBSE 2002J 3x - 2y = 12 |CBSE 2001|
3y + 4 = 0 (iv)
Fr
2x + y = 6
for
4x + 3y - 20 = 0 [CBSE 2002] 2x - y + 2 = 0 [CBSE 2002]
u
(b) Solve the following pair of linear equations graphically and shade the region
ks
Yo
bounded by these lines and y-axis. Also find the area of the shaded region.
oo
(i) x — y = 1 (ii) 3x + y - 11 = 0
B
(CBSE 2000]
re
2x + y = 8 [CBSE 2001] x-y- 1 = 0
(\iij)^'+ 2y - 7 = 0
ou
ad
2x — y — 4 = 0 (CBSE 2000]
Y
16. Solve the following system of linear equations graphically. Also shade the region
d
Re
bounded by the lines and y-axis. |CBSE 2006]
n
Fi
(i) 4x - y = 4 (ii) x - y = 1
3x + 2y = 14 2x + y = 8 |CBSE 2001]
17. Solve the following system of linear equations graphically :
5x - 6y + 30 = 0 ; 5x + 4y - 20 = 0
Also find the vertices of the triangle formed by the two lines and x-axis.
]CBSE 2004]
18. Draw the graphs of the equations 3x - y + 9 = 0 and 3x + 4y - 6 - 0.
Also determine the vertices of the triangle formed by the lines and the x-axis.
[CBSE 2006]
19. Draw the graphs of the following equations 3x - 4y + 6 = 0 ; 3x + y - 9 = 0.
Also determine the coordinates of the vertices of the triangle formed by these lines
and the x-axis. ]CBSE 2006]
20. Use a single graph paper and draw the graph of the following equations. Obtain
the vertices of the triangle so formed :
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.28 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
(i) 2 v - .y = 8 (iii) ^ = x
5y - x = 14 3y = x
v 2x = 1 (CBSE 2006| x+y=8 (CBSE 2000]
Typ^IV
Al. Find the values of a and b for which the following system of linear equations has
infinitely many solutions :
(i) 2x + 3y = 7, (a + b) x + (2a - b) y = 3(a +6+1) (CBSE 2002(
1) -v - 3y = 5, 3.v + (6 - 2) y = 3 (CBSE 2002|
(iii) kx + 3y - (k - 3) = 0, \2x + ky - k = 0
(iv>3iC+ Ay = \2, (a + b) x + 2 (a - b) y = 5a - \ [CBSE 2002]
(v) (a - 1) .v + 3y = 2, 6.v + (1 - 2b) y = 6 (CBSE 2002)
(viV^x -+ 3y = 7, (a + b + \) x + (a + 2b + 2) y = 4 (a + b) + \(CBSE 2003]
low
22. For what value of a, the following system of linear equations has no solutions :
(i) ax + 3y = a - 2, 12x + ay = a [CBSE 2003]
(ii) x + 2y = 5, 3x + ay + 15 = 0
ee
(CBSE 2001(
rF
(iii) 3x + y = 1, (2a - 1) x + (a - 1) v = 2a + 1
Fr
(iv) (3a + 1) x + 3y - 2 = 0, (a2 + 1) x + (a - 2) y - 5 = 0 [CBSE 2000|
for
23. For what value of c, the following system of linear equations have infinite number
u
V, of solutions :
ks
Yo
(i) cx + 3y - (c - 3) = 0, 12x + cy - c = 0
oo
(CBSE 2003|
eB
(ii) 2x + 3y = 2, (c + 2) x + (2c + 1) y = 2 (c - 1) (CBSE 2005)
(iii) x + (c + 1) y = 5, (c + 1) x + 9y = 8c - 1 (CBSE 2003]
r
ou
ad
(iv) (c - 1) x - y = 5, (c + 1) x + (1 - c) y = 3c + 1 (CBSE 2005(
Y
24. Solve the following system of equations graphically. Also determine the vertices of
the triangle formed by the lines and y-axis.
nd
Re
4x - 5y - 20 = 0, 3x + 5y - 15 = 0 [CBSE 2004|
Fi
25. Find the value of a for which the following system of equations has unique solution:
(i) ax + 2y = 5, 3x + y = 1 (ii) 9x + py -1=0, 3x + 4y - 2 = 0
(iii) 3x + 2y = 4, ax - y = 3 (iv) 4x + py + 8 = 0, 2x + 2y + 2 = 0
Type V
26. 10 students of class X took part in mathematics quiz. If the number of girls is 4
more than the number of boys, find the number of boys and girls who took part in
the quiz.
27. Form the pair of linear equations in the following problems and find their solutions
graphically.
Two years ago, a father was five times as old as his son. Two years later, his age
will be 8 more than three times the age of the son.
28. Champa went to a ‘sale’ to purchase some pants and skirts. When her friends asked
her how many of each she had bought, she answered, “The number of skirts is
two less than twice the number of pants purchased. Also the number of skirts is
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.29
four less than four times the number of pants purchased”. Find how many pants
and skirts Champa bought ?
29. Priyanka purchased 2 pencils and 3 erasers for Rs. 9. Sayeeda purchased 1 pencil
and two erasers for Rs. 5. Find the cost of one pencil and one eraser.
ANSWERS
1. Algebraic representation :
x= ^ and 1 Ox + 5y = 60
6- P(3, 6)
5-
where x and y are the number of plates of 4_
gol-gappa and dahi-bhalla respectively.
w
3-
C (5, 2)
2- A (1,2)
Flo 1-
ee
B (6, 0
O 1 2 Fr 3 4 5 6\
or
ur
1
sf
2. Algebraic representation
k
Yo
oo
2x + 3v = 9, 4x + 6y = 18,
eB
where rupees x and y are the cost of one pencil and one eraser respectively.
Graphical representation :
r
ou
ad
Given situation is represented by lines AB and CD
Y
Ya
nd
Re
Fi
5-
4-
% A (0, 3)
D (1.5, 2)
2-
1- B(3.1)
C (4.5, 0)
*X
O 12 3 4
3. The given situation can be represented algebraically by the following pair of linear
equations :
ReadYourFlow.COM
r
3.30 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
w
Flo
F ree
or
ur
ksf
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.31
6. A - 4 Y.
5- D (1. 5)
4 (0,4)
,(0. 3^ y= 3
>
A B(1,3)
2-
1-
0
X'-+ *X
-1 O 1 2 3
w
7. (i), (ii), (iv) 8. (i), (ii), (vi), (vii)
(ii) x = -2,y = 3 (iii) x = 2, y = 4 (iv) x = -l,y = - 1
9. (i) no solution
(v) x = 5,y = I (vi) x = 2, y = 1
Flo
(vii) x = - 2, y = 1
ee
(ix) x = 3,y = 2
Fr
(viii) infinitely many solutions
x=3y-5
for
ur
10. x = - 2,;' = - 5
Point (4, 9) lies on line 3y - lx + 1 = 0
ks
Yo
11. x = - \,y = 1
oo
B
Point (3. 2) lies on line 3x - 4v = 1
re
12. (i) x=\,y = 2 ; B (- 3, 0), C (2, 0) (ii) x= l,.y = 2 ; C (4, 0), B (-3, 0)
ou
(iu) x = 1,^ = 2 ; B (5, 0), C (- 2, 0) (iv) x = 3, y 4 ; B (- 1. 0), C (6, 0)
ad
Y
(v) x = 4,v = --7 ; B (1,0),C(7,0) (N1) -V = 3, y = 2 ; B (1, 0), C (- 7, 0)
2 ’
nd
Re
13. (i) x = 3, v = 2 ; B (0, - 4), C (0, I) (ii) x = 3, y = 2 ; B (0, 4), C (0, - 4)
Fi
(iii) x = 2,y = 1 ; B (0, - 5), C (0, - 3)
(iv) x — 1, y = 2 ; B (0,-4), C (0,- 1)
(v) x = 2, v = - 1 ; B (0, 5), C (0, - 5)
14. (i) x = 2, v = - 1 (ii) x = 3, y = 4
39
15. (a) (i) x = ^,y = 3 ; 4.5 sq. units (ii)x = 2,y = 3 ; — sq. units
(iii) x = 2, y = 4 ; 12 sq. units (iv) x = 1, jy = 4 ; 8 sq. units
(b) (i) x = 3vy = 2;-y-sq. units (ii) x = 3, ^ = 2 ; 18 sq. units
(iii) x = Xy = 2;^ sq. units
4
16. (i) x = 2,^ = 4 (ii) x = 3, _y = 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.32 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
17. (i) x = 0,y = 5 ; A (- 6, 0), B (0, 5), C (4, 0)
18. x = — 2, y = 3 ; A (- 3, 0), B (- 2, 3), C (2, 0)
19. x = 2, >> = 3 ; A (- 2, 0), B (2, 3), C (3, 0)
20. (i) (-4, 2), (1,3), (2,5) (ii) (0, 0), (3, 3), (2, 4) (iii) (0, 0), (4, 4), (6, 2)
i
21. (i) a = 5,b=\ (ii) a = 2>,b = — (iii) A' = 0 or A- = 6
(iv) a - 5, b = 1 (v) a = 3, b = - 4 (vi) a = 3. b = 2
22. (i) a = 6 (ii) a = 6 (iii) a = 2 (iv) a = - 1
23. (i) c = 6 (ii) c = 4 (iii) c = 2 (iv) c = 3
24. (i) t = 5, _y = 0 ; (0, 3), (5, 0), (0, - 4)
3
25. (i) a * 6 (ii) a ^ 12 (iii) **"- (iv) p * 4
w
26. No. of boys = 3, No. of girls = 7
27. Age of father = 42 years. Age of son = 10 years
28. No. of pant = 1, No. of skirt = 0 Flo
ee
29. Cost of one pencil = Rs. 3 ; Cost of one eraser = Re. 1
Fr
for
ur
ALGEBRAIC METHOD OF SOLVING
A PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS
ks
Yo
oo
(3.12.1 INTRODUCTION
B
re
Uptil now, we have learnt about the graphical method of solving a pair of linear equations
in two variables. But this method is not suitable in case the solution is non-integral. In
ou
ad
such cases, we cannot find the accurate solution. Now', we shall discuss the algebraic
Y
methods of solving a system of linear equations in two variables. These methods are
suitable for solving system of linear equations even if the solutions are non-integral.
nd
Re
Following are the important algebraic methods of solving a system of linear equations.
Fi
(1) Substitution method
(2) Elimination method
(3) Cross multiplication method
Now', we shall discuss these methods one by one.
(3.12.2. SUBSTITUTION METHOD
In this method, the value of one unknown quantity, say u is expressed in terms of other,
say a', from any one of the given equations and then it is put in the other equation.
Thus, we get a linear equation in one variable a, which can be solved easily. Knowing
the value of this variable a, we can find the value of other variable y from the expression
of v obtained in terms of a.
Let the pair of linear equations be
a]x + b{y + c, =0
a2x + b2y + c2 = 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.33
a[x + cl
From (i), b{y = - (a^x + c,) v=-
b\
(1) From any one equation, say equation (i), find the value of any one variable say y,
in terms of other variable, say .v.
(2) Pul this value of y in terms of .v in equation (ii). This will give a linear equation in
x.
(3) Solve this linear equation in x to find the value of ,v.
(4) Substitute this value of .x in the value of y in terms of x as obtained in working
rule 1. This will give the value of.y.
(5) Verify that the values of .v and y thus obtained satisfy the given equations.
WORKED Oi l EXAMPLES
w
Type I. Problems based on solution of pair of linear equations by substitution method.
WORKING RULE :
Flo
ee
1. Express y in terms of x from one of the given equations.
Fr
2. Put this value of y in terms of x in the other given equation. Thus a linear
for
ur
equation in x will be obtained. Solve this equation in ,v to find the value of a:.
3. Put this value of.v in the expression for y obtained in terms of.v to get the value
ks
of y.
Yo
oo
4. Verify that the obtained values of.v and y satisfy the given equations.
B
re
5. The pair of equations may also be solved by expressing x in terms of y.
ou
ad
Example 1. Solve the following pair of linear equations of substitution method.
Y
lx - 2y = 1, 3.v + 4y = 15
nd
Re
Solution : Given equations are lx - 2y = 1
Fi
and 3.v + 4v = 15 ...(ii)
From equation (i), 2y = lx - 1
T.v-l
...(iii)
y 2
Putting this value of y in equation (ii), we get
, . 7.v-l
3.v + 4 ------- = 15
2
=> 3.v + 2(7.v - 1) = 15
3a- + I4.V-2 = 15
17.v = 17
=> .v = 1
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.34 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
7x1-1
From (iii). )’ =
2
x=l,y = 3
Example 2. Solve the following pair of linear equations by substitution method.
0.2x + 0.3y = 1.3 ; 0.4.y + 0.5y = 2.3
Solution : Given equations are : 0.2.v + 0.3v = 1.3 -(i)
and 0.4.v + 0.5>- = 2.3 ...(ii)
Multiplying both sides of equation (i) and (ii) by 10, we get
2x + 3y = 13 ...(iii)
and 4x + 5y = 23 ...(iv)
From equation (iii), 3y = 13 - 2x
w
13-2a-
y= ...(v)
3
Putting the value ofy from (v) in (iv), we get Flo
ree
13-2.V
4.V + 5 = 23
3
F
or
ur
=> 12a + 65 - 10a- = 69 [Multiplying both sides by 3]
sf
=> 2a- =4
k
Yo
=> x =2
oo
B
13-2x2 .
From (v). ------------ = 3
re
3
ou
ad
x=2,y = 3
Y
Example 3. Solve 2.v + 3y = 1 1 and 2.v - 4y = 24 and hence find the value of‘w’ for
which y = mx + 3. INCERT]
nd
Re
Solution : Given equation are 2.y + 3v = 11 ...(i)
Fi
and 2.y - 4y = - 24 -(ii)
From equation (i), 3y = 11- 2x
11-2a
=> y= ...(iii)
3
Putting the value of y in equation (ii), we get
11-2a
2a-4 = -24
3
=> 6a - 44 + 8.y = - 72 [Multiplying both sides by 3]
=> 14a = - 28
=> a— -2
11 -2(-2) 5
From (iii), y=
3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.35
x =-2,.y = 5
Second part :
y = )nx + 3
nix = y - 3
y-3 5-3
m = ------ = = -l
x -2
Hence m = - 1.
Example 4. Solve the following pair of linear equations by substitution method.
Vlx + VJy = 0, s[3x-yfSy = 0 [NCERT1
Solution : Given equations are -Jlx + V3y = 0
and V3x-V8y = 0 ...(ii)
low
From equation (i), -J3y = -yflx
y= ...(iii)
1TX
ee
rF
Putting the value ofy from equation (iii) in equation (ii), we get
Fr
Vsx—Vs -V2
or
=0
f
u
ks
\j3x + ^p-x = 0
Yo
=>
oo
V3
B
re
3x + 4x = 0 [Multiplying both sides by ^3 ]
ou
ad
=> 7x = 0
Y
=> x= 0
nd
Re
From (iii), y= •0 = 0
Fi
3
Hence x =0,y = 0
Example 5. Solve the following system of linear equations by substitution method.
3x_5j £ + Z-!3
2 3 3 2 6
Solution : Given equations are = -2 ...(i)
and £ + Z = 11 -(ii)
3 2 6
From equation (i), we have
9x -1 Oy
= -2
6
or 9x - 1 O y = — 12 ...(iii)
L
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.36 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
From equation (ii), we have
2,v + 3 y _ 13
6 6
or 2v + 3 v = 13 ...(iv)
From (iv), 3v =13- 2x
13 - 2.v
v=
3
Putting the value of_y in (iii), we get
13-2.V
9x -10 = -12 -(v)
3
=>
w
21x- 130 + 20.v= - 36 [Multiplying both sides by 3]
=> 47* = 130- 36
=> 47* = 94 Flo
ee
=> *=2
From (v), V=
13-2x2 3 Fr
for
ur
3
* = 2, v = 3
ks
Yo
oo
EXERCISE 3.2
B
re
' Solve the following pair of linear equations by substitution method :
ou
ad
(i) 7* - 15v = 2 (ii) x+y = 14 (iii) 3* - y = 3
Y
* + 2y = 3 * -y = 4 9* - 3 y = 9
nd
Re
iivf"0.5* + 0.8)> = 3.4
Fi
0.6* - 0.3v = 0.3
Solve the following pair of linear equations by substitution method :
(i) * + y= a - b (ii) * + y = 2m
ax - by = a2 + b2 mx - ny = nr + n2 |CBSE 2006|
3. Solve the following system of equations by substitution method :
(i) f+^ = 0.8 (ii) s - t = 3 mJs+- = 2,a*0,b*0
a b
.v / .
* + 1 = 2- -+- = 6 ax - by = a2 - b2 |CBSE 20051
2 10 3 2
bx , ay ,
(lyF — + -^- = a- +b-
V” a b
x + y - 2ab |CBSE 2004|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.37
ANSWERS
49 19
1. (i) x = —,y = — (ii) x = 9,y=5
29 ' 29
(iii) Given system of equations has infinitely many solutions given by y = 3.v - 3.
Putting the values of x, we can get values of y.
(iv) x = 2,y=3 2. (i) a = ci, y——b (ii) x = m + n,y= m-n
3. (i) a-= 0.4,^ = 0.6 (ii) 5 = 9, f = 6 (iii) x = a,y = b
(iv) a = ab, y = ab
[3.13. ELIMINATION METHOD
In this method, one of the variables a and;' is eliminated from the two given equations. The
low
equation thus obtained is solved to get the value of one variable. Now, putting this value of
the variable in any of the given equations, we get the value of other variable.
Let the given pair of linear equations be
ee
AjAT 6]_y + c, =0 ...(i)
rF
and a2x + b^y + c-, = 0 Fr •••(ii)
for
(1) Eliminate any one of the variables a and y.
u
For this, ify is to be eliminated, make the coefficient ofv in the two equations equal by
ks
multiply equation (i) by b2 and equation (ii) by /q and subtract
Yo
oo
This will give the value ofv.
eB
(2) Now, put this value ofa in equation (i) or (ii) to get the value of y.
(3) Verily that the values of a and y thus obtained satisfy the given equations.
r
ou
ad
Y
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
nd
Re
Fi
Type I. Problems based on directly eliminating one variable
WORKING RULE:
1. Eliminate one of the variables. If y is to be eliminated, make the coefficients of y
in the two equations equal and then subtract.
2. Thus a linear equation in a will be obtained. From this, find the value of a.
3. Put the value of a in any one of the given equations to get the value of y.
4. Equations can also be solved by first eliminating a.
Example 1. Solve the following pair of linear equations :
1 1a + 15y + 23 = 0 ; lx - 2y - 20 = 0
Solution : The given pair of linear equations is
1 1a + 15y + 23 = 0
7a - 2y - 20 = 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.38 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Multiplying (i) by 2 and (ii) by 15 and adding, we get
2(1 lx + \5y + 23) + 15 (7x - 2y - 20)= 0
=> 22x + 30y + 46 + 105x - 30y - 300 = 0
=> 127x-254 = 0
127x= 254
x= 2
Putting x = 2 in (i), we get
11 x 2 + 15y + 23 = 0
=> 22 + 15y + 23 = 0
=> 15y+ 45 = 0
=> 15y = - 45
=> v= - 3
low
Hence, the required solution is x = 2, y = - 3
Example 2. Solve the pair of equations :
x + y = a - b, ax - by = a2 + b2 [CBSE 2004, 05)
ee
Solution : The given equations are
rF
x + y = a -b
ax - by = a2 + b2
Fr -(i)
...(ii)
for
Multiplying (i) by b, we get
u
ks
bx + by = ab - b2 ...(iii)
Yo
oo
Adding (ii) and (iii), we get
B
(ax - by) + (bx + by) =a2 + b2 + ab-b2
re
=> (a + b) x = a (a + b)
ou
ad
=> a(a + b) a
Y
x = —------=
(a + b)
nd
Re
Putting x = a in (i), we get
Fi
a + y= a - b
=> y=a-b-a=-b
Hence required solution is x = a, y = - b
Example 3. Solve the following system of linear equations : [CBSE 2004[
2(ax - by) + (a + Ab) = 0, 2(bx + ay) + (b - Aa) = Q
Solution : 2ax - 2 by + a + Ab = 0
2bx + 2ay + b - Aa = 0 ...(ii)
Multiplying (i) by b and (ii) by a and subtracting, we get
2(b2 + a2) y = A (a2 + b2)
y=2
Multiplying (i) by a and (ii) by b and adding, we get
2(a2 + b2) x + a2 + b2 = 0
=> 2(a2 + b2) x = - (a2 + b2)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.39
1
x=-
2
1
Hence required solution is x ~~~ anc^ >’ = “
Example 4. Solve for x and y :
ax by
— - a + b, ax - by = lab ICBSE 2004, 05, 06]
b a
Solution : The given system of equations is
ax by .
-------+- = a + b
b a
ax - by = lab ...(ii)
Dividing (ii) by a, we get
low
x-fV = lb ...(iii)
a
On subtracting (iii) from (i), we get
ee
rF
ax
b
-x = a-b
Fr
for
u
= a-b
ks
b
Yo
oo
a-b
B
=> x = a-b
b
re
ou
ad
=>
a-b
Y
On substituting the value of x in (iii), we get
nd
Re
b-^- = ab
Fi
=> 1-—= 2
a
=> — = 1-2
a
y=-\
a
y=-a
Hence, the required solution of the given system of equations is x = b, y----a.
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.40 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Example 5. Solve the following system of linear equations :
(a - b) x + {a + b) y= a2 - lab - b2, (a + b)(x + y) = a2 + b2
[NCERT ; CBSE 2004, 08|
Solution : The given equations can be written as :
{a - b) x + (a + b) y= a2 - lab - b2 •••(0
{a + b) x + (a + b) y = a2 + b2 .-(ii)
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get
[(a + b) - (a - 6)] x = lab + lb2
=> Ibx = lb (a + b)
^ _ lb{a + b)
lb
=>
low
x = (a + b)
Putting x = (a + b) in (ii), we get
{a + b)2 + (a + b) y = a2 + b2
ee
=> {a + b) y = {a2 + b2) - {a + b)2
rF
=>
=>
(a + b) y = (a2 + b2) - (a2 + + lab)
{a + b) y = -lab
Fr
for
-lab
u
=> y=
ks
(a + b)
Yo
oo
-lab
Hence the required solution is .v = (a + b) and y =
B
(a + b)
re
Type II. When coefficients of .v and j’ are interchanged in the two equations.
ou
ad
Y
WORKING RULE :
nd
Re
1. Add and subtract the two given equations.
Fi
2. Two linear equations of the form x + y = k and x - y = k will be obtained.
3. Now, solve these two equations to get x and y. For this add and subtract.
Example 6. Solve for x and y :
47x + 3\y = 63. 31x + 47y= 15 ICBSE 2006]
Solution : Given equations are
47x + 31 v = 63 -(i)
3 lx + 47y = 15 •••(ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), we get
78x + 78y = 78
78 (x + y) = 78
=> x+y = \ ...(hi)
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get
16x - \6y = 48
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.41
=> 16 (x-y) =48
=> x - y =3 ...(iv)
Adding (iii) and (iv), we get 2t = 4
=> x=2
Putting x = 2 in (iii), we get 2 + >■ = 1
=> >’ = 1
Hence required solution is x = 2 and y = - \
Example 7. Solve the following system of equations :
ax + by = c, bx + ay = \ + c
Solution : Given equations are
ax + by - c
bx + ay = 1 + c -(ii)
w
(0 + (ii)
{a + b) x + {b + a) y= 1 + 2c
{a + 6) (x + y) = 1 + 2c Flo
ee
1 +2c
x+y = ...(iii)
(i)-(ii)
a+b
Fr
for
ur
=> (a - b) x + {b - a) y = - 1
=> (a - b) (x ->') = - 1
ks
Yo
1
=>
oo
x-y = - ...(iv)
a-b
eB
1 2c 1
(iii) + (iv) 2x =
r
a+b a+b a-b
ou
ad
1 1 2c
Y
a+b a-b a+b
nd
Re
a-b-a-b 2c
Fi
(a + b){a -b) a+b
-2b 2c
a1 -b2 a+b
c b
X —----------------------------
a+b a2 -b2
1 + 2c 1
(iii) - (iv) => 2y =
a+b a-b
1 2c 1
a+b a+b a-b
1 1 2c
a+b a-b a+b
a-b + a + b 2c
{a + b){a-b) a+b
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.42 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
2a 2c
a2 -b1 a+b
a c
=> y=
a2 -b2 a+b
b , c a
Thus, -v = — and v -------- + —----- -
a+b a2 -b2 a + b a2 -b2
Example 8. Solve the pair of equations
(a + b)2
ax + by = 1, bx + ay = 1
a2 + b2
Solution : Given equations are
ax + by = \ ...(i)
(a + b)2
bx + ay = -1 ...(ii)
low
a2 +b2
Adding (i) and (ii), we get
(a + b)2
(a + b)x + (a + b)y = 1 + -I
ee
a2 + b2
rF
=> (a + b)(x+y) =
(a + b)2 Fr
for
a2 +b2
u
(a + b)2 a+b
ks
x +y = •••(iii)
Yo
(a2 + b2)(a + b) a2+b2
oo
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get
B
re
(a + b)2
(a - b)x + (b- a)y = 1 +1
a2 +b2
ou
ad
a2 +b2 + 2ab
Y
=> (a - b)x -(a- b)y = 2-
a2 +b2
nd
Re
2a2 +2b2 - a2 —b2 -2ab
Fi
=> (a - b)(x - y) =
a2 +b2
_ a2 + b2 - 2ab _ (a - b)2
a2 +b2 a2 + b2
=> (a-b)2 a-b
x-y = -(iv)
(a2 + b2)(a-b) a2+b2
Adding (iii) and (iv), we get
a+b a-b _ a + b + a-b _ 2a
2x =
a2 +b2 a2 + b2 a2 +b2 a2 + b2
a
x=
a2 + b2
Subtracting (iv) from (iii), we get
a+b a-b
2y =
a2 +b2 a2 + b2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.43
a + b-a + b 2b
a2 + b2 a2 +b2
b
y=
a2+b2
b
Hence, the required solution is x = 7 a ^ -,y =
a2 +b2
Type HI. Problems based on solution of equations when reciprocal of one variable or
both variables occur in the equation.
WORKING RULE:
1
1. If variable t is in denominator, let u = —and if variable^ is in the denominator,
w
let v = —
.V
2. Thus, two linear equations in u and v will be obtained.
3. Solve the two linear equations in u and v.
Flo
ee
1 1
4. Finally put, u=— and v = —.
x y
Fr
for
ur
Example 9. Solve for .v and y :
ks
Yo
2>a 2b r n a 7>b ~ n n
oo
----------+ 5 = 0,- +------ 2 = 0(x*0,y*0) |CBSE 2005C1
x y x y
B
re
1
Solution : Let it = — and v = —
x y
ou
ad
Y
Now, the given equations become
3au 2bv = - 5
nd
Re
...(h)
Fi
au + 7>bv = 2
Multiplying equation (i) by 3 and (ii) by 2, we get
9aa - bbv - -15 ...(iii)
2au + 66v = 4 ...(iv)
Adding (iii) and (iv), we get
-1
11 = - 1 1 => u -----
a
-1
Putting u = — in (ii), we get
a
ax \ — l + Tibv = 2
a
=> -1 + 3bv = 2
2>bv = 3
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.44 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
3 1
=>
3b b
-1 1
Now; u=— =>
a x a
-x =a => x =- a
and => 1 =-
1 ^y=b
b y
Hence, the required solution is x = - a, y - b.
Example 10. Solve for x and y :
— + 3^ = 14, — - 4v = 23 , where x * 0 [NCERT ; CBSE 2004 C]
x x
1
Solution : Let — = it, then the given equations become
low
Au + 3>’ = 14
3u - Ay = 23 -(ii)
Multiplying (i) by 4 and (ii) by 3, we get
ee
16?/+ 12y=56 ...(hi)
rF
Adding (iii) and (iv), we get
9u - \2y= 69
Fr ...(iv)
for
25// = 125
u
ks
=> m =5
Yo
oo
Putting // = 5 in (i), we get
B
(4 x 5) + 3>> = 14
re
20 + 3y = 14
ou
ad
=> 3v = (14 - 20)
Y
=> 3y = - 6
nd
=>
Re
J =-2
Fi
1 1
Now, // = 5 => — = 5 =>5x=l=>x = -
x 5
1
Hence, required solution is x = — and y = - 2.
Example 11. Solve the pair of equations
2 ?==\,x*0, y*0
—j= +L —j=
3 = 2o and^ -7=
4 [NCERT]
Vx ^Jy Vx ^
1
Solution : Let —=■ = it and -7= = v
yjy
Now, equations (i) and (ii) become
2u + 3v= 2 -0)
and Au - 9v = 1 -(ii)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.45
Multiplying equation (i) by 3, we get
(ni + 9v = 6 •••(iii)
Adding (ii) and (iii). we get
7
\0u =1 it = —
10
7
From (ii). 2x — + 3v = 2
10
7 3 1
=> 3v = 2
5 5 5
7 7
Now, u =— =>
10 sfc 10
100
w
=> .v =
7 49
1 1 1
Again, v -—
5
—7= = —
Jy 5
Flo
ee
=> 4y = 5 =>
100
y = 25
Fr
for
ur
Hence the required solution is .v = and v = 25.
49
ks
a b n ab2 a2b in A
Yo
Example 12. Solve the pair of equations --- = 0, —— + —— = a+b‘-,x,y*0
oo
B
Solution : The given equations are
re
“-*=0 •••(i)
ou
ad
x y
Y
ab2 a2b
and -----+----- = a2 +b- -(ii)
nd
Re
x y
Fi
1
Let — = u and — = v
x y
Now, equations (i) and (ii) become
au - bv = 0 ...(iii)
and ab2u + a2bv = a2 + b2 •••(iv)
Multiplying (iii) by a2, we get
cPu - a2 bv = 0 ...(v)
Adding (iv) and (v), we get
(ab2 + a3) u = cr + b2
=> a(a2 + b2) u = a2 + b2
_ a2 + 62 1
=> -(vi)
a(a2+b2) a
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.46 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
1
Substituting z/ = — in (iii), we get
a
I
ax----bv = 0
a
=> bv = 1
I
-b b
1 1 1
Now, ii = — => => x = a
a x a
1 1 1
and v = - => - =>^ = A
b y
Hence, the required solution is x = a, y = b.
w
Type IV. Problems based on solution of equations after transforming them into linear
equations.
Flo
ee
WORKING RULE :
Fr
1. From given equations, form two linear equations in two variables.
for
ur
2. Solve these equations.
Example 13. Solve for x and y :
ks
Yo
57 6__ 5 38 , 21
oo
=9 |CBSE 2002 C|
x+y x-y 'x+y x-y
B
re
Solution : Here, x + y ^ 0 and x - y * 0
ou
1 1
ad
Let = u and =v
x-y
Y
x+y
nd
Now, the given equations become
Re
51u + 6v =5
Fi
-0)
and 38z/ + 21 v =9 ...(ii)
Multiplying equation (i) by 2 and (ii) by 3, we get
114w + 12v = 10 ...(iii)
114// + 63 v =27 -(iv)
Subtracting (iii) from (iv), we get
51v = 17
17
v=—
51 3
1
Putting v-~ in (ii'X we get
1 14h + | 12x—I = 10
3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.47
114// =(10-4) = 6
6 _ 1
=> u=
114 _ 19
1 1 1
Now, u = — => = — => x + v = 19 -(v)
19 x + v 19
1
and v=— => => x - y = 3 „.(vi)
3 X —y 3
Adding (v) and (vi), we get
2x = 22 => x = 11
Putting x = 11 in (v), we get
11 + ;,= 19 =>>> = 8
Hence the require^ solution is x = 11 and y = 8.
w
Example 14. Solve the pair of equations
1 1 =3
3x+j> Zx-y 4 Flo
ee
1 1
2(3x + _y) 2(3x-_v)
g ’ 3x + ^ ^ 0, 3x - ^ ^ 0 Fr INCERT]
for
ur
Solution : Let =u
ks
3x + y 1 1
Yo
oo
x v
1
and =v
B
Zx-y
re
Now, given equations become
ou
ad
3
u+ v = — -0)
Y
4
nd
1
Re
u- v — -(ii)
4
Fi
Adding (i) and (ii), we get
2u =- 3-1=1=1
4 4 4 2
1
u =—
4
1
Putting u = — in (i), we get
4
1 3
- + V =
4 4
v = 3-1=1=1
4 4 4 2
1 1
Now, it = =>
4 Zx+y 4
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.48 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
I 1
and v = =>
2 3.v-_y 2
3x + y =4 -(iii)
and 3.v-v = 2 -(iv)
Adding (iii) and (iv), we get
6x = 6 => x = 1
From (iii), 3 x 1 + = 4 or y = 4 - 3 = 1
Hence, the required solution is .v = 1 and y = 1
Example 15. Solve the following pair of equations
lx - 2y _ c 8.v +1)
5, = 15 |NCERT|
•TV Ay
Solution : Given equations are
w
7-v-2y 5
Ay Flo
ree
or
xy x); F
or
ur
or 2-2=5 -(i)
sf
y x
k
Yo
8a- + 7y
oo
and = 15
yy
B
re
or 2i + ^ = 15
ou
Ay xy
ad
Y
8 7
or - + - = 15 -.(ii)
nd
y -x
Re
Fi
i
Let — = u and — = v, then equations (i) and (ii), become
v A'
In -2v =5 ...(iii)
and 8« + 7v = 15 -(iv)
Multiplying equation (iii) by 7 and (iv) by 2, we get
49u - 14v = 35 •••(v)
and 16// + 14v = 30 ■••(vi)
(iv) + (v) => 65/./ - 65 u= I
Putting u = 1 in (v), we get
49 x 1 14v = 35
=> 14v 49 - 35 = 14 v— 1
Now, v = 1 => — = 1 =>.v=l
A
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.49
1
and // = I => — = 1 => y = 1
.V
Hence, the required solution is .v = I and y = 1.
Example 16. Solve the following pair of equations for a and b :
3(a + 3b) = I \ab, 3(2a + b) = lab
Solution : The given pair of equations is
3(a + 3b) = I lab
and 3(2a + b) = lab
or 3a + 9b = I lab
and 6a + 3b - lab ...(ii)
These equations are not linear but can be transformed into linear equations by some
substitution.
low
If we put a = 0 in (i) or (ii), we get b = 0
Thus a 0 and 6 = 0 is one solution of the given pair of equations.
When a * 0 and Z> * 0 :
ee
rF
Dividing both sides of (i) and (ii) by ab, we get
Fr
3 9
or
...(iii)
f
u
ks
Yo
^2 = 7
oo
and ...(iv)
b a
B
re
Let — = x and - = y
ou
a b
ad
Y
Now, equation (iii) and (iv) become
nd
9.v + 3 v = 11
Re
-(v)
Fi
and 3.v + 6y = 7 •••(vi)
Multiplying (v) by 2, we get
18.v + 6y = 22 ...(vii)
Subtracting (vi) from (vii), we get
(18.v + 6y) - (3.v + 6y) = 22-1
I5x = 15
15
-v = — = 1
15
Substituting x = 1 in (v), we get
9 x 1 + 3 v = 11
=> 9 + 3 v = 11
=> 3y = 11-9 = 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.50 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
2
3
I
Now, x = 1 => — = 1 => a = I
a
2 12 ; 3
and ->; = T =>
3 ri^b=2
The given system of equations has two solutions
(i) a = 0 and 6 = 0
and (ii) a = 1 and b = —
3
w
EXERCISE 3.3
Type I Flo
ee
1. Solve the following system of equations by elimination method :
(i) 3.v - 5 v -4 = 0
9x = 2y + 7
(ii) 3.r + 4y = 10
Zv - 2 v = 2
Fr (iii) x+y = 5
2x - 3 v = 4
for
ur
(iv) 2x + 3y = 8 (v) 8.v + 5y = 9 (vi) Zv + 3y = 46
4.v + 6y = 7
ks
3.v- + 2y = 4 3.v + 5y = 74
Yo
oo
(vii) 0.4.v 1.5y = 6.5
eB
0.3x + 0.2y = 0.9 |CBSE 2000, 04, 05|
(vi i i) yflx - -Jly = 0
r
ou
ad
yfbx + 4ly = 0 [CBSE 2004, 05|
Y
(ix) Zv + 5 y = 1
nd
Re
Zv + 3^ = 3 [CBSE 2008)
Fi
2. Solve the following system of equations by elimination method :
(o 2 3
(ii) —+ — = 4
w 6 15
(iii) .v + — = 6
y
x—— = 3 £_X = 1^ 1
3x—8 = c5 [CBSE 2007|
3 3 12 _ 4 y
Type 11
3. Solve the following equations by elimination method :
(i) 37x + 43y = 123 (ii) 217.V+ 131 v = 913
43.v + 37_y = 117 [CBSE 2008| 131.v + 217 v = 827
(iii) 99.v+ 101 y = 499 (iv) 29.v - 23y = 110
101 a- + 99y = 501 23.v - 29y = 98 [CBSE 2008|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.51
Type 111
4. Solve the following system of equations by elimination method :
1 2 3
(ii) - + -=13
x y .Y V
5 4
— + — = 7, Jt * 0, v + 0 - = -2, A- * 0, V * o [CBSE 2004CI
x y .Y y
(iii) -2 x + 0, y + 0
a- y y
(iv) ——— + 5 = 0, —+ ——2 = 0,(a: 5* Ojy’^ 0) |CBSE 2005 C|
ks .Y y x y
w
5. Solve the following system of equations by elimination method :
(i) -A = 6, ——= -3, where .y ^ 0 and y * 0
Flo
xy xy
ee
(ii) .y + y - 2xy (iii) 5.y + 3v= 19xy (iv) a + y = 7xy
x - y = 6xy lx - 2y = Sxy Fr
2x - 3v = - xy
for
ur
Type IV
6. Solve for .y and y the following system of equations :
ks
Yo
oo
12 1 7 4
(i) =2
B
2(2.Y + 3y) 7(3a--2v) 2’ (2a- + 3v) (3x-2y)
re
where (2x + 3 v) + 0 and (3.y - 2y) + 0 |CBSE 2004C|
ou
ad
-—= 2
W)4++-^-=.o |CBSE 20081
Y
,y -1 y +1 A'+y -Y-y
nd
Re
3 2 13 55 40
—y*-l = 13, x+y* 0, A' - y + 0
Fi
.Y — 1 y+1 6 .Y + y x-y
1
(iv) — =2
x -1 y-2
6
— = 1 |CBSE 20081
x—1 y-2
Form the pair of linear equations for the following problems and find their solution
by elimination method :
(i) Afiab tells his daughter, “seven years ago, I was seven times as old as you
were then. Also, three years from now, I shall be three times as old as you will
be.” Find their present ages.
(ii) Five years ago, Nuri was thrice as old as Sonu. Ten years later, Nuri will be
twice as old as Sonu. How old are Nuri and Sonu ?
(iii) The difference between two numbers is 26 and one number is three times the
other. Find them.
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.52 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
ANSWERS
19
T (ii) x = 2,y= 1 (iii) ^ = - (iv) no solution
13 13 T'V = 5
(v)x=-2,y=5 (vi) x = &,y= 10 (vii) x = 5,y = -3 (viii) a' = 0, v=0
(ix).v = 3, v = - I
2. (i)x = 2,y = -3 (ii) x= 18,^= 15 (iii) x = 3,y=2
3. (i)x=\,y=2 (ii) x=3,y=2 (iii) x = 3,y=2 (iv) x = 3,y = -\
1 (ii) J = =i (iii)x=I,?=l
4. =j (iv) x = -a,y= b
1
5. (i)x= 1,>’=2 (ii) x = 0,y — 0, x =
4
low
1 1
(iii) x = 0,^ = 0 ; x = —,y - — (iv) a = 0,j = 0; a = -
2 3 4
6. (i).v = 2,v=l (ii) a = 3,v=2 (iii) A = 8,_y=3 (iv) a = 4, v=5
ee
rF
7. (i) x - ly + 42 = 0, .v - 3y = 6, .v = 42 years and v = 12 years.
Fr
where .v is the present age of Aftab and v is the present age of his daughter.
for
(ii).v-5 = 3(y-5) ;x+ 10 = 2(y+ 10) i.e.,.Y-3y = - 10,a--2v= 10
u
where the present ages of Nuri and Sonu are
ks
Yo
oo
x = 50 years and v = 20 years respectively
eB
(iii) x -y = 26,x = 3y, where .v and y are two numbers (x > v); 39, 13
r
3.3. CROSSMULTIPLICATION METHOD
ou
ad
3 he methods ol substitution and elimination can be used only when the given system of
Y
linear equations has unique solution. The cross multiplication method can be used to solve
nd
Re
pair ot linear equations when it has unique solution or infinitely many solutions. This method
also gives information in case the given pair of linear equations has no solution. Cross
Fi
multiplication method is a very convenient and useful method to solve a pair of linear
equations.
Let the given pair of linear equations be
axx+ bxy + cx =0 ...(>)
and <72a + b-,y + c\ =0 -.(ii)
Multiplying equation (i) by />, and equation (ii) by/?,, we get
a j b2x + b, b2y + c, 6, =0 ...(iii)
and a2bxx+ bxb2y+ bxt\ =0 ...(iv)
(iii)-(iv) => (axb2 -a2bx)x + cxb2 -bxc2 = ti
=> (axb2-a2bx)x = bxc^- b~,cx
x_ b\C2 - Aq
=> ...(v)
axb2 - a2b\
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.53
Again multiplying equation (i) by a2 and equation (ii) by a,, we get
axa2x + 0^^ + a-^cx =0 -(vi)
and a\a^x + axb2y + =0 ...(vii)
(vi)-(vii) {a2by -axb2)y + a2cx -a{c2 = Q)
(a2bx-a\b2)y =-(a2c,-fl,c2)
(q2C| -a\C2)
=> y=- ...(vii)
a2b\ -“A
From (v) and (viii), we have
x _ b\c2 b2C\
a\b2 -a2b\
(a\ c2 -g;Ci )
and >' = -
w
u^b^ ci“)b\
x 1
or
bxc1-b2c] a{b2-a2bx Flo -(ix)
ee
or
{P\C2 ^2^1) QA. ^2^1
1
Fr ...(x)
for
ur
1
ks
X
.•. From (ix) and (x). ...(xi)
Yo
b\C2 b^ Cj (cf|C2 cr2Cj) aA b\
oo
B
Here coefficients in first and second equations are
re
a, b i ci
ou
ad
a2 b2 C2
Y
Whenx is in numerator, denominator is 61c2-ft1c]
nd
Re
Fi
b\
X cic2 (D©
©-©
Wheny is in numerator, denominator is-(a, c2-a2c,)
:x ci^ ©©
02
©-©
When 1 is in numerator, denominator is b^-a-,b{
IX b\©©
©~©
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.54 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Conclusion:
x y 1
ci 61
,J2' c2'
X y 1
b^c*) Z^cj (-\Q-)
Note : Before using cross multiplication method, first of all make the R.H.S. of both the
equations zero.
Example 1. Solve the following system of equations by the method of cross-multiplication.
2x+y =35, 3a' + 4v=65
Solution : The given system of equations is
w
2x+y-35 =0
and 3.v+4v-65 =0
By cross-multiplication method, we have Flo
ee
x
1 x(-65)-4x(-35)
-y
2 x (-65)-3 x (-35)
1
Fr
2x4-3xl
for
ur
x -y 1
or
ks
-65 + 140 -130 + 105 8-3
Yo
oo
B
x _ -y _ 1
or
re
75 -25 5
ou
ad
x 1
=> x=\5
Y
75 5
nd
Re
and
Fi
25 5
Hence, the required solution is a = 15,y = 5.
Example 2. Solve the following system of equations by the method of cross-multiplication.
a y
= a2 +b2\ where a + 0, y + 0
A y
Solution : The given system of equations is
£-^ = 0
a y
ab2 a2b . , _
---- +------- (a2+b2)= 0 -(ii)
A y
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.55
Let a = it and
— a b
-=v
•V
Now, equations (i) and (ii) become
«-v + 0 =0
and />2i/ + o2v-(a2 + /?2)=0
Solving by the method of cross-multiplication, we have
u -v 1
a~ + b~ — fl2 x0 -{a2+b2)-b2 a2-(-b2)
it -v 1
or
a2 + b2 -(a2 +b2) a2 + b2
or it = v= 1 [Multiplying by (a2 + 62)]
low
Now, u = 1■ a
=>— = t1 => x = a
x
and v = ,1 b , => y = b
=>—=1
ee
rF
Hence, the solution of the given system of equations is ,v = a, y = b. Fr
for
Example 3. Solve the pair of equations
u
ax + by=b-a, bx- ay = -(a + b) |CBSE 2006|
ks
Solution : The given pair of equations can be rewritten as
Yo
oo
ax + by + (a-b)=Q
B
bx - ay + {a + b)=0
re
Solving by cross-multiplication method, we have
ou
ad
1
Y
X y
b(a + b) + a(a - b) b(a -b)- a(a + b) -a2 - b2
nd
Re
-V y 1
Fi
or =
b2 + a2 -b2 - a2 -(a2 + b2)
(a2 +b2) ,
x =---- ----- — = -1
-(a- +b2)
-(a2 +b2)
and y= =1
-(a2 +b2)
Hence, the required solution is.t = - 1 and y= 1.
Example 4. By using the method of cross-multiplication, solve the following pair of equations:
x+y = a- b, ax - by = a2 + b2 ICBSE2000]
Solution : The given pair of equations can be written as
x+y-{a-b) =0
ax - by - (a1 + 62) = 0
Solving by cross-multiplication method, we have
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.56 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
X y 1
-(a2+ b2)-b{a-b) -a(a-b) + (a2+b2) -b-a
A' >’ 1
or
-a2-b2-ab + b2 -a2+ab + a2 +b2 -(a + b)
x y 1
or
- a (a + b) b(a + b) ~{a + b)
x=
-0(0 +b) b(a + b) _
= a and y = -b
-(a + b) ~(o + b)~
Hence, the required solution is.v = a,y = -b.
EXERCISE 3.4
w
1. Solve the following pair of linear equation by cross-multiplication method :
(i) 8.v + 5y = 9
3x + 2y - 4
Flo
(ii) 2a- + 3y = 46
3x + 5y = 74
(iii) a- + 4y + 9 = 0
5a: - 1 = 3y
ee
(iv) 2x + 3y-7 = 0
6x + 5y-U =0 Fr
for
ur
2 3
(V) £ + 1 = 13 (vi) ^ + ^ = 4
x y 6 15
ks
Yo
5 4
£_iL = i^
oo
= -2
A- y 3 12 4
eB
x* 0,y* 0
r
2. Solve the following pair of equations by cross-multiplication method.
ou
ad
Y
. (i) ax + by = a - b (ii) ~ + { = a + b
a b
nd
Re
bx - ay = a + b 2
Fi
a * 0, b * 0
(iii) x - y = a + b <«
ax + by = a2 - b2 -- — = 4
a b
a * 0, b * 0
(v) 2ax + 3by = a + 2b
3 ax + 2 by = 2a + b ax — by = a2 - b2
3. Solve the following system of equations by cross-multiplication method.
a(x + y) + b(x - y) = a2 - ab + b2
a(x + y) - b(x - y) = a2 + ab + b2
4. Which of the following pair of linear equations has unique solution, no solution or
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.57
infinitely many solutions. In case there is a unique solution, find it by using cross-
multiplication method :
(i) x - 3_y - 7 = 0 (ii) 2x + y = 5 (iii) 3* - 5y = 20
3x- 3y- 15 = 0 3.v + 2y = 8 6x - lOy = 40
(iv) x — 3y — 3 = 0 (v) x+y= 2 (vi) x + y = 2
3x - 9y - 2 = 0 2x + 2y = 4 2x + 2y = 6
5. Solve the following system of linear equations by cross-multiplication method.
—+ 1=0 (iiyax - ay = 2
x+y x-y
15 7
-10 = 0 (fl-l)x + (a+ \)y = 2(a2+ 1)
x+y x-y
1 1
[Hint : Let u = and v =
w
x+y x~y
6. If the cost of 2 pencils and 3 erasers is Rs. 9 and the cost of 4 pencils and 6
Flo
erasers is Rs. 18. Find the cost of each pencil and each eraser.
ee
7. The paths traced by the wheels of two trains are given by equations
8.
Fr
x + 2y - 4 = 0 and 2x + 4y - 12 = 0. Will the paths cross each other ?
The ratio of incomes of two persons is 9 : 7 and the ratio of their expenditure is
for
ur
y 4 : 3. If each of them manages to save Rs. 2000 per month, find their monthly
incomes.
ks
Yo
9. The sum of two-digits number and the number obtained by reversing the digits is
oo
66. If the digits of the number differ by 2, find the number. How many such numbers
B
are there ?
re
10. If we add 1 to the numerator and subtract 1 from the denominator, a fraction reduces
ou
ad
to 1. It becomes 1/2 if we add 1 to the denominator. What is the fraction ?
Y
11. The cost of 5 oranges and 3 apples is Rs. 35 and the cost of 2 oranges and 4
apples is Rs. 28. Find the cost of an orange and an apple.
nd
Re
12. A part of monthly hostel charges is fixed and the remaining depends on the number
Fi
of days one has taken food in the mess. When a student A takes food for 20 days,
she has to pay Rs. 1000 as hostel charges, whereas a student B, who takes food
for 26 days, pays Rs. 1180 as hostel charges. Find the fixed charges and cost of
food per day.
13. A fraction becomes 1/3 when 1 is subtracted from the numerator and it becomes
1/4 when 8 is added to its denominator. Find the fraction.
ANSWERS
1. (i) x = -2,y = 5 (ii) x = 8,y= 10 (iii) x = -l,y=-2 (iv) x = -^-,y = |
, , 1 1
(V) (vi) x= 18,y= 15
2. (i) x = - 1, y = - 1 (ii) x = a2,y = b2 (iii) x = a,y = - b (iv) x- 2a,y--2b
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.58 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
4a - b 4b-a
(v) x = y= (vi) x = a,y = b
5a ’ 5b
b2 la2 +b2 lab
3- (0 * = —,.V = (ii) x = a + b,y = -
2a 2a a+b
4. (i) x = 4,y = - 1 (ii) x = 2,y= 1
(iii) Given pair of equations has infinitely many solutions
(iv) Given pair of equations has no solution
(v) Given pair of equations has infinitely many solutions
(vi) Given pair of equations has no solution.
a2 +2a + \ a2 + 1
5. (i) x = 3,y = 2 (ii) * = •,J; =
a2 a2
low
6. 2x = 9 - 3_v, where x is the cost of one pencil and v is the cost of one eraser. It has
infinitely many solutions.
7. Given system of equations has no solution and hence the two paths will not cross
ee
each other.
rF
8. Rs. 18000 and Rs. 14000.
Fr
for
9. x = 4,y = 2 or 42 and 24. There are two such numbers. 10. -
5
u
11. Rs. 41 and Rs. 5.
ks
Yo
oo
12. Fixed charges = Rs. 400 per month and cost of the food = Rs. 30 per day.
eB
5
13.
12
r
ou
ad
Y
WORD PROBLEMS ON SIMULTANEOUS
nd
LINEAR EQUATIONS
Re
Fi
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems in which two linear equations can be directly formed.
WORKING RULE :
1. Read the question carefully and take the two variables involved in the question
as x and y.
2. Form two linear equations in x and y using given conditions.
3. Solve the two equations to get x and y
4. Now, write down the values of the required quantities.
5. Check whether the obtained values of x and y satisfy the given conditions.
Example 1. The difference between two numbers is 26 and one number is three times
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.59
the other. Find them. |NCERT|
Solution : Let the numbers be x and y
Difference of two numbers is 26
i.e., x — y = 26
One number is three times the other
i.e., * = 3y -•(ii)
Putting x = 3_y in (i), we get
3y - y = 26 => 2y = 26 => >’=13
Putting >’ = 13 in (ii), we get
x= 3 x 13 = 39
Hence, the numbers are 39 and 13.
Example 2. The coach of a cricket team buys 7 bats and 6 balls for Rs. 3800. Later, she
w
buys 3 bats and 5 balls for Rs. 1750. Find the cost of each bat and each ball.
[NCERTI
Solution : Let the cost of one bat = Rs. xFlo
ee
and cost of one ball = Rs. y
Then, according to question.
7x + 6>' = 3800
Fr -.(i)
for
ur
and 3.v + 5y = 1750 ...(ii)
ks
3800-7x
Yo
From (i), T=
oo
6
B
Putting this value of y in (ii), we get
re
3800-7.v
3x + 5 = 1750 —(iii)
ou
ad
6
Y
Multiplying (iii) by 6, we get
nd
Re
18x + 5 (3800 - 7x) = 10500
Fi
=> 18.V+ 19000-35*= 10500
=> - 17*= 10500- 19000
=> - 17* =- 8500
* = 500
Putting * = 500 in (i), we get
7 (500) + 6^ = 3800
=> 3500 + 6,y = 3800
6y= 3800- 3500
=> 6y = 300
=> _y = 50
Thus, the cost of one bat = Rs. 500
and the cost of one ball = Rs. 50
Example 3. Meena went to a bank to withdraw Rs. 2000. She asked the cashier to give
Rs. 50 and Rs. 100 notes only. Meena got 25 notes in all. Find how many notes of
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.60 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Rs. 50 and Rs. 100 she received ? [NCERT]
Solution : Let the number of notes of Rs. 50 = x
and the number of notes of Rs. 100 = v
Then, according to the question,
a- + y =25 ...(0
50a + lOOv =2000 ...(ii)
Multiplying equation (i) by 50, we get
50a + 50y = 1250 ...(iii)
Subtracting (iii) from (ii), we have 50y = 750
=> y = 15
Putting y = 15 in (i), we get, a + 15 = 25
=> a = 25 - 15 = 10
Hence, the number of notes of Rs. 50 was 10 and that of Rs. 100 was 15.
low
Example 4. Yash scored 40 marks in a test, receiving 3 marks for each right answer and
losing 1 mark for each wrong answer. Had 4 marks been awarded for each correct answer
and 2 marks been deducted for each incorrect answer, then Yash would have scored 50
ee
marks. How many questions were there in the test ? [NCERT]
rF
Solution : Let the number of correct answers of Yash = a Fr
for
and number of wrong answers = y
u
Then, according to question,
ks
3a - y = 40 ...(i)
Yo
oo
and 4a - 2y = 50 ...(ii)
eB
Multiplying (i) by 2, we get
6a - 2y = 80 ...(iii)
r
ou
ad
30
Y
Subtracting (ii) from (iii), we get, 2a = 30 => = — = 15
a
2
nd
Re
Putting a = 15 in (i) ; we get 3 x 15 - y = 40 => 45 - y = 40
Fi
=> y= 5
Now, total number of questions = number of correct answers + number of incorrect answers
= 15 + 5 = 20
Example 5. The students of a class are made to stand in rows. If 4 students are extra
in each row, there would be 2 rows less. If 4 students are less in each row, there would
be 4 rows more. Find the number of students in the class.
Solution : Let the number of rows = a
and the number of students in each row = y
Then, the total number of students = Ay
When there are 4 more students in each row,
number of students in each row = y + 4
and number of rows = a - 2
Now, total number of students = (a - 2)(y + 4)
Given, (a - 2)(y + 4) = Ay => 4a - 2y = 8
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.61
=> 2x - v = 4
When 4 students are removed from each row,
number of students in each row = (y - 4)
and number of rows = (.v + 4)
Total number of students^ (.v + 4) => (y - 4)
Given, (,v + 4)(y - 4) = xy => 4y - 4.r = 16
4(y -x)= 16
(y-x) = 4 ...(ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), we get .v = 8
Putting x = 8 in (ii), we get
v 8 = 4 => y = 12
v = 8 and y = 12
Total number of students in the class = (12 x 8) = 96
w
Example 6. 90% and 97% pure acid solutions are mixed to obtain 21 litres of 95% pure
acid solution. Find the quantity of each type of acid to be mixed to form the mixture.
Flo
Solution : Let the two given solutions be l and II respectively
ee
Let x litres of solution l be mixed with y litres of solution II
Then, -v + y = 21 Fr ...(i)
for
ur
f 90 'l 9v
Quantity of acid in x litres of solution 1 = (90% of a) litres= .vx—- litres =— litres
l 100.J 10
ks
Yo
oo
Quantity of acid in y litres of solution II = (97% of y) litres
B
97 97 y
re
= vx litres = litres
100 100
ou
ad
Quantity of acid in 21 litres of solution (I + 11) = 95% of 21 litres
Y
95 399
nd
Re
21 x litres = litres
100 20
Fi
9x 97v _ 399
10 100 _ 20
=> 9 Ox + 97 y = 1995
Multiplying (i) by 90 and subtracting the result from (ii), we get
7y = 105 => y = 15
Putting y = 15 in (i), we get x + 15 21 => x - 6
x = 6 and y = 15
Thus, 6 litres of 90% solution should be mixed with 15 litres of 97% solution.
Type II. Problems based on charges and prices.
WORKING RULE :
1. Let the two unknown charges or prices be x and y.
2. Using given conditions, form two linear equations in x and y.
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.62 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
3. Solve the two equations thus obtained to gel the values of .v and y.
4. Check that these values of .v and y satisfy the given conditions.
Example 7. A lending library has a fixed charge for the first three days and an additional
charge for each day thereafter. Vagisha paid Rs. 27 for a book kept for seven days,
while Susy paid Rs. 21 for the book she kept for five days. Find the fixed charge and
the charge for each extra day. |NCERT|
Solution : Let fixed charge = Rs. .v
and the charge for each extra day = Rs. y
Now, according to question,
Vagisha paid Rs. 27 for 7 days i.e., she paid for 4 extra days.
.v + 4y = 27
Again, Susy paid Rs. 21 for 5 days i.e., she paid for 2 extra days.
w
x + 2y=2\ -.(ii)
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get
Flo
2y = 6 => y = 3
ee
Putting v = 3 in (i), we get
=>
.v + 4 * 3 = 27
x = 21 12 = 15
Fr
for
ur
Hence, the fixed charge is Rs. 15 and the charge for each extra day is Rs. 3.
ks
Example 8. A part of monthly hostel charges in a school is fixed and the remaining
Yo
depends on the number of days one has taken food in the mess. When a student A
oo
takes food for 22 days, he has to pay Rs. 1380 as hostel charges, whereas a student B.
B
who takes food for 28 days, pays Rs. 1680 as hostel charges. Find the fixed charges
re
and the cost of food per day.
ou
ad
Solution : Let the fixed charges = Rs. x per month
Y
and the cost of meals per day = Rs. y
nd
Re
Then, we have x + 22y = 1380 •-(i)
Fi
and x + 28„v = 1680 -(ii)
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get
6y = 300 => y = 50
Puttingy = 50 in (i), we get
x + (22 x 50) = 1380
.v+ 1100 = 1380
=> .v =(1380- 1100) = 280
x = 280 and y = 50
Hence, fixed charges = Rs. 280 per month
and cost of the food = Rs. 50 per day
Example 9. The Taxi charges in a city consist of a fixed charge together with the charge
for the distance covered. For a distance of 10 km, the charge paid is Rs. 105 and for a
journey of 15 km, the charge paid is Rs. 155. What are the fixed charges and the charge
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.63
per kilometre ? How much does a person have to pay for travelling a distance of 25 km?
[NCERTI
Solution : Let the fixed charge = Rs. .v
and the charge per km = Rs. y
According to question, x + lOv = 105 -.(i)
and .v + \5y= 155 ...(H)
From (i),.\- = 105 - lOy •••(Hi)
Putting the value of x in (ii), we get
105 - lOy + 15y = 155
=> 5y 155 - 105 = 50
y = 10
From (iii). x = 105 - lOy = 105 - 10 x 10 = 5
w
Total amount that is to be paid for Journey of 25 km
= X + 25y
Flo
= 5 + 25 x 10
ee
= 5 + 250 = Rs. 255
Fr
Example 10. Taxi charges in a city consist of fixed charges and the remaining depending
for
ur
upon the distance travelled in kilometres. If a person travels 70 km, he pays Rs. 500 and
for travelling 100 km, he pays Rs. 680. Express the above statements with the help of
ks
simultaneous equations, and hence find the fixed charges and the rate per km.
Yo
oo
|CBSE 2000 C|
B
Solution : Let the fixed charges = Rs. .v
re
and the other charges = Rs. y per km
ou
ad
Then, a + 70y = 500
Y
and a-+ I OOy = 680 -(ii)
nd
Re
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get
Fi
180 ,
30p= 180 => y = — = t>
30
Putting y = 6 in (i), we get
a- + (70 x 6) = 500 => x + 420 = 500
=> x = (500 - 420) = 80
Hence, fixed charges = Rs. 80 and rate per km = Rs. 6.
Type III. Problems based on finding the number.
WORKING RULE :
1. Read the question carefully and let y and x be the digit at units and tens places
respectively.
2. Required number will be lOx + y.
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.64 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
3. Form two equations in .v and y using the given conditions.
4. Solve the two equations thus obtained to get the values of .v and v.
5. Check whether the required conditions of the question are satisfied for these values
of x and y or not.
Example 11. The sum of a two-digit number and the number formed by interchanging
its digits is 110. If 10 is subtracted from the original number, the new number is 4 more
than 5 times the sum of the digits of the original number. Find the original number.
^CBSE 2002 C|
Solution : Let the tens and units digits of the required number be x and y respectively.
Then, original number = (10.v + y)
Number formed by interchanging its digits = (lOy + x)
Given, (1 Ox + y) + (10y + x)= 110
w
II (x+y)= 110
=> x + y = 10 -(i)
Flo
Also, according to question, (lOx + y) - 10 = 5 (x + j) + 4
ee
=> 5x - 4y = 14 ...(ii)
Multiplying (i) by 4 and adding (ii) to it, we get
9x= 54 => x = 6
Fr
for
ur
Putting x = 6 in (i), we have
ks
6 + y— 10
Yo
oo
=> y- (10 - 6) = 4
B
x = 6 and y = 4
re
Hence, the required number = 64
ou
ad
Example 12. A two-digit number is 4 more than 6 times the sum of its digits. If 18 is
Y
subtracted from the number, the digits are reversed. Find the number. |CBSE 2001 C|
nd
Re
Solution : Let the digits at tens and units places of the required number be x and y
Fi
respectively.
Then, the number = (lOx + y)
Given, 1 Ox + y = 6 (x + y ) + 4
=> 4x - 5y = 4 ...(i)
Number formed on reversing the digits = (I Oy + x)
Given, (1 Ox + y) - 18= lOy + x
=> 9 (x - y) = 18
=> x - y= 2 -.(ii)
Multiplying (ii) by 5 and subtracting (i) from it, we get x = 6
Putting x = 6 in (ii), we get
6 - y = 2 => y = (6 - 2) = 4
x = 6 and y = 4
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.65
Hence, the required number = 64.
Example 13. The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 12. The number obtained
by interchanging its digits exceeds the given number by 18. Find the number.
|CBSE 2006|
Solution : Let the digits at tens and units places of the required number be x and y
respectively.
Given, x + y = 12 ...(i)
Also required number = (1 Ox + y)
Number obtained on reversing the digits = (lOy + x)
Given, (1 Ov + x) - (1 Ox + y)= 18 => 9y - 9x = 18
=> y - x= 2 ...(ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), we get
low
2y= 14 => y=l
Putting j = 7 in (i), we get
x + 7 = 12 =>x = (12-7) = 5
ee
x = 5 and v = 7
rF
Hence, the required number = 57. Fr
Example 14. The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 9. Also, nine times this
for
number is twice the number obtained by reversing the order of the number. Find the
u
|NCERT|
ks
number.
Yo
oo
Solution : Let the ten’s and the unit’s digits in the number be x and y, respectively.
B
Then, the number = lOx + y
re
When the digits are reversed, x becomes the unit’s digit and y becomes the ten’s digit.
ou
ad
Now, the number = lOy + x
Y
According to the given condition,
nd
x + .y = 9
Re
...(i)
Fi
Since nine times the number is twice the number obtained by reversing the order of the
number.
9( 1 Ox + y) = 2( 1 Oy + x)
=> 90.v + 9y = 20y + 2x
=> 90.v - 2x + 9y - 20y= 0
=> 88x- 11 y = 0
=> 8x - _y = 0 ...(ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), we gel
9x =9 => x = 1
Putting x = 1 in (i), we get
y= 9 1 = 8
Thus, the required number = 18.
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.66 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Type IV. Problems based on finding the fraction.
WORKING RULE :
x
1. Let the numerator and denominator of the fraction be — .
v
2. Using given conditions in the question form two linear equations in x and y.
3. Solve the two equations thus obtained to get the values of .v and y.
x
4. Now required fraction will be — .
y
5. Check whether the obtained values of .v and y satisfy the given conditions in
the question.
9
Example 15. A fraction becomes — if 2 is added to both the numerator and the
low
denominator. If 3 is added to both the numerator and denominator, it becomes —. Find
6
the fraction. |NCERT|
ee
Solution : Let ,v and v be the numerator and denominator of the fraction.
rF
Then, fraction
y
Fr
for
u
x+2 _ 9
ks
According to question. -(ii)
Yo
y + 2 II
oo
B
■y + 3 _ 5
and ...(iii)
re
y+3 6
ou
ad
From (ii). \\x + 22=9y+ 18
Y
or 1 Lv - 9y = - 4 ...(iv)
nd
From (iii). 6.v+ 18= 5r+ 15
Re
Fi
or 6.v - 5 y = - 3 ...(v)
From (iv). 9y= 1 Lv + 4
1 l.v + 4
v= ...(vi)
9
Putting the value of.v in (v), we get
1 l.v + 4
6.v-5 3
9
54.v - 55.v - 20 = - 27 [Multiplying both sides by 9]
- .v = - 27 + 20 = - 7
x=l
11x7 + 4 = 9
From (6), y-
9
x = 7. v = 9
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.67
7
Required fraction = —
Example 16. The sum of the numerator and the denominator of a fraction is 12. If the
1
denominator is increased by 3, the fraction becomes — . Find the fraction.
|CBSE 2006 C|
. . X
Solution : Let the required fraction be —
Then, x + y=\2
x
and => lx=y+ 3
.y + 3 2
w
=> 2a--j = 3 -(ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), we get
3x= 15 =>.y = 5
Flo
ee
Putting .r = 5 in (i), we get
5 +y= 12 =>^ = (12-5) = 7 Fr
for
ur
Thus x — 5 and y = 1
ks
Hence, the required fraction = — .
Yo
7
oo
eB
Type V. Problems based on finding age of persons.
r
WORKING RULE :
ou
ad
1. Let x and y be the present ages of the two persons.
Y
2. Using given conditions, form two linear equations in .v and y.
nd
Re
3. Solve the two equations thus obtained to get .v and y.
Fi
4. Check whether the values of .v and y thus obtained satisfy the given conditions
or not.
Example 17. Five years hence, the age of Jacob will be three times that of his son. Five
years ago, Jacob’s age was seven times that of his son. What are their present ages.
|NCERT|
Solution : Let the present age of Jacob and his son be x and y years respectively.
After five years, age of Jacob = (x + 5) years
After five years, age of his son = (y + 5) years
According to question.
.v + 5—3 0 + 5)
=> x-3y= 10 ...(0
Five years ago. Jacob’s age = (x - 5) years
and his son's age = (y - 5) years
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.68 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
According to question.
x - 5 = 7 (v ~ 5)
=> x = 7y - 30 -(ii)
Putting x = ly - 30 from (ii) in (i). we get
ly - 30 - 3v = 10
4v = 40
y= 10
Putting _v = 10 in (i). we get
x - 3 x 10= 10
=> x = 10 + 30
=> x= 40
Hence, present age of Jacob is 40 years and age of his son is 10 years.
Type VI. Problems based on geometry and mensuration.
WORKING RULE :
low
1. Let the two unknown quantities be x and y.
ee
rF
2. Using given conditions, form two linear equations in x and y.
3. Solve these equations to find x and y. Fr
for
4. Check whether these values of x and y satisfy the given conditions.
u
Example 18. The area of a reactangle gets reduced by 80 sq. units if its length is reduced
ks
by 5 units and the breadth is increased by 2 units. If we increase the length by 10 units
Yo
oo
and decrease the breadth by 5 units, the area is increased by 50 sq. units. Find the
B
length and breadth of the rectangle.
re
Solution : Let the length of the rectangle be x units
and breadth of the rectangle be y units
ou
ad
Then, area of the rectangle = xy sq. units.
Y
When the length is reduced by 5 units and the breadth is increased by 2 units,
nd
Re
new length = (x - 5) units
Fi
and new breadth = (y + 2) units
new area = (x - 5)(y + 2) sq. units
Given, xy - (x - 5)(y + 2) = 80 => 5y 2x = 70 ...(i)
When the length is increased by 10 units and the breadth is decreased by 5 units,
new length = (x + 10) units
and new breadth = (y - 5) units
new area = (x + 10) (y - 5) sq. units
(x + 10)(y - 5) - xy = 50 => 1 Oy - 5x = 100
=> 2y - x = 20 •••(ii)
Multiplying (ii) by 2 and subtracting the result from (i). we get, y = 30
Putting y = 30 in (ii), we get
(2 x 30) - x = 20 => 60 - x = 20
=> x = (60 - 20) = 40
x=40 and _y = 30
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.69
Hence, length = 40 units and breadth = 30 units.
Example 19. The area of a rectangle gets reduced by 9 square units if its length is
reduced by 5 units and breadth is increased by 3 units. If we increase the length by 3
units and the breadth by 2 units, the area increases by 67 square units. Find the
dimensions of the rectangle. |NCERT]
Solution : Let the length of rectangle = .v units D A' —5 C
and the breadth of the rectangle = y units
Area of the rectangle = xy sq. units. y+3
In first case :
A B
Reduced length = x - 5
Increased breadth = ^ + 3
Reduced area = (a - 5)(y + 3)
w
Reduction in area = 9
Original area - Reduced area = 9
xy - [(t - 5)(y + 3)] = 9 Flo
ee
=> xy - [xy + 3a - 5y - 15] =9
=>
av - xy - 3a + 5y + 15= 9
3a - 5y= 6
S Fr A +3 R
for
ur
In second case : y+2
ks
Increased length = a + 3
Yo
oo
Increased breadth = y + 2 P Q
B
Increased area = (a + 3)(y + 2) sq. units
re
Increase in area = 67 sq. units
ou
ad
Increased area - Original area = 67
Y
=> (a + 3)0' + 2) - av = 67
nd
=> xy + 2a + 3y + 6 - xy= 67
Re
=> 2a+ 3v = 61
Fi
Solving (i) and (ii), we get, a= 17 and y = 9
Hence, length of rectangle = 17 units
and breadth of rectangle = 9 units.
Example 20. The larger of two supplementary angles exceeds the smaller by 18 degrees.
Find them. [NCERT)
Solution : Let the two angles be a0 and y°.
Then, according to the question,
a + _y = 180
and A = ^+ 18 •••(ii)
Putting x = y + 18 in (i), we get
y + 18 + y = 180
=> 2y = 180- 18
2y = 162
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.70 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
=> y= 81
Putting >> = 81 in (ii), we get x = 81 + 18 = 99
Hence, required angles are 99° and 81°.
Example 21. Find the four angles of a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD in which
ZA = (x + y + 10)°, ZB = (y + 20)°, ZC = (.y +>>-30)° and ZD = (x + y)°.
ICBSE 2004|
Solution : We know that the sum of the opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral
= 180°
ZA + ZC = 180°
=> {x+y+ 10) + (x +y- 30) = 180
=> 2(x + >;) = 200
=> x + y= 100 -(i)
low
Again, ZB + ZD= 180°
=> (y + 20) + (.y + y)= 180
=> x + 2y= 160 -(ii)
ee
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get y = 60
rF
Putting v = 60 in (i), we get Fr
for
x + 60 = 100 => x = (100- 60) = 40
u
x = 40 and _v = 60
ks
Yo
So, ZA = (40 + 60 + 10)° = 110°, ZB = (60 + 20)° = 80°
oo
ZC = (40 + 60 - 30)° = 70° and ZD = (40 + 60)° = 100°
B
re
Type VII. Problems based on time, distance and speed.
ou
ad
WORKING RULE :
Y
1. Let the unknown quantities be x and y.
nd
Re
2. Using given conditions in the question, form two equations in x and v.
Fi
Using the following results whichever is required.
(i) Distance = speed x time
(ii) Speed along the current = speed of swimmer + speed of current,
(iii) Speed against the current = speed of swimmer - speed of current.
3. Solve the two equations to get the values of x and y.
4. Check whether these values of x and y satisfy the given conditions.
Example 22. Places A and B are 100 km apart on the highway. One car starts from A
and another from B at the same time. If the cars travel in the same direction at different
speeds, they meet in 5 hours. If they travel towards each other, they meet in 1 hour.
What are the speeds of the two cars ? INCERT1
Solution : Let the speed of first car starting from A = x km/hr.
and the speed of second car starting from B = y km/hr.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.71
Let the two cars meet at C, when moving in the same direction.
Distance travelled by first car in 5 hours = AC = 5x
Distance travelled by second car in 5 hours = BC = 5v
Since the two cars meet at C, therefore, AC = AB + BC
.-. 5x = l00 + 5y Distance = Speed x Time
=> x =20+y
5xkm
When moving in the opposite direction, let B C
the two cars meet at D. Distance travelled
y ■100 km------- H4- 5y km 1
by first car in l hour = AD = x.
Distance travelled by second car in l hour = BD = y x km + y km
A D B
Now, AD + BD = AB *- ■4-
y 100 km I
=> x + ^ = 100
low
...(ii)
Putting x = 20 + ^ from equation (i) in equation (ii), we get
(20 +y)+y = 100
ee
=> 20 + 2;' = 100
rF
=>
=>
2y
^
= 100 - 20 = 80
=40
Fr
for
On putting j = 40 in equation (i), we get
u
ks
x= 20 + 40 = 60
Yo
oo
Hence, the speed of first car = 60 km/hour
B
and the speed of the second car = 40 km/hour.
re
Example 23. Abdul travelled 300 km by train and 200 km by taxi, it took him 5 hours 30
ou
ad
minutes. But if he travels 260 km by train and 240 km by taxi, he takes 6 minutes longer.
Y
Find the speed of the train and that of the taxi. |CBSE 2006|
nd
Solution : Let the speed of the train = x km/hour
Re
Fi
and the speed of the taxi = km/hour
300 200
Time taken by Abdul to travel 300 km by train and 200 km by taxi ^- +
T
300 200 c 1 300
Given, ----- +------ = 5- or
2
+ 200 = n ...(i)
x V X y 2
260 240
Time taken by Abdul to travel 260 km by train and 240 km by taxi - —^~ +
v
260 240 =H 6 11 155 + 128
Given,
x ~ 2 60 2 10 10 5
260 | 240 ^ 28
or •••(ii)
x .V 5
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.72 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
1 1
Let — = u and — = v , then equation (i) and (ii) become
-Y y
11
300// + 200i' = —
2
or 600m + 400v = 11 ...(iii)
28
and 260m + 240v = —
5
or 1300m + 1200v = 28 -(iv)
Multiplying (iii) by 3 and subtracting (iv) from it, we get
1
500// = 5 =>u = —
500 100
1
Putting m — in (iii), we get
low
100
1
600x—— +400v = 11 => 6 + 400v = 11
100
ee
rF
=> 400v= 5
=>
5 1 Fr
for
400 80
u
ks
Now, M = —=> — = —=> x = 100
Yo
100 x 100
oo
B
and V=—111
=> — = — :r> y = on
80
re
80 y 80
ou
ad
Hence, speed of the train = 100 km/hour and speed of taxi = 80 km/hour
Y
Example 24. A boat goes 30 km upstream and 44 km downstream in 10 hours. In 13
hours, it can go 40 km upstream and 55 km downstream. Determine the speed of the
nd
Re
stream and that of the boat. [NCERT1
Fi
Solution : Let the speed of the boat in still water = x km/hr
and speed of the stream = y km/hr
Then, the speed of the boat downstream = (x + y) km/hr
and the speed of the boat upstream = (x - y) km/hr
When the boat goes 30 km upstream, let the time taken = t{ hours
30
Then, [ v time = distance/speed]
1 O-y)
Let the time taken by the boat to go 44 km downstream = !-, hours.
44
Then, h = x+y
According to question, + A = 10
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.73
30 44
= 10
(x-v) (x+y)
In the second case, in 13 hours, boat goes 40 km upstream and 55 km downstream.
40 55
= 13
x-y x+y
1 1
Let = u and =v •••(iii)
(x-y) (x+y)
Then equations (ii) and (iii) become
30u + 44v = 10 ...(iv)
and 40w + 55v= 13 -(V)
Multiplying equation (iv) by 4 and equation (v) by 3, we get
w
120*/ + 176v = 40 ...(vi)
120m + 165v = 39 —(vii)
1
Flo
ee
(vi) — (vii) => llv= 1 => v = —
11
Substituting this value of v in equation (iv). we get
30m + 4=10
Fr
for
ur
=> 30m = 6
ks
1
Yo
oo
=> M=—
5
B
On putting these values of u and v in equation (iii), we get
re
1 1 1
ou
ad
and
(x-y) 5 (x+y) ii
Y
x-y =5 -(viii)
nd
Re
and x + y = 11 ...(ix)
Fi
(viii) + (ix) => lx = 16
=> x =8
(ix) - (viii) => 2y = 6
=> y =3
Hence, the speed of the boat in still water is 8 km/hr and the speed of the stream is 3
km/hr.
EXERCISE 3.5
Type I
'(^'The sum of the two numbers is 18. The sum of their reciprocals is 1 Find the
4
numbers. |CBSE 2005|
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.74 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
3
2. The sum of two numbers is 15 and sum of their reciprocals is tt . Find the numbers.
10
|CBSE 2000|
^S^Two numbers are in the ratio of 5 : 6. If 8 is subtracted from each of the numbers,
they become in the ratio of 4 : 5. Find the numbers. |CBSE 2000|
4. The sum of two numbers is 16 and the sum of their reciprocals is -1 . Find the
numbers. [CBSE 2005]
5. Two positive numbers differ by 3 and their product is 54. Find the numbers.
[CBSE, AI 2002 C[
6. Two numbers are in the ratio of 3 : 5. If 5 is subtracted from each of the number,
they become in the ratio of 1 : 2. Find the numbers. [CBSE 2000[
w
7. Two numbers are in the ratio of 3 : 4. If 8 is added to each number, they become
in the ratio of 4 : 5. Find the numbers. [CBSE 2000)
Flo
8. Two numbers differ by 2 and their product is 360. Find the numbers.
ee
[CBSE 2002C[
9.
Fr
Two numbers differ by 4 and their product is 192. Find the numbers. [CBSE 2002|
10. Two numbers differ by 4 and their product is 96. Find the numbers. [CBSE 20021
for
ur
Type II
ks
U. The monthly incomes of A and B are in the ratio of 5 : 4 and their monthly
Yo
oo
expenditures are in the ratio of 7 : 5. If each saves Rs. 3000 per month, find the
monthly income of each.
eB
[CBSE 2005]
12. Scooter charges consist of fixed charges and the remaining depending upon the
r
distance travelled in kilometres. If a person travels 12 km, he pays Rs. 45 and for
ou
ad
travelling 20 km, he pays Rs. 73. Express the above statements in the form of
Y
simultaneous equations and hence, find the fixed charges and the rate per km.
nd
Re
[CBSE 2000 C[
Fi
13. A part of monthly hostel charges in a college is fixed and the remaining depend on
the number of days one has taken food in the mess. When a student A, takes food
for 22 days, he has to pay Rs. 1380 as hostel charges, whereas a student B, who
takes food for 28 days, pays Rs. 1680 as hostel charges. Find the fixed charge and
the cost of food per day. [CBSE 2000)
14. Taxi charges in a city consist of fixed charges per day and the remaining depending
upon the distance travelled in kilometres. If a person travels 110 km, he pays Rs.
690, and for travelling 200 km, he pays Rs. 1050. Find the fixed charges per day
and the rate per km. [CBSE 2000C|
15. A part of monthly hostel charges in a college are fixed and the remaining depends
on the number of days one has taken food in the mess. When a student A takes
food for 25 days, he has to pay Rs. 1750 as hostel charges whereas a student B,
who takes food for 28 days, pays Rs. 1900 as hostel charges. Find the fixed charges
and the cost of the food per day. [CBSE 2000|
16. The total expenditure per month of a household consists of a fixed rent of the
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.75
house and the mess charges, depending upon the number of people sharing the
house. The total monthly expenditure is Rs. 3,900 for 2 people and Rs. 7,500 for 5
people. Find the rent of the house and the mess charges per head per month.
1CBSE 2000 C|
17. The car rental charges in a city comprise a fixed charge together with the charge
for the distance covered. For a journey of 13 km, the charge paid is Rs. 96 and for
a journey of 18 km, the charge paid is Rs. 131. What will a person have to pay for
travelling a distance of 25 km ? |CBSE 2000|
Type III
lip The sum of a two-digit number and the number formed by interchanging the digits
is 132. If 12 is added to the number, the new number becomes 5 times the sum of
the digits. Find the number. |CBSE 2002 C|
19. A two-digit number is 4 times the sum of its digits. If 18 is added to the number,
the digits are reversed. Find the number. |CBSE 2001 Cl
w
20. A number consists of two digits. When it is divided by the sum of its digits, the
quotient is 6 with no remainder. When the number is diminished by 9, the digits
are reversed. Find the number. Flo
ree
21. The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 12. The number obtained by
interchanging its digits exceeds the given number by 18. Find the number.
F [CBSE 2006|
or
ur
22; A two-digit number is 3 more than 4 times the sum of its digits. If 18 is added to
sf
the number, the digits are reversed. Find the number. [CBSE 2001C|
k
Yo
23. A number consisting of two digits is seven times the sum of its digits. When 27 is
oo
subtracted from the number, the digits are reversed. Find the number.
B
re
24. The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 15. The number obtained by
interchanging the digits exceeds the given number by 9. Find the number.
ou
ad
[CBSE 2004|
Y
Type IV
nd
Re
25. The sum of the numerator and denominator of a fraction is 3 less than twice the
Fi
denominator. If the numerator and denominator are decreased by 1, the numerator
becomes half the denominator. Determine the fraction. [CBSE 2001 C|
26. The sum of the numerator and denominator of a fraction is 4 more than twice the
numerator. If the numerator and denominator are increased by 3, then are in the
ratio 2 : 3. Determine the fraction. [CBSE 2001 C|
27. The sum of the numerator and denominator of a fraction is 8. It 3 is added to both
3
the numerator and the denominator, the fraction becomes — . Find the fraction.
4
[CBSE 2003[
28. The numerator of a fraction is one less than its denominator. If 3 is added to each
of the numerator and denominator, the fraction is increased by —, find the fraction.
2o
[CBSE 2007|
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.76 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Type V
29. The age of the father is 3 years more than 3 times the son’s age. 3 years hence,
the age of the father will be 10 years more than twice the age of the son. Find their
present ages.
30. Two years ago, a man was five times as old as his son. Two years later, his age
will be 8 more than three times the age of the son. Find the present ages of the
mani and his son. ICBSE 2004|
3'K Father’s age is three times the sum of ages of his two children. After 5 years, his
age will be twice the sum of ages of two children. Find the age of father.
|CBSE 2003|
32. Five years ago, A was thrice as old as B and ten years later, A shall be twice as old
as B. What are the present ages of A and B ? ICBSE 2002|
33. Ten years hence, a man’s age will be twice the age of his son. Ten years ago, the
man was four times as old as his son. Find their present ages. [CBSE 2003 C]
low
Type VI
34. Find a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD, ZA = (2x + 4)°, ZB = (y + 3)°, ZC = (2_y + 10)°
and ZD = (4,v - 5)°. Find the four angles.
ee
rF
Fr
35. Find the four angles of a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD in which ZA = (2x - 3)°,
ZB = 0’ + 7)°, ZC = (2y + 17)° and ZD = (4a- - 9)°.
for
ZA = 63°, ZB = 57°, ZC = 117°, ZD = 123°.
u
ks
36. In a AABC, ZC = 3 ZB = 2 (ZA + ZB). Find the three angles.
Yo
oo
ZA = 20°, ZB = 40°, ZC = 120°.
eB
3^. Ih a AABC, ZA = a-0, ZB = (3x)° and ZC = /.
If 3y - 5.v = 30, show that the triangle is right-angled.
r
ou
ad
38. The area of a rectangle gets reduced by 8 nr, when its length is reduced by 5m
Y
and its breadth is increased by 3 m. If we increase the length by 3 m and breadth
by 2 m, the area is increased by 74 nr. Find the length and the breadth of the
nd
Re
rectangle.
Fi
The length of a room exceeds its breadth by 3 metres. If the length is increased by
3 metres and the breadth is decreased by 2 metres, the area remains the same. Find
the length and the breadth of the room.
TVpe VII
40. Two places A and B are 120 km apart from each other on a highway. A car starts
Iron A and another from B at the same time. If they move in the same direction,
they meet in 6 hours, and if they move in opposite directions, they meet in 1 hour
12 minutes. Find the speed of each car. ICBSE 2002|
41. A train travels a distance of 300 km at a constant speed. If the speed of the train
is increased by 5 km an hour, the journey would have taken 2 hours less. Find the
original speed of the train. ICBSE 2006|
A plane left 30 minutes later than the scheduled time and in order to reach the
destination 1500 km away in time, it has to increase the speed by 250 km/hr from
the usual speed. Find its usual speed.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.77
43. A man travels 600 km partly by train and partly by car. If he covers 400 km by train
and the rest by car, it takes him 6 hours and 30 minutes. But, if he travels 200 km
by train and the rest by car, he takes half an hour longer. Find the speed of the
train and that of the car. |CBSE 2001|
44. Places A and B are 80 km apart from each other on a highway. One car starts from
^-'"'^A and another from B at the same time. If they move in the same direction, they
meet in 8 hours and if they move in opposite directions, they meet in 1 hour and
20 minutes. Find speed of the cars. |CBSE 2002|
45^ A boat goes 16 km upstream and 24 km downstream in 6 hours. Also, it covers 12
km upstream and 36 km downstream in the same time. Find the speed of the boat
in still water and that of the stream.
46. A man travels 370 km, partly by train and partly by car. If he covers 250 km by
train and the rest by car, it takes him 4 hours. But, if he travels 130 km by train and
the rest by car, he takes 18 minutes longer. Find the speed of the train and that of
the car. |CBSE 2001]
w
ANSWERS
Flo
ee
1. 12,6 2. 5,10 3. 40,48 4. 12,4 5. 9,6 6. 15, 25 7. 24, 32
8. 18, 20 9. 12, 16 10. 12,8 Fr
11. Rs. 10000, Rs. 8000
for
ur
12. x+ 12y = 45,.v + 20v = 73, where fixed charge is Rs..v and rate per km is Rs.v ;
Rs. 3, Rs. 3.5 13. Rs. 280, Rs. 50 per day
ks
Yo
14. Rs. 250, Rs. 4 IS.Rs. 500, Rs. 50 per dayl6.Rs. 1500, Rs. 1200
oo
B
17. Rs. 180 18. 48 19. 24 20. 54 21. 57 22. 35
re
4 5 3 3
ou
ad
23.63 24. 78 25. 26. - 27. - 28. -
7
Y
29. 33 years, 10 years 30. 42 years, 10 years 31. 45 years
nd
Re
32. 50 years, 20 years 33. 50 years, 20 years.
Fi
34. ZA = 70°, ZB = 53°, ZC = 110°, ZD = 127°
35. ZA = 63°, ZB = 57°, ZC = 117°, ZD = 127°
36. ZA = 20°, ZB = 40°, ZC= 120° 38. Length = 19 m, breadth - 10 m
39. Length = 15 m, breadth = 12 m 40. 60km/hr;40km/hr
41. 25 km/hr 42. 750km/hr 43. Train : 100 km/hr ; car: 80 km/hr
44. 35 km/hr ; 25 km/hr
45. Speed of the boat = 8 km/hr ; speed of stream = 4 km/hr
46. 100 km/hr ; 80 km/hr.
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.78 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Very Short Answer Type Questions:
1. Find the value of k so that the following system of equations has no solution :
3x-y-5 = 0,6.v-2y+ k = 0 |Delhi 20081
2. Find the value of k so that the following system of equations has infinitely many
solutions :
3.v -_y - 5 = 0,6.v - 2v + k - 0 [Delhi 2008|
3. Find the value of a so that the point (3, a), lies on the line represented by 2x - 3>' = 5.
[Delhi 2009]
4. Find the number of solutions ofthe following pair of linear equations
w
x + 2y - 8 = 0
2x + 4 v = 16 [AI2009|
5.
Flo
Write whether the following pair of linear equations is consistent or not
ee
.V + y — 14,x->, = 4 [Foreign 2009|
Short Answer Type Questions :
Fr
for
ur
1. Find the value of m for which the pair of linear equations 2x + 3_y - 7 = 0 and
ks
{m- l)x+ (/;;+ 1) = (3/?/ - I) has infinitely many solutions. |A1 2010|
Yo
oo
2. Find the value of A’ for which the following pair oflinear equations have infinitely many
B
solutions : lx + 3v = 7 ; (A- 1 )x + (A + 2)y = 3A [Delhi 2010|
re
3. Without drawing the graph, find out wheather the line representing the following pair of
ou
ad
linear equations intersect at a point, are parallel or coincident.
Y
9 7 9
18.v - 7 v = 24; —x----- v = — [Foreign 2009|
nd
Re
5 10' 10
Fi
4. Find the value of A for which the pair of linear equations kx + 3v = A - 2 and
12x + Ay = A has no solution. [Delhi 2009|
5. For what value of A will the following pair oflinear equations has infinitely many
solutions ?
(p - 3 )x + 3y =p ; px + py = 12 [Foreign 2010|
6. Find the value of a and b for which the following pair oflinear equations has infinitely
many solutions: 2.v + 3y = 7; (a + b)x + {2a - b) y = 21 [Foreign 2010|
7. For what value of A will the following pair oflinear equations have no solution ?
2.v + 3y = 9 ; 6x + (A - 2)y = (3A - 2). [Foreign 2010|
Long Answer Type Questions:
1. Solve for x and y,--------— - a + b \ax - by — 2ab [AI2009|
b a
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.79
2. Solve the following pair of equations
10 2 15
= 4; [Delhi 2009|
x+y x-y x+y x-y
3. Solve the following pair of linear equations for.v and v:
—x + —y = a2 + b2 \ x + y = lab
a b
4. The sum of the numerator and the denominator of a fraction is 4 more than twice the
numerator. If 3 is added to each of the numerator and denominator, their ratio becomes
2 : 3. Find the fraction. |AI 2010|
5. The sum ofnumerator and denominator of a fraction is 3 less than twice the denominator.
I
6 If each of the numerator and denominator is decreased by 1, the fraction becomes -.
w
Find the fraction.
Flo
ee
7. Solve the following pair of equations : — + 3y = 8; — - 4 v = -5 [Delhi 2010|
.v
Fr
-V
8. Solve the following pair of linear equations for x and v:
for
ur
2(or - by) + (a + 4b) = 0; 2(bx + ay) + {2b - 4a) = 0.
9. A number consists of two digits. When the number is divided by the sum of its digits,
ks
Yo
the quotient is 7.1 f27 is subtracted from the number, the digits interchange their places,
oo
find the number. [Foreign 2010|
B
re
QUESTIONS FOR PRACTICE
ou
ad
Y
Short Answer Type Questions With Reasoning (2 Marks):
nd
Re
Fi
1. Do the following equations represent a pair of coincident lines ? Justify your answer.
-V
(i) 3.v + -y = 3;7x + 3y = 7 (ii) 2+-V+5- = 0; 4.v + 8y + —
16
=0
7
2. Do the following pair of linear equations have no solution ? Justify your answer.
(i)x = 2y;y = 2x (ii) 3.y+v--3 = 0;2.v + |y = 2
3. The line represented byx= 7 is parallel to the .r-axis. Justify whether the statement is
true or not.
4. Are the following pair of linear equations consistent ? Justify your answer.
3 1 1 1
(ii ) lax + by = a, 4ax + 2by -2a = 0 : a, b ^ 0
5. For the pair of equations )jc + 3y --1 ; 2v + 6 y = 14 to have infinitely many solutions.
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.80 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
the value of A, should be 1. Is the statement true ? Give reasons.
Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks):
1. For which value(s) of A, do the pair of linear equations Av + ^ = A2 and x + Ay = 1 have
(i) no solution ?
(ii) infinitely many solutions ?
(iii) a unique solution ?
2. I fix +y = 23 and 4.v -y = 19. find the values of 5y - 2x and — - 2 .
x
3. A shopkeeper gives books on rent for reading. She takes a fixed charge for the first two
low
days, and an additional charge for each day thereafter. Latika paid Rs. 22 for a book kept
for six days, while Anand paid Rs. 16 for the book kept for four days. Find the fixed
charges and the charge for each extra day.
4. Find the values ofx andy ifABCD is a rectangle :
ee
rF
■V +v- ♦ Fr
t 11
for
u
ks
■P 10
Yo
oo
IL J1
eB
22 ♦
r
ou
ad
v* x y
Y
5. Find the solution of the pair of equations — + — -1 = 0 and —+ —= 15 . Hence, find A,
10 5 8 6
nd
Re
ify= Av + 5.
Fi
Long Answer Type Questions:
1. A two-digit number is obtained by either multiplying the sum of the digits by 8 and then
subtracting 5 or by multiplying the difference of the digits by 16 and then adding 3. Find
the number.
2. Draw the graphs of the equations x = 3, x = 5 and 2x -y -4 = 0. Also find the area of the
quadrilateral formed by the lines and thex-axis.
3. Vijay had some bananas, and he divided them into two lots A and B. He sold the first lot
at the rate of Rs. 2 for 3 bananas and the second lot at the rate of Re I per banana, and
got a total of Rs. 400. If he had sold the first lot at the rate of Re 1 per banana, and the
second lot at the rate of Rs. 4 for 5 bananas, his total collection would have been Rs.
460. Find the total number of bananas he had.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.81
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
A. Objective Type Questions (MCQ 1 Mark):
Choose the correct option :
I. Ifthe pair oflinear equations in two variables is consistent, then the lines represented
by two equations are
(a) intersecting (b) parallel
(c) always coincident (d) intersecting or coincident
2. Every point on the line representing the linear equation in tw'o variables
(a) may not be a solution of the equation
(b) is a solution of the equation (c) is a solution if it is also a point on ,r-axis
(d) is a solution of the equation if it is also a point on y-axis
w
3. Every solution of or + by + c = 0 is a pair of values
Flo
(a) one for a and other for b
(c) one for b and other for c
(b) one for a and other for c
ee
(d) one for .rand other for y
Fr
4. ax + by + c = 0 where a, b, c are real numbers is called a linear equation in two variables
.v and y if
for
ur
(a) a * b (b) a~ = b~ (c) a~ + b~ = 0 (d) a2+ b2±0
ks
5. Graphically ax + by + c = 0 represents a line. Every solution of the equation is a point
Yo
oo
(a) on the line representing it (b) not on the line representing it
B
(c) on the.Y-axis (d) on the y-axis
re
6. axx+ b\y+ = 0 and a2x + byy + c2 = 0, where Y/|,/q, Cp c/9, b2, c2 are all real numbers
ou
ad
and a,2 + Z),2 ^ 0, a22 + b22 * 0, is called a
Y
(a) family of two different straight lines
nd
Re
(b) family of two coincident lines
Fi
(c) pair oflinear equations in two variables
(d) none of these
7. The pair of equations y = 0 and y = - 7 has
(a) one solution (b) two solution
(c) infinitely many solutions (d) no solution
8. The pair of equations.Y = a and >’= 6 graphically represents lines which are
(a) parallel (b) intersecting at (/), a)
(c) coincident (d) intersecting at (a, b)
9. A pair of linear equations which has a solution .v = 2, y = -3 is
(a) x+y = - 1 ; 2x - 3y = - 5 (b) 2.v + 5y = -11 ; 4.y + 1 Oy = - 22
(c) Z\-y= 1 ; 3.v + 2y = 0 (d) .v-4v-14 = 0 ;5.v-y+13 = 0
10. The equations ax + by + c = 0 and dx + ey + c = 0 represent the same straight line if
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.82 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
(a) ad= be (b) ac = bd (c) be = ad (d) ab = de
11. The pair ofequations ax + 2v= 7 and 2>x + by= 16 represent parallel lines if
(a) a = b (b) 3a = 2b (c) 2a-3b (d) ab = 6
12. The value ofA- for which the lines 3.v + 4v = 5.5.v + 4v = 4 and kx + 4v = 6 meet at a point
is
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (cl) 4
b
13. y- a + ~ where a, b are real numbers, ifv = I when.v = - 1 and r = 5 when ,v = -5, then
a + h equals
(a) -1 (b) 0 (c) 11 (d) 10
14. If the pair of equations x+y= \l2 and t sinQ+_y cosG = 1 has infinitely many solutions,
then 0 =
w
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90°
15. A two digit number is k times the sum of its digits. The number formed by interchanging
Flo
the digits is the sum of digits multiplied by
ee
(a) 9-A (b) 11 - A' (c) k- 1 (d) A-+ 1
Fr
16. The difference between a two digit number and the number obtrained by interchanging
the digits is 27. What is the difference between the two digits of the number ?
for
ur
(a) 9 (b) 6 (c) 12 (d) 3
ks
17. Aseem went to a stationary shop and purchased 3 pens and 5 pencils for Rs. 40. His
Yo
oo
cousin Manik bought 4 pencils and 5 pens for Rs. 58. Ifcost of 1 pen is Rs..rand 1 pencil
is Rs.y, then which of the following represent the siutation algebraically?
B
re
(a) 3x + 5v = 40,4.r + 5v=58 (b) 3a- + 4y = 40,5.v + 5y = 58
(c) 3.v + 5 v = 40.5x + 4 v = 58
ou
(d) 3a- + 5v=40.4a- + 3v=58
ad
Y
18. The area of a trapezium is 1400 cm2. Its altitude is 50cm. Find the two bases, if the
number of ems in each base is an integer divisible by 9. The number of solution to this
nd
Re
problem is
Fi
(a) one (b) two (c) three (d) none of these
19. The father’s age is six times his son’s age. Four years hence, the age of the father will be
four times his son’s age. The present ages, in years, of the son and the father are,
respectively
(a) 4 and 24 (b) 5 and 30 (c) 6 and 36 (d) 3 and 24
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
Consider the following statements :
(a) Both the statements are true and statement 2 is the correct explanation for statement 1.
(b) Both the statements are true and statement 2 is not the correct explanation for statement 1.
(c) Statement 1 is true but statment 2 is false.
(d) Statement 1 is false but statement 2 is true.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.83
Choose the correct option from (a), (b). (c) and (d) in the following :
1. Statement I : 2.v +3>'+ 3 =0 and 4v +8 = 0 represent parallel lines if £= 6.
Statement 2 : a^x + b{y + c{ = 0 and a2x + b7y + c2 = 0 represent parallel lines if
5_ = ii*£L
a2 lh C2
Solution : Clearly, Statement 2 is true.
2 3 3
In statement 1, given equations represent parallel lines if ~ = — —
k 8
3x4
i.e. if k = = 6 . Hence statement 1 is also true.
2
Also Statement 2 is the correct explanation for statement 1.
w
2. Statement 1 : The system of equations a- + v- 3 = 0 and .v +>>- 5 = 0 has a no solution.
Statement 2 : The system of equations a^x + />,>• + C| = 0 and a2x + by + c2 = 0
Flo
has a unique solution when — * —
ee
Cl2 b->
3. Statement 1 : The system ofequations.v + 3v + 2 = 0 and,v + M’+3 = 0 is consistent Fr
for
ur
when /r * 3.
Statement2 : The system of equations ci[x+ by + c, = 0 and a2x + b2y + c-, = 0 is
ks
Yo
«, b} c,
oo
consistent when — = — ^ —
B
Cl') O’) C2
re
4. Statement 1 : Systemofequations.r+_y 2 = 0 and2.r + A[y-5 = 0has infinitelymany
ou
solutions if/r = 2.
ad
Statement 2 : System of equations ay + by + Cj = 0 and a2x + by + c2 - 0 is
Y
nd
Re
consistent it — * —
fh '
Fi
a2
5. Statement 1 : If the system of equations 2.v + 3y = 7 and lax + (a + b) y = 28 has
infinitely many solutions, then 2a- b = 0
Statement 2 : The system of equations .v - 5v = 3 and 2x - I Gy = 5 has a unique
solution.
6. Statement 1 : The system of equations x -2y - 4 = 0 and 3x - 6y +3 = 0 has no
solution.
Statement2 : The system of equations ay + by + C| =0 and a2x + by + c, = 0 has
Cl\ /), C|
infinitely many solutions when — = — ^ — .
a2 b. c2
7. Statement 1 : I f the pair of lines are coincident, then we say that pair of linear equations
is consistent and it has a unique solution.
Statement2 : If the pair of lines are parallel, then the pair of linear equations has no
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.84 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
solution and is called inconsistent pair of equations.
8. Statement 1 : The system of equations 2v- 2y + 4 = 0 and 3,v - 3v + 6 = 0 has inllnitely
many solutions
Statement 2 : The system of equations a,.v + b{y + c, = 0 and a2x + b2y + c2 = 0 has
a unique solution when — + — .
a2 b.
C. Linked Comprehension Type Questions :
In the given questions, there is a passage followed by three questions. Read the passage
carefully and then mark the correct answer from the given options.
Passage-I : If the coefficients of.v and v in the two linear equations are interchanged, then
solution can be obtained in the following way :
w
Let the two simultaneous linear equations in x and y be
ax + by = c ...(1)
and bx + ay = d Flo ...(2)
ee
c+d
Then,(l) + (2)=>(tf+6)x + (tf+ Z?)y = c + d => x+y =
a+b Fr ...(3)
for
ur
c-d
Again,(l)-(2)=> (a-b)x-(a-b)y = c-d =>x-y = -.(4)
a-b
ks
Yo
oo
c+d c-d \ (c + d c-d''
(3) + (4) => 2x = + => x = —
B
a+b a-b 2[a+b a-b
re
1 c+d c-d'
ou
ad
(3)-(4)=> T= T
2\a+b a-b,
Y
Now, answer the following questions.
nd
Re
1. The solution of 217x+131y=913J31x+217y = 827 is
Fi
(a) x = 2,y=3 (b) x=3,y = 2 (c) x = 2,y=2 (d) x = 3,y=3
2. The solution of 47x + 3 ly = 63, 3 lx + 47y = 15 is
(a) x = 2,y = -1 (b) x = 2,y= 1 (c) x=l,y=2 (d) none of these
3. The solution of 37x + 4ly = 70,4 lx + 37y = 86 is
I
(a) x=l,y=l (b) x = 0. y = — (c) x = —. y = 0 (d) x = 3,y- 1
Solution : 1. Given, 217x+ 13ly = 913 and 13 lx+ 217y = 827
1 913 + 827 913-827 I(1740 86 )=j(5+1)=3
x =—
21217 + 131 217-131 2 348 + 86
913 + 827 913-827 1
y= = -(5-1) = 2 . Thusx = 3,y= 2.
217 + 131 217-131
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.85
2. x = —
If 63+^5
2^47 + 31
63-15
47-31
- ifZ^ 1^' = -(l
1
+ 3) = 2
~ ills'1'Ye,
1
>'=-(1-3) = -!.
3. Given, 37.v + 41^ = 70 and 4 l.v + 37>' = 86
lf70 + 86 70-86^1 — —lfl56 -16] 1
X =— = -(2 + 4) = 3
2 37 + 41 37-41 21^ 78 -
_ 1 A 56
~ 2^ 78
Thusx = 3,_y = - 1.
-16
-4
H'2-4)-1
low
ANSWERS
ee
rF
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Fr
for
u
ks
Very Short Answer Type Questions:
Yo
oo
1
eB
1. £*10 2. £=-10 3. «=- 4. Infinitely many solutions
r
5. consistent.
ou
ad
Y
Short Answer Type Questions:
nd
Re
1. m = 5 2. k=l 3. parallel
Fi
4. £ = ± 6 5. p = 6 6. a = 5,b= 1 7. 11
Long Answer Type Questions :
1. x = b,y = -a 2. .v = 3,y = 2 3. x = ab, y = ab
5 4
4- 9 5. 6. x = 2,>, = 2 7. -v = —,v = 2
7 2’
8. 63
QUESTIONS FOR PRACTICE
Short Answer Type Questions with Reasoning:
1. (i)No (ii) No 2. (i) No (ii) No 3. Not true
4. (i) Yes (ii) Yes 5. No
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.86 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Short Answer Type Questions:
1. 31,-5/7 2. Rs. 4; Rs. 3 3. x= 16,y= 6
1
4. x= 100,_y = -45,X= — 5. (i) X,=-l (ii) X=\ (iii) ),*±\
2
Long Answer T^pe Questions :
1. 83 2. 8 sq. units 3. 500
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
A.Objective Questions:
1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (c)
w
7. (d) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. (d) 11. (d) 12. (a)
13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (b) 16. (d) 17. (c) 18. (d)
19. (d) Flo
ee
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (b) Fr
5. (c) 6. (c)
for
ur
7. (d) 8. (b)
ks
C. Linked Comprehension Type Questions:
Yo
oo
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (d)
B
re
EXEMPLAR PROBLEMS
ou
ad
Y
1. >'
lf2.v + >' = 23 and4.v-j= 19, find the values of 5^ - 2x and —-2.
nd
Re
x
Fi
Soln. v 2x + y = 23
and 4x-y = 19 ...(ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), we get
6x =42 => x — 1
Putting the value of* in (i), we get
2(7)+;- =23 => _y = 9
Then, value of 5v- 2.v = 5 x 9 - 2 x 7 => 45-14 = 31
y 9 5
and, the value ot----2 = — 2 = —
.V 7 7
2. For which value(s) of k will the pair of equations
kx + 3;- = k-2,
12.v + ky = k
has no solution ?
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.87
Soln. Given pair of linear equations is
kx + 3y = ft - 3 .-(i)
and 12x + ky = k ...(ii)
On comparing with ax + by + c = 0,we get
a, = A:, = 3 and c, = -(/:-3) [From Eq. (i)]
«,= 12, b-, = kandc1 = -k [From Eq. (ii)]
For no solution of the pair of linear equations,
a2 b2 c2
k__3 -(A--3)
=> \2~ k -k
Taking first two parts, we get
w
k__3_
\2~ k Flo
ee
=> k2 =36
=> k =±6
Taking last two parts, we get
Fr
for
ur
3 k-3
-*
ks
k k
Yo
oo
=> 3k *k(k-3)
eB
=> 3k-k(k-3)*0
=> k(3—k+3) ^0
r
ou
ad
=> k(6-k)*0
Y
=> k*0 and k* 6
nd
Hence, required value of k for which the given pair of linear equations has no solution is - 6.
Re
Fi
3. Find the solution of the pair of equations+ = 0 and ^- + ^- = 15. Hence, find X,
if_y = ?a' + 5.
y -1 = 0, and — + — =15
Soln. —+ —
10 5 8 6
=> x + 2_y =10
3x + 4 v
and = 15
24
=> 3.x:+ 4;; =360 ...(ii)
2 (i) - (ii) =>-x =-340 => x=340
Putting the value of.v in (i), we get
340 + 2>' =10 => 2j=-330 => y = -\ 65
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.88 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Given, v = ?uY+5
1
.-.-165 =340/.+ 5 => -170 = 340>. l=-
2
4. For which values of a and b will the following pair of linear equations has infinitely
many solutions ?
x + 2y= 1
(a- b)x + (a + b)y = a + b-2
Soln. Given pair of linear equations are
x + 2y = 1
and (a- b)x + (a + b)y = a + b-2 -.(ii)
On comparing with ax + by + c = 0. we get
a, = 1, 6, = 2 and c, =- 1 [From Eq. (i)]
a-} = (a- b), b-, = {a + b) [From Eq. (ii)]
w
and c-, = -(a + b -2)
Flo
For infinitely many solutions of the pairs of linear equations,
ee
^L-^L = £L
«2 ^2 C2
Fr
for
ur
2 -1
=>
a-b a+b -(a + b-2)
ks
Yo
Taking first two pats,
oo
B
1 2
re
a-b a+b
ou
ad
=> a + b = 2a-2b
Y
=> 2a - a = 2b + b ...(Hi)
=> a =3b
nd
Re
Taking last two parts,
Fi
2 1
a+b (a + b-2)
2a + 2b-4-a + b
=> a + b =4 ...(iv)
Now, putting the value of a from Eq. (iii) in Eq. (iv), we get
3b + b=4
=> 4b =4
=> b =1
Putting the value of/? in Eq. (iii), we get
a =3 x 1
=> a =3
So, (a, b) = (3, 1) satisfies all the conditions. Hence, required values of a and b are 3 and 1
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.89
respectively for which the given pair of linear equations has infinitely many solutions.
5. If the angles of a triangle are x, y and 40° and the difference between the two angles x
andy is 30°. Then, find the values ofx and y.
Soln. Given that, x, y and 40° are the angles of a triangle
x+y + 40o = 180° [since, the sum of all the angles of a triangle is 180°]
=> x +y= 140°
Also, x-y =30° ...(ii)
On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
2x = 170°
=> x = 85°
On putting x = 85° in Eq. (i), we get
85°+y = 140°
w
^ = 55°
Hence, the required values ofx andy are 85° and 55°, respectively.
Flo
6. A shopkeeper gives books on rent for reading. She takes a fixed charge for the first two
days and an additional charge for each day thereafter. Latika paid Rs 22 for a book kept
ee
for six days, while Anand paid Rs 16 for the book kept for four days. Find the fixed
charges and the charge for each extra day. Fr
Soln. Let the fixed charge for the first two days be Rs. x and additional charge for each day
for
ur
thereafter be Rs. y
ks
Now by first condition,
Yo
oo
Latika paid Rs. 22 for a book kept for six days,
eB
x + 4y=22
and by second condition,
r
ou
Anand paid Rs. 16 for a book kept for four days,
ad
Y
x + 2y = 16 ...(ii)
Now, subtracting Eq. (ii) from Eq. (i), we get
nd
Re
2y = 6 y=3
Fi
On putting the value ofy in Eq. (ii), we get
x + 2 * 3= 16
x = 16 - 6 = 10
Hence, the fixed charge paid for two days = Rs. 10
and the charge for each extra day = Rs. 3
ReadYourFlow.COM
3.90 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
|50 Marks]
Objective and Very Short-Answer Type Questions (1 mark):
Choose the correct option :
1. The pair of linear equations 3x + = 5 ; 2v - 3y = 7 have
(a) no solution (b) one solution
(c) two solutions (d) infinitely many solutions
2. The equations .v + 2y = 3 and 2x + 4v + 7 = 0 represent a pair of
(a) parallel lines (b) intersecting lines
(c) coincident lines (d) none of these
low
3. The pair of linear equations kx-y = 2 and 6.v - 2y = 3 has a unique solution for
(a) k=3 (b) ^^0 (c) k= 0 (d) k*3
4. If the lines given by 4.v + ky=S and 2x + 5y = 4 are parallel the value of k is
ee
(a) 10 (b) 5 (d) none of these
rF
(c) 2
Fr
Short Answer Type Questions (2 Marks):
for
u
5. Solve 148x ^ 23 \y = 527 ; 231 x + 148v - 410.
ks
Yo
6. For what values of k is the system of equations kx + 3y = k-2,12.v + ky = k inconsistent?
oo
B
7. Find the values of a and b for which, the following system of equations has infinite
re
number of solutions
2x-(a-4)y=2b+ 1 ;4x-(a-\)y=.5b- 1
ou
ad
8. The difference between two numbers is 26 and one number is three times the other. Find
Y
the numbers.
nd
Re
9. Show that the paths represented by the equations 2x + 3y = 5 and 4.v + 6v = 20 are
Fi
parallel.
10. For what value of k the following system of equations have unique solution
2x + ky= 1 ;3.v-5v = 7.
Short Answ er Type Questions (3 Marks):
11. Solve for x and y ; nix — ny = nr + n~ \x-y = 2n
12. In a AABC. ZC = 3ZB = 2(ZA + ZB), find the measure ofeach one ofZA, ZB and ZC.
13. Solve for .v andy ; — + — - 2 ; ax -by - a1- b2.
14. 5 pencils and 7 pens together cost Rs. 195 while 7 pencils and 5 pens together cost Rs.
153. Find the cost of one pencil and one pen.
15. Solve for.v andy: 62.y + 37v= 13 ;37.y + 62v = - 112.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables 3.91
Long Answer Type Questions (4 Marks):
16. Solve : — - — = a + b,ax - by = lab.
b a
17. Solve the following system of linear equations by cross multiplication method
2(ax- by) + a + 46 = 0, 2 (6.x + ay) + b-4a = 0
4
18. If 1 is added to both of the numerator and denominator of a fraction, it becomes “ . If
however, 5 is subtracted from both numerator and denominator, the fraction becomes
1
—. Find the fraction.
2
19. Solve for u and v by changing into linear equations
w
2(3«-v) = 5uv ; 2 (w + 3v) = 5uv.
Flo
20. Solve graphically the pair of linear equations 3.x + v - 3 = 0 ; 2.v ->-+8 = 0 and write the
vertices of the triangle formed by the lines and.x-axis.
ee
ANSWERS
Fr
or
ur
k sf
Yo
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
oo
eB
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. x — 2,y = 1
r
10
ou
ad
6. k = ±6 7. a = 7,b = 3 8. 39,13 10. A-*----
Y
11. x = m + n,y = m-n 12. ZA = 20°, ZB = 40° ZC= 120°
nd
Re
13. x = a,y = b 14. cost of one pencil = Rs. 4 ; cost of one pen = Rs. 25
Fi
15. x = 2,y = -3 16. x = b,y = -a
1 7
17. x = --,y = 2 19. w = 2, v = 1
2’
20. (-1,6), (1,0), (-4,0)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Also in
Eduwiser’s Series for
CBSE Books
w
Eduwiser’s Physics for Class IX
Eduwiser’s Chemistry for Class IX
Flo
Eduwiser’s'Biology for Class IX
ee
Fr
Eduwiser’s Physics for Class X
for
ur
Eduwiser’s Chemistry for Class X
ks
Eduwiser Biology for Class X
Yo
oo
B
Eduwiser’s Mathematics for Class 6
re
Eduwiser’s Mathematics for Class 7
ou
ad
Eduwiser’s Mathematics for Class 8
Y
Eduwiser’s Mathematics for Class 9
nd
Re
Eduwiser’s Mathematics for Class 10
Fi
Eduwiser’s Mathematics for Class 11 - Vol 1
Eduwiser’s Mathematics for Class 11 - Vol 2
Eduwiser’s Mathematics for Class 12 - Vol 1
Eduwiser’s Mathematics for Class 12 - Vol 2
Mathematics Series by Prof. (Dr.) K.C. Sinha
Chemistry by Prof. (Dr.) P. Bahadur
ReadYourFlow.COM
4
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS AND
IDENTITIES
4.1. INTRODUCTION
The word ‘Trigonometry’ has been derived from the Greek words Tri' (meaning three), gonia
(meaning angle) and metron (meaning measure). Thus, the literal meaning of work trigonometry
is the measurement of three angles. But a triangle has three angles, therefore, trigonometry
means measurement of triangle.
low
In fact, trigonometry is the study of relationship between the sides and angles of a triangle.
In past Astronomers used trigonometry to find out the distances of the stars and planets
from the earth. Earliest known work on trigonometry was done in Egypt and Babylon.
Now a days the word trigonometry has very wide meaning. It includes measurements of
ee
rF
angle and sides of a triangle and also includes relations between sides and angles of a
Fr
triangle. In trigonometry the ratio of sides and their relations with angles are discussed.
These ratios are called trigonometric ratios. Greek mathematician Hiparchus( 140 B. C.) was
or
first to establish the relation of angles with sides of a triangle.
f
u
ks
Even now a days most technologically advanced methods used in physical sciences and
Yo
engineering are based on trigonometrical concepts.
oo
Right angled triangle (right triangle) plays a very important and useful role in many things in
B
our surroundings which will be clear from the following examples.
re
(1) Suppose there is a big tree on one bank of a river having known width and the observer
ou
ad
is on the other bank. He wants to know the height of the tree without actually measuring
Y
it and without crossing the river. For this he can imagine a right triangle having one side
as the width of the river and the other side as the height of the tree.
nd
Re
C
Fi
A
4- >B
d
soldier
(2) Suppose a soldier is on the watch tower having
known height on sea shore. He sees enemy's ship
in the sea and wants to know its distance from the
watch tower. For this he can imagine a right triangle
having sides forming right angle as height of the
tower and distance of the ship from watch tower.
ship
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.2 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
Here we shall study some ratios of the sides of a right triangle with respect to its acute
angles. These ratios ofsides will be called trigonometric ratios of the angle. We shall consider
trigonometric ratios of acute angles only. But we shall also give a meaning to trigonometric
ratios of angles of measure 0° and 90°.
4.2. TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF ACUTE ANGLES
An angle whose measure is greater
than 0° but less than 90° is called an C
acute angle. Consdier a right angled
triangle ABC with right angle at B.
Side opposite to right angle is called P'
the hypotenuse, side opposite to
low
angle A is called perpendicular for
B
angle A and side adjacent to angle A A b A b'
side opposite to third angle is called base for angle A
ee
Any ratio of two sides of the triangle depends only on the measure of ZC AB that is on A, for
rF
h b p
Fr
ifwe take a larger or smaller right angled triangle A'. B', C such that AABC - AA ’B C ’
for
(as these triangles are similar)
h' b
u
ks
Thus any ratio of the lengths of two sides of the triangle is completely determined by angle
Yo
oo
A alone and is independent of the size of the triangle. There are six possible ratios that can be
B
formed from the three sides of a right angled triangle. Each of them has been given a name as
re
follows.
Definitions: In AABC.
ou
ad
Y
side opposite to angle A perpendicular _ BC _ p
(i) sin A =
AC ~ h
nd
hypotenuse hypotenuse
Re
Fi
side adjacent to angle A base AB b
(ii) cos A
hypotenuse hypotenuse AC h
perpendicular _ BC P
(Hi) tan A =
base AB b
base AB _ b~
(iv) cot A =
perpendicular BC p
hypotenuse _ AC _ h
(v) sec A =
base AB ~ ~b
hypotenuse AC h
(vi) cosee A
perpendicular BC p
The abbreviations sin A, cos A, tan A. cot A, sec A and cosec A stand for sine, cosine,
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.3
tangent, cotangent, secant, cosecant respectively of A. These ratios are called
trigonometric ratios.
We can observe from the above given definitions that the trigonometric ratios of an acute
angle in a right triangle gives a relationship between the angle and the sides of the triangle.
Note : sin A is one symbol. It should not be misunderstood as the product ofsin and A.
4.3. KNOWING THE VALUES OF TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF AN ACUTE ANGLE
A, WHEN ONE TRIGONOMETRIC RATIO OF ANGLE A IS GWEN
It is clear that if any trigonometric ratio ofan angle A is known, two sides ofthe right angled
triangle having one acute angle will be known in terms of a constant say A\ Then the length
of third side ofthe right triangle can also be obtained by using Pythagoras theorem.
Now, other trigonometric ratios of the same angle A can be obtained.
Example: Let sin A = —
low
2
BC
Then,
AC 2
ee
Ratio ofthe length of sides BC and AC is 1 : 2.
rF
IfBC is taken as A, then AC will be2A.
Now, by Pythagoras theorem
Fr
C
for
AC2=AB2+ BC2
u
=> AB2 = AC2 - BC2 k
ks
Yo
oo
= 4A2 - A2 = 3 A2
eB
B A
AB = ■v/3 A
V3k
r
ou
AB V3 A V3
ad
Now. cos A =----
Y
AC 2k 2
nd
Re
BC A 1
tan A =-— = —7= eic
Fi
AB pk P
4.4. SOME SYMBOLS
We shall write:
(1) (sin A)2 as sin2 A : (cos A)2 as cos2 A
(2) (sin A)3 = sin3 A : (cos A)3 = cos3 A etc.
(3) (sin A) -i : (sin A) 1 * sin"1 A
sin A
In fact, sin 1 A is a different symbol, about which we shall know in higher class.
[4.5. RELATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
]
(I | Reciprocal relations of trigonometric ratios
Let ABC be a right triangle having right angle at B.
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.4 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Now by definition :
C
(1) sin A = — = — and cosec A = ^
AC // BC n
P
..■ sin
'A a
A cosec A P h
=— •—
h p
B A
1 b
A= sin A =
cosec A
a AB b AC h
(2) cos A =---- = — and sec A =-----
K ’ AC h AB b
b h 1 1
= 1, => sec A =
low
a
cos A sec Aa = — •— and cos A =
h b cos A sec A
BC AB
P and cot A =---- b
(3) tan A =---- -- —
ree
AB b BC P
rF
tan A col A = — • — = 1 => tan A =
b P
1
cot A
and cot A = F I
tan A
or
sf
u
|1I] Quotient relations of trigonometric ratios
Let ABC be a right triangle having right angle at B.
k
Yo
C
oo
By definition :
B
P
re
BC p h sin A
(1) tan A =----
MS b b cos A P
ou
ad
h
Y
b B A
b
nd
Re
AB b h cos A
(2) cot A = —-
Fi
BC p p sin A
h C
|III| The other relations
Let ABC be a right triangle having right angle at B.
From AABC, h: = p2 + b2 [by Pythagoras theorem]
P
(1) sin2 A + cos2A= 1
b
P cos A = —
By definition : sin A = —, B A
h h b
2b1 /r
sin" A + cos- A = +—= —=1 [v h2 = p2 +b2}
h~ h2 h1
(2) sec2 A - tan2 A = 1
By definition : sec A = —, tan A = —
b b
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.5
->
It P~ b2
Now, sec2 A - tan2 A = — [v h2 = p2+b2]
b2 b2 b2
(3) cosec2 A - cot2 A = 1
By definition : cosec A = —, cot A = —
P P
h2 b2 h2-b2 p2
Novv, cosec2 A - cot2 A = —
b2 p2 p2 p2
|IV| Limits of values of sin A and cos A
Let ABC be a right triangle having right angle at B.
By definition :
BC
(1) From AABC, sin A =----- -(i)
low
AC C
BC
Since, BC<AC ---- < 1
AC
ee
From (i), sin A< 1
rF
(2) From AABC, cos A =
AB
-(ii) Fr
B A
or
AC
f
u
AB
• ---- < 1
ks
But, AB < AC
AC
Yo
oo
From (ii), cos A< 1
B
re
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
ou
ad
Type I. Problems based on finding trigonometric ratios of an acute angle of a right angled
Y
triangle having given sides.
nd
Re
WORKING RULE:
Fi
C
Use the following results whichever is required
P b P
sin0 = — cos (J — tan 0 = — P
h h b
cosec 0 = — sec 0 = — cot 0 = —
P b P B A
b
Example 1. Ifin any right angled AABC, ZB = 90°, AB = 3 cm. BC =4 cm, then find the value
of: A
(i) tan C (ii) tan A
AB _ 3
Solution: (i) tan C = —
b BC ~ 4 3
BC 4
(ii) tan A = — =
b AB _ 3 B C
4
k ReadYourFlow.COM
4.6 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example!. Ifin any right angled AABC, ZA = 90°, AB = 5 cm, BC= 13 cm,AC= 12cm, then
find the value of:
(i) sin B (ii) cos B (iii) tan B (iv) sin C
(v) tan C (vi) cos C
AC _ 12
Solution :{\) sin B =—
h BC ~ 13
B A
AB _ 5 AC _ 12
(jj) cos B = y = (iii) tan B = — =
h BC " 13 b AB ~ 5
AB _ 5 AB _ 5
(iv) sin C = — = (v) tan C = — =
h BC ~ f3 b AC ~ 12
AC _ 12
(vi) cos C = — =
w
h BC " 13
Example 3. State whether the following are true or false. Justify your answ'er.
(i) The value of tan A is always less than 1.
Flo
ee
(ii)
12
sec A = — for some value of angle A Fr
for
ur
(iii) cos A is the abbreviation used for the cosecant of angle A.
(iv) cot A is the product of cot and A.
ks
Yo
oo
4
(v) sin 0 = — for some angle G. INCERT1
B
re
Solution:{\) False: C
ou
ad
In the given figure,
Y
BC 4
tan A =---- 4
nd
Re
AB 3
Fi
Here tan A is greater than 1.
B A
(ii) True: 3
hypotenuse
Since sec A =
base
and hypotenuse is always greater than base, therefore
given statement is true.
(iii) False : cos A is the abbreviation for cosine of angle A.
(iv) False : cot A is one symbol. It is not the product of cot and A.
(v) False: C
Here 4 perpendicular _ BC
sin 0 = —
3 hypotenuse AC 4
BC !>i
AC 3 B A
ReadYourFlow.COMA
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.7
This is not possible as in right AABC, perpendicular BC must be less than hypotenuse AC.
Example 4. In APQR, right angled at Q, PR + QR = 25 cm and PQ = 5 cm. Find the values of
sin P, cos P and tan P. INCERT]
Solution: Given, PR + QR = 25 cm,
PR=(25-QR)cm -(i)
Now PR2 = QR2 + PQ2 |[By Pythagoras theorem]
R
=> (25 - QR)2 = QR2 + 52
625 + QR2 - 50 QR = QR2 + 25
50 QR-625-25 = 600
QR= 12 cm
From (i), PR = (25 -12) cm = 13 cm P 5 cm
w
QR 12
Now, from right ARQP, sin P =-----
PR 13
cosP=fO=l and ta„P=^ = ^
Flo
ree
PR 13 PQ 5
F
Example 5. In AOPQ, right-angled at P, OP= 7 cm and OQ- PQ = 1 cm (see Fig.). Determine
or
ur
the values of sin Q and cos Q. |NCERT|
sf
Solution: From right AOPQ, OQ2 = OP2 + PQ2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
k
Q
Yo
oo
=> (1 + PQ)2 = OP2 + PQ2 [v OQ - PQ = 1 /. OQ = 1 + PQ]
B
re
=> 1 + PQ2 + 2PQ = OP2 + PQ2
=> 1 +2PQ = OP2
ou
ad
=> 1 +2PQ = 72 [v OP = 7 cm]
Y
nd
PQ = 24 cm and OQ = 1 + PQ = 25 cm
Re
Fi
PO 7 QP _ 24
Now from right AQPO, sin Q = = — and cos Q =
QO 25 OQ _ 25 p 7 cm O
Example® If ZB and ZQ are acute angles such that sin B = sin Q, then prove that ZB =
ZQ. |NCERT|
Solution : Let us consider two right triangles ABC and PQR.
Let sin B = sin Q ...(•)
P
AC
From right AACB, sin B =---- A
AB
PR
and from right APRQ, sin Q = ——■
PQ
AC _ PR Q
FromO). AB ~ PQ C B R
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.8 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
AC AB
— = A- (say) ...(ii)
PR PQ
From right AABC, BC = VaB2 - AC2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
and from right APQR. QR = \/PQ2 - PR2
BC _ VAB2 - AC1 _ Va-2 PQ2 -A-2 PR2 _ A^/pQ2 - PR2
Now, =k ...(iii)
QR ^/pQ2 - PR2 Vpq2-pr2 Vpq2-pr2
From (ii) and (iii), we have
AC AB BC
PR " PQ ~ QR
w
AACB ~ APRQ
Hence ZB = ZQ Flo
ee
Fr
Type II. Problems based on finding the values of trigonometric ratios when one trigonometric
ratio of an acute angle is known.
for
ur
WORKING RULE:
ks
1. If sin 0 is given, take a right angled triangle having perpendicular p equal to numerator
Yo
oo
and hypotenuse h equal to denominator.
B
2. Then find the base b, using the relation h2 = p2 + h2.
re
3. Now any trigonometric ratio of 0 can be written.
ou
ad
4. Similar will be the case for other trigonometric ratios.
Y
12
Example 7. If sin A = —, then find tan A and cos A.
nd
Re
13
Fi
Solution: We draw a right AOMP in which ZOMP =90°
and MO= 12. OP= 13
OM _ 12
Now, sin ZOPM =
"op" " n
12
From question, sin A = — O
13
sin ZOPM = sin A ZOPM = A
12
Now, mp = 7op2-om2 = V<13)2 -(12r
= Vl 69 -144 = x/25 = 5 M P
Hence, f . p QM 12 , b MP 5
tan A = — -------= — and cos A = —
b MP 5 h OP " 13
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.9
Second method:
12
Here, sin A = —
13
. . p p 12
But
h h 13
A = A = * (say) p = \2k,h = m
or
12 13
Now, b = ylh2-p2 = yj(\3k)2 ~(\2k)2
= yj\69k2-\44k2 =\j25k2 =5k
u ^ P m \2 , .b = _5_
w
Hence, tan A = — =-----= — and cos A = — =
b 5k 5 h 13A- ” 13
12
Flo
Example 8. If cot 0 = —, find the values of (i) cos 0, (ii) sin 0
ee
Solution: We draw a right AABC in which Fr
or
ur
ZB = 90°, BC = 12, AB = 5 A
sf
BC 12
cot ZACB = ---- =
k
Now,
Yo
AB 5
oo
5
eB
12
Given, cot0 = —
5
r
ou
ad
cot ZACB = cot 0 /. ZACB = 0
Y
Now, h =y]p2+b2 = yj(5)2 +(12)2
nd
Re
Fi
= V25 + 144 = Vl69 = 13
(i) cos 0 =— = 12 (ii) sin 9 =~ - ~
h 13’ h 13
p-\
Example 9. If cos 0 = , then find the value of tan 0
P+1
Solution: We draw' a right AABC in which
ZB = 90°. BC = p-\ and AC = p + 1
BC p -1
Now', cos ZACB =----
AC p+\
p-\
For question, cos 0 =
P+1
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.10 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
cosZACB = cos0 ZACB = 0
In right AABC,
p i.e. AB =yjh2 -b2 = J(p + \)2 - (p-l)2 A
= yj(p + \ + p — \) (P + \-p+\)
J(2p).2 =^ = 2^
P = 2^p = Zy/p C
tan 0 = — B P-1
b (p-\) p-\
l p-\
tan 0 2y[p
w
Type III. Problems based on using the value of a trigonometric ratio after finding them.
Flo
ee
WORKING RULE:
Fr
1. Find the values ofthe trigonometric ratios which are required for the given expression
(as in type II).
for
ur
2. Put the values ofthe trigonometric ratios thus obtained in the given expression.
ks
a sin Q - b cos 0
Yo
Example 10. If tan 0 = —, then find the value of
oo
b a sin 0 + /; cos 0
B
Solution: We draw a right AABC in which
re
ZB =; 90°, AB = a, BC = />
ou
ad
Y
Now; tan ZACB = — "
nd
Re
BC b
Fi
A
From question, tan ® =<j
tan ZACB = tan 0 ZACB = 0 a
In right AABC, h = yjp2 +b2 = \]a2 +b2
C
a b b B b
sin 0 = — = = ; cos 0 = -
yla2+b2 h \la2 +b2
a
b
a , - bi
Now, a sin0 - b cos 0 'Ja2 +b2
a sin 0 + /? cos 0 a b
+b
Ja2 +b2 yja2 +b2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.11
a2-b2
\la2 +b2 = a2-b2
a2 +b2 a2 +b2
\Ja2 +b2
a sin0 - 6 cos 0 atanQ-b
Second Method:
a sin 0 + 6 cos 0 g tan 0 + 6
a , a2-b2
a. — b
b b a2 -b2
a a2 +b2 a2 +b2
a.- + bi
b b
1
sin 0 -
w
tan 0
Example 11. If cos 0 = then find the value of —
2 tan 0
Flo
Solution: We draw a right AABC in which A
ee
ZB =90°, BC = 3. AC = 5
Now,
BC
cos ZACB =----
3
Fr
for
ur
AC 5
ks
Given, cos0 = -
Yo
5
oo
C
cos ZACB = cos 0 ZACB = 0 B 3
B
re
In right AABC,
ou
ad
p =yjh2 -b2 =V(5)2-(3)2
Y
= V25-9 = Vl6 =4
nd
Re
1__ 3
Fi
• 0- = —
sin P =4 tan 0 =— = 4
h 5’ b 3 tan 0 4
1 4 3 1
sin 0 -
tan 0 5 4 20 1 3 3
Now,
2 tan0 4 8 20 8 160
2x-
3 3
5 cos 0 -3 sin0
Example 12. If 4 tan 0 = 5, then find the value of
cos0 + 2 sin0
Solution : •; 4 tan 0 = 5 .-. tan 0 = -
4
We draw a right AABC in wh ich
ZB = 90°. AB = 5, BC =4
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.12 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
AB 5 A
Now; tan ZACB =----
BC 4
From question, tan 0 = 5
tan ZACB = tan 0 ZACB = 0
In right AABC,
h = yjp2 +b2 =V(5)2+(4)2
= V25 + 16 = V41
5
cos 0 = — = —sin 0 =— - .—
/t V4l /? V41
low
20-15
5< x —=-3
4 i 5
x —=
Now, 5 cos 0 -3 sin 0 741 ^ - 5
cos 0 + 2 sin 0
A+2x4 4 + 10 14
ee
741 Til Til
rF
1
Fr
or
Example 13. If sin A = “ »then find the value of cos A. cosec A + tan A. sec A.
f
u
ks
Solution: We draw a right AABC in which C
Yo
oo
ZB = 90° and BC =/? = 1; AC =h = 3
B
1
re
Now, AB = 7AC2-BC2 = V(3)2-(l)2
ou
ad
= 79^1 = 7s = 272 A B
Y
b AB 271 h AC 3
nd
Re
cos A = — =---- =-------; cosec A = — =-----= - = 3
/? AC 3 p BC 1
Fi
p BC 1 ii AC 3
tan A = ----- — .. . — --------------■ c pr* A — ___ — ______ — ________
b AB 272 ^AB'272
Now, cos A . cosec A + tan A . sec A
272 1 ^ =275 + -3 = 1672+3
X 3 + —= X——
3 275 275 8 8
Example 14. From the given figure, find the values of:
(i) sin0 + sin a (ii) sec2 0-tan2 0
Solution: In right ACDE,
DE = 7CE2-CD2 = 7s2-32
= 725-9 =7l6 =4
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.13
p _ DE _ 4 A
sin a = —
/t ” CE " 5
In right AABE, BE = CD = 3, AB = AC - BC = AC - ED
8
=8-4=4
AE = VaB2+BE2 = V42 +32 = 5 E
• n0 = — = BE
sin 3
h AE 5
sec a ll = AE = 5
0 =—
C 3 D
i AB " 4
BE _ 3
tan 0 = —
b AB " 4
low
3 4 3+4 _ 7
(i) sin 0 + since = - + —
5 5 5 _ 5
ee
(ii) sec2e-tan20 = ^j -g] 25 9 _ 25-9 _ 16
rF
16 16 ~ 16 ~ 16Fr
for
1
u
Example 15. In a AABC, right angled at B, if tan A =—r= , find the value of |NCERT]
ks
v3
Yo
(ii) cos A cos C - sin A sin C
oo
(i) sin A cos C + cos A sin C
eB
Solution:
BC 1
r
Given, tan A =---- --
ou
ad
AB V3
Y
BC : AB = 1 ; V3
nd
Re
Fi
Let BC = /rand AB = yj?>k
Now, AC = VaB2 + BC2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
= J(j3k)2+(k)2 C
= yhk2 +k2 = -j^2 = 2k
k
BC k 1
Now from right AABC, sin A =---- ^
AC 2k 2
B
A V3A-
AB yfik 73
cos A = ----
AC 2k 2
AB V3A- 73
sin C =----
AC 2k 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.14 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
BC k l
and cos C =----
AC 2k 2
(i) sin A cos C + cos A sin €=—•— + — • — = — +— = !
2 2 2 2 4 4
(ii) cos A cos C - sin A sin C =
V3 .i_I ,V3 = V3 =0
2 2 2 2 4 4
Type IV. Problems based on finding trigonometric ratios when a relation between two
trigonometric ratios is given
WORKING RULE:
1. From the given linear relation between two trigonometric ratios express one of them in
terms of the other. For this square both sides or divide the given relation by one of the
low
two trigonometric ratios involved.
2. Use the following results whichever is required :
ee
1 1 1
(i) sin 0 = ; cosec 0 = ; cos 0 = ; sec 0 =
rF
cosec 0 sin 0 sec 0
Fr cos 0
or
1 1 sin 0 cos 0
tan 0 = ; cot 0 = : tan 0 = : cot 0 =
f
u
cot 0 tan 0' cos 0 sin 0
ks
Yo
oo
(ii) sin2 0 + cos2 0 = 1; sec2 0 - tan2 0 = 1; cosec2 0 - cot2 0 = 1
B
re
Example 16. If 9 cos A + 40 sin A = 41, then find the values of cos A and cosec A.
ou
Solution: y 9 cos A + 40 sin A = 41
ad
Y
9 cos A 40 sin A 41
[Dividing both sides by cos A]
nd
Re
cos A cos A cos A
Fi
1
or 9 + 40 tan A = 41 sec A = sec A
cos A
or (9 + 40 tan A)2 = (41 sec A)2 [Squaring both sides]
or 81 +1600 tan2 A + 720 tan A = 1681 sec2A
or 81 + 1600 tan2 A + 720 tan A = 1681 (1 + tan2 A)
or 81 + 1600 tan2 A+ 720 tan A = 1681 + 1681 tan2 A
or 81 + 1600tan2A + 720tanA- 1681 - 1681 tan2A = 0 C
or -81 tan2 A +720tan A-1600 = 0
or -(81 tan2 A-720 tan A + 1600) = 0
40
or (9 tan A)2 - 2.9 tan A ■ 40 + (40)2 = 0
or (9 tan A - 40)2 = 0 or 9 tan A - 40 = 0 B
A 9
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.15
40
or 9 tan A = 40 tan A = —
9
40
tan A = —
9
We draw a right AABC in which ZB = 90°
and BC =/? = 40, AB = b-9
In right AABC, h = \Jp~ +b~ - \](40)~ +(9)‘
= V1600 + 81 = yjm\=4\
, b 9 h 4\
cos A = — = '—; cosec A = —
h 41 P 40
w
Second method:
v 9cos A + 40 sin A = 41
Flo
ee
or 9 * +40 ^ = 41 or 9b + 40p = 41
or
h h
9b + 40p = 41/?
h
Fr -(i)
for
ur
(i) is a homogeneous equation of first degree in b, p and /?. A homogeneous equation has
ks
infinite number of solutions. By hit and trial method one solution of equation (i) is
Yo
6 = 9,/? = 40 and h = 4\. General solution of equation (i) will be/> = 9*,/? = 40.v and h = 4\x,
oo
where x is an arbitrary positive real number.
B
re
b _9x_ 4Ly _ 41
cos A = — — and cosec A = —
h ~ 4lx 41 p 40,y 40
ou
ad
Y
Example 17. If (a2 - b2) sin 0 + lab cos Q = a2 + b2, then find the value of tan 0.
nd
Re
Solution : •; {a2 -b2) sin0 + lab cos0 = a2 +b2
Fi
(a2-62)sin0 lab cos Q a2+b2 [Dividing both sides by cos 0]
+
COS0 cos 0 cos 0
or (a2 -/r) tan 0 + lab = (a2 +b~) sec 0
or {(a2 -62)tan 0 + lab}2 = {{a2 +b2) sec0}2 [Squaring both sides]
or (a2 -b2)2 tan2 0 + 4a2b2 + 4ab(a2 -b2) tan 0 = {a2 +/?2)" sec" 0
= (a2+62)2 (1 + tan2 0) ={a2 +b2)2 +{a2 +b2 )2 tan2 0
or 0 = (a2 +b2)2 tan2 0-(rT -/r)2 tan2 0 -4ab (a2-b2) tan 0
+{a2 +b2)2 —4a2b
or tan2 0 {(rr2 +b2)2 -(a2 -b2)2} -4ab {a2-b2) tan0 + (a2 -b2 )2 = 0
or tan2 Q.4a2b2 -4ab (a2-b2) tan 0 +(a2-^2)2 =0
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.16 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
or (lob tan 9): - 22ab tan 9 (a2 -b1) + (a2 -b2)2 =9
or {lab tan 9- (a2 -b2)}1 =0
or lab tan 9 - (a2 -&2) =0
or lab tan 9 = a2 -b2
2-b2
tan n9 = -
a
lab
EXERCISE 4.1
l>pel A
I. From the given figure, find the value of the following :
(i) sin C (ii) sin A
low
(iii) cos C (iv) cos A 3
(v) tan C (vi) tan A
2. From the given figure, find the value of:
(i) tan 9 (ii) cos 9 C
ee
B 4
rF
A
Fr
for
u
4
ks
Yo
oo
B
C
B 3
re
3. From the given figure, find the value of
ou
ad
(i) sin 9 (ii) tan 9 (iii) tan A - cot C
Y
A
nd
Re
Fi
12
C
B
4. (i) In AABC, right angled at B. AB = 24 cm, BC = 7 cm. Determine
(a) sin A, cos A (b) sin C, cos C
(ii) Consider AACB. right angled at C, in which AB = 29 units, BC = 21 units and
Z ABC = 9. Determine the values of
(a) COS1 9 + sin2 9 (b) cos2 9 - sin2 9
(iii) In AABC, ZA is a right angle, then find the values of sin B, cos C and tan B in each
of the following:
(a) AB= 12, AC = 5, BC = 13 (b) AB = 20, AC = 21, BC = 29
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.17
(c) BC = x/2. AB = AC = 1
Type II
5. Find the value of following : (a) sin 0 (b) cos 0 (c) tan 0 from the figures given below:
C 5 M 16 Z
6. In APQR, ZQ is a right angle PQ = 3, QR=4. IfZP = aand ZR=p,then find the values
w
of
(i) sin a (ii) eos a (iii) tan a
(iv) sin p (v) cos p
Flo
(vi) tan p
ee
7.
4
(i) If sin 0 = - then find the values of cos 0 and tan 0.
5 Fr
for
ur
3
(ii) II sin A =-calculate cos A and tan A.
ks
4
Yo
oo
8. If sin 0 = -, then find the values of cos 0 and tan 0.
B
5
re
4
9. Ii cos 0 = —, then find the value of tan 0.
ou
ad
5
Y
10. (i) If tan 0 = —, then find the values of cos 0 and sin 0.
4
nd
Re
4
Fi
(ii) If tan A = fuid the other trigonometric ratios of the angle A.
12
11. If cot 0 then find the value of sin 0.
5
12. If tan 0 = —, then find the value of cos 0.
12
12
13. If sin 0 = , then find the value of cos 0 and tan 0.
13
14. Iftan 0 = 0.75, then find the value of sin 0.
15. If tan B = %/3, then find the values of sin B and cos B.
16. If tan 0 = —, then find the values of cos 0 and sin 0.
n
17. If sin Q = \J3 cos 0, then find the values of cos 0 and sin 0.
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.18 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
21
18. (i) If cot 0 = —, then find the values of cos 0 and sin G.
20
(ii) If 15 cot A = 8, find sin A and sec A.
19. If sin 0 = cos 0 and 0° < 0 < 90°, then find the values of sin 0 and cos 0.
20. If sin 0 = , then find the values of cos 0 and
tan 0
'Jnr - n 2
21. If tan 0 = , then find the values of sin 0 and cos 0.
n
22. (i) If sec 0 = 2, then find the values of other /-ratios of angle 0.
13
(ii) Given sec 0 = —, calculate all other trigonometric ratios.
w
12’
Flo
23. If cosec 0 = VlO. then find the values of other /-ratios of angle 0.
ee
Type III
s
24. (i) If tan A = —, then find the values of sin A + cos A.
Fr
for
ur
2
ks
(ii) If sin 0 = V3 cos 0, find the value of cos 0 - sin 0.
Yo
oo
8
B
(iii) If tan 0 = —, find the value of 1 + cos2 0.
15’
re
ou
ad
(1 +sin 0) (1 - sin 0)
25. If cot 0 = —, evaluate (i) (ii) cot2 0
Y
8’ (1 +COS 0) (1-cos 0)
nd
Re
1-tan2 A
Fi
26. (i) If 3 cot A =4, check whether = cos2 A - sin2 A or not.
I +tan2 A
(ii) In a right triangle ABC, right angled at B. if tan A= 1. then verify that
2 sin A cos A = 1.
27. If 4sin2 0 = 3 and 0° < 0 < 90°, find the value of 1 + cos 0.
P find the value of p sin Q-q cos 0
28. If tan 0 = —,
9 /?sin 0 + g cos 0
sin 0 + cos 0
29. If 13 cos 0 = 5, find the value of
sin 0 - cos 0
13 2 sin 0 -3 cos 0 _ ^
30. If sec 0 = —, show that
5 ’ 4 sin0 - 9cos0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.19
3 cos 0 + sin 0
31. If2 tan 0=1. find the value of
2 cos 0 - sin 0
5 sin a -3 cos a 1
32. I f 5 tan a = 4. show that
5 sin a + 2 cos a 6
3 sec 0 + cosec 0
33. If cot 0 = —, prove that = V7
4 sec 0 - cosec 0
1 - cos2 0 _ 3
34. If cot 0 = -p, verify that:
s 2-sin2 0 5
X
35. If tan 0 = —, find the value of* sin 0 +y cos 0.
v
w
36. If sin 0 =
5 Flo
find the value of tan2 0 + sin 0 cos 0 + cot 0.
ee
37. If4 cot 0 = 3, show that
sin 0 + cos 0
sin 0 - cos 0
=7 Fr
for
ur
m
38. If sin 0 = =, prove that m sin 0 + /? cos 0 = y m2 + ri1
ks
yjm2 + n
Yo
oo
B
12 35
39. If cosa = —. show that sin a (1-tan a) =----
re
13’ 156
ou
ad
40. If q cos 0 = 'jq2 - p1 , prove that q sin 0 =p.
Y
1
nd
Re
cos 0
tan 0 I
Fi
41. If sin 0 =-, show that:
5 2 eot 0 5
42. Find the value of
4 12
(i) cos A sin B + sin A . cos B. if sin A = and cos B = —
13
(ii) sin A. cos B - cos A. sin B, if tan A = VJ and sin B = -^
(iii) sin A. cos B + cos A . sin B, if tan A = —J=- and tan B = V3
tan A + tan B
(iv) , if sin A = —= and cos B = —
1 - tan A. tan B 2
(v) sec A. tan A + tan2 A - cosec A, if tan A = 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.20 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
1 sin A
(vi) + , ifcosecA = 2
tan A 1 + cos A
43. (i) If sin B =—, prove that: 3 cos B - 4 cos - B = 0
V3
(ii) If cos 0 = —, prove that: 3 sin 0-4 sin3 0 = 1
tan 0 sin 0
(iii) If sec 0 = “!
- » prove thcit; ^
4 F 1 +tan-0 sec 0
12
(iv) cot B = prove that: tan2 B - sin2 B = sin4 B sec2 B.
w
\2 r—^---------
44. (i) If cos 0 = , 11 , prove that VZ±Z + — q _ \lp2+q2 +q
yjp2 +q2 Flo P P -q
ee
45. In the given figure, BC = 15 cm and sin B = —, show that tan2 B
5 Fr cos2 B
1
= -l
or
r
f
ou
ks
oo
Y
B
re
B 15 cm C D
ou
ad
46. In the given figure, find 3 tan 0-2 sin a + 4 cos a.
R
Y
nd
Re
Fi
P S 6 Q
47. In the given figure AABC is right angled at B and BD is perpendicular to AC. Find
(i)cos 0, (ii)cot a.
C
B 12 A
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.21
Type IV
48. If 5 sin2 0 + cos2 0 = 2, find the value of sin 0.
49. If 7 sin2 0 + 3 cos2 0 = 4, find the value of tan 0.
50. If 4 cos 0 + 3 sin 0 = 5, find the value of tan 0.
51. If 7 sin A+ 24 cos A = 25, find the value of tan A.
52. If 9 sin 0 + 40 cos 0 = 41, find the value of cos 0 and cosec 0
53. If tan A + sec A = 3. find the value of sin A.
54. If cosec A + cot A = 5, find the value of cos A.
55. I flan 0 + sec 0 = .v, show that sin 0 = ^
x +1
56. IfcosO + sin 0=1. prove that cos 0- sin 0 = ± 1
low
[Hint: Let cos 0 - sin 0 = .v -.(i)
Given cos 0 + sin 0 = I ...(ii)
Squaring (i) and (ii) and then adding, we get
ee
rF
or 2 (sin2 0 + cos2 0) = x2 + I
Fr
cos2 0 + sin2 0-2 cos 0. sin0 + cos2 0 + sin2 0 + 2cos0. sin 0 = v2 +1
for
u
or 2 = x2+ 1 [v sin2 0+ cos2 0 = 1]
ks
Yo
or .v2 = 2-1
oo
eB
or x — ± VT = +1
r
cos 0 - sin 0 = ± 1 ]
ou
ad
Y
ANSWERS
nd
Re
3 4 4 3 3
Fi
I- 0) 5 (ii) 5 (iii) 5 (iv) - (v) 7
4
4 4 3
( vi) 3 L (03 (ii) 5
5 5
3. (i) (ii) (iii) 0
13 12
7 24 24 7
4. (i)(a)sinA=—, cosA = — (b) sin C = —, cos C = —
25 25 25 25
41
(ii)(a)l (b) (iii) (a) sin B = —, cos C =—, tan B = —
841 13 13 12
21 21 21
(b) sin B - , cos C =-^-, tan B = £7- (c) sin B = —j=, cos C =—, tan B - 1
29 29 20
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.22 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
12 5 12
5. (i) (a) — (b) (0 l
13 13
5 12 5
(ii)(a)- (b) (c)
13 13 12
4 3 4 3 4
6- (i) 5 (iO ? (iii) T
3 ('V) 5 (v) 7
5
3 V? 3
(vi) 7 7. (i) cos0 = tan 0 = — (ii) cos A ---- , tan A = —=
4 5 3 4
3 3
8* cos 0 = —, tan 0 = — 9.
5 4 4
4 3 4 A 3
10. (i) cos 0 = - , sin 0 = - (ii) sin A —, cos A = -.
low
5 5 5 5
3 5 A 5 5 12
cot A = —,sec A cosec A = —. 11. 12. —
4 3 4 13 13
ee
rF
13. cos 0 = —, tan 0 = —
13 5
14. 0.6 Fr
15. sin B = —.cos B =
2 ’
1
2
or
n m
f
u
16. cos 0 = , sin 0 = 17. sin0=—,cos0 = —
ks
y]m2 +n2 yjm2 +n2 2 2
Yo
oo
21 20 15 17
B
18. (i) cos0 = —. sin0 = — (ii) sin A =— ,sec A = —
29 29 17 8
re
2xy 1
ou
ad
19. sin0 =-;=,cos0 = 20. cos0 =
v2 V2
Y
x2+y2 tan0
sR —n 2 , cos 0 = —
nd
Re
21. sin 0 =
Fi
m m
1
22. (i) sin 0 = —,cos0 = —, tan 0 = Vs.cot 0 = —cosec0 = —
2 2 s
-,COS0=12 5 n \2 13
(ii) sin 0 = —. tan 0 = —.cot 0 = —, cosec 0 = —
13 13 12 5 5
23. sin 0 =
i
, cos 0 =
3 1
, tan 0 = -, cot 0 = 3, sec 0 =
Vio
yio Vio 3’ 3
V3+2 1-V3 514 49 49
24. (i) (ii) 25. (0 77
2 (iii) yyy 64 (ii) 77
64
3 17 5
26. (i) yes 29. (i) -
27- y 7 (ii) 77
14
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.23
7 2851 63
31.(iii) 3 35. yjx2 +y2 36. 42. (i) - (") 2
1200
3^5+8 12
(iii) 1 (iv) 2 + V3 (v)
2
(vi) 2
46-t
12 5 1 1 3
47. (i) - (ii) 48. ±- 49- 50. -
13 12 4
7 40 44 4 12
51. — 52. S3. - 54.
24 41’ 9 13
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF
SOME SPECIAL ANGLES
w
[4.6 INTRODUCTION
Here we will find the trigonometrical ratios of some special angles like 45°, 30°, 60°, 0° and 90°
Flo
using geometry. Trigonometrical ratios of other angles can be obtained from table.
ee
4.7 TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF45°, 30° AND 60°
(I| Trigonometric ratios of 45° Fr
for
Let ABC be an isosceles right triangle in which
ur
ZB = 90° and AB = BC ZA = ZC = 45°
ks
Let AB= BC =x
Yo
oo
A
By Pythagoras theorem in right angled AABC,
eB
AC = VaB2 + BC2 = Vt2 + .y 2 =4lx2 AC = VIv
r
ou
x
ad
Now in right angled AABC, for ZACB = 45‘’
Y
AB x 1
sin 45° = sin ZACB =---- -- -
nd
AC \plx v2
Re
B x C
Fi
BC 1
cos 45° = cos ZACB =---- = —= —j=
AC V2a- v2
AB
tan 45° = tan ZACB =---- * =1
BC x
AC 'll x
cosec 45° = cosec ZACB =----
AB x
AC yflx
sec 45° = sec ZACB ------
BC x
BC - ^
cot 45° = cot ZACB =---- !
AB a-
|II] Trigonometric ratios of 30" and 60°
Let ABC be an equilateral triangle
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.24 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Then, ZABC = ZBCA = ZCA B = 60"
Draw AD perpendicular from the vertex Aon BC which divides BC.
Also ZADB = 90°
In AABD. ZABD = 60° ZBAD = 30°
Let BD = DC=x, AB = AC = BC = 2v
In right angled AABD,
AD = VaB2-BD2 = \](2.\)2 -(.v)2 = v4v 2-.v2 = \j3x~ AD = V3.v
In right angled AABD for ZBAD = 30°
BD .y
sin 30° = sin ZBAD =----
AB 2x 2
-,no /D A [Y AD 'fi,X 'ft
cos 30 = cos ZBAD =----
low
AB 2.v 2
BD A'
tan 30° = tan ZBAD =
AD fix fi
ee
rF
AB
cosec 30° = cosec ZBAD =----
BD
2a
—= 2
A
Fr
for
AB 2a 2
u
sec 30" = sec ZBAD = B C
ks
AD fix ~ fi x D
Yo
oo
AD fix
= fi
eB
cot 30° = cot ZBAD =-----
BD A
r
Note : In a right angled triangle if measure of one angle is 30° then the side opposite to it
ou
ad
wilt he equal to half of the hypotenuse.
Y
In AABD for ZABD = 60°
nd
AD _fix_ fi
Re
BD _ a _ 1
sin 60" = sin ZABD = cos 60" = cos ZABD =
AB “ 2a “ 2
Fi
AB_ 2a ~ 2
AD fix
tan 60” = tan ZABD =
BD A
= fi
AB 2a 2
cosec 60" = cosec ZABD =
AD fix fi
AB 2a
sec 60” = sec ZABD =---- — = 2
BD a
BD A
cot 60" = col ZABD =-----=
AD fix fi
4.8. VALUES OF TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF 0° AND 90°
In any right angled triangle one angle is 90° and remaining two angles are acute. Here we are
discussing trigonometric ratio of an acute angle 0. Since sum of the three angles of a
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.25
triangle is 180°, therefore in a right angled triangle both the acute angles will lie between 0°
and 90°. Neither of them can be 90° or 0°.
In higher classes we shall learn about the concept of limit and on the basis of concept of
limit we define the following trigonometric ratios of angle 0° and 90°. These values are
supposed to be the definition of these trigonometric ratios.
Consider a right angled AABC having angle B equal to 90°. ^
Let ZACB = 0, then ZBAC = 90° - 0
90°-0
From right angled AABC,
AB BC
sin 0 =---- and cos 0 =----- •••(I)
AC AC 0
B C
Now as angle 0 decreases and approaches 0°, AB comes closer and closer to 0° and AC
comes closer and closer to BC.
low
.-. From (1), sin 0 becomes very close to 0 and cos 0 becomes very close to 1.
Again as0 comes closer and closer to 0°, ZBAC, i.e., 90°- 0 comes closer and closer to 90°.
ee
BC
rF
From AABC, sin (9O°-0)= —
Fr ••.(2)
for
AB
u
and cos (90°-0) =---- ...O)
AC
ks
Yo
oo
As 0 approaches 0, i.e. as (90° - 0) approaches 90°, AC approaches BC and AB approaches
eB
toO.
.•. From (2), sin 90° becomes very close to 1 and from (3) cos 90° becomes very close to 0.
r
ou
ad
Thus trigonometric ratios of 0° and 90° are defined as :
Y
sin 0° = 0; cosec 0° = undefined
nd
Re
cos 0° = 1; sec 0° = 1
Fi
tan 0° = 0; cot 0° = undefined
sin 90°= 1; cosec 90° = 1
cos 90°= 0; sec 90° = undefined
cot 90° = 0; tan 90° = undefined
Note:
• The denominator of a real number cannot be exactly zero, but it may be very dose to
zero.
• A number is undefined if its denominator is 0.
• Here by the word undefined we mean that the value is not equal to a real number For
example the value of tan 90" cannot be equal to a real number.
The values of trigonometric ratios of angles 0°, 30°, 45°, 60° and 90° are given in the following
table:
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.26 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
TABLE
Trigonometric Angle
ratio 0 = 0" 0 = 30" 0=45° 0 = 60" 0 = 90"
1 1 V3
sin 0 0 1
2 V2 2
cos 0 V3 I 1
0
2 VI 2
1
tan 0 0
VI
1 VI Undefined
1
cot 0 undefined V3 1 0
VI
low
2
sec 0 1
VI VI 2 Undefined
2
cosec 0 undefined 2 VI 1
ee
VI
rF
Fr
The above values of trigonometric ratios of some standard angles can be derived easily and
for
learnt in the following way:
ou
Write 0 1 2 3 4
ks
0 1 2 3 4
Divide by 4
oo
4 4 4 4 4
Y
B
1 1 3
re
Find square root Vo 4 2 4 VI
ou
ad
i.e.
1 1 VI
Y
0 1
2 VI 2
nd
These are the values of sin of 0°, 30°. 45°, 60° and 90° respectively. For the values of cosine
Re
of the above angles write the values of sine in reverse order.
Fi
i.e. 1
VI 1 1
o
2 VI 2
For the values of tan of the above angles find the ratios of corresponding values of sine and
cosine.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on finding the values of expressions involving trigonometric ratios
of given angles, (special angles)
WORKING RULE:
Put the values of trigonometric ratios of given angles involved in the given expression
and simplify.
Example 1. Find the value of tan2 30° + tan2 45° + tan2 60°
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.27
Solution : tan2 30° + tan2 45° + tan2 60°
1 1 + 12 _ 13
+ 12 +(V3)2 = j + l + 3 = -+4 =
3 3 " 3
Example 2. Evaluate (cos 0° + sin 45° + sin 30°) (sin 90° - cos 45° + cos 60°)
Solution : (cos 0° + sin 45° + sin 30°) (sin 90° - cos 45° + cos 60°)
=ri+i 1 V2 + 2
1 '3 1
=(,+r^ i-i—=
2 4i 2 V2 J l 2 V2
\2
3f 1 9 1 _ 9-2 _ 7
low
2 4~2) 4 2 " 4 "4
cos 60°+ 1
Example 3. Find the value of
ee
cos 60°-1
rF
1
-+1
1+2 3 Fr
for
cos 60°+l 2_= 3 ^-2 =_3
Solution:
u
cos 60°-1 1 2X 1
ks
2 2 2
Yo
oo
eB
Example 4. If rt = 180°, find the value of sin2 y + tan2 — - cos 2 ^
6 2
r
180°
ou
180° 2 180°
ad
r, , . • 2 rt 0 71 2 rt -2
Solution: sin" — + tan"---- cos — = sin + tan"-------- cos"
3 2
Y
3 6 2 6
nd
Re
= sin2 60° + tan2 30° - cos2 90°
Fi
41 -(0)2
2
3 1 9 + 4 _ 13
= -+ — 0 =
4 3 12 ~ 12
2 tan 30°
Example 5. Prove that = 41
1-tan2 30°
1
1 x —7=
Solution: L.H.S. =
2 tan 30° 41
1-tan2 30°
41
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.28 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
_2_ 1_ J_
73 _ V3 _ VJ 2 3 3 73 xV3 = 73 = R.H.S.
1--1 3--1 2 73
3 3 3
2 tan 30°
Example 6. Prove that sin (2 x 30°) = 2 sin 30°. cos 30° =
1 +tan2 30°
73
Solution: sin (2 x 30°) = sin 60° = — ...d)
2
2 sin 30° cos 30° = 2 xi x ^7 =
...(2)
2 2 2
1 2 2
w
2'73
2 tan 30° = _7L= 71
1 + tan2 30° 1 4
1+ Flo
173
1 +-
3 3
ee
_2_ 3 _ 73
~ 73 X 4 " 2
Fr ...0)
for
ur
From (1), (2) and (3), we have
ks
Yo
2 tan 30°
oo
sin (2x30°) = 2 sin 30°. cos 30° =
1 +tan2 30°
B
re
Type II. Problems based on verifying an identity.
ou
ad
Y
WORKING RULE:
Put the given values of the angles in the L.H.S. and R.H.S. of the given identity and then
nd
Re
simplify. Values of both sides will come come out to be equal.
Fi
Example 7. IfA = 30°, show that
sin (60° + A) - sin (60° - A) = sin A
Solution: L.H.S. = sin (60° +A)- sin (60°-A)
= sin (60°+ 30°)-sin (60°-30°)
1 1
= sin 90°-sin 30°= l-- = -
2 2
I
R.H. S.= sin A = sin 30°= —
2
L. H. S. =R.H.S.
cos 30-2 cos 40
Example 8. If 0 = 15°, evaluate
sin 30 +2 cos 40
Solution: Since 0=15°
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.29
cos 30-2 cos 49 cos 45°-2 cos 60°
sin30+2cos40 sin 45°+ 2cos 60°
1 1 -1 , 1-V2
—?=-2 x
sTi 2 _ V2 _ V2 -1-^
1 1 1 1+V2 1 + V2
-f= + 2 x - -p^ + 1
V2 2 V2 Vi
Example 9. IfA = 60°andB= 30°, veriiythat
sin (A + B) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B
Solution: Given, A = 60° and B = 30°
Now L.H.S. = sin (A + B) = sin (60° + 30°) = sin 90° = 1
w
and R.H.S. = sin A cos B + cos A sin B
= sin 60° cos 30° + cos 60° sin 30°
V3 V3 11 3 1 4
Flo ,
ee
2 2 2 2 4 4 4
Hence, sin (A + B) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B. Fr
for
ur
Type III. Problems based on solution of equations.
ks
Yo
WORKING RULE:
oo
From the given values of trigonometric ratios, find the equations in unknown angles and
B
then solve those equations to get the separate values of the unknown.
re
ou
ad
Example 10. If tan (A-B) = -~ and tan (A + B) = Vi; 0° < A + B < 90°, A > B, find
Y
A and B.
nd
Re
1
Solution : tan (A - B) = -^ = tan 30°
Fi
Vi
A-B = 30° ...G)
Again, tan (A + B) = Vi = tan 60°
A + B = 60° ...(2)
(2) + (1) => 2A = 90° => A = 45°
(2) - (1) => 2B = 30° =>B = 15°
Type IV. Problems based on finding the side of a right triangle whose one acute angle and
one side is given.
WORKING RULE:
Use the following whichever is required :
1. Use sin 0 = —, if one ofp and h is known and other is to be determined.
h
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.30 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
2. Use cos 9 = —, if one of b and h is known and other is to be determined.
h
3. Use tan ^ = if one ofp and b is known and other is to be determined.
Example 11. If aright AABC, hypotenuse AC = 12 cm and ZBAC = 60°, then find the length
ofBC. A
Solution: From right AABC,
BC _ BC
sin 60° =
h AC ~ 12
V3 _ BC or BC = — x 12 = 6\f3 cm
2 ” 12 2
B C
w
EXERCISE 4.2
Type I
1. Find the value of the following : Flo
ee
(i) sin 30° +cos 60° (ii) sin2 45° +cos-45°
(iii) sin 30° + cos 60° - tan 45° Fr
(iv) ^/l + tan2 60°
for
ur
(v) tan 60° x cos 30°
2. If 0 = 45°, find the value of
ks
Yo
oo
(i) tan2 0 + (ii) cos2 0 - sin2 0
sin2 0
B
re
3. Find the numerical value of the following :
ou
tan 60°
ad
(i) sin45°. cos45°-sin230° (ii)
Y
sin 60° +cos 60°
nd
Re
tan 60° 4 3
(iii) (iv) +
Fi
sin 60° +cos 30° sin2 60° cos2 60°
(v) sin2 60° - cos2 60° (vi) 4 sin2 30° + 3 tan 30°- 8 sin 45° cos 45°
(vii) 2 sin2 30°- 3 cos2 45° + tan2 60° (viii) sin 90° + cos 0° + sin 30° + cos 60°
(ix) sin 90° - cos 0° + tan 0° + tan 45°
(x) cos2 0° + tan2 ^ + sin2 - where 71= 180°
4
cos 60° 4 1
(xi) 3cot 45° + 2 sin 90° (xii) + - sin2 45°
sin2 45° tan2 60° cos2 30°
4 (sin2 60°-cos2 45°)
(xiii)cos 60°. cos 30°-sin 60°. sin 30° (xiv)
tan2 30° + cos2 90°
4. Evaluate the following:
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.31
(i) sin 30°. cos45°+cos30°. sin 45° (ii) cosec2 30°. tan2 45° - sec2 60°
(iii) 2 sin2 30°. tan 60° - 3 cos2 60°. sec2 30°
(iv) tan 60° . cosec2 45° + sec2 60°. tan 45°
(v) tan 30°. sec 45° + tan 60°. sec 30°
(vi) cos 30°. cos 45°- sin 30°. sin 45°
(vii) y tan2 30° + sin2 60°-3cos2 60° +- tan2 60° - 2 tan2 45°
4
tan2 60°+4 cos2 45° +3 sec2 30° +5 cos2 90°
(viii)
cosec 30° + sec 60° - cot2 30°
5 sin2 30° +cos2 45°-4 tan2 30°
(ix)
2sin 30°.cos30° + tan45°
w
5. Prove the following :
(l-cos B) (1 + cosB) 1 , R .no
0) (1-sin B) (1 + sinB) = -3 when B = 30°
Flo
ee
(1 - cos a) (1 + cos a)
Fr
for
ur
(ii) = 3 when a =60°.
(1-sin a) (1 +sin a)
ks
(iii) cos (A - B) = cos A. cos B + sin A. sin B ifA= B = 60°
Yo
oo
(iv) 4 (sin4 30° + cos4 60°) - 3 (cos2 45° - sin2 90°) = 2
B
(v) sin 90° = 2 sin 45°. cos 45°
re
(vi) cos 60° = 2 cos2 30° -1 = 1-2 sin2 30°
ou
ad
(vii) cos 90° = 1 - 2 sin2 45° = 2 cos2 45°- 1
Y
(viii) sin 30°. cos 60° + cos 30°. sin 60° = sin 90°
nd
Re
(ix) cos 60°. cos 30° - sin 60°. sin 30° = cos 90°
Fi
1-tan2 30° tan 60°-tan30°
(x) cos 60° = (xi) = tan 30°
1 + tan2 30° 1 + tan 60°. tan 30°
1-tan 30° _ 1-sin 60° sin 60° +cos 30°
(xii) (xiii) = cos 30°
1 + tan 30° cos 60° sin 30° + cos 60°+ 1
2 tan 30°
(xiv) sin 60° = 2 sin 30°. cos 30° =
1 + tan2 30°
Type II
6. IfA = 60° and B = 30°, verify that:
(i) cos (A + B) = cos A cos B-sin A sin B
(ii) sin (A - B) = sin A cos B - cos A sin B
tan A-tan B
(iii) tan (A - B) = 1 + tan A tan B
A
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.32 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
7. IfA = 30°, verify that:
(i) sin 2A= 2 sin A cos A (ii) cos 2A = 1 - 2 sin2 A= 2 cos2 A-1
8. If6 = 30°, verify that:
(i) sin 30 = 3 sin 0-4 sin3 0 (ii) cos 3 0 = 4 cos3 0 - 3 cos 0
Type III
9. If sin (A + B) = 1 and cos (A - B) = —, then find A and B
10. Ifsin(A + B) = l andcos(A-B)= 1, find A and B
11. If sin (A+ B) = cos(A- B) =
ft find A and B.
1 1
12. If sin(A-B) =—, cos(A + B) = —;0°<A + B < 90°; A>B, findAand B. [NCERT]
w
13. Show by an example that
(i) cos A - cos B ^ cos (A - B)
[Hint: Let A = 60° and B = 30°, then
Flo
ee
1 73 _l-VI
L.H.S. = cos A-cos B = cos 60° - cos 30°= —
2 2 " Fr
2
for
ur
R.H.S. = cos (A - B) = cos (60°- 30°) = cos 30° =
71
ks
Yo
.-. L.H.S. ^R.H.S.]
oo
B
(ii) cos C + cos D ^ cos (C + D)
re
(iii)sin A+sin B*sin(A + B)
ou
(iv) sin A - sin B ^ sin (A - B)
ad
Y
TypeIV
nd
Re
14. In a right AABC hypotenuse AC = 10 cm and ZA = 60°, then find the length of the
Fi
remaining sides.
15. In a rectangle ABCD. BD: BC =2 : 73, then find ZBDC in degrees.
ANSWERS
3
1. (Ol (ii) 1 (iii) 0 (iv) 2 W 2
1
2. (i) 3 (ii) 0 3. (0- (ii) 3-73 (iii) 1
52
(iv) y (v) - (Vi) 0 (vii) 2 (viii)3
5 13
(Lx) 1 (x) - (xi) 0 (xii)- (xiii)0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.33
V3 + 1 V3-2
(xiv) 3 4. (i) (ii) -2 (iii) (iv) 2(2 + V3)
2V2 2
x/2(x/3-l) 25 5
(v) 2+—— (vi) (vii) T7 (viu)9 (ix)
3 4 36 6(2 + 73)
9. A = 60°, B - 30° 10. A = 45°, B = 45° 11. A = 45°, B= 15°
12. A = 45°, B = 15° 13. (ii) takeC = 60'\ D = 30° (iii) take A = 60°, B = 30°
(i v) take A = 60°. B = 30” 14. BC=573 cm, AB = 5cm 15.60°
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF
COMPLEMENTARY ANGLES
low
4.9. INTRODUCTION
We have studied about complementary and supplementary angles in geometry. We know
that two angles are complementary if their sum is 90°. Thus if the sum of two angles A and
ee
B is 90°, then ZA and ZB are complementary angles and each of them is a complement of the
rF
other.
4.10. VALUES OF TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF (90° -A) IN TERMS OF Fr
for
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF A
u
Let us consider a right angled triangle ABC, right angled at B. Since sum of angles of a
ks
triangle is always 180". Therefore, in a right triangle, the sum of two actute angles will be
Yo
oo
180° - 90° = 90°. Thus the two actute angles of a right triangle are always complementary.
B
In the given figure, ZBAC (or ZA )and ZACB (or ZC ) are complementary angles.
re
Here, we shall find all trigonometric ratios of complementary angles.
ou
ad
Y
InAABC, ZA+ZC = 90°
nd
ZC = 90° - ZA
Re
Fi
C = 90° - A
side opposite toZA _ BC
From right AABC, sin A = -(i)
hypotenuse AC
side adjacent toZA AB
cos A = ...(ii)
hypotenuse AC
side opposite toZA _ BC
tan A = ...(iii)
side adjacent toZA AB
side adjacent toZA _ AB
cot A = -(iv)
side opposite toZA BC
hypotenuse AC
cosec A ...(v)
side opposite toZA BC
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.34 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
hypotenuse AC
and sec A = .••(vi)
side adjacent to ZA AB
side opposite to (90° - A) _ AB
Again, sin (90° - A) = .••(vii)
hypotenuse AC
side adjacent to (90° - A) _ BC ...(viii)
cos(90° - A) =
hypotenuse AC
side opposite to (90° - A) AB
tan (90° - A) = -(ix)
side adjacent to (90° - A) BC
side adjacent to (90° - A) _ BC
cot (90° - A) = ...(x)
side opposite (90° - A) AB
low
hypotenuse AC
cosec (90° - A) = ...(xi)
side opposite (90° - A) AB
ee
hypotenuse AC
rF
and sec (90° - A) =
Fr
side adjacent to (90° - A) BC
...(xii)
for
AB
From (vii) and (ii), we get, sin (90° - A) =---- = cos A
u
AC
ks
Yo
oo
BC
From (viii) and (i), we get cos (90°-A) =---- =sinA
eB
AC
AB
r
From (ix) and (iv), weget tan (90° - A) =----= cot A
ou
ad
BC
Y
BC
nd
Re
From (x) and (lii), we get cot (90°-A) = —- = tanA
AB
Fi
AC
From (xi) and (vi) we get cosec(90° - A) = = sec A
AB
AC
and From (xii) and (v), we get sec(90° - A) = -—: = cosec A
BC
Thus, sin (90° - A) = cos A, cos(90°-A) = sin A
tan (90°- A) = cot A, cot (90°-A) = tan A
sec (90° - A) = cosec A, cosec (90° - A) = sec A
for all values of angles A lying between 0° and 90°.
From the above we see that sine of an angle is equal to cosine of the complement of that
angle and vice-versa
For example, sin 30° = sin (90°- 60°) = cos 60°
tan 60° = tan (90° - 30°) = cot 30° etc.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.35
Note : tan 0° = 0- cot 90°, sec 0°= 1 = cosec 90° and sec 90", cosec 0°, tan 90" and cot 0"
are not defined.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
"type I. Problems based on direct use of formula for trigonometric ratios of complementary
angles.
WORKING RULE:
Use the following formulae whichever are required :
1. sin (90° - 0) = cos0 cosec (90°- 0) = sec0
cos(9O°-0) = sin0 sec (90° - 0) = cosec0
tan (9O°-0) = cot0 cot(90°- 0) = tan0
2. IfA and B are acute angles, then
low
sin A = sin B => A= B; cosA = cos B =>A= B
tan A = tan B => A= B; cot A= cot B => A= B
sec A = sec B = A = B; cosec A = cosec B => A = B
ee
rF
Fr
Example 1. Write sin 0 as the trigonometric ratio of complementary angle of 0.
Solution : sin0 = cos (90° - 0)
for
Example 2. Write cos(90° - 0) as trigonometric angle of complementary angle of (90° - 0).
u
ks
Solution : cos (90°- 0) = sin0
Yo
oo
[Complementary angle of (90°- 0) is 0]
eB
Example 3. Fill up the blanks with suitable angle between 0° and 90°.
(i)sin48° = cos(...) (ii)cos36° = sin(...)
r
ou
ad
Solution: (i) sin 48° = cos (90°-48°)
Y
= cos 42°
nd
(ii)cos 36° = sin (90°-36°) = sin 54°
Re
Fi
Example 4. Express sin 67° + cos 75° in terms of trigonometric ratios of angles between 0°
and 45°. [NCERTI
Solution : sin 67° + cos 75° = sin (90°- 23°) + cos (90° - 15°) = cos 23° + sin 15°
Example 5. Iftan A = cot B and A and B are acute angles, prove that A + B = 90°.
Solution : We have, tan A = cot B
=> tan A = tan (90°-B) [y tan (90°-B)=cotB]
=> A= 90° - B
Hence, A + B = 90°
Example 6. If tan 2A= col (A - 18°), where 2 A is an acute angle, find the value of A.
[NCERTI
Solution : We have, tan 2A = cot (A - 18°) -.(1)
=> cot (90° - 2A) = cot (A - 18°) [v cot (90°-2A) = tan2A]
90°-2A=A- 18°
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.36 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
3 A = 108° [v 90° - 2 A and A - 18° both are acute angles]
=> A = 36°
Example 7. If sec 4A = cosec (A - 20°), where 4 A is an acute angle, find the value of A.
|NCERT; CBSE 2008|
Solution : sec 4A = cosec (A - 20°)
=> cosec (90° - 4A) = cosec (A - 20°) [v sec 0 = cosec (90°-0)]
=> 90o-4A = A-20°
=> 90°+ 20° = A + 4A
110°
=> 110° = 5A => A = = 22°
5
. A+B C
Example 8. Prove that in a AABC, sin —-— = cos —
2
Solution: We know that in a AABC, A + B + C = 180°
low
A + B + C 180°
=>
2 2
A+B C
ee
+ - = 90°
rF
2 2
=>
A+B C
= 90° - -
Fr
or
2 2
f
u
A+B C C
ks
=> sin = sin 90° = cos — [y sin (90°-0) = cos0]
Yo
2 2 2
oo
B
Type II. Problems based on finding value of trigonometric ratios of complementary angle of
re
an acute angles if a trigonometric ratio of angle 0 is given.
ou
ad
WORKING RULE:
Y
Use the following whichever is required.
nd
Re
1. If sin 0 = o, then sin(9O°-0)=cos0=>/l-o2
Fi
sin^O0- 0) _Vl-o2
cos (90° - 0) = sin 0 = a: tan (90°-0) = etc.
cos (90°-0) o
2. Ifcos 0 = o, then cos(9O°-0)= sin0 = y]\- a2
sin (90°-0) o
sin(9O°-0)= cos0 = o: tan(9O°-0) = etc.
cos(90°-0) _ Cl2
Example 9. If A+ B = 90°, then write the following trigonometric ratios as trigonometric
ratio of angle B :
(i) sin A (ii) tan A
Solution: (i) y A + B =90° .-. A = 90° - B
sin A= sin (90°-B) = cos B
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.37
(ii) v A + B =90° A = 90° - B
tan A=tan (90°-B)=cot B
Example 10.1 f cos 47° = a, then find the values of sin 43° and tan 43° in terms of a.
Solution : v 47° + 43° = 90°
43° = 90° - 47°
sin 43° = sin (90° - 47°) = cos 47° - a
sin 43° sin (90°-47°) cos 47°
tan 43° =
cos 43° cos (90°-47°) sin 47°
a a
-Jl-cos2 47° \j\-a2 [v cos47° = a]
low
Type III. Problems based on values of the expressions in which trigonometric ratios of
complementary angles occur.
ee
WORKING RULE:
rF
Use the following whichever is required : Fr
1. See which angle is the complementary angle of other angle involved in the given
for
expression.
u
ks
2. IfA and B are complementary angles, then write B = (90°-A) and A = (90°- B) whichever
Yo
is required and simplify.
oo
eB
sin 20°
Example 11. Find the value of
cos 70°
r
ou
ad
Solution:. sin 20° sin (90°-70°) cos 70°
Y
=1
cos 70° cos 70" cos 70°
nd
Re
Example 12. Prove that sin 65°. cos 38° = cos 25". sin 52°
Fi
Solution: L. H. S. = sin 65°. cos 38"
= sin (90°- 25°). cos (90° - 52°) [v 25°+ 65° = 90O;38O + 52°=9O"J
= cos 25". sin 52"=R. H.S.
Example 13. Prove that (1 + tan2 0). cos 0. cos (90° - 0) = tan 0
Solution : L. H. S. = (1 + tan2 0). cos 0 cos (90° - 0)
= sec2 0 . cos 0 . sin 0 = sec 0. sec 0. cos 0 . sin 0
sin0
x 1 xsin 0 = = tan0 =R.H.S.
COS0 COS0
sin2 63° +sin2 27° |NCERT|
Example 14. Evaluate
cos217° + cos2 73°'
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.38 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
sin2 63° + sin2 27° sin2 (90°-27°) + sin2 27°
Solution:
cos217°+cos2 73° cos217° +cos2 (90°-17°)
cos2 27° + sin2 27°
- = I [y cos2 A + sin2 A = l]
cos217° + sin217° 1
5cos2 60°+ 4sec2 30°-tan2 45°
Example 15. Evaluate: INCERT)
sin2 30° +cos2 30°
5cos2 60°+ 4sec2 30°-tan2 45°
Solution:
sin2 30° + cos2 30°
2V ^-1 15 + 64-12
+4 -d)2
2 4 3 12 67
low
\2 1 3
n2.fV3
+
-+-
4 4
1 12
2 2
ee
Example 16. Find the value of the following :
rF
(i) tan (55°-0)-cot (35°+0) (ii)
cot 40° Fr1 cot 35°
for
tan 50° 2 tan 55°,
u
Solution : (i) tan (55°-0)-cot (35° + 0)
ks
Yo
= tan (55°- 0) - cot [90° - (55°- 0)] [••• 35° = 90°-55° ]
oo
= tan (55°-0)—tan (55°-0)
eB
[y cot (90°-0) = tan0]
=0
r
ou
ad
(ii) cot 40° 1 | cot 35°
tan 50° 2 [sin 55°,
Y
nd
Re
cot 40° cos 35°
Fi
tan (90°-40°) 2 (sin (90°-35°)
cot 40° if cos 35°^ 1 2-1 1
cot40° 2 [cos35° 2 2 2
sin2 20° +sin2 70°
Example 17. Evaluate:
sin 0 cos (90° - 0) + cos 0sin (90° - 0) ’
sin2 20° +sin2 70°
Solution:
sin 0 cos (90° - 0) + cos 0 sin (90° - 0)
= sin2 20H + sin2 (9Qo-2011)
sin 0. sin 0 + cos 0. cos 0
sin2 20° +cos2 20°
sin2 0 + cos2 0 [y sin (9O°-0) = cos0]
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.39
1
-=1 [v sin2 0 + cos2 0 = 1]
1
Example 18. Without using trigonometric tables, evaluate the following :
cos380cosec52°
^ sin 32° ) tan 15° tan 60° tan 75° |CBSE 2008|
Solution: 2
v sin 32°;
-s
cos 58°N cos380cosec52°
tan 15° tan 60° tan 75°
2fCOS(90O-32o)l_V3 cos(90° -52°). cosec52 o
l sin 32° tan 15° tan(90° -15°)
low
sin 52°
^ sin 32° sin 52° v cos(9O°-0)=sin0
sin 32° tan (9O°-0) = cot0
.cot 15°
cot 15°
ee
rF
= 2(1)-- Fr
for
=2-1=1
u
ks
Example 19. Without using the trigonometric tables, evaluate the following :
Yo
oo
11 sin 70° 4 cos530cosec37°
|CBSE 2008|
eB
7 cos 20° 7 tan 15° tan 35° tan 55°tan 75°
r
ou
cos 53°cosec37°
ad
11 sin 70° 4
Solution:
Y
7 cos20° 7 tan 15°tan 35° tan 55° tan 75°
nd
Re
11 sin 70° 4 cos(90° - 37°) cosec 37°
Fi
7‘cos(90°-70°) 7 tan 15°tan35°tan(90°-35°)tan(90°-15°)
H sin 70° _ 4 sin370cosec37° v cos (90°-0)=sin0
7 sin 70° 7 tan 15°tan 35°cot35°cot 15° tan(9O°-0) = cotO
11 4 1 _ 11-4 _ 7
7 ‘(l) 71.1 ~ 7 ~7 [.’. sinO . cosec 0=1; tan 0 cot 0 = 1 ]
Example 20. Evaluate without using trigonometric tables :
cot 54° sin 20°. sec 70°-2 [CBSE 2007|
tan 7°. tan 23°. tan 60°. tan 67°. tan 83° +
tan 36°
cot 54°
Solution: tan 7°. tan 23°. tan 60°. tan 6°. tan 83° + sin 20°. sec 70°-2
tan 36°
= tan 7°. tan 23°. V3. tan (90° - 23°). tan (90° - 7°)
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.40 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
cot 54°
+ sin (90°-70°). sec 70°-2
tan (90°-54°)
1 1 cot 54°
x V3xcot230xcot7° + + cos70°x -2
cot 7° cot 23° cot 54° cos 70°
v tan(9O°-0)=cot0;tan0 =
cot0
'73 + 1 + 1-2 = 73 1
sin (9O°-0)=cos0;sec0 =
cosO
Example 21. Evaluate without using trigonometric tables :
3 cos 55° 4 (cos 70°. cosec 20°)
w
|CBSE 2007|
7 sin 35° 7 (tan 5°. tan 25°. tan 45°. tan 65°. tan 85°)
Solution:
3 cos 55°
Flo
4 (cos 70". cosec 20°)
ee
7 sin 3 5° 7 (tan 5°. tan 25°. tan 45°. tan 65°. tan 85°)
3 cos (90°-35°) 41 cos (90°-20"). cosec 20"]
Fr
for
ur
7 sin 35° 7 [tan 5°. tan 25°. 1. tan (90° - 25"). tan (90° - 5")]
ks
Yo
v cos(90"-0) = sin0
oo
B
1 cosec 0=
4 sin 20"x
re
3 sin 35° sin 20" J sinO
tan (90°-0) = cot 0
ou
ad
7sin 35°
7 x x cot 25°. cot 5"
Y
cot 5° cot 25° tan 0 =
cot 0
d
Re
n
Fi
3 4 3-4 -1
=----
7 7 7 7
Example 22. Find the value of the following :
(i) sin 48°. sec 42" + cos 48". cosec 42"
(ii) tan 35". tan 40°. tan 45°. tan 50". tan 55°
cos 75" sin 12° cos 18"
(iii) +
sin 15° cos 78“ sin 72"
sin 47° V cos 43° V
(iv) + -2 cos'45°
cos 43° sin 47°
Solution:
(i) sin 48°. sec 42" + cos 48°. cosec 42°
= sin 48°. sec (90° - 48°) + cos 48" cosec (90° -48°)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.41
= sin 48°. cosec 48° + cos 48°. sec 48°
=l+l [v sin0.cosecO= l; cosG. sec 0 = l]
=2
(ii) tan 35°. tan 40°. tan 45°. tan 50°. tan 55°
= tan 35°. tan 40°. I. tan (90° - 40°). tan (90° - 35°)
= tan 35°. tan 40°. cot 40°. cot 35°
= tan 35°. cot 35°. tan 40°. cot 40° = 1 [y tan 0x cot 0 = 1]
cos 75° + sinl2° cosl8°
(iii)
sin 15° cos 78° sin 72°
cos 75° sin 12° cos 18°
+
low
sin (90°-75°) cos (90°-12°) sin (90°-18°)
cos 75° sin 12° cos 18°
+ = m-i = i
cos 75° sin 12° cos 18°
ee
rF
(iv)
^sin47oN|2
+
cos 43° Y
-2 cos2 45°
Fr
or
vcos43°J ^ sin 47°
f
u
ks
2
sin 47° cos 43°
Yo
- 2 cos2 45°
oo
cos(90o-47°) sin (90°-43°)
B
re
2
sin 47° V Yos43°Y 1
+ -2x — = 1 + 1-2 x —=1
ou
ad
sin 47° cos 43° 2
Y
Example 23. Show that
nd
Re
(i) tan 48° tan 23° tan 42° tan 67° = 1
Fi
(ii) cos 38°cos52°-sin 38°sin 52° = 0
Solution: (i) L. H. S = tan 48° tan 23° tan 42° tan 67°
1 1 1 1
tan 23°. tan 42° tan 23° tan 42°
cot 48° cot 67° cot (90°-42°) cot (90°-23°)
1 tan 42°
.tan 23°x
tan 42° tan 23°
tan 23° tan 42°
- = 1 = R. H. S.
tan 42° tan 23°
(ii) L. H. S. = cos 38° cos 52° - sin 38° sin 52°
= cos 38°. cos (90° - 38°) - sin 38° sin (90° - 38°)
= cos38°sin 38°-sin 38°cos38°
= sin 38°cos38°-sin 38°cos38° = 0 = R. H. S.
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.42 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 24. Without using trigonometric tables, evaluate the following :
Sin18- + V3 [tan 10° tan 30° tan 40° tan 50° tan 80° ] |CBSE 20081
cos 72
sin 18°
Solution: - + V3[tan 10°.tan 30°.tan 40°.tan 50°.tan 80°]
cos 72
sin 18° + V3 tan 10°.4=. tan 40°. tan (90° - 40°). tan (90° -10°)
cos (90°-18°) S'
v cos(9O°-0)=sin0
sin 18° 1 tan(9O°-0) = cot0
+ cot 40°. cot 10°
sin 18° cot 10° cot 40° 1
tan0 =
w
cot0
=1+1=2
Flo
ee
EXERCISE 43
Type I Fr
for
1. Express the following as trigonometric ratio of complementary angle of 0.
ur
(i) cos 0 (ii) sec 0 (iii) cot 0 (iv) cosec 0
ks
(v) tan 0
Yo
oo
2. Express the following as trigonometric ratio of complementary angle of 9O°-0.
B
(i) tan (90°-0) (ii) cos (90°-0)
re
3. Fill up the blanks by an angle between 0° and 90°:
ou
ad
Y
(i) sin 70° = cos(...) (ii) sin 35° = cos(...)
nd
(iii) cos48° = sin (...) (iv) cos70° = sin(...)
Re
Fi
(v) cos 50° = sin (...) (vi) sec 32° = cosec (...)
Type II.
4. IfA + B = 90°, then fill up the blanks with suitable trigonometric ratio of complementary
angle of Aor B.
(i) sin A =... (ii) cosB=...
(iii) secA=... (iv) tanB = ...
(v) cosec B = ... (vi) cotA = ...
5. (i) Ifsin 37° = a, then express cos 53° in terms of <7.
(ii) Ifcos 47° = a, then express sin 43° in terms of a.
(iii) If sin 52° = a, then express cos 38° in terms of a.
(iv) Ifsin 56° = .v, then express sin 34° in terms of.v.
Type III.
6. Find the value of
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.43
cos 59° cos53° sin 20° V2sin22°
0) 00 (iii) (iv)
sin31° sin 37° cos 70° cos 68°
sin 10° sin 27° ^ cos 65° cos 29°
(v) (vi) (vii) (viii)
cos 80° cos 63° sin 25° sin 61°
lan 80° (xi) cosec 310 - sec 59°
(ix) sin 54°-cos 36°(x)
cot 10°
sin 18° tan 65°
(xii) (xiii)
cos 72° cot 25°
7. Fill up the blanks:
(i) Ifsin 50° = 0.7660, then cos 40° =
low
(ii) Ifcos 44° = 0.7193, then sin 46° =
(iii) sin 50°+cos 40° = 2 sin ( )
sin 70° .
ee
(iv) Value of - is
rF
cos 20°
8. (i)
Fr
IfA+ B = 90°, then express cos B in terras of simplest trigonometric ratio of A.
or
(ii) IfX + Y = 90°, then express cos X in terms of simplest trigonometric ratio ofY.
f
u
ks
9. (i) If A +B = 90°, smA = r/, sin B = Zx then prove that
Yo
oo
(b) tan A = —
B
(a) a2 + b2=\
b
re
(ii) Show that sin (50° + 0) - cos (40° - 0) = 0.
ou
ad
Y
COS0 sin 0
10. Prove that + =2
sin (90°-0) cos(9O°-0)
nd
Re
Fi
11. In a AABC prove that
. B+C A
(a) sin—y— = cos —
2
B +C A
(b) tan — = cot —
2
A+B . C
(c) cos — = sin —
2
12. (i) Ifsin 3A = cos (A-26°), where 3 A is an acute angle, find the value of A.
(ii) Find 0 if cos (20 + 54°) = sin 0, where (20 + 54”) is an acute angle.
(iii) If tan 30 = cot (0 + 18°), where 30 and 0+18° are acute angles, find the value of 0.
(iv) If sec 50 = cosec (0 - 36°), where 50 is an acute angle, find the value of 0.
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.44 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Prove that:
13. sin 70°.sec20° =1 14. sin (9O°-0)tanO = sin 0
sin (90°-0) sin 0
15. tan63°.tan27°= 1 16. - 1 = - sin2 0
tan 0
17. sin 55°. cos 48° = cos 35°. sin 42° 18. sin25°. sin65°= cos25°. cos65°
19. sin 54° + cos 67° = sin 23° + cos 36° 20. cos27° +sin 51°= sin 63°+cos39°
21. sin2 40° + sin2 50°= 1 22. sin2 29° + sin2 61°= 1
23. sin 0 . cos (90° - 0) + cos 0 sin (90° - 0 ) = 1
24. cos 0 . cos (90° - 0) - sin 0 . sin (90° - 0 ) = 0
25. sin 42°. cos 48° + cos 42°. sin 48° = 1
cos 20° cos0
w
26. = 2
sin 70° sin (90°-0)
27. sin2 85° + sin2 5° + sin2 67° + sin2 23° = 2
28. tan 9°. tan 27°. tan 45°. tan 63°. tan 810 = 1
Flo
ee
29. sin9°.sin27°. sin63°. sin 81°
= cos 9°. cos 27° . cos 63°. cos 81° Fr
for
ur
30. (i) tan 7°. tan 23°. tan 60°. tan 67°. tan 83° = ^3 [CBSE 2000)
ks
(ii) tan 15° tan 25° tan 60° tan 65° tan 75° =
Yo
oo
Find the value of the following :
B
re
sin 50° cosec 40°
31. -4 cos 50°. cosec 40°
----------------f------------------- [CBSE 2001|
cos 40° sec 50°
ou
ad
Y
cos2 20° +cos2 70°
32. + sin 35°. sec 55° [CBSE 2001|
d
Re
sin2 59° + sin2 31°
n
Fi
tan 50° +sec 50°
33. + cos 40°. cosec 50° [CBSE 2001 D[
cot 40° + cosec 40°
34. cosec (65° +0) - sec (25o-0) -tan (55°-0) + cot (35°+0) [CBSE 2000D]
cos 35° sin 11°
35. + - cos 28°. cosec 62°
sin 55° cos 79°
cos2 20o+cos2 70°
36.
sin2 59° + sin2 31°
37. cosec (65°+0) - sec (25°-0)
38. cos (60°+0)-sin (30°-0)
39. sec 70° . sin 20° - cos 20°. cosec 70°
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.45
40. (sin 72° + cos 18°) (sin 72° - cos 18°)
sin 35 oY2 cos 55°
41. + -2 cos 60°
cos 55° sin 35°
cos 80°
42. + cos 59°. cosec 31°
sin 10°
43. (sin 50°+0) - cos (40°-0) + tan 1°. tan 10°. tan 20°. tan 70°. tan 80°. tan 89°
sin 15°. cos 75° +cos 15°. sin 75°
44. sec210°-cot2 80° + |CBSE2002D|
cos 0 sin (90-0) + sin 0 cos (90°-0)
cos2 40° + cos2 50°
45. cos (4O°+0) - sin (5O°-0) + |CBSE 2002|
sin2 40°+sin2 50°
low
cos 70° cos 55° . cosec 35°
46. + [CBSE2002)
sin 20° tan 5°.tan 25°. tan 45°. tan 65°. tan 85°
ee
rF
sin 27° V cos 63 oY7
47.
cos 63°
+
sin 27°
Fr
for
Evaluate the following:
u
ks
3 sin 5° 2 cos 33° cot 54° tan 20° ^
Yo
48. (i) + +
oo
(ii)
cos 85° sin 57° tan 36° cot 70°
B
re
cos 80°
(iii) + cos 59° cosec 31° (iv) cos 38° cos 52°- sin 38° sin 52°
ou
sin 10°
ad
(v) sec 410 sin 49° + cos 49° cosec 410
Y
nd
Re
ANSWERS
Fi
1. (i)sin (90°-0) (ii) cosec (90°-0) (iii) tan (90° - 0) (iv) sec(9O°-0)
(v) cot (90° - 0) 2. (i)cot 0 (ii)sin 0 3. (i)20° (ii) 55°
(iii) 42° (iv) 20° (v) 40° (v) 58°
4. (i)cosB (ii) sin A (iii) cosec B (iv) cot A (v) sec A
(vi)tan B 5. (i) ci (ii) * (iii) « (iv)*
6. (i)l (ii) 1 (iii) 1 (iv) V2 (v) 1
(vi)l (vii) V3 (viii) 1 (ix) 0 (x) 1
(xi)0 (xii) 1 (xiii) 1
7. (i) 0.7660 (ii) 0.7193 (iii) 50° (iv) 1
8. (i)sinA (ii) sin Y (c) (i) cos B (ii) cot B (iii)sin B
12. (i) A=29° (ii) 0=12° (iii) 0=18° (iv) 0 = 21° 31. -2
32. 2 33. 2 34. 0 35.1 36.1
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.46 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
37. 0 38.0 39. 0 40.0 41.1
42. 2 43. 1 44. 2 45.1 46.2
47. 2
48. (i)5 (ii) 0 (Hi) 2 (iv) 0 (v) 2
TRIGONOMETRIC IDENTITIES
4.11. INTRODUCTION
An algebraic equation is called an identity if it is true for all values of the variable(s) for which
expressions involved are defined. In the same way an equation involving trigonometric
ratios of an angle 0, is called a trigonometric identity if it is true for all values of 0, for which
the given trigonometric ratios are defined.
Here we shal I prove some trigonometric identities and use them to prove other useful identities.
low
4.12. STANDARD TRIGONOMETRIC IDENTITIES
Let us consider a right triangle ABC. right angled at B.
ee
Then. Pythagoras theorem
rF
AB2 + BC2 = AC2 Fr
L Dividing both sides of (i) by AC2, we get
for
u
AB2 + BC^_ _ AC^
ks
AC2 AC2 ~ AC2
Yo
oo
(AC \2
B
f AB)2 . f BC)2
+ c
re
^ vac; vac; vac;
ou
ad
=> (cos A)2 + (sin A)2= 1
Y
=> cos2 A + sin2 A = 1
nd
This result is true for all values of A.
Re
Hence it is a trigonometric identity A B
Fi
Thus cos2 A + sin2 A = 1 •••(ii)
II. Dividing both sides of (i) by AB2, we get
AB2 BC2 _ AC2
AB2 AB2AB2
AB)2 (BC'T (AC)2
=> +
AB AB AB
=> 1 + (tan A)2 = (sec A)2
=> 1+tan2 A = sec2A
But this is also true for A = 0°.
For A = 90°, tan A and sec A are not defined.
Hence above equation is true for all values ofA for which the trigonometric ratios tan A and
sec A are defined.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.47
Thus 1 + tan2 A = sec2 A •••(iii)
HI. Dividing both sides of (i) by BC2, we get
AB2 BC2 _ AC2
BC2 BC2 BC2
AbV + fBcV AC V
=>
BC BC BC
cot2 A + 1 = cosec2 A
=> 1 + cot2 A = cosec2 A ...(iv)
This is an identity as it is true for all values of A for which cot A and cosec A are defined,
cosec A and cot A are not defined for A = 0°.
low
With the help of the identities obtained in (ii), (iii) and (iv) any trigonometric ratio can be
easily expressed in terms of any other trigonometric ratio.
ee
1
For example, if sin A =-, wecan find cos A using sin2 A + cos2 A = 1.
rF
From sin2 A + cos2 A = 1, we get
Fr
for
u
ks
cos A = yl-sin2 A [Ifangle A isacute]
Yo
oo
eB
's 2V2
9 3
r
ou
ad
This method does not involve geometry and saves our time and energy.
Y
From identities (ii), (iii) and (iv), we get the following results:
nd
Re
(1) cos2 A = 1-sin2 A,sin2 A = l-cos2 A or sin A = A/l-cos2 A
Fi
(2) sec2 A -tan2 A= l,sec2 A-l = tan_ A or tan A= yjsec~ A-l
(3) cosec2A - cot2 A= l,cosec2A-l = cot2 A or cot A= ^/cosec2 A-l
Note:
• We have proved the above identities when angle A is acute although they are truefor
all values ofA.
• In this book, we are dealing with acute angles only and ad trigonometric ratios for
acute angle are positive.
This table expressing each trigonometric ratio in terms of other ratios is given below:
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.48 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
In terms of sin 6 cos 0 tan 0 cot 0 sec 0 cosec 0
tan 0 1 ■v/sec2 0-1 1
sin 0 sin0 ^1-cos2 0
•y/l + tan2 0 •J\+cor 0 sec0 cosec 0
1 cot0 1 ■v/cosec2 0-1
COS0 >/l-sin2 0 COS0
>/l + tan2 0 ^/l +cot2 0 sec0 cosec 0
sin0 x/l-cos2 0 1 1
tan0 tan 0 v/sec2 0-1
7l-sin20 COS0 cot0 ■\/cosec2 0-1
^l-sin2 0 COS0 1 1
cot0 cot0 \]cosec2 0-1
sin 0 •v/l-cos2 0 tan0 Vsec20-1
1 i >/l + cot2 0 cosec 0
secO x/l + tan2 0 sec0
\jl-s\n2 0 cot0 x/cosec2©-!
low
COS0
1 I yi + tan2 0 sec0
cosec 0 \j\+cov 0 cosec 0
sin0 yl-cos2 0 tan© >/sec2 0-1
ee
rF
General working rule to prove a trigonometric identity:
Fr
(1) In order to prove a trigonometric identities, we proceed either from left hand side or
for
right hand side whichever is convenient and simplify it in such a manner so to get the
u
expression on the other side.
ks
Yo
(2) Sometimes, we simplify both the left hand side and the right hand side of the identity so
oo
that same expression is obtained fro both sides and thus equality between left hand
eB
side and right hand side is established.
r
(3) In some cases, we may simplify the given identity with the condition if and only if
ou
ad
between the results of each step and ending the problem with some known result.
Y
(4) Sometimes we transfer some terms from left side of identity to right side or from right
nd
Re
side to left side and prove the new identity obtained.
Fi
(5) It is convenient to express tan 9. cot 9, sec9 and cosec 9 in terms of sin 9 and cos9.
(6) If 1 + sin 9, 1 - sin 9, 1 + cos 9, 1 - cos 9 occur under square root sign in the denominator,
then multiply numerator and denominator by 1 - sin 9, 1 + cos 9, 1 - cos 9, 1 + cos 9
respecively as the case may be.
F WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
■type I. Problems based on direct use of trigonometric and algebraic formulae.
WORKING RULE:
1. Use the trigonometric formule given in the table whichever are required.
2. Use the following algebraic formulae whichever are required :
(i) (a + b)2 = a2 + b2 + lab
(ii) (a - b)2 = a2 + b2- lab
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.49
(iii) a1-b2 = (a +b)(a-b)
(iv) a2 + Z>2 = (<v + b)2 - lab = {a - b)2 + lab
(v) a2 + b2 = (a + b) (a2 + b2- ab); a2 + b2 = (a + b)2 + 3ab(a- b)
(vi) a2 - b2 = (a - b) (a2 + b2 + ab); a2 - b2 = (a- b)2 + 3ab(a- b)
Example 1. Find the value of 9sec2 A - 9tan2 A. |NCERT|
Solution : 9s&2 A - 9tan2 A
= 9 (sec2 A-tan2 A)
=9.1 [v sec2 A-tan2 A = 1]
= 9.
Examplf^LProve that sin4 0 - cos4 0 = sin2 0 - cos2 0 —Ggs2.0.
Solution : sin4 0 - cos4 0
= (sin2 0)2 - (cos2 Q)2
w
= (sin2 0 + cos2 0) (sin2 0 - cos2 0)
= sin2 0 - cos2 0 Flo [v sin2 0 +cos2 0 = 1]
Example 3. , Prove that
ee
(i) sin 0 x sec 0 = tan 0 Fr
(ii) cos 0 x tan 0 = sin 0
or
ur
Solution: (i) L. H. S. = sin 0 x sec 0
f
ks
sin 0
= sin 0 x = tan0=R.H.S.
Yo
oo
COS0 COS0
B
(ii) L. H. S. = cos 0 x tan 0
re
sin0
= sin 0 = R.H.S.
ou
= COS0 x
ad
COS0
Y
Example 4. Prove the following trigonometric identities :
d
Re
n
1
Fi
(i) (l + sin0)(l-sin0) =
sec2 0
(ii) cos2 0(1+ tan2 0) = 1
(iii) cos2 0 + =1
1 + cot2 0
(iv) (1 + tan2 0) (1 + sin0) (1 - sin0) = 1
(v) (1 + cot20) (1 - cos0) (1 + cos0) = 1
Solution: (i) L. H. S. = (1 + sinO) (1 - sin0)
= 1 - sin2 0 = cos2 0
1
= R.H.S.
sec2 0
(ii) L. H. S. =cos20 (1+tan20)
= cos2 0 x sec2 0
= (cos 0 x sec0)2
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.50 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
= 1 = R. H. S.
I
(iii) L.H.S. =cos20 +
1 + cot2 0
= cos2 9 +
cosec2 9
= cos2 0 + sin2 0 = 1 = R. H. S.
(iv) L.H.S. = (1 + tan2 0) (1 + sin 0) (1 - sin 0)
= sec2 0(1 -sin20)
= sec2 0 x cos2 0
= (sec0 x cos0 )2
= 1 = R. H. S.
(v) L. H. S. =(1 + cot2 0) (1 - cos 0)(1 +cos0)
low
= cosec2 0(1- cos2 0)
= cosec2 0. sin2 0
1
.sin2 0
ee
rF
sin2 0
= 1 = R. H. S. Fr
for
Example ^Show that
u
(cos0 + sin9)2 +/(cos0 - sin9)2 = 2
ks
Yo
Solution: L. H. S. = (cos0 + sin 9)2 + (cos0 - sin0)2
oo
= (cos2 0 + sin2 0 + 2 cos 0 . sin 0) + (cos2 0 + sin2 0 - 2 cos 0. sin0)
eB
= 1 + 2 cos 9 . sin 0 + 1 - 2 cos 0. sin 0 = 2 = R. H. S.
Example 6. Prove that cos4 A - sin4 A = 2cos2 A - 1
r
ou
ad
Solution: L. H. S. = cos4 A - sin4 A
Y
= (cos2 A + sin2 A) (cos2 A - sin2 A)
nd
Re
= 1 x (cos2 A - sin2 A) = cos2 A - sin2 A
= cos2 A-(l - cos2 A)
Fi
= cos2 A - 1 + cos2 A
= 2 cos2A - 1 = R. H. S.
Example 7. Prove that sin3 0 + cos3 0 = (sin0 + cos9) (1 - sinO. cos0)
Solution: L. H. S.= sin3 9 + cos3 0
= (sin0 + cos0) (sin20 + cos20 - sinO.cosO)
= (sinO + cos0) (1 - sin0 . cos0) = R. H. S.
Example 8. Prove the following identities :
cot2 0
(i) 1+ = COSCC0
1 + cosec 0
(ii) sec4 0-sec2 0 = tan4 0 +tan2 0
(iii) 2sec2 0-sec4 0-2cosec20 + cosec4 0 - cot4 0-tan2 0 |CBSE 2000|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.51
cot2 0
Solution: (i) L. H. S. =1 +
1 + cosec 0
cosec2 0-1
=1 +
1 +cosec 0
(cosec 0 +1) (cosec 0 -1)
=1+
1 +cosec 0
= 1 + cosec 0 -1
= cosec 0 = R. H. S.
(ii) L. H. S. = sec40 - sec20
= sec2 0 (sec2 0-1)
w
= (1 +tan20)tan20
= tan2 0 + tan4 0 Flo
= tan4 0 + tan2 0 = R. H. S.
ee
(iii) L. H. S. = 2sec2 0 - sec4 0-2 cosec2 0 + cosec4 0
= 2sec2 0 - 2cosec2 0 - sec40 + cosec4 0
Fr
for
= 2 (sec20 - cosec20) - (sec4 0 - cosec4 0)
ur
= 2 (sec20 - cosec2©) - (sec20 - cosec20) x (sec2© + cosec20)
ks
= (sec20 - cosec2 0) (2 - sec2 0 - cosec20)
Yo
oo
= (1 + tan2 0 - 1 - cot20) (2 - 1 - tan2 0-1- cot2©)
B
= (tan20 - cot20) (- tan20 - cot20)
re
= - (tan20 - cot20) (tan2© + cot20)
ou
ad
= - (tan40 - cot40 )
Y
= cot4 0 - tan4 0 = R. H. S.
nd
Re
Example 9. Prove that: sin6 0 + cos6 0=1-3 sin2 0 cos2 0 |CBSE 2007|
Fi
Solution: L. H. S. = sin6 0 + cos6 0
= (sin2 0)3 +(cos20)3
= (sin2 0 + cos2 0)3 -3sin2 0.cos2 0.(sin2 0 + cos2 0)
[•.• a3 + Ir' = {a + b)3 - 3ab (a + b) ]
= (l)3-3sin20. cos20. 1 [v sin2 0 + cos2 0=1]
= 1 -3 sin20 . cos20 = R. H. S.
cos A-sin A + l
Example 10. Prove that = cosec A + cot A |NCERT|
cos A + sin A-l
cos A - sin A +1 _ (1 + cos A-sin A) (cos A + sin A + l)
Solution: L. H. S. =
cos A + sin A-l (cos A + sin A-l) (cos A + sin A + l)
[Multiplying numerator and denominator by cos A + sin A + 1 ]
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.52 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
(1 + cos A)2 - sin2 A 1 + cos2 A + 2cosA-sin2 A
(cos A + sin A)2 -(l)2 cos2 A + sin2 A + 2sin A cosA -1
2 2 o
cos“ A + cos" A + 2cos A 2cos"A + 2cosA
2 sin A cos A 2 sin A cos A
2cosA(cosA + l) cosA + 1
2 sin A cos A sin A
cos A
= cot A + cosecA = R.H.S
sin A sin A
Example 11. Prove that sin0-2sin3 0 = tan 0 |NCERT|
2 cos' 0-cos0
w
sin 0-2sin' 0
Solution: L. H. S. =
2 cos-' 0-cos0 Flo
ee
sin0(l-2sin2 0)
cos0(2cos2 0-1) Fr
for
ur
_ tan 0[1-2(1 -cos2 0)]
ks
2 cos2 0 -1
Yo
oo
tan0(1 -2 + 2cos2 0)
B
2cos2 0-1
re
ou
ad
tan0(2cos2 0-1)
Y
2cos2 0-1
nd
Re
= tan 0 = R.H.S.
Fi
Example 12. Prove that tan2 0-sin2 0 = tan2 0.sin2 0
Solution: L. H. S. = tan2 0 - sin2 0
sin2 0
sin2 0
cos2 0
sin2 0-sin2 0cos2 0
cos2 0
sin2 0(1 -cos2 0)
cos2 0
sin2 0
.sin2 0
cos2 0
= tan2 0.sin2 0= R.H.S.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.53
Example 13. Prove that:
(sin 0 + cosec 0)2 + (cos 0 + sec 0)2 = 7 + tan “ 0 + cot" 0 fCBSE 20»8|
Solution: L. H. S. = (sin 0 +cosec0)2 +(cos0 + sec0)2
= sin2 0+cosec2 0 +2sin 0 cosec0 + cos2 0 + sec2 0 + 2cos0sec0
1
= (sin2 0 + cos2 0) + (1 + cot2 0) + 2sin0.
sin 0
+ (1 + tan2 0) + 2cos0.
cos0
v sin2 0 +cos2 0 = 1
= 1+1 +cot2 0 + 2 + 1 +tan2 0 + 2 1 +cot2 0 = cosec2 0
w
1 + tan2 0=sec2 0
= 7 + tan2 0 + cot2 0 = R.H.S.
Flo
ee
cot0 cot 0-1
Example 14. Prove that:
l + tan0 2-sec2 0
Fr
or
ur
cot 0 1 - tan 0
f
Solution: L.H.S. ----------x-----------
ks
1 + tan 0 1 - tan 0
Yo
oo
cot 0-cot 0.tan0
B
1-tan2 0
re
ou
v cot0.tan0 = 1
ad
cot 0 -1
Y
Msec2 0-1) tan2 0 = sec2 0-1
d
Re
cot 0 -1
n
Fi
1-sec2 0 + 1
cot 0 -1
= R.H.S.
2-sec2 0
1-COS0
Example 15. Prove that (cosecO-cot0)_ =
1 + COS0
1 -COS0
Solution: R. H. S. =
1 + COS0
1-COS0 1-COS0
X
1 + COS0 1 — cos 0
(1-COS0)2 (1 — cos 0)2
= [v 1-cos2 0 = sin2 0]
1 - cos2 0 sin2 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.54 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
_ ' I-cosBV 1 COS0 V
v sin 9 j sin 9 sinB
= (cosec 9 - col 0)2 = L. H. S.
Example 16. Without using trigonometric tables, evaluate the following :
(sin2 25° + sin2 65°) + V3 (tan 5° tan 15° tan 30° tan 75° tan 85°)
Solution: (sin2 25° + sin2 65°) +V3(tan5°tan 15°tan30°tan75°tan85°)
= [sin2 25° + sin2 (90o-25°)j
+ 73 tan 5°. tan 15°.-5=. tan (90° -15°). tan (90° - 5°)
75'
i i
w
= (sin2 25° +cos2 25°) + .cot 15°.cot 5°
cot 5° cot 15°
Flo v sin2 (9Oo-0) = cos2 0
ee
tan (9O°-9)=cot0
=1+1=2
Fr tan 0 =
1
cot0
for
ur
sin2 0+cos2 0 = 1
ks
Yo
Example 17. Without using trigonometric tables, evaluate the following :
oo
(cos2 25° +cos2 65°) + cosec 0 sec (90°-0)-cot 0. tan (90°-0)
B
re
Solution: (cos2 25° +cos2 65°) + cosec 0 sec (90°-0)-cot 0. tan (90°-0)
ou
ad
= [cos2 25° +cos2 (90°-65°)] + cosec 0 cosec0 -cot0 cot0
Y
nd
v sin (90° - 0) = cos 0, tan (90° - 0) = cot 0
Re
sec (90°-0) = cosec 0
Fi
= (cos2 25° + sin2 25°) + (cosec2 0 - cot2 0)
= 1+1 [ y sin2 0 + cos2 0 =1; cosec2 0 - cot2 0=1]
=2
Example 18. Evaluate the following :
sin 150cos750 + cosl50sin75°
tan 5° tan 30° tan 35° tan 55° tan 85°
sin 150cos750 + cosl5°sin 75°
Solution:
tan 5° tan 3 0° tan 3 5° tan 5 5° tan 85°
sin 15° cos (90° -15°) + cos 15° sin (90° -15°)
1
tan 5° tan 35°. tan (90°-35°). tan (90°-5°)
75
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.55
v cos(9O°-0) = sin 0
sin(9O°-O) = cos0
sinl5°.sin 150 + cosl50.cosl5°
tan(9O°-0) = cot0
1 \ __ 1_
.cot 35°. cot 5°
cot5° y/3 cot 35° tan 0 -
cot0
sin215° +cos215°
= ] X — = VI [v sin2 0 + cos2 0 = 1]
1
Type II. Problems based on proving identities taking LCM.
w
WORKING RULE:
Take the L. C. M. of denominators and simplify using suitable trigonometric and algebraic
Flo
formulae.
ee
sin2 A tan2 A
Example 19. Prove that
cos2 A
+ 1=
sin" A
Fr
for
ur
Solution: L. H. S. - sin2 A + 1
cos2 A
ks
Yo
oo
9 9
sin A + cos A 1
B
cos2 A cos2 A
re
ou
ad
sin2 A 1 tan2 A
X = R.H.S.
Y
cos2 A sin2 A sin2 A
nd
Re
Example 20. Prove that
Fi
2
+
1-sina 1 + sina cos2 a
1 1
Solution: L, H. S. =
1-sina 1+sina
1 + sina + l-sina
(1-sin a)(l + sina)
2 2
(I)2-(sina)2 l-sin2a
2
V- = R.H.S.
cos a
Example 21. Prove that
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.56 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
cos2 a-cos2 p
= tan2 (3-tan2 a
cos2 a.cos2 P
sin2p sin2 a
Solution: R. H. S. = tan- p - tan - a =
cos2 p cos2 a
sin2 p.cos2 a-sin2 a.cos2 p
cos2 p.cos2 a
_ (1-cos2 P)cos2 a-l(l-cos2 a)cos2 p
cos2 p.cos2 a
_ cos2 a-cos2 a.cos2 p-cos2 P + cos2 a.cos2 p
cos2 a.cos2 p
low
cos2 a-cos2 p
= L.H.S.
cos2 a.cos2 p
ee
Example 22. Prove that l + sec0 sin2 0
rF
sec0 l-cos0 Fr
or
Solution: L. H. S. = 1 + sec 0 1
+
sec0
f
= COS0 + 1
u
sec0 sec0 secO
ks
Yo
oo
sin2 0 1-cos2 0
R. H.S.
B
1-COS0 1-COS0
re
(1 + cos 0)(l-cos 0)
= 1 + cos 0
ou
ad
1-COS0 -(ii)
Y
From (i) and (ii), it follows that L.H.S. = R. H. S.
nd
Re
Example 23. Prove the following identities :
Fi
1-COS0
(i) (cosec 0-cot 0)2 =
1+cos 0
2cos2 0-1
(i>) cot 0-tan 0 =
sin 0.cos 0
tan 0 +sec0-1 l + sin0
(iii) |CBSE 2001,2002 0)
tan0-sec0 + l cos0
sin0 sin0
(>v) =2+
cot 0+cosec 0 cot 0 - cosec 0
Solution: (i) L. H. S. = (cosec 0 - cot 0)2
n2
1 cosOY 1 -COS0
sin0 sinO^ sin 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.57
(1-cos9)2 _ (l-cos9)2
sin2 0 1-cos2 0
(1-cos 0)2
(1-COS0)(1 + COS0)
1-COS0
= R.H.S.
1 + COS0
(ii) L. H. S. = cot 0 tan 0
_ cos0 sin0 cos2 0 - sin2 0
sin0 cos0 sin 0 cos 0
cos2 0 — (1 — cos2 0)
low
sin 0. cos 0
cos2 0-1 +cos2 0
ee
sin 0.cos0
rF
2cos2 0-1
= R.H.S.
Fr
or
sin 0. cos 0
f
u
tan 0 +sec 0-1
ks
L. H. S. =
Yo
tan 0-sec0 + l
oo
B
tan 0+sec 0 - (sec2 0 - tan2 0)
re
tan0-sec0 + l
ou
ad
Y
tan0 + sec0-(sec0-tan0) (sec 0 + tan 0)
tan0-sec0 + l
nd
Re
Fi
(tan 0+sec 0) (1 -sec 0 +tan 0)
tan 0-sec0+l
= tan 0 + sec 0
sin0 1 sin 0 + 1
+
COS0 COS0 COS0
l+sin0
= R.H.S.
cos0
£0 To prove
sin0 sin0
=2+
cot 0 +cosec 0 cot 0-cosec 0
sin 0 sin0
or =2
cot 0 +cosec 0 cot 0-cosec 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.58 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
sin0 sin 9
Now, L. H. S. = +
cosecG + cot 0 cosec 0 - cot 0
1 1
= sin 9
cosec 0 +cot 9 cosec 0-cot 0
cosec 0 - cot0 + cosec 0 +cot 0
= sin 0
(cosec0+ cot0) (cosec 0-cot 0)
sin0 x 2 cosec 0 1
= sin0 x2x = 2 = R.H.S.
cosec20-cot: 0 sin 9
l + sec0 sin2 9
Example 24. Prove that |CBSE 2000, NCERT]
sec0 l-cos9
w
1
Solution: L.H.S .=
1 + sec 0
1+
cos 0 Flo v sec 0 =
1
ee
sec 0 1 cos 0
cos 0
Fr
for
ur
cos 0+ 1 cos 0
= (cos 0 + 1)
cos 9 1
ks
Yo
oo
(1+ COS0) (1-cos 0) _ (1-cos2 0)
B
1 - cos 0 1 - cos 0
re
sin2 0
ou
ad
= R.H.S. [v sin2 0 = 1-cos2 0]
1 - cos 0
Y
nd
Re
1
Example 25. Prove that (cosec A - sin A) (sec A - cos A) = (NCERTl
Fi
tan A + cot A
Solution: L.H.S. = (cosec A - sin A) (sec A - cos A)
1 1
-sin A - cos A
sin A cos A
1-sin2 A 1-cos2 A cos2 A sin2 A
sin A cos A = sin A cos A
sin A cos A
1
R.H.S. =
tan A + cos A
1 1
sin A ( cos A sin2 A + cos2 A
cos A sin A sin A cos A
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.59
sin A cos A
[v sin2 A + cos2 A = 1]
1
= sin A cos A ...(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we have
L.H.S. = R. H.S.
1
Hence (cosec A - sin A) (sec A - cos A) = tan A + cot A
Example 26. Prove that sec A (1- sin A) (sec A + tan A) = 1 |NCERT]
Solution: L.H.S. = sec A (1 - sin A) (sec A + tan A)
1 1 sin A
(1 - sin A) +
cos A \ cos A cos A /
w
(1-sin A) (1 + sin A)
cos2 A Flo
ee
1-sin2 A
cos2 A Fr
or
ur
cos2 A
= 1 = R. H. S.
f
cos2 A
ks
Yo
oo
tan A cot A
+- = 1 + sec A cosec A
B
Example 27. Prove that
1 - cot A 1 - tan A
re
ou
tan A cot A
ad
Solution: L.H.S. = +
Y
1 - cotA 1-tan A
d
sin A cos A
Re
n
sin A
Fi
cos A
+
cos A sin A
1- 1-
sin A cos A
sin A sin A cos A cos A
x + x
cos A sin A-cos A sin A cos A-sin A
sin2 A cos2 A
+
cos A (sin A -cos A) sin A (cos A -cos A)
sin2 A cos2 A
cos A (sin A - cos A) sin A (sin A-cos A)
✓
sinJ A — cos’1 A
sin A cos A (sin A -cos A)
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.60 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
_ (sin A - cos A) (sin2 A + cos2 A + sin A cos A)
sin A cos A (sin A - cos A)
[v o3 - 63 = {a-b) (a2 +b2 +ab)]
1 + sin A cos A
sin A cos A [v sin2 A + cos2 A = 1]
= 1 sin A cos A
+
sin A cos A sin A cos A
= cosec A sec A + 1
= 1 + sec A cosec A = R. H. S.
Example 28. Prove that:
low
sin 0 (1 + tan 0) + cos 0 (1 + cot 0) = sec 0 + cosec 0
Solution: L.H.S. = sin0 (1 + tan 0) + cos 0 (1+ cot 0)
ee
rF
= sin 0 1 +
sin 0
cos 0,
+ cos 0 1 +
cos 0
sin 0
Fr
f or
u
cos 0 + sin 0 ^sin 0 + cos 0N
ks
= sin 0 + cos 0
Yo
cos 0 sin 0
oo
B
_ sin' 0 (cos 0 + sin 0) + cos2 0 (sin 0 + cos 0)
re
cos 0 sin 0
ou
ad
Y
_ (sin2 0 + cos2 0). (sin 0 + cos0)
cos 0 sin 0
nd
Re
Fi
sin 0 cos 0
+ [v sin2 0 + cos2 0 = 1]
cos 0 sin 0 cos 0 sin 0
1 1
+
cos 0 sin 0
= sec 0 + cosec 0 = R.H.S.
cot A - cos A cosec A -1
Example 29. Prove that: ICBSE 2008]
cot A + cos A cosec A +1
cos A
-cos A
cot A -cos A
Solution: L.H.S. = = sin A
cot A + cos A cos A
+ cos A
sin A
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.61
l
cos A -1 -1
sin A sin A cosec A -1
= R.H.S.
1 1 cosec A +1
cos A +1 +1
sin A sin A
Example 30. Prove that:
(1 + cot A + tan A) (sin A - cos A) = sin A tan A - cot A cos A
Solution: L.W.S. = (1 + cot A + tan A) (sin A - cos A)
cos A sin A
= 1+ (sin A-cos A)
sin A cos A,
{ •
sin A cos A + cos2 A + shr
• 2 A
A
(sin A-cos A)
w
sin A cos A
sin3 A - cosJ A
Flo [v (x-y) (.r2 +/ +xy) =*3 - /]
ree
sin A cos A
sin3 A cos3 A
F
or
ur
sin A cos A sin A cos A
k sf
sin A sin A cos A cos A
Yo
oo
cos A sin A
B
re
= sin A tan A - cot A cos A = R. H. S.
Example 31. Prove that:
ou
ad
Y
(sec A - tan A)2 (1 + sin A) =l-sin A [CBSE 2008|
nd
Re
Solution: L.H.S. = (sec A-tan A)2 (1 + sinA)
Fi
1 sin A 'j
(1 + sinA)
^cos A cos A y
1-sin A V
(1 + sinA)
cos A
(1 -sin A)2
(1 + sin A)
cos2 A
(1-sin A)(l-sin A) (1 + sin A)
cos2 A
(1-sin A) (1-sin2 A)
= 1-sin A = R.H.S. [v cos2 A = 1 - sin2 A]
(1 -sin2 A)
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.62 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 32. Prove that:
1
(cosec 0 - sin 0) (sec0 - cos0) = [CBSE 2008]
tan 0 + cot 0
Solution: L.H.S. = (cosec 0 - sin 0) (sec 0 —cos 0)
1
y cosec 0 =
sin 0
1 1
-sin 0 -cos 0 1
sin0 cos 0 sec 0 =
cos 0
1 - sin2 0^ 1-cos2 0
sin 0 cos 0
w
cos2 0 sin2 0
-------- x---------- = sin 0. cos 0
sin 0 cos 0 -(i)
1
Flo
ee
R.H.S. =
tan 0 + cot 0
Fr sin 0
for
ur
1 1 v tan 0 =
= cos 0
sin 0 + cos 0 sin2 0 + cos2 0
ks
cos 0
cos 0 sin 0 cot 0 =
Yo
cos 0 sin 0
oo
sin 0
B
cos 0 sin 0
re
=1x = sin 0 cos 0 [y sin2 0 + cos2 0 = 1] ...(h)
1
ou
ad
.-. From (i) and (ii), L.H.S. = R. H. S.
Y
1 + tan2 A 1 - tan A
nd
= tan2 A
Re
Example 33. Prove that [CBSE 2005]
1 + cot2 A 1 - cot A
Fi
1 + tan2 A
Solution:
1 + cot2 A
sec" A y 1 + tan2 A = sec2 A
cosec2A 1 + cot2 A = cosec2A
1 sin" A
-----2~— x
cos' A 1
sin2 A
= tan2 A
1 - tan A V
Middle term =
1 - cot A
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.63
\2
sin A cos A - sin A
1-
cos A cos A
=
cos A sin A - cos A
1-
sin A sin A
cos A - sin A sin A
x
cos A sin A-cos A,
• A
-sin a \2
= (-tan A)2 = tan2 A -.(ii)
v cos A
Example 34. Prove that (1 + cot 0 - cosec 0) (1 + tan 0 + sec 0) = 2 |CBSE 2007J
w
Solution: L.H.S. = (1 + cot 0 - cosec 0) (l+tan0 + sec 0)
1+
cos 0 1
1+
Flo
sin0 1
ree
sin0 sin0y COS0 cos 0
(sin 0 + cos 0) -1 (cos 0 + sin 0) +1
F
or
ur
sin0 cos 0
sf
(sin 0 + cos 0)2 -1
k
Yo
oo
sin 0 cos 0
B
re
sin2 0 + cos2 0 + 2 sin 0 cos0 -1
ou
sin 0 cos 0
ad
Y
1 + 2 sin0 cos 0-1
nd
Re
sin 0 cos 0
Fi
2 sin 0 cos 0
=
sin 0 cos 0
= 2 = R. H. S.
Example 35. Prove the following identities :
1 - sin 0
(0 = (sec 0-tan 0)2
1 + sin 0
1 - cos 0 [CBSE 2000; NCERT|
(ii) = (cot 0-cosec 0)2
1 + cos 0
l-sin0
Solution: L.H.S -
1 +sin 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.64 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
1-sin 0 1-sin 0 _ (1-sin 0)2 _ (l-sin0)2
1 + sin 0 1 -sin 0 1-sin2 0 cos2 0
1-sin 0 V _ f 1 sin0 V
= (sec 0 - tan 0)2
^ cos 0 J cos 0 cos 0 J
Note : Starting from R. H. S. we can easily obtain L.H.S.
1-COS0 1-COS0 1-COS0 (1-COS0)2 (1-COS0)2
(ii) L.H.S. = ---------------- =------------------ X------------------ =---------------- T—
1 + COS0 1 + COS0 1-COS0 1-COS"0 sin2 0
2
_ 1 - cos 0 COS 0
= (cosec 0 - cos 0)2 = R.H.S.
, sin0 / sin 0 sin 0 y
w
Example 36. Prove that 2 (sin6 0 + cos6 0) -3 (sin4 0 + cos4 0) +1 = 0
Solution: L.H.S. = 2 (sin6 0 + cos6 0) - 3 (sin4 0 + cos4 0) +1Flo
ee
= 2[(sin2 0)3 + (cos2 0)3]-3 (sin4 0 + cos4 0) + l
= 2[(sin2 0 + cos2 0)].[(sin2 0)2 + (cos2 0)2 - sin2 0 cos2 0)]
Fr
for
ur
- 3(sin4 0 + cos4 0) + l [v a3 + b' = (a+ b) (a2 +b2 - ab)]
ks
Yo
oo
= 2[1 .(sin4 0 + cos4 0 - sin2 0 cos2 0)] -3 (sin4 0 + cos4 0 + 1)
B
[v sin2 0 + cos2 0=1]
re
ou
= 2 (sin4 0 + cos4 0) - 2sin2 0 cos2 0-3(sin4 0 + cos4 0) + l
ad
Y
= - (sin4 0 + cos4 0) -2 sin2 0 cos2 0 + 1
nd
Re
= - (sin4 0 + cos4 0 + 2 sin2 0 cos2 0) +1
Fi
= - [(sin2 0)2 + (cos2 0)2 +2(sin2 0) (cos2 0)] +1
= - (sin2 0 + cos2 0): +1 [v a2 +b2 + 2ab=(a + b)2]
= -(1)2+1 [••• sin2 0 + cos2 0 = 1]
=-1+1=0
Type III. Problem based on proving identities involving square root of trigonometric
expressions
WORKING RULE : Use the following information whichever is required
1. Ifsquare root of:
(i) ^/l + sin 0 occurs in the denominator, multiply and divide by ^/l -sin0 .
(ii) yj\ - sin 0 occurs in the denominator, multiply and divide by yj\ +sin 0 .
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.65
(iii) ^/l + cosG occurs in the denominator, multiply and divide by ^1-cosG .
(iv) yj] -cosQ occurs in the denominator, multiply and divide by ,/l + cosQ .
2. Procedure given in working rule (1) may also be used when above expression is without
square root.
1 + cos A
Example 37. Prove that = cosec A + cot A
1 - cos A
1 + cos A 1 +cos A 1 + cos A
Solution: L.H.S. - ------------x------------
1 - cos A 1 - cos A 1 + cos A
(1 + cos A)2
1 - cos2 A
(1 + cos A)2
sin" A
low
1 +cos A
sin A
ee
rF
1 cos A
sin A
-+
sin A
= cosec A + cot A = R.H.S. Fr
for
u
1 + sin A
ks
Example 38. Prove that = sec A + tan A |NCERT|
Yo
1 - sin A
oo
B
1 + sin A
re
Solution: L.H.S. -
1-sin A
ou
ad
^/1 + sinA ^/l + sin A
Y
y]\-sm A ^/l + sin A
nd
Re
Fi
1 + sin A
Vl -sin2 A
1 + sin A
[v 1 - sin2 A = cos' A]
Vcos2 A
I +sin A
cos A
sin A
+ = sec A + tan A = R. H. S.
cos A cos A
sec G -1 sec Q +1
Example 39. Prove that + = 2 cosec G |CBSE 2006 C|
sec G +1 sec G -1
Solution: We have
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.66 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
sec 0-1 sec 0 +1
L. H. S. = +
sec 0+1 sec 0-1
yjsec 0 -1 yjsec 0 +1
yjsec 0 +1 yjsec 0 -1
_ (sec 0-1) + (sec 0 + 1) 2 sec 0
7(sec 0 + 1) (sec 0-1) ^/sec2 0 -1
2 sec 0
\]tan2 0 [v sec2 0-1 = tan2 0]
2 sec 0
- = 2 sec 0 cot 0
w
tan 0
2
cos 0
x
cos 0
sin 0 y
Flo
—— = 2 cosec 0 = R.H.S.
sin 0
ee
Example 40. Prove that
1 + sin 0
+
1-sin 0
= 2 sec0
Fr
for
1-sin 0 1 + sin 0
ur
Solution: We have
ks
Yo
1 + sin 0 1 - sin 0
oo
L. H. S. = +
B
1 - sin 0 1 + sin 0
re
Vl + sin 0 + Vl-sin 0 _ (1 + sin 0) + (1 - sin 0)
ou
ad
^/l-sin 0 yj\ + sin 0 ^/(l - sin 0) (1 + sin 0)
Y
2 2
nd
—= 2 sec 0 = R.H.S.
Re
yj(\-sin2 0) ^Jcos2~Q cos 0
Fi
Type IV. Problems based on conditional identities
WORKING RULE:
1. Taking given conditions, proceed logically keeping in mind what is to be proved.
Example 41. If cos 0 + sin 0 = V2 cos 0, then prove that
cos 0 - sinO = V2 sin 0 ICBSE2002D, 2007|
Solution: Let cos 0 - sin 0 = x -0)
Given, cos 0 + sin Q = Jl cos 0 ...(ii)
Squaring (i) and (ii) and adding, we get
cos2 0+sin2 0-2 cos0.tan 0 + cos2 0 + sin2 0+2 cos 0. sin 0 = .v2 +2 cos2 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.67
or 1 + 1 = AT2 + 2 COS2 0
or 2 = a:2 + 2 (1 - sin2 0)
or 2 = a-2 +2-2 sin2 0
or x2 = 2 sin2 0
or x = \/2 sin 0
Hence cos 0 - sin 0 = V2 sin 0
Second method:
Given, cos 0 + sin 0 = \/2 cos 0
sin 0 = \/2 cos 0 - cos 0
or sin 0 = cosO(V2-1)
low
or (V2 +1) sin 0 = cos 0 (VI -1) (V2 +1)
or y[i sin 0 + sin 0 = cos 0 (2-1)
ee
or V2 sin 0 = cos 0 - sin 0
rF
Hence, cos 0 - sin 0 = V2 sin 0 Fr
for
Example 42. If sec 0 = x + — prove that
u
4x
ks
Yo
1
oo
sec 0 + tan 0 = 2x or — |CBSE 2001 D|
2x
B
re
Solution: sec2 0-tan2 0 = 1
ou
ad
or tan2 0 = Sec2 0-1 J
Y
nd
x+—
Re
4x
Fi
1 1
= x2 + 16x2 + 2 4x 2
1 1
= x2 +
16x2 2
1 I
= x" + -2.x. —
16x2 4x
x------
4x
1
tan 0 = ± x-----
4x
1
when tan 0 = x - sec 0 + tan 0 = x + — + x-----= 2x
4x ’ 4x 4x
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.68 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
1
Now from tan 0 = - he-----
4x
1 1
sec 0 + tan 0 = a' + — A--------- = A +-------A + ----
4a 4a 4a 4a
1 I
4a 4 a 2 a
Example 43. If tan 0 + sin 0 = m and
tan 0 - sin 0 = n, then prove that m2 - /72 = 4 -Jnm |CBSE 2002|
Solution: L.H.S.=w2 — n2
= (tan 0 - sin 0)2 - (tan 0-sin 0)2
= 4 tan 0 . sin 0
w
[v (a + b)2 -(a-b)2 =4ab) •••(i)
R.H.S. = 4 %/mn
4 ^/(tan 0+ sin 0) (tan 0 - sin0)
Flo
ee
= 4 yjtan2 0 - sin2 0 Fr
for
ur
sin2 0
=4 -sin2 0
ks
cos2 0
Yo
oo
B
I
= 4 Jsin2 0 -1
re
cos2 0
ou
ad
1 - cos2 0
Y
= 4 Jsin2 0
cos2 0
nd
Re
Fi
sin2 0x sin2 0
=4
cos2 0
= 4 sjlan2 0 . sin2 0
= 4 tan 0 . sin 0 -(ii)
From(i)and (ii), L.H.S. ^R. H. S.
Hence m2-n2 =4 yjnm
cos a cos a
Example 44. If = m and = then prove that
cos p sin p
(w2 +n2) cos2 P = /?2
Solution: L.H.S. = (w2 + n2) cos2 p
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.69
cos2 a cos2 a
= + cos2 P
cos2 p sin2 p
cos 2 a . sin2 P + cos2 a . cos2 P
cos2 P
cos2 P . sin2 p
sin2 p + cos2 P
= cos2 a
sin2 p
2
cos2 a cos a
sin2 P sin p
= n2 = R. H. S.
w
x y
Example 45. If
a cos 0 6 sin 0
ax. by
Flo X
2
V
ee
and = a2 -b2, then prove that “T + =1
cos 0 sin 0 a
Fr
x y
for
= k (say)
ur
Solution: According to question.
a cos 0 6 sin 0
ks
x = ak cos 0 -(i)
Yo
oo
and y = bk sin 0 -.(ii)
eB
ax by
r
Again, = a 2-b2 ....(hi)
ou
ad
cos 0 sin 0
Y
a . ak cos 0 b . bk sin 0 [Putting the values of x andy]
or = a 2-b2
nd
Re
cos 0 sin 0
Fi
or a2 k-b2k =a2-b2
or k (a2-b2) = a2 -b2 or A-= 1
From (i), x = a cos 0
or x2 = a1 cos2 0
2
or = COS2 0 ...(iv)
a
From (ii), y= b sin 0
or y2 = b2 sin2 0
2
or = sin2 0 ...(v)
b2
Adding (iv) and (v), we get
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.70 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
2 ,2
= cos2 0 + sin2 0 = 1
a b2
2
x2 V
=1
7+^
Example 46. If x sin3 0 + y cos’’ 0 = cos 0 . sin 0 and
x sin 0 - y cos 0=0, then prove that x2 + y2 = 1
Solution: According to question, x sin3 0 + y cos3 0 = cos 0 . sin 0 ...0)
and x sin 0 = V.v cos 0 = 0 ••■(ii)
From (ii), x sin 0 = v cos 0
w
x y = k (say)
or
cos 0 sin 0
x = k cos 0 and y = k sin 0 Flo •••(iii)
ee
Putting the values ofx andjy in (i), we get
A'cos 0 . sin ’ 0 + A- sin 0 . cos-’ 0 = cos0 . sin 0 Fr
for
ur
or k= 1
From (iii), x = cos 0 and y = sin 0
ks
Yo
oo
x2+_y2 =cos2 0 + sin2 0 = 1
B
Hence, x2+y2 = 1
re
Example^) If cos4 a sin4 a sin4 P
ou
+ = 1, then prove that + =1
ad
cos2 P sin2 p sin2 a
Y
cos4 a sin4 a
nd
Re
Solution: 1
+ '
=1 1
cos" P sin" p
Fi
or cos4 a + sin4 a
= sin” a + cos2 a
cos2 p sin2 p
cos 4 a sin4 a
or -cos2 a = sin2 a -
cos2 P sin2 p
^ - 2
cos" a .. ■ i , sin a
or cos2 a 1 -sin a I-
v cos2 P sin2p,
(cos2 a - cos2 p) (sin2 P~sin2 a)
or cos2 a = sin2 a
cos2 p sin2 P
or sin2 P(l-sin2 a-l + sin2p) cos2 p (1 - cos2 p -1 + cos2 a)
sin2 a cos2 a
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.71
sin2 P (sin2 P - sin2 a)
or
sin2 a
cos2 P (cos2 a - cos2 P)
cos2 a
sin4 p - sin2 p sin2 a cos2 p cos' a - cos4 P
or
sin2 a cos 2 a
sin4 P sin2 p. sin2 a _ cos2 p.cos2 a cos4 P
or 2
sin2 a sin2 a cos a cos2 a
sin4 p cos4 p i„ . ?n
or —= cos' p + sin" p
sin" a cos" a
w
cos4 p i sin4 p
-> *■ . i
=1 Flo
cos" a sin a
EXERCISE 4.4 F ree
or
Type I
ur
sf
1. Fill in the blanks
(i) sin2 9 cosec2 0 =...... (ii) l+tan20=.....
k
Yo
oo
(iii) Reciprocal sin 0. cot 9 = (iv) 1 -.....= cos2 0
B
cos A
re
(v) tan A = (vi)
cos A sin A
ou
ad
(vii) cos 0 is reciprocal of..... (viii) Reciprocal of sin 0 is....
Y
(ix) Value of sin 0 in terms of cos 0 is (x) Value of cos 0 in terms of sin 0 is
nd
Re
2. If sin 0 = /? and cos 0 = q, what is the relation between p and q ?
Fi
3. If cos A = x, express sin A in terms of x
4. Ifx cos 0 = 1 and y sin 0=1, find the value of tan 0.
5. If cos 40° = /?, then write the value of sin 40° in terms o\'p.
6. If sin IT = x, then write the value of cos 77° in terms ofx.
7. Ifcos 55° = x2, then write the value of sin 55° in terms ofx.
8. If sin 50° = £7, then write the value of cos 50° in terms of a
9. Ifx cos A = 1 and tan A =y, then what is the value ofx2 -y2.
Prove the following identities:
10. (1-sin 0)(1+sin 0) = cos20
11. (1 + cos 0) (1 - cos 0) = sin2 0
(1-cos0)(1 + cos9)
12. = tan2 0
(l-sin0)(l + sin0)
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.72 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
13. = sec 0 - tan 0
sec 0 + tan 0
Type II.
14. Prove the following identities :
(i) sin 0. cot 0 = cos 0 (ii) sin2 0(1 + cot2 0) = 1
(iii) cos2 A (tan2 A+ 1) = 1 (iv) tan4 0 + tan2 0 = sec4 0 - sec20
(1 + tan2 0)sin2 0 sin2 0 tan2 0
= tan 0 (vi) +1=
tan0 cos2 0 sin2 0
3-4 sin2 0 _ 3
(vii) - tan2 0 (viii) (1 + tan2 0) cos 0. sin 0 = tan 0
cos2 0
w
(ix) sin2 0 - cos2 <j> = sin2 tj) - cos2 0 1-tan2 0
(x) = tan2 0
15. Prove the following identities :
Flo cot2 0-1
ee
(i)(! -cos0)(l + cos 0) (1 + cot2 0) — 1
(l+sin0)2 +(l-sin0)2 1+sin2 0
Fr
for
ur
(ii)
2 cos2 0 1-sin2 0
ks
Yo
cos2 0(1-cos0) 1+sinO
oo
(iii)
B
sin2 0(l-sin0) l+cos0
re
(iv) (sin0 -cos0)2 = 1 - 2sin 0.cos 0
ou
ad
Y
(v) (sin0+cos0)2 + (sin0-cos0)2 = 2
nd
Re
(vi) (a sin 0 +6cos0)2 + (acos0-6sin0)2 =a2+b2
Fi
(vii) cos4 A +sin4 A + 2sin2 A.cos2 A = 1
(viii) sin4 A -cos4 A = 2sin2 A 1 - 2cos2 A = sin2 A - cos2 A
(ix) cos4 0 - sin4 0 = cos2 0 - sin2 0 = 2cos2 0-1.
(x) 2 cos2 0 - cos4 0+ sin 40 = 1
(xi) 1-2cos2 0+cos4 0 = sin 40
(xii) 1-2sin2 0+sin4 0 = cos40
16. Prove that the following identities:
(i) sec2 0 + cosec2 0 = sec2 0.cosec2 0 |CBSE 20011
cos2 0
(ii)^F + sin0 = cosec 0’
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.73
(iii) cot 0 + tan 0 = cosec 0. sec0
1-sin 0 V \2
1-sin 0 jg l-cos0 1-COS0
17.
1 + sin 0 COS0 y 1 +COS0 sin 0
1 + COS0 V 1 + COS0 2Q cos0 _l-sin0
19.
sin 0 1-COS0 l + sin0 cos0
21. (sin8 0-cos8 0) = (sin2 0-cos2 0)(l-2sin2 0.cos2 0)
22. 2(sin6 0 + cos6 0) -3 (sin4 0 + cos4 0) + sin2 0 + cos2 0 = 0
Type HI.
Prove the following identities
w
cos A sin A sin0 1 + cos0 2
23. + = sin A+cos A 24. +
1-tanA 1-cotA Flo l + cos0 sin0 sin0
ree
1 1
= 2 sec2 0 26. 1 + sin6 . COS0 = 2 sec0
F
l + sin0 l-sin0 cos0 l + sin0
or
ur
COS0 cos0 2 1 1 2
sf
27. + 28. +
l-sin0 l + sin0 cos0 l + cos0 l-cos0 sin20
k
Yo
oo
1 1 2 tan 0
B
29. 30. cot2 0 - cos2 0 = cot2 0 . cos2 0
re
l-sin0 1 + sin 0 cos0
ou
ad
31. tan2 <j) - sin2 <() - tan2 <)). sin2 <|) = 0 32. tan2 (|> + cot2 <{> + 2 = sec2 § cosec2 <j)
Y
cosec0 + cot0-1 _ l + cos0 tan 0 cot0
+
nd
34. = 1 + tan 0 + cot 0
Re
cot 0 - cosec 0 + 1 sin0 1 — cot 0 l-tan0
Fi
1 - cos0
35. = (cot0 - cosec 0)2
1+COS0
1 +COS0 1 + COS0 1-COS0 1-COS0
36. 37.
1-COS0 sin0 1 + COS0 sin0
1 -sin0 1 -sin0 _ cos0
38. = sec 0 - tan 0 39.
l + sin0 l + sin0 l + sin0
40. 1 +sin0 l-sin0
+ = 2 sec 0
1 -sin0 l + sin0
Type IV.
41. If sec0 + tan 0 = w and sec 0 - tan 0 = n, then prove that yfmn = 1
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.74 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
42. If cos 0 + sin 9 = 1, then prove that cos 0 - sin 0 = ± 1 (CBSE 2002|
43. If sin 0 + sin2 0=1, then prove that cos2 0 + cos4 0 = 1
.v2-l
44. Iftan 0 +sec 0 = x, show that sin0 =
x2+l
45. If sin 0 + cos 0 =/? and secO + cosec Q = q, then show that c/ (p2-\) = 2p
46. If* cos 0 = a and ^ = a tan 0, then prove that x2 -_v2 = a2
47. If* = r cos a. sin p, y = r cos a. cos P, z = r sin a, then prove that *2 +y2 + z2 = r2
48. If sec 0 - tan 0 = *, then prove that
2* l-*2
(i) cos 0 = (ii) sin 0 =
1 + *2 1+*2
w
49. If a cos 0 + /> sin 0 = c, then prove that a sin Q-b cos 0 = ± -y/a2 + 62 - c“
Flo
ee
Q6; If 1 + sin2 0 = 3 sin 0.cos 0, then prove that tan 0 = 1 or , 0 < 90°
51. If^/cos 0 - 6 sin 0 =*and osin 0 + 6 cos 9 =^ that a2 + b2 = x2+y2
Fr
for
ur
52. If* = a sec0 + b tan 0 and y = a tan 0 + 6 sec0, then prove
ks
thatx2-y2 - a2- b2
Yo
oo
If («2 - b2) sin 0 + lab cos 0 = a2 + b2, then prove that
B
2-b2
re
tan 0o = —
a
2a b
ou
ad
Y
ANSWERS
nd
Re
(ii) sec2 0 (iii) sec 0 (iv) sin2 0 (v) sin A
Fi
I. (0 1
(vi) cot A (vii) sec 0 (viii) cosec 0 (ix) -y/l-cos2 0 (x) y]\-sin2 0
*
2. p2 + q2= 1 3. yj\-X2 4. 5. yj\-p2 6. y/l-x2
v
7. 8. ^a2 9. 1
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Very Short Answer Type Questions:
1
1. If sin0 = then find the value of (2 cot20 + 2). (Delhi 2009)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.75
15
2. If secA = — and A + B = 90°, find the value of cosec B. [Foreign 20091
7
3. If sec20 (1 + sin 0) (1 - sin 0) = k, then find the value of k. |AI2009|
2 1
4. If 2.v = sec A and — = tan A, find the value of 2 x2 - [Delhi 2010|
x
- = tan0, find the value of 5 (.v2 j | AI2010[
5. If 5x = sec 0 and —
* l x2)
7
6. If 7.t = cosec 0 and — = cotO, find the value of x2 —- . |A1 2010|
x x-J
w
2 1
7. If cosec 0 = 2x and cot0=—, find the value of 2 x2- [Delhi 2010|
X Flo x2 y
ee
8. If 3x = cosec 0 and — - cot 6. find the value of 3 ^x2 - 1
x2)- Fr [Delhi 2010|
for
ur
4 f 1 ^
9. If 4x = sec 0 and — = tan 0, find the value of 8 x2 - [Foreign 2010|
ks
X x2)
Yo
oo
eB
6
10. If 6x = sec 0 and — = tan 0, find the value of 9 x2----- [Foreign 2010[
x
r
ou
ad
1
Y
11. If cosec 0 = 3x and cot 0 = —, find the value of x2 - [AI2010|
x x2)'
nd
Re
Fi
8 1
12. If 8x = cosec A and— = cot A, find the value of 4 x2—- [Foreign 2010|
X x2 ‘
Short Answer Type Questions:
1. Find the value of sin 30° geometrically.
Or.
Without using trigonometric table evaluate
cos58° sin22° cos38°cosec520
[Delhi 2009|
sin32° cos68° tanl 8o.tan35otan60otan72o.tan55°
sin20-2sin40
2. Prove that sec20- = 1. [ Foreign 2009|
2 cos4 0-cos2 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.76 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
2 2 5
3. Evaluate: -cosec258°—Cot580.tan320--tanl30.tan370.tan450.tan53°.tan770.
3 3 3
[AI2009]
I 1 1
4. Show that 1 + 1+ (Foreign 2010]
tan2 9 cot2 9 sin2 8-sin4 9
5. Without using trigonometry tables, evaluate the following :
cos70° 4(sec2590-cot231°) 2
—sin99°
3sin20° 3 3
Or,
Find the value of sec 69° geometrically. (AI2010|
6. (a) Without using trigonometric tables, evaluate
w
7 cos70° 3 cos55°cosec350
[Foreign 2009]
2 sin20° 2 tan50-tan250-tan45o-tan850-tan65°'
Flo
(b) Without using trigonometric tables, find the value of the following expression :
ee
sec(90° - 9) • cosec9 - tan(90° - 9)cot9
+ cos2 25° + cos2 65° Fr
for
ur
3tan270-tan63°
ks
Or,
Yo
oo
Find the value of cosec30° geometrically. (Delhi 2010]
B
7. Without using trigonometric tables, find the value of the following :
re
cot 9. tan(90° - 8) - sec (99° - 9) cosec Q+ .tan 12o.tan60o.tan78°.
ou
ad
Or,
Y
Find the value of sec 45° geometrically. (Foreign 2010]
nd
Re
15 (2 + 2sin9)(l-sin9)
8. If cot 9 - —, then evaluate
Fi
8 (l + cos9)(2-2cos9)
Or.
Find the value of tan 69° geometrically. (AI2009]
sin3 9 + cos3 9
9. Simplify + sin9cos9. (Delhi 2009]
sin9 + cos9
QUESTIONS FOR PRACTICE
Short Answer Type Questions (1 Mark):
1. Prove that: (VJ + 1) (3 - cot 30°) = tan360° - 2 sin 69°.
cos2(45° + 9)+ cos2(45° - 9)
2. Prove that: = 1.
tan(60° + 9) tan(30° - 9)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.77
3. Prove that: tan 0 + tan (90° - 9) = sec 0 sec (90° - 0).
Short Answer Type Questions With Reasoning:
Write ‘True or False’ and justify your answer in each of the following:
1. (tan 0 + 2) (2 tan 9 + I) = 5 tan 9 + 2sec2 0.
2. The value of the expression (cos223° - sin267°) is positive.
3. The value of the expression (sin 80° - cos 80°) is negative.
4. ^(1 - cos20)sec20 = tan0 if0° < 0 < 90°
1
5. The value of 2sin 0 can be a + — , where a is a positive number and 1.
a
w
a2 + b2
6. cos0 = where a and b are two distinct numbers such that ab > 0.
lab
Long Answer Type Questions:
Flo
/2 + l
1. If tan 0 + sec 0 = /, then prove that sec 0 =------.
F ree
or
ur
21
sf
1
k
Yo
2. If 1 + sin2 0 = 3 sin 0 cos 0, then prove that tan 0 = 1 or —.
oo
B
3. Given that sin 0 + 2 cos 0 = 1, then prove that 2 sin 0 - cos 0 = 2.
re
ou
ad
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
Y
nd
Re
A. Objective Type Questions (MCQ 1 Mark):
Fi
Choose the correct options:
1. Who first used the abbreviated notation ‘sin’ for sine ratio of an angle ?
(a) Aryabhatta (b) Edmund Gunter
(c) Sir Jonas Moore (d) J.F. Herbart
2. Which of the following is not possible (0 is acute angle)
(a) tan 0 = 2 (b) sin 0 = 2 (c) sec 0 = 2 (d) cot 0 = 2
, tanl—-—
3. IfA, B and C are interior angles of a triangle ABC, then (A + B] =
c c
(c) tan-
C C
la) sec- \(b)> cosec—
2 (d) cot—
4. The value of cos 0°. cos l0.cos2° ... cos 90° =
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.78 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
5. The value of tan 10.tan20.tan3°... tan89° =
1
(a) -1 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) -
6. Thevalueofsin250 + sin2100 + sin215° + ... + sin290° is equal to
(a) 8 (b) 8.5 (c) 9 (d) 9.5
7. If siruc + cosec x = 2, then sin5x + cosec8.r is equal to
(a) 25 (b) 2'3 (c) 2 (d) 28
8. If tan20 + cot20 = 2, 0 is an acute angle, then tan40 + cot40 is equal to
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 8
9. If sin x + sin2v = 1, then value of cos2x + cos4* is equal to
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 0 (d) 1.5
w
10. If tanA + cotA = 4, then tan4A + cot4A is equal to
(a) 194 (b) 1% (c) 198 (d) 188
Flo
11. If sin©! + sin©-, + sin03 = 3, 0° < 0!, 0?, 03 < 90°, then cos 0, + cos02 + cos03 =
ee
(a) 3 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 2
Fr
12. If* = r sin 0 cos <{),>' = /• sin0.sin <\> and z = r cos0, then the value of*2 + y2 + z2 is
independent of
for
ur
(a) r,Q (b) r,(j> (c) 0, <j) (d) r
ks
13. The value of 2 (sin60 + cos60) - 3 (sin40 + cos4©) + 1 is equal to
Yo
oo
(a) 0 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 1
B
14. If sin 0 and cos 0 are the roots of the equation ax2 -bx + c = 0, then a, b, c satisfy the
re
relation
ou
ad
(a) a2 -b2 = - lac (b) a2 -b2 = lac
Y
(c) a2 + b2 = c2 (d) a2 + b2 = lac
nd
Re
1
15. If cosec 0 - cot 0 = —,0 < 0 < 90°, then cos 0 is equal to
Fi
5 3 2 4
(a) 3
(b> i M 5 (d) ?
16. If.* = (sec A - tan A) (sec B - tan B) (sec C - tan C) = (sec A + tan A) (sec B + tan B)
(sec C + tan C), then * =
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) -1 (d) ±1
17. The value of the expression
[cosec (75° + 0) - sec (15° - 0) - tan (55° + 0) + cot (35° - 0)] is
3
(a) -1 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) -
18. sin (45° + 0) - cos (45° - 0) is equal to
(a) 2 cos 0 (b) 0 (c) 2 sin 0 (d) 1
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.79
19. If AABC is right angled at C, then the value of cos (A + B) is
(a) 0 (b) 1
1 VI
(c) - (d) -
20. If cos (a + (3) = 0, then sin (a - (3) can be reduced to
(a) cos (3 (b) cos 2(3 (c) sin a (d) sin 2a
21. If sin 9 - cos 9 = 0, then the value of (sin49 + cos49) is
3 1
(a) 1 W 4 (0 - «*) 4
22. If cos 9a = sin a and 9a < 90°, then the value of tan 5a is
(a) VI (b) VI (c) 1 (d) 0
low
B, Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
Consider the following statements :
ee
(a) Both the statements 1 and 2 are true and statement 2 is the correct explanation for
rF
statement 1. Fr
(b) Both the statements 1 and 2 are true and statement 2 is not the correct explanation for
for
statement 1.
u
(c) Statement 1 is true but statment 2 is false.
ks
Yo
(d) Statement 1 is false but statement 2 is true.
oo
B
Choose the correct option from (a), (b), (c) and (d) in the following :
re
1. Statement 1 : tanl0tan20tan3°... tan89°= 1
ou
ad
Statement 2 : tan9° tan (99° - 9°) = 1.
Y
Solution : Statement 1: tan 10 tan20 tan3°... tan87° tan880tan89°
nd
= (tan 10 tan89°)(tan20 tan88°)... (tan 44° tan 46°) tan 45°
Re
Fi
= [tan 10 tan (90°- 1 °)] [tan2° tan (90° -2°)].... [tan 44° tan (99° -44°)]. tan45°
= (tan 10 cot 10)(tan2° cot2°)... (tan 44° cot44°) tan 45°
= 1 x 1 x 1... x 1 (45 times) = 1
Statement 2 : tan9° tan (99° - 9°) = tan 9° cot 9° = 1
Thus, Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and Statement 2 gives Statement 1. [Ans. (a)]
2. Statement 1 : sin210o + sin220° +sin230° +... + sin290° = 6
Statement 2 : sin29 + cos29 = 1
a2 +1
3. Statement 1 : If sec9 + tan9 = a, then sec9 =
2a
Statement 2 : cosec29 -cot29 = 1
4. Statement 1 : cos80° - sin80° is negative.
Statement 2 : cos225° - sin265° is positive.
5. Statement 1 : (cot9 +3)(3cot9+ 1) = 3 cosec29+10cot9
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.80 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Statement 2:1+ cot20 = cosec20.
6. Statement 1 : 2cos0 - a + —. where a > 0, a * 1.
a
Statement 2 : - 1 < cos0 < 1 for all values of 0.
C. Linked Comprehension Type Questions:
Passage-1 : For any two numbers a and b, cr’ + 63 = (a + b) (a2 -ab + b2) ;
a2 + b2 — (a + b2) - lab \{a + b)(a-b) = a2- b2 and {a + b)2 - a2 + b2 + lab
Now, answer the following questions:
sin2 A cos2A^
1. sin2 A cos2 A
cos2 A sin2 A
w
(a) 1-2 sin2A cos2A (b) 1 - sin2A cos2A
(c) 1 + sin2A cos2A
Flo
(d) None of these
ee
2.
sec0 + tan0
sec0-tan0
Fr
for
ur
(a) sec20 + tan20 (b) sec20 + tan20
ks
Yo
(c) sec20 + tan20 + 2 sec 0 tan 0 (d) sec20 + tan20 + cos0 tan0
oo
B
cos3 A + sin3 A cos3 A-sin3 A
re
cosA + sinA cosA -sinA
ou
ad
(a) 0 (b) 2 (c) 1 (d) -2
Y
nd
Re
ANSWERS
Fi
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Very Short Answer Type Questions :
15 1 1 1
1. 18 2. 3. 1 4. 5' 5 6.
7 2 49
1 I 1 1 1 1
7. 10. 12.
2 8- 5 9- 2 4 “• 9 16
Short Answer Type Questions :
1 2V3-1 2
1. 3. -1 5. 1 ;2 6. (a) 5 (b) ~ or 2
2 VJ
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.81
225
7. 2 or V2 8. or V3 9. I
64
QUESTIONS FOR PRACTICE
Short Answer Type Questions with reasoning:
1. False 2. False 3. False 4. True 5. False 6. False
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
A. Objective Questions:
I- (b) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (d)
w
7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (a) 11. (b) 12. (c)
13. (a)
19. (a)
14. (a)
20. (b)
15. (b)
21. (c)
Flo 16. (d)
22. (c)
17. (b) 18. (b)
ee
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions; Fr
2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (d)
for
ur
C. Comprehension Type Questions:
ks
Yo
Passage -1 : 1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (b)
oo
B
re
EXEMPLAR PROBLEMS
ou
ad
Y
1. Find the value of (tan 1° tan 2° tan 3°... tan 89°).
Soln. tan l°tan2°tan 3°... tan 87°tan 88°tan 89°
nd
Re
= (tan 1° tan 89°). (tan 2° tan 88°)... (tan 44° tan 46°) tan 45°
Fi
= [tan l°tan (90°- 1°)]. [tan 2°tan (90°-20)]... [tan44°tan (90°-440)]. tan 45°
= (tan 1° cot 1°). (tan 2°cot 2°)... (tan 44°cot 44°). tan 45°
= lxlxl... x lx] = l
2. Prove that (V3 + l)(3-cot 30°) = tan3 60°-2sin 60°
Soln. L.H.S. =(V3+l)(3-cot30°) = (V3+l)(3-V3)
= (V3 + 1)(V3.V3-V3) = (V3 + 1)V3(V3-1)
= V3(V3 + 1)(V3-1) = V3[(V3)2-1]
= V3(3-l) = 2V3
R.H.S. = tan3 60° - 2sin 60° = (tan 60°)3 - 2sin 60°
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.82 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
n/3
(V3)3-2.^- = 3V3-V3 = V3(3-l)
= 2VJ
Hence, L.H.S. = R.H.S.
3. Prove that (sin a + cos a) (tan a + cot a) = sec a + cosec a
Soln. L.H.S. = (sin a + cos a) (tan a + cot a)
sin a cos a sin0 COS0
= (sin a + cos a) v tan 0 = and cot 0 =
cos a sin a cosO sin0
(sin2 a + cos"
= (sin a + cosa)^
sin a. cos a
low
= (sina + cosa).— [Y sin2 0 + cos2 0=1]
sina.cosa
ee
1
rF
cosa sina Fr
or
v sec 0 = and cosec 0 =
f
= sec a + cosec a = R.H.S.
u
COS0 sin0
ks
Yo
oo
cot2 a
= cosec a
B
4. Prove that 1 +
I + cosec a
re
ou
cos"2 a/sin"
• 2
ad
cot2 a a COS0 1
Soln. L.H.S. =1 + =1+ Y COt0 = and cosec 0 =
Y
1 +cosec a 1 + 1/since sin0 sin0
nd
Re
2
cos a sin a (1 + sin a) + cos" a
Fi
= 1+
sin a (1 +sin a) sin a (1 +sin a)
sin a + (sin" a + cos" a)
[Y sin2 0 +cos2 0= 1]
sina(l + sina)
(sin a+1) 1 1
sin a (sin a+ 1) sina y cosec 0 =
sin0
= cosec a = R.H.S.
5. Find the value of sin6 0 + cos6 0 + 3sin2 0 cos2 0.
Soln. sin6 0 + cos6 0 + 3sin2 0 cos2 0.
= (sin2 0)3 + (cos2 0)3 + 3sin2 0 cos2 0
= (sin2 0)3 + (cos2 0)3 + 3sin2 0 cos2 0 (sin2 0 + cos2 0) [Y sin2 0 +cos2 0= 1]
= a3 + Z>3 + 3ab (a + b), where a = sin2 0, 6 = cos2 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.83
= (a + b)3 = (sin2 0 + cos2 0)3
= 13=1
sin(a-P)
6. If cos (a + P) = 0, p ^ 45°, find the value of
cos2p
Soln. Given, cos (a+P) = 0 = cos90° [/cos 90° = 0]
=> a + p = 90°
=> a = 90°-p
Now, sin (a- P) = sin (90°- P - P) [putting the value of a from Eq. (i)]
= sin(90°-2P)
= cos 2p [y sin (9O°-0) = cos0]
sin(a-P)
Hence,
cos 2p
w
7. If sin A + sin2 A = 1, then find the value of cos2 A + cos4 A.
Soln. Given, sin A + sin2 A = 1
Flo
ee
=> sin A = 1 - sin2 A = cos2 A [Y sin2 0 + cos2 0=1]
On squaring both sides, we get
Fr
for
ur
sin2 A = cos4 A
1 - cos2 A = cos4 A
ks
Yo
oo
=> cos2 A + cos4 A = 1
B
8. Find the value of sin (50° + 0) - cos (40° - 0).
re
Soln. Let A = 45° + 0 and B = 40° - 0, then A + B = 90°
ou
ad
Now, sin (50° + 0) - cos (40°- 0) = sin A - cos B = sin A - cos (90° - A) = sin A - sin A = 0
Y
9. Find the value of cosec (75° + 0) - sec (15° - 0) - tan (55° + 0) + cot (35° - 0).
nd
Re
Soln. Let A= 75° + 0, B = 15°-0, then A+ B = 90°
Fi
C = 55° + 0, D = 35°-0, then C + D = 90°
Now, cosec (75° + 0)-sec (15°- 0)-tan (55°+ 0) + cot (35°-0)
= cosec A - sec B - tan C + tan D
= cosec A - sec (90° - A) - tan C + tan (90° - C)
= cosec A - cosec A - tan C + tan C
=0
10. Prove that (tan2 A - sin2 A) (cot2 A - cos2 A) = sin2 A cos2 A.
Soln. L.H.S. = (tan2 A - sin2 A) (cot2 A - cos2 A)
f sin2 A • 2 A V cos2 A 2
-sin AM-----7— -cos' A1
cos2 A Asm2 A
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.84 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
( sin2 A -sin2 A cos2 A V cos2 A-cos2 A sin
cos2 A sin2 A
sin2 A(1-cos2 A) cos2 A(1-sin2 A)
cos2 A sin2 A
sin2 A.sin2 A cos" A.cos2 A
cos2 A sin2 A
= sin2 A cos2 A
2-l
11. If cosec 0 + cot 0 =/?, then prove that cos0 = —
P2+l'
w
Soln. Given, cosec 0 + cot 0 =/?
=>
I
sin0
COS0
sin0
=P
Flo v cosec 0 =
1
sinO
and cot 0 =
COS0
sin0
ee
=>
1 + cos 0 p Fr
for
sin 0 1
ur
(I + cos0)2 _ p2
ks
=> [Squaring both sides]
Yo
oo
sin20 I
B
1 + cos2 0 + 2cos0 P 2
re
= ---
sin2 0 1
ou
ad
Y
(1 + cos2 0 + 2cos0)-sin2 0 _ /?2 - 1
=> [By componendo and dividendo]
nd
(1 + cos2 0 + 2cos0) + sin2 0 p1+ \
Re
Fi
1+ cos2 0 + 2cos0-(l-cos2 0) p2 — I
=>
l + 2cos0 + (cos2 0 + sin" 0) /22+l
2cos2 0 + 2cos0
[Y sin2 0 +cos2 0= 1]
2 + 2cos0
2cos0(cos0 + l) _ Z?2 -1
=>
2(cos0 +1) p2+\
COS0 = —
p2+\
12. Prove that ^/sec2 0 + cosec20 = tan 0 + cot 0.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.85
Soln. LHS = i/sec2 0 + cosec20
1 1
v sec 0 = and cosec 0 =
cos2 0 sin2 0 COS0 sin0
sin2 0 + cos2 0
[Y sin2 0 + cos2 0=1]
sin2 O.cos2 0 sin2 0.cos2 0
sin2 0 +cos2 0
[Y 1 = sin2 0 + cos2 0]
sin0.cos0 sin0.cos0
sin2 0 cos2 0
sin 0. cos 0 sin 0. cos 0
w
sin0 cos0 sin0 COS0
-------- H----------- v tan 0 = and cot 0 =
cos0 sin0 Flo cosO sin0
= tan 0 + cot 0 - RHS
ee
Fr
13. If 1 + sin2 0 = 3 sin 0 cos 0, then prove that tan 0 = 1 or —
2'
for
ur
Soln. Given, 1 + sin2 0 = 3sin 0 . cos 0
ks
Yo
Dividing both sides by sin2 0, we get
oo
eB
COS0
+1 = 3.cot0 y cot 0 =
sin2 0 sin0
r
ou
ad
Y
cosec2 0 + 1 = 3.cot 0 Y cosec 0 =-----
sinO
1
1
nd
Re
Fi
=> 1 + cot2 0 + 1 = 3.cot 0 [Y cosec2 0=1+ cot2 0]
=> cot2 0 - 3cot 0 + 2 = 0
=> cot2 0 - 2cot 0 - cot 0 + 2 = 0 [By splitting the middle term]
=> cot 0 (cot 0 - 2) - 1 (cot 0 - 2) = 0
=> (cot 0-2) (cot 0 - 1) = 0 => cot 0 = 1 or 2
1 1
=> tan 0 = 1 or ~ y tan 0 =
cot0
14. If sin 0 + cos 0 = /; and sec 0 + cosec 0 = <?, then prove that (/;2 - 1) = 2p.
Soln. Given that, sin 0 + cos Q=p
and sec 0 + cosec Q = q •••(ii)
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.86 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
1 1 1
From(ii), ------ +------ = q v sec 9 = and cosec 9 =
cos 9 sin 9 cos 9 sin 9
sin 9 +cos 9
=>
sin 9. cos 9
P
—----------- =q
=> [From Eq. (i)]
sin 9. cos 9
=> sin9.cos9 = — •■•(iii)
From (i), sin 9 + cos 9 =/?
=> (sin 9 + cos9)2 = p2 [On squaring both sides, we get]
w
(sin2 9 + cos2 9) + 2sin 9.cos 9 = p2 [y {a + b)2 = a2 + lab + b2]
=> 1 + 2sin 9.cos 9 =/?2 [-.■ sin2 9 + cos2 9=1]
Flo
ee
=> 1 + 2.— = p2 [From Eq. (iii)]
Fr
for
ur
=> q + ^p=p2q ^ 2p=p2q-q
^ q{p2-\) = lp
ks
Yo
15. If sin 9 + 2cos 9=1, then prove that 2sin 9 - cos 9 = ± 2.
oo
B
Soln. Given, sin 9 + 2cos 9 = 1
re
On squaring both sides, we get
ou
ad
(sin 9 + 2cos 9 )2= 1
Y
=> sin2 9 + 4cos2 9 + 4sin 9. cos 9 = 1
nd
Re
=> (1 - cos2 9) + 4( 1 - sin2 9) + 4sin 9. cos 9 = 1 [■.• sin2 9 + cos2 0=1]
Fi
=> -cos2 9-4sin2 9 + 4sin 9. cos 9 = -4
=> 4sin2 9 + cos2 9-4sin 9. cos 9 = 4
=> (2sin O-cos0)2 = 4 ['.' a2 + b:- lab = (a- 6)2]
=> 2sin 0-cos0 = ±2
FORMATIV E ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
[50 Marks)
Objective and Very Short Answer Type Questions (1 Mark):
Choose the correct option :
1. The value of sec256° - cosec234° is
(a) 1 (b) 9 (c) -1 (d) none of these
ReadYourFlow.COM
Trigonometric Ratios and Identities 4.87
2. The value of cos 35° sin55° + sin 35° cos 55° is
(a) 2 (b) -1 (c) 0 (d) 1
3. The value of cosec20 (1 + cos0) (1- cos 0) is
(a) 0 (b) I (c) -1 (d) 2
4. The value of sin25° + sin210° + sin280° + sin285° is
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) none of these
Very Short Answer Type Questions (2 Marks):
2sin20- 1
5. Prove that tan 0 - cot 0 =
sinOcos0
2sinA + 3cosA
6. If 4 cot A ==-7, find the value of
4cosA -5sinA
w
cos75° sinl2° cos78°
Flo
7. Find the value of
sin 15° cos78° sin72°
ree
8. If 7 sin2A + 3 cos2A = 4, find the value of VJ tanA. F
9. If cosA + cos2A = 1, prove that sin2 A + sin4A = 1.
or
ur
sf
2
10. If2.v = sec Aand — = tanA, prove that x2—-
f 1 'l 1
k
x x2)
Yo
4
oo
B
Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks):
re
11. If tan 0 + sin 0 = m and tan 0 - sin 0 = «, show that m2 - n2 = 4^fnw .
ou
ad
Y
sin70° cosec36° 2cos43°cosec470
12. Find the value of
nd
Re
cos20° sec54° tanl0otan40otan50otan80°
Fi
13. Prove that (sin A + sec A)2 + (cos A + cosec A)2 = (1 + sec A cosec A)2.
sin39°
14. Evaluate + 2 tan 110 tan 310 tan 45° tan 59° tan 79° - 3 (sin2210 + sin269°)
cos51°
15. Show that (1 - sin 0 + cos 0)2 = 2 (1 + cos 0)( 1 - sin 0)
16. If sin (A+ B) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B, find the value of sin 75°.
Long Answer Type Questions (4 Marks):
17. If cosA + sin A = 72 sin (90° - A), show that cos A - sin A = 72 cos (90° - A)
cos20 sin-’Q
18. Show that = 1 +sin0cos0
l-tan0 sin0-cos0
19. If sec5 A = cosec (A - 36°) and 5 A is an acute angle, find the value of A.
ReadYourFlow.COM
4.88 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
20. Prove that 2 (sin6A + cos6A) - 3 (sin4A + cos4A) = - 1.
ANSWERS
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
13
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (b) 6. 7. 1
48
8. 1
V6 + V2
12. 0 14. 0 16. 19. 21°
4.
w
Flo
ee
Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
ReadYourFlow.COM
5
TRIANGLES
[5.1. INTRODUCTION
We have learnt about triangles and their various properties in class IX. We have also learnt
about congruence of triangles. We have seen that two geometrical figures are said to be
congruent if they have the same shape and size. Here we shall study about similar figures
specially similar triangles. Two figures are said to be similar if they have same shape but may
or may not have same size. Similarity of triangles play a very important role in geometry and
w
trigonometry.
(5.2. SIMILAR FIGURES Flo
ee
Two geometric figures are said to be similar if they have same shape. Two similar figures may
Fr
or may not have same size. Avery common example of similar figures is circles of different
radii.
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
eB
Another example of similar figures is squares having different length of sides.
r
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
10 cm
Another common example of similar figures is equilateral triangles having different length of
sides.
4 cm 2 cm
5 cm
Circles having same radii are congruent, squares having same length of sides are congruent
and equilateral triangles having same length of sides are congruent.
It is to be noted that congruent figurss are always similar but similar figures may or may not
be congruent.
Another example of similar figures is the photographs of different sizes made by same
negative.
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.2 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Examples of Dissimilar Figures
(1) A square and a circle are not similar.
(2) A square and a triangle are not similar.
low
(3) A square of side 4 cm and a rectangle having length and breadth 8 cm and 2 cm are not
similar figures.
ee
rF
Fr
for
u
ks
8 cm
Yo
4 cm
oo
B
Here we observe that the square and rectangle have same number of sides. They have
re
same area and they have equal corresponding angles. But square and rectangle do not
have their corresponding sides in the same ratio and hence they are not similar.
ou
ad
(4) A square and a rhombus having same side length may not be similar. The square and the
Y
rhombus given below are not similar.
nd
Re
S R
Fi
4 cm
60°
P Q
Here the two figures have same number of sides and their corresponding sides are in
the same ratio but their corresponding angles are not equal.
Similarity of polygons will be clear from the following activity.
ACTIVITY: We put a lighted bulb at a point on the ceiling of a room and place a table below
it. We cut a polygon say a quadrilateral ABCD from a cardboard and place it between the
bulb and the table parallel to the upper surface of the table. Then a shadow of quadrilateral
ABCD is cast on the table. We mark the outline of this shadow.
Let the shadow of quadrilateral ABCD be quadrilateral PQRS.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.3
bulb
DrTi*--card board
/
»
i •i
shadow
Clearly P, Q, R, S, will be on the extended part of line segments OA, OB, OC, OD respectively.
Also quadrilateral PQRS is magnified (enlarged) figure of quadrilateral ABCD and it is similar
to quadrilateral ABCD. Here P, Q, R, S are called vertices of quadrilateral PQRS corresponding
w
to vertices ABCD of quadrilateral ABCD. This is denoted by A P, B <-> Q, C R and
DoS.
Flo
Now we measure the length of sides AB, BC, CD and DA of quadrilateral ABCD and length
ee
of sides PQ, QR, RS and SP of quadrilateral PQRS.
Fr
Also we measure ZA, ZB, ZC, ZD ofquadrilateral ABCD and ZP, ZQ, ZR, ZS ofquadrilateral
PQRS.
for
ur
We can observe that :
ks
(i) ZA = ZP, ZB, = ZQ, ZC, = ZR, ZD, = ZS
Yo
oo
AB BC CD DA
eB
(1I) PQ ~ QR ~ RS ” SP
r
Conclusion : Two polygons having the same number of sides are similar if
ou
ad
(1) All the corresponding angles are equal and
Y
(2) All the corresponding sides are in the same ratio i.e., they are proportional.
nd
Re
Fi
( 5,3. SIMILAR POLYGONS
Definition : Two polygons are said to be similar if
(1) They have the same number of sides.
(2) Their corresponding angles are equal.
(3) All their corresponding sides are proportional i.e., they are in the same ratio.
Examples :
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.4 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
AB _ BC _ CD DA 2
Also
PQ ~ QR ~ RS ~ SP 1
Here, rectangle ABCD is similar to rectangle PQRS.
Here ABCD is a square of side 4 cm and PQRS is a square of side 2 cm.
ZA = ZP, ZB = ZQ, ZC = ZR, ZD = ZS
low
Also AB _ BC _ CD _ DA 4 _ 2
PQ ~ QR “ RS " SP " 2 ~ 1
ee
Hence square ABCD is similar to square PQRS.
rF
Fr
for
u
ks
Yo
oo
eB
Q 2 cm R
3 cm
r
In the given figure, equilateral AABC and equilateral APQR are similar.
ou
ad
Here ZB=ZQ = 60°, ZC = ZR = 60o,ZA = ZP = 60°
Y
nd
AB _ BC _ AC 3
Re
Also
PQ _ QR _ PR ~ 2
Fi
It is to be noted that if a polygon is similar to a second polygon and this second polygon is
similar to a third polygon, then first polygon will be similar to the third polygon.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on similar figures.
WORKING RULE:
1. Two figures are similar <=> they have same shape.
2. Two circles are always similar.
3. Two squares are always similar.
4. Two equilateral triangles are always similar.
5. Two figures are congruent o they have same shape and size.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.5
Example 1. Fill in the blanks using correct word in brackets:
(i) All circles are............ [congruent, similar]
(ii) Circles ofradii 1,2 and 3 cm are............ [congruent, similar]
(iii) Two squares having sides 5 cm and 1 cm are............. [similar, not similar]
(iv) All .triangles are similar. [equilateral, isosceles]
Solution: (i) Similar.
Reason: All circles even if they have different radii are similar becuase they have same
shape.
(ii) Similar
Reason: All circles are similar even ifthey have different radii.
(iii) Similar
Reason: All squares have same shape and hence they are similar even if their sides are
w
unequal.
(iv) Equilateral
Flo
Reason: All equilateral triangles are similar because they have same shape.
ee
Type II. Problems based on similar polygons. Fr
or
WORKING RULE:
r sf
ou
1. Two polygons are similar if and only if:
(i) They have same number of sides.
k
oo
(ii) Their corresponding angles are equal
Y
B
(iii) Their corresponding sides are proportional.
re
Example 2. Fill in the blanks with suitable word given in the brackets.
ou
ad
Two polygons having same numbers of sides are similar if:
Y
(i) Their corresponding angles are............ [equal, proportional]
nd
Re
(ii) Their corresponding sides are............ [equal, proportional]
Fi
Solution: (i) equal, (ii)proportional
Example 3. Fill in the blanks with a suitable word given in the bracket,
All. triangles are similar. [right angled, isosceles, equilateral]
Solution: Equilateral
Reason : Two right angled triangle may not be similar
Example : P
A
4 12
BSC
Q 5 R
Here AABC and APQR are not similar. Two isosceles triangles may not be similar.
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.6 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example :
q 5 cm R
B10 cm C
Here AABC and APQRare not similar.
Example 4. State whether the following quadrilaterals are similar or not:
S 1.5 cm R D 3 cm C
1.5 cm
1.5 cm 3 cm 3 cm
R 1.5 cm Q
low A 3 cm B
ee
Solution: Here quadrilaterals PQRS and ABCD are such that:
rF
(i) They have same number of sides.
Fr
for
PQ _ QR _ RS _ SP 1.5 _ 1
(u) Their sides are proportional
u
ks
Yo
But ZP * ZA
oo
B
Hence, quadrilateral PQRS and quadrilateral ABCD are not similar
re
ou
EXERCISE 5.1
ad
Y
Type I
nd
Re
1. Fill in the blanks with the correct word given in brackets:
Fi
(i) All squares having same length of sides are..........
[similar, congruent, both congruent and similar]
(ii) All circles having same radius are
[similar, congruent, both congruent and similar]
(iii) All rhombuses having one angke90° [similar, congruent]
(iv) All photographs of a given building made by same negative are.........
[similar, congruent, both congruent and similar]
(v) Two polygons having equal numbers of sides are similar if their corresponding
angles are equal and their corresponding sides are [equal, proportional]
2. State which of the following statements are true and which are false :
(i) Two similar figures are congruent. (ii) All congruent figures are similar.
(iii) All isosceles triangles are similar. (iv) All right angled triangles are similar,
(v) All squares are similar. (vi) All rectangles are similar.
(vii) Two photographs of a person made by same negative are similar.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.7
(viii) Two photographs of a person one at the age of 5 years and other at the age of 50
years are similar.
3. Give two examples of:
(i) Congruent figures.
(ii) Similar figures which are not congruent.
(iii) Non-similar figures.
Typell
4. State whether the following right angled triangles are similar or not:
P
A
8 cm 10 cm 4 cm
w
B 3 cm C
Q 6 cm R
5.
Flo
State whether the following rectangles are similar or not.
ee
D C Fr
for
2 cm
ur
5 cm
4 cm
ks
A 10 cm
Yo
6. State whether the following quadrilaterals are similar or not:
oo
B
D 5 cm p
re
S 4 cm
R
ou
ad
5 cm 5 cm 2 cm
Y
2 cm
nd
Q
Re
P 4 cm
B
A 5 cm
Fi
7. State whether the following pair of polygons are similar or not.
D 4 cm C S 4 cm R
2 cm 2 cm
2 cm 2 cm
(i)
P 4 cm Q
A 4 cm B
R
4.8 cm
S 70°
2.4 cm C 85°
D
70°
85° 5.0 cm
4.2 cm
(ii) 2.1 cm 2.5 cm
105° 100° 105° 100°
Q
A 1.5 cm B p 3.0 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.8 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
D 3 cm C
(iii) 3 cm 3 cm
A B
n 2.1 cm n
(iv) 2.1 cm 2.1 cm
A 2.1 cm B
low
ANSWERS
ee
rF
1. (i) both congruent and similar (ii) both congruent and similar
(iii) similar (iv) similar (v) proportional Fr
for
2. (i) False (ii) True (iii) False (iv) False
u
(v) True (vi) True (vii) True (viii) False
ks
3. (i) (a) Two circles having radii 4 cm and different centres.
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
(b) Two squares having same length of side 5 cm.
nd
D
Re
C S R
Fi
A 5 cm B P
(ii) (a) Two circles having radii 1 cm and 2 cm.
(b) Two equilateral triangles having sides 1 cm and 2 cm.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.9
Q 2 cm R
(iii) (a) Square having side 2 cm. Rectangle having sides 4 cm and 2 cm.
D C
S R
2 cm
P 4 cm Q
A B
w
2 cm
A 3(K
(b)
Flo
ee
B C Q 90' R
4. Yes 5. Yes 6. No
Fr
or
ur
7. (i)No (ii)Yes (iii) No (iv) No
f
ks
Yo
[ 5.4. SIMILAR TRIANGLES
oo
Since triangle is also a polygon and hence two triangles will be similar if the following
B
conditions are satisfied :
re
(i) Their corresponding angles are equal.
ou
ad
(ii) Their corresponding sides are proportional, i.e., they are in the same ratio.
Y
We shall see that each of these two conditions implies the other and hence, one of the
nd
Re
conditions will be sufficient condition for similarity oftwo triangles.
Fi
Equiangular triangles : Two triangles are said to be equiangular if their corresponding
angles are equal. Clearly two similar triangles are equiangular. A Greek Mathematician Thales
gave a very important and useful finding that the corresponding sides of equiangular triangles
are proportional.
This conclusion of Thales is known as Basic proportionality theorem which is now known as
Thales Theorem.
Thus an important derivation of Thales Theorem is that “Two equiangular triangles are
similar”. Thales theorem or Basic proportionality theorem can be easily comprehended by
the following activity.
ACTIVITY : Let us make an angle BAG. We mark points P, Q, R on ray AB such that
AP= PQ = QR. Through P, we draw line PL intersecting ray AC at L. Again through point R,
we draw a line parallel to PL which cuts ray AC at M.
AP
v AP = PQ = QR —
PR 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.10 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
/C
We measure the length ofALand LM. M/
AL l
We can see that
LM ~ 2
Conclusion of the above activity is : If in a AARM,
AP AL
PL||RM,the„-=LM. B
A R Q R
This conclusion is known as Basic proportionality theorem.
( 5.5. BASIC PROPORTIONALITY THEOREM (THALES THEOREM)^
Theorem 1. Ifa line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle to intersect the other two sides
in distinct points, the other two sides are divided in the same ratio. |CBSE 2002,2003,2005|
Given : ABC is a triangle in which DE || BC and DE intersects AB in D and AC in E.
w
AD _ AE
To prove:
DB _ EC
Flo
Construction : Draw EN 1 AB, DM 1 AC and join BE and CD.
ee
1 1
Now, area of AADE = — base x height = — AD x EN
2 6 2 Fr A
for
ar (AADE) =| AD x EN
ur
Thus, M
N
ks
Yo
1
oo
Similarly, ar (ABDE) =- DB x EN -(ii)
B
re
ar ( AADE) _ AD
...(hi) B C
ar (ABDE) _ DB
ou
ad
Y
Again, 1
ar (AADE) =- AE x DM ...(iv)
nd
Re
Fi
ar (ADEC) EC x DM ...(v)
AE x DM
ar (AADE) _ 2 AE
and •••(vi)
ar (ADEC) ~ T EC
EC x DM
2
But ABDE and ADEC are on the same base ofDE and between the same parallel lines BC and
DE.
.-. ar (ABDE) = ar (ADEC)
Therefore, from (iii) and (vi), we have
AD _ AE
DB ~ EC
To examine the converse of Thales theorem :
A natural question arises whether the converse of Thales theorem true. The answer to this
question is yes. This will be clear from the following activity.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.11
ACTIVITY : Draw an angle BAC on the copy of ray AB. Mark points P, Q, R, S, such that
AP = PQ = QR = RS.
On ray AC, mark points L, M, N, H.
Such that AL= LM = MN = NH
We join PL, QM, RN, SH
AP _ AL 1
Clearly
PS ~ LH _ 3
It can be seen that PL || SH
AQ _ AM _ 1
Again,
QS ~ MH " 1
It can be seen that QM |] SH
AR AM 3
w
Also,
RS ~ NH ~ 1
It can be seen that RN || SH Flo
Thus we observe that if a line divides two sides of a triangle in the same ratio, then this line
ee
is parallel to the third of the triangle.
The above observation is true for angle BAC of any measure.
Fr
or
r
The above observation leads us to the following throrem which is the converse of the Thales
sf
ou
theorem.
k
Theorem 2. If a line divides any two sides of a triangle in the same ratio, then the line is
oo
parallel to the third side.
Y
B
First proof:
re
Given : Side DE cuts the sides AB and AC of AABC such that
ou
ad
AD AE
Y
DB ~ EC
nd
Re
To prove: DE || BC
Fi
Construction : We join BE and CD.
We draw EM 1 AB and DM 1 AC
Proof: ar (AEAD) =- (base x height)
=- AD x EN
2
and ar(ABDE) = — BD x EM ...(ii)
Dividing (i) by (ii), we get
ar (AEAD) AD
ar (ABDE) ~ BD
...(iii)
Again, ar (AEAD) = - AE x DM ...(iv)
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.12 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
l
and ar (ACDE) = — CE x DM
2
Dividing (iv) by (v), we get
ar (AEAD) _ AE
ar (ACDE) CE •••(vi)
AD AE
But it is given that ^ =^: ...(vii)
From (vi) and (vii), we have
ar (AEAD) _ ar (AEAD)
ar (ABDE) ~ ar (ACDE)
ar (ABDE) = ar (ACDE)
But ABDE and ACDE are on the same base DE and on the same side of DE
w
DE || BC
Second proof: Flo
Given: DE cuts the sides AB and AC of A ABC such that
ee
AD AE
DB ~ EC
Fr
for
ur
To prove: DE||BC
ks
Proof: If possible, let DE be not parallel to BC. Through D we draw a line DF parallel to BC
Yo
oo
which cuts AC at F. Now. DF || BC.
B
By Thales theorem of proportionality
re
AD AF
ou
ad
=----
DB FC ...0) E
Y
nd
AD AE
Re
But it is given that -(ii) D, F
DB ~ EC
Fi
From (i) and (ii), we have
B C
AF AE
FC ~ EC
AF AE
----+l =------+ l
FC EC
AF + FC AE + EC
=>
FC EC
AC _ AC
=> FC = EC
FC ~ EC
=> F and E are the same points
=> DE and DF are the same lines
But DF || BC DE || BC (Proved)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.13
Some Corollaries of Thales Theorem (Basic Proportionality Theorem)
Corollary 1. Ifa line intersects sides AB and AC of a AABC at D and E respectively and is
11 if nr’ AD AE |NCERT|
parallel to BC, then-----=------
AB AC
Given DE||BC
AD _ AE
Then by Thales theorem
’ DB “ EC
AD AE E
+ 1 =----+1
DB EC
AD + DB AE + EC
=> B C
DB EC
w
AB AC
DB ~ EC
AB
Thus if DE || BC, then — =—
AC
Flo -(i)
ee
Fr
AD _ AE
Also by Thales theorem, ^ ...(ii)
for
ur
Dividing (i) by (ii), we get
ks
Yo
AB _ AC AD _ AE
oo
AD ~ AE OI AB ~ AC
B
Corollary 2. If the vertical angle of a triangle is bisected internally or externally, the bisector
re
divides the base internally or externally into segments which have the same ratio as other
ou
ad
sides of the triangle.
Y
F
E
d
Re
n
Fi
A
E
B D C c b
Given : In AABC, AD divides ZBAC internally in figure (i) and externally in figure (ii) and
meets BC in figure (i) and extended part of BC in figure (ii) at point D.
BD _ AB
To prove:
DC ~ AC
Construction : Through C, we drawCF || AD which cuts extended part of BA in figure (i) and
BA in figure (ii) at F
Proof: Since DA || CF
ZD AC = alternate ZACF -(i)
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.14 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Also, ZBAD = ZAFC ...(ii)
But AD is bisector of ZBAC ZBAD = ZDAC ...(iii)
From (i), (ii) and (iii), we have ZACF = ZAFC
AC = AF -(iv)
Now, DA || CF therefore, by proportionality theorem.
BD _ BA
DC ~ AF
BD _ BA
[y From (iv), AF=AC]
DC ~ AC
Corollary 3. Ifthe base of a triangle is divided internally or externally in the ratio of the sides,
the straight line drawn from the point of division to the vertex bisects the vertical angle
internally or externally.
w
E
Flo
ee
Fr
for
ur
B D C B C D
ks
Yo
oo
Given: In AABC, — =
DC AC
eB
To prove : AD bisects ZBAC internally [in figure (i)] or externally [in figure (ii)].
r
Construction : Through C, we draw CE || DA which cuts part of BA in figure (i ) and BA in
ou
ad
figure (ii) at E.
Y
Proof: v DA || CE
nd
Re
Fi
BD _ BA
By basic proportionality theorem, ...(>)
DC ” AE
D .. . . , BD BA
But it is given that---- = ...(ii)
DC AC
From (i) and (ii), we have
BA BA
---- =------ => AE = AC ZAEC = ZACE ....(iii)
AE AC
But, DA||CE
ZDAC = alternate ZACE -(iv)
and ZBAD = ZAEC [In fig. (i)] -(v)
ZFAD = ZAEC [In fig. (ii)] •••(vi)
From (iii), (iv) and (v), we have ZBAD=ZDAC [In Fig.(ii)]
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.15
From (iii), (iv) and (vi), ZFAD = ZDAC [In Fig. (ii)]
HenceAD bisects ZB AC internally in figure (i) and externally in figure (ii).
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on basic theorem of proportionality and its corollaries.
WORKING RULE:
Use the following results whichever is required.
1. In AABC, PQ|| BCifandonlyif:
AP AQ PB QC
(1) PB_QC 0F AP _ AQ
w
AP AQ AB _ AC P, Q
or AP " AQ
AB AC PB _ QC
Flo B C
ee
(U,) PB ~ QC or Xi'Xc
BD
Fr
AB
2. AD is the internal bisector ofZBAC ifand only if and D lies between B and C.
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
eB
A.
r
ou
ad
Y
nd
B D C
Re
B C D
Fi
BD AB
3. AD is external bisector ofZBAC if and only if and D does not lie between
B and C.
Example 1. In the given figure, DE || BC, AD = 2 cm, BD = 2.5 cm, AE = 3.2 cm, determine AC.
|CBSE2001C|
Solution : In AABC. DE || BC
AD _ AE
[By basic proportionality theorem]
DB “ EC
2 3.2
=> 2.5 ~ EC
=> 2EC = 2.5 x 3.2 = 8
=> EC=4cm
B C
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.16 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Now, AC = AE + EC = 3.2 + 4 = 7.2 cm
AD 3
Example 2. In the given figure, DE || BC and 7—7 -7 . IfAC = 4.8 cm, find AE.
^ ^ DB 5
[CBSE 20031
Solution: Let AE =Jt, then EC = AC - AE = 4.8 —x.
In AABC, DE || BC
AD _ AE
[By basic proportionality theorem]
DB " EC
3 x
=> 5 4.8-.V
=> 3 (4.8—x) = 5.y
B C
r=> I4.4 -3.v = 5.v => 8.v = 14.4
w
x= l.8 cm.
CE = 5.y-3, find.v.
Flo
Example 3. In the given figure, if DE || BC and AD = 4x - 3, AE = 8.v -7, BD = 3x - l and
[CBSE 2002C |
ee
Solution: In AABC, DE || BC
AD AE
Fr
for
ur
[By basic proportionality theorem ]
DB _ EC
ks
4.V-3 _ 8.v-7
Yo
=>
oo
3.V-1 _ 5.V-3
B
=> (4.r-3) (5.V-3) = (8.V-7) (3.v-l)
re
20.y2 - 21 x + 9 = 24.y2 - 29.y + 7
ou
ad
=>
Y
4.y2 - lx -2 = 0
=> lx2 -*-1 = 0
nd
Re
=> 2.y2 - 2.Y + .Y -1 = 0
Fi
=> 2.Y (.Y-l) +I(.Y-1) = 0
(-Y — 1) (2.Y + 1) =0
=> * = 1 or * = ——, But when x = —, AD = 4x - 3 = - 5 (not possible)
2 2
Hence x= I unit.
Example 4. Prove that a line drawn through the mid-point
of one side of a triangle parallel to another side bisects the
third side. [NCERTI
Solution: Given : AABC in which D is the mid-point
of side AB and the line DE has been drawn parallel to BC.
Let DE meet AC in E.
B c
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.17
To prove : E bisects AC i.e.,AE = EC
Proof: In AABC, DE || BC
AD _ AE [By basic proportionality theorem] ...(i)
DB “ EC
But D is the mid-point of AB
AD
AD = DB => =1
DB
From (i) and (ii), we have
AE
---- = 1 => AE = EC
EC
Hence, E bisects AC (Proved)
low
AM AN
Example 5. In the given figure, if LM || CB and LN || CD, prove that —— = ——- |NCERT|
Ad /\l)
Solution: In AACB, LM || CB
ree
By corollary of basic theorem of proportionality,
rF
F
AM _ AL
AB _AC ...(i)
or
=> Againin AADC, LN ||CD,
sf
u
AN _ AL
k
Yo
-(ii)
oo
AD _ AC
B
From (i) and (ii), we get
re
AM _ AN
(Proved).
ou
ad
AB ~AD
Y
Example 6. ABCD is a trapezium in which AB || DC and its diagonals intersect each other at
nd
Re
AO CO
the point 0. Show that |NCERT|
Fi
BO DO
Solution: Given A trapezium ABCD, in which the diagonals AC and BD intersect each other
atO.
D C
AO CO
T° prove; — D0 F
0
Construction : Through O, drawEF || AB, meeting AD in E.
Proof: In AABD.EO ||AB A B
DO _ DE
OB ” AE
[By basic proportionality theorem] -0)
Since EF || AB and DC || AB as ABCD is a trapezium
EF|| DC
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.18 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Now, in ACDA, OE || DC
CO _ DE
[By basic proportionality theorem] ...(ii)
OA ~ AE
From (i) and (ii), we get
DO _ CO AO CO
=>
OB ~ OA BO DO
Hence, diagonals of a trapezium divide each other proportionally.
Example 7. If in the given figure, AB is parallel to CD. If OA = 3x - 19, OB = x - 4,
OC = x — 3 and OD = 4, determinex. [CBSE 2002]
Solution: In a quadrilateral ABCD, AB || CD
OA = 3x- 19, OB=x-4, OC = x-3,OD = 4.
We have to find x
w
AB || CD
ABCD is a trapezium Flo A B
ree
OA _ OB
OC ~ OD [ v The diagonals of a trapezium divide each other proportionally]
3x -19 x-4
F
or
ur
sf
x -3 4
=> (x — 4) (x- 3) = 4 (3x— 19)
k
Yo
oo
=> x2 - 3x - 4x + 12 — 12x + 76 = 0
B
=> x2- 19x + 88 =0
re
x2 — 11 x — 8x + 88 = 0
ou
ad
=> x(x—11) — 8(x—11) = 0
Y
=> (x-1 l)(x-8) = 0 .'. x=ll,8
nd
Re
Hence, x = 11 units or 8 units.
Fi
Example 8. ABCD is a trapezium with AB || DC. E and F are points on non-parallel sides AD
AE BF
and BC respectively such that EF is parallel to AB. Show that [NCERT]
ED ~ FC
A B
E, F
D C
Solution: Given : ABCD is a trapezium with AB || DC.
E and F are points on sides AD and BC respectively such that EF || AB.
To prove: — = —
ED FC
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.19
Construction : Join AC which intersects EF at P.
Now, AB || DC and EF || AB (Given)
E¥\\DC [Lines parallel to the same line are parallel to each other]
Now, in AADC,
EP || DC (As EF || DC) A B
AE AP
ED = PC ^ByThales Theorern]
Similarly, from ACAB,
CP CF C
= ---
AP BF
AP = BF
...(ii)
PC ~ FC
w
Therefore, from (i) and (ii),
AE BF
ED FC
Flo A
ee
Example 9. In the given figure, DE || AC and DF || AE.
Prove that
BF _ BE
(NCERTl
Fr D.
FE ” EC
or
r
Solution: In ABAC, DE||AC
sf
ou
B F E C
By basic proportionality theorem,
k
oo
BE _ BD
Y
B
...(i)
EC ~ DA
re
Again in ABAE, DF || AE
ou
ad
Y
BF BD
...(ii)
FE ” DA
nd
Re
From (i) and (ii), we have
Fi
BF BE
— = — (Proved).
Example 10. hi the given figure, ifAB || DE and BD || EF, prove that DC2 = CF. AC.
Solution: Given : ABC is a triangle and, AB || DE and BD || EF
To prove : DC2 = CF. AC
Proof: In AABC, DE || AB
By Corollary of Thales Theorem,
E
AC _ BC
DC ~ CE ...0)
Again in ABCD, EF || BD
A B
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.20 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
DC _ BC
CF ~ CE ...(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we get
AC _ DC
DC ~ CF
AC. CF = DC. DC
=> DC2 = CF. AC (Proved).
Example 11. Any point X inside ADEF is joined to its vertices. From a point Pin DX, PQ is
drawn parallel to DE, meeting XE at Q andQR is drawn parallel to EF meeting XF at R. Prove
that PR || DF. [CBSE 2003; NCERT]
Solution: Given, A ADEF and a point X inside it. X is joined to the vertices D, E and F . P is
a point on DX . PQ || DE and QR || EF.
w
To prove: PR || DF
Construction : Join PR
Proof: In AXED, PQ || DE
Flo
ee
XP _ XQ
PD " QE [By Thales theorem] ...(i) Fr
for
ur
Again in AXEF, QR || EF
ks
XQ XR
Yo
[By Thales theorem] ...(ii)
oo
QE ~ RF E F
B
From (i) and (ii), we get
re
XP _ XR
ou
ad
PD ~ RF
Y
In AXFD, points R and P divide sides XF and XD in the same ratio. So, by the Converse
nd
Re
of Thales (Basic Proportionality) Theorem, we have PR || DF.
Fi
Example 12. If three or more parallel lines are cut by two transversals, prove that the
intercepted segments on the two transversals are proportional.
Solution: Given : /|, /2 and /3 are three parallel lines which are cut by two transversals and
m2 at the points A, C, E and B, D. F respectively.
AC BD
To prove: =
CE DF
Construction : Join BE meeting DC at P
Now in AABE, AB || CP, ...(Given)
By Thales Theorem,
AC _ BP
CE ~ PE
Again in ABFE, DP || FE
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.21
BD _BP
DF _PE ...(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we get
AC BD
= — (Proved).
CE
Note: BD = DF <=> AC = CE
Type II. Problems based on Converse of Thales (basic proportionality) theorem.
WORKING RULE:
Use the following results whichever is required.
1. In AABC, PQ || BC ifany of the following conditions is satisfied.
w
AP AQ PB _ QC
(1) PB ” QC 0r AP = AQ Flo
AB _ AC
ee
AP AQ
(i0 =^ °r AP ' AQ Fr
or
C
r
AB AC PB QC B
or
sf
ou
(m) PB " QC AB AC
k
Example 13. E and F are points on the sides PQ and PR respectively of a APQR. For each of
oo
the following cases, state whether EF || QR :
Y
B
re
(i) PE = 3.9 cm, EQ = 3 cm, PF = 3.6 cm and FR = 2.4 cm
(ii) PE = 4 cm, QE = 4.5 cm, PF = 8 cm and RF = 9 cm.
ou
ad
Y
(iii) PQ = 1.28 cm, PR= 2.56 cm, PE = 0.18 cm and PF = 0.36 cm
[NCERT]
nd
Re
Solution : We know that, a line divides any two sides of a R
Fi
triangle in the same ratio if and only if the line is parallel to the third side.
PE 3.9 1.3 PF _ 3^ = 1 = 1.5
(i) Here, = — = 1.3 and
EQ 3 1 FR ~ 2.4 2
PE PF
Clearly, EQ * FR
Hence, EF is not parallel to QR.
PE _ 4 40 8 PF 8
(ii) Here, EQ ~ 4.5 ~ 45 -- and FR 9
PE _ PF
Clearly, EQ " FR
Hence, EF is parallel to QR.
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.22 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
PQ _ 1.28 PR _ 2J6 _ L28
(Hi) Here, and
PE ~ 0.18 PF ~ 0.36 ~ 0.18
PQ _ PR
Clearly.
PE ~ PF
Hence, EF is parallel to QR.
Example 14. Prove that the line joining the mid-points oftwo sides of a triangle is parallel to
the third side.
Solution: Given a AABC, in which D and E are mid-points of sides AB and AC respectively.
To prove: DE || BC
Proof: Since D and E are mid-points ofABand AC respectively.
.-. AD = DB and AE = EC
E
low
AD AE AD _ AE
=> = 1 and ---- = 1 =>
DB EC DB ~ EC
=> DE || BC B C
ee
[By the converse of basic proportionality theorem]
rF
Fr
Example 15. In the given figure DE || OQ and DF || OR. Show that EF || QR.
Solution: In APOQ, ED || OQ
[NCERT]
f or
By basic proportionality theorem,
u
ks
Yo
PE _ PD
oo
EQ ~ DO
B
re
Similarly, in APOR,DF || OR
ou
ad
PF _ PD
...(ii)
Y
FR _ DO
From (i) and (ii), we get
nd
Re
PE PF Q R
Fi
EQ FR
PE PF
In APQR, 777 - . Hence. EF || QR.
hG rK
Example 16. The diagonals of a quadrilateral ABCD intersect each other at the point O such
AO CO
that . Show that ABCD is a trapezium. [NCERT]
BO ~ DO
Solution: Given, A quadrilateral ABCD whose diagonals AC and BD intersect each other at
AO CO D C
O such that
BO _ DO ’
O
To prove : Quadrilateral ABCD is a trapezium
Construction: Draw'OE || BA meeting AD in E.
Proof: In AABD, EO ||AB
A B
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.23
DE _ DO
[By basic proportional ity theorem] ...(>)
EA " OB
AO _ CO
But, (Given)
BO ~ DO
DO _ CO
=> BO " AO •••(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we get
DE CO
EA "OA
=> EO||DC [By the converse of basic proportionality theorem]
But, EO || BA [By construction]
Now DC || EOand BA || EO =>DC || BA
w
Hence, ABCD is a trapezium.
pc Flo
pj
Example 17. In the given figure, — = — and ZPST = ZPRQ . Prove that PQR is an
ee
SQ TR
isosceles triangle. |NCERT|
Fr
PS _ PT
for
ur
Solution : It is given that TTTT - tZTT
1K
ks
ST || QR (By converse of Thales Theorem)
Yo
oo
Therefore, ZPST = ZPQR .4) (Corresponding angles)
eB
(Corresponding angles)
r
Also, it is given that
ou
ad
Y
ZPST = ZPRQ •••(ii)
nd
From (i) and (ii), we have
Re
Fi
ZPQR = ZPRQ Q R
=> PQ = PR [Sides opposite equal angles]
=> PQR is an isosceles triangle. (Proved).
Type HI. Problems based on bisector of an angle of a triangle.
WORKING RULE:
Use the following results whichever is required.
1. AD is the internal bisector of ZBAC, if and only if:
BD AB
— = tt: and D lies between B and C.
DC AC
B D C
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.24 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
2. AD is the external bisector of ZBAC, if and only if
BD AB
where D is on the extended part of BC
DC AC’
B D
Example 18. In AABC, AD is the internal bisector of c
ar (AABD) _ AB
ZBAC, which meets BC at D, then prove that
ar (AACD) ~ AC
Solution: Given, In AABC, AD is the bisector of ZBAC meeting BC at D.
ar (AABD) _ AB
To prove:
ar (AACD) _ AC
w
Construction : We draw AL 1 BC.
Proof: Since AD is bisector of ZBAC
AB _ BD Flo B L D
-0)
C
ee
AC " DC
1
ar (AABD) _ 2
BD x AL
BD
Fr
for
ur
Now, ...(ii)
ar (AACD) ~ 1 DC
- DC x AL
ks
2
Yo
From (i) and (ii), we have
oo
B
ar (AABD) _ AB
(Proved).
re
ar (AACD) ~ AC
ou
ad
Example 19. AD is the median of AABC and bisectors of ZADB and ZADC, DE and DF
Y
meet AB at E and AC at F. Prove that EF || BC.
nd
Re
Solution: Given : AD is the median of AABC and DE is the bisector of ZADB and DF is the
Fi
bisector of ZADC.
To prove: EF||BC
Proof: In AADB, DE is bisector of ZADB
AE _ AD
EB ~ DB -(i)
Similarly in AADC, DF is the bisector of ZADC
AF _ AD
FC ” DC
AF _ AD
=> [v DB = DC] ...(ii) B D C
FC “ DB
From (i) and (ii), we have
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.25
AE _ AF
EB " FC
=> EF || BC [By converse of Thales theorem]
EXERCISE 5.2
Type I
1. In AABC, P and Q are two points on AB and AC respectively such that PQ || BC and
AP 2 AQ
— = ~, then find
QC
2. In figures (i) and(ii), DE ||BC. Find EC in (i) and AD in (ii).
A A
1 cm
w
1.5 cm D, 1.8 cm
D E E
-► 7.2 crn
Flo 5.4 cm
ree
B
F
B C
or
ur
(ii)
(i)
sf
3. In AABC, DE || BC, where D is a point on AB and E is a point on AC, then
k
Yo
oo
AD AD AB EC
B
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) — =
DB
DB AE DB
re
4. If in AABC, DE || BC and DE cuts sides AB and AC at D and E respectively such that
ou
ad
AD : DB = 4: 5, then find AE : EC.
Y
5. In the adjoining figure, find x.
nd
Re
Fi
B C
6. In the adjoining figure, AD = 2 cm, DB = 3 cm, AE = 5 cm and DE || BC, then find EC.
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.26 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
7. In the adjoining figure, DE || BC, AD = 2.4 cm, AE = 3.2 cm, CE = 4.8 cm, find BD.
|CBSE 200IC)
B
8. If DE has been drawn parallel to side BC of AABC cutting AB and AC at points D and E
AD 3 AE
respectively, such that , then find the value oi ^7 •
9. In the adjoining figure, Pand Q are points on sides AB and AC respectively of AABC,
such that PQ || BC and AP = 8 cm, AB = 12 cm, AQ = 3x cm, QC = (x + 2) cm. Find x.
w
A
8 cm 3x cm
^P
Flo Q
ee
(x+2) cm
Fr
for
ur
B C
10. In the adjoining figure, DE || BC, findx.
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
3x-19
Y
B C
nd
Re
Type II
Fi
11. If D and E are points on sides AB and AC respectively of AABC and AB = 12 cm,
AD = 8 cm, AE = 12 cm, AC = 18 cm, then prove that DE || BC.
12. Pand Q are points on sides AB and AC respectively of AABC. For each of the
following cases, state whether PQ || BC.
(i) AP = 8 cm, PB = 3 cm, AC = 22 cm and AQ = 16 cm.
(ii) AB= 1.28cm,AC = 2.56cm,AP=0.16cmandAQ = 0.32cm
(iii) AB = 5 cm, AC = 10 cm, AP=4 cm, AQ= 8 cm.
(iv) AP = 4 cm, PB = 4.5 cm, AQ = 4 cm, QC = 5 cm.
Type III
13. In the adjoining figure, AD is the bisector of ZBAC. If BC = 10 cm, BD = 6 cm,
AC = 6 cm, then find AB.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.27
B C
D 10 cm
14. In the adjoining figure, AD is the bisector of ZBAC. If AB = 10 cm, AC = 6 cm, BC = 12
cm, find BD.
A
6 cm 10 cm
low
C B
D
12 cm
15. In AABC, AD is the bisector of ZA. If AB = 3.5 cm, AC=4.2 cm, DC = 2.4 cm. Find BD.
ee
rF
ANSWERS Fr
for
2
2. (i)EC = 2cm (ii)AD = 2.4cm
u
L 3
ks
Yo
AE AB AC
oo
AC 4
3- (i) (ii) <Ui) ^ (iv) — 4.
eB
AC AB 5
3
r
5. 3 2 6. EC = 7.5 7. BD = 3.6 8. 9. .v = 4 cin
ou
ad
4
Y
10. x = 8 units or 11 units 12. (i) Yes (ii) Yes (iii) Yes (iv) No
13. AB = 9 cm 14. BD = 7.5 cm 15. BD = 2 cm
nd
Re
Fi
We have seen in previous section 6.3 that two polygons are similar if:
(1) they have same number of sides.
(2) their corresponding angles are equal.
(3) their corresponding sides are proportional.
Since triangle is a special case of polygon, therefore, two triangles will be similar if:
(1) their corresponding angles are equal.
(2) their corresponding sides are proportional
Thus AABC and ADEF are similar if:
AB _ BC _ CA
(1) ZA = ZD (2)
DE ~ EF _ FD
ZB = ZE and ZC = ZF
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.28 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
C E F
B
Here A corresponds to D, B corresponds to E and C corresponds to F.
If AABC is similar to ADEF and vertices A. B, C correspond to vertices D. E, F respectively,
then we write AABC - ADEF (read as AABC is similar to ADEF).
Flere we cannot write AABC ~ AEFD because A does not correspond to E. However we can
write ABCA- AEFD because B, C, A and E. F, D are corresponding vertices. It is to be noted
that if AABC is congruent to ADEF, we write
AABC = ADEF
low
We know that for congruency of two triangles only three parts (three elements) of one
triangle must be equal to the corresponding parts of the second triangle.
So it is natural to examine whether the relationship between less number of pairs of
ee
rF
corresponding parts will ensure similarity of two triangles.
Fr
ACTIVITY: We draw two line segments BC and EF of two different lengths, say 6 cm and 4
or
cm respectively. At points B and C respectively we make angles ZPBC and ZQCB of some
measures say 30° and 60° respectively.
f
u
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
B C E F
nd
Re
6 cm 4 cm
Also at E we make ZREF = 30° and ZSFE = 60° •
Fi
Let rays BP and CQ meet at A and rays ER and FS meet at D.
On measuring ZBAC and ZEDF,
We can see that ZBAC ZEDF
Thus ZB = ZE, ZC = ZF and ZA = ZD ...(0
Thus the corresponding angles of AABC and ADEF are equal.
BC 6 3
Also, ---- = =-
EF 4 2
We measure the lengths of AB, AC, DE and DF.
AB 3 AC 3
We shall see that = - and
DE DF ~ 2
AB _ BC _ AC
Thus, ...(h)
DE ~ EF ~ DF
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.29
Hence corresponding sides of AABC and ADEF are proportional.
From (i) and (ii), it follows that AABC - ADEF .
We can repeat this activity by constructing many pair of triangles and verify that relations (i)
and (ii) are true.
Theroem 3. (AAA similarly): If in two triangles, corresponding angles are equal, then their
corresponding sides are in the same ratio (or proportional) and hence the two triangles are
similar.
Given: AABC and ADEF are two triangles such that
ZA = ZD, ZB = ZE and ZC = ZF •
To prove : AABC ~ ADEF
A D
w
C
Flo E F
ee
B
Proof: Case I. When AB = DE Fr
In AABC and ADEF, ZA = ZD
for
ur
ZB = ZE and AB = DE
ks
Hence, AABC = ADEF [By ASA congruence]
Yo
oo
AB = DE, BC = EF and AC = DF
eB
AB BC AC
r
=> [As each ratio is equal to 1 ]
ou
ad
DE ~ EF _ DF
Y
Hence, AABC ~ ADEF (Proved).
nd
Case II. When AB < DE
Re
D
Fi
P Q
B C E F
From D, cut DP = AB
and DQ = AC
Join PQ
In AABC and ADPQ,
AB = DP, AC = DQ and ZA = ZD
AABC = ADPQ [By SAS congruence]
Hence, ZB = ZP
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.30 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
But, ZB = ZE [Given]
ZP = ZE
=> PQ||EF [Since corresponding angles are equal]
DP DQ
=> [Corollary of basic proportionality theroem]
DE ~ DF
AB _ AC
=> [•.• DP = AB. DQ = AC]
DE ” DF
AB BC
Similarly, vve can prove that ...(ii)
DE ” EF
From (i) and (ii), we have
AB AC BC
---- =
low
DE DF EF
Hence, AABC - ADEF (Proved).
Case III. When AB>DE
ee
rF
Fr
f or
u
ks
E F
Yo
oo
B C PA ^ Q
B
On DE produced cut DP = AB and on DF produced cut DQ = AC.
re
We join PQ
ou
ad
In AABC and ADPQ,
Y
AB = DP, AC = DQ and ZA = ZD
nd
Re
Hence, AABC = ADPQ [By SAS congruence]
Fi
ZB = ZP
But, ZB = ZE [given]
ZP = ZE
=> PQ || EF [Since corresponding angles are equal]
DE DF
=> DP " DQ [By corollary of basic propoilionality theorem]
DE _ DF
=> AB ~ AC
[v AB = DP and AC = DQ]
AB _ AC
=> [Taking reciprocal of both sides]
DE ~ DF
AB _ BC
Similarly, we can prove that ...(ii)
DE " EF
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.31
From (i) and (ii), we have
AB BC AC
DE “ EF " DF
Hence, AABC - ADEF (Proved).
Corollary (A A similarity): Iftwo angles of one triangle are respectively equal to two angles
of another triangle, then the two triangles are similar.
Proof:
B C E F
low
In AABC and ADEF
ZA = ZD. ZB = ZE [given]
[Third angles of the triangles]
ee
ZC = ZF
rF
Fr
Hence corresponding angles of AABC and ADEF are equal.
Hence, AABC - ADEF
or
Another criteria for similarity of two triangles:
f
u
ks
In theorem 3 we have seen that if two triangles have their corresponding angles equal, then
Yo
their corresponding sides are proportional. Now the natural question arises whether the
oo
converse of this theorem is true i.e., if corresponding sides of two triangles are proportional,
B
then whether their coresponding angles are equal? The answer to this question is yes. This
re
can be verified from the following activity.
ou
ad
ACTIVITY: We draw two triangles ABC and DEF such that AB =4 cm, BC = 5 cm, CA= 7cm,
Y
DE = 8cm, EF = 10 cm and FD = 14 cm.
D
nd
Re
Fi
14 cm
8 cm
E F
C 10 cm
5 cm
AB BC CA [Each equal to l/2]
Here.
DE ” EF _ FD
Now we measure ZA, ZB, ZC, ZD, ZE and ZF. We can observe that ZA= ZD, ZB - ZE
and ZC = ZF , i.e., the corresonding angles of the two triangles are equal.
We can repeat this activity by drawing several such triangles (having their sides in the same
ratio.) We shall see that their corresonding angles are equal in each case.
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.32 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
This activity leads us to the following theorem :
Theorem 4. (SSS similarity): If in two triangles, sides of one triangle are proportional to
(/'.e., in the same ratio ot) the sides of the other triangle, then their corresponding angles are
equal and hence the two triangles are similar.
Given: AABC and ADEF are two triangles such that:
AB _ BC _ AC
DE ~ EF ~ DF •••(i)
w
B C E
To prove : AABC ~ ADEF
Proof: Case I. When AB = DE Flo
ee
AB BC AC
In this case
DE ~ EF _ DF
=1
Fr [v AB = DE]
or
r
AB = DE, BC = EF and AC = DF
f
ou
Hence, AABC = ADEF [By SSS congruence]
ks
ZA = ZD,ZB = ZE and ZC = ZF
oo
Y
B
Hence, AABC-ADEF
re
Case II. When AB < DE
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
P
Fi
B C E
Construction : On DE, cut DP = AB and on DF, cut DQ = AC. Join PQ.
Now in ADEF,
DP DQ AB _ AC
DE ~ DF DE ~ DF
DE _ DF DE DF
=>-------1 =--------1
DP ~ DQ DP DQ
DE-DP _ DF-DQ
=>
DQ DQ
PE QF DP DQ
=> ^ PE _ QF
DP " DQ
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.33
PQIIFE [By basic proportionality theorem]
ZP = ZE and ZQ = ZF [Corresponding angles] (ii)
Hence ADPQ - ADEF [AA similarity]
DP DQ PQ ...(hi)
DE ~ DF " EF
q , /v DP DQ BC [v AB = DP and AC = DQ]
But from (i),----=----- =----- -(iv)
DE DF EF
PQ BC
From (m) and (iv), — = —
EF EF
BC = PQ
Now in AABC and ADPQ, AB = DP, AC = DQ and BC = PQ
w
A ABC = ADPQ [SSS congruency]
Hence ZA = ZD, ZB = ZE and ZC = ZF Flo [v from (ii) ZP = ZE and ZQ = ZF ]
Similarly the theorem can be proved when AB > DE.
Note:
•
F ree
From theorem 3 and theorem 4, it is clear thatfor similarity oftwo triangles only one
or
ur
of the follwoing two conditions must be satisfied.
sf
• Corresponding angles are equal [AAA similarity]
k
Yo
oo
• Corresponding sides are equal [SSS similarity].
B
We know about SAS congruency criterion of triangles. Now the natural question arises, can
re
there be a SAS similarity criterion of triangles. The answers to this question is yes which will
be clear from the following activity.
ou
ad
Y
ACTIVITY: Draw a AABC in which ZB = 60°, AB = 2 cm and BC = 4 cm. Draw another
ADEF in which ZE = 60°, DE = 3 cm and EF = 6 cm.
nd
Re
Fi
C
4 cm 6 cm
Clearly, here one angle of AABC is equal to one angle of ADEF and the sides which contain
AB BC 2
these angles are proportional, ie., ZB = ZE and —— =
DE EF 3
Now we measure the remaining angles of AABC and ADEF.
It can be seen that ZA = ZD and ZC = ZF
Thus AABC and ADEF are equiangular and hence similar.
We repeat this activity by taking different pairs of triangles in which one angle of a triangle
is equal to one angle of the other triangle and the two sides including these angles are
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.34 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
proportional. We always find that the two triangles are equiangular and hence similar. The
conclusion of the above activity leads us to a theorem which is given below.
Theorem 5. SAS (Side-Angle-side) Similarity : If one angle of a triangle is equal to one
angle of the other triangle and the sides including these angles are proportional, then the two
triangles are similar.
Given : AABC and ADEF are two triangles such that:
AB =-----
---- AC and ZA = AD
^
DE DF
w
B C
4 cm
To prove: AABC ~ ADEF
Flo E
6 cm F
ee
Let AB< DE
Fr
Construction : We take points P and Q on DE and DF respectively such that DP = AB and
for
ur
DQ = AC. Join PQ.
In ADPQ and ADEF
ks
Yo
oo
DP _ DQ AB _ AC
B
and DP = AB, DQ = AC
DE “’DF DE “ DF
re
ou
ad
DP _ DQ
=>
Y
PE ~ QF
PQ || EF [ By basic proportionality theorem]
nd
Re
ZE = ZP and ZF = ZQ [Corresponding angles] ...(i)
Fi
But, AABC = ADPQ [SAS congruency]
ZA = ZD, ZB = ZP, ZC = ZQ
or ZA = ZD. ZB = ZE, ZC = ZF [from (i)]
AABC ~ ADEF [By AAA similarity]
Similarity of two triangles formed by the perpendicular to the hypotenuse from the opposite
vertex of the right angle.
ACTIVITY: We draw a AABC in which ZA = 90° •
From A, we draw AD 1 BC •
Then ZBAC = ZBDA= ZCDA = 90°
Now, we measure Zl, Z2, Z3 and Z4 as marked in the
adjoining figure. We find that B C
D
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.35
Z1 = Z3 and Z2 = Z4
Now in ADBA and ADAC,
ZBDA = ZADC = 90°, Z1 = Z3 and Z2 = Z4
ADBA and ADAC are equiangular and hence similar.
Again ZBDA = ZBAC = 90°, Z3 = ZB and Z2 = ZC
ADBA and AABC are equiangular and similar
Also ZCDA = ZCAB = 90°,Z4 = ZC and Z3=ZB
ADAC and AABC are equiangular and similar.
This activity leads us to the following theorem :
Theorem 6. Ifa perpendicular is drawn from the vertex ofthe right angle of a right triangle to
the hypotenuse, then the triangles on both sides ofthe perpendicular are similar to the whole
low
triangle and to each other.
Given : BAC is a right angled triangle having right angle at A and AD 1 BC •
To prove: ABDA - ABAC
ee
rF
ACDA - ACAB
ABDA ~ AADC
Fr
for
Proof: In ADBA and AABC,
u
ks
ZBDA = ZBAC = 90° C
Yo
B
oo
and [common] D
Z1 = Z1
B
ADBA-AABC [AA similarity]
re
Similarly in ADAC and AABC,
ou
ad
ZCDA = ZCAB = 90°
Y
and Z4 = Z4 [common]
d
Re
n
ADAC - AABC [AA similarity]
Fi
Now; Z1 + Z2 = 90° [from ABAD]
and Z2 + Z3 = 90° [since ZBAC =90°]
Z1 + Z2 = Z2 + Z3
=> Z1 = Z3 •••(hi)
Also ZBDA = ZADC =90° ....(iv)
From (iii) and (iv), it follows that: ADBA ~ ADAC [By AA corollary]
SOME IMPORTANT RESULTS DERIVED
FROM THEOREMS3, 4, 5 AND 6
Result 1: Iftwo triangles are equiangular, then the ratio ofthe corresponding sides is same
as the ratio of the corresponding altitudes.
Solution : Given : Two triangles ABC and DEF, in which ZA = ZD, ZB = ZE, ZC = ZF
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.36 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
and AP 1 BC, DQ1 EF
B C
P E Q F
T BC AP
To prove:-----=------
EF DQ
Proof: Since AABC and ADEF are equiangular and equiangular triangles are similar.
low
AABC ~ ADEF
AB BC
=> ...(i)
DE “ EF
ee
In AAPBandADQE,
rF
ZAPS = ZDQE Fr [each equal to 90°]
or
and ZB = ZE [Given]
f
u
AAPB-ADQE [AA corollary]
ks
Yo
AB _ AP
oo
=> ...(ii)
DE “ DQ
B
re
From (i) and (ii), we have
ou
ad
BC AP
Y
EF ” DQ
nd
Re
Hence ratio of the corresponding sides is same as the ratio of the corresponding altitudes.
Fi
Result 2: If two triangles are equiangular, then the ratio of the corresponding sides is same
as the ratio of the corresponding medians.
Solution : Given : Two triangles ABC and DEF, in which
ZA = ZD, ZB = ZE, ZC = ZF.
AP and DQ are medians.
^ BC AP
To prove:---- =------
EF DQ
Proof: Since AABC and ADEF
are equiangular and equiangular
triangles are similar
B C
AABC-ADEF P E Q
AB BC
=> DE ” EF ...(0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.37
AB 2BP
[y P and Q are mid-points of BC and EF respectively
DE ~ 2EQ
BC = 2BP and EF=2EQ]
AB BP ....(ii)
=>
DE ~ EQ
Now, in AABPand ADEQ,
AB _ BP
DE " EQ [from(ii)]
and ZB = ZE [Given]
AABP ~ ADEQ [By SAS similarity]
low
AB AP
=> -(iii)
DE " DQ
ee
From (i) and (iii), we have
rF
Fr
Hence, the ratio of the corresponding sides is same as the ratio of corresponding medians.
for
Result 3: If two triangles are equiangular, prove that the ratio of the corresponding sides is
u
same as the ratio of the corresponding angle bisector segments.
ks
Yo
oo
B
Solution : Given :Two triangles ABC and DEF, in which ZA = ZD,ZB=ZE , ZC = ZF
re
and AP and DQ are the bisectors of ZA and ZD respectively.
ou
ad
BC AP
Y
To prove:
EF “ DQ
nd
Re
Fi
B C
P E Q F
Proof: Since AABC and ADEF areequiangular and equiangular triangles are similar.
AB BC
...(0
DE " EF
In AABP and ADEQ
ZB = ZE [Given]
I 1
and ZBAP = ZEDQ v ZA = ZD => — ZA = — ZD => ZBAP = ZEDQ
2
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.38 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
=> AABP ~ADEQ [By AA corollary]
AB _ AP ....(ii)
=>
DE ~ DQ
From (i) and (ii), we have
BC AP
EF ” DQ
Hence the ratio of the sides of two triangles are same as the ratio of their corresponding angle
bisector segments.
RATIO OF THE AREAS OF TWO
SIMILAR TRIANGLES
Theorem 7. The ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is equal to the ratio of the squares
w
of their corresponding sides. [CBSE 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006 C]
Given: AABC-ADEF
ar(AABC) _ AB2 _ AC: _ BC2
Flo
ee
To prove:
ar(ADEF) ” DE2 DF2 EF2
Construction : We draw, AL 1 BC and DM 1 EF
Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
B C E F
L
Y
M
nd
Re
Proof: Since AABC ~ ADEF , theses two triangles are equiangular and their correspond
Fi
ing sides will be proportional.
ZA = ZD, ZB = ZE, ZC = ZF -(i)
AB BC AC
and •••(ii)
DE _ EF ~ DF
Now. ar(AABC)= -xBCxAL ....(Hi)
and ar(ADEF) = I — x EFx DM •••(iv)
1
x BC x AL
ar(AABC) _ 2 BC AL -(v)
ar(ADEF) x EFx DM EF DM
2
In AALB and ADME, we have
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.39
ZALB = ZDME = 90° and ZB = ZE [from (i)]
AALB ~ DME [ByAA corollary]
AL _ AB
=> -(vi)
DM ~ DE
AB BC
But, [irom(ii)] ....(vii)
DE “ EF
AL BC
From (vi) and (vii), we have
DM ~ EF
AL ar(AABC) BC BC ^ BC2
Putting the value of in (v), we have EF X EF J “ EF2
DM ar(ADEF)
BC _ AB _ AC
But from (ii),
low
EF ~ DE ~ DF
ar(AABC) _ AB2 and ar(AABC) _ AC2
Therefore,
ar(ADEF) ” DE2 ar(ADEF) ~ DF2
ee
rF
ar(AABC) _ AB2 _ AC2 _ BC2
Thus,
ar(ADEF) DE2 DF2 EF2 Fr
for
u
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
ks
Yo
oo
Type I. Problems based on theorems, their corollaries and properties of similar triangles.
eB
WORKING RULE:
r
ou
ad
Use the following results whichever are required :
Y
1. Two triangles are equiangular
nd
Re
<z> Their corresponding sides are proportional
Fi
2. Two triangles have corresponding sides proportional
o They are equiangular
3. (i) Two triangles are similar
o They are equiangular [AAA similarity]
(ii) Two triangles are similar
<=> Their corresponding sides are proportional [SSS-similarity]
(iii) Two triangles are similar
<=> They have two angles equal [AA-corollary]
(iv) Two triangles are similar
« One triangle has one angle equal to the one angle of other triangle and the sides
including this angle are in the same ratio (Proportional)
4. If in ABAC, ZBAC = 90° and AD 1 BC
Then, ABDA ~ ABAC
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.40 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
AC DA - ACAB
ABDA - AADC
and Z1 = Z3, Z2 = Z4
5. The ratio of areas of two similar triangles
= The ratio of square of their corresponding sides
6. If AABC and ADEF are similar, then the ratio
of corresponding sides of AABC and ADEF
w
B C
FloE F
ee
= The ratio of their corresponding altitudes
= The ratio of their corresponding medians Fr
= The ratio of their corresponding angle bisector segments.
or
ur
sf
Example 1. State which of the following triangles are similar. Write the similarity criterion
used by you for answering the question and also write the pairs of similar triangles in the
k
Yo
symbolic form (all lengths of sides are in cm).
oo
[NCERT]
r eB
ou
ad
Y
(*)
nd
Re
B C
Fi
(i>)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.41
(iv)
low
E R
5
Solution : (i) In AABC, ZA = 70°, ZB = 80° ZC = 180° - (70° + 80°) = 30°
In APQR, ZQ = 80°, ZR = 30° .\ ZP = 180°-(80° + 30°) = 70°
ee
rF
Thus in AABC and APQR, Fr
ZA = ZP, ZB = ZQ and ZC = ZR
for
u
Therefore, AABC ~ APQR [By AAA similarity]
ks
Yo
(ii) In AABC and APQR ,
oo
B
ZB = ZR
re
AB BC [Each equal to 3]
and
ou
ad
PR ~ QR
Y
Hence, AABC ~ APRQ [BySAS similarity]
nd
Re
(iii) In AABC and APQR ,
Fi
ZA = ZQ and ZC = ZR
Therefore, AABC ~ AQPR [By AA similarity]
(iv) In AABC and ADEF,
ZA = ZF
AB _ 2.5 _ 1
Also,
DF ~ 5 ~ 2
AC AC
But,
EF _ 6
AB AC
DF 6
Hence given triangles are not similar.
(v) In AABC and APQR,
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.42 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
AB _ AC BC
PQ ~ PR ~ QR [each equal to 3]
Therefore, AABC - APQR [BySSS similarity]
Example 2 . In the given tlgue AABC - AADE, AD = 5 cm, AE = 6 cm, BC = 12 cm and
AB = 15 cm, then find EC and DE.
Solution : Let CE = .r cm
Given, aabc-aade
AB _ AC
[corresponding sides are proportional]
AD _ AE
15 _ 6 + x C
5 ~ 6
=>
Hence,
18 = 6+x iz> x = 12
EC = 12 cm
low 12 cm
ee
Let DE = y
rF
Again AABC - AADE Fr A
or
B 10 cm D 5 cm
DE _ AD
f
u
BC ~ AB
ks
Yo
oo
=> y =—
— 5 => v = 4^ cm
B
12 15
re
Hence, DE = 4cm
ou
ad
Example 3. In the given figure AABC ~ ADCO, CD = 2 cm, AB = 3 cm, OC = 2.4 cm
Y
and OD = 3.2 cm, then find the length ofOA and OB.
nd
Re
Solution : Let OA =x cm and OB =y cm
Fi
Since AABO - ADCO
AB _ AO _ OB [corresponding sides are proportional]
CD ~ OD ~ OC
C
3 x y
=>
2 3.2 2.4 2 cm
(i) (ii) (iii)
A
D
From (i) and (ii), we have O 3.2 cm
2x = 9.6 => x = 4.8
Hence, OA =4.8 cmf
B
From (i) and (iii). we have
2y=1.2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.43
>’ = 3.6
Hence, OB = 3.6 cm
Type II. Problems based on application of AAA similarity, AA similarity, SSS similarity,
SAS similarity and some other previously learnt results.
WORKING RULE:
Use the following results whichever are required :
1. (i) Two trianges are similar <z> They are equiangular
(ii) Two triangles are similar <=> Their corresponding sides are proportional.
2. AABC ~ ADEF ifandonlyif
(i) ZA = ZD. ZB = ZC, ZC = ZF [AAA similarity]
w
(ii) ZA = ZD, ZB = ZC [AA simimarity]
... AB BC _ AC
(l,l) DE _ EF ~ DF Flo [SSS similarity]
ee
AB AC
(iv) ZA = ZD and—= — Fr [SAS similarity]
for
ur
3. (i) Medians of two similar triangles are proportional to their corresponding sides
(ii) Altitudes of two similar triangles are proportional to their corresponding sides
ks
Yo
(iii) Angle bisector segments of two similar triangles are proportional to their corre
oo
sponding sides
B
(iv) Perimeters of two similar triangles are proportional to their corresponding sides.
re
Example 4. In the given figure, AODC-AOBA. ZBOC = 125° and ZCDO = 70°. Find
ou
ad
ZDOC.ZDCO and ZOAB. [NCERT]
Y
Solution : ZDOC + ZCOB = 180° [Linear pair]
nd
Re
=> ZDOC + Z125° = 180°
Fi
Hence, ZDOC = 180°-125° = 55°
Again. ZDCO + ZCDO + ZDOC = 180° [Angles of a triangle]
=> ZDCO + 70° + 55° = 180°
Hence, ZDCO = 180° -125° = 55° ....(0
AO DC ~ AO BA [Given] A B
ZOAB = ZOCD = 55° [from(i)]
D
Example 5. In the figure, AAOB - ADOC.
Prove that AB || CD
Solution : Given, AAOB ~ ADOC
C
=> AAOB and ADOC are equiangular
A
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.44 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
=> ZOAB=ZODC
But, these are alternate angles.
AB || CD
Example 6. Prove that the ratio of the perimeters of two similar triangles is the same as the
ratio of their corresponding sides.
B C E F
a P
Solution : Given : AABC ~ ADEF
w
Permeter of AABC _ AB _ BC _ AC
To prove:
Perimeter of ADEF DE EF DF Flo
ee
Proof: Let BC = a, AC = 6, AB = c, EF =p, DF = q, DE = r
AABC-ADEF
Therefore, their corresponding sides will be proportional
Fr [Given]
for
ur
BC AC AB
—= k (say) ..(i)
ks
EF DF DE
Yo
oo
a b
B
or =C
-=k
p q r
re
ou
a = pk, b = qk, c = rk ...(ii)
ad
Y
Perimeter or AABC _ BC + AC + AB
Now,
nd
Re
Perimeter of ADEF EF + DF + DE
Fi
_ a+b + c _pk + qk+rk _ k(p+q+r) _ ^
p+ q +r p + q +r (p + q + r)
From (i) and (iii), we have
Perimeter or AABC _ AB _ BC _ AC
Perimeter of ADEF DE EF DF
Example 1. The perimeters of two similar triangles are 25 cm and 15 cm respecitvely. Ifone
side of the first triangle is 9 cm, find the corresponding side of the second triangle.
[CBSE 2002C]
Solution: Given : AABC - DEF,
BC = 9 cm, perimeter ofAABC = 25 cm and perimeter (ADEF) = 15 cm
To find: EF
Since, AABC - ADEF [Given]
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.45
B C E F
9 cm
The three coresponding sides of triangles ABC and DEF will be proportional.
AB AC BC
— = k (say)
DE DF EF
AB = k DE, AC = k DF, BC = * EF
Adding, we get AB + AC + BC = k (DE + DF + EF)
w
AB + AC + BC _ ,
=> DE + DF + EF ~ •••(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we have
Flo
ee
AB _ AC _ BC _ AB +AC + BC _ Perimeter of A ABC _ 25
Fr
DE~ F)F~ EF ~ DE + DF + EF ” Perimeter of ADEF ~ 15
or
ur
9x15
=>
f
EF 15 EF 15 25
ks
Yo
27
oo
=> EF = — = 5.4 cm
5
B
re
Example 8. If AD and PM are medians of AABC and APQR respectively where
AABC ~ APQR, prove that
ou
ad
Y
AB _ AD
' PQ PM (ii) ZADC = ZPMR
nd
Re
Solution : Given : AABC and APQR, such that AD and PM are their medians and
Fi
AABC-APQR
Toprove:©?^
(ii) ZADC = ZPMR
Proof: v AABC-APQR
ZB = ZQ ...(i)
B C Q R
D M
AB AC _ BC
and ...(ii)
PQ PR QR
BC 2BD _ BD
but, [ •/ D and M are mid-points of BC and QR respectively]
QR 2QM QM
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.46 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
(i) Now in AABD and APQM,
AB _ BD
and ZB = ZQ
PQ QM
AABD ~ APQM [By SAS similarity]
AB AD
Hence’ PQ PM
(ii) ZADB = ZPMQ [v AABD - APQM ]
180° - ZADB = 180°- ZPMQ
=> ZADC = ZPMR
Example 9. CD and GH are the bisectors of ZACB and ZFGE respectively such that
low
D and H lie on sides AB and EF of AABC and AEFG respectively. If AABC - AFEG, show
that
CD AC
(i) (ii) ADCB-AHGE (iii) ADCA-AHGF
ee
GH FG
rF
Solution : Given : AABC-AEFG Fr
or
CD and GH are bisectors of ZC and ZG respectively.
f
u
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
B C E G
9 cm
nd
Re
CD AC
(i) To prove:
Fi
' GH FG
Proof: In AACD and AFGFI. ZA = ZF [v AABC - AFEG]
ZACD = ZFGFI [CD bisects ZC and GH bisects ZG and ZC = ZG ]
AACD-AFGH [By AA similarity]
CD AC
=> -.(i)
GH FG
(ii) To prove: ADCB - AI1GE
Proof: In ADCB and AHGE
ZB = ZE [••• AABC - AFEG ]
ZDCB = ZHGE ['.‘ ZC = ZG and CD and GH are bisectors of ZC and ZG respectively]
=> ADCB-AHGE [ByAA similarity]
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.47
(iii)From(i),
CD AC
GH FG
and ZDCA = ZFIGF [ v ZC = ZG and CD and GFI are bisectors of ZC and ZG respec
tively]
ADCA-AHGF
Example 10. S and T are points on sides PR and QR of APQR such that ZP = ZRTS. Show
that ARPQ-ARTS.
Solution : Given : ARPQ and ARTS such that ZP = ZRTS
To prove: ARPQ - ARTS
Proof: In ARPQ and ARTS
w
ZP = ZT [Given]
Q R
ZR = ZR [common] T
ARPQ ~ ARTS
Flo [By AA similarity]
ee
Example 11. In the given figure, E is a point on side CB produced of an isosceles AABC with
AB - AC. If AD 1 BC and EF 1 AC , prove that AABD ~ AECF. Fr [NCERT]
for
ur
Solution : Given :A AABC in which AB = AC and AD 1 BC . Side CB is ^
ks
produced to E and EF 1 AC ■ F
Yo
oo
To prove: AABD - AECF
B
Proof: In AABC,
re
AB = AC [Given]
ou
a
ad
=> ZB = ZC E c
Y
B D
[Angles opposite to equal sides of a triangle are equal]
nd
Re
Now; in AABD and AECF
Fi
ZB = ZC [Proved above]
ZADB = ZEFC [each equal to90°]
AABD-AECF [ByAA-similarity]
Example 12. In the given figure QR ^ and Z1 = Z2 . Show that APQS - ATQR
QS PR
QR QT
Solution: Given :
QS PR
and Z1 = Z2
To prove: APQS ~ ATQR
QR QT
Proof: [given] ....(i)
QS ” PR
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.48 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
But in ARPQ, Z1 = Z2
PR= PQ ....(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we get
QR QT
QS PQ
Now, in APQS and ATQR
QR QT
QS PQ
and ZQ = ZQ [Common]
Hence, APQS-ATQR [BySAS similarity]
Example 13. E is a point on the side AD produced of a parallelogram ABCD and BE inter
sects CD at F. Show that AABE ~ ACFB.
w
Solution : Given : A parallelogram ABCD and E a point on the side AD produced. BE
intersects CD at F.
To prove : AABE- ACFB
Flo A D E
ee
2'
Proof: AE || BC and BE is a transversal
[v ABCD is a parallelogram] FrF
for
ur
Z2 = Z1 [Alternateangles] ...(i) 1
B C
Now in AABE and ACFB
ks
Yo
oo
Z2 = Z1 [from (i)]
B
and ZA = ZC [opposite angles of a parallelogram]
re
AABE-ACFB [AA similarity]
ou
ad
Exam/e 14. Sides AB and BC and median AD of a AABC are respectively proportional to
Y
sides PQ and QR and median PM of APQR . Show that AABC - APQR.
nd
Re
Solution : Given : In AABC and APQR, AD and PM are median such that
Fi
AB BC _ AD
PQ ~ QR ~ PM
To prove: AABC - APQR
B
D C Q M R
AB BC AD
Proof: Given :---- -0)
PQ QR PM
BC 2BD _ BD
But [ v D and M are the mid-points of BC and QR respectively]...(ii)
QR ~ 2QM ~ QM
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.49
Now in AABD and APQM,
AB _ AD _ BD
[from (i) and (ii)]
PQ _ PM ~ QM
AABD-APQR
ZB = ZQ [By SSS similarity] —(iii)
Now, in AABC and APQR
AB _ BC
[Given]
PQ ~ QR
and ZB = ZQ [From (iii))]
Hence, AABC ~ APQR [By SAS similarity]
Example 15. In the given figure, ifAABE = AACD, show that AADE ~ AABC
w
Solution: Given : AABE = AACD
ZABE = ZACD
ZAEB = ZADC
Flo •••(ii)
ee
and AB = AC
AE - AD
....(iii)
Fr
for
ur
or AD-AE •••(iv)
ks
Yo
AD _ AE
oo
From (iii) and (iv) ...(v)
AB ~ AC
B
B C
re
Now in AADE and AABC,
ou
ad
AD _ AE
[from (i)]
Y
AB ~ AC
nd
and ZA is common
Re
[SAS similarity]
Fi
AADE-AABC
Example 16. In the given figure. if AABE = AACD, show that AADE - AABC.
Solution : AABE = AACD [Given]
AB-AC [CPCT]
AE-AD [CPCT]
and zi = Z2 [CPCT]
Now, Zl + ZEAD = 180° [Linear pair]
B E
ZEAD = 180°- Zl
Similarly, ZCAB = 180°- Z2
ZEAD = ZCAB [v Zl = Z2 ]
Now in AADE and AABC C
D
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.50 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
AD _ AE
[v AB = AC, AE=AD]
AB AC
and ZEAD = ZCAB [from (i)]
AADE-AABC [SAS similarity]
Example 17. Sides AB and AC and median AD of AABC are respectively proportional to
sides PQ and PR and median PM of another APQR. Prove that AABC - APQR.
Solution : Given : AABC and APQR in which AD and PM are medians such that
AB _ AC _ AD
PQ ~ PR _ PM
To prove: AABC - APQR
w
Flo
F ree
or
ur
N
sf
Construction : We produce AD to E such that AD = DE and PM to N such that PM = MN. We
join CE and RN.
k
Yo
oo
AB AC AD
B
Proof: Given:----
PQ PR PM
re
Now, in AABD and ACDE,
ou
ad
AD= DE [By Construction]
Y
BD = CD [AD is the median]
nd
Re
and ZADB = ZCDE [Vert, opposite angles]
Fi
AABD =AECD
=> AB = EC and ZB = ZECD ...(h)
Similarly; APQM s ANRM [By SAS congruently]
PQ = NR and ZQ = ZNRM ....(hi)
EC AB
From (ii) and(iii), we have ...(iv)
NR PQ
From (i) and (iv). EC AC _ AD ....(v)
NR ~ PR _ PM
Now, in AAEC and APNR
EC _ AC _ AE
[From (v) and using AD = , PM=-^-]
NR PR ~ PN
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.51
AAEC ~ APNR
Z1 = Z2 ....(vi)
Similarly, by joining BE and QN. we can prove that
Z3 = Z4 ....(vii)
=> Z1 + Z3 = Z2 + Z4 [from (vi) and (vii)]
=> ZA = ZP ...(viii)
Now in AABC and APQR,
AB AC
[Given]
PQ " PR
and ZA = ZP [from (v)]
AABC-APQR [BySAS similarity]
w
Example 18. In the given figure, altitudes AD and CE of AABC intersect each other at point
P. Show that: Flo
(i) AAEP ~ ACDP (ii) AABD-ACBE
ee
(iii) AAEP-AADB (iv) APDC-ABEC
Fr
Solution : In AABC, altitudes AD and CE interect each other at point P.
for
ur
To prove :(i) AAEP-ACDP
(ii) AABD-ACBE
ks
Yo
(iii) AAEP-AADB
oo
(iv) APDC-ABEC
eB
Proof: (i) In AAEP and ACDP, we have B
r
ou
[Each equal to90°]
ad
ZAEP = ZCDP
Y
ZAPE = ZCPD [vertically opposite angles]
nd
[By AA similarity]
Re
AAEP-ACDP
Fi
(ii) In AABD and ACBE, we have
ZADB = ZCEB [Each equal to90°]
ZB = ZB [common]
AABD-ACBE [By AA similarity]
(iii) In AAEP and AADB. we have
ZAEP = ZADB [Each equal to90°]
ZEAP = ZBAD [Common]
Hence, AAEP - AADB [ByAA similarity]
(iv) In APDC and ABEC, we have
ZPDC = ZBEC [Each equal to90°]
ZPCD = ZECB [common]
APDC-ABEC [By AA similarity]
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.52 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 19. Diagonals AC and BD of a trapezium ABCD with AB || DC intersect each other
at the point 0. Using similarity for two triangles show that:
QA OB
To prove:
OC " OD
Proof: In ADOC and AAOB
AB||DC [Since ABCD is a trapezium]
ZDCO = ZOAB [Alternate angles]
ZODC = ZOBA [Alternate angles]
and ZDOC = ZAOB [vertically opposite angles]
ADOC - ABOA [AAA similarity]
w
OA OB
=> [Sides are proportional]
OC ~ OD
Flo
Example 20. If the diagonals of a quadrilateral divide each other proportionally, prove that
it is a trapezium.
ee
[CBSE 2008|
Fr
Solution : Given : A quadrilateral ABCD whose diagonals intersect each other at O such that
AO _ BO
for
ur
OC “ OD
ks
To prove: ABCD is a trapezium.
Yo
oo
D „ AO BO
B
Proof:-----=
re
OC OD
ou
ad
AO OC
Y
OB ~ OD
nd
Re
Now, in AAOB and ACOD,
Fi
ZAOB = ZCOD [ver.opp. angles]
AO _ OC A
and [ifom(i)]
OB ~ OD
AAOB - ACOD [BySAS similairty]
Z2 = Z1
But this is a pair of alternate interior angles
AB || DC
Hence ABCD is a trapezium.
Example 21. In the given figure, If ZADE = ZB, show that AADE ~ AABC . If AD = 6.8
cm, AE = 8.6 cm, BE = 2.4 cm and BC = 5.5 cm, find DE.
Solution : Given : In AABC, ZADE = ZB
AD = 6.8 cm, AE = 8.6 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.53
BE = 2.4 cm, BC = 5.5 cm
To find : DE and to prove that AADE ~ AABC
In triangles ADE and ABC, 6.8 cm
ZADE = ZB [Given]
and ZA = ZA [Common] D
AADE - AABC [ByAA corollary] C
5.5 cm
AD DE
[sides of similar triangles are proportional]
AB BC
AD _ DE
=>
AE + EB “ BC
6.8 _ DE
=> cm
low
8.6+ 2.4 “ 5.5
6.8 x 5.5
=> DE = cm = 3.4 cm
8.6 + 2.4
ee
Hence, DE = 3.4cm
rF
Fr
Example 22. In the given figure, DE || BC, AD=2 cm, BD = 2.5 cm, AE = 3.2 cm and DE = 4 cm.
Find AC andBC. [CBSE2001C]
for
Solution : Since DE || BC
u
ks
ZADE = ZABC [Corres. angles]
Yo
oo
and ZAED = ZACB [Corres. angles]
B
re
AADE ~ AABC [ByAA similarity] D.
ou
ad
AD DE AE rr, ,. . , -i
=> =---- [Corresponding sides]....(i)
Y
AB BC AC B C
nd
Re
AD _ DE 2 _ 4
Fi
Now, [v AB = (AD + BD) = 4.5 cm]
AB ~ BC 4.5 ~ BC
4x4.5
=> BC = cm = 9 cm
2
Again from (i),
BC AC
4 3.2
=> [v from(i), BC = 9 cm]
9 " AC
9x3.2
=> AC = cm = 7.2 cm
4
Hence, AC = 7.2 cm and BC = 9 cm
Example 23. A vertical pole of length 6 m casts a shadow 4 m long on the ground and at the
same time a tower casts a shadow 28 m long. Find the height of the tower.
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.54 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Solution: Given : AC is a tower which casts a shadow BC = 28m and DF is a pole of length
6m which casts a shadow EF - 4m A
To find : Height of the tower.
In AABC and ADEF
Tower
ZACB = ZDFE [Each equal to 90°]
ZABC = ZDEF
[At the same time the sun rays have same inclination] B C
28 m
AABC~ADEF [ByAAsimilarly]
D
AC BC
=> [Sides are proportional]
DF EF
AC _ 28 6m
6 “ 4
w
6x28 E F
or AC = = 42 m
4
Hence, the height of tower = 42 m.
Flo 4m
ee
Fr
Example 24. Ankit of height 160 cm is going away from the lamp post at a speed or 2m/sec.
If the lamp post is 3.2 m above the ground, find the length of his shadow after 5 seconds.
for
ur
Solution : Given : The length of the electric pole AB is 3.2 m, the height ofAnkit = 1.6 m
Ankit is going away from the pole at a speed of 2 m/sec.
ks
Yo
To find : Length of shadow after 5 secs.
oo
The distance BD walked by Ankit in 5 seconds = 2x5= 10 m
B
DE is the length of shadow of Ankit
re
A
Let DE=.vm
ou
ad
In
Y
AABEand ACDE
3.2m
nd
Re
ZABE=ZCDE=90°
Fi
ZAEB = ZCED [Common angle]
AABE ~ ACDE [ByAA similarity] 10 m x
AABE and ACDE are similar.
AB BE
[Corresponding sides are proportional]
CD _ ED
3.2 10 + x
=>
1.6 x
=> 2x= 10+x
=> x = 10 m
Hence length of shadow of Ankit after 5 seconds = 10 m.
AD 2
Example 25. In AABC, DE is parallel to base BC, with D on AB and E on AC. If
DB ~ 3 ’
BC
find —— [CBSE 2002C]
DE'
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.55
AD _ 2
Solution : Given : In AABC, DE || BC and
DB ~ 3
BC
To find : ——
DE D. E
Procedure : In AABC, DE || BC [Given]
AD _ AE
[By basic proportionality theorem] B C
BD ” EC
BD EC
=> [Taking reciprocals of both sides]
AD “ AE
BD EC
-----+ 1=----- +1 [Adding 1 to both sides]
AD AE
BD + AD EC + AE
w
=>
AD AE
=>
AB _ AC
AD “ AE
Flo [ v BD + AD = AB and EC + AE - AC]
and Z1 = Z1
AABC ~AADE
F ree [Common angle]
[BySAS similarity]
or
ur
sf
AB BC
=> [In similar triangles corresponding sides are proportional]
k
Yo
AD ” DE
oo
B
5 BC AB AD+BD
/ ----- = - 1+—
re
2 " DE AD AD AD 2_ 2
ou
ad
BC 5
Y
Hence, ——
DE 2
nd
Re
Example 26. In the given figure, D is a point on the side BC of AABC such that
Fi
ZADC = ZBAC • Prove that CA2 = CB * CD. |CBSE 2004|
Solution : Given : A AABC in which D is a point on BC such that
ZADC = ZBAC
To prove : CA2 = CB * CD
Proof: In AABC and ADAC
ZBAC = ZADC [Given]
ZACB = ZDCA [Common]
Hence, AABC - ADAC [ByAA similarity]
Therefore, the sides of AABC and ADAC are proportional.
CA CD
=>
CB " CA
=> CA2 = CB x CD (Proved)
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.56 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 27. Two right triangles ABC and DBC are drawn on the same hypotenuse BC and
on the same side of BC. IfAC and BD intersect at P, prove that AP x PC = BP x PD.
[CBSE 2008|
Solution : Given : Two right angled triangles ABC and BCD and AC and BD intersect at P.
To prove : AP x PC = BP x PD
Proof: In AAPB and ADPC,
Z1 = Z4 [ Each equal to 90°]
Z2 = Z3 [Vertically opposite angles]
AAPB-ADPC [By AA corollary]
B C
BP _ AP
[In similar As corresponding sides are proportional]
PC ~ PD
=> AP x PC = BP x PD (Proved)
w
Example 28. In the given figure Z1 = Z2 and Z3 = Z4. Show that PT. QR = PR. ST.
[CBSE 2000]
Solution: Given : Z2 = Z1 Flo P
ee
=> Z2 + ZQPT = Z1 + ZQPT
=> ZQPR = ZSPT Fr
for
ur
Now, in AQPRand APST, Z4 = Z3 ...(h)
and ZQPR = ZSPT [From (i)]
ks
Yo
Hence, APQR ~ APST [ByAA similarity]
oo
B
QR _ PR [Corresponding sides are proportional]
re
ST ~ PT
ou
ad
=> PT. QR= PR. ST (Proved)
Y
Example 29. In the given figure, AABC and AAMP are right angled at B and M
nd
respectively. Prove that: [NCERT]
Re
Fi
CA BC
(i) AABC-AAMP (U) PA " MP
Solution : Given : AABC and AAMP such that = 90° and ZM = 90° •
C
To prove (i) AABC - AAMP
... CA BC
(ll) PA ~ MP
Proof: (i) In AABC and AAMP, we have
ZABC = ZAMP =90°
ZA = ZA [Common] A B P
Hence, AABC - AAMP [ByAA similarity]
(ii) Since AABC - AAMP.-. their corresponding sides are proportional.
CA BC
PA _ MP
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.57
Example 30. In the given figure, DEFG is a square and ZBAC = 90° . Prove that:
(i) AAGF ~ ADBG
(ii) AAGF ~ AEFC
(iii) ADBG-AEFC
F
(iv) DE2 = BDx£C
Solution : Given : AABC in which ZBAC = 90°
+
and DEFG is a square. B D E C
To prove: (i) AAGF - ADBG (ii) AAGF - AEFC
(iii) ADBG - AEFC (iv) DE2 = BDxEC
Proof: (i) In AAGF and ADBG
ZGAF = ZBDG = 90°
low
ZAGF= ZDBG [Corresponding angles v GF || BC and AB is the transversal]
AAGF - ADBG [By A A similarity]
(ii) In AAGF and AEFC,
ee
ZFAG = ZCEF = 90°
rF
ZGFA = ZFCE Fr
[Corresponding angles v GF || BC and AC is the transversal]
for
.-. AAGF-AEFC [By AA similarity]
u
(iii) In ADBG - AAGF and AAGF - AEFC, [Proved above]
ks
Yo
••• ZDBG = ZEFC
oo
(iv) ADBG-AEFC
B
re
BD _ DG
=> FE ~ EC
[Corresponding sides are proportional]
ou
ad
Y
BD _ DE
=> [ v DG = DE and FE = DE as DGFE is a square]
nd
DE ~ EC
Re
Fi
Hence, DE2=BD x EC
Example 31. Prove that the line segments joining the midpoints of the sides of a triangle
form four triangles, each ofwhich is similar to the original triangle.
Solution'. Given : A AABC in which D. E, F are the mid points of sides BC, CA and AB
respectively.
To prove: AAFE-AABC,
AFBD-AABC
AEDC-AABC
and ADEF-AABC.
Proof: F and E are midpoints of AB and AC respectively C
B D
=> FE|| BC
=> ZAFE = ZB [Corresponding Angles]
In AAFE and AABC,
ZAFE = ZB
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.58 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
and ZA = ZA [Common angle]
AAFE-AABC [By A A corollary]
Similarly. AFBD- AABC and AEDC - AABC.
Now, we shall show that ADEF - AABC.
Clearly, ED || AF and DF ||EA.
AFDE is a parallelogram.
=> ZEDF = ZA [ opposite angles of a || gm are equal]
Similarly, BDEF is a parallelogram.
=> ZDEF=ZB [ v opposite angles of a || gm are equal]
Thus, in triangles DEF and ABC,
ZEDF =ZA and ZDEF = ZB
=> ADEF ~ AABC [By A A corollary]
w
Thus, AAFE ~ AABC , AFBD ~ AABC, AEDC ~ AABC and ADEF ~ AABC •
Example 32. Through the mid-point M of the side CD of a parallelogram ABCD, the line BM
Flo
is drawn intersecting AC in L and AD produced in E. Prove that EL = 2 BE
ee
Solution : Given : A parallelogram ABCD and M is the mid-point ofCD. Line BM is drawn
intersecting AC in L and AD produced in E. Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
B
To prove: EL= 2BL
ou
ad
Proof: In ABMC and AEDM,
Y
ZBCM = Z5 [Alternate interior angles]
nd
Re
Z3 = Z4 [Verticallyopposite angles]
Fi
MC = DM [M is the mid-point of DC]
ABCM = AEDM [By ASA congruency]
BC=DE
But, BC = AD [Opposite sides of || gm ABCD]
2BC = DE + AD = AE -(i)
Again, in AAEL and ACBL,
Z6 = Z1 [Alternate interior angles]
Z7 = Z2 [Vertical ly opposite angles]
AAEL-ACBL [AA corollary]
AE _ EL [In similar triangles corresponding sides are proportional]
BC ~ BL
2BO _ EL [v From (i), AE = 2BC]
BC ~ BL
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.59
Hence, EL=2BL.
Example 33. In a AABC, P and Q are points on AB and AC respectively such that PQ || BC.
Prove that the median AD, drawn from A to BC, bisects PQ.
Solution : Given : A AABC in which P and Q are points on AB and AC respectively such that
PQ || BC and AD is the median, cutting PQ at E.
To prove: PE=EQ
Proof: In AAPEand AABD,
ZAPE = ZABD [Corresponding angles]
ZPAE = ZBAD [Common]
AAPE-AABD [By A A similarity] B D C
AE _ PE
=> [Corresponding sides are proportional] .-(>)
AD ” BD
w
Again in AAEQ and AADC,
ZQAE = ZCAD
Flo [Common angles]
ee
ZAQE = ZACD [Corresponding angles]
AAEQ ~ AADC Fr [By AA similarity]
for
AE _ EQ
ur
=> [Corresponding sides are proportional]...(ii)
AD ~ DC
ks
From (i) and (ii), we have
Yo
oo
PE _ EQ AE
B
Each equal to
BD ~ DC AD
re
But, BD=DC [\- AD is the median]
ou
ad
PE-EQ (Proved)
Y
Example 34. In the given figure, PA QB and RC are each perpendicular to AC and AP = x.
nd
Re
1
Fi
P
QB = z, RC =>'. Prove that — + — = — .
x y z
Solution : Given : PA 1 AC, QB 1 AC, and
RC 1 AC, AP = .v, RC =y, QB =z,
X
y
To prove:
x y z
A C
Proof: PA 1 AC and QB 1 AC
ZPAC = 90° and ZQBC = 90°
In AQBC and APAC
ZQBC = ZPAC [Each equal to 90°]
and ZC = ZC [Common angle]
AQBC ~ APAC [AA similarity]
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.60 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
QB _ BC
PA ~ AC
Let AB - a and BC = b
b z
Now, from (i),
x a +b
Similarly, AQAB ~ ARAC
QB _ AB
RC _ AC
z a
=> ...(ii)
y a+b
From (i) and (ii), we get
z z b a
w
x y a+b a+b
=>
1 a+b
z —+ — =------ = 1
Flo
ee
x yJ a+b
Hence, Fr
x y z
for
ur
Type III. Problems based on similarity of triangles when perpendicular is drawn from right
ks
Yo
angle to hypotenuse of the right angled triangle.
oo
B
WORKING RULE:
re
Use the following results whichever are required.
ou
ad
1. If in AABC, ZBAC = 90° and AD 1 BC, then Z1 = Z2, Z3 = Z4
Y
nd
Re
Fi
B C
D
2. Ifin AABC, ZBAC = 90° and AD±BC,then
(i) ABDA ~ ABAC
(ii) ACDA-ACAB
(iii) ABDA ~ AADC
B C
D
Example 35. In AABC, AD 1 BC and AD" = BD.CD . Prove that ZBAC = 90°
Solution: Given : A AABC in which AD 1 BC and AD2 = BD. CD
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.61
To prove: ZBAC = 90°
Proof: AD- = BD.CD
BD _ AD
=> -(i)
AD ~ CD
Now, in ADBA and ADAC . we have
ZBDA = ZADC = 90° B D C
BD _ AD
and [From (i)]
AD ~ CD
ADBA ~ ADAC [BySAS similarity]
ZB = Z2 and Z1 = ZC
Z1 + Z2 = ZB +ZC
w
=> ZA= ZB +ZC
=> 2ZA = ZA + ZB + ZC 180° [Adding ZA to both sides]
=> ZA - 90° (Proved)
Flo
ee
Solution : Given : A AABC in which ZACB = 90° and CD 1 AB.
Fr
Example 36. In the given figure, ZACB = 90° and CD 1 AB , prove that CD2 = BD.AD.
[CBSE 2006)
for
ur
To prove: CD2 = BD.AD.
ks
Proof: In right AADC,
Yo
oo
Z1 + Z2 = 90° -(i)
B
In right AACB.
re
Zl + Z3 = 90°
ou
ad
Y
Z1 + Z2 = Z1 + Z3=>Z2 = Z3 ...(iii) A D B
In AADC and ACDB,
nd
Re
Z2 = Z3 [From (iii)]
Fi
and ZADC = ZCDB = 90°
AADC-ACDB [By AA similarity]
AD _ CD
CD ~ BD
Hence, CD2 = BD.AD
EXERCISE 5.3
Type I
1. State which of the following pairs of triangles are similar. Write the similarity criterion
used and write the pairs of similar triangles in symbolic form (all lengths of sides are
in cm).
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.62 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Q 6 R
low
ee
rF
N L
Fr
or
10
f
Q R
u
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
Q 10 R M 20 N
D
nd
Re
Fi
2.7 4
(v)
(vi)
B C Q R
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.63
A P
2 5
(vii)
B 2.5 C Q 4 R
2. Ifdiagonals AC and BD of trapezium ABCD with AB||CD intersect each other at O and
AB = 18 cm, DC = 30 cm, OB =y cm, OD = 10 cm, find v.
A 18 cm B
y crA
O
w
D 30 cm C
3.
Flo
In the given figure BC = 5 cm, AC = 5.5 cm and AB = 4.6 cm. P and Q are points on AB and
ee
AC respectively such that PQ || BC. If PQ = 2.5 cm, find other sides of AAPQ.
A
Fr
for
ur
4.6 cm 5.5 cm
ks
Yo
P,
oo
2.5 cm
B
re
B 5 cm C
ou
ad
4. In the given figure AABR- APQR, if PQ = 30 cm, AR = 45 cm, AP= 72 cm and QR = 42
Y
cm, find PR andBR.
nd
Re
Fi
Q
B
5. In the given figure, QA and PB are perpendiculars to AB. IfAO = 10 cm, BO - 6 cm and
PB = 9 cm, findAQ.
9 cm
A 10cm
6 cm b
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.64 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
6. In the figure AACB ~ AAPQ, if BC = 8 cm, PQ = 4 cm, BA=6.5 cm, AP= 2.8 cm. Find CA
and AQ.
2.8 cm p
C A
7. In the given figure, XY || BC. Find the length of XY, given BC = 6 cm.
low
ee
rF
B C Fr
for
8. The perimeters of two similar triangles, ABC and PQR (AABC - APQR) are respectively
u
72 cm and 48 cm. If PQ = 20cm, lindAB.
ks
Yo
Typell
oo
eB
9. In the given figure, if PQ || RS, prove that APOQ ~ ASOR.
R
r
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
S
10. In the given figure, if ZA = ZC, then prove that: AAOB ~ ACOD
A B
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.65
11. In the given figure DB 1 BC, DE 1 AB and AC 1 BC, prove that ABDE ~ AABC.
D
B C
AC CB
12. In the given figure, Z1 = Z2 and -r— = —, prove that: AACB - ADCE
BD LE
w
Flo
ee
B C
Fr
13. In an isosceles AABC with AC = BC, the base AB is produced both ways to P and Q such
that AP x BQ = AC2. Prove that: AACP - ABQC
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
P A B Q
14. In the given figure, find ZP.
nd
Re
Fi
B 6 C P 12 Q
15. P and Q are points on the sides AB and AC respectively of a AABC. If AP = 2 cm,
PB = 4 cm, AQ = 3 cm and QC = 6 cm, show that BC = 3 PQ.
16. P and Q are respectively the points on the sides AB and AC of a AABC. If AP = 2 cm,
PB = 6 cm, AQ = 3 cm and QC = 9, Prove that BC - 4PQ.
17. In the given figure, — and AB = 5 cm. Find the value of DC.
OC OD 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.66 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
A 5 cm B
D C
18. In the given figure, OA .OB = OC.OD, show that: ZA = ZC and ZB = ZD.
C
low
B
19. In the given figure, CM and RN are respectively the medians of AABC and APQR. If
A ABC ~ APQR, prove that:
ee
rF
CM AB
(i) AAMC-APNR (ii) RN ~ PQ (Hi) ACMB - ARNQ Fr
for
Q N P
u
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
20. In the adjoining figure, the diagonal BD ofa parallelogram ABCD intersects the segment
AE at the point F, where E is any point on the side BC. Show that DF x FE = BF x fa.
nd
Re
D C
Fi
E
3 2
'4
1
A B
21. In the given figure, DEFG is a square and ZBAC is a right angle. Show that
DE2 = BDxEC.
A
1 I n
4
B D E C
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.67
Type III
22. In the given figure, ABD is a right angled triangle being right angled at A and
AD 1 BC. Show that: C
(i) AB2=BC.BD (ii) AC2=BC.DC D
(iii) AB. AC. = BC. AD
B A
23. In the given figure, ZABC = 90° and BD 1 AC .
IfAB = 5.7 cm, BD = 3.8 cm and CD = 5.4 cm, find BC.
A
D
5.7 cm
w
5.4 cm
3.8 cm
B Flo C
24. In the given figure, ZCAB = 90° and AD 1 BC . Show that ABDA ~ ABAC . If
ee
AC = 75 cm, AB = 1 m and BC = 1.25 m, find AD.
Fr
or
ur
f
ks
Yo
oo
75 cm
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
ANSWERS
Fi
1. (i) AABC-AFED [BY AA similarity]
(ii) AABC-APQR [ BY SSS similarity]
(iii) APQR and ANML are not similar
(iv) APQR-ALNM [By SAS similarity]
(v) AMPL and AEDF are not similar
(vi) AABC-AQPR [By AAA similarity]
(vii) AABC-AQRP [By SSS similarity]
2. y-6cm 3. AP = 2.3 cm, AQ = 2.75 cm 4. PR = 27 cm, BR=70 cm
5. AQ = 15 cm 6. CA=5.6cm„AQ = 3.25cm 7. XY = 1.5 cm
8. AB = 30 cm 14.40° 17. DC = 10 cm
23.BC = 8.1 cm 24. AD = 60 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.68 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
5.7. AREAS OF SIMILAR TRIANGLES
1
We know that area of a triangle = — base x height. We have seen that the sides oftwo similar
triangles are in the same ratio as their corresponding altitudes. Therefore, it is expected that
the ratio of areas of two similar triangles will be equal to the ratio of the squares of their
corresponding sides. This intuition is infact true which we shall prove in the following
theorem.
Ratio of the Areas of Two Similar Triangles
Theorem 6. The ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is equal to the ratio of the squares
ofany two corresponding sides. [CBSE 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004]
Given: AABC-ADEF
ar(AABC) _ AB2 _ BC2 AC2
To prove: =
ar(ADEF) ~ DE2 ~ EF2 DF2
w
Flo
ee
Fr
for
ur
B C E M F
Construction : From A draw AL 1 BC and DM ± EF.
ks
Proof: Since AABC ~ ADEF
Yo
oo
AB _ BC _ AC
eB
DE EF DF
...(0
r
and ZA = ZD ■ ZB = ZE, ZC = ZF ...(h)
ou
ad
Y
1 1
Now, area (AABC) = - BC x AL and area (A DEF) = - EF x DM
nd
Re
Fi
1
-BC x AL
ar(AABC) 2 BC AL
1 ...(hi)
ar(ADEF) EF x DM EF
_ DM
2
In AALB and ADME, Z1 = Z2=90° [By construction]
Z3 = Z4 [From (ii)]
AALB ~ ADME [By A A corollary]
AB _ AL _ BE
DE DM EM -(iv)
AB _ AL
=> ...(v)
DE DM
AB _ BC
Also [From(i)] ...(vi)
DE EF
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.69
From (v) and (vi), we have
AL _ BC
DM~ EF •••(vii)
AL
Putting the value of from (vii) in (iii), we get
DM
ar(AABC) _ BC BC _ BC2
ar(ADEF) ” EF X EF “ EF2 ...(viii)
ar(AABC) _ AB2 BC _ AB
From (i) EF ~ DE •••(ix)
? ar(ADEF) _ DE2
ar(AABC) AC2 BC AC
and (x)
w
ar(ADEF) ~ DF2 EF ~ DF
From (viii), (ix) and (x), we obtain
ar(AABC) _ AB2 _ BC2 _ AC2
Flo
ee
ar(ADEF) ~ DE2 ~ EF2 ” DF2 (proved)
Some Important Results on Areas of Two Similar Triangles
Fr
for
ur
Result (1) The areas of two similar triangles are in the ratio of the squares of the
corresponding altitudes.
ks
Yo
Given : AABC - ADEF and AL 1 BC, DM 1 EF.
oo
eB
ar(AABC) _ AL2
To prove:
ar(ADEF) DM2
r
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
B C E M F
Proof: We know that the ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is equal to the ratio ofthe
squares of the corresponding sides.
ar(AABC) _ AB2 ..■(i)
ar(ADEF) _ DE2
Now', in AALB and ADME,
ZALB = ZDME = 90°
and ZB = ZE [v AABC ~ ADEF ]
AALB-ADME [By AA similarity]
AB _ AL [Corresponding sides are proportional]
=>
DE ” DM
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.70 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
AB: _ AL:
=> ••.(ii)
DE2 DM2
From (i) and (ii), we have
ar(AABC) AL2
- (Proved)
ar(ADEF) DM
Result (2) The ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is equal to the ratio of the squares of
their corresponding medians.
Solution : Given : AABC ~ ADEF , AP and DQ are the medians of AABC and ADEF
respectively.
ar(AABC) _ AP2
To prove:
ar(ADEF) DQ2
low
ee
rF
Fr
for
B C E F
P Q
u
Proof: We know that the ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is equal to the ratio of the
ks
Yo
squares of their corresponding sides.
oo
B
ar(AABC) _ AB2
.-(i)
re
ar(ADEF) ~ DE2
ou
ad
Since, AABC ~ ADEF
Y
AB _ BC _ 2BP _ BP
nd
Re
DE ~ EF ~ 2EQ ~ EQ
Fi
AB _ BP
...(ii)
DE ~ EQ
Also ZB = ZE [••• AABC ~ ADEF] ...(iii)
From (ii) and (iii), we have
AABP ~ ADEQ [BySAS-similarity]
AB _ AP
=>
DE ~ DQ
AB2 _ AP2
=> -(iv)
DE2 DQ2
From (i) and (iv), we get
ar(AABC) _ AP2
ar(ADEF) DQ2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.71
Result (3) The ratio of the areas oftwo similar triangles is equal to the ratio of the squares of
their corresponding angle bisector segments.
Solution-. Given : AABC ~ ADEF , in which AX and DY are the bisectors of ZA = ZD
respectively.
. ar(AABC) _ AX3
To prove:
* ar(ADEF) ~ DY2
Proof: We know that the ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is equal to ratio of the
squares of the corresponding sides.
w
B C E F
X Flo Y
ee
ar(AABC) _ AB2
ar(ADEF) ~ DE2 Fr
for
Since, AABC ~ ADEF
ur
ZA = ZD
ks
l
Yo
l
— ZA = —ZD
oo
2 2
B
=> ZBAX = ZEDY -(ii)
re
Now, in AABX and ADEY,
ou
ad
ZBAX = ZEDY
Y
and ZB = ZE [v AABC - ADEF]
nd
Re
AABX ~ ADEY [By AA corollary]
Fi
AB _ AX
DE ~ DY
AB2 AX2
...(hi)
DE2 ~ DY2
AX2 AB2
Substituting for — from (iii) and (i), we get
DY2 DE
ar(AABC) _ AX2
ar(ADEF) ” DY2 (Proved)
Result (4) Ifthe areas of two similar triangles are equal, then the triangles are congruent, /.<?.,
similar triangles having equal areas are congruent.
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.72 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Solution : Given : AABC ~ ADEF , such that area (AABC) = area (ADEF)
To prove: AABC = ADEF
Proof: Since the ratio of areas of two similar triangles is equal to the ratio of the squares,
of their corresponding sides.
B C E
ar(AABC) _ AB^ _ AC2^ _ BC2
ar(ADEF) DE2 DF2 EF2
low
ar(AABC) AB2 AC2 _ BC2
[y Area AABC = area ADEF]
ar(AABC) DE2 DF2 EF2
ee
rF
AB2 _ AC2 BC2
=>
DE2 - DF2 ” EF2
=1 Fr
for
=> AB2 = DE2, AC2 = DF2 and BC2 = EF2
u
ks
Yo
=> AB = DE, AC = DF and BC = EF
oo
=> AABC = ADEF [By SSS congruency]
r eB
ou
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
ad
Y
Problems based on areas of two similar triangles.
nd
Re
Fi
WORKING RULE:
Use the following results whichever is required.
If AABC and ADEF are similar, then
ar(AABC) _ AB2 _ BC2 AC2
ar(ADEF) DE2 ~ EF2 DF2
B C E F
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.73
2 ar(AABC) _ AL2
ar(ADEF) DM2
B C E F
M
Where AL and DM are altitudes of AABC and ADEF respectively.
3 ar(AABC) _ AP2
w
ar(ADEF) DQ2
Flo
ee
Fr
for
ur
C E F
B Q
P
ks
Yo
Where AP and DQ are medians of AABC and ADEF respectively.
oo
B
ar(AABC) AX2
re
ar(ADEF) _ DY2
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
E F
B C Y
X
Where AX and DY are the bisectors of corresponding angles in AABC and ADEF
respectively.
5. If AABC ~ ADEF and ar (AABC) = ar (ADEF), then AABC = ADEF.
Example 1. The areas of two similar triangles ABC and PQR are 25 cm2 and 49 cm2
respectively. U'QR = 9.8 cm, find BC.
Solution : Given : AABC- APQR
and ar ( AABC) = 25cm2, ar (APQR) = 49 cm2, QR= 9.8 cm
Let BC=.vcm
Since the ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is equal to the ratio of the squares of their
corresponding sides.
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.74 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
P
A
49 cm2
25 cm2
B C Q R
x cm 9.8 cm
. ar(AABC) _ BC2
ar(APQR) ~ QR2
25 _ .v2
49 (9.8)2
=> .r2 = f —x 9.8 x 9.8
w
49
25 -x9.8^
=> x = .—x9.8x9.8 =
49
= (5x14) = 7
7
Flo
ree
Hence, BC = 7 cm
cm, find the length ofQR.
F
Example 2. The area oftwo similar triangles ABC and PQR are in the ratio of 9:16. If BC = 4.5
|CBSE 2004]
or
ur
sf
k
Yo
oo
B
re
B Q R
ou
C
ad
4.5 cm
Y
Solution: Given: AABC ~ A PQR
nd
ar(AABC) 9
Re
and = —, BC = 4.5 cm
ar(APQR) 16
Fi
Now AABC-APQR
ar(AABC) BC2
[Since BC and QR are corresponding sides]
ar(APQR) QR2
9 _ BC2
=>
16 QR2
BC 3 4.5 3
=>
QR _ 4 QR ~ 4
4.5x4
=> QR = 6 cm.
3
Example 3. ABC and DEF are two similar triangles such that BC = 4 cm, EF = 5 cm and area
of AABC = 64 cm2. Find the area of ADEF. ICBSE2002C]
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.75
Solution: Given: AABC ~ ADEF
BC = 4 cm, EF = 5 cm, area of AABC = 64 cm2
To find : Area of ADEF
A
Since, AABC - ADEF
Area
area (AABC) _ BC2 _ 42 64 cm2
area (ADEF) EF2 52 B C E F
4 cm 5 cm
[ v Ratio of areas of two similar triangles is equal to the ratio of the squares of the corre
sponding sides]
64 (4)2
=>
area (ADEF) (5)2
low
64x25
area (ADEF) = = 100 cm2
16
Example 4. The areas of two similar triangles are 81cm2 and 49 cm2 respectively. If the
ee
altitude of the bigger triangle is 4.5 cm, find the corresponding altitude of the smaller triangle.
rF
Fr
Solution : Let AABC ~ ADEF such that ar (AABC) = 81 cm2 and ar (ADEF) = 49 cm2
|CBSE 2002|
for
u
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
C
ad
B E
M
Y
Let AL and DM be the coresponding altitudes ofAABC and ADEF respectively such that AL
= 4.5 cm. Let DM =.v cm. Since the ratio of the areas oftwo similar triangles is equal to the ratio
nd
Re
of the squares of the corresponding altitudes.
Fi
ar(AABC) _ AL2
ar(ADEF) ~ DM2
=> 81 (4.5)2
2
49 .v
49x4.5x4.5 49
=> x2 -
81 4
7
=> x= = - = 3.5
2
DM = 3.5 cm
Hence, the required altitude = 3.5 cm.
Example 5. In the given figure, AABC - ADEF, AB = 5 cm, area (AABC) = 20 sq. cm and area
(ADEF) = 45 sq. cm. Determine DE. |CBSE2001C|
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.76 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Solution : Given : A ABC ~ ADEF
area AABC = 20 cm2, area ADEF = 45 cm2, AB = 5 cm
Let DE=xcm
To find: DE
Since, AABC ~ ADEF
ar(AABC) _ AB2 B C E
ar(ADEF) DE2
[Ratio of areas of two similar As is equal to the ratio of the squares of any two corresponding
sides.]
20 5^ 4 = 25
=> =>
45 ~ x1 9~ x1
2 25x9 25x9
=> x =>
w
X=
4 4
5x3 15
x =-----= — = 7.5 Flo
2 2
ee
=> DE=7.5cm
Fr
Example 6. In the figure given below, AABC ~ ADEF in which AX and DY are the bisectors
for
ur
of ZA and ZD respectively. IfAX = 6.5 cm and DY= 5.2 cm, find the ratio ofthe areas of
AABC and ADEF.
ks
Yo
oo
D
B
re
ou
ad
5.2 cm
Y
B C E F
X Y
nd
Re
Solution-. Given: AABC ~ ADEF in which AX and DY are the bisectors of ZA and ZD
Fi
respectively.
Given AX = 6.5 cm and DY = 5.2 cm
ar(AABC)
To find:
ar(ADEF)
Since the ratio ofthe areas of two similar triangles is equal to the ratio ofthe squares of the
corresponding angle bisector segments.
ar(AABC) _ AX2
ar(ADEF) _ DY2
= (6.5)2 f6.5f (5)2 25
= ---
(5.2)2 l 5.2 4 16
ar (AABC): ar (ADEF) = 25:16
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.77
Example 7. Prove that the area of an equilateral triangle described on one side of a square is
equal to half the area of any equilateral triangle described on one of its diagonals.
[CBSE 2005C1
Solution: Given : A square ABCD and equilateral and ABCE and AACF have been
described on side BC and diagonal AC respectively.
1
To prove : ar (ABCE) = - ar (AACF)
Proof: Since each of the ABCE and AACF is an equilateral triangle, so each angle ofeach
one of them is 60°.
ABCE and AACF are equiangular,
=> ABCE ~ AACF
Since the ratio of the areas of two similar triangles =
to the ratio of the squares of their corresponding sides.
w
E
ar(ABCE) _ BC2 BC2
ar(AACF) AC2 2(BC)2
Flo
ee
I
Fr
l ienee, ar(ABCE):=- ar(AACF)
for
ur
Example 8. In the given figure, ABC and DBC are two triangles on the same base BC. If AD
ar(AABC) AO
ks
intersects BC at O, show that
Yo
ar(ABCD) DO
oo
Solution : Given : AABC and ABCD are on the same
B
re
base and AD intersects BC at O.
ou
ar(AABC) AO
ad
To prove:
Y
ar(ABCD) DO
B C
ON M
nd
Construction : We draw AM J- BC and DN -L BC.
Re
Proof: In AAMO and ADNO,
Fi
ZM = ZN [Each equal to90°]
ZAOM = ZDON [Common angles]
AAMO- ADNO [By AA corollary]
AO _ AM
=> [Corresponding sides are proportional in similar triangles]
DO DN
I
xBCxAM
2 I
[Multiplying by — BC in both numerator and denominator]
— x BC x DN
2
ar(AABC)
(Proved).
ar(ABCD)
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.78 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 9. In a trapezium ABCD. 0 is the point of intersection ofAC and BD, AB || CD and
AB = 2CD. Ifthe area ofAAOB = 84 cm2, find the area of ACOD. [CBSE 2005|
Solution: ABCD is a trapezium with AB || CD. AC and BD intersect at O and ar (AAOB) = 84
cm2, AB = 2CD
In AAOB and ACOD, we have
Z OAB= ZOCD [alternate interior angles]
Z OBA= ZODC [alternate interior angles]
AAOB-ACOD [By AA similarity]
ar(AAOB) _ AB^ _ (2CD)2
Now [v AB = 2 CD]
ar(ACOD) CD2 ~ CD2
low
4x CD2
=4
CD2
ee
ar (ACOD) = —ar(AAOB) = ^ — x 84 J cm2 = 21 cm2
rF
Hence, the area of ACOD= 21 cm2
Fr
or
Example 10. In the given figure, DE || BC and AD : BD = 2 : 3. Show that :
f
u
ar (AADE): ar (AABC) = 4:25.
ks
Yo
oo
Solution : Given : AABC and which DE || BC.
B
ar(AADE) 4
re
To prove: ar(AABC) _ 25
ou
D
ad
E
Proof: Let AD = 2x cm and DB = 3.v cm
Y
Now, AB = (AD + DB) = (2x+ 3.v) cm =5.r cm B C
nd
Re
In AADE and AABC, we have
Fi
Z ADE= Z ABC [corresponding angles]
and Z AED= ZACB [corresponding angles]
AADE-AABC [By A A similarity]
ar(AADE) _ AD2 4x2 4
ar(AABC) _ aI2" 25.v2 ~ 25
=> ar (AADE): ar(AABC) = 4:25
Example 11. D.Eand F are respectively the mid-points ofthe sides AB,BC and AC ofAABC.
Find the ratio ofthe areas of ADEF and AABC.
Solution : Given : D,E,F are the mid-points of sides BC.CA and AB respectively of AABC.
ar(ADEF)
To find :
ar(AABC)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.79
Since D. E and F are respectively the mid-points of the sides AB, BC and AC of AABC
DF || BC, EF || AB, DE || AC
and DF = - BC, DE = -AC. EF = —AB
2 2 2
Now, in AABC and ADEF,
DE 1 DF_i EF 1
AC ~ 2’ BC _ 2 ’ AB ~ 2
DE DF EF B c
[each equal to 1/2] E
AC _ BC ~ AB
ADEF-ACAB [BySSS similarity]
\2
ar(ADEF) deV 1
w
ar(AABC) AC 2) 4
ar(ADEF) _ 1
or
ar(AABC) 4
Flo
ee
Hence, ar(ADEF) :ar(AABC) =1:4
Fr
ar(ADEF)
Example 12. In the given figure. DE || BC and AD : DB = 5:4. Find
for
ur
ar(ACBF)
A |CBSE 2000|
ks
Yo
oo
B
D
re
ou
ad
Y
B C C
nd
Re
Solution: Given : In AABC, DE || BC, AD : DB = 5 :4
Fi
T - , ar(ADEF)
To find:-------------
ar(ACFB)
Procedure: In AADE and AABC,
Z2 = ZACB [corresponding angles]
Z1 = Z1 [common]
AADE - AABC [By A A corollary]
DE AD
---- = [In similar triangles corresponding sides are proportional]
BC AB
In ADEF and ACBF,
Z4 = Z5 [vertically opp Zs]
Z3 = Z6 [Alternate interior Zs]
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.80 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
ADEF ~ ACBF [By A A corollary]
ar(ADEF) _ DE^
[Ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is equal to
ar(ACBF) _ BC2
the squares of any two corresponding sides]
ADf
[From(i)] -(ii)
AB
AD __5 DB _ 4
Now, DB ~ 4 ^ AD ~ 5
DB 1 , = _4+ l .
-----+
=>
AD 5
DB+AD 9
low
AD 5
AB _ 9 AD 5
=4>
AD ” 5 AB _ 9
ee
rF
From(ii),
ar(ADEF)
ar(ACBF)
adY2
AB
5V
9
25
81
Fr
for
u
Example 13. ABC is a triangle. XY || BC is a line segment intersecing AB in X and AC in Y and
ks
Yo
2_
oo
dividing AABC into two parts having equal area. Prove that — =
AB 2
eB
Solution: Given : A AABC in which XY || BC such that area (A AXY) = area (trap. BXYC)
r
ou
ad
BX 2-V2
To prove:
Y
AB 2
nd
Re
In AABC, XY || BC [Given]
Fi
Now. in A AXY and AABC
Z1 = Z2 [corres.angles]
and, Z3 = Z4 [corres.angles]
X,
AABC ~ AAXY [ByAA similarity]
2 4
B C
ar(AABC) _ AB2
ar(AAXY) “ AX2
•••(0
But, ar( AABC) = ar( AAXY) + ar(trap. BXYC)
From (i), we have
ar(AAXY)+ ar(trap. BXYC) _ AB2
ar(AAXY) AX2 •••(ii)
But, ar(trap. BXYC) = ar( AAXY) (Given)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.81
ar(AAXY) + ar(AAXY) _ AB2
from(ii),
ar(AAXY) AX2
=> 2=—
AX2
=> ...(iii)
AX
Now, AX = AB - BX ...(iv)
From (iii) and (iv), we get AB = VIAX = V2(AB - BX)
=> V2BX=(V2-1)AB
low
BX _ VI-l _ ( V2-l"|V2 _ 2-V2
=>
AB“ VI "l VI JVI" 2
ee
BX _ 2-VI
Hence, (Proved)
rF
Fr
AB ~ 2
Example 14. Prove that the area of an equilateral triangle described on a side of a
for
right-angled isosceles triangle is half the area of the equilateral triangle described on its
u
hypotenuse. [CBSE 2006|
ks
Yo
Solution : Given : A AABC in which ZABC = 90° and AB = BC. AABD and AACE are
oo
equilateral triangles.
B
re
1 E
To prove: ar(AABD) = - ar(ACAE)
A
ou
ad
Proof: Let AB = BC = x units. x
Y
^ xj2
Now, CA = VaB2+AC2 = yjx2 + x2 = WI units D x -■
nd
Re
Fi
In AABD and ACAE, each angle is 60° as they are
B x C
equilateral triangles.
AABD - ACAE
Since the.ratio ofthe areas of two similar triangles is equal to the ratio of the squares of their
corresponding sides.
2
ar(AABD) _ AB2_______
X _
ar(ACAE) " CA2 ” (.vVI)2 2.r2 2
1
Hence ar(AABD) = — ar(ACAE)
Example 15. In the given figure AABC and APQR are isosceles triangles in which ZA = ZP .
lf ar(AABC) _ 9 AD
1 ar(APQR) —,16 find PS
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.82 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Solution: Given : AABC and APQR are isosceles, in which ZA = ZP
P
ar(AABC) 9
and
ar(APQR) ” 16
AD
To find :
PS
B C Q R
Since AABC is an isosceles triangle. D S
[given]
AB = AC
AB
=1
AC
Similarly, PQ = PR APQR is an isosceles triangle]
low
^=1 ...(h)
PR
AB PQ
ee
From (i) and (n), we Set ^ = ^
rF
AB _ AC
Fr
for
PQ ~ PR
u
Also ZA = ZP [Given]
ks
Yo
oo
AABC - APQR [By SAS similarity]
B
In AADC and APSR ,
re
ZACD = ZPRS [ v AABC ~ APQR as proved above]
ou
ad
ZADC = ZPSR [Each angle = 90°]
Y
=> AADC ~ APSR [By A A corollary]
nd
Re
AD _ AC
Fi
[In similar triangles, corresponding sides are proportional] ...(iii)
PS ~ PR
But, AABC ~ APQR
BC _ AC
...(iv)
QR _ PR
From (iii) and (iv), we have
AD _ BC
PS ~QR ...(v)
Now, ar(AABC) _ BC2
[The ratio of areas of two similar triangles is equal to
ar(APQR) QR2
the ratio of the squares of their corresponding sides]
9 _ BC2 _ AD2
=> [From (v)]
16 QR2 PS2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.83
AD 3
=>
PS ~4
EXERCISE 5.4
1. In two similar triangles ABC and DEF, AC = 3 cm and DF = 5 cm. Find the ratio of the
areas of the two triangles.
2. The corresponding altitudes of two similar triangles are 6 cm and 9 cm respectively. Find
the ratio of their areas.
3. In the given figure. AABC and ADEF are
^ A
similar, BC = 3cm, EF = 4 cm and area of A
AABC = 54 sq cm. Determine the area /
ofADEF. /
low
B C E F
4. If AABC - ADEF, AB = 10cm, area (AABC) =20sq. cm,area (ADEF) =45 sq.cm.
Determine DE.
ee
rF
Fr
5. In AABC ~ AADE and DE || BC. IfDE = 3 cm, BC = 6 cm and area (AADE) = 15 sq. cm,
find the area of AABC.
for
ou
ks
oo
Y
B
re
B C
ou
ad
6. In the figure DE || BC. If DE = 4 cm, BC = 8 cm and area (AADE) = 25 sq. cm, find the area
Y
of AABC.
nd
Re
Fi
B C
7. Two isosceles triangles have equal vertical angles and their areas are in the ratio 16 : 25.
find the ratio of their corresponding heights.
8. The areas of two similar triangles are 100 cm2 and 49 cm2 respectively. If the altitude of
the bigger triangle is 5 cm, find the corresponding altitude of the other.
9. The areas of two similar triangles are 100 cm2 and 64cm2 respectively. If a median of the
smaller triangle is 5.6 cm, find the corresponding median of the other.
10. In thegiven figure, DE || BC. If DE = 5 cm, BC = 10 cm and ar(AADE) = 20 cm2, findthe
area of AABC.
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.84 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
E
5 cm
B ■>
C
10 cm
11. The areas of two similar triangles are 81 cm2 and 49 cm2 respectively. Ifthe altitude of the
first triangle is 6.3 cm, find the corresponding altitude of the other.
12. In the given figure, AABC ~ ADEF. IfAB = 2DE and area of A4BC is 56 sq. cm, find the
area of ADEF.
w
B Flo
C E F
ree
13. In the given figure, DE|| BCandDE: BC = 4 :5. Calculate the ratio ofthe areas of AADE
and the trapezium BCED. F
or
ur
k sf
Yo
oo
B
re
B C
14. ABC is a triangle and PQ is a straight line meeting AB in P and AC in Q. IfAP= 1 cm,
ou
ad
Y
BP =3 cm, AQ- 1.5 cm, CQ= 4.5 cm. Prove that the area of AAPQ = — (area of AABC).
16
nd
Re
Fi
.4.5 cm
C
15. AABC is right angled at A and AD _L BC • If BC = 13 cm and AC = 5 cm, find the ratio of
the areas of AABC and AADC. |CBSE 2000C]
B C
D
h- ♦l
13 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.85
ANSWERS
9
1. 2. 4/9 3.96 cm2 4.15 cm 5.60 sq.cm
25
6. 100 sq.cm 7. 4/5 8. 3.5 cm 9. 7 cm 10.80 cm2
11. 4.9 cm 12. 14 sq.cm 13. 16:9 15. 169:25
(5.8. PYTHAGORAS THEOREM"
In class IX, we have learnt about Pythagoras theorem. There, we have verified Pythagoras
theorem through some activities. There we have also seen a proof of this theorem. Here we
shall prove this theorem using the concept of similarity of triangles.
Theorem 1. (Pythagoras theorem): In a right triangle, the square ofthe hypotenuse is equal
w
to the sum ofthe squares ofthe other two sides. |CBSE 2001,02,03,04,04C, 05, 06,06C|
Given : A triangle, ABC, right angled at B. Flo A
To prove: AC2 = AB2 + BC2
ee
Construction: We draw BD1 AC • Fr
Proof: In AADB and AABC, we have
for
ur
ZA = ZA [Common]
ks
ZADB = ZABC [Each equal to 90°]
Yo
B C
oo
AADB ~ AABC [By AA similarity]
eB
AD _ AB
:=> [Corresponding sides of similar triangles are proportional]
AB AC
r
ou
ad
=> AB2 = AD*AC
Y
In ABDC and AABC , we have
nd
[common]
Re
zc = zc
Fi
ZBDC = ZABC [Each equal to90°]
ABDC ~ AABC [By AA similarity]
DC BC
=>
BC ” AC
=> BC2 = DC x AC •-(ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), we get
AB2 + BC2 = AD x AC + DC x AC
AB2 + BC2 = (AD + DC) x AC = AC x AC = AC2
Hence, AC2 = AB2 + BC2 (proved)
Theorem 2. (Converse of Pythagoras theorem): In a triangle, ifthe square of one side is
equal to the sum of the squares of the other two sides then the angle opposite to the first side
is a right angle. [CBSE 2001, 03, 05C, 06,06C|
Given : A triangle ABC in which AC2 = AB2 + BC2
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.86 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
To prove: ZB = 90°
Construction : We draw a right angled ADEF such that
DE = AB, EF = BC and ZB = 90°
A D
B C Eh_ N
F
Proof: In ADEF,ZE = 90°
By Pythagoras theorem, we have
w
DF2 = DE2 + EF2
=> DF2 = AB2 + BC2
But, AC2 = AB2 + BC2
Flo [v DE = AB and EF = BC]
[given]
••■(0
•••(ii)
ee
From (i) and (ii), we have
AC2 = DF2 ^ AC = EF
Fr
for
ur
Now, in z^ABC and ADEF,
ks
AB = DE, BC = EF and AC = DF
Yo
oo
A ABC = ADEF
B
re
Hence, ZB = ZE
ou
ad
But, ZE = 90°
Y
ZB = 90°
nd
Re
(5.9. PROJECTION OF A LINE SEGMENT ON A LINE
Fi
Let PQ be a given line segment and AB be a given line. If PL and QM be perpendiculars from
P and Q respectively on line AB. where Land M are the feet of these perpendiculars. Then,
LM is called the projection of line segment PQ on lineAB.
Q
A B
M
* a r *
A L M b
fig (i) fig (ii)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.87
Q
P
A H
A B L B
P M
Q
fig (iii) fig (iv)
In figure (iii), PM is the projection of PQ on AB.
In figure (iv), point Lis the projection ofPQ on lineAB.
I 5.10. SOME IMPORTANT C OROLLARIES OF PYTHAGORAS THEOREM }
Corollary 1. In an obtuse triangle, the square of the side opposite to obtuse angle is equal to
the sum of the squares of the other two sides plus twice the product of one side and the
w
projection of other on first.
Or, in a AABC, if ZABC > 90° Flo
and AD 1 CB produced, then AC2 = AB2 + BC2 + 2BC . BD.
ee
Fr
Given : A triangle ABC in which ZABC > 90° and AD 1 (CB produced).
To prove : AC2 = AB2 + BC2 + 2BC . BD.
for
ur
Proof: In AADB. ZADB = 90°
ks
Yo
AB2 = AD2+ BD2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
oo
eB
In AADC, ZADC = 90°
AC2 = AD2 + CD2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
r
ou
ad
= AD2 + (BC + BD)2 [v CD = (BC + BD)] C
Y
B
= AD2 + (BC2 + BD2 + 2BC.BD)
nd
Re
= (AD2 + BD2) + BC2 + 2BC . BD
Fi
= AB2 + BC2 + 2BC. BD
Hence, AC2 = AB2 + BC2 + 2BC. BD
Corollary 2. In an acute triangle, the square of the side opposite to an acute angle is equal to
the sum of the squares of other two sides minus twice the product of one side and the
projection of the other on first.
Or, in a AABC, if ZABC < 90° AD 1 BC,
A
Then, AC2 = AB2 + BC2 - 2BC. BD.
Given : A triangle ABC in which AABC < 90° and AD 1 BC .
To prove: AC2 = AB2 + BC2 - 2BC. BD
Proof: In AADB, ZADB = 90°
AB2 = AD2 + BD2 ....(0 B C
D
[By pythagoras theorem]
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.88 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
In AADC, ZADC = 90°
AC2 = AD2 + CD2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
= AD2 + (BC-BD)2
= AD2 + (BC2 + BD2 - 2BC. BD)
= (AD2 + BD2) + BC2 - 2BC. BD
= AB2 + BC2 - 2BC. BD [From (i)]
Hence, AC2 = AB2 + BC2-2BC. BD
Corolllary 3. In any triangle, the sum of the squares of any two sides is equal to twice the
square of half of the third side together with twice the square of the median which bisects the
third side.
Or in a AABC, ifAD is the median, then :
w
(AB2 + AC2) = 2 (AD2 + BD2).
Given : A AABC in which AD is the median.
To prove: AB2 + AC2 = 2(AD2 + BD2) Flo
ee
Construction : We draw AL 1 BC •
Proof: in AALD, ZALD = 90°
B
Fr D L
or
r
and ZADL < 90°
f
ou
ks
Also ' ZADB > 90°
oo
Now, in AADB, ZADB > 90° and AL _L BD produced
Y
B
AB2 = AD2 + BD2 + 2BD. DL •4)
re
Again, in AADC, ZADC < 90° and AL 1 DC
ou
ad
Y
AC2 = AD2 + CD2 - 2CD. DL
nd
=> AC2 = AD2 + BD2- 2BD. DL [v CD = BD] ...(ii)
Re
Adding (i) and (ii), we get
Fi
AB2 + AC2 = 2( AD2 + BD2)
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on direct use of Pythagoras theorem and its converse.
WORKING RULE:
Use the following results whichever are required :
1. Ifin AABC, ZB = 90°, then AC2 = AB2 + BC2
i.e., square of hypotenuse = sum of squares of other two sides.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.89
B C
2. Ifin AABC, AC2 = AB2 + BC2, then ZB = 90° •
3. A triangle is a right angled triangle if and only if sum of squares of its two sides is equal
to the square of the third side.
Example 1. Sides of some trianlges are given below. Determine which of them are right
triangles. In case of a right triangle, write the length of its hypotenuse.
low
(i) 7 cm, 24 cm, 25 cm (ii) 3 cm, 8 cm, 6 cm
(iii) 50 cm, 80 cm, 100 cm (iv) 13 cm, 12 cm, 5 cm |NCERT|
Solution : (i) Let AB = 7 cm, BC = 24 cm and CA = 25 cm
ee
then, AB2 = 49, BC2 = 576 and CA2 = 625
rF
To find : Length of hypotenuse Fr
for
Clearly, AB2 + BC2 = 49 + 576 = 625 = AC2
u
Thus ABC is a right triangle and its hypotenuse is 25 cm
ks
Yo
(ii) Let AB = 3 cm, BC = 8 cm and CA = 6 cm
oo
Then, AB2 = 9, BC2 = 64, CA2 = 36
B
re
Here AB2 + CA2^ 9 + 36 = 45 * BC2
ou
ad
Hence, AABC is not a right triangle.
Y
(iii) Let, AB = 50 cm, BC = 80 cm and CA = 100 cm
nd
Re
Then, AB2 =2500, BC2 = 6400, CA2 = 10000
Fi
Here, AB2 + BC2 = 2500 + 6400 = 8900 * CA2
Hence, ABC is not a right triangle.
(iv) Let AB = 13 cm, BC = 12 cm and CA = 5 cm
Then, AB2= 169, BC2= 144,CA2 = 25
Here, BC2 +CA2= 144+ 25 = 169 =AB2
Hence, AABC is a right triangle, length of its hypotenuse AB = 13 cm.
Example 2. The lengths of the sides of a triangle ABC are AB = 9 cm, BC = 40 cm and AC =
41 cm. Show that the triangle ABC is a right angled triangle. Name the right angle.
Solution: In AABC
AB2 = 92 = 81 -(i)
BC2 = 402=1600 -.(ii)
and AC2=412= 1681 ...(iii)
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.90 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
From (i), (ii) and (iii), we have
AB2 + BC2 = 81 + 1600 = 1681 =AC2
Thus, AB2+BC2 = AC2
Hence, AABC is right angled and ZB is a right angle.
Example 3. Two poles of height 6 metres and 11 metres stand vertically on a plane ground.
If the distance between their feet is 12 metres, find the distance between their tops.
[CBSE 2002; NCERT)
Solution : Let AB and CD be the given vertical poles.
Given : AB = 6 m, CD = 11 m and AC = 12 m D
We draw BE ||AC
5 m
Then, CE = AB = 6 m, BE = AC = 12m
12 m
B
low
Now, E
DE = CD - CE = (11- 6)m = 5 m
In right ABED, we have 6m 6m
BD2= BE2 + DE2 A C
ee
12 m
= (122 + 52)m2
rF
= (144 + 25) m2= 169 m2
Fr
for
BD = Vl69 m = 13 m
u
Hence, the distance between the tops of the poles = 13 m
ks
Yo
Example 4. Parveen goes 8 metres due east and then 15 m due north. Find his distance from
oo
the starting point.
B
Solution : Distance OA = 8 m towards east
re
Distance AB = 15 m towards north N
ou
ad
B
To find: OB
Y
Since, ZOAB =90°
nd
Re
OB2 = OA2 + AB2 [Pythagoras theorem]
15 m
Fi
= 82+ 152
= 64 + 225 = 289 E
O
8m A
OB = V289 m =17 m
Hence, required distance = 17 m.
Example 5. A ladder 15 m long reaches a window which is 9 m above the ground on one side
of a street. Keeping its foot at the same point, the ladder is turned to the other side of the
street to reach a window 12 m high. Find the width of the street.
Solution : Let AB be the street and let L be the foot of the ladder on the ground. Let D and
E be the given windows such that AD = 9 m and BE = 12 m.
Then, LD and LE are the two positions of the ladder.
Clearly, ZLAD =90°, ZLBE =90°
and LD = LE= 15 m
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.91
In ALAD, ZDAL = 90°
LD2 = AL2 +AD2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
AL2 = LD2-AD2 E
= [152-92] m2
= (225 - 81) m2 = 144 m2
12 m
AL- Vl44 m = 12m 9m
=>
B
Since, in ALBE, ZLBE = 90° A L
LE2 = LB2 + BE2 [by Pythagoras theorem]
=> LB2 = (LE2 - BE2) = [ 152 - 122] m2
= (225- 144) m2 = 81 m2
w
=> LB = VsT m = 9 m
Hence width of the street = AL+LB = 12 m + 9 m = 21 m
Flo
ree
Type II. Problems based on use of pythagoras thorem and its corollaries or some othe
results. F
or
ur
WORKING RULE:
sf
1. Use the results given in the working rule of the Type -I
k
2. Use the following results whichever is required.
Yo
oo
(i) If in AABC, ZB is acute and AL Z BC
B
re
Then, AC2 = AB2 + BC2 -2. BL. BC
ou
ad
Y
B c
nd
Re
(ii) If in AABC, ZB is obtuse and ALZCB produced ^
Fi
Then, AC2 = AB2 + BC2 + 2. BL. BC
(iii) IfAD is the median of AABC L c
B
Then, AB2 + AC2 = 2( AD2 + BD2)
B C
D
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.92 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 6. In AABC, AD 1 BC and BD = 3 CD. Prove that
2AB2 = 2AC2 + BC2. |CBSE 2003, 2005)
Solution : Given : A triangle ABC is which AD _L BC and BD = 3 CD
To prove : 2AB2 = 2AC2 + BC2
Proof: Given BD = 3CD
BC = BD + CD=4CD
I
CD= — BC ...(■)
4 B c
D
In AADB, ZADB = 90°
AB2 = AD2 + BD2 [By Pythagoras theorem] -(ii)
In AADC, ZADC = 90° [By Pythagoras theorem]
low
AC2 = AD2 + CD2 ...(iii)
On subtracting (iii) from (ii), we get
AB2-AC2= BD2 - CD2
ee
= [(3CD)2 -(CD)2] = 8CD2 [v BD = 3CD]
rF
1
= 8x —BC‘ = — BC2
Fr
for
16 [From(i)]
2
u
2AB2-2AC2 = BC2
ks
Yo
Hence, 2AB2 = 2AC2+BC2
oo
Example 7. In the given ilgure, find PR and PQ, when QR= 26 cm, PO = 6cm and OR = 8 cm.
eB
[CBSE 2006]
r
Solution : Given : Art. angled APOR
ou
ad
To find : PR and PQ
Y
Since ZPOR = 90°
nd
Re
PR2 — OP2 + OR2
Fi
= 62 + 82 [OP = 6 cm, OR =8 cm]
= 36 + 64=100
=> PR= 10 cm
Since, ZQPR=90°
QR2 = PQ2 + PR2 Q R
26 cm
=> 262 = PQ2 + 102
=> 676= PQ2+ 100 [v QR = 26 cm]
PQ2 = 676- 100
=> PQ2 = 576 => PQ = 24 cm
Example 8. In AABC , AD 1 BC such that AD2 = BD. CD. Prove that AABC is right angled
at A. (CBSE 2006|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.93
B C
D
Solution : Given : A triangle ABC in which AD 1 BC and AD2 = BD. CD.
To prove : ZA = 90°
Proof: In right AADB, ZADB = 90°
AB2 = AD2+BD2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
Again, in right AADC, ZADC = 90°
low
AC2 = AD2 + CD2 [By Pythagoras theorem] ...(ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), we have
ee
A B2 + AC2 = BD2 + CD2 + 2 AD2
rF
= BD2 + CD2 + 2BD. CD Fr [v AD: = BD.CDj
for
= (BD + CD)2= BC2
u
Hence, AB2 + AC2=BC2
ks
Yo
=> AABC is right angled at A.
oo
eB
Example 9. Given a AABC in which ZA = 90° and AD _L BC. Prove that AD2 = BD. CD.
Solution : Given :A triangle ABC in w hich ZA = 90° and AD 1 BC .
r
ou
ad
To prove: AD2 = BD.CD
Y
Proof: In ABAC, ZA = 90°
nd
Re
BC2 = AB2 +AC2
Fi
[By Pythagoras theorem]
In AADB. ZADB = 90°
AB2 = AD2+BD2 [By Pythagoras theorem] ...(ii)
B
D
Again, in AADC, ZADC = 90°
AB2 = AD2 + DC2 [ By Pythagoras theorem] ...(iii)
From (ii) and (iii), we have
AB2 + AC2 = 2AD2 + BD2 + CD2
=> BC2 = 2AD2 + BD2 + CD2 [From(i)]
=> (BD+ CD)2 = 2AD2+ BD2 + CD2
=> BD2 + CD2 + 2BD.CD = 2 AD2 + BD2 + CD2
=> 2AD2 = 2BD.CD
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.94 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
=> AD2 = BD.CD
Hence, AD2 = BD.CD
Example 10. In a AABC, AD is perpendicular to BC. Prove that
AB2 + CD2 = AC2 + BD2 |CBSE 2003, 2005C|
Solution: Given : A triangle ABC in which ADI BC
To prove : AB2 + CD2 = AC2 + BD2
Proof: In AADB, ZADB = 90°
AB2 = AD2 + BD2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
=> AB2-BD2 = AD2
B C
D
Again in AADC, ZADC = 90°
AC2 = AD2 + CD2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
=> ...(ii)
w
(AC2 - CD2) = AD2
From (i) and (ii), we get
AB2 - BD2 = AC2 - CD2
Hence, AB2 + CD2 = AC2 + BD2
Flo
ee
Example 11. Prove that the sum of the squares on the sides of a rhombus is equal to the sum
of the squares on its diagonals. Fr
[CBSE 2005, 06; NCERT|
for
ur
Solution : Given :A rhombus ABCD whose diagonals AC and BD intersect at O.
To prove : AB2 + BC2 + CD2 +DA2 = AC2 + BD2
ks
Yo
Proof: Since the diagonals of a rhombus bisect each other at right angles,
oo
B
ZAOB = ZBOC = ZCOD = ZDOA = 90°,
re
I 1
ou
OA = — (AC) and OB= — (BD). D C
ad
Y
In AAOB, ZAOB = 90°
nd
Re
AB2 = OA2 + OB2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
Fi
2 2
1
-AC + -BD — (AC2 + BD2)
2 2 4
4AB2 = AC2+ BD2
But ABCD is a rhombus
AB= BC = CD = DA
From (i), AB2 + BC2 + CD2 +DA2 = AC2 + BD2
Note : In a rhombus ABCD, we have AB = BC = CD = DA, so the above result may be given
as 4AB2 = AC2 + BD2 [CBSE 2008|
Example 12.0 in any point inside a rectangle ABCD. Prove that:
OB2 + OD2 = OA2 + OC2 [CBSE 2006C; NCERT|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.95
Solution : Given : O is a point inside a rectangle ABCD.
To prove : OB? + OD? = OA? + OC?
Construction : From O. we draw POQ || BC so that P lies on AB and Q lies on DC.
Proof: Since POQ || BC
PQ 1 AB and PQ 1 DC
=> ZBPQ = 90° and ZCQP = 90°
low
BPQC and APQD are both rectangles.
BP = CQ [Opposite sides of a rectangle]
and DQ = AP [Opposite sides of a rectangle]
ee
rF
From right AOPB - we have OB2 - OP2 + BP2
From right AOQD , we have OD2 = OQ2 + DQ2
Fr -(ii)
for
From right AOPA , we have OA2 = OP2 + AP2 ...(iii)
u
ks
From right AOQC , we have OC2 = OQ2 + CQ2 -(iv)
Yo
oo
Adding(i)and (ii). weget
B
OB2 + OD2 = OP2 + OQ2 + BP2 + DQ2
re
[••• BP = CQ and DQ = AP]
ou
= OP2 + OQ2 + CQ2 + AP2
ad
Y
= (OP2 + AP2) + (OQ2 + CQ2)
= OA2 + OC2 [From (iii) and (iv)]
nd
Re
Hence, OB2+OD2 = OA2 + OC2
Fi
Example 13. In an equilateral triangle, prove that three times the square of one side is equal
to four times the square of one its altitudes. [CBSE 2002; NCERT]
Solution: Given :A triangle ABC in which AB = BC = CA and AD Z BC .
To prove : 3 AB2 = 4AD2
Proof: In AADB and AADC . we have
AB = AC [Given]
ZB = ZC = 60°
and ZADB = ZADC = 90° B C
D
AADB = AADC [SAA congruence]
BD = DC = 2BC
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.96 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Now, from right angled AADB , we have
AB- = AD2+ BD2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
2
1
AD2 + -BC = ad2+-bc2
2 4
4AB2 = 4AD2 + BC2
=> 3AB2 = 4AD2 [•.• BC - AB]
Hence, 3AB2 = 4AD2
Example 14. In an equilateral triangle with side a, prove that
(i) altitude = ~^a (ii) area = —^ a2. |CBSE 2001C, 2002C]
4
w
Solution : Let AABC bean equilateral triangle with side a.
Then, AB = AC = BC = a
We draw AD 1 BC
Flo
ee
In AADB and AADC ,
AB = AC (Given) Fr
for
ur
B C
ZB = ZC =60° a/2 D
and
ks
ZADB = ZADC = 90°
Yo
oo
AADB = AADC
eB
BD= DC = -
2
r
ou
ad
(i) From right triangle ADB, we have
Y
AB—AD2 + BD2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
nd
Re
AD= VaB2-BD’
Fi
•4)
Hence, altitude = —a
2
(ii) Area of AABC = — x base x altitude = — x BC x AD
2
— xax — a
V3
[From(i)]
2 2
— a2 sq units
4
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles
Hence, area (AABC) = — o2 sq units.
4
Example 15. Prove that the equilateral triangles described on
triangle are together equal to the equilateral triangle on tfv
areas.
Solution: Given : ABC is a triangle rt. angled at B. ABD, BCE, AC r c..
To prove : Area (AABD) + area (ABCE) = area ((AACF)
Proof: Let AB =x units
and BC=>i units
ZABC = 90°
AC2 = AB2 + BC2
[By Pythagoras theorem]
low
=> AC2 = *2+^2
AC =^+/
ee
Since area of an equilateral triangle = — (side)2
rF
ar (AABD) =
Vs 2
—x
4
Fr
for
u
ks
/o /T
Yo
and ar(ABCE) = ^-0'2)=—.V2
oo
B
Vs r A
re
v-> , ■> V3 ? v3 o
Now ar (AACF) =
4 L 4 4 4
ou
ad
Y
= ar ((AABD) + ar(ABCE)
nd
1
Re
Example 16. In an equilateral AABC, D is a point on side BC such that BD = - BC. Prove
Fi
that 9AD2 = 7 AB2. |NCERT|
Solution : Given : A triangle ABC in which AB = BC = CA and D is a point on BC such that
1
BD= - BC.
3
To prove : 9AD2 = 7AB2
Construction : We draw AL 1 BC
Proof: In right triangles ALB and ALC, we have
AB = AC [Given]
and AL = AL [Common]
AALB ^ AALC [By RHS axiom] B C
D L
Hence, BL=CL
ReadYourFlow.COM
CBSE Mathematics for Class X
1
- BC and BL = - BC
y 3 2
AALB, ZALB = 90°
AB2 = AL2+ BL2 [By Pythagoras theorem] ...(i )
.gain, in AALD, ZALD = 90°
AD2 = AL2 + DL2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
= AL2 + (BL-BD)2
= AL2 + (BL2 + BD2 - 2BL. BD)
= (AL2 + BL2) + BD2 - 2BL. BD
= AB2+ BD2-2BL.BD [From(i)]
low
I 1 1 1
= BC2+ -BC -BC -BC . v AB = BC, BD = -BC and BL=-BC
3 2 3 2
- bc2+-bc:--1 bc:
ee
9 3
rF
7
-BC2 =-AB2
2 Fr [•.• BC = AB]
or
9 9
f
u
Hence, 9AD2 = 7AB2 (Proved)
ks
Yo
oo
Example 17. In the figure given below, APQR is right angled at Q and the points S and T
B
trisect the side QR. Prove that 8PT2 = 3PR2 + 5PS2 [CBSE 2006C]
re
Solution: Given : A triangle PQRin which ZPQR = 90°, Sand Tare the points of trisection
ou
of QR.
ad
Y
To prove : 8PT2 = 3 PR2 + 5 PS2
Proof: LetQS = ST = TR = *
nd
Re
Then, QS = .v, QT = 2x and QR - 3.v
Fi
P
From right triangles PQS, PQT and PQR, we have
PS2 = PQ2 + QS2
PT2 = PQ2 + QT2
and PR2 = PQ2 + QR2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
Now. Q R
3PR2 +5PS2 -8PT2 S T
= 3 (PQ2 +QR2) + 5 (PQ2 +QS2)-8 (PQ2 +QT2)
= 3QR2 +5QS2-8QT2
= 3 x (3x)2 +5.r2 -8 x (2x)2 [v QR =3x, QS = x and QT = 2x]
= 21 x2 +5x2 -32x2 =0
Hence, 3PR2 +5PS2 -8PT2 = 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.99
8PT2 =3PR2+5PS2 (Proved).
Example 18. D and E are points on the sides CA and CB respectively of a AABC right
angled at C. Prove that AE2 + BD2 = AB2 + DE2 |CBSE 2007]
Solution : Given : D.E are points on the sides CA and CB respectively of a AABC right
angled at C.
To prove: AE2 + BD2 = AB2 + DE2
Proof: From rt. AACE A
AE2=EC2 +AC2 [By Pythagoras Theorem] ...(i)
Since in ADCB. ZBCD = 90°
.-. BD2 = BC2 + DC2 •••(ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), we get D
low
AE2 + BD2 = EC2 + AC2 + BC2 + DC2
C
= (EC2 + DC2) + (AC2 + BC2)
= DE2 +AB2
ee
Example 19. BE and CM are medians of a AABC, right angled at A. Prove that
rF
Fr
4 (BL2 + CM2) = 5BC2 [CBSE 2006C|
Solution: Given : A triangle ABC in which BL and CM are medians and ZA = 90°
for
To prove: 4(BL2 + CM2) = 5 BC2
u
Proof: In ABAC, ZA = 90°
ks
Yo
... BC2=AB2 + AC2 [By Pythagoras theorem] -(i)
oo
Again, in ABAL, ZA = 90°
eB
.-. BL2 = AL2 +AB2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
r
2
ou
1
ad
=> BL2 = -AC + AB2
2
Y
1
nd
BL2=-AC2+AB2
Re
4
Fi
=> 4BL2 = AC2 + 4AB2 ...(ii)
Also, In ACAM, ZA = 90°
B C
.-. CM2 = AM2 + AC2
2
1
=> CM2 = - AB + AC2
2
1
=> CM2=-AB2+AC2
4
=> 4CM2 = AB2 +4AC2 ...(iii)
Adding (ii) and (iii), we have
4(BL2 +CM2) = 5 (AB2 + AC2)
Hence, 4(BL2 +CM2) = 5BC2 [From (i)]
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.100 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 20. 0 is a point in the interior of AABC, OD 1 BC, OE _L AC and OF 1AB, as
shown in the figure. Prove that
A
F E
B
n c
(0 OA2 + OB2 + OC2 - OD2 - OE2 - OF2 = AF2 + BD2 + CE2
(ii) AF2 + BD2+CE2 =AE2 + BF2+CD2 |\CERT|
Solution:
(i) From right angle AGFA,
low
OA2 =OF2+AF2
From right angle AODB, OB2 = OD2 + BD2 ...(ii)
And from right angle AOEC, OC2 = OE2 +CE2 ...(iii)
ee
rF
Adding (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
Fr
OA2 + OB2 + OC2 = (OD2 + OE2 + OF2) + (AF2 + BD2 +CE2)
or
Hence, OA2 + OB2 + OC2 - OD2 - OE2 - OF2 = AF2 + BD2 + CE2
f
u
(ii) Using Pythagoras theorem for each of the right triangles, namely AODB and AODC,
ks
Yo
we get
oo
B
OB2 = OD2 + BD2 •••(iv)
re
andOC2 = OD2 +CD2 ...(v)
ou
ad
Subtracting (v) and (iv), we get
Y
OB2 - OC2 =BD2-CD2 ...(vi)
nd
Re
Similarly, we have
Fi
OC2-OA2 =ce2-ae2 -(vii)
and OA2 OB2 = AF2 - BF2 ...(viii)
Adding (vi), (vii) and (viii) we get
0 = (AF2 + BD2 + CE2) - (AE2 + BF2 + CD2)
Hence, AF2 + BD2 + CE2 = AE2 + BF2 + CD2
Example 21. ABC is a right-angled triangle, right angled at A. A circle is inscribed in it. The
lengths of the two sides containing the fight angle are 6 cm and 8 cm. Find the radius of the
incircle. |CBSE 2002|
Solution: Given : ABC is a rt. angled triangle in which ZBAC = 90°
AB = 6 cm, AC = 8 cm
To find : Radius of the in circle.
Since in ABAC, ZBAC = 90°
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.101
BC2 = AB2 + AC2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
= 62 +82 =36 + 64 = 100
BC = 10 cm
Area of AABC = Area of AOBA + Area of AAOC + Area of ACOB C
1 1 1 I
■=>
— BA x AC = — BA x /• h— AC x r + — BCx r
2 2 2 2
1
- (AB + AC + BC) x/'
r r
1
=> — x 6 x8 =
2
(6 + 8 + 10) xr .-•-"6 \
48 = 24/- B A
/-=2cm
w
Example 22. AABC is a right triangle in which ZC = 90° and CD 1 AB. If BC = a,
CA = b, AB = c and CD =p then prove that Flo
ee
.... 1 1 1
(i) cp = ab
Solution:
(..) -T = - + 7T
p a b Fr
for
ur
1 1
(i) We have ar (AABC) = - x AB x CD = - cp [Taking AB as base] ...(i)
ks
Yo
oo
^1 ab
and ar(AABC) = ^ x BC x AC = —
[Taking BC as base]...(ii)
eB
From (i) and(ii) w'e have \^cp ab
r
ou
ad
Y
=> cp = ab
Hence, cp = ab
nd
Re
00 cp = ab
Fi
=—
P ab
2
1 C
=>
P2 a2b2 [Squaring both sides]
1 b2+a2
^7 = a2b2 [•.• AB2
b2 2
a 1
a2b2J U2 b2
U 111
Hence, — = — + —
P a b2
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.102 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
EXERCISE 5.5
Type 1
1. Sides of some triangles are given below. Determine which of them are right triangles
(i) 8 cm, 15 cm, 17 cm (ii) (2c7-l) cm, 2V2a cm and (2a + l) cm
(iii) 7 cm, 24 cm, 25 cm (iv) 1.4 cm, 4.8 cm, 5 cm
2. A ladder 26 m long reaches a window 24 m above the ground. Find the distance of the
foot of the ladder from the base of the wall.
3. A man goes 15 m due west and then 8 m due north. How far is he from the starting
point?
4. A ladder 10 m long just reaches the top of a building 8 m high from the ground. Find the
distance of the foot of the ladder from the building.
w
5. Find the length of a diagonal of a rectangle whose adjacent sides are 30 cm and 16 cm.
6. Flo
A 13 m-long ladder reaches a window of a building 12 m above the ground. Determine
the distance of the foot of the ladder from the building.
ee
7.
Fr
Two vertical poles of height 9 m and 14 m stand on a plane ground. If the distance
between their feet is 12 m. find the distance between their tops.
for
ur
8. A man goes 10 m due south and then 24 m due west. How far is he from the starting
point ?
ks
Yo
9. A man goes 80 m due east and then 150 m due north. How far is he from the starting
oo
point ?
B
10. AABC is an isosceles triangle with AC = BC. IfAB2 = 2AC2, prove that AABC is a right
re
triangle.
ou
ad
11. Find the length of each side of a rhombus whose diagonals are 24 cm and 10 cm long.
Y
12. AABC is an isosceles triangle right angled at C. Prove that AB2 = 2AC2.
nd
Re
13. AABC is an isosceles triangle with AB = AC = 13 cm. The length of altitude from A on
Fi
BC is 5 cm. FindBC.
14. In an equilateral triangle ABC. AD is drawn perpendicular to BC, meeting BC in D.
Prove that AD2 = 3BD2.
15. Fnd the length of altitude AD of an isosceles AABC in which AB = AC = 2a units and
BC = a units.
16. AABC is an equilateral triangle of side 2 a units. Find each of the its altitudes.
17. Find the height ofan equilateral triangle of side 12 cm.
18. Land M are the mid-points ofAB and BC respectively of AABC, right-angled at B.
Prove that 4LC2 = AB2 + 4BC2-
19. Find the length of the second diagonal of a rhombus, whose side is 5 cm and one of the
diagonals is 6 cm.
20. In AABC, ZB = 90° and D is the midpoint ofBC. Prove that AC2 = AD2 + 3CD2.
21. In AABC, ZC = 90° and D is the midpoint of BC. Prove that AB2 = 4AD2-3 AC2.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.103
22. In an isosceles AABC,AB = AC and BD ± AC. Provethai BD2-CD2 = 2CD AD.
23. In a quadrilateral, ABCD, ZB = 90°. IfAD2=AB2 + BC2 + CD2, prove that ZACD = 90°.
24. In a rhombus ABCD, prove that: AB2 + BC2 + CD2 + DA2 = AC2 + BD2
25. In an equilateral triangle ABC, AD is the altitude drawn from Aon side BC. Prove that
3AB2 = 4AD2.
TypeO
26. In AABC, AB = AC. SideBC is produced to D. Prove that (AD2-AC2) = BD . CD
w
27. In AABC, D is the mid-point of BC and AEZBC- If AC > AB, show that
AB2 =AD2-BC.DE + -BC2
4
Flo
ee
ABC is an isosceles triangle, right angled at B. Similar triangles ACD and ABE are
Fr
constructed on sides AC and AB. Find the ratio between the areas of AABE and
AACD.
for
ur
D
ks
Yo
oo
B
A
re
ou
ad
29. In the given figure, O is a point inside a APQR such that ZPOR - 90°, OP - 6 cm and
Y
OR = 8 cm. If PQ = 24 cm and QR = 26 cm, prove that APQR is right angled.
nd
P
Re
\
Fi
6 cm
24 cm
O 8 cm
j
Q R
26 cm
30. In the given figure, D is the mid-point of side BC and AE _L BC . If BC = a, AC = J
AB = c, ED =*, AD = p and AE = h, prove that /
(i) b2=p2+ax + ^ (ii) {b1 +c2)=2p2 + ]-a2
(hi) (b1 -c1) = lax
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.104 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
B C
E x D (a/2)
♦ a ♦
31. P and Q are the mid-points of the sides CA and CB respectively of A ABC right angled
at C. Prove that 4( AQ: + BP2) = 5 AB2
5
ANSWERS
d-
w
1. (i) right triangle (ii) right triangle (iii) right triangle (iv) right triangle
2. 10 cm 3. 17m 4. 6m 5. 34 cm
6. 5 m 7. 13 m
Flo 8. 26 m 9. 170m
ree
11. 13cm 13. 24 cm 15.
vn
----- a F 16. -Jla units
2
or
ur
17. 6^3 cm 19. 8 cm 28. 1:2
ksf
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.105
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Very Short Answer Type Questions :
1. In (he given figure, ZM = ZN = 46°, express .v in terms ofa, b and c, where a, b and c are
lengths of LM, MN and NK respectively. [Delhi 2009|
w
K
2. In the given figure, AABC is circumscribing a circle, find the length of BC. |AI 2009|
Flo
ee
A
4cm
A Fr
for
ur
rZ ■11cm
Q'
ks
3cm
Yo
oo
B
B P C
re
3. I fthe areas of two similar triangles are in ratio 25 :64, write the ratio oftheir corresponding
ou
ad
sides. |AI2009|
Y
nd
c
Re
B
4. In the given figure, DE || BC in AABC such that BC
Fi
= 8cm, AB = 6cm and DA = 1.5 cm. Find DE.
|AI20I0|
5. In a AABC. DE || BC. I f DE = — BC and area of AABC = 81 cm2, find the area of AADE.
[Foreign 20091
6. In the given figure, MN || AB, BC = 7.5 cm, AM
= 4cm and MC = 2em. Find the length BN.
[Foreign 2010|
B N
c
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.106 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
7. In the given figure, S and T are points on the sides
PQ and PR. respectively of APQR. such that
PT = 2cm, TR = 4 cm and ST is parallel to QR. Find
the ratio of the areas of APST and APQR.
|DeIhi 2010| s,
Q R
Short Answer Type Questions:
1. In the givenfigure, AABD is a right traingle, right angled at A and AC 1BD. Prove that
ab2=bc.bd. |AI 2009|
w
Flo
ee
B
A
Fr
2. In the given figure, AABC is right angled at C and DE J_ AB. Prove that AABC - AADE
for
ur
and hence find the lengths of AE and DE. |Delhi 2009|
ks
A
Yo
oo
}
B
3cm
i
re
Dt2cm
ou
ad
Y
B
«- 12cm >C
nd
Re
3. In the given figure, DEFG is a square and ZBAC = 90°. Show that DE2 = BD * EC.
Fi
|Delhi 2009|
F
B A
G
A D E
4. In the given figure, M is mid-point ofside CD of a
parallelogram ABCD. The line BM is drawn
M
intersecting AC at Land AD produced at E. Prove
that EL = 2BL. |AI2009]
B C
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.107
1
5. In the given figure, AD 1 BC and BD = ~ CD. Prove that 2CA2 = 2AB2 + BC2.
|AI2009|
B D c
6. In the given figure, a triangle ABC is right angled at B. Side BC is trisected at points D
and E. Prove that 8AE2 = 3AC2 + 5AD2. [Foreign 2009|
A
low
ee
B DEC
rF
Fr
7. In the given figure, two triangles ABC and DBC lie on the same side ol'base BC. P is a
point on BC such that PQ || BAand PR || BD. Prove that QR|| AD. [Foreign 2009|
for
A D
u
ks
Yo
oo
.R
Q
eB
C
B P
r
8. In the given figure, ABC is an isosceles triangle in which AB = AC. E is a point on the
ou
ad
side CB produced, such that FE ± AC. If AD J_ CB, prove that: AB x EF = AD x EC.
Y
[AI2010]
nd
Re
Fi
C D B E
9. In the given figure, ABC is a right triangle, right angled at C and D is the mid-point of BC.
Prove that AB2 = 4AD2 - 3AC2. [Delhi 2010[
A
B D C
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.108 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
^o) In AABC right-angled at A, BL and CM are the two medians. Prove that
4 (BL2 + CM2) = 5 BC2. [Foreign 2010|
Long Answer Type Questions:
1. Prove that if a line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle to intersect the other two
sides in distinct points, the other two sides are divided in the same ratio.
Using the above result, do the following :
In the given figure, DE || BC and BD = CE. Prove that AABC is isosceles triangle.
[Delhi 2009|
w
D, E
B
Flo C
ee
Fr
2. Prove that in a right angle triangle the square on the hypotenuse is equal to the sum of
the squares on the other two sides.
for
ur
Making use of above, prove the following :
In a rhombus ABCD, prove that 4AB2 = AC2 + BD2. [A12008CI
ks
Yo
oo
3. Prove that the ratio of the areas oftwo similar triangles is equal to the square of the ratio
of their corresponding sides.
B
re
Using the above, prove the following :
ou
Ifthe areas oftwo similar triangles are equal, then prove that the triangles are congruent.
ad
Y
[Delhi 2010|
nd
4. In a triangle, if the squares on one side is equal to the sum of the squares on the other
Re
two sides, prove that the angle opposite to first side is a right-angle. In the given figure,
Fi
ZQPR=90°.
Use the above theorem to find the measure of Z PKR
P
24cm
Q R
•4- 26cm ♦
5. In a triangle, ifthe square of one side is equal to the sum of the squares of the other two
sides, then prove that the angle opposite the first side is a right angle.
Using the above, do the following : AABC is an isosceles triangle in which
AC = BC. IfAB2 = 2AC2 then prove that AABC is right triangle. [Foreign 2009|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.109
6. If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle to intersect the other two sides in
distinct points, prove that the other two sides are divided in the same ratio.
Using the above, do the following :
QB SC
In the given figure, BA || QR and CA || SR. prove that -— [AI20101
7. If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle to intersect the other two sides in
low
distinct points, prove that the other two sides are divided in the same ratio.
Using the above, do the following :
In the given figure, PQ || ABandAQ ||CB. Prove that AR2 = PR . CR. [Foreign 2010]
ee
rF
Fr
f or
u
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
P Q
Prove that the ratio of the areas oftwo simi lar triangles is equal to the square of the ratio
ou
ad
of their corresponding sides.
Y
Using the above, do the following :
nd
Re
AD is an altitude of an equilateral triangle ABC. On AD as base, another equilateral
Fi
triangle ADE is constructed. Prove that area(AADE): area (AABC) = 3 : 4 [AI 2010|
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
A. Objective Type Questions (MCQ 1 Mark):
1. If in figure, O is the point of intersection of two
chords AB and CD such that OB = OD. then
triangles OAC and ODB are
(a) equilateral but not similar
(b) isosceles but not similar
(c) equilateral and similar
(d) isosceles and similar
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.110 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
2. D and E are respectively the points on the sides AB and AC ofa triangle ABC such that
AD = 2cm, BD = 3cm, BC = 7.5 cm and DE || BC. Then, length ofDE (in cm) is
(a) 2.5 (b) 3 (c) 5 (d) 6
AB BC _ CA
3. If in two triangles ABC and PQR, , then
QR ~ PR ~ PQ
(a) A PQR-A CAB (b) A PQR-A ABC
(c) ACBA-APQR (d) A BC A ~ A PQR
4. The lengths of the diagonals ofa rhombus are 16 cm and 12 cm. Then, the length ofthe
side of the rhombus is
(a) 9 cm (b) 10 cm (c) 8 cm (d) 20 cm
5. II in two triangles DEF and PQR. ZD= ZQand ZR^ ZE, then which ofthe following is
w
not true ?
20 DE EF DE DF EF _ DE
(a) —cm
3
(b)
PQ ~ RP
Flo (c)
QR
= ----
PQ
(d)
RP ~ QR
ee
6. If AABC-~ AEDF and AABC is not similar to ADEF, then which of the following is not
true ? Fr
for
ur
(a) BC.EF=AC.FD (b) AB.EF = AC.DE
(c) BC.DE=AB.EF (d) BC.DE=AB.FD
ks
Yo
7. In figure, ZBAC = 90° and AD 1 BC. Then,
oo
A
B
(a) BD.CD = BC2
re
(b) AB.AC= BC2
ou
ad
(c) BD.CD = AD2
Y
(d) AB.AC =AD2
nd
8. In figure, two line segment AC and BD intersect
Re
each other at the point P such that PA = 6cm,
Fi
PB = 3cm, PC = 2.5 cm, PD = 5cm, ZAPB = 50° and
ZCDP = 30°. Then. ZPBA is equal to
(a) 50° (b) 30°
(c) 60° (d) 100°
9, It in triangles ABC and DEF. — = —, then they will be similar, when
(a) ZB-ZE (b) ZA = ZD (c) ZB = ZD (d) ZA = ZF
BC' 1 ar(PRQ)
10. It is given that AABC - APQR. with = - . Then is equal to
ar(BCA)
1
(a) 9 (b) 3
(c) 3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.111
11. It'S is a point on side PQ of a APQR such that PS = QS = RS, then
(a) FR.QR-RSr (b) QS2+RS2 = QR2
(c) PR2 + QR2 = PQ2 (d) PS2 + RS2 = PR2
12. In triangles ABC and DEF, ZB = ZE, ZF = ZC and AB = 3 DE. Then, the two triangles
are
(a) congruent but not similar (b) similar but not congruent
(c) neither congruent nor similar (d) congruent as well as similar
ar(ABC) 9
13. If A ABC -AQRP, -vr, = T’ AB = 18 cm and BC = 15 cm, then PR is equal to
ar(PQR) 4 1
20
(a) 10 cm (b) 12 cm (c) ycm (d) 8 cm
low
14. It is given that A ABC ~ A DEE, ZA = 30°, ZC = 50°, AB = 5 cm, AC = 8 cm and
DF = 7.5 cm. Then, the following is true:
(a) DE= 12cm,ZF=50°(b)DE= 12cm,ZF= 100°
ee
(c) EF= 12 cm, ZD =100° (d) EF = 12 cm, ZD = 30°
rF
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
Fr
for
u
In the following questions, two statements 1 and 2 are given. Choose the correction option
ks
from four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d).
Yo
oo
(a) Both the statements 1 and 2 are true and statement 2 is the correct explanation for
B
statement 1.
re
(b) Both the statements 1 and 2 are true and statement 2 is not the correct explanation for
ou
ad
statement 1.
Y
(c) Statement 1 is true but statment 2 is false.
nd
(d) Statement 1 is false but statement 2 is true.
Re
Fi
1. Statement 1 : ABC is a righUriangle right angled at B. Let D and E be any points on
AB and BC respectively. Then AE2 + CD2 = AC2 + DE2.
Statement! : In a right angled triangle, the square of the hypotenuse is equal to the
sum of the squares of the other two sides.
2. Statement 1 : A ABC ~ ADEF such that ar(AABC) = 16 cm2 and ar(ADEF) = 25 cm2.1 f
AB = 4 cm, then DE = 5 cm.
ar(AABC) _ AB: _ BC2 _ AC2
Statement! : IfAABC-ADEF,then
ar(ADEF) ~ DE2 " EF2 _ DF2 '
AD _ DE
3. Statement 1 : In a AABC. if DE || BC intersects AB in D and AC in E, then
DB _ BC '
Statement! : I fa line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle to intersect the other
two sides in distinct points, then these sides are divided in the same
ratio.
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.112 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
4. Statement 1 : AABC~ADEFsuchthatBC = 2.5cmandEF= 1.6cmandar(AABC) =
25 cm2, then ar (ADEF) = 16 cm2.
Statement 2 : The ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is equal to the ratio of the
squares of their corresponding medians.
5. Statement 1 : In an isosceles AABC, if ZC= 90°, then AB2 = 2AC2.
Statement 2 : In an isosceles AABC, ifAC = BC and AB2 = 3 AC2, then ZC = 90°.
C. Linked Comprehension Type Questions:
Passage-1 : The ratios of areas of two similar triangles is equal to the ratio of squares of the
corresponding sides or altitudes or medians or angle bisector segments.
Read this passage carefully and answer the following questions.
1. If AABC - ADEF and AB = 9cm, area (AABC) = 27 cm2, area (ADEF) = 48 cm2, then
w
DE=
(a) 6 cm (b) 8 cm (c) 9 cm (d) 12 cm
Flo
2. In the given figure, DE is parallel to BC and AD : DB = 3 :4. Then
ee
area (AADE): area (AABC)=
(a) 9:49 (b) 4:25 (c) 9:16 Fr (d) 16:49
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
D. ,E
B
re
B C
ou
ad
3. The area of two similar triangles are 81 cm2 and 121 cm2 respectively. If the altitude of
Y
the smaller triangle is 4.5 cm, then the corresponding altitude of the bigger triangle is
d
Re
(a) 6.5 cm (b) 7.5 cm (c) 5.5 cm (d) 6 cm
n
Fi
Now, answer the following questions :
Passage - 2 : Ifany two angles of a triangle are equal to two angles of another triangle, then
the two triangles are similar. Ratios of the corresponding sides of two triangles are equal.
Also the ratios of areas of two similar triangles are equal to the ratios of their corresponding
sides.
1. In the given figure ZA = ZCED. then
(a) x = 5 cm (b) .y = 6 cm
(c) x = 4 cm (d) .v=4.5cm
2. IfAABC-ADEF such thatAB= 1.2 cm and DE= 1.4
cm, then the ratio of areas of AABC and ADEF
A 9 cm B
(a) 36:49 (b) 25:36
(c) 16:25 (d) none of these
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.113
3. In AABC, D and E are the mid-points of AB and AC
respectively. Then the ratio of the areas of AADE and
AABCis
(a) 1:2 (b) 4:1
(c) 1:4 (d) 1:9
Solution : 1. In A CAB and A CDE, ZCAB = ZDEC (given)
ZABC = ZCDE (Each = 90°).-. ACAB - ACED
CA _ AB 15 _ 9 9x10
^ CE “ DE ^ To ~ x 'V = = 6cm . Therefore, correct choice is (b)
15
Area(AABC) _ (AB)2
2. - (v AABC-ADEF)
Area(ADEF) “ (DE>
low
(1.2)2 _ 1.44 _ 144 _ 36
|Ans. (a)|
(1 A)2 ~ E96 ~ 1% ~ 49
ee
rF
3. Since D, E are the mid-points of AB, AC respectively
1
Fr
for
.-. DE || BC and DE= - BC. B C
u
ks
Since AADE ~ AABC [ZA = ZA and ZADE = ZABC (corresponding angles)]
Yo
oo
1
B
t(bc)2
Area(AADE) _ (DE)2 1
re
[Ans. (c)|
Area(AABC)" (BC)2 (BC)2 4
ou
ad
Y
ANSWERS r
nd
Re
Fi
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Short Answer Type Questions :
ac
I. x- 2. BC- 10cm 3. 5:8 4. 2cm
b+c
5. 36cm2 6. 5 cm 7. 1:9
8. 3,-1,-5 9. -8,-6,-4.....
Long Answer Type Questions:
1. ZPKR= 90°
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.114 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
A.Objective Questions:
1. (d) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (c)
7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (a) 11. (c) 12. (b)
13. (a) 14. (b)
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (c)
C. Comprehension Type Questions :
Passage - 1 :
w
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (c)
Passage - 2 :
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (c) Flo
ee
EXEMPLAR PROBLEMS
Fr
for
ur
1. If in triangles ABC and DEF, = •^1-,
ks
Yo
f)E FD
oo
then they will be similar, when :
B
(a) ZB=ZE (b) ZA = ZD
re
(c) ZB = ZD (d) ZA = ZF B C E F
ou
ad
Ans. (c)
Y
Soln. If ZB = ZD, then the triangles are similar by (SAS similarity)
nd
Re
2. A street light bulb is fixed on a pole 6 m above the level of the street. If a woman of
Fi
height 1.5 m casts a shadow of 3 m, find how far she is away from the base of the pole.
Soln. In AABC and ADEC,
ZA =ZD [Each is 90°]
ZC =ZC [Common angle]
.-. AABC -ADEC [AA similarity]
AB AC
DE ” DC
6 AC
=>
1.5 3
18 A D 3mC
=> AC = — = 12m
1.5
Distance between woman and the pole
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.115
AD =AC-DC = (12-3) = 9m.
3. In given figure, if ZACB = ZCDA, AC = 8 cm and AD = 3 cm, then find BD.
A B
D
4. In APQR, PD 1QR, such that D lies on QR. If PQ = «, PR = b, QD = c and DR = c/, prove
that (a + b) (a- b) = (c + ci) (c - cl).
Soln. In APDQ, ZD = 90°
By Pythagoras theorem.
low
PQ2 = QD2 + PD2
=> a2 = c2 + PD2 •••(i) Q c D d R
Similarly in APDR, ZD = 90°
ee
By Pythagoras theorem, PR2 = PD2 + DR2
rF
b2 = cP"\~ PD2 Fr ...(ii)
or
Subtracting equation (ii) from equation (i), we get
f
u
a2 - b2 = c2-cf
ks
=> (a - b) {a + b) = {c- cl) (c + c/)
Yo
oo
5. A 5 m long ladder is placed towards a vertical wall such that it reaches the wall at a point
B
4 m high. Ifthe foot of the ladder is moved 1.6 m towards the wall, them find the distance
re
by which the top of the ladder would slide upwards on the wall.
Soln. Let AC be the ladder of length 5 m and BC = 4 m be the height of point on the wall, where
ou
ad
the ladder is placed. When the foot of the ladder is moved 1.6 m towards the wall i.e., when
Y
AD = 1.6 m, the ladder will slide upward such that, CE =.v m
nd
Re
In right angled A ABC,
Fi
ac2=ab2+bc2 [by Pythagoras theorem]
=> (5)2 = AB2 + (4)2
=> AB2=25- 16 = 9 => AB = 3 m
DB =AB-AD = 3- 1.6= 1.4m
4m
P B
A 1.6m D
In right angled AEBD, ED2 = EB2 + BD2 [by Pythagoras theorem]
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.116 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
=> (5)2 =(EB)2 + (1.4): [•.• BD= 14 m]
=> 25 =(EB)2+ 1.96
=> (EB)2 =25-1.96 = 23.04
=> EB = V23.04 =4.8
Now, EC =EB-BC=4.8-4 = 0.8
Hence, the top of the ladder would slide upwards on the wall by a distance 0.8 m.
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
150 Marks)
Objective and Very Short-Answer Type Questions (1 Mark):
w
Choose the correct option :
1. In the given figure, DE || BC and AD = 2cm, DB= 3 cm
AC = 6 cm, then AE = Flo
ee
(a) 3 cm (b) 2 cm
(c) 2.4 cm (d) 2.5 cm Fr
for
ur
AG _ BQ _ 1 B
2. In the given figure ^■OT_iandAB=5cm'
ks
Yo
Then, DC =
oo
B
(a) 5 cm
re
(b) 10 cm
ou
ad
(c) 15 cm
Y
(d) none of these D C
nd
Re
3. In the given figure of question - 1, DE || BC. If DE = 3cm, BC = 6cm and area ofAADE =
15 sq. cm. Then area of AABC =
Fi
(a) 15 sq.cm (b) 45 sq. cm (c) 30 sq. cm(d) none of these
4. The perimeter oftwo similar triangles ABC and DEE are 30 cm and 20 cm respectively. If
AC = 12 cm, then DF =
(a) 8 cm (b) 10 cm (c) 12 cm (d) 5 cm
Short Answer Type Questions (2 Marks):
5. The altitudes oftwo similar triangles are 81 cm2 and 49 cm2 respectively. If the altitude
ofthe bigger triangle is 4.5 cm, find the corresponding altitude of the smaller triangle.
6. If AABC ~ ADEF such that 3AB = 4DE and BC = 8cm, find EF.
7. D is a point on the side BC of a AABC such that ZADC = ZBAC, prove that
ca2=cb.cd.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Triangles 5.117
8. In a trapezium ABCD, it is given that AB CD and AB = 2CD. Its diagonals AC and BD
intersect at the point O such that ar(ACOD) = 4 cm2. Find ar(AAOB).
9. AABC ~ ADEF such that ar (AABC) = 100 cm2 and ar(ADEF) = 81 cm2. IfBC = 5 cm, find
EF.
10. In the given figure, PQ || BC such that AP = x cm,
PB = (3„y+4) cm, AQ = (,v + 3) cm and QC = (3x + 16)
cm. Find the value ofx.
B C
Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks):
11. IfAABC-ADEF. IfAB = 2DEand area of AABC is 56 sq. cm, find the area ofADEF.
12. Prove that the ratio of the perimeters of two similar triangles is the same as the ratio of
w
their corresponding sides.
Flo
13. P and Q are points on the sides AB and AC respectively of AABC. If AP = 1cm,
PB = 2cm, AQ = 3cm and QC = 6cm, show that BC = 3PQ.
ee
Fr
14. In an equilateral triangle ABC, AD is the altitude drawn from Aon BC, prove that 3 AB2
= 4 AD2.
for
ur
ks
Yo
15. In the given figure, LM || CBand LN || CD.
oo
B
AM _ AN
re
Prove that
AB ~ AD
ou
ad
P
Y
nd
Re
16. In the given figure PQR is a right triangle, right
Fi
angled at Q. IfQS = SR, prove that
PR2 = 4PS2-3PQ2.
S
Long Answer Type Questions (4 Marks):
17. D and E are points on the sides AB and AC respectively of AABC sucht that DE is
parallel to BCandAD : DB = 4 : 5. CD and BE intersect each other at F. Find the ratio of
the areas of ADEF and A BCF.
18. Two right triangles ABC and DBC are drawn on the same hypotenuse BC and on the
same side of BC. IfAC and DB intersect at P, prove that AP * BP x PD.
19. In the given figure, each one of PA, QB and RC is
perpendiculartoAC. IfAP=x, QB=z, RC=y,AB = «and
x y
B a R 6 C
ReadYourFlow.COM
5.118 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
BC = b, show that — + — = -
x y z
20. In AABC, ZA is acute. BDand CE are perpendiculars on
AC and AB respectively. Prove that AB x AE = AC x AD.
ANSWERS
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4.(a) 5. 3.5 an 6. 6 cm
low
8. 16 cm2 9. 4.5 cm 10. 4 cm
11. 14sq. cm 17. 16:81
ee
rF
Fr
for
ou
ks
oo
Y
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
ReadYourFlow.COM
STATISTICS
6.1. INTRODUCTION
Statistics is that branch ofscience which deals with collection, classification, presentation,
analysis and interpretation of data. In statistics data are collected for specific purposes. In
earlier classes, we have learnt about the classification of given data into grouped or ungrouped
frequency distributions.
low
We have also learnt representing given data pictorially in the form of different groups such
as bar diagram, histograms and frequency polygons. There, we have also learnt about mean,
median and mode of ungrouped data which are called measures of central tendency. Here we
ee
shall study in detail these three measures of central tendency for grouped data. Here, we
rF
shall also study cumulative frequency and a special graph of given data known as cumula
Fr
tive frequency curve or ogive. Raw data collected for some specific purpose is generally
large and no concrete inference can be drawn from this and so the data must be condensed
or
and presented in a manner so that it can be easily comprehended. For this purpose frequency
f
u
table is made and the data is classified (grouped) and then suitable measures of central
ks
Yo
tendency (mean, median or mode) is calculated and inferences are drawn.
oo
■
(6.2. ARITHMETIC MEAN OF UNGROUPED DATA
B
re
[1| When data is not in the form of frequency distribution
ou
ad
The arithmetic mean of« observationsX|,.r2,.is given by
Y
_ = -V| +-v2 +-.. + -V,,
nd
n
Re
Fi
2>.
= id.
/?
Here the symbol X xi denotes the sum x, + x, + x3 +...+ x„
/=i
Thus the arithmetic mean of observations
Sum of all observations
Total number of observations
Example: Ifthe observations are 3, 7,5,2, 8, then their A.M. (arithmetic mean) is given by
_ 3+7+5+2+S 25
x —=5
5 5
Example : Following are the marks obtained by 10 students in an examination, find their
mean : 50,40,22,35,45,60,50,70,50.78
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.2 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Solution : Let .v be the mean of the given data. Then,
_ 50 + 40 + 22 + 35 + 45 + 60 + 50 + 70 + 50 + 78
= 50
.Y - --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10
[II| When the data is in the form of frequency distribution
1. Direct method : Let x,, x2,....,xn be the values of a variate having corresponding
frequencies /j,/2,.../, then arithmetic mean of these values is given by
/,.vi + ./2x2-...+
.Y =
f\ +fl +- + /»;
n n
lLfxi TfXi
w
“ ■ where N is the total frequency
Flo
Here frequency ofa-, is/, means.Yj occurs/, times. Similarly frequency of x2 is/, means x2
ee
occurs/ times. This method of finding mean is called the Direct method.
Example: Find the mean ofthe following data : Fr
for
ur
xi 10 11 12 13 14
ks
f 3 12 18 12 3
Yo
oo
Solution:
eB
Xi f
r
10 3
ou
ad
11 12
Y
12 18
nd
Re
13 12
Fi
14 3
N = 1/ = 48, S/x, = 576
Mean -J-fiXj 576
' N 48 = 12
2. Short-cut method : Ifx, and/ are very large, then it becomes tedious to findx,/. Hence
in order to make calculation simpler, from all values of the variate, a fixed number a, called
assumed mean is subtracted. This number a is closer to the mean.
Let dj —Xj -a, then x(- =a + dj
The mean ofthe given data is given by
__ x,/ + •v2/2+... + x),/,
f +/ +••• + /,
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.3
(</ + c/| ),/| + (fl + d2 )f2 + (a + d3)f} +... + (a + du)/,
J\ + fl +./~3 +- + //I
</, +,/2+ +/2t/2
(./i +/2+-+./;,)
c/N + x fidi
, where N =/, +/2
N
_oN + I ./■<:/,
=a+
N N N
Thus, x = a + d, where t/ = = mean ofc/,, d2,.--,dn
N
low
Here c/,, d2,...,dn are called deviations and d is the mean of deviations d\,d2,...,dn
The method given above is also called assumed mean method.
Note : For shortcut method we can do nothing with frequency f and the only way out is to
ee
change .v,.
rF
Fr
Example : Find the mean of the following frequency distribution by short-cut method :
for
Ages (in years) 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
u
Number of persons 15 12 18 25 16 14 30 20
ks
Yo
oo
Solution:
eB
Deviations
Ages (in years) No. of perspns from assumed
r
M
ou
ad
xi ft mean (50)
Y
d:i = x - 50
nd
Re
10 15 -40 600
Fi
20 12 -30 -360
30 18 -20 -360
250
40 25 10
1570
50 16 0 0
60 14 10 140
70 30 20 600
600
80 20 30
+ 1340
ly; =150 Here a = 50 EM-=-230
Zfd, -230
NowA.M. is given by x =a + = 50 + = 50- 1.53 = 48.47 years
I./i 150
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.4 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
3. Step deviation method : In assumed mean method, the deviation^ may still be large and
so we must think ot'a method having more simpler calculations. This method is called step
deviation method which is as given below.
Let h be a fixed number
Xj - a
Let ui = “ • then Xj = a + hUj
Now arithmetic mean is given by
-= = I(a + /; ;/,) f
, where N= Z./) = total frequency
i./; N
= Zq/; +/?!», ./; = a Z fj
+h
N N N
w
= a + h u, where // =
N
Flo
Example: Find the mean of the following frequency table by step-deviation method.
ee
Ages in years 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Number of persons 15 12 18 25 Fr
16 14 30
80
20
for
ur
Solution : Let the assumed a = 50 and h= 10
ks
Yo
oo
Ages in years No. of persons di = xi ~a = ~h
B
(A7) (./;) = Xj - 50
= Xf -50
re
10
ou
ad
10 15 -40 -4 -60
Y
20 12 30 -3 -36
nd
Re
30 18 -20 -2 -36
Fi
40 25 -10 -25
50 16 0 0 0
60 14 10 1 14
70 30 20 2 60
80 20 30 3 60
IX =150
Z fiij = -23
N = 150
Now A. M. is given by x =a + hu = a + h
N
-23 23
= 50+10 x = 50-----
150 15
= 50- 1.53 = 48.47 years
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.5
Note:
• Theformula x = a + h it is validfor any fixed values ofa and h.
• The step deviation method should be applied only when each d, has a common factor.
• The mean of the data will he same whether we apply direct method, short-cut method
or step deviation method.
6.3. MEAN OF GROUPED DATA
Raw data is usually very large and it cannot be easily comprehended and so frequency table
is made. But even after making frequency table the data is still large and therefore, it is
grouped (classified) in different groups. Thus the given data is converted into grouped data.
Now let us consider a particular class say 20-30 having frequency 12, then various values of
the variate lying between 20 and 30 will be 12. The average of 20 and 30 is 15 and so we
assume that 15 occurs 12 times although there maybe 12 numbers not necessarily 15 each.
The methods for finding mean of grouped data wil be same as for ungrouped data. The only
w
difference is that here we take .v, as the middle point (average) of lower and upper limits of the
classes and call it the class mark of that class.
upper limit + lower lim it
Flo
ee
Thus class mark =
2
These class marks wi 11 work as our. x-s Fr
for
ur
6.4. SOME PROPERTIES OF ARITHMETIC MEAN
ks
(1) The algebraic sum of deviations of all observations from their arithmetic mean is zero.
Yo
oo
Proof: Let the observations be.v,, x2,..., .v„ and their arithemtic mean be x
B
A'| + .v2 +.- + -V„
re
Then,
n
ou
ad
x, + .y2 + ... + .t„ = nx
Y
Now sum of deviations of all the observations from their mean x
nd
Re
= (.V| - .v) + (x2 — x) + ...+ (.Y„-X )
Fi
= (.Y, +.y2 + ... + .Y,,)- n X
= nx — nx=0
(2) If x be the arithmetic mean of n numbers .y,, .y2,...,.y„ then
(i) A. M. of numbers axx, ax^^-.-ax,, is ax
-Y| -Y,
(ii) A. M. of numbers —> ... ^ is ^
a a a a
(iii) A. M. of numbers .y, + a,x2 + a,.... y„ + a is J + a
(iv) A. M. of numbers x i a, x2 - a,.... ,x„ - a is x —a
6.5. COMBINED ARI THMETIC MEAN
Combined arithmetic mean oftwo groups having arithmetic means .y and y and number of
observations m and n is given by
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.6 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
mx + ny
x =
m+n
Proof : Let the first group have ni observations x,, x2,....,xn and the second group have n
observati on s >•,, y2,... ,y„
.V| +.v2 + .v;,
Then
m
v, + v2 +■■■+v„
and y ...(ii)
n
Now the combined group has m + n observations .v,, y^y^,---^,,
Combined arithmetic mean is given by
_ _ (-V| + a-2 +... + .v,J + (y, +.v-2 +■•• + .>'„)
m+n
w
_ mx + ny +
[From(i) and(ii)]
m+n
Flo
ee
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Fr
Type I. Problems based on direct definition of arithmetic mean and combined arithmetic
or
ur
mean.
sf
WORKING RULE:
k
Yo
oo
Use the following results whichever is required :
eB
1. Arithmetic mean x of n observations.v,, x2„ .v3, , .y„ is given by
r
.V|+.V2+- + .V„
ou
ad
n
Y
2. Combined arithmetic mean of two groups having mean x and y and number of
nd
Re
observations m and n is given by
Fi
m x + ny
x=
m+n
Example I. If the arithmetic mean of40, 15,18,22, 29,-v, 32, and 29 is 25, find the.r +y.
Solution: According to the definition of arithmetic mean,
40 +15 +18 + 22 + 29 + .v + 32 + y + 29
25 = [Given]
9
185 + x + y
or 25 =
9
or 185 + x + y = 225 or x + y = 225 -185 = 40
Example 2. The mean of 31 results is 60. Ifthe mean of the first 16 results is 58 and that of
last 16 results is 62, find the 16th result. [CBSE 2000|
Solution : Let the results bex,, x2,...,x3|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.7
.V| + A'0 + ... + X31
= 60 [Given]
31
or -v, + x2 +... + .v31 = 60 x 31 1860 -0)
x, +x2 +... + X|6
= 58 [Given]
16
or x, + x2 +... + x,6 =58 x 16 = 928 -.(ii)
-VU> +-VI7 +---+A'3|
62 [Given]
16
or x)6 +x]7 +... + X31 = 62 x 16 = 992 ...(iii)
Adding (ii) and(iii),
(x, +x2 +... + x,6) + (X|6 + x, 7 +... + X31) = 928 +992
low
or (x, +x2 +... + X3,) + X|6 = 1920
or x,6 = 1920 - (x, + x2 +... + x31) = 1920 -1860 = 60 [From(i)]
Example 3. The mean of 30 observations was 150. It was detected on checking that one
ee
observation of 165 was wrongly copied as 135 for the computation of mean. Find the correct
rF
mean.
Solution : Let the 30 observations bex,, x2. -Go-
Fr [CBSE 2003|
or
Let X3() be the wrongly copied observation.
f
u
Wrongly copied value ofx30= 135
ks
Yo
Correct value of X30 ~ 165
oo
B
X| + x~> +... + x-)g + 135
From the question. 150 =
re
30
ou
ad
or X| + x2 +... + x2l) +135 = 150 x 30 = 4500
Y
or X| +x2 + ... + .v29 = 43 65
nd
Re
(X| +x2 + ■ ■ • + X2c, ) + Xjo
Fi
Now, correct mean =
30
4365 + 165 4530
[From(i)]
30 30
= 151
Example 4. The mean of 10 numbers is 30. Ifevery number is multiplied by2, what will be the
new mean ? |CBSE 2000|
Solution : Let the 10 numbers beX|,x2,....rV|0
X| +x2 +... + X|0
From the question, mean = = 30
10
or (X| + x2 +...+ X|0) = 30 x 10 = 300 ...(i)
When every number is multiplied by 2, the new numbers are 2x,, 2x2,...,2X|0
2X| + 2x2 +... + 2x10
New mean =
10
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.8 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
2(.y1 +a'2 +... + .V| q )
10
2(300)
10
= 60 [From (i)]
Example 5. Ifxh x2, x3,....rxn are n values of a variable .v such that -2) = 1 10 and
;=l
n
-5) = 20, find the value ofn and the mean. |CBSE 2001|
/=!
Solution : Let the mean of.v,, x2, x3,..xn be x
n
- _-V| + .V2 +... + .V„ = M
w
n n
n
or Y^xi= n x Flo -(i)
ee
/=i
or
n
Z(xf-2) = 110
/=i
Fr [Given]
for
ur
Z^-S2=110
ks
or
Yo
/=l /=!
oo
or /7.V -2/7 = 110 [Using (i)] ■••(ii)]
B
re
or 2>,--5) = 20 [Given]
ou
ad
7=1
Y
or
nd
Re
7=1 7=1
Fi
or 77 X - 5/7 = 20 [Using (i)] - (iii)
(ii)-(iii) => -2/7-(-5/7) = 110-20 = 90
or 3/7 = 90
or 77 =30
Putting /?=30in(ii),
30.v-2(30) = 110
or J = 110 + 60 = 170
or 170
v= = 5.67
30
Example 6. The mean weight of a elass is 46 kg. The mean weight of boys is 50 kg and that
of girls in 40 kg. Find the ratio of the number of boys to the number of girls. [CBSE 20011
Solution : Let the number of boys and girls in the class be 'b' and 'g' respectively.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.9
/?, .v, + n2 x2
Combinedmean .v =
"\ + /;2
Here .y = 46 kg, /?, = b, >i2 = g, x, = 50 kg, ,y2 =40 kg
50/> + 40g
46 =
b+g
or 46 (b + g) = 50/) + 40g
or 466 + 46g = 50b + 40g
6 3
or 6g = 4b or -
g 4 " 2
Required ratio = /): g = 3 :2.
low
Example 7. In a class of'25 students, 15 are boys. The mean weight ofboys is 50 kg and that
of girls is 45 kg. Find the mean weight of the class. jCBSE 2003]
/?! X| + /?2-Y2
Solution: Combined mean .y =
ee
"l +»2
rF
Fr
Here .y = ?, z;, = 15, /?2 = 25 -15 = 10, .y, = 50 kg, x2 = 45 kg for
15 x 50+ 10 x 45
.Y = kg
u
15 + 10
ks
Yo
750 + 450 1200
oo
kg = kg = 48 kg
25 25
B
re
Type II. Problems based on mean by direct method.
ou
ad
WORKING RULE:
Y
Let the frequency of.Y, be./-, where x,- is the observation in case of underground data and
mid-value (class-mark) in case of grouped data.
nd
Re
If values (.y;) of the variate and corresponding frequencies (/-)are small numbers, use direct
Fi
method to find the mean. For this:
1. Multiply the class marks with corresponding frequencies
2. Then find Z./^.y,-
3. Find the total frequency N = Z/-
4. Finally find mean by the following formula:
^fjXj _ I./X,
mean x =
N
Example 8. Find the mean of the following data : ICBSE2000C]
Marks obtained.y(- 10 15 20 25 30
Number of students 4 6 3 2 5
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.10 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Solution:
Marks obtained No. of persons
xifi
xi fi
10 4 40
15 6 90
20 3 60
25 2 50
30 5 150
I/=20 =390
_ 390
Required mean .v = = 19.5
1/ 20
w
Example 9. If following are the marks obtained by 20 students of a class, find their mean.
62, 85. 75. 85. 74. 50. 66. 72. 50. 84,
Flo
65, 50, 85, 62, 85, 50, 80, 86, 74, 75
ee
Solution : Many terms in the given distribution are common, the given distribution should
Fr
be converted to frequency distribution to calculate the required mean :
Marks
or
ur
Frequency
obtained Tally mark xf
f
(/)
ks
(a)
Yo
oo
50 4 200
eB
62 2 124
65 1 65
r
ou
ad
66 66
Y
72 72
nd
Re
74 2 148
Fi
75 2 150
80 I 80
84 1 84
85 4 340
86 1 86
X/ = 20 X a/ = 1415
Xa/ _ 1415
Now, required mean ,v = = 70.75
1/ ~ 20
Example 10. Ifthe mean ofthe following data is 21.5, find the value of A-: fCBSE 2001 ]
-v; 5 15 25 35
6 4 3 A-
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.11
Solution:
x, x,f
5 6 30
15 4 60
25 3 75
35 k 35 A-
45 2 90
I./;=l5 + A lx,./ =255+ 35 A
lx,/ _ 255 + 35A
Mean x = = 21.5 [Given]
1/ 15 + A
low
or 255 + 35 A = 21.5 (15 + A)
or 255 + 35 A = 322.5 + 21.5A
or 35A-21.5A = 322.5-255 = 67.5
ee
rF
or 13.5A = 67.5
67.5
Fr
for
A = —=5
13.5
u
Example 11. Ifthe mean of the following data is 18.75, find the value of/?: |CBSE2005]
ks
Yo
oo
15 P 25 30
eB
10 7 8 2
Solution:
r
ou
ad
xi f xif
Y
10 5 50
nd
Re
15 10 150
Fi
P 7 Ip
25 8 200
30 2 60
I/=32 460 + 7/?
From the question,
lx,./ _ 460 + 7/?
Mean =18.75 =
i./; 32
or 460 + 7/? = 18.75 x 32
or 7/? = 600 - 460 = 140
140
or /? =---- = 20
H 7
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.12 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 12. A survey was conducted by a group of students as a part of their environment
awareness program, in which they collected the following data regarding the number of
plants in 20 houses in a locality. Find the mean number of plants per house.
Number
0-2 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14
of plants
No. of houses 1 2 1 5 6 2 3
Which method did you use for finding the mean, and why?
Solution: Here given data is not very large and /^ are also not large, therefore we apply direct
method.
Number of Number of Mid - value
plants houses (/) (-V)
fic
w
0-2 1 1 1
2-4 2 3 6
4-6 1 Flo 5 5
ree
6-8 5 7 35
8-10 6 9 F 54
10-12 2 11 22
or
ur
12-14 3 13 39
sf
X/ = 20 I/* = 162
k
Yo
oo
B
Now mean is given by x = Z/v _ 162 = 8.1
re
1/ ~ 20
ou
ad
Example 13. For the following distribution, calculate mean using a suitable method :
Y
Size of item 1-4 4-9 9-16 16-27
nd
Re
Frequency 6 12 26 20
Fi
Solution:
Size of item Mid value (x,) Frequency (/}) fixi
1-4 2.5 6 15
4-9 6.5 12 78
9-16 12.5 26 325
16-27 21.5 20 430
I/. =64 ZM =848
Z
Mean = = 848 = 13.25
X/ 64
Hence, mean =13.25
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.13
Note : Here given data is not very large and frequencyfare also not veiy large, therefore,
we have used direct method.
Example 14. The following distribution shows the daily pocket allowance of children of a
locality. The mean pocket allowance is Rs. 18.00. Find the missing frequency/
Class - interval 11-13 13-15 15-17 17-19 19-21 21-23 23-25
Frequency 7 6 9 13 / 5 4
Solution : We have
Class-interval Frequency (/) Mid-value (a) /v
11-13 7 12 84
13-15 6 14 84
15-17 9 16 144
low
17-19 13 18 234
19-21 / 20 20/
ee
21-23 5 22 110
rF
23-25 4 24 Fr 96
for
I/ = 44 + / I/a = 752+ 20/
u
ks
Yo
I/v 752 + 20 /
oo
Now, (T) = => 18 =
1/ 44 + /
eB
^ 18. (44 + /) = 752 + 20/ ^ 752 + 20/ = 792+ 18/
r
ou
ad
^ 2/= 40 =>/= 20
Y
Hence, the missing frequency is 20.
nd
Re
Type EH. Problems based on finding mean by deviation method.
Fi
WORKING RULE:
1. Take a suitable number a, called assumed mean. Generally a is taken as that value of.v,
which is centrally situated or the value of.v,- having maximum frequency.
2. Find the deviations dt = a,—a, i = 1,2,......
(For this substract a from each value or a,)
3. Multiply the deviations d, by the corresponding frequencies/ to get </,/
4. Find X// and X / and then d =
X/
5. Finally find the A. M. a by the using the following formula :
x =a +
X fd, = a + d
X/
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.14 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 15. Thirty women were examined in a hospital by a doctor and the number of heart
beats per minute were recorded and summarised as follows. Find the mean heart beats per
minute for these women, choosing a suitable method.
Number of heart
65-68 68-71 71-74 74-77 77-80 80-83 83-86
beats per minutes
Number of w omen 2 4 3 8 7 4 2
Solution: Let assumed mean a = 75.5
No. of heart
No. of women (/}) Mid-value (*,•) dj = Xj - a fid,
beats
65-68 2 66.5 -9 -18
68-71 4 69.5 -6 -24
w
71-74 3 72.5 -3 -9
74-77 8 75.5 (a) 0 0
77-80 7
Flo 78.5 3 21
ee
80-83
83-86
4
2
81.5
84.5
Fr 6
9
24
18
for
ur
it;=30 IM=12
ks
Yo
12
oo
Mean = a + = 75.5 + — = 75.5 + 0.4 = 75.9
2/- 30
B
re
Example 16. The arithmetic mean of the following frequency distribution is 50. Find the
value of/?. [CBSE 2006]
ou
ad
Y
Classes 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100
nd
Re
Frequency 17 P 32 24 19
Fi
Solution:
Assumed mean
Classes Frequency (/) Class-mark (.v) a = 50; Deviation fd
d = x-50
0-20 17 10 -40 -680
20-40 P 30 -20 -20p
40-60 32 50 0 0
60-80 24 70 20 480
80-100 19 90 40 760
1L f = 92 + p I/rf = 560-20/?
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.15
From the question,
I/o' 560-20/?
Mean x =50 = a + = 50 +
1/ 92 +p
560-20/;
or = 50-50 =0
92 +p
or 560-20/? = 0
or 20/; = 560
560
=> /;= — =28
F 20
Example 17. The mean ofthe following frequency table is 50. But the frequencies/, and/^ in
class 20-40 and 60-80 are missing. Find the missing frequencies. |CBSE2001]
low
Class interval 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100 Total
Frequency 17 f 32 h 19 120
ee
Solution:
rF
Assume mean
Fr
for
Class Frequency Class-mark
u
a = 50; Deviation fd
interval if) (x)
ks
d = x - 50
Yo
oo
0-20 17 10 -40 -680
eB
20-40 A 30 -20 -20/;
40-60 32 50 0 0
r
ou
ad
60-80 fi 70 20 20/2
Y
80-100 19 90 40 760
nd
Re
I/ = /i I/</ = 80-20/;
Fi
4-/2+68 + 20/2
From the question,
Z/= 120
or /,+/, +68= 120
or f+f2= 120-68 = 52
I fd
Mean of the data given, x = a + = 50 [Given]
2/
80- 20/j + 20/2 5Q
or 50 + [From the table]
120
or 80-20/,+ 20/2 = 0
or 80 = 20/-20/
or 4=/,-/2 [Dividing each term by 20]
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.16 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
or /i-/2 = 4 ...(ii)
(i) + (ii)=> 2/j = 52 + 4 = 56
56
or /,= Y=28
Putting f = 28 in (i), f2 - 52 -/, = 52 - 28 = 24
Type IV. Problems based on finding mean by step deviation method.
WORKING RULE:
1. Take a suitable number a, called assumed mean.Generally a is taken as that value of.v,
which is centrally situated or the value of.v, having maximum frequency.
2. Find the devivations c/, =xx-a
3. Take a suitable common divisor h for all d,.
low
d: X: - a
Calculate ui - — - —:—
/? h
4. Multiply Uj with the corresponding frequency/ to get ujj.
ee
rF
5. Find 'Luifi and Z/ . Fr
for
6. Finally find A. M. x using the following formula :
u
ks
x = a+h
Yo
x/;
oo
B
-a+hu
re
In case of grouped data (classified data), we take /; = class interval (difference
ou
between two consecutive mid-values).
ad
Y
Example 18. Find the mean age in years using step deviation method from the frequency
distribution given below: [CBSE 20001
nd
Re
Class interval
Fi
Frequency
(age in years)
25-29 4
30-34 14
35-39 22
40-44 16
45 - 49 6
50-54 5
55-59 3
Total 70
Solution: Here the class interval is non-overlapping.
Class-interval /? = (29 - 25) + (30 - 29) = 4 + 1 = 5
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.17
Assumed
Class Frequency Class-mark mean a =42; d' _ d _ d
interval Deviation fd'
if) (x) h 5
(f = x-42
25-29 4 27 -15 -3 12
30-34 14 32 -10 -2 -28
35-39 22 37 -5 -22
40-44 16 42 0 0 0
45-49 6 47 5 1 6
50-54 5 52 10 2 10
55-59 3 57 15 3 9
1/ = 70 S/<r/' = -37
low
I. fd' = (-37)
Now, required mean x = a + h 42 + 5
2/ 70
ee
37
rF
= 42------
= 42-2.64
14
Fr
or
=39.36
f
u
ks
Example 19. The table below gives the percentage distribution of female teachers in the
Yo
primary schools of rural areas of various states and union territories (U.T.) of India. Find the
oo
mean percentage of female teachers by all the three methods discussed in this section :
B
re
Percentage of female
15-25 25-35 35-45 45-55 55-65 65-75 75-85
ou
teachers
ad
Y
Number of states/U.T. 6 11 7 4 4 2 1
nd
Re
Solution:
Fi
Percentage of Number of
xi
female teachers states/U.T. (/)•)
15-25 6 20
25-35 11 30
35-45 7 40
45-55 4 50
55-65 4 60
65-75 2 70
75-85 1 80
a- - 50
Lettf = 50,/?= 10 then 4-= ^,-50 and u, -
10
We now find t/, and w, and put them in Table.
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.18 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Percentage Number of
(1:i = -v, - 50
of female states/U.T. xi
Xj - 50 “i =
10
fiXi fA; fiui
teachers (/))
15-25 6 20 -30 -3 120 -180 -18
25-35 11 30 -20 -2 330 -220 -22
35-45 7 40 -10 -1 280 -70 -7
45-55 4 50 0 0 200 0 0
55-65 4 60 10 1 240 40 4
65-75 2 70 20 2 140 40 4
75-85 1 80 30 3 80 30 3
Total 35 1390 -360 -36
Here Z/r 35, i1390.
w
I/;C/,.=-360, L/>/,. = -36
Flo 1390
ee
By direct method, mean is given by, .v = = 39.71
If 35
Fr
(-360)
for
By assumed mean method, mean is given by, x = a + ZfA = 50 +
ur
= 39.71
Zf 35
ks
Yo
oo
By step-deviation method, mean is given by, .v = a + (Uh.) x/7= 50 + -36
xlO =39.71
B
{*/ 35
re
Therefore, the mean percentage of female teachers in the primary schools of rural area is
ou
ad
39.71.
Y
Note : Ifx, andf are small numbers then direct method should be used. IfXj andf are large
numbers, then we use the assumed mean method or step-deviation method. Ifthe class sizes
nd
Re
are unequal, and xt are large, we can still apply the step-deviation method by taking h to
Fi
be a suitable divisor of all the d's.
Example 20. To find out the concentration of S02 in the air (in parts per million, i.e. ppm), the
data was collected for 30 localities in a certain city and is presented below :
Concentration of S02
Frequency
(in ppm)
0.00-0.04 4
0.04-0.08 9
0.08-0.12 9
0.12-0.16 2
0.16-0.20 4
0.20-0.24 2
Find the mean concentration of S02 in the air :
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.19
Solution: Let the assumed mean a = 0.10
Concentration
Frequency Mid-value -0.10
of SQ2 "/ = ^L0.04 fi"i
(in ppm) (/;-) (*,)
0.00-0.04 4 0.02 -2 -8
0.04-0.08 9 0.06 -1 -9
0.08-0.12 9 0.10 0 0
0.12-0.16 2 0.14 1 2
0.16-0.20 4 0.18 2 8
0.20-0.24 2 0.22 3 6
x./;=3o X./X =-l
By step deviation method mean is given by
w
1
x = a+ x h = 0.10 + — x0.04
1/ Flo 30
ee
= 0.10-0.0013
=0.0987
= 0.099 ppm Fr
for
ur
Example 2\. Calculate the arithmetic mean of the following frequency distribution :
ks
Class interval Frequency
Yo
oo
0-20 20
B
20-40 35
re
40-60 52
ou
ad
60-80 44
Y
80-100 38
nd
100-120 31
Re
Fi
|CBSE 20011
Solution : Class size /? = 20 0 = 20.
Assumed mean
Frequ Class
Class a = 50; (l:i (I,
ency mark 11/ = —
interval Deviation /; 20
(/;•> (-V,)
(l, = X; - 50
0-20 20 10 -40 -2 -40
20-40 35 30 -20 1 -35
40 - 60 52 50 0 0 0
60-80 44 70 20 44
80-100 38 90 40 2 76
100-120 31 110 60 3 93
L f = 220 138
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.20 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
S./A
Required mean x= a+ hx
Zf
138
= 50 + 20 50+ 12.54 = 62.54
220
Example 22. The distribution below shows the number of wickets taken by bowlers in one-
day cricket matches. Find the mean number ofwickets by choosing a suitable method. What
does the mean signify?
Number of wickets 20-60 60-100 100-150 150-200 250-350 350-450
Number of bowlers 7 5 16 12 2 3
Solution : Here, the class-size varies, and the x-s are large. We can still apply the step-
deviation method.
w
Let a = 200 and h = 20
Number of Number of Flo
(-v,) r/, = xj - 200
d,
«//
ee
wickets taken bowlers (/)) «/ = —
20
20-60 7 40 -160 Fr ■8 -56
60-100 5 80 120
for
-6 -30
ur
100-150 16 125 -75 -3.75 -60
ks
150-250 12 200 0 0 0
Yo
oo
250-350 2 300 100 5 10
B
350-450 3 400 200 10 30
re
Total 45 -106
ou
ad
Y
-106
Now A.M. is given by x = 200+20 = 200-47.11 = 152.89
45
nd
Re
This tells us that, on an average, the number of wickets taken by these 45 bowlers in one-day
Fi
cricket is 152.89.
Example 23. Find the A.M. of the following frequency distribution :
Marks Less Less Less Less Less Less Less Less
obtained than 10 than 20 than 30 than 40 than 50 than 60 than 70 than 80
Number
of 25 40 60 75 95 125 190 240
students
Solution : Here, cumulative frequency of each class is given.
Class interval after the first class is 10, class interval of first class may also betaken as
10, class size/?= 10
Assuming marks obtained to be non-negative,
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.21
Assumed
mean =4
Class Cumulative Frequency Class - mark ", h
a - 45;
interval frequency (cf) (/;•) (•v,) = ±L
Deviation
10
dj = .v - 45
0-10 25 25 5 -40 -4 100
10-20 40 40-25 = 15 15 -30 -3 -45
20-30 60 60-40 = 20 25 -20 -2 -40
30-40 75 75-60 = 15 35 10 -15
40-50 95 95 - 75 = 20 45 0 0 0
50-60 125 125-95 = 30 55 10 1 30
65 20 130
w
60 - 70 190 190-125 = 65 2
70-80 240 240-190 = 50 75 30 3 150
I/. =240 Flo = no
ee
110
Required mean .v =a + h
i./;
= 45 + lOx
240
45 + 4.58=49.58
Fr
for
ur
Example 24. The following table gives the frequency distribution of marks obtained by 50
students :
ks
Yo
Marks 5-10 10-15 15-20 20-25 25-30
oo
II 8 7 15 9
B
Frequency
re
On scrutiny the following mistakes were observed.
ou
ad
Students A B C D E F
Y
Correct marks 21 23 26 16 23 21
nd
Re
Marks taken 26 28 24 6 17 26
Fi
Find the correct A. M.
Solution:
Correct
Incorrect Adjustment of Class a = 17.5
Marks frequency ", = ‘1l
frequency frequency marks dj = Xj - a 5
(/,)
5-10 11 1 10 7.5 -10 -2 -20
10-15 8 8 12.5 5 -1 8
15-20 7 + 1-1 7 17.5 0 0 0
20-25 15 +1+1-1+1+1 18 22.5 5 1 18
25-30 9 -l-l+l-l 7 27.5 10 2 14
50 I/. =50 =4
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.22 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Required correct mean .v = a + /? x
4
= 17.5 + 5x — = 17.9.
50
EXERCISE 6.1
Type I
I. The mean of I 1 results is 30. If the mean of the first 6 results is 28 and that of last 6
results is 32, find the 6th result. |CBSE 2000|
2. The mean of 17 observations is 20. If the mean of the first 9 observations is 23 and that
of last 9 observations is 18, find the 9th observation. |CBSE 2000|
3. The mean weight of 21 students of a class is 52 kg. If the mean weight of the first 11
w
students of the class is 50 kg and that of the last 11 students is 54 kg, find the weight of
the 11th student. |CBSE 2000|
4. Flo
The mean weight of 25 students of a class is 60 kg. If the mean weight of the first 13
ee
students of the class is 57 kg and that of the last 13 students is 63 kg, find the weight of
5.
the 13th student.
Fr
(CBSE 2000|
The mean of23 observations is 34. Ifthe mean of the first 12 observations is 32 and that
for
ur
of the last 12 observations is 38, find the 12th observation. |CBSE 2000|
6. The mean of 11 numbers is 35. Ifthe mean of first 6 numbers is 32 and that of last 6
ks
numbers is 37, find the 6th number. |CBSE200C|
Yo
oo
7. The mean of 25 observations is 36. Ifthe mean of the first 13 observations is 32 and that
B
of the last 13 observations is 39, find the 13th observation. | CBSE 20011
re
Type 11
ou
ad
8. Ifthe mean of the following data is 25. find the value of A'.
Y
-V 5 15 25 35 45
nd
Re
3 k 3 6 2 (CBSE 2001|
/
Fi
9. Find the arithmetic mean of the following distribution :
Marks obtained 10 15 20 25 30
No. of students 2 4 6 8 10
10. The mean of the following frequency distribution is 62.8. Find the missing frequency
x:
Class 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100 100-120
Frequency 5 8 x 12 7 8
11. The arithmetic mean of the following data is 14. Find the value of/;: |CBSE2001C|
-V 5 10 15 20 25
7 P 8 4 5
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.23
12. Ifthe mean of the following data is 18, find the missing frequency/?: |CBSE 2002C|
.v 10 15 20 25
/ 5 10 P 8
13. Find the value of/? if mean of the following distribution is 7.5 : |CBSE 2003|
x 3 5 7 9 11
f 6 8 15 P 8
14. Find the mean of the following data : |CBSE 2002|
Class interval 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
Frequency 12 11 8 10 9
w
15. Find the mean of the following distribution : |CBSE 2005|
Class Number of students
4-8
Flo 2
ee
8-12 12
12-16 15 Fr
for
ur
16-20 25
20-24 18
ks
12
Yo
24-28
oo
28-32 13
B
32-36 3
re
16. The arithmetic mean of the following frequency distribution is 53. Find the value of/?:
ou
ad
Y
Class 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100
nd
Re
Frequency 12 15 32 P 13
Fi
17. Ifthe mean of the following distribution is 5. Find the value of/, : |CBSE 2006|
Class 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100
Frequency 17 28 32 ./> 19
18. Find the mean of the following frequency distribution : |CBSE 2006C1
Class 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100
Frequency 15 18 21 29 17
The mean ofthe following frequency distribution is 62.8 and the sum of all frequency is
50. Compute the missing frequency/, and /: |CBSE 2004|
Class 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100 100-120 Total
interval
Frequency 5 /, 10 fi 7 8 50
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.24 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
The mean of the following frequency distribution is 57.6 and the sum of the
frequencies is 50. Find the missing frequencies/, and/2: |CBSE2004|
Class interval 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100 100-120
Frequency 7 ./i 12 fi 8 5
Type III
21. Find the mean of the following data : |CBSE 2002|
Class interval 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100
Frequency 8 6 12 11 13
22. Find the mean ofthe following frequency distribution : |CBSE 2002|
Class interval 15-25 25-35 35-45 45-55 55-65
w
Frequency 60 35 22 18 15
23. Find the mean ofthe following frequency distribution : |CBSE 2006C|
Class 50-70 70-90 90-110
Flo 110-130 130-150 150-170
ee
Frequency 18 12 13 27 8 22
24. Find the mean of the following frequency distribution : Fr |CBSE 2006CJ
for
ur
Class 25-29 30-34 35-39 40-44 45-49 50-54 55-59
ks
Frequency 14 22 16 6 5 3 4
Yo
oo
Type IV
B
25. The following table gives the marks scored by 50 students in a class-test:
re
Marks 0-100 100-200 200-300 300-400 400-500 500-600
ou
ad
Number
Y
of 2 8 12 20 5 3
students
nd
Re
Find the mean marks scored by a student in the class-test.
Fi
26. Find the mean ofthe following data : |CBSE 2005|
Classes 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
Frequency 3 5 9 5 3
27. Find the mean ofthe following data : |CBSE 2005C|
Classes 0-100 100-200 200-300 300-400 400-500
Frequency 6 9 15 12 8
28. The following table gives the marks scored by 80 students in a class-test:
Marks 0-50 50-100 100-150 150-200 200-250 250-300
Number of 8 12 20 25 10 5
students
Find the mean marks scored by a student in the class-test. |CBSE 2004|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.25
29. The following table gives the distribution of expenditure of different families on
education. Find the mean expenditure on education of a family: |CBSE 2004C|
Expenditure (in Rs.) Number of families
1000-1500 24
1500-2000 40
2000-2500 33
2500-3000 28
3000-3500 30
3500-4000 22
4000-4500 16
4500 - 5000 7
w
ANSWERS
1. 30 2. 29 Flo 3. 52 kg 4. 60 kg 5. 58
ee
6. 29 7. 23 8. A' = 4 9. 23.33 10. *= 10
11. p=6
16./? = 28
12. p = l
17./] =24
13. p = 23
18. 53
Fr
14. 23.6
19./, = 8,/2=12
15. 19.92
for
ur
20./, = 8,/2=10 21.78 22. 32.87 23. 112.2 24. 36.36
ks
25. 304 26. 25 27. 264 28. 145 29. 2662.50
Yo
oo
6.6. MODE
B
re
Definition : Mode of a distribution is that value ofthe variate which occurs most frequently.
Thus mode is the observation having maximum frequency.
ou
ad
Example: Mode of ungrouped data : Find the mode of the following distribution :
Y
Size of shoes 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
nd
Re
Frequency 3 9 3 4 18 7 8 3
Fi
Here observation 6 has maximum frequency, therefore, mode is 6.
It is just possible that more than one observation may have maximum frequency. In this case
we say that the data is multi-modal. Here we shall discuss only distributions having single
mode.
Mode of grouped data : In case of grouped frequency distribution it is not possible to know
the value of mode by simply looking at the frequencies. For finding mode of grouped fre
quency distribution, first ofall we locate the class in which the mode lies. The class in which
mode lies is called the modal class. Obviously modal class will be the class having maximum
frequency. If/be the lower limit of the modal class and h the class interval, then mode will be
some value between / and /+ /?. After locating the modal class, we use the following formula
to find the mode.
Mode = / + J\-f,---- xh
2/ -Jo -h
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.26 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
where / = lower limit ofthe modal class
/; = size of the class (class interval)
/, = frequency of the modal class
f) = frequency of the pre-modal class i.e., class preceding the modal class
/2 = frequency of the post modal class i.e., of the class succeeding the modal class
Example : Find the mode of the following data :
Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
Frequency 8 12 20 6 4
Solution : Here class having maximum frequency is 20-30 and therefore modal-class is
20-30.
./i-./o
w
Now, mode M0= / + x/;
If-fo-fi
Here 1=20, f =20, /0= 12,/2 = 6,/j=10.
Flo
ee
20-12
Hence, mode M0 =20 + x 10
2x20-12-6
= 20 + 3.63 = 23.63
Fr
for
ur
6.7. MERITS AND DEMERITS OF MODE
ks
Yo
Merits
oo
(1) Mode can be easily comprehended and calculated.
B
re
(2) It is least affected by extreme values.
(3) Mode can also be obtained in case of unequal class interval.
ou
ad
Y
Demerits
(1) Mode is not based upon all the observations.
nd
Re
(2) Mode may not be unique and hence it is not uniquely defined.
Fi
(3) It does not take into account the extreme values.
(4) It has no algebraic property and hence it cannot be used in further mathematical treat
ment.
Use of mode : Mode is the most suitable measure of central tendency when the most popular
or common item is required.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on finding mode of ungrouped frequency distribution.
WORKING RULE:
1. Ifgiven data is raw, first of all prepare the frequency table.
2. Look at the frequencies of different observations. The observation having maximum
frequency will be the mode.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.27
Example I. Find the mode from the following data :
5,2,4,2,7, 1,7,5,5,4,6,3,5,3,4,6,5,5.
Solution:
Observation 2 3 4 5 6 7
Tally mark III JKf II
Frequency 1 2 2 3 7 2 2
Clearly, frequency of 5 is maximum.
Hence, mode of given data = 5.
Example 2. The wickets taken by a bowler in 10 cricket matches are as follows :
2645021323
Find the mode of the data.
w
Solution : The frequency distribution table of the given data is as given below :
Number of wickets 0 1 Flo
2 3 4 5 6
ee
Number of matches 1 1 3 2 1 1
Fr
Clearly, 2 is the number of wickets taken by the bowler in the maximum number of matches
for
ur
(here it is 3).
Hence, mode of the given data = 2.
ks
Yo
oo
Type II. Problems based on mode of grouped (classified) frequency distribution.
B
WORKING RULE:
re
1. First of all make the classes overlapping.
ou
ad
2. Locate the modal class i.e., class having maximum frequency.
Y
3. Find f = frequency of the modal class
nd
Re
/0 = frequency of the pre-modal class.
Fi
f2 = frequency of the post-modal class
h = class interval (class size)
4. Then find the mode using the following formula.
Mode = / + ./i-/o x/7
If-fo-fi
Example 3. The following data gives the information on the observed lifetime (in hours) of
225 electrical components:
Lifetime (in hours) 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100 100-120
Frequency 10 35 52 61 38 29
Determine the modal lifetimes of the components.
Solution : In the given frequency distribution class 60 - 80 has maximum frequency and
hence it is the modal class.
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.28 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Now, mode M0 = / + f\-Jo xh
If-h-fi
Here / = lower limit of modal class = 60
/[ = trequency of the modal class = 61
/0 = frequency of the pre-modal class = 52
f2 = frequency of the post-modal class = 38
/? = class interval = 20
61-52
From (i), mode M0 = 60 + x 20
2 x61 -52-38
= 60 + — x20 = 60 + 5.625 = 65.625
32
low
Example 4. Find the mode from the following data :
Marks 0-10 10-20 20-40 40-50 50-70
Frequency 5 15 40 32 28
ee
rF
Fr
Solution : Here class intervals are not same. Therefore, first of all we make the class interval
same. Making class interval equal, we have the following table :
for
u
Class interval 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70
ks
Frequency 5 15 20 20 32 14 14
Yo
oo
Here class having maximum frequency is 40 - 50. Therefore, modal class is 40 - 50.
eB
Now, Mode M0 = / + f-fo x/i .-(i)
r
ou
2/1-/0-/2
ad
Y
Here / = 40, f = 32, /0 = 20, /2 = 14, /? = 10
nd
32-20
Re
Mode M0 =40 + x 10
64-20-14
Fi
= 40 + 4 = 44.
Note : Here we have assumed that classes 20 - 30 and 30 - 40, also have equalfrequency.
Example 5. Find the mode from the following data :
Marks below 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Number of students 5 11 22 37 56 68 75 80
Solution : Here cumulative frequencies have been given, hence, we first of all make an
ordinary frequency distribution. We have the following table :
Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80
Cumulative
5 11 22 37 56 68 75 80
frequency
Frequency 5 6 11 15 19 12 7 5
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.29
Here class having maximum frequency is 40 - 50, therefore, modal class is 40 - 50.
./i ~/o
Now, mode M0 = / + x/z ...(i)
If-fo-fi
Here 1 = 40, f = \ 9, fQ- 15, f2= 12, /z= 10
19-15
Mode M0 =40 + x 10
38-15-12
40
= 40 + —
11
= 40 + 3.636 = 43.64
Example 6. Find the mode of the following distribution :
w
Class
11-15 16-20 21-25 26-30 31-35 36-40 41-45 46-50
interval
Frequency 7 10 26 35 22 II 5
13
Flo
ree
Solution : Here the class having maximum frequency is 31 - 35, therefore modal class is
31-35. But classes are not overlapping. When they are made overlapping, modal class will
become 30.5-35.5. F
or
ur
I ~fo
sf
Now, Mode M0=/ + x/z
If-fo-fi
k
Yo
oo
Here I = 30.5, ,/j = 35, /0 = 26, f2 = 22, h = 5
B
35-26
re
Hence, Mode M0 = 30.5 + x5
2x35-26-22
ou
ad
Y
45
= 30.5+ —
22
nd
Re
= 30.5 + 2.04 = 32.54.
Fi
Example 7. Find the mode of the following distribution :
Class
45-50 40 - 45 35-40 30-35 25-30 20-25 15-20
interval
Frequency 3 8 10 20 30 18 4
Solution : Here class interval are in descending order, therefore, first of all we write it in
ascending order. Now, the given frequency distribution can be written as :
Class interval 15-20 20-25 25-30 30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50
Frequency 4 18 30 20 10 8 3
Here modal class is 25 - 30.
Now, M0=/ + x/z -(i)
If-fo-fi
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.30 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Here, / = 25,/,=30,/0= l8,/, = 20, h = 5
30-18
Mode M0 = 25 + x5
60-18-20
12
= 25 + —x5 =27.73
22
Example 8. Find the mode of the following distribution :
Class mark 1 2 3 4 5 6
Frequency 4 8 20 16 10 6
Solution : Here, class marks have been given, therefore, first of all we make class-intervals.
The class having mid-value (class mark) A',-will be
w
h h
X‘~2 X, + 2
Class interval 0.5-1.5 1.5-2.5
Flo
2.5-3.5 3.5-4.5 4.5-5.5 5.5-6.5
ee
Frequency 4 8 20
Here, modal class is 2.5 - 3.5 as this class has maximum frequency
16
Fr 10 6
for
ur
Now, modeM0=/-i- Ti-Zo xh ...(0
ks
If-fo-fi
Yo
oo
Here 1 = 2.5, f = 20, /0=8,/2=16,/?=1
B
20-8
re
Mode M0= 2.5 + x1
40-8-16
ou
ad
12
= 2.5+ —
Y
16
nd
= 2.5 + 0.75 = 3.25
Re
Example 9. Find the missing frequency of the following data ifthe mode is 25 :
Fi
Class 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70
Frequency 14 22 27 ? 23 20 15
Solution: Since mode is 25 and it lies in class 20-30, therefore, modal class is 20 - 30. Let the
unknown frequency be a.
Now, mode M0 = / + f ~fo X/7
2f-fo-f2
Here I = 20, /, = 27, ,/0 = 22, /2 = a, /? = 10 and M() = 25.
27-22
25= 20 + x 10
54 - 22 - a
50
=> 5 32-a =>32-a = 10 a = 22
Flence, unknown frequency = 22.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.31
Example tO. The following data gives the distribution oftotal monthly household expendi
ture of200 families of a village. Find the modal monthly expenditure of the families. Also, find
the mean monthly expenditure:
Expenditure (in Rs.) Number of families
1000-1500 24
1500-2000 40
2000-2500 33
2500-3000 28
3000-3500 30
3500-4000 22
4000-4500 16
4500-5000 7
w
Solution: Class having max. frequency is (1500 - 2000), therefore, this is the modal class.
Lower limit of the modal class = / = 1500
Class interval =h= 2000-1500 = 500
Frequency of the modal class =f = 40
Flo
ee
Frequency of the class preceding the modal class =/0 = 24
Fr
Frequency of the class succeeding the modal class =/2 = 33
for
ur
Now, mode = / + /? r i-h i = 1500 + 500 40-24
lA-fo-fi) 2x40-24-33
ks
Yo
oo
16 500x16
= 1500 + 500 = 1500 +
B
80-57 23
re
= 1500 + 347.83=1847.83.
Hence, the average expenditure done by the maximum number of manual workers is Rs.
ou
ad
1847.83.
Y
For the calculation of mean monthly expenditure, h = 1500 - 1000 = 500.
nd
Re
Assumed mean
Class
Frequency a = 2750; d,
Fi
Class interval mark u ■. =-------
ft Deviation 500
(*/)
di = xi ~ a
1000-1500 24 1250 -1500 -3 -72
1500-2000 40 1750 -1000 -2 -80
2000-2500 33 2250 -500 -1 -33
2500-3000 28 2750 0 0 0
3000-3500 30 3250 500 30
3500-4000 22 3750 1000 2 44
4000-4500 16 4250 1500 3 48
4500-5000 7 4750 2000 4 28
X / = 200 L/u,. =-35
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.32 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Required mean x = a + h
Zf
500x(-35)
2750 +
200
= 2750 - 87.5 = Rs. 2662.5
Example 11. The following table shows the ages of the patients admitted in a hospital
during a year:
Age (in years) 5-15 15-25 25-35 35-45 45-55 55-65
Number of
6 11 21 23 14 5
patients
Find the mode and the mean of the data given above. Compare and interpret the two mea
sures of central tendency.
w
Solution : Here class (35-45) has maximum frequency 23 and therefore, this is the modal
class.
Lower limit of the modal class = /= 35 Flo
ee
Class interval = /?= 10
Frequency of the modal calss =f = 23
Frequency of the pre-modal class =/0 = 21 Fr
for
ur
Frequency of the post-modal class =/2 = 14
ks
Now, mode - / + ./i -/o xh
Yo
oo
B
23-21
re
= 35 + 10
2x23-21-14
ou
ad
20 20
Y
= 35 + = 35 + —
46-35 11
nd
Re
= 35 + 1.8181 = 36.8181 =36.8 (approx)
Fi
Hence, the average age for which maximum cases occurred is 36.818.
Calculation of mean:
Assumed mean
Number of
Age Class mark a = 30;
patients fd
(in years) (/■) (AT) Deviation
(I = x-a
5-15 6 10 -20 -120
15-25 11 20 10 -110
25-35 21 30 0 0
35-45 23 40 10 230
45-55 14 50 20 280
55-65 5 60 30 150
I/ = 80 1/(7 = 430
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.33
430
I/o' = 30 +-----
Required mean x =a +
1/ 80
= 30 + 5.375 = 35.375 years
From the definition of mode and mean, the maximum number of patients are aged 36.818
years, while on an average, a patient is aged 35.375 years.
Example 12. The marks distribution of 30 students in a mathematics examination are given
below. Find the mode of this data. Also compare and interpret the mode and the mean.
Class interval 10-25 25-40 40-55 55-70 70-85 85-100
Number of students 2 3 7 6 6 6
Solution : Since the maximum number of students {i.e., 1) have got marks in the interval
40-55, the modal class is 40- 55. Therefore,
w
Now,
/ = the lower limit of the modal class = 40,
h = the class size = 15,
Flo
ree
/, = the frequency of modal class = 7,
/0 = the frequency of the class preceding the modal class = 3, F
or
/2 = the frequency of the class succeeding the modal class = 6
ur
sf
Now, mode= / + ./■ -/o xh
k
Yo
oo
~f\ /o fi,
B
7-3
re
= 40 + x 15 = 52
14-6-3
ou
ad
Calculation of mean:
Y
Number of Class mark
nd
Re
Class interval fixi
students (/] ) (*,)
Fi
10-25 2 17.5 35.0
25-40 3 32.5 97.5
40-55 7 47.5 332.5
55-70 6 62.5 375.5
70-85 6 77.5 465.0
85-100 6 92.5 555.0
I/=30 = 1860
Hence, the mode marks is 52.
I_ I860
Mean = -62
1/ " 30
Thus, the maximum number of students obtained 52 marks while on an average a student
obtained 62 marks.
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.34 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 13. Find mode from the following: [CBSE 2007]
Age (in years) No. of persons
0-10 6
10-20 11
20-30 21
30-40 23
40-50 14
50-60 5
Solution:
w
Age (in years) No. of persons
0-10 Flo 6
ee
10-20 11
20-30
Fr
21
or
ur
30-40 23
f
ks
40-50 14
Yo
oo
50-60 5
B
The class 30-40 has the maximum frequency.
re
It is the modal class
ou
ad
.-. /o = 21,/, = 23, /2= 14, h= 10
Y
■/i-/o
Mode = / +
d
x h
Re
n
L2/i-./o-/2
Fi
23-21
Mode =30 + x 10
2 (23) -21-14
2x10 20
= 30 + = 30+ —
[46-35 11
= 30+1.82 = 31.82 years (approx.)
EXERCISE 6.2
Type I
^ Find mode of the following data :
64.61,62,62,63,61,63,64,64,60,65,63,64,65,66,64
2. Find the mode of the following distribution :
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.35
Marks 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Frequency 3 8 10 12 16 12 10
Find the mode of the following data
Class interval 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Frequency 2 9 3 4 8 7 8 3
4. A survey conducted on 20 households in a locality by a group of students resulted in
the following frequency table for the number of family members in a household.
Family size 1-3 3-5 5-7 7-9 9-11
Number of families 7 8 2 2 1
low
Find the mode of this data.
Type II
ee
5. Find the mode of the following distribution :
rF
Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
Fr
50-60 60-70 70-80
or
Number
f
u
15 20 24 24 12 31 7i 52
of students
ks
Yo
oo
6. Find the mode of the following distribution:
B
re
Age in
0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70
(years)
ou
ad
Y
Frequency 8 14 25 28 25 10 5
nd
Re
^ The given distribution shows the number of runs scored by some top batsman of the
Fi
world in one-day international cricket matches.
Runs scored Number of batsman
3000-4000 4
4000-5000 18
5000-6000 9
6000 - 7000 7
7000-8000 6
8000-9000 3
9000-10000 1
10000-11000
Find the mode of the data.
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.36 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
8. A student noted the number of cars passing through a spot on a road for 100 periods
each of 3 minutes and summarised it in the table given below. Find the mode of the data:
Number of cars 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80
Frequency 7 14 13 12 20 15 8
9. Find the mode ofthe following distribution :
Class interval 6-10 11-15 16-20 21-25 26-30
Frequency 20 30 50 40 10
10. Find the mode ofthe following distribution :
Income (in rupees) 500-600 400-500 300-400 200-300 100-200
Number of persons 17 20 30 18 15
low
II. Find the mode ofthe following data :
Marks below 10 20 30 40 50
ee
Number of students 3 8 17 20 22
rF
Fr
12. Find the mode ofthe following distribution :
f or
u
Marks more than 0 10 20 30 40 50
ks
Yo
oo
Number of students 50 46 40 20 10 3
B
13. Find the mode ofthe following distribution :
re
Class mark 15 25 35 45
ou
55 65
ad
Y
Frequency 5 10 12 25 10 4
nd
Re
(l^) If mode ofthe following distribution
is Rs. 24, find the missing frequency:
Fi
Expenditure 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 Total
Number of families 14 ? 27 ■7 15 100
15. The following distribution gives the state-wise teacher-student ratio in higher
secondary schools of India. Find the mode and mean of this data. Interpret, the two
measures:
Number of
students 15-20 20-25 25-30 30-35 35-40 40-45 45-50 50-55
per teacher
Number of
3 8 9 10 3 0 0 2
States/UT
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.37
ANSWERS
I. 64 2. 8 3. 12 4. 3.286 5. 66.78
6. 35 7. 4608.7 8. 44.7 9. 18.83 10. Rs. 354.54
II. 24 12. 25.83 13. 44.64 14. 23 and 21
15. mode 30.62 (approx.); mean 29.2
6.8. MEDIAN OF DATA
We have learnt about median in class IX. We have seen that median is a measure of central
tendency.
Definition : Median ofa given data is the middle-most observation when the data has been
arranged in ascending or descending order of magnitude. When the observations have been
arranged in ascending and descending order of magnitude and n be the number of observa
tions, then median is given by
w
n+1
Median = lb observation, if/? is odd.
2
Median = Average of th and |Flo +1 jth observation if/? is even.
ee
Fr
In case of frequency distribution, median is that value of the variate which divides the order
for
total frequency into two equal parts.
ur
How to find median of a frequency distribution ?
ks
In order to find the median of a data in the form of frequency distribution, first of all we make
Yo
a cumulative frequency table. In this table the column showing the cumulative frequency is
oo
called the cumulative frequency column.
B
Example: Prepare the cumulative frequency table from the following data and calculate the
re
median:
ou
ad
Age (in years) 10 12 15 18 21 23
Y
Frequency 3 5 4 10 8 4
nd
Re
Solution : Cumulative frequency table :
Fi
Age Frequency Cumulative
(in years) .v, (//) frequency
10 3 3
12 5 3+5 =8
15 4 8 + 4 = 12
18 10 12 + 10 = 22
21 8 22 + 8 = 30
23 4 30 + 4 = 34
Total N = 34
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.38 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Calculation of median : From the table given above it is clear that:
N = Total frequency = 34 (an even number)
N 34 N
— = 17, and —+1 = 18
2 2 2
17th observation = 18 [As 13th to 22nd observations are each 18]
18 th observation = 18
(Value of 17th term) + (Value of 18th term)
Median =
2
18+18
= 18 years
2
w
(6.9. MEDIAN OF A GROUPED (CLASSIFIED) DATA
Before discussing method to find the median of a grouped data, we discuss the method of
Flo
making cumulative frequency table. Cumulative frequency table are of two types :
ee
(1) Less than type.
(2) More than type.
Fr
for
ur
1. Making a less than type cumulative frequency table : Let us consider the following
ks
data:
Yo
oo
Class interval 60-65 65-70 70-75 75-80 80-85 85-90
eB
Frequency 4 5 4 4 2
r
ou
ad
Cumulative frequency
Y
Class interval Frequency
(Less than type)
nd
Re
60-65
Fi
65-70 4 1+4 =5
70-75 5 5 + 5 = 10
75-80 4 10 + 4 = 14
80-85 4 14 + 4=18
85-90 2 18 + 2 = 20
While making less than type cumulative frequency table, we start writing cumulative frequency
from top and go to the bottom. Here cumulative frequency of first class is 1, therefore,
number of observations less than the upper limit 65 of this class is 1. Similarly cumulative
frequency of second class is 4. This means, the number of observations less than the upper
limit 70 of second class is 4. Less than 70 means observation lying between 60 to 65 and 65
to 70. Similar is the meaning ofcumulative frequency of other classes.
2. Making a more than type cumulative frequency table : We consider the data given
above :
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.39
Cumulative frequency
Class interval Frequency
(More than type)
60-65 19 + 1 = 20
65-70 4 15 + 4= 19
70-75 5 10 + 5 = 15
75-80 4 6 + 4 = 10
80-85 4 2+4 = 6
85-90 2 2
While preparing cumulative frequency table of more than type we start writing the
cumulative frequency from bottom of the table and go to the top. Here cumulative frequency
low
of last class is 2 means number of observations greater than the lower limit 85 of last class is
2. Similarly cumulative frequency of second class from bottom is 6 means number of obser
vations greater than lower limit 80 of this class is 6. This includes the number of observations
ee
between 80 to 85 and 85 to 90.
rF
How to find median of a grouped data ? Fr
or
In order to find the median of grouped data we.can use either less than type or more than
f
type cumulative frequency table. But we generally use less than type cumulative frequency
u
ks
table.
Yo
In case of grouped data it is not possible to find the median (middle observation) by seeing
oo
the cumulative frequencies. In fact, the median will be some value in the class containing the
B
N
re
cumulative frequency —, where N is the total frequency.
ou
ad
M
Y
The class containing the cumulative frequency — is called the median class and median lies
nd
in the class.
Re
After locating the median class, we use the following formula to find the median.
Fi
Median = / + — x h
f
where I = lower limit of the median elass
N = total frequency
f- frequency of the median class.
h = class interval (class size) assuming it to be equal.
C = cumulative frequency ofthe class preceding the median class i.e , cumulative
frequency of the pre-median class.
Example: Find the median ofthe following distribution :
Classes 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70
Frequency 10 12 8 16 14 10
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.40 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Solution : We construct the less than type cumulative frequency table as given below :
Classes -v; (./;) Cumulative frequency
10-20 15 10 10
20-30 25 12 22
30-40 35 8 30
40-50 45 16 46
50-60 55 14 60
60-70 65 10 70
Total X/;=N = 70
Here, N=X/;=70.y = 35
low
ee
The cumulative frequency just greater than 35 is 46 and the corresponding class is 40-50. So
rF
40-50 is the median class.
Fr
for
N-C
u
Now, median M = / + — x//
ks
/
Yo
oo
Here, / = 40, N = 70, C = 30, h= 10,/= 16
B
re
35-30
M = 40 + x 10 = 43.125
ou
16
ad
Y
6.10. MERITS AND DEMERITS OF MEDIAN
nd
Re
Merits
Fi
(1) Median can be easily comprehended and calculated.
(2) It is unaffected by extreme values.
(3) It is definite.
(4) It can be determined graphically.
(5) It can be determined even if class-intervals are unequal.
Demerits
(1) It is not based on all the observations.
(2) When the number of observations is even, median cannot be determined exactly.
(3) It is affected by fluctuations of sampling.
(4) No algebraic treatment is possible.
Use of median : Median is best suited for qualitative data which cannot be measured such as
I.Q.. poverty etc. It can be used in problems related to wages, distribution of wealth, etc.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.41
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problem based on median of unclassified frequency distribution.
WORKING RULE:
1. Ifthe class is non-overlapping make it overlapping.
2. Prepare a less than type cumulative frequency table (starting from top to bottom).
N
3. Find the total frequency N and then —.
N
4. Find the median class i.e., class to which cumulative frequency — belongs.
w
5. Write down the lower limit / ofthe median class, frequency/ofthe median class, class
interval h and cumulative frequency C ofthe pre-median class.
Flo
6. Now use the following formula to find the median.
ee
*-c
Fr
Median i+2 x /;
/
for
ur
Example 1. Find the median ofthe following distribution :
ks
Observations 8 9 10 11 12 13 . 14
Yo
oo
Frequency 4 6 13 8 9 6 4
B
re
Solation:
ou
ad
Observation Frequency Cumulative frequency
Y
8 4 4
d
Re
n
9 6 4 + 6=10
Fi
10 13 10 + 13 = 23
11 8 23 + 8 = 31
12 9 31 + 9 = 40
13 6 40 + 6 = 46
14 4 46 + 4 = 50
N =50
N 50
Here, — = 25
2 2
Median = Value ofthe variate having cumulative frequency just greater then 25 i.e.,
having cumulative frequency 26= 11.
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.42 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 2. Find the median for the following frequency distribution :
Class 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80
Frequency 4 6 10 20 10 6 4
Solution : Calculation ofthe median:
Cum illative
Classes xi f, frequency
10-20 15 4 4
20-30 25 6 10
30-40 35 10 20
w
40-50 45 20 40
50-60 55 Flo10 50
ee
60-70 65 6 56
70-80 75 4 Fr
60
for
ur
N =!./;• =60
ks
Yo
oo
N
Here, N - 60. So, — = 30 and the cumulative frequency 30 lies in the class is 40-50.
B
re
Therefore, median class is 40 50.
ou
ad
N
Y
C
Now, median M - / + -= xh ...(1)
nd
Re
/
Fi
Here / = lower limit ofthe median class = 40
C = cumulative frequency ofthe pre-median class = 20
/= frequency ofthe median class = 20
h = class interval (class size) = 10
30-20
From (1), median M = 40 + x 10 = 45
20
Example 2>. Find the median ofthe following frequency distribution :
Daily wages (in rupees) 0-5 12-17 18-23 24-29
Number of labourers 10 15 12 20 13
Solution: Calculation of median.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.43
Class interval Frequency Cumulative frequency
0-5 10 10
6-11 15 25 C
12-17 12/ 37
18-23 20 57
24-29 13 70
Total N = 70
N
Here, — = 35
2
N
w
Cumulative frequency — = 35 lies in class 12-17, therefore, median class is 12-17.
N
Now, median M = / + —
-C
Xh
Flo
ee
f
Here, / = -(12 + 11) = 11.5
Fr
[Since classes are non-overlapping]
or
ur
f
/= 12, C = 25,/z = (17 - 12)+(12-ll) = 5 +1 = 6, N = 70
ks
35-25
Yo
Hence, median M = 11.5 x6
oo
12
B
= 11.5 + 5 = 16.5 rupees
re
Example 4. Find the median from the following table :
ou
ad
Marks 80-90 70-80 60-70 50-60 40-50 30-40
Y
26 20
nd
Number of students 10 15 12 7
Re
Fi
Solution : Here classes are in descending order, therefore, first of all we write the classes in
ascending order.
Number of students
Marks Cumulative frequency
(frequency)
30-40 20 20 C
40-50 26/ 46
50-60 7 53
60-70 12 65
70-80 15 80
80-90 10 90
N = 90
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.44 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
N
Here, — = 45 and cumulative frequency 45 belongs to class 40 - 50.
Hence median class is 40 - 50.
N
C
Now, median M = / + x h
f
Here, / = 40,020, / = 26, h = 10
45-20
Hence, median M = 40 + x 10
26
250
= 40 +
26
low
= 40+ 9.62 = 49.62 (approximately)
Example 5. Find the median from the following table:
ee
Marks below 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
rF
Number of students 15 35 60 84 Fr
96 127 198 251
or
Solution : Here cumulative frequency of the classes is given, therefore, we will have to
f
u
prepare frequency table.
ks
Yo
oo
Class interval Cumulative Frequency Frequency
B
Below 10
re
15 15
10-20
ou
35 35-15 = 20
ad
Y
20-30 60 60-35 = 25
nd
Re
30-40 84 84-60 = 24
Fi
40-50 96 C 96-84 = 12
50-60 127 127-96 = 31/
60-70 198 198-127 = 71
70-80 251 251-198 = 53
N = 251
N N
Here, — = 125.5 which is not an integer. Cumulative frequencyjust greater than — = 126.
Since, cumulative frequency 126 belongs to the class is 50 - 60, therefore, median class is
50-60.
N
-C
Now, median M = / + -=- Xh ...(0
f
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.45
Here, /= 50,C = 96,/=31,N = 251,/z= 10
125.5-96 295
Hence, median M = 50 + x10 = 50 +
31 31
^ 50 + 9.516 = 59.52 (approximately)
Example 6. Find the median from the following data :
Marks above 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20%
Number of students 10 15 25 45 70 85 90
Solution : Here cumulative frequencies are given and classes are in descending order.
Marks class
w
Cumulative Frequency Frequency
interval
More than 80 10
Flo 10
ee
70-80 15 15-10 = 5
Fr
60-70 25C 25-15 = 10
50-60 45 45-25 = 20/
or
ur
f
40-50 70 70-45 = 25
ks
Yo
30-40 85 85-70 = 15
oo
20-30 90 90-85 = 5
B
re
N = 90
ou
ad
Here cumulative frequencies are given and class-intervals are in ascending order, therefore,
first of all we prepare frequency table having class-intervals in ascending order.
Y
nd
Re
Cumulative Frequency Cumulative frequency
Class-interval Frequency
Fi
(more than type) (less than type)
20-30 90 90-85 = 5 5
30-40 85 85-70 = 15 5 + 15 = 20
40-50 70 70-45 = 25 20 + 25=45
50-60 45 45-25 = 20 45 + 20=65
60-70 25 25-15 = 10 65 + 10 = 75
70-80 15 15-10 =5 75 + 5 = 80
80 10 10 80 + 10 = 90
N = Z/<=90 N =90
Here, N 90
— = 45
2 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.46 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Cumulative frequencyjust greater than 45 belongs to class 50 - 60.
N
--C
Now, median M = / + — xh -(i)
/
Here /= 50, C = 45,/= 20. /? = 10
45 - 45
From(i), median = 50 + x 10 = 50 + 0 =50
20
Example 7. Find the median of the following data :
Class mark 5 15 25 35 45
Frequency 10 5 8 13 14
w
Solution : Flere class marks are given, therefore, first of all we should change it into class-
interval. Class-intervals corresponding to mid-value .v will be I .Y - -
h
Flo x + — where h
2 2 '
ee
is the difference between two consecutive class-marks.
Class-interval Frequency Fr
Cumulative Frequency
for
ur
0-10 10 10
10-20 5 15
ks
Yo
oo
20-30 8 23 C
B
30-40 13/ 36
re
40-50 14 50
ou
ad
N = 50
Y
N
nd
Re
Here, — =25 and cumulative frequency 25 belongs to class 30-40, therefore, median class
Fi
is 30-40.
N
C
Now, median M = / + — xh •••(i)
/
Flere /=30, C = 23,/= 13./?= 10, N = 50
25-23 20
Median M = 30 + x 10 = 30 + —= 30 + 1.54 = 31.54
13 13
Example 8.1 fthe median ofthe following incomplete frequency distribution is 25.625. find
the unknown frequency:
Class-intervals 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 N
Frequency 9 7 16 10 9 40
Solution : Let the frequency of class-intervals 0 - 10 and 40 - 50 be m and n respectively.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.47
Class-interval Frequency Cumulative Frequency
0-10 m m
10-20 7 7+m =C
20-30 16 = / 23 + m
30-40 10 33 + /;;
40-50 n 33 + //? + /7
N = 40
Since total frequency = 40 33 + ;?; + « = 40
or m +n=l -(i)
Since median is 25.625, therefore, median class is 20-30.
N
low
—-C
Now, median M = / +-^ xh
f
Here M = 25.625, /= 16, C = 7 + /;;. /; = 10, N = 40
ee
rF
20-(7 + /;;)
25.625 = 20 +
16
x 10 = 20 +
13 - m
8
x 5
Fr
for
13-/;;
or 5.625 = x5
u
8
ks
Yo
45.000
oo
or 13-;;; = = 9 /. /;; = 4
5
eB
From (i), /; = 7 - m = 7 - 4 = 3. Hence, /;; = 4,;; = 3
Example 9. Determine the mean and the median of the lol lowing data :
r
ou
ad
Class 0-15 15-30 30-45 45-60 60-75 75-90 90-105
Y
Frequency 20 15 25 15 20 30 50
nd
Re
Solution:
Fi
Ui
= ?L
Cumulative Class <li = h
Class-interval Frequency fiui
Frequency mark x, -52.5
15
0-15 20 20 7.5 -45 -3 60
15-30 15 35 22.5 -30 30
30-45 25 60 37.5 -15 -1 -25
45-60 15 75 52.5 0 0 0
60-75 20 95 67.5 15 20
75-90 30 125 82.5 30 2 60
90-105 50 175 97.5 45 3 150
N = 175 I/h, =115
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.48 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
N 175
Here, —= 87.5 (not an integer)
2
Integer just greater than 87.5 is 88 which belongs to class 60 - 75. Hence median class is
60-75.
N
-C
Now, median M = / + — xh
f
N
Here / = 60. — = 87.5, C - 75. / = 20, /? = 15
87.5-75
Median M = 60 + x 15
20
12.5x3
= 60 + = 60 + 9.37 = 69.37
4
w
Also, mean a-= a + xh
1/
Flo
Here, assumed mean a = 52.5 Ji= 15, X/=N= 175and 'Lfui= 115
ee
115
Mean 7 = 52.5 +---- x 15 = 52.5 + 9.85 = 62.35
175 Fr
Example 10. Find the mean, median and mode of the following distribution of ages of 50
for
ur
children playing in a field :
ks
Age (in years) 4-6 6-8 8-10 10-12 12-14
Yo
oo
No. of children 3 8 20 12 7
B
Solution:
re
Cumula Class
ou
*,~9
ad
Class Frequency
tive mark "i
interval
Y
frequency xi
2
nd
4-6 3 3 5 -2 -6
Re
6-8 8 11 7 -1 -8
Fi
8-10 20 31 9 0 0
10-12 12 43 11 1 12
12-14 7 50 13 2 14
N = !./;. =50 !./>,. =12
Arithmetic mean :
^fui
Arithmetic man ,v = a + xh •••(0
If
Here «=9, 'Lfui = 12, I/=50, h = 2
12
.v = 9 + — x2 =9 + 0.48 = 9.48 (years)
50
N 50
Here, — = 25 (an integer)
2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.49
Since cumulative frequency 25 belongs to class 8-10, therefore, median class is 8 - 10.
N
—-C
Now, median M = / + — X/7
-0)
/
N
Here, /= 8. — = 25, C = 11,/=20, /? = 20
25-11
Median M = 8 + x 2 = 8 + 1.4 = 9.4 (years)
20
Here class with maximum frequency is 8-10, therefore, modal class is 8 - 10.
Now, mode M0 = / + f ~ f) X/7
If-fo-fi
w
Here /=8,/1 = 20,/0=8,/2=12,/7 = 2
Mode M0 =8 +
20-8
40-8-12
Flo
x2 =8 + 1.2 = 9.2 (years).
ee
Fr
Example 11. The median and mode of the following distribution are 33.5 and 34 rupees
respectively. Find the missing frequencies.
for
ur
Daily wages 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 N
(in rupees)
ks
Yo
Frequency 4 16 60 ? ? ? 4 230
oo
B
Solution : Let the unknown frequencies be x,y and z.
re
Class interval Frequency Cumulative frequency
ou
ad
0-10 4 4
Y
10-20 16 20
nd
Re
20-30 60 80
Fi
30-40 .v 80 + a-
40-50 80 + .v + y
50-60 z 80 + a- + y + z
60-70 4 84 + a; + y + z
N =230
Since median is 33.5, median class is 30-40
N
-C
Now, median M = / + — X/7
/
N 230
Here, /= 30, y = — = 115,C = 80,/ = a\ h = 10, M = 33.5
115-80
33.5= 30 + x 10
x
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.50 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
350
or 3.5 = x = 100
x
Again, since mode is 34, therefore, modal class is 30-40.
Again, mode M0 = / + AzA x/?
2/,-/o-/2
Here, M0 = 34,/ = 30,/, = .v = 100,/0 = 60, f2 =y, h=\0
100-60
34= 30 + x 10
200 - 60 - y
400
or 4=
140-;'
or 140-v= 100 = 40
w
Again, since total frequency N = 230
84+A'+y + z=230
oi- 84+ 100 + 40 + z = 230
Flo .‘.2 = 6
ee
Hence, unknown frequencies are 100,40 and 6.
Example 12. Find the median from the following data :
Fr
for
ur
Marks 1-5 6-10 11-15 16-20 21-25 26-30 31-35 36-40
Number of
ks
students 3 10 20 30 20 9 5 3
Yo
oo
Solution : Here classes are non-overlapping, therefore, we shall make it overlapping :
B
re
Class-interval Frequency Cumulative
frequency
ou
ad
0.5-5.5 3 3
Y
5.5-10.5 10 13
nd
Re
10.5-15.5 20 33
Fi
15.5-20.5 30 63
20.5-25.5 20 83
25.5-30.5 9 92
30.5-35.5 5 97
35.5-40.5 3 100
N = 100
N 100
Here, — =50
2 2
Since cumulative frequency 50 belongs to class 15.5 - 20.5, therefore, median class is
15.5-20.50.
N
-C
Now, median M = / + —- X/7
/
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.51
N
Here / = 15.5, y = 50, C = 33, /= 30. h = 5
50-33
Median M = 15.5 + x5
30
= 15.5 + 2.83-18.33
Example 13. The median ofthe following data is 52.5. Find the values of.v and v ifthe total
frequency is 100. ICBSE 2008|
Class interval Frequency
0-10 2
10-20 5
20-30 x
30-40 12
w
40 - 50 17
50-60 20
60 - 70
Flo y
ee
70-80 9
80-90 7 Fr
for
ur
90-100 4
Solution:
ks
Yo
oo
Class interval Freq. (/;) C umulative Frequency
B
0 - 10 2 2
re
7
ou
10-20 5
ad
Y
20- 30 -V 7 +.v
nd
Re
30-40 12 19+.v
Fi
40-50 17 36+x
50 - 60 20 56 + x
60-70 y 56 + x +y
70 - 80 9 65 + x +y
80 - 90 7 72 + x + y
90 - 100 4 76 + x +y
100'
2 + 5+X+12+ 17 + 20+7+9 + 7 + 4=100
=> 76+x+;;= 100 =>x + v= 100-76 = 24
7 = 24-x ...(i)
Median = 52.5 (Given). N = 100,
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.52 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
N 100
— =50
2 2
Median class = 50 - 60
N
—-C
Median = / + 2 xl,
f
50-(36-.y)
52.5= 50 + x 10
20
50-36-a- 2.5 14-.v
52.5-50 = => — =
2 I 2
=> 5 = 14-a=>.y= 14-5 = 9
Putting the value oi'.v in (i),
low
>, = 24-9=15 .Y = 9, >,= 15
Example 14. Calculate the median from : |CBSE 2007|
Marks No. of students
ee
rF
0-10
10-30
5
15 Fr
for
30-60 30
u
60-80 8
ks
Yo
80-100 2
oo
eB
Solution:
r
ou
ad
Marks / c-f
Y
0- 10 5 5
nd
Re
10-30 15 20
Fi
30
8
80- 100
N 60
Here N = 60 — =30
2 2
Median class lies in 30 60
c.f = 20,/= 30. h = 30, /= 30
(N/2-C)
Median = / + x//
/
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.53
(30-20) 10
_ 30 + x 30 = 30+ —x30
30 30
= 30+10 = 40
Example 15. The following frequency distribution gives the monthly consumption of
electricity of 68 consumers of a locality. Find the median, mean and mode of the data and
compare them.
Monthly consumption Number of consumers
(in units)
65-85 4
85-105 5
105-125 13
w
125-145 20
145-165 Flo 14
ee
165-185 8
185-205 Fr 4
for
ur
Solution:
ks
Yo
Monthly Less than type
oo
consumption of No. of consumers cumulative
eB
electricity frequency
65-85 4 4
r
ou
ad
85-105 5 9
Y
22 = C
nd
105-125 13
Re
Fi
125-145 20 = / 42
145-165 14 56
165-185 8 64
185-205 4 68 = N
N_ _ 68
Here, 34
T" 2
Since cumulative frequency 34 belgons to class interval 125- 145, therefore, median class
is 125-145.
N
-C
Now, median M = / + — h
, f
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.54 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Here / = lower limit of the median class = 125
C = cumulative frequency of the pre-median class = 22
/ = frequency of the median class = 20
/? = class size = 20
68
-22 12x20
From(l), median. M = 125+ — 20 = 125 +
. 20 20
125 + 12= 137.
Calculation of mean:
Monthly Assumed mean
consumption No. of Class
consumers (/') mark (.v) a = 135;
(in units) Deviation d = .v- 135
low
65-85 4 75 -60 -240
85-105 5 95 -40 -200
ee
105-125 13 115 -20 -260
rF
125-145 20 135
Fr 0 0
for
145-165 14 155 20 280
u
165-185 8 175 40 320
ks
Yo
oo
185-205 4 195 60 240
eB
S/ = 68 I fd = 140
r
ou
ad
l/d
Required mean .v = c/ +
Y
1/
nd
Re
140
= 135 +----
Fi
68
135 + 2.06=137.06
Calculation of mode:
The frequency ofclass 125 - 145 is maximum i.e., 20 and hence this is the modal class.
./i - ./o
Now, mode= / + x//
If-fo-fi
Here, /= 125,/0= l3,./i = 20,/2= 14. /? = 20
20-13 7
Mode = 125 + x 20 = 125 + x 20
40-13-14 40-27
= 125 + —x 20
13
125+ 10.77= 135.77.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.55
Example 16. A survey regarding the heights (in cm) of 50 girls of class X of a school was
conducted and the following data was obtained :
Height in cm 120-130 130-140 140-150 150-160 160-170 Total
Number of girls 2 8 12 20 8 50
Find the mean, median and mode of the above data. [CBSE 2008|
Solution:
Height in cm ./;• c. f. fx,
(No. of girls) -v,
120-130 2 2 125 250
130 - 140 8 10 13 5 1080
140 - 150 12 22 145 1740
w
150-160 20 42 15 5 3100
165 1320
160 - 170 8
Flo 50
X/>-, = 7490
ee
Total I/;=50
X./i-T 7490
Fr
for
ur
(i) Mean = = 149.8 cm
£/; =^T
ks
(ii) N = 50
Yo
oo
N 50
B
— =25 .•. Median class is 150-160
2 2
re
N
ou
ad
C
2
Y
Median = / + xh
nd
Re
1= 150,/-20, C = 22, /=10
Fi
25-22
= 150 + xlO =150 + 1.5
20
= 151.5 cm
(iii) Maximum frequency = 20
.•. Modal class is 150 - 160
Mode = / +
./i-A) xh
-f ~ f) ~ f2
1= 150,/0= 12,_/j = 20, f2 = 8, /? = 10
20-12
- 150 + x 10
40-12-8
8x10
150 + = 154 cm
20
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.56 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 17. Find the mean, mode and median of the following data : |CBSE 2008|
Classes Frequency
0-10 5
10-20 10
20-30 18
30-40 30
40-50 20
50-60 12
60-70 5
Solution:
Xj - 35
Classes Freq../; c-/ -v, "/ = fi",
w
10
0-10 5 5 5 -3 15
10-20 10
Flo 15 15 -2 20
ee
Fr
20 - 30 18 33 25 18
30 - 40 30 63 35 0 0
for
ur
40 - 50 20 83 45 20
ks
Yo
50 - 60 12 95 55 2 24
oo
B
60-70 5 100 65 3 15
re
100 I fiUi = 6
ou
ad
Y
Zfui
nd
Re
(i) Mean = a + xh
Zf
Fi
6
= 35 + x 10
100
= 35 + 0.6 = 35.6
(ii) Maximum frequency is 30
Modal class is 30 40
/1 = 30,/0=18,/2=20
Mode = / + ./i - .A, xl,
2f-fo-f2
30-18
= 30 + -x 10
2(30)-18-20
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.57
12x10
= 30 +
60-38
120
= 30 + = 30 + 5.45 = 35.45
22
(iii) N-100
N 100
= 50 .•. Median class is 30-40
2 2
N
C
Median = / + 2 xh
f
50-33
low
= 30 + xIO
30
17
= 30 + — = 30 + 5.6 = 35.6
3
ee
rF
Example 18. Find the mean, median and mode ofthe following data : |CBSE 2008|
Classes
Fr
Frequency
for
u
0-50 2
ks
50-100 3
Yo
oo
100-150 5
B
150-200 6
re
200-250 5
ou
ad
250-300 3
Y
300-350 1
nd
Re
Solution :
Fi
.v;- 175
Classes Freq./' c.f -v, "/ =--------- ./; u,
50
0-50 2 2 25 -3 -6
50-100 3 5 75 2 -6 -17
100-150 5 10 125 -5
150 - 200 6 16 175 0 0
200-250 5 21 225 I 5
250-300 3 24 275 2 6 14
300 -350 25 325 3 3
Z ft = 25
= -3
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.58 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
C = 10, /0 = 5, /, = 6, f2 = 5,
/? = 50, «= 175, /= 150
(i) Mean = a + x h = 175 + — x50 = 175-6= 169
Zfi 25
N 25
(ii) N = 25 — = 12.5
2 2
Median class is 150-200
N
-C 12.5-10
Median = / + 2 x/? =150 + x 50
6
2.5x50
= 150 +
w
6
= 150 + 20.83 = 170.83 Flo
(iii) Maximum frequency is 6
ee
.-. Modal class is 150 - 200
Mode = / + ./» -/o
xh
Fr
for
ur
2./i-.4,-/2
ks
6-5
Yo
= 150 + x50
oo
2(6)-5-5
B
re
= 150 + x 50
12-10
ou
ad
= 150 + 25=175
Y
Example 19. Find the mean, mode and median for the following data : |CBSE 2008|
nd
Re
Class 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 Total
Fi
Frequency 8 16 36 34 6 100
Solatiatv.
x, - 25
Class Ficq./i c-f x, «/=--------- f Hi
10
0-10 8 8 5 _ ", - 16
-32
10-20 16 24 15 - 1 - 16
20 - 30 36 60 0 0
30 - 40 34 94 35 I 34
46
40 - 50 6 100 45 2 12
Total I fj = 100 £/»,= 14
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.59
£./>/
(i) Mean = a + x /?
14x10
= 25 + = 25+ 1.4 = 26.4
100
(ii) Maximum frequency is 36
.'. Modal class is 20-30
./, -./o
Mode = / + x/?
If-h-h
36-16
= 20 + xlO
72-16-34
w
20x10
= 20 + = 20 + 9.09 = 29.09
22
Flo
ee
N 100
(iii) N = 100 — =50
■'2
Median Class is 20-30
2
Fr
for
ur
fN
ks
-----C
Yo
Median = / + — x/?
oo
, /
B
re
f 50-24 26x10
= 20 + x 10 = 20 +
ou
l 36
ad
36
Y
= 20+7.22 = 27.22
nd
Re
Fi
EXERCISE 6.3
Type I
Find the median of the following data :
Value of the variate 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Frequency 5 7 11 9 8 7 3 2
$
Find the median of the following distribution :
Daily wages (in rupees) 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
No. of persons 25 15 20 40 10 30 35 25
Type II
3. Find the median of the following data :
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.60 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Class-interval 0-5 5-10 10-15 15-20 20-25 25-30 30-35 35-40
Frequency 26 34 32 28 20 16 34 10
4. The distribution below gives the weights of 30 students of a class. Find the median
weight of the students.
Weight
40-45 45-50 50-55 55-60 60-65 65-70 70-75
(in kg)
No. of
2 3 8 6 6 3 2
students
Find the median of the following distribution
low
Class interval 9.3-9.7 9.8-10.2 10.3-10.7 10.8-11.2 11.3-11.7
Frequency 2 5 12 17 14
ee
6. Find the median from the following table:
rF
Fr
Marks below 10 20 30 40 50 70
or
60 80
f
u
No. of students 5 11 22 37 56 68 75 80
ks
Yo
oo
7. A life insurance agent found the following data for distribution of ages of 100 policy
B
holders. Calculate the median age, if policies are only given to persons having age 18
re
years onwards but less than 60 years.
ou
ad
Age (in years) Number of policy holders
Y
Below 20 2
nd
Re
Fi
Below 25 6
Below 30 24
Below 35 45
Below 40 78
Below 45 89
Below 50 92
Below 55 98
Below' 60 100
$
A survey regarding the heights (in cm) of 51 girls ofClassX of a school was conducted
and the following data was obtained :
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.61
Height (in cm) Number of girls
Less than 140 4
Less than 145 ll
Less than 150 29
Less than 155 40
Less than 160 46
Less than 165 51
Find the median height.
9. The following table gives the distribution ofthe life time of400 neon lamps :
Life time (in hours) Number of lamps
1500-2000 14
w
2000-2500 56
2500-3000 Flo 60
ee
3000-3500 86
3500-4000 Fr
74
for
ur
4000-4500 62
ks
4500-5000 48
Yo
oo
Find the median life time of a lamp.
B
10. The frequency distribution of the number of letters in the English alphabets in the
re
names of 100 students is as given below :
ou
ad
No. of letters 1-5 6-10 11-15 16-20 21-25 26-30 31-35
Y
No. of names 7 10 13 32 14 18 6
nd
Re
Determine the median numbers of letters in the names.
11. The length of 40 leaves of a plant are measured correct to the nearest millimetre and the
Fi
date obtained is represented in the following table :
Length (in mm) Number of leaves
118-126 3
127-135 5
136-144 9
145-153 12
154-162 5
163-171 4
172-180 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.62 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Find the median length of the leaves.
12. Find the median of the following data :
Class marks 35 45 55 65 75 85
Frequency 20 26 7 12 15 10
13. Find the median from the following table:
Class mark 0-5 5-6 6-9 9-12 12-14 14-18 18-20 20-24
Frequency 3 2 7 5 16 12 15 20
14. Find the missing frequency of the following incomplete frequency distribution ifmedian
is 46 and find the mean of the complete distribution.
Class-interval 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80 Total
12
low
Frequency 30 -V 65 y 25 18 229
Ifthe median of the distribution given below is 28.5. find the values of.v and i
Class-interval Frequency
ee
0-10 5
rF
10-20 Fr
x
or
20-30 20
f
u
30-40 15
ks
40-50
Yo
v
oo
50-60 5
B
Total 60
re
/"T^. The median of the following data is 525. Find the values of.v and y, ifthe total frequency
ou
ad
^ is 100:
Y
Class-interval Frequency
nd
Re
0-100 2
Fi
100-200 5
200-300 .v
300-400 12
400-500 17
500-600 20
600-700 y
700-800 9
800-900 7
900-1000 4
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.63
17. Find the mean and median ofthe following data :
Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80
No. of students 15 20 24 24 12 31 71 52
18. Find the mean, median and mode from the following table:
Class interval 0-7 7-14 14-21 21-28 28-35 35-42 42-49
Frequency 19 25 36 72 51 43 28
19. 100 surnames were randomly picked up from a local telephone directory and the fre
quency distribution of the number of letters in the English alphabets in the surnames
was obtained as follows :
Number of letters 1-4 4-7 7-10 10-13 13-16 16-19
w
Number of surnames 6 30 40 16 4 4
Determine the median number of letters in the surnames. Find the mean number of letters
Flo
in the surnames? Also, find the modal size ofthe surnames. |CBSE 2008|
ee
ANSWERS Fr
for
ur
1. 14 2. 29 3. 16.43 4. 56.66 5. 10.93
ks
6. 41.58 7. 35.76 8. 149.03 cm 9. 3040.7 10. 18.63
Yo
oo
11. 146.7 12. 25.62 13. 16.93
eB
14. A'=34,_y = 45, mean =45.83 15. .v = 8,y = 7 16. x = 9,y = 15
17. mean = 50.4, median = 59.35
r
ou
ad
18. mean = 26.5. median 26.57, mode = 25.42
Y
19. median 8.05, mean 8.32, modal size = 7.88.
nd
Re
Relative Characteristics of Mean, Median, Mode and Selection of Correct Measure of
Fi
Central Tendency
(1) Arithmetic mean is representative ofthe data as it takes into account all the values ofthe
variate (all observations).
(2) Mean is suitable if the given data has no extreme values very small and very large.
(3) Mean should be used to measure central tendency in case of import-export, cost, pro
duction, etc.
(4) Median is most suitable for study of qualitative data such as honesty, poverty, ability.
Median should be used as a measure of central tendency in case of open ended class-
intervals.
(5) It is most suited for study of zoology, trade.
Empirical Relationship Between Mean, Median and Mode
There is an empirical relationship between the three measures of central tendency-mean.
median and mode. This relation is:
3 (Median) = mode + 2 mean
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.64 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Thus, mode = 3 median - 2 mean
2
Median = mode + “ (mean - mode)
2
Mean = mode + ~ (median - mode)
Mean - mode = 3 (mean - median)
Example : If the mean and median of a distribution be 26.8 and 27.9 respectively, find its
mode.
Solution : We know that 3 median = mode + 2 mean
Mode = 3 median - 2 mean ...(i)
Here, mean - 26.8, median = 27.9
From(i), mode =3 x 27.9-2 (26.8)
low
= 83.7-53.6
= 30.1
Example: For a distribution, arithmetic mean and mode are 24.6 and 26.1 respectively, find
ee
the median.
rF
Solution: We know that 3 (median) = mode + 2 mean Fr
for
.•. 3 (median) =26.1+2 x24.6 [Here mean = 24.6 and mode 26.1 ]
u
= 26.1+49.2 = 75.3
ks
Yo
oo
median = 25.1
B
Graphical Representation of Cumulative Frequency Distribution
re
Cumulative frequency curve or ogive : When the cumulative frequencies of class-intervals
ou
ad
are plotted against upper or lower limits of class-intervals (taking upper or lower limit of
Y
class-intervals on .v-axis and corresponding cumulative frequency on y-axis), the graph
nd
obtained byjoining the points by free hand forming smooth curve is called the cumulative
Re
frequency curve or ogive.
Fi
Ogive are of two types
(1) Less than type ogive.
(2) More than type ogive.
1. Less than type ogive : When upper limits of class-intervals are taken on x-axis and the
corresponding cumulative frequency (less than type) on y-axis, then the curve obtained
by joining points by free hand forming smooth curve is called less than type ogive.
2. More than type ogive : When lower limits ofclass-intervals are taken on x-axis and the
corresponding cumulative frequency (more than type) on v-axis, the graph obtained by
joining the points by free hand forming smooth curve is called more than type ogive.
Finding median graphically
Median can be determined graphically by drawing ogives.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.65
First method:
(1) Draw Mess than type' or ‘more than type' ogive (taking upper or lower limit on .v-axis
and corresponding cumulative frequencies on y-axis).
(2) Locate the N / 2 on y-axis, where N is the total frequency. Let this point ony-axis be A.
(3) From A draw a line parallel tox-axis meeting the ogive at P.
(4) From P, draw perpendicular on .v-axis. If this perpendicular cuts the x-axis at Q, then the
x-coordinate (abscissa) of point Q will be the value ofthe median.
Second method :
(1) Draw the Mess than type' and ‘more than type' ogives on the same graph paper
taking same scale.
(2) From the point of intersection P of these two ogives draw perpendicular to x-axis
low
meeting x-axis at Q.
(3) The x-coordinate (abscissa) of point Qwill be the value ofthe median.
ee
rF
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES FrJ
for
u
Type I. Problems based on drawing ogives.
ks
Yo
oo
WORKING RULE:
B
1. First of all make the cumulative frequency.
re
2. Choose suitable scale on x-axis and y-axis.
ou
ad
Y
3. (i) If less than type ogive is to be drawn, then taking upper limits of class-intervals
on x-axis and corresponding cumulative frequencies on y-axis plot the points.
nd
Re
(ii) If more than type ogive is to be drawn, then taking lower limits of class-intervals
Fi
on x-axis and corresponding cumulative frequencies on y-axis, plot the points.
4. Now, join the points plotted by free hand to get a smooth curve. The smooth curve
thus obtained will be the required ogive.
Example 1. Draw less than and more than type ogives for the following frequency
distribution.
Class - interval 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60
Frequency 5 12 8 15 10
Solution : Less than type ogive.
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.66 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Less than More than
Class interval Frequency cumulative cumulative
frequency frequency
10-20 5 5 45 + 5 = 50
20-30 12 12 + 5 = 17 33 + 12 = 45
30-40 8 17 + 8 = 25 25 + 8 = 33
40-50 15 25 + 15 = 40 15 + 10 = 25
50-60 10 40 + 10 = 50 10
Selection of scale : Let one small division on.v-axis= 1 unit
low
One small division on i'-axis= 1 unit
We plot points (20,5), (30, 17), (40.25), (50,40) and (60,50) on the graph paper and join them
by free hand. The less than type ogive will be as shown in the figure.
ee
S'
rF
less than ogive
3
S' 50- ■ Fr
JO (60, 50)
for
I E 40” P(50, 40)
u
^ 3 30"
ks
(40, 25)
Yo
(30, 17)
oo
^ re 10 (20, 5)
|£
B
-+—l---- 1-------h + ♦
</5 25 0
re
10 20 30 40 50 60
class-interval *
ou
1 small division = 1 unit
ad
Y
More than type ogive : We plot points (10, 50), (20,45), (30. 33), (40,25) and (50. 10) and
join them by free hand. The smooth curve thus obtained will be the required more than
nd
Re
type ogive which is as given below.
Fi
gi
,Y
s more than ogive
^ 50 e, (10, 50)
i 40 \x<20, 45)
II 30
T- ®
>3.(30. 33)
'l §20 \i(40, 25)
^ re 10 3 (50, 10)
IsI 0
t
10 20 30 40 50 60
♦
class-interval — *
1 small div. = 1 unit
Type II. Problems based on finding median graphically.
WORKING RULE:
I. Draw ‘less than type’ or ‘more than type’ ogive.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.67
N
2. Locate the point A corresponding to y = — on v-axis (Where N is the total fre
quency).
3. From A draw a line parallel to .v-axis meeting the ogive at P.
4. From P draw perpendicular to .v-axis meeting it at Q.
5. The.v-coordinale (abscissa) ofQ will be the value ofthe median.
6. Median can also be determined by drawing less than and more than type ogives on the
same graph paper having same scale.
For this draw the two types of ogives and locate their point of intersection P. From P.
draw perpendicular to .v-axis cutting .v-axis at Q. The.v-coordinate of Q will be the value
of median.
w
Example 2. During the medical check up of 35 students of a class, their weights were
recorded as follows : Flo
ee
Weight (in kg) .Number of students
Less than 38 0 Fr
for
ur
Less than 40 3
Less than 42 5
ks
Yo
Less than 44 9
oo
Less than 46 14
eB
Less than 48 28
r
Less than 50 32
ou
ad
Less than 52 35
Y
nd
Re
Draw a less than type ogive for the given data. Hence obtain the median weight from the
Fi
graph and verify the result by using the formula.
Solution : Scale : Let two small divisions on .v-axis ~ I unit
Two small division ony-axis= 1 unit
We plot points (38,0), (40, 3), (42,5), (44, 9), (46,14), (48,28). (50,32), (52,35) and join them
by free hand. The curve obtained will be the required less than type ogive (shown in the
figure given below).
N
Here N = 35 17.5
2
We take a point A(0,17.5) ony-axis and from A we draw a line parallel to .v-axis cutting the
ogive at P. From P we draw perpendicular to .v-axis cutting x-axis at Q
.\ Median =.v-coordinate of Q = 46.5. (93 divisions).
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.68 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Y ‘Will
50 I iiii
m :5!il _____
:vii
; n ;; lili : IvIt{7 !.ui ..‘ji
;
— pi _ - — — *1
40 IV. '
— ——i ---- ----- ~4— — — iii.
30 ;— * .... iiijjiiiijj.ii —
TiJ; ;|!|I
ivpfl . P mm
20 !--
I
“
SiiiMnU
A(0. 17.5)
-i —
low
10 _ U: -r-* -r—r —r i> —
/r \
==
Sii\
P
li Mi
.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 iilii! SKI iii ilii x
ee
vi-riH j.'j.'.i
M iSi
ItIIIt -Ijfji i Hit !t|!
rF
!S:
...
Fr
- * .....
— - ...... —------- — —•~~ fftffHPP ——
for
iii! cij.it i.S
- , Mill mm-M -
u
£
Hi
ks
m j-jliji ■444 _ M
Yo
iiJi!
m i
iii
oo
if n
sii'l h i a
ttii --
B
4|/U!
_
re
ii|tl iii inr
—
ou
- H— --
ad
—
Y
— _ i|44
-
... I!! i !
nd
—
Re
r- ~
:
■
Iiii Iii
■iiiiii
L liKj K!'?
Fi
MH M iii il i iiii
- ir1 ■ i } I iV iiiivr
tTT ii —
:hm4 4]
m 44
i
— i if # —
iii: iiiiu: —
Example 3. The following table gives production yield per hectare ofwheat of. 100 farms of
a village.
Production yield
(in kg/ha)
50-55 55-60 60-65 65-70 70-75 75-80
Number of farms 2 8 12 24 38 16
Change the distribution to a more than type distribution and draw its ogive.
Solution :
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.69
Production Cumulative
Number of
yield frequency (more
(in kg/ha) farms
than type)
50-55 2 98 + 2 = 100
55-60 8 90 + 8 = 98
60-65 12 78 + 12 = 90
65 - 70 24 24 + 54 = 78
70-75 38 38 + 16 = 54
75-80 16 16
N = 100
We plot the points (50, 100), (55, 98), (60.90), (65,78), (70,54), (75, 16) and join them by free
hand. The curve obtained will be the required more than type ogive which has been shown
in the graph given on page 6.68.
w
N 100
Here, —=50
2 2 Flo
ee
We take point A(0,50) on y-axis and from A we draw a line parallel to.v-axis which cuts the
more than type ogive at P. From P we draw a perpendicular to.v-axis cutting it at Q.
Now, OQ = 70.5(14I small divisions approximately). Fr
for
ur
:
V I
—
ks
Yo
oo
100 sO*
eB
•AT (60,90)
90
r
?!
ou
ad
Y
80 (65.78)
..
nd
Re
70
Fi
60
- ■
— tttts H .(70.54) -
A (0.50)
50 P i;
r~
40
\PM M-ii "•
30 1_ ; \iii i\ iai - ..,
iljl
20
is. (75. 16)
10 —
++ 4ti
Q
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.70 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 4. Draw less than and more than type ogive for the following frequency distribution
and hence find the median.
Class - interval 0-4 4-8 8-12 12-16 16-20
Frequency 2 5 7 4 2
Solution :
Class interval Less than type More than type
Frequency
c.f. c.f.
0-4 2 2 20
4-8 5 7 18
8-12 7 14 13
12-16 4 18 6
16-20 2 20 2
20 o.
low
ee
<9
rF
18--
16-- %
Fr
for
u
■4—» 14 - -
ks
^ >>
Yo
12 --
oo
^ C
ii 0)
eB
o ^ 10-- point of intersection
1 ^
r
8--
ou
ad
ro 3
Y
E
w -E13 6--
in O
nd
Re
4--
Fi
2--
+ X
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
class interval------------- >
5 small divisions = 1 unit
Scale : On .v-axis. 5 small divisions = 1 unit
On y-axis, 5 small divisions = 1 unit
Less than type and more than type cumulative frequency curves have been shown in the
figure. Let these curves meet at P. From P we draw PQ perpendicular to .v-axis which cuts the
.v-axis at Q.
Now, median = OQ = Value of49 small divisions = 49 x 0.2 = 9.8 (approximately).
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.71
EXERCISE 6.4
Type I
$ The following distribution gives the daily income of 50 workers ofa factory:
Daily income (in Rs.) 100-120 120-140 140-160 160-180 180-200
Number of workers 12 14 8 6 10
Convert the distribution above to a less than type cumulative frequency distribution,
and draw its ogive. |CBSE 2008|
2. Draw ‘more than’ ogive ofthe following distribution :
Wages (in Rs.) 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70
w
Number of workers 40 50 60 30 20
Type II Flo
ee
Draw a less than type cumulative frequency curve for the following data and from the
graph find the median :
Monthly Income Number of workers
Fr
for
ur
0-100 12
ks
100-200 28
Yo
oo
200-300 35
B
300 - 400 65
re
400-500 30
ou
ad
500-600 20
Y
600-700 20
nd
17
Re
700-800
Fi
800-900 13
900-1000 10
(3 Convert the following distribution into ‘more than' frequency distribution and draw
‘more than’ ogive. Also find the median from it.
Weekly wages less
Number of w orkers
than (in Rs.)
20 41
40 92
60 156
80 194
100 201
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.72 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
5. The annual profits earned by 30 shops of a shopping complex in a locality give rise to
the following distribution :
Number of shops
Profit (in lakhs of Rs.)
(frequency)
More than or equal to 5 30
More than or equal to 10 28
More than or equal to 15 16
More than or equal to 20 14
More than or equal to 25 10
More than or equal to 30 7
w
More than or equal to 35 3
Flo
Draw both ogives for the data given above and hence obtain the median profit.
6.) The following table gives the distribution of monthly income of600 families in a certain
ee
city:
Monthly income
Fr
No. of families
for
ur
£^(Bel(SS>75 60
ks
Yo
75-100 170
oo
B
150 -225 200
re
225-300 60
ou
ad
Y
300-375 50
nd
375-450 40
Re
Fi
450 and abovelf^-Cj-^ 20
Draw a Mess than' and ‘more than' ogive curve for the above data on the same graph
and from these find the median.
ANSWERS
3. 377 (approx.) 4.42.7 5. Rs. 17.5 6. Rs. 176 (approx.)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.73
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Very Short Answer Type Questions:
1. . What is the lower limit ofthe modal class ofthe following distribution
Age in years 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60
Number of patients 16 13 6 11 27 18
| Foreign 2009|
2. Write the median class of the following distribution :
Classes Frequency
w
0- 10 4
10-20 4
20-30
Flo 8
ee
30-40 10
40-50 12 Fr
or
50-60 8
ur
f
60-70 4 |CBSE 2009|
ks
Yo
oo
Long Answer Type Questions :
B
re
I. During the medical check-up of 35 students of a class their weights were recorded as
follows:
ou
ad
Y
Classes Frequency
nd
38-40 3
Re
Fi
40-42 2
42-44 4
44-46 5
46-48 14
48-50 4
50-52 3
Draw a less than type and a more than type ogive from the given data. Hence obtain the
median weight from the graph. | AI 2009|
2. Find the mode, median and mean for the following data :
Marks obtained 25-35 35-45 45-55 55-65 65-75 75-85
Number of students 7 31 33 17 11 1
(Foreign 20091
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.74 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
3. The following table gives the daily income of 50 workers of a factory:
Daily income (in Rs.) 100- 120 120-140 140-160 160-180 180-200
Number of workers 12 14 8 6 10
Find the Mean, Mode and Median of the above data. |Delhi 2009|
4. Draw 'less than ogive' and 'more than ogive' for the following distribution and hence
find its median.
Class 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90
Frequency 25 15 10 6 24 12 8
|AI2010|
5. Draw 'less than ogive' and 'more than ogive' for the following distribution and hence
find its median.
w
Class 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90
Frequency 8 12 24 6 10 15 25
Flo | Al2010|
ee
6.
Fr
Draw 'less than ogive' and 'more than ogive' for the following distribution and hence
find its median.
for
ur
Class 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90
10 12 24 15
ks
Frequency 8 6 15
Yo
oo
| AI2010|
eB
7. Find the mean, mode and median and mean for the following data :
Class 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70
r
ou
ad
Frequency 8 7 15 20 12 8 10
Y
[Delhi 20I0|
nd
Re
8. Find the mean, mode and median ofthe following frequency distribution :
Fi
Class 0- 10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50 60 60-70
Frequency 4 4 7 10 12 8 5
|Delhi 2010|
9. If the mean ofthe following frequency distribution is 91. find the missing frequencies
(/,</>):
Classes Frequency
0-30 12
30-60 21
60-90 /,
90- 120 52
120-150 /2
150- 180 II
Total 150 |Foreign 2010]
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.75
10. Ifthe mean of the following frequency distribution is 65.6, find the missing frequencies
(/I ’./•>) •
Classes Frequency
10-30 5
30-50 8
50-70 /,
70-90 20
90-110 fl
110-130 2
Total 50 |Foreign 2010|
11. Ifthe mean of the following frequency distribution is 145, find the missing frequencies
low
(/i>/2):
Classes Frequency
0-50 8
ee
rF
50- 100 12
100-150 /l Fr
for
150-200 25
u
200-250 /2
ks
Yo
250-300 5
oo
eB
Total 80 [Foreign 2010]
r
ou
ad
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
Y
nd
Re
A. Objective Type Questions (MCQ 1 Mark):
Fi
Choose the correct option :
1. While computing mean of grouped data, we assume that the frequencies are
(a) evenly distributed over all the classes
(b) centred at the classmarks of the classes
(c) centred at the upper limits of the classes
(d) centred at the lower limits of the classes
2. In the formula x = a + for finding the mean of grouped data dj's are deviations
u
from a of
(a) lower limits of the classes (b) upper limits of the classes
(c) mid-points of the classes (d) frequencies of the class marks
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.76 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
3. The abscissa of the point of intersection of the less than type and of the more than type
cumulative frequency curves of a grouped data gives its
(a) mean (b) median
(c) mode (d) all the three above
UUi
4. In the formula x-a + h for finding the mean ofgrouped frequency distribution.
U/
ur
Xj + a Xj - a a - X:
(a) (b) h (Xj-a) (c) (d) ------L
/? h h
5. Construction of a cumulative frequency table is useful in determining the
(a) mean (b) median
(c) mode
low
(d) all the above three measures
6. The mean of 5 numbers is 18. When one number is excluded, their mean becomes 16.
Then the excluded number is
(a) 18 (b) 25 (c) 30 (d) 26
ee
rF
7. The mean of a set of numbers is x . If each number is multiplied by
the new set is Fr then the mean of
or
A'
f
u
(a) x + k (c) A- - k (d) k.x
(b) 7
ks
Yo
8. Mean of« numbers*,, x2, is m. If*/; is replaced by*, then new mean is
oo
B
mn - xn + * (n - Y)m + * m-xn+ x
(a) m-xn + x (b) (0 (d)
re
n n n
9. The mean of first n natural numbers is
ou
ad
Y
n(n+ 1) 77 + 1
(a) (b) 77 ( 77 + 1 ) (C) (d) n+ 1
2 2
nd
Re
10. Consider the following frequency distribution :
Fi
Class 0-5 6-11 12-17 18-23 24-29
Frequency 13 10 15 8 11
The upper limit of the median class is
(a) 17 (b) 17.5 (c) 18 (d) 18.5
11. Consider the data :
Class 65-85 85-105 105-125 125-145 145-165 165-185 185-205
Frequency 4 5 13 20 14 7 4
The difference of the upper limit of the median class and the lower limit of the modal
class is
(a) 0 (b) 19 (c) 20 (d) 38
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.77
12. For the following distribution :
Marks Number of students
Below 10 3
Below 20 12
Below 30 27
Below 40 57
Below 50 75
Below 60 80
the modal class is
(a) 10-20 (b) 20-30 (c) 30-40 (d) 50-60
13. For the following distribution :
w
Class 0-5 5-10 10-15 15-20 20-25
Frequency 10 15 12 20 9
Flo
The sum of the lower limits of the median class and modal class is
ee
(a) 15 (b) 25
14. Consider the following distribution :
(c) 30
Fr (d) 35
for
ur
Marks obtained Number of students
More than or equal to 0 63
ks
Yo
More than or equal to 10 58
oo
B
More than or equal to 20 55
re
More than or equal to 30 51
ou
ad
More than or equal to 40 48
Y
More than or equal to 50 42
nd
The frequency of the class 30 - 40 is
Re
Fi
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 48 (d) 51
15. In the following districution :
Monthly income range (in Rs.) Number of families
Income more than Rs. 10000 100
Income more than Rs. 13000 85
Income more than Rs. 16000 69
Income more than Rs. 19000 50
Income more than Rs. 22000 33
Income more than Rs. 25000 15
the number of families having income range (in Rs.) 16000 - 19000 is
(a) 15 (b) 16 (c) 17 (d) 19
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.78 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
16. Consider the following frequency distribution of the height of 60 students of a class :
Height (in cm) Number of students
150-155 15
155-160 13
160-165 10
165-170 8
170-175 9
175-180 5
The sum of the lower limit of the modal class and upper limit of the median class is
(a) 310 (b) 315 (c) 320 (d) 330
17. The times, in seconds taken by 150 atheletes to run a 110m hurdle race are tabulated
low
below:
Class 13.8-14 14-14.2 14.2-14.4 14.4-14.6 14.6-14.8 14.8-15
Frequency 2 4 5 71 48 20
ee
rF
The number of atheletes who completed the race in less then 14.6 seconds is :
(a) 11 (b) 71 (c) 82 Fr
(d) 130
for
18. The relationship between mean, median and mode for a moderately sheked distribution
u
is
ks
Yo
(a) mode = median - 2 mean (b) mode = 3 median-2 mean
oo
(c) mode = 2 median - 3 mean (d) mode = median - mean
eB
B, Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
r
ou
ad
Consider the following statements :
Y
(a) Both the statements 1 and 2 are true and statement 2 is the correct explanation for
nd
Re
statement 1.
Fi
(b) Both the statements 1 are true and statement 2 is not the correct explanation for statement
1.
(c) Statement I is true but statment 2 is false.
(d) Statement 1 is false but statement 2 is true.
Choose the correct option from (a), (b), (c) and (d) in the following :
1. Statement 1 : Median of first eleven prime numbers is 13.
Statement 2 : Median of a grouped frequency distribution is given by
--C
Mt, = / + — x/?
/
where /, N, /, C are lower limit of the median class, total frequency,
frequency of the median class and cumulative frequency of the
premedian class respectively.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.79
Solution : Statement 2 is true
Again first eleven prime numbers are: 2,3, 5,7, 11, 13, 17, 19.23,29,31
Here n = 11, which is odd.
/? +1
Median =——th observation.
2
= 6th observation = 13 Statement 1 is true.
Since Statement 2 does not give. Statement 1, therefore, correct coice is (b). |Ans. (b)|
2. Statement 1 : The following table shows the weights of 12 students.
Weight (in kg) Number of students
67 4
70 3
low
72 2
73 2
75 1
ee
rF
Mean of the given data = 70.25
Fr
Statement! : If'a' is the assumed mean and x is the correct mean for a frequency
for
] n ii
distribution, then x =a + — Y. fid/ , where cl- = x-a and N = £ 4 •
u
N ,=i /=!
ks
Yo
Solution : We have
oo
eB
Weight in kg (jt() No. of students (/^) dj = Xj - u M
67 4 -5 20 .
r
ou
ad
70 3 -2 6
Y
72 2 0 2
73 2 1 2
nd
Re
75 1 3 3
Fi
N = X/>12 W = -21
We haveN = 12,2^ = -21 anda = 72
21 7
mean = a + -Yfdi=12-— = 12--
N 12 4
288-7 281
mean = = 70.25
4 4
Clearly Statement 2 is true.
Statement 1 is true. Statement 2 is true and Statement 2 gives Statement 1. |Ans. (a) |
3. Statement 1 : If the median and mode of a frequency distributin are 50 and 60
respectively, then its mean is 45.
Statement 2 : Mean, median and mode of a frequency distribution are related as :
Mode = (3 median)-(2 mean).
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.80 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
4. Statement 1 : If the median and mode of a distribution are 21.2 and 21.4 respectively,
then its mean is 21.1.
Statement 2 : Mean, Median and Mode are related by the relation.
Mode = 2 Median - 3 Mean
5. Statement 1 : Consider the following frequency distribution :
Class Interval 3-6 6-9 9-12 12-15 15-18 18-21
Frequency 2 5 21 23 10 12
The mode of the above data is 12.4.
Statement 2 : The value of the variable which occurs most often is the mode.
6. Statement I : The mode of the following distribution is 52.
Class Interval Frequency
w
0-20 15
20-40
40-60
Flo 6
18
ee
60-80 10
Fr
Statement 2 : Mode is that value ofa variable which occurs minimum number oftimes.
for
ur
ks
Yo
C. Linked Comprehension Type Questions:
oo
B
Passage - 1 : If the observations in a frequency distribution be .v,, .v-,, .v3, xn and their
re
corresponding frequencies respectively, then the mean x of the data is
given by
ou
ad
Y
nd
I/v
Re
;'=1
X = n
If
Fi
If
(=1
Now, answer the following questions :
1. The mean of the following distribution is :
4 6 9 10 15
5 10 10 7 8
(a) 10 (b) 9 (c) 18 (d) none of these
2. If the mean of the following distribution is 2.6, then the value ofy will be :
Variable 1 2 3 4 5
Frequency 4 5 y 1 2
(a) 8 (b) 9 (c) 10 (d) none of these
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.81
3. lfl/j= lUSyj-ty =2/7+ 52 and the mean ofthe distribution is 6, Then the value of/; is
(a) 10 (b) 9 (c) 7 (d) 8
X/y 20 + 60 + 90 + 70 +120 360 „
Solution : 1. Mean x = —1— =----------------------------- =------= 9
X/ 5 + 10 + 10 + 7 + 8 40
X/Jc 4 + 10+3^ + 4 + 10 28 + 3v
2. x= 2.6 =
X/ 4 + 5 + _y+l + 2 12+;;
=> 31.2 + 2.6^=28 + 3^
=> 3_y-2.6>, = 31.2-28
3.2
0Ay = l.2^y = — = *
low
_ X*rf 6 = 2/7 + 52
3. Given, x 66 = 2/7 + 52
Tfi 11
ee
=> 2/7 = 66-52=14 /. p = l.
rF
Passage - 2 : Mean of a grouped frequency distribution is given by Fr
for
1 "
u
Mean .v = a+ — X ft11i x h
N j=i
ks
Yo
oo
eB
where a is the assumed mean, u, = —----- and h = class size
h
r
This method of finding mean is called step-derivation method.
ou
ad
Read the above passage carefully and answer the following questions.
Y
1. Mean of the following data is
nd
Re
Class Interval 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
Fi
Frequency 7 8 12 13 10
(a) 27.1 (b) 27.3 (c) 27.2 (d) 27.4
2. Mean of the following data is
Class Interval 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
Frequency 9 12 15 10 14
(a) 27.2 (b) 28.3 (c) 26.9 (d) 26.1
3. Mean of the following data is
Class Interval 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100
Frequency 8 6 12 11 13
(a) 77 (b) 78.2 (c) 78 (d) 78.1
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.82 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
ANSWERS
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Very Short Answer Type Questions :
1. 40 2. 30-40
Long Answer Type Questions:
2. Mean = 49.7, Mode = 46.1, Median = 48.5
3. Mean= 145.20, Mode = 125, Median = 138.57
4. Median = 50 5. Median = 60 6. Median = 58.3
7. Mean = 35.6, Mode = 33.8, Median = 35
low
8. Mean = 38.2, Mode = 43.3, Median = 40
9. /, = 34, /2 = 20 10. ./i = 12,/2 = 3 11. /1=20,/2=10
ee
rF
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS Fr
for
u
A. Objective Questions:
ks
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (d)
Yo
oo
7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (b) 11. (c) 12. (c)
eB
13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (c)
r
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
ou
ad
Y
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (c)
nd
C. Comprehension Type Questions :
Re
Fi
Passage - 1
1. (b) 2- (a) 3. (c)
Passage - 2
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (c)
EXEMPLAR PROBLEMS
( X fu^
1. In the formula X = a + h ^' j , for finding the mean of grouped frequency
distribution, i/j =
Xj + a x, - a a - Xj
(a) (b) h(xj - a) (c) (d)
/? h h
ReadYourFlow.COM
Statistics 6.83
| A ns. (c) |
2. Find the unknown entries a., b, c, d. e,fm the following distribution of heights of
students in a class :
Height (in cm) Frequency Cumulative frequency
150- 155 12 a
155- 160 b 25
160- 165 10 c
165- 170 d 43
170- 175 e 48
175- 180 2 f
Total 50
w
Soln. a= 12, b = 25- 12=13,c = 25+ 10 = 35,c/=43-35 = 8,e = 48-43 = 5,/=48 + 2=50
Flo
3. The maximum bowling speeds, in km per hour, of33 players at a cricket coaching centre
ee
are given as follows
Speed (in km/h) 85-100 100-115 Fr
115-130 130-145
for
ur
Number of players 9 8 5
ks
Calculate the median bowling speed.
Yo
oo
Soln. First we construct the cumulative frequency table
B
re
Speed (in km/h) Number of players Cum u 1 at i v e frequ ency
ou
ad
85- 100 11 11
Y
100- 115 9 11 + 9 = 20
d
8 20 + 8 = 28
Re
115- 130
n
Fi
130- 145 5 28 + 5 = 33
It is given that, N =33
N 33
— = 16.5
2 2
So, the median class is 100 - 115.
where. lower limit (/) = 100.
frequency (/) =9
cumulative frequency (C) = 11
and class width (/?) = 15
Median = / +
(?-') xh
f
ReadYourFlow.COM
6.84 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
(16.5-11)
100 + x 15
9
5.5 x 15 82.5
= 100 + = 100 + = 100 + 9.17
9 9
= 109.17
Hence, the median bowling speed is 109.17 km/h.
4. The daily income of a sample of 50 employees are tabulated as follows.
Income (in Rs) 1-200 201-400 401-600 601-800
Number of empolyees 14 15 14 7
Find the mean daily income of employees.
Soln. Since, given data is not continuous, so we subtract 0.5 from the lower limit and add 0.5
w
in the upper limit of each class (Note: While finding mean of grouped data, it is not necessary
to convert non-overlapping classes into overlapping classes.
Flo
However, while finding median and mode, the classes should be made overlapping.)
ee
Now we first, find the class mark xj of each class and then proceed as follows
Fr
for
ur
Income Class marks Number of Xj — o Xj -300.5
(in Rs) (-v,) empolyees (/•) 200
ks
0.5-200.5 100.5 14 -14
Yo
oo
200.5-400.5 a = 300.5 15 0 0
B
400.5-600.5 500.5 14 14
re
600.5-8005 700.5 7 2 14
N = I./; = 50
ou
ad
T/jiij =14
Y
Assumed mean, a = 300.5
nd
Re
Class width,/? = 200
Fi
and total observations, N = 50
By step deviation method,
I i
Mean =a + hx — £ f u
N i=\
1
= 300.5 +200 x x 14
50
= 300.5 + 56 = 356.5
ReadYourFlow.COM
7
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
A. QUADRATIC POLYNOMIAL AND ITS ZEROES
7.1 .QUADRATIC POLYNOMIAL
w
Any polynomial of the form ax2 + bx + c where a. b, c are real numbers and a 0 is called a
quadratic polynomial, a. b, c are the coefficients ofthis polynomial, a, b. c are also called real
Flo
constants as their values are independent of the values of.v. Generally, a quadratic polynomial
ax2 + bx + c is represented byp (x), q(x) or r (.v).
ee
7.2. ZEROES OF A QUADRATIC POLYNOMIAL
Fr
The values of.v obtained on equating a quadratic polynomial to zero are called the zeroes of
for
ur
this quadratic polynomial.
Example \{\) Putting.v= 1 in the expression.v2-5.x + 4, we get 12-5.1 +4 = 0. Therefore, 1
ks
Yo
is a zero of the quadratic polynomial x2 - 5.r + 4. It can be noted that the other zero of the
oo
above quadratic polynomial is 4.
eB
(ii) When .v = 1 or 2, the expression x2 - 3x + 2 becomes zero.
r
Therefore. 1 and 2 are the zeroes ofthe quadratic polynomial x2 - 3.v + 2
ou
ad
Y
Note:
• a is called a zero ofthe quadratic polynomial ax2 + bx + c if and only if
nd
Re
aa2 + /?a+c = 0.
Fi
• It is not necessary that the zero of a quadratic polynomial will always be a real
number. For example, there is no real zero ofthe expression x2 + 1, because the value
ofthe expression .v2 + 1 will not be zero for any real number. Such polynomials are
satisfied by complex numbers. We will learn more about them in a higher class.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Questions based on polynomials and zeroes of a quadratic polynomial.
WORKING RULE :
1. A'polynomial in .v is an algebraic expression in x ofthe form.
t/0 + a | .v + a2x2 + ... + airx"
Here only non-negative integral powers of x occur.
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.2 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
2. A polynomial in .v will be a quadratic polynomial if the highest power of .v in the
polynomial is 2.
3. Any number a will be a zero of a quadratic polynomial if by substituting a in
place of .v, the value of the polynomial becomes zero.
Example 1. Which of the following among the given expressions is a polynomial ?
1
(i) 1 + \[x + x (ii) 1 + a2 (iii) atH—
A'
Solution : (i) The power of a- in Jx , that is in .v12 is not a non-negative integer.
\ + \[x +.Y is not a polynomial.
(ii) Here, the power of at in every term of the given expression is non-negative.
.'. 1 + .v2 is a polynomial.
w
(iii) The power of .v in the term that is, in a' !, is a negative integer.
Flo
ee
.’. X + — is not a polynomial.
Fr
for
ur
Example 2. Which expression among 1 - —x2 and at2+-^- is a polynomial ? Find its
4 x~
ks
Yo
degree and zeroes.
oo
B
I
Solution : 1 - —A'2 is a polynomial ; since the degree of .v in each term of the given
re
ou
expression is a non-negative integer. The degree of this polynomial is 2 since the maximum
ad
power of a in the given expression is 2.
Y
nd
I
Re
a-2 +— is not a polynomial, since in —, that is in a 2 . the power of at is a negative
A-2 A-
Fi
integer.
To find the zeroes of the polynomial :
I => -A'2 = 1
Now, 1 - —a-2 = 0
4 4
.v2 = 4 .-. x = ±2
The zeroes of the polynomial are 2 and - 2.
Example 3. Which of the following numbers are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial
9a-2 + 8.v - I ?
I
1, -'.8.-
Solution : For a = 1, 9a2 + 8a - 1 = 9.12 +8.1 - 1 = 16
For a = - 1, 9a2 + 8a - 1 =9.(- 1)2 + 8.(- 1) - 1 = 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.3
For a- = 8. 9a2 + 8a 1 = 9 (8)2 + 8 (8) - 1 - 639
For a = 9a2 + 8a-1=9 -
if +8 - -1 = 0
9 9 9
1 and f are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 9a2 + 8a 1.
Example 4. Find the zeroes of the polynomial 2a2 - a - 3.
Solution : To find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial, we have to equate it to zero.
Now, 2a2 - A 3=0
2a2 - 3a + 2a - 3 =0
=> a(2a - 3) + 1 (2a - 3) = 0
=>
w
(2a - 3)(a + 1) = 0
2a — 3 = 0 or a + 1 =0
=>
3
-v = - or a = -1
Flo
ee
2
3
.-. — and - 1 are the zeroes of the given quadratic polynomial.
•
Fr • i
for
ur
2
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
Type I
1. (a) Which of the following is a quadratic polynomial ?
ou
ad
Y
1
(ii) •v + -t= (iii) a H— (iv) a2+3>/a+2
nd
Va A
Re
Fi
1
(b) (i) 2a2 + I (ii) a2 + (iii) Va2 + 1 + —,= (iv) 37a2 + 1 + a
71 sTx
2. Which of the following is a polynomial ?
I 73 (iv) 377 + 7
(i) 2.v + — (iii) y1 + y-3
3 A2
3. Fill in the blanks :
(i) a2 + a + 3 is a polynomial.
(ii) ax" + bx + c is a quadratic polynomial if « =.................
(iii) The value of the quadratic polynomial a2 - 5a + 4 for a = - 1 is....
(iv) The degree of the polynomial 2a2 + 4a - a3 is.............
(v) A real number a will be called the zero of the quadratic polynomial
ax2 + bx + c if is equal to zero.
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.4 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
4. (i) Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 9 - .v2.
(ii) Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 4.v2 - 1.
(iii) Which of the following are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 9 - 4.v2 ?
3 2
(a) 4 (b) 9 (C) 2 (d) 3
1
(iv) Find the zeroes of the polynomial 4--j.v2.
(a) 2 (b) 242 (c) 0 (d) 4
5. (i) Is - 2 a zero of the quadratic polynomial 3x2 + x - 10 ?
(ii) Is - 1 a zero of the quadratic polynomial x2 + 2v - 3 ?
Type II
w
6. Which of the following is a polynomial ? Find its degree and the zeroes.
(i) 2-2*2
2
1
(ii) * + -2. Flo
ee
7. (a) Which of the following is a polynomial ? Find its zeroes,
1
Fr
for
ur
(i) x2 + 44 + 2 (ii) .V H--- (iii) 4-2*2
.V 4
ks
(b) Which of the following expressions is a polynomial ? Find the degree and zeroes
Yo
oo
of the polynomial.
B
x 2
re
© (ii) .v2 + 2x
ou
ad
Y
I
(c) Which among the expressions 1----- z2 and z2 + z 1 + I is a polynomial in z.
16
nd
Re
Find its zeroes and degree.
Fi
8. Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial .v2 - 6x + 8.
9. Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial :
(i) 2v2 + .v - I (ii) 2x2 - 5x + 2 (iii) 5x2 - 4.v - 1 (iv) *2 - 2x + 3
(v) 3.v2 - lOx + 3 (vi) 3.v2 + 5x + 2 (vii) 4x2 - x - 5
ANSWERS
1. (a) (i) (b) (i) 2. (ii)
3. (i) quadratic (ii) 2 and a * O(iii) 10 (iv) 3 (v)aa2 + ba + c
I
4. (i) 3 and-3 (ii) -and---- (iii) (c) (iv) (b)
2 2
5. (i) Yes (ii) No
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.5
1
6. 2- —x2 is a polynomial; degree 2 ; zeroes are 2 and -2
7. (a) 4-—x2 is a polynomial; 4,-4
4
(b) .v2 + 2x is a polynomial; degree = 2 ; 0 and - 2
(c) 1 - —z2 is a polynomial; 4 and - 4 ; degree = 2
16
8. 2,4
I
9. (i) - 1; ~ (ii) 2 ; ^ (iii) 1 ; (iv) No real zero
(V) 3 ; i (vi) -1 ; - - (vii) - ;-l
3 4
low
B. QUADRATIC EQUATIONS AND ITS ROOTS
,3 M
ee
7.3. QUADRATIC EQUATION
rF
Fr
An equation of the form ax2 + bx + c = 0, where a, h, c are real numbers and a ^ 0 is called a
quadratic equation in the variables. For example:
for
(i) 5.v2 - 3.v - 2 = 0 (ii) 3-v2 + 5x + 8 = 7
u
ks
(iii) x2-3.y= 10 (iv) (2a- + 3)(3.v-7) = 0
Yo
oo
Thus any equation of the form p{x) = 0, where p(x) is a polynomial in ,v of degree 2, is a
B
quadratic equation in x.
re
Standard form of a quadratic equation :
ou
ad
ax2 + bx + c = 0, « * 0 is called the standard form of a quadratic equation.
Y
There are many real life problems which reduce to quadratic equations.
nd
Re
Fi
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on recognising whether a given equation is a quadratic equation
or not.
WORKING RULE :
1. Simplily the expression involved and write the given equation such that power
of the variable .v is in descending order.
2. See whether the equation obtained is in the form ax2 + bx + c = 0, where
a * 0. If it is so, then given equation is a quadratic equation otherwise it is not
a quadratic equation. Here b or c may or may not be zero.
3. Standard form of a quadratic equation is ax2 + bx + c = 0, where a * 0.
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.6 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Example i. Check whether the following are quadratic equations :
(i) (.v + 15) (a- - 13) = 0 (ii) x (2.v + 3) = a-2 + 1
x +1 1
(iii) (a- + 2)3 = 2v3 - 4 (iv) = — + A'
4 .V
Solution : (i) L.H.S. = (x + 15)(x - 13) = a2 - 13a + 15a - 195
= A2 + 2a - 195
Therefore, (a + 15)(a - 13) = 0 can be rewritten as,
a2 + 2a- 195 =0
It is of the form ax1 + bx + c = 0
Therefore, the given equation is a quadratic equation.
(ii) LI I.S. = a (2a + 3) = Iv2 + 3a
Therefore, (2a + 3) = a2 + 1 can be rewritten as
w
a
Zy2 + 3a = a2 + 1
or a2 + 3a 1 =0 Flo
ree
It is of the form ax2 + bx + 0 = 0
Therefore, the given equation is a quadratic equation. F
(iii) L.H.S. = (a + 2)3 = a3 + 23 + 3.2..v (a + 2)
or
ur
sf
= a3 + 8 + 6a (a + 2)
k
= a3 + 6a2 + 12a + 8
Yo
oo
Therefore, (a + 2)3 = 2a3 - 4 can be rewritten as
B
a3 + 6a2 + 12a + 8 = 2r3 -4
re
or A3 - 6a2 12a - 12 =0
ou
ad
It is not of the form ax2 + bx + c = 0
Y
Therefore, the given equation is not a quadratic equation.
nd
Re
Fi
A+1
(iv) L.H.S.
4
. 1 + A2
R.H.S. = - + a =
A A
A +1 I
Therefore, = —+ Acan be rewritten as
4 A
A+1 1 + A2
4 .Y
or A2 + A - 4 + 4a2
or 3a2 - a + 4 = 0
It is of the form ax2 + bx + c = 0
The given equation is a quadratic equation.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.7
Example 2. Check whether the following are quadratic equations :
(i) (x + l)2 = 2(x - 3) |NCERT| (ii) ,y2 - 2x = (- 2)(3 - x) INCERT)
(iii) (2.v- 1 )(x - 3) = (x + 5)(x - 1) INCERT)
(iv) .v2 + 2.v — bsfx + 5 = 0 INCERT)
(v) .y3 - 4.v2 + 1= (x - 2)3 INCERT] (vi) (x + 2)3 = 2.y (x2 - 1) INCERT]
I
(vii) x + 3 = 0 (viii) x + ~ = 1,.Y*0
1
(ix) x2 + — = 2, .v * 0 (x) x2+—= fx* 0
x2 -V
Solution : (i) Given equation is
w
(x + l)2 = 2 (x - 3)
or x2 + 2x + 1 = 2x - 6
or x2 + 1 + 6 = 0 Flo
ee
or x2 + 7 = 0
which is of the form ax2 + bx + c = 0, where /? = 0
Thus (x + l)2 = 2 (x - 3) is a quadratic equation.
Fr
for
ur
(ii) Given equation is x2 - 2x = - 2 (3 - x)
ks
or x2 - 2x = - 6 + 2x
Yo
oo
or x2 - 2x - 2x + 6 = 0
B
or x2 - 4x + 6=0, which is a quadratic equation.
re
(iii) Given equation is
ou
ad
(2x - 1) (x - 3) = (x + 5)(x - 1)
Y
or 2x2 - lx + 3 = x2 + 4x - 5
nd
Re
.-. 2x2 -x2-7x-4x+ 3 + 5 = 0
Fi
or x2 - 1 lx + 8 = 0 which is of the form ax2 + bx + c = 0
Thus (2x - l)(x - 3) = (x + 5)(x - 1) is a quadratic equation.
(iv) x2 + 2x - 6%/x + 5 = 0
The given equation contains a term involving Vx i.e., x2 and - is not a non-negative
integer. *■
.'. x2+2x-6\[x+5 is not a quadratic polynomial.
Thus, the given equation is not a quadratic equation.
(v) Given equation is
x3 - 4x2 + 1 = (x - 2)3
or x3 - 4x2 + 1 = x3 8 - 6x (x - 2)
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.8 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
or - 4.v2 + 1 = - 8 - 6.v2 + 12.v
or - 4.v2 + 6a-2 - 12a- + 1 + 8 = 0
or 2a-2- 12.v + 9 = 0
This is of the form ax2 + bx + c = 0
Thus, the given equation is a quadratic equation,
(vii) Given equation is a + 3 = 0
This is not of the form ax2 + bx + c = 0, a ^ 0
Hence, given equation is not a quadratic equation,
(viii) Given equation is
1 A'2 +1
x + - = 1 or
.V A'
low
or A2 + 1 = A or A2 - A + 1 = 0
This is of the form ax2 + bx + c - 0
Hence, a2 - a + I = 0 is a quadratic equation,
ee
(ix) Given equation is
rF
a2 + —= 2
Fr
for
A2 A2
u
or a4 + 1 = 2a2 or a4 - 2a2 +1=0
ks
Yo
Here, the highest power of a in the given equation is 4.
oo
B
Hence, given equation is not a quadratic equation in a.
re
Note :
ou
ad
• Given equation is y2 - 2y +1=0, where y = a2
Y
• This is a quadratic equation in y. i. e., in x2 but not a quadratic equation in x.
nd
Re
(x) Given equation is
Fi
1 a3 +1
a2 + — = 1 or
A A
or A3 + 1 = A or A3 — A + 1 =0
Here a3 - a + 1 is a polynomial of degree 3. Hence a3 - a + 1 = 0 is not a quadratic
equation.
Type II. Problems based on mathematical representation of a situation.
WORKING RULE :
1. Let the unknown quantity be a.
2. Form an equation in a using conditions given in the question.
3. Represent the equation in standard form ax2 + bx + c = 0.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.9
Example 3. Represent the following situations in the form of quadratic equations :
(i) The product of Ram’s age 5 years back and 9 years hence (in years) is 15.
(ii) A book seller sells books in a store. On one book, he makes a profit of 55 minus
the number of books sold in the day (in rupees). On a particular day, his total
profit was Rs. 750.
Solution : (i) Let the present age of Ram be V years.
Then his age 5 years back will be (.v - 5) years. Similarly, his age 9 years hence, will be
{x + 9) years.
Therefore, their product = (x - 5)(x + 9)
According to question, (x - 5)(x + 9) = 15
or x2 + 9x - 5x - 45 = 15
or x2 + 4x - 60 = 0
w
.•. Ram’s present age satisfies the quadratic equation
x2 + 4x - 60 = 0
Flo
This is the required mathematical representation of the situation.
ee
(ii) Let the number of books sold be \v’.
Fr
.■. The profit made by the book seller on each book = 55 - x or
ur
So, the total profit earned by the book seller = x (55 - x)
f
According to question, x (55 - x) = 750
ks
Yo
or 55x - x2 = 750
oo
or x2 - 55x + 750 = 0
B
.•. The number of books sold in the day satisfies the equation x2 - 55x + 750 = 0.
re
This is the required mathematical representation of the given situation.
ou
ad
Example 4. The product of two consecutive positive integers is 306. Represent the above
Y
situation in the form of quadratic equation. |NCERT|
nd
Re
Solution : Let the two consecutive positive integers be x and x + 1.
Fi
Then, according to the question,
x (x + 1) = 306 or x2 + x - 306 = 0
This is the required equation representing the given situation.
Example 5. The area of a rectangular plot is 528 m2. The length of the plot (in metres)
is one more than twice its breadth. Represent the above situation in the form of a
quadratic equation. |NCERT|
Solution : Let the breadth of the plot = x metres.
Then, the length of the plot is one more than twice its breadth i.e., (2x + 1) metres
Area of the plot = 528 m2
Area of the plot = length * breadth
(2x + \\x = 528 or 2v2 + x = 528
or 2x2 + x - 528= 0
This is the required quadratic equation representing the given situation.
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.10 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Example 6. A train travels a distance of 480 km at a uniform speed. If the speed had
been 8 km/h less, then it would have taken 3 hours more to cover the same distance.
Find the equation in the quadratic form. [NCERT|
Solution : Distance travelled by the train = 480 km
Let the speed of train = .v km/h
480
Therefore, time taken for travelling 480 km = hours
x
If the speed had been 8 km/h less i.e., {x - 8) km/h, then
480
Time taken for travelling 480 km = hours
x-S
According to the question.
480 480 480*-480Q:-8) 3
= 3 or
low
.v-8 A xO-8)
or 480a - 480 (a - 8) = 3a (a - 8)
or - 3a2 + 24a + 3840 =0
ee
rF
or a2 - 8a - 1280 = 0
This is the required quadratic equation.
Fr
or
Example 7. Rohan’s mother is 26 years older than him. The product of their ages,
f
u
3 years from now will be 360. Find the equation in the quadratic form. |NCERT|
ks
Yo
Solution : Let the age of Rohan be a years.
oo
B
Then, his mother’s age = (a + 26) years
re
After three years :
ou
ad
Rohan’s age = (a + 3) years
Y
Rohan's mother's age = (a + 26) + 3 years
nd
= (a + 29) years
Re
Fi
According to the question,
(a + 3)(.v + 29) = 360
or a2 + 29a + 3.v + 87 = 360
or a2 + 32a - 273 =0
EXERCISE 7.2
Type I
1. Check whether the following are quadratic equations :
(i) (a - 2) (a + 1) = (a - 1 )(a + 3) (ii) (a - 2)2 + 1 = 2a - 3
(iii) a (a + 1) + 8 = (a + 2)(a - 2) (iv) (a - 3)(2a + 1) — a (a + 5)
(v) a (2v + 3) = a2 + 1 (vi) a2 + 3a + 1 = (a - 2)2
(vii) (a + 1 )(a - 1) = (a + 2)(a + 3) (viii) (a - l)2 = (a + l)2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.11
2. Check whether the following are quadratic equations :
l
(i) (x + 2)3 = .y3 - 4 (ii) .y - — = 8 (iii) 2.y2-3n/*+5 = 0
.Y
(iv) .y2 + — = 5 (v) x2 - —- = 8
A' X2
Tv'pe II
3. Represent the following situations mathematically :
(i) John and Jivanti together have 45 marbles. Both of them lost 5 marbles each
and the product of the number of marbles they now have is 124. We would
like to find out how many marbles they had to start with.
(ii) A shopkeeper buys a number of books for Rs. 80. If he had bought four more
books for the same amount, the book would have cost Re. I less.
(iii) A cottage industry produces a certain number of toys in a day. The cost of
production of each toy (in rupees) was found to be 55 minus the number of
w
toys produced in a day. On a particular day, the total cost of production was
Rs. 750. We would like to find out the number of toys produced on that day.
Flo
(iv) The sum of the squares of two positive integers is 117. If the square of the
smaller number equals four times the larger number, we need to find the integers.
ee
Fr
4. Represent the following situations in the form of quadratic equation.
|CBSE 20071
for
ur
(i) Divide 16 into two parts such that twice of the square of larger part exceeds
the square of the smaller part by 164.
ks
Yo
(ii) One year ago, a man was eight times as old as his son. Now. his age is equal
oo
to the square of his son’s age.
B
(iii) A train travels a distance of 300 km at constant speed. If the speed of the train
re
is increased by 5 km an hour. The journey would have taken two hours less.
ou
ad
(iv) The hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle is 6 metres more than twice of the
Y
shortest side. The third side is two metres less than the hypotenuse.
nd
(v) A piece of cloth costs Rs. 200. If the piece was 5 metre longer and each metre
Re
of cloth costs Rs. 2 less, the cost of piece would have remainded unchanged.
Fi
ANSWERS
1. (i) no (ii)yes (iii) no (iv) yes (v) yes (vi) no (vii) no (viii)no
2. (i)yes (ii) yes (iii) no (iv) no (v) no
3. (i) -Y2 - 45a- + 324 = 0, where .y is the number of marbles John had.
(ii) a-2 + 4x - 320 = 0, where .y is the number of books bought by the shopkeeper.
(iii) .Y2 - 55.y + 750 = 0, where a- is the number of toys produced on that day.
(iv) y2 + 4^-117-0, where v is the larger number.
,..., 300 300
4. (i)x2 +32x-420 = 0 (ii) a-2- 8.y + 7 = 0 (m)------- =2
A A+5
(iv) (2x + 6)2 = a-2 + (2x + 4)2 (v) ^ - 200 = 2
A x+5
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.12 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
7.4. ROOTS OFAQUADRATIC EQUATION
A real number a is called a root of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, a ^ 0 if
acr + 6a + c = 0. In this case, we say that.v = a is a solution of the quadratic equation or a
satisfies the quadratic equation.
The zeroes of the quadratic polynomial ax2 + bx + c are same as the roots of the quadratic
equation ax2 + bx + c = 0.
A quadratic equation has two and only two roots. These roots are normally denoted by
a and p.
7.5. TYPES OF QUADRATIC EQUATION
Quadratic equations are of two types :
(1) Pure quadratic equation
(2) Adfected quadratic equation
w
1. Pure quadratic equation : Any quadratic equation which does not have any first degree
term, that is, any quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 where 6 = 0 is called a pure quadratic
Flo
equation. The standard form of such an equation is ax2 + c = 0.
ee
Examples: (i) x2 - 16 = 0 (i i) 16.v2 = 49
Fr
2. Adfected quadratic equation : A quadratic equation with a non-zero first degree term is
called an adfected quadratic equation.
for
ur
The standard form of such an equation is ax2 + bx + c = 0, where <2*0 and b * 0.
ks
7.6. SOLUTIONS OF A QUADRATIC EQUATION BY FACTORIZATION
Yo
oo
In class IX, we have learnt about the methods to factorize a quadratic polynomial. Using
B
factorization method, we can easily find the roots of a quadratic equation.
re
Let the quadratic equation be ax2 + 6x + c = 0
ou
ad
Let the factors of ax2 + bx + c be (px + q) and {rx + 5), then
Y
ax2 + bx + c = {px + q) (rx + s)
nd
Re
Now; ax2 + bx + c = 0 => (px + q)(rx + 5) = 0
Fi
=> => /?.v + <7 = 0 or rx + 5 = 0
=> => -V = or x = -
P r
Q S
Thus and - - are the roots of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0.
7.7. SOLUTION OFA QUADRATIC EQUATION BY COMPLETING
THE SQUARE
Let ax2 + bx + c - 0, a, 6, c e R and a * 0, be a quadratic equation
Now, ax2 + bx + c = 0
.v2-> + —.v
b +—c = 0r,
[Dividing both sides by <2]
a a
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.13
b1 c b2 b2
or .r2 + lx.— + ------ 1— ------ Adding on both sides
2a 4a2 a 4a2 4a2
b Y _ b2 c
or x2 + 2-X— +
2a 2a) 4a2 a
or x+—
M2 b2 — 4ac
2a 4a2
Taking square root of both sides, we get
b b2-4ac ,'Jb2-4ac
X+ = + J------ ; = ±------------
2a 4c/2 2a
low
b -b±yjb2 -4ac
x=-
2a 2a
ee
Thus, the values of .v satisfying the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are
rF
-b-yjb2 - 4ac -b + \Jb2 -4ac Fr
for
and
2a 2a
u
ks
b2 - 4ac is called the discriminant of quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 and is usually
Yo
denoted by D.
oo
B
Thus, roots a and (3 of quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are given by
re
-b-s[D -b + jD
a= and [3 = , where D = /;2 - 4ac
ou
ad
2a 2a
Y
7.8. SOLUTION OF A QUADRATIC EQUATION BY USING
nd
Re
THE QUADRATIC FORMULA (SHREEDH ARACHARYA’S RULE)
Fi
Uptil now, we have learnt about some methods of solving a quadratic equation namely
factorisation method and the method of completing the square. But many times, it is not
convenient to factorise a quadratic polynomial. Here we shall establish a formula to find the
roots of a quadratic equation. This formula is known as Shreedharacharya’s rule who was an
ancient Indian Mathematician.
QUADRATIC FORMULA
Let the quadratic equation be ax1 + bx + c = 0, where a, b, c are real numbers and « ^ 0.
Now, ax2 + bx + c = 0
ax2 + bx = -c
, b -c
or X2 + — [Dividing throughout by a]
a a
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.14 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
iY
or
, . b
x2 +2-x---- +
2a 2a
-c
a 2a !Adding li) on both sides]
or
bf
.v + —
-c , b2
2a a 4a2)
b X (b2 - 4ac)
or ,Y +----
2a 4a2
b ±\/b2 -4ac
or x+— =
2a 2a
— b. \Jb2 - 4ac
w
or x =----±--------------
2a 2a
or
-b±\Jb2 -4ac Flo
ee
.Y =
2a
This is called the quadratic formula or Shreedharacharya’s rule.Fr
for
ur
1'hus, equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 has two roots a and P, given by
ks
-b-yjb2 -4ac -b + \Jb2 -4ac
Yo
a= and P = -
oo
2a 2a
B
Discriminant: For the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, the expression {b1 - 4ac) is called the
re
discriminant and is denoted by D.
ou
ad
As (b2 - 4ac) = D, the roots of oy2 + bx + c = 0 are given by
Y
-b-yfD -b + y/D
nd
a=
Re
and P = —:
2a 2a
Fi
Since square root of a negative number is imaginary, therefore, the roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0
are real if and onlyil'D>0 \.e.,(b2-4ac)>0.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on a number being a root of a quadratic equation.
WORKING RULE : Use the following information whichever is required :
1. If it is to be examined whether o. is a root of a quadratic equation
ax2 + bx +- c = 0, calculate aa? + bo. + c. If it comes out to be 0, then a is a root
of equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, otherwise it is not a root.
2. If a is a root of equation ax2 + bx + c ~ 0, then ao? + bo. + c = 0.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.15
Example 1. Determine whether „v = — and x = are solutions of the equation
2.v2 - 5x + 3 = 0 or not.
Solution : The given equation is : 2.r_ 5.x- + 3 = 0 -.(i)
When L.H.S. of equation (i) = 2^j -5x—+3 = 2 x —- —+ 3
2 4 2
J__5+3^ 1-5 + 6
= I + R.H.S.
2 2 2
Hence „v = --I is not a solution of the given equation.
. 9 15 .
When x - L.H.S. of equation (i) = 2 -5x —+ 3 = 2 x-------- 1-3
w
2 4 2
Flo
9_15
2 2
3 _ 9-15 + 6
2
0 = R.H.S..
ee
Fr
3
Hence .v = — is a solution of the given equation.
for
ur
Example 2. If .v = 2 and .v = 3 are roots (solutions) of the equation
3.v2 - lax + lb = 0. find the values of a and b.
ks
Yo
Solution : .v = 2 is a root of the equation 3.v2 - lax + 26 = 0
oo
eB
3(2)2 - la (2) + lb = 0
or 12-4a+ 26 = 0
r
ou
ad
or la -6-6=0 ...(i)
Y
Again .v = 3 is also a root of the equation 3.v2 - lax + 26 = 0
nd
Re
3(3)2 - 2o(3) + 26 = 0
Fi
or 27 - 6a + 26 = 0
or 6a - 26 27 = 0 ...(ii)
Solving (i) and (ii) by cross-multiplication method, we get
a 6
27-12 -36 + 54 -4 + 6
a 6
or
15 18 2
•5 and. 6, = —
— 18 = 09
a=
2 2
Type II. Problems based on finding roots of a quadratic equation by factorisation method.
WORKING RULE :
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.16 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
1. Write the equation in the standard form, ax2 + bx + c = 0.
2. Split the middle term to find the factors (not always possible).
3. Equate each of the factors to zero to find two linear equations.
4. Solve each linear equation.
5. The values of the variable obtained above will be the solution of the required
quadratic equation.
Example 3. Find the roots of the quadratic equation 9.v2 - 3.v -2 = 0 by factorisation.
Solution : Given equation is, 9.y2 - 3.y - 2 = 0
or 9.y2 - 6.y + 3*-2 = 0
or 3.Y (3,y - 2) + I (3.Y - 2) = 0
or (3.y+ 1)(3.y - 2) = 0
3x + 1= 0 or (3.y - 2) = 0
w
1
Now, 3.y + 1 = 0 => ,y = -
3
Flo
ee
and 3.y — 2 = 0 ^ x = -
3
1
Required roots are -- and -.
Fr
for
ur
3
Example 4. Find the roots of the quadratic equation .y2 - 3.y - 10 = 0 by factorisation
ks
method.
Yo
oo
Solution : Given equation is jy2 - 3.y - 10 = 0
eB
or x2 - 5.y + 2.y - 10 = 0
or .y (.y - 5) + 2 (.y - 5) = 0
r
or (.y - 5)(.y + 2) = 0
ou
ad
Y
.’. Either .y - 5 = 0 or x + 2 = 0
i.e., x — 5 or x =-2
nd
Re
Hence, the roots of the given equation are 5 and - 2.
Fi
Example 5. Find the roots of the following quadratic equations by factorisation method,
(i) 2x2 + x 6=0 (ii) V2.Y2 + lx + 5V2 = 0
(iii) 100 x2 - 20x + 1 =0 (iv) 2.y2-.y + - = 0 [NCERT|
8
Solution : (i) Given equation is
or 2.Y2 + x - •6 = 0
or lx2 + 4jy - 3.y - 6 = 0 2 x(-6) = - 12
or 2x (.y + 2) - 3 (.y + 2) = 0 4 x (—3) = -12
or (.y + 2) (2y - 3) = 0 4-3 = 1
Now, .v + 2 = 0 => .y = - 2
and 2y - 3 = 0 => .Y = -
2
3
Hence, the roots of the equation 2y2 + .y - 6 0 are - 2 and —.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.17
(ii) Given equation is ■Jlx2 + 7.v + 5V2 = 0
>l2x-5>j2 = +10
or V2 .v2 + 5x + 2.v + 5V2 = 0 5x2 = 10
5+2 = 7
or X (yjl X + 5)+ y/li'Jl X + 5) = 0
or (V2 x + 5)(x + V2) = 0
5
Now, V2 x + 5 = 0 =e> x = -
Vi
and x + Vi = 0 x = - Vi
Hence, roots of the equation Vix2 + lx + 5Vi = 0 are -7= and -Vi .
Vi
(iii) Given equation is
100x1 =+100
w
I OO.v2 - 2 Ox + 1 = 0
or 1 OOx2 - lOx - lOx + 1 = 0 10x10 = 100
or
or
lOx (lOx - 1) - 1 (lOx - l)= 0
(1 Ox - 1)(1 Ox - 1) = 0
Flo 10 + 10 = 20
ee
oi- (1 Ox - 1 )2 = 0
1
=> x = ——
lO
Fr
for
ur
Hence, both the roots of equation 100x2 - 20x +1= 0 are
ks
Yo
oo
(iv) Given equation is
B
16x1 =+16
re
2x2 -x +--= 0 or 16x2 - 8x +1=0
8 4x4 = 16
ou
I
ad
16x2 - 4x - 4x + 1 =0 ( 4+4=8
Y
or
or 4x (4x - 1) - 1 (4x - 1) = 0
nd
Re
or (4x - 1 )(4x - 1) = 0
Fi
Now, 4x - 1= 0 => x = — and 4x - 1 = 0 => x = -
4 4
Hence, both the roots of the equation 16x2 - 8x +1=0 are —, —.
4 4
Example 6. By factor method, find the roots of the equation 2x2 - 9x + 10 = 0, when (i)
x is a natural number, (ii) x is a rational number. Also check your answer.
Solution : The given equation is 2x2 - 9x + 10 = 0
or 2x2-5x-4x+ 10 = 0
or x (2x - 5) - 2 (2x - 5) = 0
(x - 2)(2v - 5) = 0
Now, x-2=0 x =2
and 2v - 5 = 0 => 2x = 5
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.18 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Thus, x - 2o 5
or x = —
2
Therefore, the roots of the given equation are 2 and ^
Thus, (i) when .v is a natural number, the root = 2. [ v y is not a natural number]
(ii) When .v is a rational number, roots are 2 and —.
2
Example 7. Solve for ,v : \2abx1 - (9a1 - 8/>2) .v - 6ab - 0 |CBSE 2006|
Solution : Given equation is \2abx1 - (9a1 - 8/>;) .v bob = 0
or 12abx2 - 9a2x + 8/r.v - bob = 0
or 2ax (Abx - 3a) + 2b (Abx - 3a) = 0
low
or (4bx - 3a) (3a.v + 2b) = 0
Abx - 3a = 0 => Abx = 3a or 3a.v + 2b = 0 => lax = - 2b
3a 2b
x=-
ee
Ah 3a
rF
Hence,
3a
.v = — and A' = -
Ah
2b
3a
Fr
for
Example 8. Solve for .v : abx1 + (b1 - ac) x - be - 0 |CBSE 2005|
u
Solution : The given equation is
ks
Yo
abx1 + (b1 - ac) x - bc= 0
oo
or abx1 + b2x - acx - be = 0
eB
or bx (ax + 6) - c (ax + b) = 0
r
or (ax + b)(bx - c) = 0
ou
ad
Either ax + 6 = 0 or bx -0 = 0
Y
=> ax - - b =^> bx = e
nd
Re
b c
x—- or
Fi
a b
b , c
Thus, roots of given equation are - and -
a b
A 5 -3
Example 9. Solve — 3= .v * a
0, — |CBSE 2006 C|
.V (2.v + 3)’ 2 ‘
Solution : Given equation is
4-3x ‘ 5
--3 =--------- or
.v (2.r + 3) A" (2 a-+ 3)
or (4 - 3a-)(2v + 3) = 5a-
or - 6a2 - a- + 12 = 5.v [ By cross-mu11ipi ication]
or 6.v2 4- 6a- -12 = 0
or a:2 + .r - 2 = 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.19
or .v2 + 2.v - x - 2 = 0
or .v (x + 2) - (x + 2) - 0
or (x + 2)(x - 1) = 0
x+2 =0 or x 1 =0
Thus x = - 2 or x= 1
Hence, the roots of the given equation are - 2 and 1.
x— 1 x-3 1
Example 10. Solve - 3 — (x * 2,4)
------------1------------ |CBSE 2005|
x-2 x-4
Solution : Given equation is
x -1 x — 3 _ 10
x-2 x-4 ~ 3
w
(x-1 )(x-4) + (x-3)(x-2) _ 10
or
(x-2)(x-4) 3
(x2 - 5x + 4) + (x2 - 5x + 6) _ 10
Flo
ee
or
(x2 - 6x + 8) 3
2x2 -1 Ox + 10 10 Fr
for
or
ur
x2 -6x4-8 3
or 3 (2.v2 - 1 Ox + 10)= 10 (x2 - 6x + 8)
ks
Yo
or 6x2 - 3Ox + 30= l Ox2 - 60x + 80
oo
or 4x2 - 3Ox + 50 = 0
B
re
or 2x2- 15x + 25 = 0
ou
or 2x2 - 1 Ox - 5x + 25 = 0
ad
Y
or 2x (x - 5) - 5 (x - 5) = 0
or (x - 5)(2x - 5) = 0
nd
Re
x - 5 = 0 or 2x -5 = 0
Fi
. 5
Thus x = 5 or x = -
2
Hence, the roots of the given equation are 5 and ~ .
Example 11. Solve ' + — + — [,v + 0,x ^ - (a + /?)] [CBSE 2005|
{a + /) + x) a b x
Solution : Given equation is
_J__ = i + i + l
{a + b + x) a b x
1
01’
{a + b + x) x a b
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.20 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
x~(a + b+x) _ b + a
or
x(a-i-b + x) ab
-(a + b) _ (a + b)
or
.v (a + b + x) ab
or [On dividing both sides by (a + /?)]
x (a + b + ,v) ab
or x {a + b + x) = - ab \ By cross-ni u 11 ip I icat i on ]
or x2 + ax + bx + ab = 0
or x (x + a) +- b (x + a) = 0
or (x + a)(x + b) = 0
x + a = 0 or x + h - 0
low
Thus -V =■ - a or x = — b
Hence, the roots of the given equation are a and - h.
ee
Type III. Problems based on finding the roots of a quadratic equation by completing
rF
the square.
Fr
for
WORKING RULE :
u
1. First of all, make the coefficient of x2 in the quadratic equation by dividing both
ks
Yo
sides by the coefficient of.v2.
oo
2. Write the quadratic equation such that only the terms containing .v are on L.H.S.
B
and remaining terms are on RTFS.
re
ou
ad
3. Add -coefficient of.v on both sides.
Y
2
nd
Re
4. Take the square root of both sides.
Fi
5. Finally write down the values of.v. These values of.v will be the required roots.
Example 12. Find the roots of the following quadratic equation (if they exist) by the
method of completing square.
(i) 2v2 + x- 4 = 0 (ii) 2.r2 - lx + 3 = 0
(iii) 4.v2 + 4V3.v + 3=0 (iv) 2v2 + .v + 4 = 0 INCERTJ
Solution : (i) Given equation is, 2.v2 + .v - 4 = 0
I
or -V2 + —.v - 2 = 0 or .v2 + —.v = 2
2 2
Adding ^coefficientof.vj i.e. 1
- — on both sides, we get
16
-> I 1 ~ I ,1 1 33
x- +-.v + —= 2 + — or x2 h—x + — =
2 16 16 2 16 16
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.21
2 \2
V33
or x+—
4 4
s/33
x+— = ±
4 4
l , V33 -1 ± V33
x——±
4 4 4
\J33 -1 V33 + I
-V =
4 4
x/33-hl n/33- I
Hence, roots are - and
4 4
(ii) Given equation is
w
2x2 -7x + 3 = 0 or x2--x + - = 0
2 2
Adding ^coefficientofxj i.e.,
Flo
49
ee
= 77 on both sides, we gel
16
, 7 49 3 49
Fr
for
ur
x2 —x + — = — + —
2 16 2 16
ks
7f 25 5?
Yo
oo
or x— or x—
4 16 4 4
B
re
7.5 7±5 1
x —7 =±+5— x =-±
4 4 4 4 4 2
ou
ad
Y
Hence, roots are — and 3.
2
nd
Re
(iii) Given equation is
Fi
4x2 +4V3x + 3 = 0
or x2 + V3x + — = 0 or x2 + v3x = -
4 4
2
Adding [ -^ coefficient of x i.e.. —-\/3 I =— on both sides, we get
2 4
x2 + V3x + — = - —+ —
4 4 4
or
V3
x+— =0
2
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.22 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
x + — = 0 and -v + —
2 2
x — —— and x = -
V3
2 2
n/3 _ V3
Hence, equal roots of equation 4x2 + 4\f3x + 3 =0 are
2 ’ 2
(iv) Given equation is 2.v2 + .v + 4 = 0 or .v2+—x + 2 = 0 or x2+-x = -2
2 2
,2
Adding j^-coefficient of .v
1 if 1
i.e., = — on both sides, we get
2 2 16
w
I
.v2 + —x + — = -2 + —
2 16 16
VsT
Flo
ee
X H----
4 4
This is not possible as the square of a real number cannot be negative. Fr
for
ur
Example 13. Find the roots of the equation 4.y2 -2* + — = 0 by using the method of
ks
4
Yo
oo
completing squares. |NCERT|
B
Solution : Given equation is 4.y2-2.y + —= 0
re
4
ou
ad
or 1 I
4 v2 — 2x = - or ,y2 —.y = —
Y
4 2 16
nd
Re
V *)
or -Y2---- JY + If if 1 or x—
1
Fi
2 4 4 16 4 16 16
if
.Y------ =0
4
,y — = 0 and x— = 0
4 4
=> x=—
4’4
Thus the required roots are f
Note :
1 1
• Here the roots are — and — and therefore, — is called a repeated root.
4 4 ' 4
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.23
Type IV. Problems based on finding the roots of a quadratic equation by using quadratic
formula.
WORKING RULE :
1. Write down the given equation in the form ax2 + bx + c = 0
From this, find the values of a, b and c.
2. Calculate the discriminant D = /r - Aac
3. Roots of the given quadratic equation will be
-b-\lb2 - Aac b + \lb2 - Aac
and
2a 2a
-/;-VD -b + 'fD
low
i.e., and
2a 2a
A. If D < 0, then given equation will have no real root.
5. If D = 0, then given quadratic equation will have real and equal roots.
ee
rF
Fr
Example 14. Find the roots of the quadratic equation 2x2 - 7.t + 3 = 0 by using the
quadratic formula.
for
u
Solution : Given equation is, 2a-2 - 7x + 3 = 0
ks
Comparing it with the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, we have a = 2, b = - 1 and
Yo
oo
c=3
B
re
-b±\Jb2 - Aac
By quadratic formula, x =
2a
ou
ad
Y
(-7)±V(-7)2-4x2x3 _ 7± V49-24
2x2 4
nd
Re
7±V25 _ 7_±_5 _ j_2 2
Fi
4 4 ~ 4 ’4
1
= 3,-
2
1
3 and — are the roots of the given equation.
Example 15. Solve the equation 25a:2 + 50a- + 12 = 0 by using quadratic formula.
Solution : The given equation is 25a-2 + 50.v +12 = 0
Here a = 25, b = 50 and c = 12
-b±\Jb2 - Aac
By quadratic formula, a: =
2a
50±V(50)2 -4x25x12
2x25
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.24 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
-50 ±72500-1200 -50±>/l300
50 50
-SOtloTlI 10(-5±7l3) -5±7l3
50 50 5
5 + 7l3 and 5-7l3
Hence, the roots are
5 5
Example 16. Solve the quadratic equation x2 + 6.v - 10 = 0, when
(i) .r is a natural number (ii) .v is a rational number, (iii) .v is a real number.
Solution : The given equation is .v2 + 6.v - 10 = 0
Here a = 1,6 = 6 and c — - 10
-b±\Jb2 — 4ac -6±736-4xlx(-10) _ -6±736 + 40
-V =
low
2a 2x1 2
-6±776 _ -6±2yf\9 _ 2(-3±7i9)
= -3±V19
2 2 2
Here both roots are irrational numbers.
ee
rF
Thus (i) When x is a natural number, the given equation has no solution.
(ii) When .r is a rational number, the equation has no solution. Fr
for
(iii) When .v is a real number, the roots are -3 + 7^9 and -3-7l9 .
u
ks
Example 17. Find the roots of the quadratic equation
Yo
oo
1 11
= —,**-4,7 [CBSE 2007, NCERTI
B
x + 4 x-1 30
re
Solution : The given equation is
ou
ad
1 1 11
Y
.t + 4 x-1 30
nd
Re
(a--7)-(.v+ 4) 11
or
Fi
(a' + 4)(x —7) _ 30
x-1-x-4 11
or
(.v + 4)(.v — 7) 30
11 11
or
x1 -3.V-28 30
1
or
a-2-3a--28 30
or - 30= x2-3x-28
or x2 - 3x + 2 = 0
Here a = 1,6 3 and c = 2
- (~3) ± 7(~3)2 ~ 4(1)(2)
2x1
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.25
3±V9^8 3±Vl
2 2
3-1
_ 3 + 1____
2 01 2
= 2 or 1
Hence, the roots of given equation are 2 and 1.
Type V. Problems based on solution of equation reducible to a quadratic equation
WORKING RULE :
1. Find the suitable expression so that on putting this expression equal to y, the
given equation becomes a quadratic equation.
2. Find the values of v solving the quadratic equation thus obtained.
w
3. Now, put the values of y in terms of .v and solve the equations thus obtained to
get the values of .r.
Example 18. Solve for .v :
Flo
ee
(.v2 - 5a)2 - 7 (.v2 - 5a) + 6 = 0, x is a real number.
Solution : The given equation is (a2 - 5a)2 - 7 (a2 - 5a) + 6 = 0 Fr
for
ur
Putting a2 - 5a = >• in the given equation, we get
ks
.y2 - 7 v + 6 = 0 i
Yo
oo
or v2 - 6y ->• + 6=0
B
or > (> - 6) - 1 (> - 6) = 0
re
or 0’ - 6)(> - 1)=0
ou
.'. Either >-6 = 0 or > - 1 = 0 i.e., > = 6 or > = 1
ad
But > = a2 - 5a
Y
a2 - 5a = 6 or a2 - 5a = I
nd
Re
=> a2 - 5a - 6 = 0 or a2 - 5a - 1 =0
Fi
5± V25 + 4
=> a2 - 6a + a - 6 = 0 or a=
2
5 ± s/29
=> a (a - 6) + 1 (a - 6) = 0 or a =
2
5 ± s/29
=> (a - 6)(a + 1) = 0 or a =
2
5 + s/29 5 —s/29
A = 6 OI- A = - 1 or A= or a =
2 2
5 + V29 5-s/29
Hence, the values of a are 6,-1
2 2
a-2Y a-2
Example 19. Solve the equation + 3-4 ~ 0, a + — 2
a+ 2 a+ 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.26 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Solution : Given equation is
*-2Y + 3-4 x-2
= 0, x ^ - 2
x+2 x+2
x-2
Let y =
x+2
Then, given equation becomes + 3 - 4y = 0 or v2 - 4>! + 3 = 0
=> y2 -3^-_y + 3 = 0
=> v 0; - 3) - 1 (y - 3) = 0
=> (y- 1)0' - 3) = o
1, 3
x-2
Now, y= 1 => = 1
low
x+2
=> x — 2 = x + 2. This is not possible
x-2
Again, y= 3 =3
ee
x+2
rF
=>
=>
x-2 = 3x + 6
2v = 8
Fr
for
=> x =-4
u
ks
Thus x = - 4 is the required solution.
Yo
oo
Example 20. Solve the equation 25x4 - 20x2 + 4 = 0.
eB
Solution : Let x2 = y
The given equation becomes 25v2 - 20y +4 = 0
r
ou
ad
20 + V400-400
Y
y = [By quadratic formula]
50
nd
Re
20 = 2
Fi
50 5
But y = x2
A-2 = - or x = ±. I—
5 5
EXERCISE 7.3
Type I
4
1. Determine whether x = — and x = — are the solutions of the equation
2
6x2 - x 12 0 or not.
2. Determine whether (i) x = 1, (ii) x = 3 are the solutions of the equation
x2 - 5x + 4 = 0 or not.
3. Determine whether x-Jl and x = -2v/3 are solutions of the equation
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.27
x1 - 3 Vs.v + 6 = 0-
4. For the quadratic equation lx2 - 5x - 3 = 0, determine which of the following are
solutions ?
1
(i) X = 3 (ii) x — — 1
5. Determine whether (i) x = 'Jl , (ii) x = -2'Jl are the solutions of the equation
a2 + y/lx -4 = 0 or not.
6. Show that a = - 3 is a solution of a2 + 6a + 9 = 0. |CBSE 2008|
7. Show that a = 3 is a solution of 2a2 + 5a -3 = 0. |CBSE 2008]
8. Show that a = 2 is a solution of 3a2 + 13a + 14 = 0. |CBSE 2008|
2
i a solution of the equation kx2 - x
9. For what value of k,x = — is 2 = 0.
low
3
10. For what value of k,x = — is a solution of the equation 3a2 + 2kx -3 = 0.
2
ee
rF
11. For what values of a and b, x = — and a =
4 Fr
2 are solutions of the equation
for
ax2 + bx - 6 = 0.
u
12. For what value of k, x = a is a solution of the equation a2 - (a + b) x + k = 0.
ks
13. Determine the value of k, a and b in each of the following quadratic equation, for
Yo
oo
which the given value of a is the root of the given quadratic equation :
eB
(i) kx2 - 5a + 6 = 0 ; a = 2 (ii) 6a2 + kx - yfb = 0; a
r
2
ou
ad
Y
— and a = y, find a, b
(iii) ax2 -1 3a + £> = 0; a = -
nd
Re
2 and^ a = -.
5
Fi
(iv) ax2 + bx — 10 = 0;a = — —
3
Type II
14. Find the roots of the following quadratic equations by factorisation :
(i) 2a2 - 5a + 3 = 0 (ii) 3a2-2V6a + 2=0
(iii) 3a2 - 14a - 5 = 0 (iv) V3a2+10a + 7V3 =0
(v) yfly2 -6y-\3yfl =0 |CBSE 2003|
(vi) 4a2 - 4a2A + a4- b4 = 0 |CBSE 2004|
15. (i) a2b2x2 + b2x - a2x - 1 = 0, <7 * 0, 6*0 |CBSE 2005|
(ii) 36a2 - I2ax + {a2 - b2) = 0 |CBSE 2004C|
(iii) 1 Or/A2 - 6a + 15av - 9 = 0, a * 0
(iv) 12abx2 - (9a2 - 862) a - 6ab = 0 |CBSE 20061
(v) 4a2 - 2 (a2 + 62) a + a2b2 = 0 [CBSE 2004)
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.28 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Type HI
16. Find the roots of the following quadratic equations, if they exist by the method of
completing the square :
(i) 5.v2 - 6.v -2 = 0 (ii) 2.v2 5a +3 = 0
(iii) 9x2 - 15.r + 6 = 0 (iv) a-2 - 9a- + 18 = 0
(v) 2v2 + a- + 4 = 0
17. Find the roots of each of the following quadratic equations if they exist by the
method of completing the squares :
(i) 2.v2 - 5a + 3 = 0 (ii) a2 - 6.v + 4 = 0
(i'i) V5a2 +9a+ 4^5=0 (>v) 2-s/2a2 + yjl5x + v2 = 0
(v) A2 + A + 3 = 0
18. Solve the following equations by the method of completion of square.
w
(i) 5a2 - 24a -5 = 0 (ii) 7a2 - 1 3a - 2 = 0
(iii) 15a2 + 53a + 42 = 0 (iv)7A2 + 2a 5=0
Type IV
Flo
ee
19. Find the roots of each of the following quadratic equations by using the quadratic
formula : Fr
for
ur
(i) 4a2 + 3a + 5 = 0 (ii) 3a2 + 2yjSx -5 = 0
(iii) a-2 - I 6a + 64 = 0 (iv) 3o2a2 + 8«/>a + Air = 0, a ^ 0
ks
Yo
(v) 9a2 -9(a + b) x + [2a2 + Sab + lb2} = 0 [CBSE 2004|
oo
B
15
(vi) a + — = 3,a ^ 0 (vii) a----- +1 = 0, a ^ 0
re
X 4a
ou
ad
x+ 2 a-2 a-3 a +3
(i) --------1-------
Y
20. (ii) a + 3 = 6—, a ^ ~3,3
A — 2 A+ 2 a-3 7
nd
Re
(iii) -- = 3, a * 0,2
Fi
A A-2
(iv) 2 |CBSE 2004)
A A— 1
(V) = 4, A ^0,1 (\i)
A— 1 A { x-\ J I.2.V-3J 2
<•"> <Si)+Sr) = 5, (A *-3,1) [CBSE 20041
4a-3 ''2a + 0
(viii) 10
2.v + l 4a - 3
A a +1 34
(ix) = a * -1 and a * 0
A+ 1 A 15’
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.29
21. Find the solutions of each of the following equations by using quadratic formula:
(i) (x2 - 2a-)2 - 4 (a-2 - 2a-) + 3 = 0
(iii) (a2 + 3a + 2)2 - 8 (a2 + 3a) -4 = 0
(i ) fe)
ANSWERS
3 4
1. Both a = — and a = — are the solutions.
2 3
2. (i).v= I is a solution (ii) a = 3 is not a solution
3. x = 'j3 is a solution and a =-2>/3 is not a solution
w
1
4. (i) a = 3 is a solution (ii)A = -2 is not a solution — is a solution.
(iv) a = -— is not a solution.
Flo
ee
5. (i) a = V2 is a solution (ii) a = -2\/2 is a solution. Fr 9. k = 6
for
ur
10. k = -~ 11.0 = 4,6 = 5 12. A- = ab
ks
4
Yo
oo
13. (\)k = 1 (ii) A- = 3n/3-2V2 (iii) a = 6,b = 6 (iv) o= 15,* = -19
eB
2 2 1
H. (i) 1.2 (iii) 5,-^ (iv) -V5,—1=
r
ou
ad
Y
13^7 a2 -b2 a2 + b2
(v) (vi)
2 2
nd
Re
Fi
1 1 a-b a + b 3 3 3o 2b o2 b2
15.(0-^ (iO—— (1V) 4b' 3a (v) T’T
3 + \f[9 . 3-VI9 3 2
16. (i) and (ii) - and 1 (iii) 1 and ~ (iv)6 and 3
5 5
(v) no solution exist.
3 (iv) no solution exists
17. (i)l,^ (ii) 3±V5 (iii) -
s
(v) no solution exists
1 6 7
18. (i) 5,--7 (ii) 2,-^- (Hi) -?-T (iv)
7 7
V5 2b 2b
19. (i) No solution exists (ii) -n/5,-^ (iii) 8, 8 (iv) 4- —
a 3a
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.30 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
2a+ b a + 2b 3 +Vs 3-Vs 3 5
(v) (vi) (vii)
3 ’ 3 2 2
-n r a 9 3 + V3 3-V3 I
20. (i) 6,-6 (n)-4,- (m) —-—,—— (iv)
, J + V3 1-V3 1 4 4 1 5 3
(v)— — (vi) 2'3 (vii) (viii) ~3'8 (Lx) ””
2’ 2
21. (i) -1,3,1+V2,1-V2 (ii) -2,1 (iii)l, 0,- 3,-4
7.9. NATURE OF ROOTS OF A QUADRATIC EQUATION
We have seen that a, |3 are the roots of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, where
-b-\Jb2 -4ac -b + \Jb2 — 4ac
a= and P -
w
...(1)
2a 2a
Case I. When b2 - 4ac < 0 : We know that the square of a real number cannot be negative.
Flo
Therefore, the square root of any negative number cannot be a real number. Thus if
ee
b2 - 4ac < 0 then \Jb2 - 4ac will not be real.
Fr
From (1), it is clear that a and P will not be real, that is, the roots of the quadratic
or
ur
equation will not be real \{b2-4ac < 0.
f
ks
Case II. When b1 -4ac = 0 : If/r - 4ac = 0, then Jb2 -4ac = 0.
Yo
oo
B
Therefore, from (1), a = - — and p = ——, that is, a = p.
re
2a 2a
ou
Thus, we see that when b1 - 4ac = 0, the roots will be real and equal and each root will be
ad
Y
b
2a '
d
Re
n
Fi
The roots in this case are called repeated roots.
Case III. When Ir - 4ac > 0 : If/?2 - 4ac > 0, then V/?2 -4ac will be a real number and
\Jb2 -4ac > 0
Let Vb2 -4ac - k
-b-k b+k
Then, from(l), a = and P =
2a 2a
Clearly, a and P are distinct as k *■ 0. Thus, we see that if b2 - 4ac > 0. the roots of the
quadratic equation are real and distinct.
Case IV. If/?2 - 4ac > 0 then V/?2 -4ac > 0 ■ Let \Jb2 -4ac = A:. It is not necessary that k is
a rational number, k will be a rational number if/?2 - 4<7c is the square of a rational number, that
is, if b2 - 4ac is a perfect square.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.31
Thus, tor rational numbers, a, b, c, if/)2 - 4ac is a perfect square then from (l).
-b-k b+k
a= and P =
2a 2a
Clearly, a and (3 will be both rational.
Therefore, if /r - 4ac is a perfect square, then the roots of the quadratic equation will be
rational. Provided a, b, c are rational.
(b2 - 4ac) is called the discriminant ofthe quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 and a, b, c are
called the coefficients ofthe quadratic equation. The discriminant/r-4ac is usually denoted
by D or A.
Note:
• From Case II and Case III, it is clear that the roots of the quadratic equation
w
ax2 + bx + c = 0 will be real if and only if b2 - 4ac > 0
The above results can be tabulated as given below :
Discriminant of the
Flo
Nature of roots of Values of roots of
ee
quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 ax1 + bx + c = 0
ax2 + bx + c = 0 Fr
for
ur
-b±sjb2 — 4ac
D>()i.e., b2-4ac>0 real and distinct
ks
2a
Yo
oo
b_ -b
D = 0 i.e., /r-4(7C = 0 real and equal
eB
2a' 2a
D i.e. (/r - 4ac) is a
r
-b± \jb2 -4ac
ou
ad
perfect square and a, b, c both roots rational
2a
Y
are rational
not real root no real value
nd
D i.e., b2-4ac<Q
Re
Fi
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on nature of roots.
WORKING RULE :
1. a, b, c are the coefficients of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 and
b2 - 4ac is its discriminant. Discriminant b2 - 4c/c is denoted by D.
2. For knowing the nature of roots of the equation, use the following results
whichever is required :
Value of D Nature of roots Roots
-b + sfD
D> 0 Real and unequal
2a
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.32 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
-b
D=0 Real and equal Each root
la
D<0 No real roots None
3. Square root of a negative number is not a real number.
4. Roots of equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are real if and only if D > 0
i.e. b1 - Aac > 0
Example 1. Examine whether the following equations have real roots :
(i) 3.V2 + 2v - I = 0 (ii) .v2 + 4x + 4 = 0
Solution : (i) Given equation is : 3.v2 + lx -1=0
Comparing the given equation with ax2 + bx + c = 0
We get <r/ = 3, /; = 2, c = - 1
w
Therefore, discriminant D = /r - Aac = (2)2 - 4 (3)(-l) = 4 + 12 = 16 > 0
Since D > 0, therefore the given equation has real roots.
(ii) Given equation is x2 + Ax + 4 = 0 Flo
ee
Here, a = l, b = A, c = A
Therefore, discriminant D = 62 - Aac = (4)2 - 4 (1)(4) =16-16 = 0
Since D = 0. the given equation has equal real roots.
Fr
for
ur
Example 2. Find the nature of the roots of the following quadratic equations. If the
ks
real roots exist, find them.
Yo
oo
(i) 2.v2 - lx + 5 = 0 (ii) 3x2 - A-Jlx + 4 = 0
eB
(iii) lx2 - 6.v + 3 = 0 INCERTI
Solution : (i) Given equation is 2.v2 - 3.v + 5 = 0 ...d)
r
ou
ad
Here, a = 1, b - - 3, c = 5
Y
D = b2 - Aac = (- 3)2 - 4(2)(5)
nd
= 9 - 40 = 31 < 0
Re
Fi
Hence the equation 2.v2 — 3.y + 5 = 0 has no real root.
(ii) Given equation is, lx2-Ayflx + A = 0 ...(2)
Here, a -l,b = - A'Jl, c = A
D = b1 - Aac = (-Ay/l)2 -4(3)(4) = 48 - 48 = 0
Therefore, the equation 3x2 - A'Jlx + 4 = 0 has two equal roots.
Equation (1) can be written as (VJ.y)2-2(V3.y)(2) + (2)2 =0
2
or (\flx -l)2 =0 n/3.y -2 = 0 or .y = -t=
sfl
2 ?
Hence, the equal roots are
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.33
(iii) Given equation is 2.v2 - 6x + 3 = 0
Here, a - 2, b = - 6, c = 3
/. D = b2 - 4ac = (- 6)2 - 4(2)(3) = 36 - 24 = 12 > 0
Therefore, the equation 2.v2 - 6,v + 3 = 0 has two distinct real roots.
-b±jD 6±VT2 3±n/3
Roots, .v =
2a 4 2
Type II. Problems based on finding the value of a constant for which a given equation
has equal roots or real roots.
WORKING RULE :
Equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 has equal roots if and only if D = 0 i.e., b2 - 4ac = 0
Example 3. Find the value of k, so that equation 2x2 + kx + 3=0 has two real equal
w
roots. INCERTJ
Flo
Solution : The given equation is 2x2 + kx + 3 = 0
This is of the form ax2 + bx + c = 0, where a = 2, b = k, c = 3
ee
Discriminant, D=(*)2 4x2x3
= k2 -24
Fr
for
ur
For equal roots, discriminant D = 0
ks
.•. From (i), k2 - 24 = 0
Yo
oo
=> k2 = 24
B
=> k = ± yj24 =±2\fb
re
ou
Hence for equal roots, k = ±2^6
ad
Example 4. For what values of k the equation kx (.y - 2) + 6 = 0 has two real equal
Y
roots. [NCERTI
nd
Re
Solution : The given equation is kx (x - 2) + 6 = 0 -(i)
Fi
Equation (i) can be written as kx2 - 2kx + 6 = 0 ...(ii)
Comparing equation (ii) with equation ax2 + bx + c = 0.
We get a = k, b = - 2k and c = 6
D= (— 2/r)2 - 4 x k * 6
= 4k2 - 24k
= 4k (A- - 6)
For equal roots, D = 0
4A (A - 6) = 0
A = 0 or A = 6
Example 5. For what value of/;, the quadratic equation px2 + 8.v -2 = 0 has real roots'?
Solution : Given equation is px1 + 8.v - 2 = 0
Here a =/;,/; = 8, c = - 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.34 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
For real roots, discriminant D > 0
or (b2 - 4ac) > 0
or (8)2 - 4 (p)(-2) > 0 or 64 + 8/? > 0
or 8 + /? > 0 or p >- 8
Example 6. For what value of p, the given equation px1 - 2.v + 2 = 0 has real roots? •
Solution : Given equation is px2 - 2.v + 2 = 0
Here a = /?, b = - 2, c = 2
For real roots, discriminant D > 0
or (b2 - 4ac) > 0
or 4 - 4/>(2) >0 or 4 - 8/? > 0
or 1 - 2p > 0 or I > 2p
low
or ~>p or p< -
EXERCISE 7.4
ee
rF
Type 1
Fr
1. Write the discriminant of each of the following quadratic equation :
for
(i) a-2 + 4.v + 3 = 0 (ii) 4.v2 + 5a + 7 = 0 (iii) 2a2 + 4a + 5 = 0
u
ks
(iv) 3a2 + 5a + 6 = 0 (v) V3a2-2V2a-2n/3=0
Yo
oo
B
2. Examine whether the following quadratic equations have real roots or not :
re
(i) 7a2 + 8a - 1 = 0 (ii) 2a2 + 3a + 4 = 0 (iii) a2 - 12a - 16 = 0
ou
(iv) A'2 + A 1 =0 (v) a2 - 10a + 2 = 0
ad
Y
3. Find whether the following quadratic equations have a repeated root :
(i) 9a2 - 12a + 4 = 0 (ii) y2 - 6y + 6 = 0 (iii) 9a2 + 4a + 6 = 0
nd
Re
(iv) 16v2 40v + 25 = 0 (v) a2 + 6a + 9 = 0
Fi
4. Comment upon the nature of roots of the following equations :
(i) 4a2 + 7a + 2 = 0 (ii) a2 + 10a + 39 = 0
5. Without solving, determine whether the following equations have real roots or not.
If yes, find them :
(i) 2a2 - 4a + 3 = 0 —y + — = 0
3' 9
6. Without finding the roots, comment upon the nature of roots of each of the following
quadratic equations :
(i) 2a2 - 6a + 3 = 0 (ii) 2v2 - 5a - 3 = 0
Type II
7. (i) Find the value of k for which the quadratic equation
4a2 - 2 (/i + 1) a + (A' + 4) = 0 has equal roots.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.35
(ii) Find the value of k, so that the quadratic equation
(A' + 1) x2 - 2 (A- - I) .v + 1 =0 has equal roots. |CBSE 2002 C|
8. For what values of A\ does the following quadratic equation has equal roots.
(i) 9.v2 + 8A-.v +16 = 0 |CBSE 2001|
(ii) (A- + 4)a2 + (A + 1 )x +1=0 [CBSE 2000C|
(iii) A:2A'2 - 2(2A - 1 ).v + 4 = 0 [CBSE 2001C|
9. If the roots of the equation (a - b)x2 + (b - c) x + (c - a) = 0 are equal, prove that
2a — b + c. [CBSE 2001|
10. If - 5 is a root of the quadratic equation 2.v2 + 2px - 15 = 0 and the quadratic
equation p (x2 + x) + A = 0 has equal roots, find the value of A. [CBSE 2000|
11. Find the values of A, for which the given equation has real roots:
(i) 2a-2 - 10a- + A = 0 (ii) A-v2 6.v -2 = 0 (iii) Aa-2 + 4.v +1=0
w
(iv) Aa-2 — 2\J~5x + 4 = 0 (v) a-2 + A (4a- + A - 1) + 2 = 0
Flo
12. Prove that the equation x2 (a2 + b2) + lx (ac + bd) + (c2 + t/2) = 0 has no real root,
if ad * be.
ee
ANSWERS Fr
or
r
1. (i) 4 (ii) -87 (iii) -24 (iv) -47 (v) 32
f
ou
ks
2. (i) Yes (ii) No (iii) Yes (iv) Yes (v) Yes
oo
3. (i) Yes (ii)No (iii)No (iv)Yes (v)Yes
Y
B
re
4. (i) real and unequal roots (ii) no real root 5. (i) no real root (ii) real root; ^
ou
6. (i) real and unequal roots (ii) real and unequal roots
ad
Y
1
7. (i) A = -3, 5 (ii) 0,3 8. (i) A=3,A = -3 (ii) A=5,A = -3 (iii) A = —
4
nd
Re
7
Fi
10. A = —
8
25
11. (i) A < — (ii) A > -— (iii) A<4 (iv) A<-
2 2 4
(v) A is any real number.
SOLUTION OF WORD PROBLEMS
REDUCIBLE TO QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on numbers.
WORKING RULE :
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.36 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
1. Read the question carefully and let the unknown quantity be .v or y.
2. Using given conditions, form the quadratic equation and write it in the form ax2
+ bx + c = 0.
3. Now solve the quadratic equation thus obtained by factorisation method or by
-b±\Jb2 - 4ac
using formula
2a
4. Verify that the values of the variable quantity .v or y, thus obtained, satisfy the
given conditions of the question.
Example 1. The sum of two numbers is 15 and the sum of their reciprocals is — . Find
10
the numbers. |CBSE 2000, 2005|
Solution : Let the number be .v and y
low
Then, .v + y = 15 .\ y - 15 - .v
I 3
Given, —+
.V (15-*) 10
ee
rF
or
(15-*)+* _ 3
*(15-*) ~ 10
or
15
*(15-*)
3
10
Fr
or
or
f
3* (15-*)= 150
u
[by cross-multiplication]
ks
or 3.V2 - 45* + 150 = 0
Yo
oo
or *2 - 15*+ 50 = 0 [Dividing by 3]
B
or *2 - 10* - 5* + 50 = 0
re
or * (* - 10) - 5 (* - 10)= 0
ou
ad
or (*- 10) (* — 5) = 0
Y
* - 10 = 0 or *-5 = 0
nd
Re
* = 10 or *= 5
Fi
Hence, the required numbers are 10 and 5.
Example 2. The difference of squares of two numbers is 180. The square of the smaller
number is 8 times the larger number. Find the two numbers. |NCERT|
Solution : Let the required numbers be * and y. where * > y.
Given, *2 _ i80
...(I)
and y2 = 8* •••(2)
From (I) and (2). we have
*2 - 8* = 180 or *2 - 8* 180 = 0
or *2 - 18* + 10* 180 = 0
or *(*- 18)+ 10(*- 18)= 0
or (*- 18) (* + 10) = 0
* - !8 = 0 or * + 10 = 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.37
.v= 18 or A'= -10
Now, *=18 => y2 = (8 x 18) = 144 [From (ii)]
=> y = ± 12
=> y = 12 or y = - 12
Again. * = - 10 y2 = [8 x (- 10)] = - 80. which is not possible.
Hence, the numbers are (18 and 12) or (18 and - 12).
Example 3. A two-digit number is such that the product of its digits is 35. When 18 is
added to the number, the digits interchange their places. Find the number. |CBSE 2006|
Solution : Let the digit at lens and units places of the number be x and y respectively.
Then, the two-digit number will be lOv + y
Product of digits of number= 35
xy = 35 •••(i)
w
According to question, on adding 18 to the number, the digits are interchanged.
lO.v+y + 18= lOy + .v
or 9.y - 9y =-18
Flo
or .y — y = — 2 ...(ii)
ee
Putting the value ofy from (i) in (ii), we get
35
Fr
for
ur
.Y-------- ■2 or x2 + 2* - 35 = 0
.Y
ks
or (x - 5)(.y + 7) = 0 or .y = 5, - 7
Yo
oo
But .y cannot be - 7 (a negative number) .\ .y = 5
eB
Putting * = 5 in (i), we get 5y = 35 or y = 7
Hence, the required number = 10.v + y = 5 x 10 + 7 = 57.
r
ou
ad
Type II. Problems based on fraction.
Y
nd
Re
WORKING RULE :
Fi
1. Let the numerator or denominator of the fraction be a\
2. Using given conditions form a quadratic equation of the form ax1 + bx + c = 0
and solve it.
Example 4. The numerator of a fraction is one less than its denominator. If three is
added to each of the numerator and denominator, the fraction is increased by —. Find
28
the fraction. [CBSE 2007|
Solution : Let denominator of the fraction = a-
Then, numerator of the fraction = .y - I
a--I
.•. Fraction =
.Y
a: —1+3 AT — 1 3
According to question. +—
x+3 x 28
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.38 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
x+ 2 28.v-28 + 3.v
or
.v+ 3 28a-
or 28a- (a- + 2) = (a + 3)(3 1a- - 28)
oi- 28a-2 + 56.v = 3 1a-2 - 28.v + 93a - 84
or 28a2 + 56a - 3 1a2 + 28a - 93a + 84 = 0
or - 3a2 - 9a + 84 = 0
Di a2 + 3a - 28 = 0 [Dividing by - 3]
or a2 + 7a - 4a - 28 = 0
oi- a (a + 7) - 4 (a + 7) = 0
or (a - 4)(a +7) =0
a - 4 = 0 or a +7=0
low
a = 4 or A=-7
4-1 3
When a = 4, fraction =
4 4
ee
-7-1 _ ~8 _ 8
When a = - 7, fraction =
rF
-7 -7 7
This is not possible as numerator is one less than its denominator. Fr
for
u
.-. Required fraction = —
4
ks
Yo
oo
Type III. Problems based on mensuration.
B
re
WORKING RULE:
ou
ad
1. Let one suitable unknown quantity be a.
Y
2. Using given conditions, find a quadratic equation of the form ax2 + b.x + c = 0
and solve it.
nd
Re
Fi
Example 5. The diagonal of a rectangular field is 60 metres more than the shorter side.
If the longer side is 30 metres more than the shorter side, find the sides of the field.
|NCERT|
Solution : Let ABCD be the rectangular field. Let the shorter side BC of the rectangle =
ametres.
According to question,
diagonal of the rectangle, AC = (a + 60) metres
Side of the rectangle, AB = (a + 30) metres
By Pythagoras theorem, AC2= AB2 + BC2
(a + 60 )2 = (a + 30)2 + a2
Di a2 + 120a + 3600 = .v2 + 60a + 900 + a2
(2a2 - a2) + (60a - 120a) + 900 - 3600 = 0
or a2 - 60a - 2700 = 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.39
or (.v - 90)(.y + 30) = 0
Either y - 90 = 0 or .y + 30 = 0
=> x - 90 or .y = - 30
But x = - 30 is not possible as breadth of the rectangle cannot be negative.
.'. Breadth of the rectangle = 90 metres
and length of the rectangle = 90 + 30 = 120 metres.
Example 6. The altitude of a right triangle is 7 cm less than its base. If the hypotenuse
is 13 cm, find the other two sides. |NCERT|
Solution : Given, hypotenuse of right triangle = 13 cm
Let the base of the right triangle = x.
According to question, altitude of the triangle = x - 1
Now, AB2 = BC2 + AC2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
w
or 132 = A-2 + (x - l)1
169 = x2 + x2 - 14.Y + 49
or
or 2y2 - 14.y- 120 = 0
Flo A
ee
or .Y2 -7x-60=0
Fr
or x2 - 12y + 5.y - 60 = 0 or .y (.y - 12) + 5 (x - 12) = 0
.Y-7
or
ur
or (x - I2)(x + 5) = 0
sf
Now, X- 12=0 ,Y= 12
k
B X C
Yo
and .Y + 5 = 0 => x = - 5
oo
Since, altitude of the triangle cannot be negative, hence x * - 5
B
re
Hence, base of the triangle = 12 cm and altitude of the triangle = 12-7 = 5 cm.
Example 7. The length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle exceeds the length of the
ou
ad
base by 2 cm and exceeds twice the length of the altitude by 1cm. Find the length of
Y
each side of the triangle. ICBSE 2002]
nd
Re
Solution : Let the altitude of the triangle be x cm.
Fi
Then, its hypotenuse = (2x + 1) cm.
And, its base = (2x + 1 - 2) cm = (2x - I) cm. a-cm
By Pythagoras’ theorem, we have
(2x+ I)2 = x2 + (2x - l)2
A (2x— 1) cm 13
or 4x2 + 4x + 1 = x2 + (4x2 + 1 - 4x)
or x2 - 8x =0 => x (x - 8) = 0
or x- 8 = 0 [v -Y * 0]
or x= 8
Hence, altitude of the triangle = 8 cm
Hypotenuse of the triangle = (2x8+ 1) cm = 17 cm
Base of the triangle = (2x8-1) cm = 15 cm.
Example 8. Sum of the areas of two squares is 468 m2. If the difference of their perimeters
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.40 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
is 24 m, find the sides of the two squares. [NCERT]
Solution : Let the sides of the two squares be x m and y m.
Then, area of tlie first square = x2 m
Area of tlie second square = v2 m
Perimeter of the first square = 4x m
Perimeter of the second square - 4v m
According to question,
x2 + y2 - 468 -.(i)
and 4x - 4v = 24 or x - v = 6 -.(ii)
From (ii) y=x - 6 ...(iii)
Putting the value of y in (i), we get
x2 + (x - 6)2 = 468
low
or x2 + x2 - 12x + 36 - 468 = 0
or 2x2 - 12x- 432 = 0
or x2-6x-216 = 0
ee
rF
(x- 18)(x+12) = 0
Either x- 18 = 0 or x + 12 = 0
Fr
for
=> x = 18 or x = - 12
u
ks
This is not possible as the side of a square cannot be negative.
Yo
oo
.'. Side of the first square = x m = 18 m
B
Side of the second square =>’ m = (18 - 6) m [from (iii)]
re
= 12 m
ou
ad
Example 9. Is it possible to design a rectangular park of perimeter 80 m and area 400
Y
nr ? If so, find its length and breadth. [NCERT]
nd
Re
Solution : Let the breadth of the park = x metres.
Fi
Then, 2 (length + breadth) = 80 m => length + breadth = 40 m
length = (40 - x) metres
area = (40 - x) x nr
According to question, area of the rectangular park is 400 m2
(40 - x) x = 400 or x2 - 40x + 400 = 0
or x2 - 2x 20 + (20)2 = 0
or (x - 20)2 = 0
x = 20
Thus breadth of the park = 20 m
and length of the park = 20 m
Hence it is possible to design the rectangular park having equal length and breadth
20 m.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.41
Type IV. Problems based on speed.
WORKING RULE:
1. Let the speed be .v units.
s
2. Time taken to cover a distance s will be ~
3. Using given conditions form a quadratic equation of the form ax2 + hx + c = 0
and solve it.
Example 10. An express train takes 1 hour less than a passenger train to travel 132 km
between two stations A and B. if the average speed of the express train is 11 km/hr
more than that of the passenger train, find the average speed of each train. [NCERT]
Solution : Let the average speed of the passenger train = x km/hr.
Then, the average speed of the express train = (x + II) km/hr.
132
low
Time taken by passenger train to cover 132 km =---- hrs.
.v
132
Time taken by express train to cover 132 km = hrs.
ee
(a-+ 11)
rF
According to question, ----
132 132 Fr
.v (a-+ 11)
f or
u
1 1
or
ks
.v (x +11) 132
Yo
oo
B
(.V + 1 1) —-V _ 1 => .V (A- + 11) = (132 x 11)
or
re
a'(.v +11) 132
ou
ad
or a2 + 1 Lv 1452 = 0
Y
or .y2 + 44.y - 33.y - 1452 = 0
nd
Re
or x (a- + 44) - 33 (at + 44) = 0
Fi
or (a- + 44)(.y - 33) = 0
a + 44 = 0 or a- - 33 = 0
=> x = - 44 or x = 33
.y = 33 as x ^ - 44 [v speed cannot be negative]
Hence, the average speed of the passenger train = 33 km/hr.
And, the average speed of the express train = (33 +11) km/hr = 44 km/hr.
Example 11. A passenger train takes 2 hours less for a journey of 300 km, if its speed
is increased by 5 km/h our from its usual speed. Find its usual speed. [CBSE 2007]
Solution : Let the usual speed of the train = .y km/hr
Then, the increased speed of the train = (.y + 5) km/hr
Distance = 300 km
300 300 Distance
According to question. =2 v Time =
.Y .y + 5 Speed
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.42 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
300 (,v + 5) - 300x _
or
x(x + 5)
300 .v +1500 - 300.Y _
or
jc(a- + 5)
or 2.v (x + 5)= 1500
or a: (a + 5) = 750 [Dividing by 2]
or .v2 + 5a - 750 = 0
or a-2 + 30a - 25a - 750 = 0
or a (a + 30) - 25 (a + 30) = 0
a - 25 = 0 or a + 30 = 0
=> a = 25 or a = - 30
w
But speed of the train cannot be negative a = 25
Usual speed of the train = 25 km/hr
Flo
Example 12. A motor boat whose speed is 18 km/h in still water takes 1 hour more to
ee
go 24 km upstream than to return downstream to the same spot. Find the speed of the
stream.
Solution : Let the speed of stream = a km/hr
Fr
|NCERT ; CBSE 2008|
for
ur
Given, speed of the boat = 18 km/hr
ks
Now, the speed of boat upstream = (18 - a) km/hr
Yo
oo
and the speed of boat downstream = (18 + a) km/hr
eB
Distance = 24 km
r
24 24 Distance^
ou
ad
According to question =1 v Time =
’ 18-a 18 + a Speed ,
Y
nd
24[(18 + a)-(18-a)]
Re
or
(18-a)(18 + a)
Fi
or 24 x 2v = (18)2 - a2 or 48a = 324 - a2
or a2 + 48a - 324 = 0 or a2 + 54a - 6a - 324 = 0
or a (a + 54) - 6 (a + 54) = 0
or (a + 54)(a - 6) = 0
a + 54 = 0 or a - 6 = 0
=> a = - 54 or a = 6
.'. Speed of stream = 6km/hr [ v Speed of boat cannot be negative]
Example 13. A journey of 192 km from Mumbai to Pune takes 2 hours less by a fast
train than by a slow train. If the average speed of the slow train is 16km/hr less than
that of the fast train, find the average speed of each train. (CBSE 2003]
Solution : Let the average speed of fast train = a km/hr.
Then, speed of slow train = (a - 16) km/hr.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.43
192
Now, time taken for the journey by the fast train = hours
x
192
and the time taken for the journey by the slow train = hours
.v -16
192 “=2
According to question
-V -16 A-
or 192.v- 192 (.v- 16)= 2x (x - 16)
or I 92a - 192v + 3072 = 2.x2 - 32a
or lx2 - 32v - 3072 = 0
or a2 - 16a - 1536 = 0 or (a - 48)(a + 32) = 0 .
a = 48 or a = - 32
w
As a ^ - 32 (speed cannot be -ve)
a = 48
Average speed of the fast train = 48 km/hour
Flo
ee
and speed of the slow train = 32 km/hour.
Fr
Type V. Problems based on age. or
ur
WORKING RULE :
f
ks
1. Let the present age of one person be a.
Yo
2. Using given conditions form a quadratic equation of the form ax2 + bx + c = 0
oo
and solve it.
B
re
Example 14. A year ago, the father was 8 times as old as his son. Now. his age is the
square of his son’s age. Find their present ages.
ou
ad
Solution : Let present age of the son = a years
Y
.•. Present age of the father = a2 years.
nd
Re
A year ago, age of the son = (a - 1) years
Fi
One year ago, age of the father = (a2 - 1) years
According to question, a2 - 1 = 8 (A - 1)
or A2 - 1 - 8a + 8 = 0
or a2 - 8a + 7 = 0
or (a - 1 )(a - 7) =0
Either a - 1 = 0 or a - 7 = 0
a = 1 or a = 7
When a = 1, present age of son = present age of father, which is impossible
a = 1 is rejected
a =7
Hence, present age of son = 7 years
and present age of father = 49 years
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.44 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Example 15. The sum of the reciprocals of a child’s age 3 years ago and 5 years from
now is -. Find his present age.
Solution : Let the present age of child = .v years
.•. His age 3 years ago = (.v - 3) years
His age after 5 years = (x + 5) years
1
According to question
x-3 x+5 3
x + 5 +x-3
(x-3)(.v + 5) 3
2x + 2 1
w
or
x2 + 2x - 15 3
Flo
6x + 6 =x2 + 2x - 15
ree
or x2 + 2x - 6x - 15-6 = 0
or x2 - 4x- 21 =0 F
(x - 7)(x + 3) = 0
or
ur
sf
Either x - 7 = 0 or x + 3 = 0
x = 7 or x = - 3
k
(not possible as age cannot be negative)
Yo
oo
Hence, the present age of the child = 7 years.
B
re
Type VI. Miscellaneous problems.
ou
ad
Example 16. A person on tour has Rs. 4,200 for his expenses. If he extends his tour for
Y
3 days, he has to cut down his daily expenses by Rs. 70. Find the original duration of
the tour. |CBSE 2008|
nd
Re
Solution : Let the original duration of the tour = x days
Fi
.'. The increased duration of the tour = (x + 3) days
According to question,
4200 4200 Total amount
= 70 v Daily expenses =
x x+3 No. of days
4200 (x + 3)-4200 (x)
or = 70
x (x 4 3)
4200 (x + 3 - x)
or = 70
x(x + 3)
3 70 = 1
or
x(x + 3) 4200 60
or x (x + 3) = 180 or x2 + 3x - 180 - 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.45
or .y2 + 15.v - 12y - 180 - 0
or x(x+ 15)- 12 (*+ 15) =0
or (.y- 12) (x+ 15) =0
.y - 12 = 0 or a- + 15 = 0 /. a" = 12 or a = - 15
But number of days cannot be negative a = 12
Original duration of the tour = 12 days.
Example 17. A cottage industry produces a certain number of pottery articles in a day.
It was observed on a particular day that the cost of production of each article (in rupees)
was 3 more than twice the number of articles produced on that day. If the total cost of
production on that day was Rs. 90, find the number of articles produced and cost of
each article.
Solution : Let the number of pottery articles produced on a particular day = a.
Cost of production of each article = 2a + 3
w
Total cost of production = a (2a + 3)
According to question, a (2a + 3) = 90
Flo
ee
or 2a2 + 3a - 90 = 0
or 2a-2 + 15a- 12a - 90 =0 Fr
or (2y + 15) - 6 (2y + 15) = 0
for
a
ur
or (a — 6)(2v + 15) =0
ks
Either a - 6 = 0 or 2a + 15 = 0
Yo
oo
a = 6 or 2a = - 15
B
re
15
=> a = 6 or a - -
2
ou
ad
15
Y
But a —----- is not possible as number of articles produced cannot be negative
nd
.’. a = 6
Re
Hence, the number of articles produced is 6.
Fi
Example 18. By increasing the list price of a book by Rs. 10 a person can buy 10
books less for Rs. 1200. Find the original list price of the book. |CBSE 20071
Solution : Let original price of the book = Rs. a
and increased price of the book = Rs. (a + 10)
According to question amount = Rs. 1200
1200 1200
= 10
A A+ 10
1 200a+ 12000-1200a
or = 10
a(a+ 10)
12000
or = 10
a(a +10)
or 10a (a + 10) = 12000
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.46 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
or x(x+ 10) = 1200
or .v2 + lO.v - 1200 = 0
or .v2 + 40.v - 3Ox - 1200 = 0
or x (x + 40) - 30 (.v + 40) = 0
or (x - 30)(x + 40) = 0
x - 30 = 0 or x + 40-0
x = 30 or x - - 40
But x = - 40 is not possible as price cannot be negative x = 30
The original price of the book - Rs. 30
Example 19. In a class test, the sum of the marks obtained by P in Mathematics and
Science is 28. Had he got 3 more marks in Mathematics and 4 marks less in Science, and
the product of marks obtained in the two subjects would have been 180. Find the marks
w
obtained in the two subjects separately. [CBSE 2008]
Solution : Let the marks obtained by P in Mathematics - x
Flo
and marks obtained by P in Science = (28 - x)
ee
According to question,
or
(x + 3).[(28 -x) - 4] = 180
(x + 3)(24 - x) = 180
Fr
for
ur
or 24x - x2 + 72 - 3x - 180
ks
or — x2 + 21x + 72 - 180 =0
Yo
oo
or -x2 + 2lx - 108 =0
eB
or x2 -21x+ 108 =0 [Dividing both sides by - 1]
or
r
x2 - 12x - 9x +108= 0
ou
ad
or x (x — 12)-9 (x- 12) -0
Y
or (x - 9)(x - 12) = 0
nd
Re
x - 9 = 0 or x 12 = 0
Fi
x = 9 or x = 12
When x = 9 When x = 12
Marks in Mathematics = x = 9 Marks in Mathematics = x = 12
and Marks in Science - 28 -x Marks in Science = 28 - x
= 28-9= 19 = 28 - 12 = 16
Example 20. The angry Arjun carried some arrows for fighting with Bheeshm. With half
the arrows, he cut down the arrows thrown by Bheeshm on him and with six other arrows,
he killed the charioteer of Bheeshm. With one arrow each he knocked down respectively
the rath, flag and bow of Bheeshm. Finally; with one more than four times the square
root of arrows, he laid Bheeshm unconscious on an arrow-bed. Find the total number of
arrows Arjun had.
Solution : Suppose Arjun had x arrows.
A*
Number of arrows used to cut arrows of Bheeshm = —
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.47
Number of arrows used to kill the charioteer = 6
Number of other arrows used = 3
Remaining arrows =4\fx + \
- + 6 + 3 + 4y[x + \=x
2
or — + 4\fx +10 = x
2
or x + 8\/v + 20 = 2.v
or .V -&\fx-20 =0 r
Let \fx = y, then the equation (i) becomes,
w
y2 -Sy-20 =0
or y2 - I Or + 2v - 20 =0
or y (v- 10) + 2 (v-10) = 0
Flo
ee
or O- 10)(v + 2) =0
Either v- 10 = 0 or v + 2 =0 Fr
for
ur
.V = 10 or y = - 2
y= 10 [As y cannot be negative]
ks
Yo
oo
Jx = \0 or .r = 100
eB
Hence, Arjun had 100 arrows.
r
Example 21. Out of a number of Saras birds, one-fourth the number are moving about
ou
ad
1
Y
in lotus plants ; -lh coupled (along) with —th as well as 7 times the square root of
nd
Re
the number move on a hill ; 56 birds remain in Vakula trees. What is the total number of
Fi
birds ? |CBSE 2004)
Solution : Let the total number of birds be .v
\
Number of birds moving in lotus plants = —
Number of birds moving on a hill = —+ —+ 7'/v
9 4
Number of birds in Vakula trees = 56
.•. Total number of birds = — + — + — +7\/jv + 56
4 9 4
-Y X
= —+ —+ 7 VI + 56
2 9
x x
x= —+ —+ 7 VI + 56
2 9
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.4S CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
or X ----- 56 1'fx
2 9
or 18.v - 9x - 2x 18 x 56 - 18 x 7\Jx
or lx - 18 x 56 = 18 * Isjx
or .y- 144 = 187^
or v2 - 18v - 144 = 0, where y = \[x
or y2 + 6y - 24v - 144 = 0
or y{y + 6) - 24 (y + 6) = 0
or (v + 6)0- - 24) = 0
y=-6 or y = 24
=> Vx = - 6 or -Jx = 24
w
=> =24 [•.• \/x > 0]
=> x = 576 Flo
ee
.y =576
Total number of Saras birds = 576
Fr
for
ur
Example 22. Two water taps together can fill a tank in 9- hours. The larger tap takes
8
ks
10 hours less than the smaller one to fill the tank separately. Find the time in which
Yo
oo
each tap can separately fill the tank. INCERT ; CBSE 2008|
B
Solution : Let the time taken by the larger tap to fill the tank = .v hours.
re
.'. Time taken by the smaller tap to till the lank = (x + 10) hours
ou
ad
Portion of the tank filled by the larger tank in 1 hour = —
Y
A"
nd
Re
Portion of the tank filled by the smaller tank in I hour =
a-+ 10
Fi
Portion of the tank filled by both tanks in 1 hour
_____
1 _ A' + 1 0 + A'
—+
A' .Y+10 X(X + 10)
2a 4-10 _ 2(a~ + 5)
••■(i)
A"(.Y +10) ~ A'(.Y +10)
According to question.
8
Portion of the tank lilled by both tanks in 1 hour = — -(ii)
75
2(.v + 5) 8
From (i) and (ii), we get
.y(a + 10) _ 75
a- + 5 4
or
a-2+10.y 75
k.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.49
or 75.v + 375 = 4a-2 + 40.v
4a-2 + 40a- - 75a- - 375 = 0
or 4.r2 - 35a- - 375 = 0
35± J(-35)2 -4x4(-375) 35± x/25x49 +16x25x 15
Y _ 8 8
35 +725x289 35±5xl7 35±85
8 8 8
35 + 85 120
Taking +ve sign, .v = = 15
8 8
■j- | . . 35-85 25
Faking -ve sign x = ---- - ~ = -6— (rejected)
O 4 4
Hence, .v = 15
low
Thus, lime taken by each tap to fill the tank separately are 15 hours and 25 hours.
EXERCISE 7.5 *
ee
rF
Fr
Type I or
1. Divide 12 into two parts such that their product is 32. 1C BSE 20011
f
u
2. Two numbers differ by 3 and their product is 504. Find the numbers.
ks
|CBSE 2002C]
Yo
oo
3. Find two consecutive positive integers, the sum of whose squares is 365.
B
4
re
4. The difference of two numbers is 4. If the difference of their reciprocals is —< find
ou
ad
the two numbers. |CBSE 2008]
Y
5. The sum of two numbers is 18 and the sum of their reciprocals is — . Find the
d
Re
n
numbers. |CBSE 2005)
Fi
6. The sum of the squares of three consecutive positive integers is 50. Find the
integers. |CBSE 2005 C|
7. Find three consecutive positive integers such that the sum of the square of the
first and the product of the other two is 154. |CBSE 2001|
8. A two-digit number is such that the product of its digits is 14. If 45 is added to the
number, the digits interchange their places. Find the number. 1CBSE 2005C1
9. The difference of squares of two natural numbers is 45. The square of the smaller
number is four times the larger number. Find the numbers. 1CBSE 2007|
1
10. The difference of two numbers is 5 and the difference of their reciprocals is —.
Find the numbers. |CBSE 2007|
11. The sum of a number and its reciprocal is . Find the number. [CBSE 2001C]
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.50 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
12. Divide 12 into two parts such that the sum of their squares is 74. |CBSE 2002 C|
13. The sum of the squares of two consecutive natural numbers is 421. Find the
numbers. |CBSE 2005C|
14. A two-digit number is such that the product of its digits is 18. When 63 is subtracted
from the number, the digits interchange their places. Find the number.
|CBSE 2006C|
15. A two-digit number is 5 times the sum of its digits and is also equal to 5 more than
twice the product of its digits. Find the number. [CBSE 2004C|
Type II
16. The denominator of a fraction is one more than twice the numerator. If the sum of
the fraction and its reciprocal is 2^|, find the fraction. [CBSE 2002 C|
17. The numerator of a fraction is one more than its denominator. If its reciprocal is
w
11
subtracted from it, the difference is ~. Find the fraction.
Flo
18. The numerator of a fraction is one more than its denominator. If its reciprocal is
ee
61
added to it, the sum is —. Find the fraction.
30 Fr
19. The numerator of a fraction is 3 more than its denominator. If its reciprocal is
for
ur
33
subtracted from it. the difference is —. Find the fraction.
ks
28
Yo
oo
20. The denominator of a fraction exceeds its numerator by 3. If one is added to both
B
numerator and denominator, the difference between the new and the original fractions
re
becomes —. Find the original fraction.
ou
ad
24
Y
21. The denominator of a fraction exceeds its numerator by 3. If 3 is added to both
numerator and denominator, the difference between the new and the original fraction
nd
Re
9
Fi
is — . Find the original fraction.
22. The numerator of a fraction is 3 less than denominator. If 2 is added to both
29
numerator as well as denominator, then sum of the new and original fraction is —.
Find the fraction.
23. The numerator of a fraction is 2 less than the denominator. If 1 is added to both
19
numerator and denominator the sum of the new and original fraction is ~. Find
the original fraction.
Type III
24. The hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle is 6 cm more than twice the shortest
side. If the third side is 2 cm less than the hypotenuse, find the sides of the triangle.
[CBSE 2007|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.51
25. The sum of the areas of two squares is 640 nr. If the difference in their perimeters
be 64 in, find the sides of the two squares. |CBSE 2008|
26. The hypotenuse of a right triangle is sVTo cm. If the smaller side is tripled and
the longer side doubled, new hypotenuse will be 9^5 cm. How long are the sides
of the triangle ? |CBSE 2002 C|
27. A teacher on attempting to arrange the students for mass drill in the form of a
solid square found that 24 students were left. When he increased the size of the
square by one student, he found that he was short of 25 students. Find the number
of students. |CBSE 2004|
28. The area of a triangle is 30 sq cm. Find the base if the altitude exceeds the base by
7 cm.
29. Is it possible to design a rectangular mango grove whose length is twice its breadth,
and area is 800 m2 ? If so, find its length and breadth.
w
30. I want to design a rectangular park whose breadth is 3 m less than its length. Its
area is to be 4 square metres more than the area of a park that has already been
Flo
made in the shape of an isosceles triangle with its base as breadth of the rectangular
park and altitude 12 m. Is it possible to have such a rectangular park ? If so, find
ee
its length and breadth.
31.
Fr
A pole has to be erected at a point on the boundary of a circular park of diameter
for
13 meters in such a way that the difference of its distances from two diametrically
ur
opposite fixed gates A and B on the boundary is 7 metres. Is it possible to do so?
ks
If yes. at what distances from the two gates should the pole be erected ?
Yo
oo
32. Is the following situation possible ? if so, determine their present ages. The sum of
the ages of a mother and her daughter is 20 years. Four years ago, the product of
B
their ages in years was 48.
re
ou
ad
Type IV
Y
33. A train covers a distance of 90 km at a uniform speed. Had the speed been 15
d
kmph more, it would have taken 30 minutes less for the journey. Find the original
Re
n
speed of the train. |CBSE 2006C|
Fi
34. An aeroplane left 30 minutes later than its scheduled time and in order to reach its
destination 1500 km away in time, it had to increase its speed by 250 km/hr from its
usual speed. Determine its usual speed. |CBSE 2005C|
35. The speed of a boat in still water is 15 km/h. It can go 30 km upstream and return
downstream to the original point in 4 hours and 30 minutes. Find the speed of the
stream.
36. An express train takes 1 hour less than a passenger train to travel 132 km between
Mysore and Bangalore (without taking into consideration the time they stop at
intermediate stations). If the average speed of the express train is 1 I km/hr more
than that of the passenger train, find the average speed of the two trains.
Type V
37. The sum of the reciprocals of Rehman’s age (in years) 3 years ago and 5 years
1
from now is ~. Find his present age.
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.52 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
38. The sum of the ages (in years) of a son and his father is 35 and the product of
their ages is 150. Find their ages.
39. If a boy’s age and his father’s age amount together to 24 years. Fourth part of the
product of their ages exceeds the boy's age by 9 years. Find how old they are?
40. The product of the ages of two sisters is 104. The difference between their ages is
5. Find their ages.
41. Seven years ago Varun's age was five times the square of Swati’s age. Three years
hence, Swati’s age will be two-fifth of Varun’s age. Find their present ages.
|CBSE 2006C|
Type VI
42. (i) In a class test, the sum ofKamaFs marks in Mathematics and English is 40.
Had he got 3 marks more in Mathematics and 4 marks less in English, the
product of his marks would have been 360. Find his marks in two subjects
separately. |CBSE 2008|
low
(ii) In a class lest, the sum of Gagan marks in Mathematics and English is 45. If
he had 1 more mark in Mathematics and I less in English, the product of marks
would have been 500. Find the original marks obtained by Gagan in Mathematics
ee
and English separately. |CBSE 2008|
rF
Fr
43. Rs. 6500 were divided equally among a certain number of persons. Had there been
15 more persons, each would have got Rs. 30 less. Find the original number of
for
persons.
u
44. 300 apples arc distributed equally among a certain number of students. Flad there
ks
Yo
been 10 more students, each would have received one apple less. Find the number
oo
of students. |CBSE 2004|
B
45. A shopkeeper buys a number of books for Rs. 1200. If he had bought 10 more
re
books for the same amount, each book would have cost Rs. 20 less. How many
ou
ad
books did he buy ?
Y
46. One-fourth of a herd of camels was seen in the forest. Twice the square root of the
herd had gone to mountains and the remaining 15 camels were seen on the bank of
nd
Re
the river. Find the total number of camels.
Fi
47. A party of tourists booked a room in a hotel for Rs. 1200. Three of the members
failed to pay. As a result, others had to pay Rs. 20 more (each). How many tourists
were there in the party?
48. Two pipes running together can fill a cistern in 6 minutes. If one pipe takes
5 minutes more than the other to fill the cistern, find the time in which each pipe
would fill the cistern.
8
49. Two pipes running together can fill a cistern in 2— minutes. If one pipe takes I
minute more than the other to fill the cistern, find the time in which each pipe would
fill the cistern.
50. Two pipes running together can fill a cistern in 3— minutes, if one pipe takes 3
minutes more than the other to fill the cistern, find the time in which each pipe
would fill the cistern.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.53
ANSWERS
1. 8,4 2. 24 and 21 or - 21 and - 24 3. 13,14 4. -3,-7or 7,3 5. 12,6
6. 3,4,5 7. 8,9.10 8. 27 9. 9,6or9,-6 10. 10,5 or-5,-10 11.3,-
3 6 6 7 5
12. 7,5 13. 14.15 14. 92 15. 45 1 6. - 17. - 18. - 19. - 20.
8
5 7 3
21. 22. 24. Hypotenuse = 26 cm, side: 10 cm and 24 cm.
8 10 23- 7
25. side of larger square = 24 cm, side of smaller square = 8 cm 26. 3 cm, 9 cm
27. 600 28. 5cm 29. Yes;20m,40m 30. Yes; 7m, 4m 31. 5 m from gate B
32. No 33. 45 km/hr. 34.750 km/hr 35. 5 km/hr.
w
36. Speed of passenger train = 33 km/hr. speed of the express train = 44 km/hr.
37. Present age of Rehman = 7 years
38. 30 years, 5 years Flo
39.22 years, 2 years 40. 13 years, 8 years
ee
41. Vanin’s age = 27 years. Swati’sage = 9 years
Fr
42. (i) Marks in Mathematics = 21, Marks in English = 19 ; Marks in Mathematics = 12.
Marks in English = 28, (ii) Marks in Mathematics = 19, Marks in English = 26; Marks
for
ur
in Mathematics = 24, Marks in English = 21 43. 50 44. 50 45. 20
ks
46.36 47. 15 48. 10 minutes, 15 minutes 49. 5 minutes, 6 minutes
Yo
oo
50. 5 minutes, 8 minutes.
B
re
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
ou
ad
Y
Short Answer Type Questions:
nd
Re
1. Find the roots of the following equation.
Fi
I- " *-4,7. |Delhi 20081
.v + 4 x — 1 30’
2. The sum of two numbers is 8. Determine the numbers if the sum of their reciprocals is
8
|AI2009|
15 '
Long Answer Type Questions:
1. In a class text, the sum of the marks obtained by P in Mathematics and Science is 28.
Had he got 3 more marks in maths and 4 marks less in science, the product ofmarks
obtained in the two subjects would have been 180. Find the marks obtained in the two
subjects separately. I Delhi 2008|
2. The sum of the areas of two squares is 640 m2. If the difference in their perimeters be
64m find the sides of the two squares. 1 Delhi 2008|
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.54 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
3. A motor boat whose speed is I8km/h in still water takes 1 hr. more to go 24 km
upstream than to return downstream to the same spot. Find the speed of stream
4. Two water taps together can fill the tank in 9- hrs. The tap of larger diameter tapes 10
hrs. less than the smaller one to fill the tanL Find the lime in which each lap can
separately fill the tank. |AI2008|
5. A peacock is sitting on the top ofa pillar which is9mhigh. From a point 27m away from
the bottom ofthe pillar, a snake is coming to its hole at the base of the pillar. Seeing the
snake the peacock pounces on it. If their speeds are equal at which distance from the
hole is the snake caught ?
4
6. The differenceoftwo numbers is 4.1 f the difference oftheir reciprocals is — . Find the
21
two numbers. | Foreign 20081
7. Sum of areas of two squares is 640 nr. Ifthe difference oftheir perimeters is 64 m. Find
the sides of two squares. [Delhi 2008C|
low
8. An aeroplane left 30 minutes later than its scheduled time and in order to reach its
destination 1500 km away in timw, it has to increase its speed by 250 km/h from its usual
speed. Determine its usual speed. [Delhi 2008C]
ee
9. In a class lest, the sum of Kamal's marks in Maths and English is 40. Had he got 3 marks
rF
360. Find his marks in two subjects. Fr
more in Maths and 4 marks less in English, the product oftheir marks would have been
[Delhi 2008C|
or
10. A person on tour has Rs. 4200 for his expenses. If he extends his tour for 3 days he has
f
u
to cut down his daily expenses by Rs. 70. Find the duration of the tour. | Al 2008C|
ks
Yo
11. In a class test the sum ofGangan marks in Mathematics and English is45. Ifhe had I
oo
more mark in Mathematics and I less in English, the product of marks would have been
B
500. Find the original marks obtained by Gagan in Mathematics and English separately.
re
|AI 2008C|
ou
ad
12. The sum of the squares of two consecutive odd numbers is 394. Find the numbers.
Y
13. Place A and B are 100 km apart on a highway. One car starts from A and another from B
at the same time. Ifthe cars travel in the same direction at different speeds, they meet
nd
Re
in 5 hrs. Ifthey travel towards each other, they meet in I hr. What are the speeds of the
Fi
two cars. [Delhi 2009|
14. Solve the following equation for .v.
9x2 - 9 (a + b)x + (2cr + Sab + 2b2) = 0
15. If (- 5) is a root ofthe quadratic equation 2x2 + px-15 = 0 and the quadratic equation
p(x2 + x) + k = 0 has equal roots, then find the values of/; and k. [Al2009|
16. A trader bought a number of articles for Rs. 900. five articles were found damaged. He
sold each ofthe remaining articles at Rs. 2 more than what he paid for it. I Ic got a pro 111
of Rs. 80 on the whole transaction. Find the number of articles he bought.
17. Two years ago a man's age was three times the square of his son's age. Three years
hence his age will be four times his son's age. Find their present ages. [Foreign 2009|
18. Three consecutive positive integers are such that the sum ofthe square ofthe first and
the product ofthe other two is 46. find the integers. [Delhi 2010|
19. The di fference of squares of two numbers is 88.1 f the larger number is 5 less than twice
the smaller number, then find the two numbers.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.55
20. A girl is twice as old as her sister. Four years hence, the product of their ages (in years)
will be 160. Find their present ages. |A12010|
21. Some students planned a picnic. The total budget for food was Rs. 2,000. But 5 students
failed to attend the picnic and thus the cost of food for each member increased by Rs. 20.
How many students attended the picnic and how much did each student pay for the
food ?
3x-4 7 5 4
22. Solve the following equation for x: = —, x * — ■ (Foreign 2010)
7 3.r-4 2 3
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
A. Objective Type Questions (MCQ 1 Mark):
w
Choose the correct option :
1
Flo
— = 0. then the value of k is
1. If — is a root of the equation x2 + kx - —
ee
Fr
1
(a) 2 (b) -2 (C) 4
for (d)I
ur
2. Values of A' for which the quadratic equation 2x: - kx + k = 0 has equal roots is
(a) Oonly (b) 4 (c) 8 only (d) 0.8
ks
Yo
3. Which of the following is a quadratic equation ?
oo
B
(a) x2 + 2x + 1 = (4-x)2 + 3
re
ou
ad
(c) (k+ \ )x2+ —x = 7, where k--\ (d) x3-.v2 = (x- l)3
Y
2
nd
4. Which of the following equations has 2 as a root ?
Re
(a) x2 - 4x + 5 = 0 (b) x2 + 3x- 12 = 0
Fi
(c) 2x2-7x+6 = 0 (d) 3x: - 6x - 2 = 0
5. The quadratic equation 2x2 - J5x +1=0 has
(a) two distinct real roots (b) two equal real roots
(c) no real roots (d) more than 2 real roots
6. Which of the following is not a quadratic equation ?
(a) 2(x- l)2 = 4x2-2x+ 1 (b) 2x-x2=x2 + 5
(c) (V2x + + x2 = 3x2 - 5x (d) (x2 + 2x)2 = x4 + 3 + 4x3
7. Which constant must be added and subtracted to solve the quadratic equation
9x2 + — x-V2 = 0 by the method of completing the square ?
4
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.56 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
9
(a) - (d) 77
(b) 77
64 (0? 64
8. Which of the following equations has the sum of its roots as 3 ?
(a) 2x2- 3.v + 6 = 0 (b) -a-: + 3.v-3 = 0
(c) V2.y2—7= .v + 1 = 0 (d) 3.t2 - 3a: + 3 = 0
V2
9. (x2+ l)2-x2 = 0has
(a) four real roots (b) two real roots
(c) no real roots (d) one real root
10. One root of equation (a - b) x2 + (b - c) x + c - c/ = 0 is
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c)-l (d) 2
11. If sina and cosa are the roots of equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, then
w
(a) b2 + c2 = (a + c)2 (b) b2 -c2= (a + c)2
(c) b2 + c2 = (a - cj2 (d) none of these
Flo
12. Which of the following equations has no real roots ?
ee
(a) .y2-4.y+ 3V2 =0 (b) x2 + 4x- 3J2 = 0
(c) x2 - 4x - 3V2 =0
Fr
(d) 3.v2 + 4V3.y + 4 = 0
for
ur
13. Which of the following equations has two distinct real roots :
ks
Yo
(a) 2.y2- 3V2.Y + - = 0 (b) a-2 + .y - 5 = 0
oo
4
B
(c)a-2 + 3.y+ 2V2" =0 (d) 5a-2-3a-+1=0
re
14. The number of real roots of equation a-2 + (.y + 1 )2 + (a- + 2)2 = 0 is
ou
ad
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 0 (d) none of these
Y
15. If the roots of equation a'2 + ax +12 = 0 are in the ratio 1:3, then a =
nd
Re
(a) ±4 (b) ±3 (c) ±2 (d) ±8
Fi
True/FalscType (2 marks):
16. Which of the following is not true ?
(a) Every quadratic equation has at most two roots.
(b) Some quadratic equations do not have any real root.
(c) Some quadratic equations may have two equal real roots.
(d) Every quadratic equation has two real roots.
17. Consider the following statements :
I. If the roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are negative reciprocal of each other,
then a + c = 0.
II. A quadratic equation can have at the most two roots.
III. Ifa, P are the roots of.v2 - 22y + 105 = 0 where a > p, then a + P = 22 and a - P = 8.
of these statements :
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.57
(a) I and II are true and II! is false (b) I and III are true and II is false
(c) II and III are true and I is false (d) I, II and III are all true
18. Which of the following is true ?
(a) Every quadratic equation has exactly one root
(b) Every quadratic equation has at least one real root
(c) Every quadratic equation has at least two roots
(d) Ifthe coefficient of,v2 and the constant term have the same sign and i f the coefficient
of.v is zero, then the quadratic equation has no real roots.
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
Consider the following statements :
(a) Both the statements 1 and 2 are true and statement 2 is the correct explanation for
low
statement 1.
(b) Both the statements 1 and 2 are true and statement 2 is not the correct explanation for
statement 1.
ee
(c) Statement 1 is true but statement 2 is false.
rF
Fr
(d) Statement l is false but statement 2 is true.
Choose the correct option from (a), (b), (c) and (d) in the following :
or
1. Statement 1 : The equation .v2 + x + 4 = 0 has real roots.
f
u
ks
Statement 2 : The equation ax1 + bx + 0 = 0, (a * 0) has real roots, if (/r - 4ac) > 0.
Yo
oo
2. Statement 1 : The equation jc2 - 4„y + 5 = 0 has no real roots.
B
Statement 2 : The equation ax2 + bx + c - 0, (a 0) has no real roots, if(/r - Aac) < 0.
re
3. Statement! : If- 5 is a root of 2y2 + 2px - 15 = 0 and p (.v2 +.v) + k = 0 has equal roots.
ou
ad
7
then k= —.
Y
8
d
Statement 2 : The equation ax1 + bx + c = 0, (a * 0) has equal roots, if (/r - Aac) = 0.
Re
n
Fi
3
4. Statement 1 : The roots of 2x2 + ,y - 6 = 0 are - 2 and —.
b±\b2 -Aac
Statement 2 : Roots of equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, a -+ 0, are
2a
5. Statement 1 : Ifpx2 - 2x + 2 = 0 has no real root, then p> ~ .
Statement 2 : The equation (a2 + b2)x2 + 2 (ac + bcf) x + (c2 + cP) = 0 has no real root, if
ad be.
6. Statement 1 : The positive values ofp for which 2.y; + px + 3 = 0 has two real roots is
given hyp > 2^6 ■
Statement2 : The quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 has two real roots if
62-4<7c< 0.
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.58 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Solution : Clearly Statement 2 is false
Again 2x2 + px + 3-0 has two real and distinct roots if
p--4(2)(3)>0
=> p2>24=>p> 2\l6 or p<-2yf6
But/; is positive. .\ p > 2yf6 Statement 1 is true .-. (c) holds. [Ans. (c)|
7. Statement 1 : 2v2 + 4.y + 3 = 0 has real roots.
Statement 2 : ax2 + bx + c = 0 has real roots if b2 > 4ac.
Solution : Here Statement 2 is true.
But Statement 1 is false.
Discriminant of equation 2x2 + 4.v + 3 = 0 is given by D = 16 - 24 = - 8 < 0
8. Statement 1 : If the equation ax2 + 2x + a = 0 (a ^ 0) has two distinct roots, then
w
- 1 < tf < 1 (<7 * 0).
Statement 2 : The quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c-0 (a * 0) has two distinct roots if
b2 - 4ac > 0. Flo
ee
Solution : Statement 2 is clearly true.
Again, ax2 + 2x + a = 0 has two distinct real roots Fr
ifD>0 or 4-4(r/)(a)>0
for
ur
or 1 - <72 > 0 or \> a2 or a2 < 1 => |£7| < 1 => - 1 < « < 1 (a ^ 0)
ks
Statement 1 is true.
Yo
oo
Here (R) is the correct explanation for (a). IAns. (a)|
B
re
8
8. Statement 1 : .v2 + 5kx +16=0 has no real root if - - < £ < 8/5.
ou
5
ad
Y
Statement 2 : The quadratic equation ax2 + Ay + c = 0 (a 0) has two equal roots if
b2-4ac = 0.
nd
Re
Solution : Clearly Statement 2 is true.
Fi
Again, x2 + 5kx+ 16 = 0 has no real roots ifD<0 or (5/c)2-4(16)<0
or
64 sV8 8
25k2 - 64 < 0 or k2 < — = -jor |*|<?or --
, 8
- <k< -
25 5
Statement 1 is true.
Since Statement 2 does not give Statement I, therefore correct answer is (b) holds.
C. Linked Comprehension Type Questions:
Read the following passage and give the correct answers :
Passage 1 : For the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, a, b, c, are called the coefficients and
b2 - 4t7c the discriminant, b2 - 4ac is usually denoted by D.
Roots of equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are
(i) not real if D<0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.59
(ii) real and equal if D = 0
(iii) real and unequal if D > 0
Now, answer the following questions :
1. The equation .v2 + g,jc -4 = 0 has
(a) equal roots for all real a (b) real and distinct roots for all real a
(c) has real and distinct roots for a = 0 (only)
(d) has equal roots for a> 0 only
Solution : For quadratic equation a-2 + ax -4 = 0
Discriminal D = £r-4(-4) = a2+ 16 >0 for all reala
/. Roots are real and different for all real a. |Ans. (b)|
2. The equation ax2-6x-2 = 0 has real roots for
w
9 9 9
(a) a^~2 (b) a>~ — (c) a<~- (d) a = 1 (only)
Solution : ax2 - 6.y - 2 = 0 to have real roots,
Flo
ee
D > 0 => (- 6)2 - 4a (-2) > 0 => 36 + 8a > 0
Fr
36 9
=> a >-----
or
ur
8 2
f
9
ks
=> 8a>-36 => a> - — | Ans. (b)]
Yo
oo
3. (k + 4)a2 + (A' + 1) .v + 1 = 0 has equal roots if
B
(a) A= 5 (b) A = 3 (c) A ^ 5 (d) forallA>0
re
Solution : (A + 4)x2 + (A + 1) .v + 1 =0 has equal roots if (A+ I )2 - 4 (A + 4) (1) = 0
ou
ad
=> A2 + 2A + 1 - 4A - 16= 0
Y
=> A2 - 2A + 5 =0
nd
Re
=> (A-5) (A+ 15) =0
Fi
A =5,-3 |Ans. (a) |
4. Which of the following can be said about the roots of the equation | x21 + | a | - 6 = 0 ?
(a) there is only one root (b) there are four roots
(c) the product of the roots is - 4 (d) the product of the roots is - 6
Solution : Let / = | a' |
Now given equation becomes
,2
/2 + / - 6 = 0 => /2 + 3?-2/-6 =0 = .Y
=>/(r + 3)-2(/ + 3) =0
=> (r + 3)(/-2) =0
=> t =-3,2
=> | a-| =-3,2
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.60 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
But | .v | * - 3 | .v | = 2 x = ±2
Roots are 2 and - 2
Product of rotos = 2 (- 2) = - 4 |Ans. (c)l
ANSWERS
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Short Answer Type Questions:
1. 2,1 2. 3,5
w
Long Answer Type Questions :
1. In mathematics 12,9; In Science. Flo
2. 24m and 8m 3. 6km/hour
ee
4.
8.
25 hours; 15 hours
750 km/hour
5.
9.
12m
21,12orl2,28
Fr
6. 7,3 or-3,-7 7.24,8
10. 12 days
for
ur
11. 24,21 or 19,26 12. 13,15 13. 60,40
ks
Yo
, . 2a + b a + 2b 7
oo
14. --------,-------- 15. p = l,k=- 16. 75
3 3 4
B
re
17. 29 years, 5 years 18. 4,5,6 19. 13,9 20. 12,6
ou
ad
6.1
Y
21. 25,80 22.
2
nd
Re
Fi
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
A. Objective Questions:
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (c)
7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (b) 11. (a) 12. (a)
13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (d) 17. (d) 18. (d)
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
L (d) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (c)
7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (b)
C. Comprehension Type Questions :
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (c)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.61
EXEMPLAR PROBLEMS
1. If the roots of the equation x2 -bx + c = 0 be two consecutive integers, then what will
be the value of b2 - 4c ?
Soln. Given, quadrate equation x2 -bx + c = 0
Let the roots of equation (1) be a and (3
Then a + P = 6, cc|3 = c
Let a = /?, P = /? + 1, where n is an integer
Then p - a = 1
Now(p-a)2=l => (a + p)2-4ap=l =>fe2-4c= 1
w
2. Ifone root of equation x2 +px+ 12 = 0 is 4, while the equation a'2 + px + g = 0 has equal
roots, find the value of q.
Soln. Given quadratic equations arex2jrpx +12 = 0
Flo ...d)
ee
and X2 + px + <7 = 0 ...(2)
Fr
Given, 4 is a root of equation (1), 42 + 4/? + 12 = 0 => p=-l
for
ur
Since roots ofequation (2) are equal, therefore,
D = 0 or p2 - 4g = 0 => (-7)2-47 = 0
ks
Yo
oo
49
49-47 = 0 or 49 = 47 or q = —
B
4
re
3. If a, P be the roots ofequation a-2 + px +7 = 0 and vn = a" + p". then find the value of
ou
v5+pv4 + qvy
ad
Y
Soln. Given quadratic equation is x2 + px + 7 = 0 ...(1)
...(2)
d
Given, vn = a" +P"
Re
n
Fi
v5 = a5 + p5, v4 = a4 + p4, v3 = a3 + p3
Now, v5 + pv4 + 7V3 = a5 + p5 + p (a4 + p4) + 7 (a3 + P3)
= a5 + p5 + pa4 + pfi4 + 7a3 + 7P3
= (a5 + pa4 + 7a3) + (p5 + pP4 + 7P3)
= a3 (a2 + px + 7) + p3 (P2 + pp + 7)
= a3.0 + p3.0 [Since a, p are the roots ofequation (1), therefore,
=0 a2 + /xx + 7 = 0 and p2 + /?P + 1 = 0]
5 5 '
4. If a * [3 and a2 = 3a - 5, p2 = 3p - 5, then find the value of ~ + ~ •
Soln. Given, a2 - 3a + 5 = 0 ...G)
ReadYourFlow.COM
7.62 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
and P2 -3(3 + 5 = 0 ...(2)
Given, a ^ p ..•(3)
From (1), (2) and (3), it is clear that a and p are two distinct roots of equation
x2 - 3.v + 5 = 0 ...(4)
a+p = 3andap = 5
5.5 5(P + a) 5x3 ,
Now, — + — =--------- =------= 3
a p exp 5
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
150 Marks)
w
Objective and Very Short Answer Type Questions (1 Mark):
Choose the correct option : Flo
1. The positive value of k for which the quadratic equation 9x2 + 3kx + 4 = 0 has equal
ee
roots is
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 3 Fr (d) none of these
or
r
1 1
2. If a, P are the roots of equation .v2 - 5.y + 4 = 0, then ~ + p’ + “
f
ou
ks
37 27 37 27
oo
(a, —
(b,T (Oy (d)y
Y
B
3. If.r = 1 is a common root of ax2 + av + 3 = 0 and x2 + x + b = 0, then
re
(a) 3 (b) -3 (c)4 (d) 6
ou
ad
4. If one root of the quadratic equation x2 + ax-4 = 0 is 4. then a
Y
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) -3 (d) none of these
nd
Re
Fi
Short Answer Type Questions (2 Marks):
5. Solve lor x : x2 + -x - 1 = 0.
2
6. Solve for x: VJx2 + 2 VL: - 2 VJ = 0
7. For what values of k, does the quadratic equation 9x2 + 8/cx + 16 = 0 has equal roots ?
8. For what values of A-, the roots of the equation x2 - kx +1=0 are not real?
9. Show that the equation x2 - x + 3 = 0 has no real roots.
10. Find two consecutive positive integers whose squares have sum 85.
Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks):
11. Find the roots of the equation 5x2 - 6x - 2 = 0 by the method of completing the square.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Quadratic Equations 7.63
12. Using quadratic formula, solve abx2 + (/r - ac) .v be = 0.
13. If- 5 is a root of the quadratic equation 2x: + px -15 = 0 and the quadratic equation
p(x: + x) + A- = 0 has equal roots, find the value k.
2
14. If— and - 3 are the roots of equation ax2 + lx + b = 0, find the values oft? and b.
15. Solve for ,v : 36.v: - 12ax + cr - lr = 0.
Long Answer Type Questions (4 Marks):
16. A two digit number is such that the product of its digits is 35. When 18 is added to the
number, the digits interchange their places. Find the number.
17. Solve for .v:
w
.v-3 < A 3,
, .v ^ --3
-25 = 5..v
2.v + 3) 2
Flo
18. The sum of ages of a woman and her daughter is 40 years. The rpoduct of their ages live
ee
years ago was 125 years. Find the present age of the woman.
Fr
19. The length of the hypotenuse of a right angled triangle exceeds the base by 1 cm and
also exceeds twice the length of the altitude by 3 cm. Find the length of each side of
for
ur
triangle.
ks
20. A shopkeeper buys a number of books for Rs. 800. If he had bought 4 more books for
Yo
the same amount, each book would have cost Rs. 10 less. How many books did he buy?
oo
B
re
ANSWERS
ou
ad
Y
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
nd
Re
Fi
I. (b) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (c)
5 -l+VI? -\-yf\7
6. 76. — 7. ±3
4 4
3 + 7)9 3->/l9
8. -2<k <2 10. 6 and 7 11.
5 5
b c 7
12. 13. 14. a = 3,b=—6
a h 4
a-b a+b
15. 16. 57 17. =1,6 18. 30 years
6 6
19. hypotenuse = 13 cm. base = 12 cm. perpendicular = 5 cm
20. 21
ReadYourFlow.COM
w
Flo
ee
Follow us at Fr
for
ur
ks
www.facebook.com/eduwiser
Yo
oo
www.facebook.coin/proS.kcsinha
B
re
ou
ad
Y
d
Re
n
Fi
ReadYourFlow.COM
8
ARITHMETIC PROGRESSIONS
8.1. INTRODUCTION
We see many things in our surroundings which follow a certain pattern. A few examples are,
the grains on a maize cob, the holes of a honeycomb, the petals ofa sunflower etc. Similarly
numbers can be written in such a way that they follow a certain pattern.
low
Example 1.2,5,8, 11,...
Here numbers increase by the same quantity 3.
Example 2. Salary of teachers starts from Rs. 10000 and increase every year by 500, then the
ee
salary ofthe teacher will be rupees 10000, 10500, 11000, 11500.... in 1 st year, 2nd year, 3rd
rF
year,... respectively.
Example 3.2,4,8, 16,32.....
Fr
or
Here the succeeding numbers are obtained by multiplying by a fixed number.
f
u
ks
Example A. I 3,23,33,43, ....
Yo
oo
Here succeeding numbers are obtained by cubing the consecutive natural numbers.
B
In all the examples given above we observe certain patterns.
re
In this chapter we shall study pattern of numbers called sequence, where succeeding terms
ou
ad
are obtained by adding a fixed number (positive or negative or zero). ‘Sequence’ in ordinary
Y
English means “a collection ofobjects each following the one before, such that it has known
first member, second member, third member, fourth member and so on.” The word ‘sequence’
nd
Re
in mathematics has same meaning as in ordinary English.
Fi
By word 'progression' we will mean a sequence whose members follow a specific rule or
pattern. In this chapter we will study special types of progressions called Arithmetic
Progression.
8.2. TERMS OF A SEQUENCE
The numbers in a sequence are called its terms.
The 1st, 2nd. 3rd,... terms respectively of a sequence are usually denoted by/,, /2, /3,... or a,,
a2,ay
The /7th term ofthe sequence is usually called its general term and is denoted by ln or an.
Example: For the sequence 1,4,7, 19,13,....,/,= 1, A, = 4, /, = 7 etc.
8.3. PROGRESSION
I f the terms of a sequence are written under specific conditions, then the sequence is cal led
progression. Here we will study a special type of progression called Arithmetic Progression
(A.P.) or Arithmetic Sequence.
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.2 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
ARITHMETIC PROGRESSIONS
Definition : A succession of numbers is said to be an Arithmetic Progression (A.P.), ifthe
difference between any term and the term preceding it is constant throughout. This constant
is called the common difference (c.d.) of the A. P.
In other words a succession ofnumbers is said to be an Arithmetic Progression (A.P.) ifeach
term of the sequence can be obtained by adding a fixed number to the preceding term except
the first term. This fixed number may be positive, negative or zero and is called the common
difference of A.P.
Example :
(i) 1,4,7,10,13,... (ii) 5,3, I,-1,-3.-5,-7,...
(iii)4,4,4.4,... (iv) -2.5,-3,-3.5,-4,- 4.5,...
In the examples given above, we observe that each term can be obtained by adding a fixed
number to the preceding term.
low
In example (1), each term can be obtained by adding 3 to the preceding term ; in example (2),
each term can be obtained by adding -2 to the preceding term ; in example (3), each term can
be obtained by adding 0 to the preceding term ; in example (4), each term can be obtained by
adding- 0.5 to the preceding term.
ee
rF
All the sequences given above are examples of Arithmetic Progression.
8.4. SOME SYMBOLS
Fr
for
(1)1 st, 2nd. 3rd,... terms of an A.P. are respectively denoted by/p /7, /3,... or . r/7, av...
u
ks
(2) Common difference of an A.P. is usually denoted by ci.
Yo
oo
(3) Sum of n terms of an A.P. is usually denoted by S;; or S.
eB
8.5. TYPES OFA.P.
There are two types ofA.P.s (1) Finite A.P. (2) Infinite A.P.
r
ou
ad
1. Finite A.P.: An A.P. having finite number of terms is called a finite A.P. A finite A.P. has a
Y
last term.
nd
Example: 3,7, 11,15, 19,23,27,31.
Re
Fi
2. Infinite A.P.: An A.P. which is not a finite A.P. is called infinite A.P. An infinite A.P. has no
last term.
Example : 1,2,3,4.5,6,...
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type 1. Problems based on finding terms of a sequence (patterns ofnumbers) whose
//th term is given in terms of//.
WORKING RULE :
If//th term /„ of a sequence is given in terms of//, its 1st, 2nd, 3rd, ... terms can be
obtained by putting n = 1, 2. 3, ... respectively.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.3
Example 1. Write the first three terms in each of the sequence defined by the following:
(i) tn = n (n + 1)
n+2
Solution : (i) Given, t„ n (/? + I)
Substituting n - 1.2 and 3, we get
/, = 1(1 + 1) = 2, /2 = 6 and /3 = 12
The first three terms of the given sequence are 2, 6, 12.
(ii) Given,
n+2
I 9
/i A, = 1 and ty = -
1+2
w
.•. The first three terms of the given sequence are
5
Flo
Example 2. What is the 15th term of the sequence defined by t„ =
1
ee
2n - I
Solution : Substituting n = 15 in tu = , we get
Fr
for
ur
2/7-1
1
ks
'15 =
Yo
2.15-1 29
oo
B
1
.’. The 15th term of the given sequence is —.
re
Example 3. Find the first five terms of the sequence for which /, = 1, /2 = 2 and
ou
ad
G+2 : G + G+i •
Y
Solution :Given, /, = 1, /2 = 2, tll+2 = tn + tn+\
nd
Re
Substituting n - 1, we get /3 = /( + /-> = 1 + 2 = 3
Fi
Putting n = 2, we get /4 = /2 + /3 = 2 + 3 = 5
Putting n = 3, we get /5 = /3 + 74 = 3 + 5 = 8
Thus, the first five terms of the given sequence arc 1, 2, 3, 5, 8
Type II. Problems based on finding first few terms of an A.P. whose first term and
common difference are given.
WORKING RULE :
If first term of an A.P. be a and common difference be t/, then the successive
terms of A.P. from second term onwards can be obtained by adding d in the
preceding terms.
Example 4. Write first four terms of the A.P.'s whose first term a and common difference
d are given by
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.4 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
(i) a = 4, J=-3 |NCERT| (ii) a = 0.ci-\ —
(iii) a = 2, d = 0 (iv) a = 1.25, r/ = - 0.25 |NCERT|
Solution : Given, a = 4, c/ = — 3
Now, /, = 4, /2 = 4 - 3 = 1, /3 = ! -3 = - 2, /4 = - 2 - 3 = - 5
Thus, the first four terms of A.P. are 4, 1, - 2, - 5.
(ii) Here a = 0,r/ = 1 -
, i1 i 1 3 3, . ,1 .1
11 = a = 0, h = 0 +1 — = 1 —, h = = - + -= 3, /4 =3 + 1—=4—
2 2 2 2 2 2’ 22
low
Thus, the first four terms of A.P. are 0, 1 -.3,4-.
2 2
(iii) Here a = 2, d = 0
Now, r] = a = 2, t2= t\ + d = 2 + 0 = 2, = t2 + d = 2 + 0 = 2,
ee
rF
t4 = t3 + d = 2 + 0 = 2
Thus, the first four terms of A.P. are 2. 2, 2, 2. Fr
for
(iv) Here a = - \ .25, d = - 0.25
u
ks
Now, /, = a = - 1.25, t2 = + d = - \ .25 + 0.25 = - 1.50
Yo
oo
t2 — t2 + d = ~ 1.50 - 0.25 = - 1.75
B
t4 = t3+ d=- 1.75 - 0.25 = - 2
re
Thus, the first four terms Of A.P. are - 1.25, - 1.50, - 1.75, - 2.
ou
ad
Y
Type III. Problems based on finding first term and common difference of an A.P. whose
first few successive terms are given.
nd
Re
Fi
WORKING RULE :
E First term of A.P. = first term of the pattern of numbers given.
2. Common difference of A.P. = 2nd term 1st term.
Example 5. For the following A.P's., write the first term and the common difference :
(i) 6, 3, 0, - 3, ... (ii) - 1.0. 1.5,-2.0,-2.5, ...
1 5 9 13
(ll,) 3' 3' 3' 3 (iv) 0.6, 1.7, 2.8, 3.9, ... [NCERT]
Solution : (i) First term <7 = /, = 6. common difference d = 2nd term - 1st term
=3 6 =—3
Check : /„ = 3rd term = /2+r/=3-3 = 0
t4 = 4th term = t3 + </ = 0 - 3 = - 3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.5
(ii) First term r/ = / | = - 1.0
Common difference d= 2nd term - 1 st term
= -- 1.5-(-1.0)
= - 1.5 + 1.0 = -0.5
Check : /3 = 3rd term = t2 + d = 1.5-0.5 =-2.0
h 4th term = /3 + c/ = - 2.0 - 0.5 -2.5
I
(hi) First term «=/, = -
3
4
Common difference d = t2- l\ = -
3 3 3
^=/2 + £/= l+4 = 9
Check :
low
3 2 3 3 3
J 9 4 13
t< — !-■ + d — —H— — —
4 3 3 3
ee
rF
(iv) First term <7 = 0 =0.6
Commone difference d = t2- = 1.7- 0.6 =1.1 Fr
or
Check : f3 = t2 + d= 1.7+ 1.1 = 2.8
f
u
/4 = t2 + d= 2.8 + 1.1 = 3.9
ks
Yo
oo
Type IV. Problems based on examining whether a given pattern (sequence) of numbers
B
is an A.P. or not.
re
ou
ad
WORKING RULE :
Y
1. A given pattern (sequence) of numbers is an A.P. if and only if the difference of
nd
successive terms is constant.
Re
2. Find the difference of successive terms. If it is constant, then given pattern of
Fi
numbers is an A.P. otherwise it is not an A.P.
Example 6. Which of the following list of numbers form A.P. ? If they form an A.P, find
the common difference d and also write its next three terms.
(i) 6, 9, 12, 15. ... (ii) 10,-6,-2, 2, ... |NCERT|
(iii) 0.2, 0.22. 0.222, 0.2222, ... (iv) 1, l, I, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, ...
(v) 3,3 + 72,3 + 2v/2,3 + 3n/2 ... (vi) 1,4. 16. 64, ...
(vii) V2,x/8, VT8,n/32,... INCERTI (viii) l2, 42, 72, 102.....
Solution : (i) Here /, = 6, /2 = 9, /3 = 12, /4 = 15
• /2-^ = 9-6 = 3
h~h= 12-9 = 3
/4 - /3= 15 - 12 = 3
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.6 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Clearly the difference of successive terms is constant, therefore, given list of numbers
form an A.P.
Common difference of this A.P. is given by d = 3
Next three terms of A.P. arc :
t5 = r4+d= 15 + 3 = 18
/6 = /5 + r/ = 18 + 3 = 21
and l-j= If, + d = 2\ + 3 = 24
(ii) Here /, = - 10, /2 = - 6, f3 = - 2, /4 = 2
6 - (- 10) = -6+ 10 = 4
h - l2 = - 2 - 6) = 2 +6=4
/4 - /3 = 2 - (- 2) = 2 + 2 = 4
Clearly the difference of successive terms is constant, therefore, given list of numbers
forms an A.P. The common difference of this A.P., d = 4.
low
Next three terms of this A.P. are
2 + 4=6, 6 + 4= 10, 10 + 4= 14
6, 10, 14
ee
rF
(iii) Here /, = 0.2, t2 = 0.22, t3 = 0.222, i4 = 0.2222
/2 - /, = 0.22 - 0.2 = 0.02 Fr
or
Now, C - h~ 0.222 - 0.22 = 0.002
f
u
Clearly difference of successive terms is not constant and hence given list of numbers
ks
does not form an A.P.
Yo
oo
(iv) Here ,\~ 1, A - 1, /3 - I. /4 - 2, /5 - 2, /6 - 3, /7 - 3
B
Now, A-0= 1 1 =0
re
h -h=\ 1 =0
ou
ad
U /3=2 I = I
Y
Clearly difference of successive terms is not constant and hence given pattern of numbers
does not form an A.P.
nd
Re
Fi
(v) Here 1 = 3, /2 = 3 + >/2, /3 =3 + 2^2, l4 =3 + 3'Jl
Now, A - /| = 3 + 72-3 = V2
/3 - A = 3 + 272-(3+ 72) = 72
(4 - 3 + 372-3-272 =72
Clearly, difference of successive terms is a constant and hence given list of numbers
forms an A.P.
Common difference of this A.P. = 72
Next three terms of this A.P. are (3 + 372) + 72 =3 + 472
(3 + 472) + 72 =3 + 572
and (3+ 572)+72 =3 + 675
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.7
(vi) Here t\~ 1, ?2 — 4, /s — 16, ^ — 64
Now, /2 - /, = 4 1 =3
/3 - /2= 16-4 = 12
Clearly, difference of successive terms is not constant and hence given list of numbers
does not form an A.P.
(vii) Here t\ = yl2,t2=s/s= 2^2, t3 =M = 3>/2,/4 = V32 = 4^2
Now, t2-‘\= 2V2-VI = V2
h-12 = 3V2-2V2 = 72
t4- h = 472-372 =72
Clearly, difference of successive terms is a constant and hence given list of numbers
forms an A.P.
w
Next three terms of this A.P. are
472 + 72 = 572 Flo
ee
572 + 72 =672
672+72 =772 Fr
for
ur
(viii) Here /] = l2 = 1, /2 = 42 = 16, /3 = 72 = 49, t4 = 102 = 100
Now, h-ti = >6 1 = 15
ks
A = 49- 16 = 33
Yo
'3
oo
Clearly difference of successive numbers is not constant and hence given list of numbers
B
do not form an A.P.
re
ou
Type V. Problems based on formation of sequence (pattern) of numbers from given word
ad
conditions.
Y
nd
Re
WORKING RULE :
Fi
1. Read the question carefully and find the first term and rule to find other terms.
2. Then, write down first few terms of the sequence.
Example 7. The cost of digging a well after every metre of digging when it costs Rs.
150 for the first metre and rises by Rs. 50 for each subsequent metre. Does the list of
numbers involved forms an A.P.? Give reasons. INCERTJ
Solution : Cost of digging for the first metre = Rs. 150
Cost of digging for the second metre = Rs. 150 + Rs. 50 = Rs. 200
Cost of digging for the third metre = Rs. 200 + Rs. 50 = Rs. 250
and so on.
The list of the numbers involved is 150, 200, 250, 300, ...
Clearly, difference of successive numbers is a constant (which is 50).
Hence, the list of numbers involved forms an A.P.
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.8 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Example 8. Does the volume of air present in a cylinder when vacuum pump removes
^ of the air remaining in the cylinder at a time form an A.P. ? [NCERT]
Solution : Let the initial volume of air in the cylinder = V units
Since the vacuum pump removes — th of the air remaining in the cylinder at a time
Volume of air in the cylinder after first evacuation = V-Vx —= -V
4 4
Volume of air in the cylinder after second evacuation =—V--U—V
4 4U ,
3
= -V 1--1 2y!
w
4 4 4 4
Flo 3? V
4
ee
Similarly volume of air in the cylinder after third evacuation =
Fr v
for
ur
ks
Yo
27
-Tv= 7!v'" - ?Vv= —V
oo
1 lere. /, = W, t2 =
64
B
re
V
iv V=-
ou
ad
4
Y
9 3 9-12 3
nd
'3-'2= 77V-tV = V=- —V
Re
16 4 16 16
Fi
Clearly, difference of successive terms is not a constant and hence the volume of air left
in the cylinder after successive evacuations does not form an A.P.
EXERCISE 8.1
Type I
I. Write the first three terms of the following sequences defined by :
(i) tn = 3// + 1 (ii) <n = 2" (iii) tn = /72 + 1
77 — 3
(iv) tn = n(n + 2) (v) tn = 2n + 5
2. Find the indicated terms in each of the following sequence whose //th terms are :
//~(/7 -f 1) /?(/? - 2)
(0 tn = 3 (ii) {n = ho
/? + 3 ’
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.9
',,-1
(iii) t„ = (/? - 1)(2 - /?)(3 + n) ; /20 (iv) - /, =3; t2,/3,(/7>2)
/?2
3. Write the next three terms of the following sequences :
(i) t2 = 2, /„ = + 1, (n > 3) (ii) /, = 3, tn = 3/y;_i + 2 for all n > 1
Type II
4. Write first four terms of the A.P. when first term a and common difference d are
given as follows :
(i) a = \, d = 1 (ii) a = 3, </ = 0
(iii) a = 10, c/ = 10 (iv) a = -2, d = 0
1
(v) a = 100, -30 (vi) a--\,d= -
w
(vii)<r/ = -7, d = -7 (viii) a = 10, </=0.1
TVpe III
Flo
ee
5. For the following A.P.'s write the first term and common difference :
(i) 6, 3, 0, - 3, ... (ii) - 3.1,
Fr
3.0, - 2.9, - 2.8, ...
for
ur
(iii) 147, 148, 149. 150, ... (iv) -5,- 1, 3, 7, ...
ks
Yo
(v) 3, 1, -1,-3, ... (vi) 2,2-j, 2-j, 3,...
oo
eB
3 1 3
(vii)-
r
2’ 2’ 2 2
ou
ad
Y
Type IV
nd
Re
6. Which of the following list of numbers form A.P.’s ? If they form an A.P.. find the
Fi
common difference d and also write its next three terms.
(i) 1,- 1,-3,-5, ... (ii) 2, 4, 8, 16, ...
1
(iii) - 2, 2, - 2, 2, - 2, ... (iv) —
2’ 2’ 2’ 2'"'
(V) 2, | 7
(vi) 0, 4,- 8, - 12, ...
(vii) 4, 10, 16, 22, ... (viii) a, 2a. 3a. 4a. ...
(ix) - 1.2,- 3.2,-5.2,- 7.2, ... (X) sf3.yj\2, \f4%,y[\92,...
(xi) a. a2. a\ a4, ... (xii) 1, 3, 9, 27, ...
(xiii) l2, 22, 32, 42,... (xiv) l2, 52, 72. 72, ...
(xv) l2, 32, 52, 72, ...
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.10 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Type V
7. In which of the following situations does the list of numbers involved make an
arithmetic progression, and why ?
(i) The salary of a teacher in successive years when starting salary is Rs. 8000
with an annual increment of Rs. 500.
(ii) The taxi fare after each km when the fare is Rs. 15 for the first km and Rs. 8
for each additional km.
(iii) The lengths of the wrungs of a ladder when the bottom wrung is 45cm and
length of wrungs decrease by 2 cm from bottom to top.
(iv) The amount of money in the account every year when Rs. 10000 is deposited
at compound interest 8% per annum.
(v) The money saved by Sudha in successive years when she saves Rs. 100 in
the first year and increased the amount by Rs. 50 every year.
w
(vi) Number of pairs of rabbits in successive months when the pair of rabbits are
loo young to produce in their first month. In the second month and every
Flo
subsequent month, they produce a new pair. Each new pair of rabbits produces
a new pair in their second months and every subsequent month (see Fig.)
ee
(assume that no rabbit dies).
Fr
for
ur
ks
1
Yo
oo
T
B
re
ou
ad
Y
I ;
nd
c# c..
Re
Fi
. I I
s ■O'O oo ■a-to
(vii) The values of an investment after 1, 2, 3, 4, ... years when it becomes times
in after one year.
ANSWERS
1. (i)4,7,10 (ii) 2,4,8 (iii) 2,5,10(iv)3,8,15 (v) 7,9,11
2,4 360 3 1
(vi) 0 2. (i) 3 (ii) ^ (iii)-7866 (iv)
3.(i) 3,4,5 (ii) 11,35,107 4.(i) 1,2,3,4 (ii) 3,3,3,3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.11
(iii) 10,20,30,40 (iv) -2,-2,-2,-2 (v) 100,70,40,10 (vi) ~]~2,0,2
(vii) -7,- 14,-21,-28 (viii) 1,1.1.1.2,1.3
5. (i) o = 6,d=-3 (ii) a 3.1, r/=0.1 (iii) a= 147, d= 1 (iv) o = -5, d=A
1
(v) a=3,d = 2 (vi) a = 2,d= - (vii) « = '
6. (i) Given numbers form an A.P.
For thisA.P.,£/=-2
Next three terms are - 7, - 9, - 11
(ii) Given numbers do not form an A.P.
(iii) Given numbers do not form an A.P.
w
1 1
(iv) Given numbers form an A.P.; d= 0 ; next three terms are —,
Flo 2 2’ 2
ee
1 9
2 Fr
(v) Given numbers form an A.P.; d = —, next three terms are 4. - ,5
2
for
ur
(vi) Given numbers form an A. P. ;<:/=- 4; next three terms are - 16, - 20, - 24.
(vii) Given numbers form an A.P.; c7= 6; next three terms are 28, 34.40.
ks
Yo
(viii) Given numbers form an A.?.\d-a: next three terms are 5a, 6a, la.
oo
(ix) Given numbers form an A.P. ; r/=-2; next three terms are-9.2,- 11.2,- 13.2.
B
re
Numbers in (x), (xi), (xii), (xiii), (xiv) and (xv) do not form A.P.
7. (i) Salary in successive years are in A.P. with a = Rs. 8000 and d= Rs. 500.
ou
ad
(ii) The taxifare after each km form an A.P., with a = Rs. 15 and d= Rs. 8.
Y
(iii) The length of rungs form an A.P. with a = 45 cm and c/=-2 cm
nd
Re
Fi
(iv) Amount after n years, tn = 10000 ^ 1 +
(v) Money saved by Sudha in successive years form an A.P. with a = Rs. 100 and
d= Rs. 50.
(vi) Number of pair of rabbits in successive months are 1, 1,2. 3, 5, 8,... and they do
not form an A.P.
8.6. /jTHTERM OF AN A.P.
Introduction : First of all we consider an example.
Let us consider the situation in which Sanjay was appointed as a lecturer with starting salary
ofRs. 10000 per month in the first year. He gets an annual increment of Rs. 500 per year. We
want to know his salary in the fifth year.
Clearly, Salary in the first year = Rs. 10000
Salary in the second year = Rs. (10000 + 500)= Rs. 10500
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.12 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Salary in the third year = Rs. (10500 + 500) = Rs. 11000
Salary in the fourth year = Rs. (11000 + 500) = Rs. 11500
Salary in the fi fth year = Rs. (11500 + 500) = Rs. 12000
Thus, we observe that salary of Sanjay in 1st, 2nd, 3rd. 4th, 5th years in rupees are 10000.
10500.11000, 11500, 12000 respectively.
It is clear that Salary in 2nd year = ( 10000+ 500) rupees
Salary in 3rd year = (10000 + 2 x 500) rupees
= Rs.[ 10000+ (3-1)500]
Salary in 4th year = (10000 + 3 x 500) rupees
= Rs. [10000+ (4-1)500]
Seeing the pattern of numbers, we guess that the salary in «th year will be
Rs. [10000+ (/? 1)500]
w
8.7. «TH TERM OF AN ARITHMETIC PROGRESSION1
Flo
Let a be the first term and c/the c.d. of an A.R, then
ee
First term. /, = <;/ = a + (1 - 1) t/
Second term. t^ = a+ d=a +(2-\)d Fr
for
ur
Third term, = a + 2r/ = a + (3 - I ) d
Fourth term, tA = a + 3d =a + {A-\) d
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
Seeing the pattern, it is obvious that
/7th term, tn - a + (n- \ )d
ou
ad
Y
Note:
nd
• nth term is also called the general term.
Re
Fi
• If a be the first term and d the c.d. of an A.R. then the A.R, is a, a + d. a + Id.
a + 3d,...
• If an A.R. has n terms, then nth term is called the last term ofA.R. and it is denoted
by I.
® If last term of A.R. be tn and c.d. be d. then terms of A.R. from end are t . t — d.
t,r2d....
8.8. AN IMPORTANT RESULT
A sequence having //th term an + A is an A.P.
Let tn = an + b
Then, /„_ ] =a(n-\) + b ...(ii)
(i)-(ii)=> tn -/„_(= tf = a constant (independent of /?).
Hence, given sequence is an A.P. having common difference a.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.13
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on finding the value of one unknown quantity out of a, <1, //
and t,, (nth term) when values of other three are known
WORKING RULE:
1. Use the formula /„ = a + (/? - I) d.
2. Putting the values of three of the four quantities a, cl, n and /„ we can find the
value of the fourth quantity.
Example 1. Find the 18th term of A.P.
1, 4, 7, 10, ...
low
Solution : Here a = 1, <7 = 4 - 1 = 3
Now, 18th term of A.P. is given by
/18= a + (18 - \) d
ee
= 1 + 17 x 3 = 52
rF
Solution : Given A.P. is 4, 9, 14, ..., 254
Fr
Example 2. Find the 10th term from end of the A.P. 4, 9, 14, ..., 254 [CBSE 2005|
for
u
Its common difference t/ = 9 - 4 = 5
ks
If we start from end and proceed towards beginning, then also the numbers will be in
Yo
oo
A.P. but first term of this A.P. will be 254 (the last term) and common difference will be
B
-d.
re
Now, 10th term from end= 254 + (10 - 1) (- d)
ou
ad
= 254 - 9d
Y
= 254 - 9 x 5 209
nd
Example 3. How many terms are there in the A.P. 20, 25, 30, ..., 100 ?
Re
Fi
Solution : Let the number of terms be n.
Given tn = 100, a = 20. d = 5, we have to find n.
Now; tn= a + (77 - \) d
100 = 20 + (77- 1) 5
or 80 = (/? — 1)5 or 77 1 = 16
77 = 17
Example 4. Find the number of therms in the A.P. 18, 15—,13,...,-47 .
1 31 31-36 5
Solution : Here a = t\ = d = t2 - t\ - 15 — -18 = ::^--18 =
2 2
Last term ',, = -47
We have to find /?
Now 47
=> a + {n — 1) d = - 41
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.14 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
=> l8 + (»-i)[-|j = -47
=> 36 - 5(/? - I) = - 94 [Multiply both sides by 2]
130
=> /? - 1 = — = 26
5
=> /7 = 26 + 1 = 27
Type II. Problems based on knowing whether a given number is a term of a given A.P.
or not and to know which term it is.
WORKING RULE :
1. Let the given number be /7th term of the given A.P.
2. Using the formula /„ = a + (n - 1) d, find the value of n.
w
3. If value of// as obtained above is a positive integer, then given number is a term
of A.P., otherwise it is not a term of A.P.
Flo
4. If value of/? as obtained above is the positive integer k, then the given number
ee
is the /dh term of given A.P.
Fr
Example 5. Is 55 a term of the sequence 1, 3, 5, 7. ... ? If yes. find which term it is?
for
ur
Solution : If possible let /7th term of the given sequence be 55.
/„ = a + (n -\) d
ks
Now,
Yo
oo
Here /„ =55,a= \, d = 2
B
55 = 1 + (/? -1)2 or 2// = 56 .\ // = 28
re
Here 55 is 28th term of the given sequence.
ou
ad
Note :
Y
• If n does not come out to be a positive integer, then 55 will not be a term of the
given sequence.
nd
Re
Fi
Example 6. Is - 150 a term of A.P. 11, 8, 5, 2, ... ? Why ?
Solution : Given A.P. is 11, 8, 5, 2, ...
Here a = 1 I, t/ = 8 11 = - 3
If possible, Let 150 be the /?th term of given A.P.
Then. t„ = - 150
=> </ + (/7— \ )d=- 150
=> 11 + (// - l)(-3) = - 150
=> 11 -3/7 + 3 = - 150
14-3/7 = - 150
=> 3/7= 14+ 150= 164
=> n=
3 3
Here // is not a positive integer, therefore 150 is not a term of given A.P.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.15
Type III. Problems based on finding a and d of an A.P. when two of its terms or any
two relations between a and d are known.
WORKING RULE :
1. Use the formula tn = a + (/? - 1) d.
2. If two values of tn and n are given put the values of tn and n to get two equations
in a and d.
3. Solve the two equations in a and d to get the values of a and d.
4. Now, A.P. and any of its term can be written down.
5. If two relations between a and d are known, values of a and d can be obtained
by solving them.
6. If difference of two terms is given, then common difference d can be determined.
w
Example 7. The 5th term of an A.P. is 26 and 10 term is 51. Determine the 15th term.
|CBSE 2006|
Flo
Solution : The /7th the term of an A.P. having llrst term a and common difference d is
ee
given by
Given,
>n = a + ("
t5 = 26
1) d
.-. 26 = <:/ + (5 - \ ) d
Fr
for
ur
or 26 = a + Ad -(ii)
ks
Again, To 51 .-. 51 = r/ + (10 - \ )d
Yo
oo
or 51 = a + 9d ...(iii)
B
(iii)-(ii)=> 25 = 5d => d = 5
re
From (ii), a = 26 -4r/= 26- 4x5 = 6
ou
ad
Now, 115 (15th term) = a + \4d = 6 + 14 x 5 = 76
Y
Example 8. Find the A.P. whose 7th and 13th terms are 34 and 64 respectively.
nd
Re
Solution : The /7th term of an A.P. whose first term is a and c.d. is d is given by
Fi
/„ = a + (n - \) d
Given, t-j = 34 .-. 34 = a + (id ...(i)
and f\3 ^ ^ .-. 64 ~ a + 12d •••(ii)
Subtracting (i) from (ii). we get 80 = 6d a - 20
Putting d = 5 in (i), we get 34 = c/ f 30 .‘. a = 4
Hence required A.P. is 4, 9, 14, 19, 23, ...
Example 9. The 11th term of an A.P. is 80 and the 16th term is 110. Find the 31st term.
Solution : The //th term of an A.P. whose first term is a and c.d. is d is given by
tn = <7 + (n - \ ) d
Given 'n 80 80 = <7 + 10</ -(i)
and /16 = 110 /. 110 = a + \5d ...(ii)
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we gel 30 = 5d .-. d = 6
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.16 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Putting d = 6 in (i), we get SO = a + 60 a = 20
The 31 st term, /3, = 20 + (31 - l )6
= 20 + 30 * 6 = 200
Example 10. An A.P. consists of 50 terms of which 3rd term is 12 and the last term is
106. Find the 29th term.
Solution : Let a be the first term and d the common difference of A.P.
Given. /3 = 12
=> a+ 2d = 12 ...0)
Number of terms of A.P. = 50
Given, '50 = 106
=> a + 49 d = 106
low
...(ii)
(i) - (ii) => Aid = 94 .-. d = 2
From (i), a = \2- 2d= 12-2x2 = 8
ee
Now, t29 = « + 28c/ = 8 + 28 x 2 = 64
rF
1 Fr
Example 11. In an A.P, the /Hh term is — and the c/th term is —, find the (y?c/)th term.
f or
u
ks
Solution : The /7th term of an A.P. whose first term is a and c.d. is d is given by
Yo
oo
t„ = a + (/? - \ ) d
B
1 I
re
Given, - = a + (p-\)d -.(i)
ou
ad
Y
1
and 1q P - = a + (q-\) d ...(ii)
P
nd
Re
Subtracting (ii) and (i), we get
Fi
1 1
~ ={p~ q) d
q
(p-q)
or = {p - q) d d= — ...(iii)
pq pq
i i
Putting d= — in (i), we get -= a + {p- 1) • — .'. a = ...(iv)
pq
i
Now’W = ^ +(/^-i)- — i
Hence, the (pq)ih term of the A.P. is 1.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.17
Type IV. Problems based on word problems.
WORKING RULE :
1. Read the question carefully.
2. Determine a and c/ of the A.P.
3. Use the formula /„ - a + (n - l) c/
Example 12. Ramkali saves Rs. 5 in the first week of a year and then increased her
weekly saving by Rs. 1.75. If in the nth week, her weekly saving became Rs. 20.75. find
/;.
Solution : Here a = 5 rupees, d = 1.75 rupees
Saving of /?th week /.e., tn = 20.75 rupees
Now, t„ = 20.75
w
a + (n - \)d= 20.75
5 + (n — I) 1.75 = 20.75 Flo
ee
=> (/? — 1) 1.75 = 20.75 -5 = 15.75
=>
15.75 =------
------ 1575 = —
63 = 9n Fr
1.75 175 7
for
ur
=> /?= 10
ks
Yo
oo
Type V. Problems based on relation between particular terms of A.P.
B
re
WORKING RULE :
ou
ad
1. Use the formula t„ = a + (« 1W and also use the given relation between the
Y
particular terms.
nd
2. Find a and cl or a relation between a and d.
Re
Fi
3. Use these values of a and d or the relation between a and d.
Example 13. If w times the wth term of an A.P. is equal to n times the mh term, find its
(/// + n)th term. |CBSE 2004|
Solution : Let a be the first term and d the common difference of A.P.
Given, fit,, = mt,,,
n [c/ + (.'? - I )d\ = m [a + (m - 1 )d]
or (/7? - n)a ~ d [/? (n - 1) - 777 (tn - 1 )j
or (777 - /?) ct = d [(/7/ — n) - (nr - n2)]
or (in n) a= d (m - n) [1 - (m + 77)]
or a - d [\ - (777 + 77)] [ 77? 5* 77]
or — ci = d (777 + 77 - 1)
Now, (777 + 77)th term, tm 7- n = a + (777 + /? - \) d = a - a = 0 [From (i)]
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.18 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Example 14. If 10th term of an A.P. is 52 and the 17th term is 20 more than the 13th
term, find the A.P. |CBSE 2006|
Solution : /?th term of an A.P. having first term a and common difference d is given by
tn = a + (/?-!) d -(i)
According to question, /|() = 52
52 = a + (10 - 1 )d
or 52 = a + 9d ...(ii)
Also it is given that t]7 = /|3 + 20
=> 'n ~ hi = 20
=> (a + 16d) - (a + 12d) = 20
=> 4d = 20
=> d= 5 ...(iii)
low
From (ii), o - 52 - 9t/ = 52 - 9 x 5 = 7
Hence a= 7, d= 5
Thus, required A.P. is 7, 12, 17, 22, ...
ee
rF
than its 31st term ? Fr
Example 15. Which term of the arithmetic progression 5, 15, 25. 30, ... will be 130 more
|CBSE 2006)
for
Solution : Given A.P. is 5, 15, 25, 30, ...
u
Here a = 5, d 15 -5 = 10
ks
Yo
oo
Let /?th term of given A.P. be 130 more than its 31st term
eB
Then, tn - ti\ + 130
=> a + (/? - 1) d= a + 30d + 130
r
ou
=>
ad
(n - \)d= 30d+ 130
Y
(77 - 1)10= 30 X 10 + 130 = 430
=> I = 43
nd
/?
Re
// = 44
Fi
Hence 44th term of given A.P. is 130 more than its 31st term.
Example 16. For what value of n is the nth term of the following two A.P.s are same,
(i) 1,4, 7, 10, 13, ... (ii) 69, 68. 67, ... ICBSE 2006|
Solution : For first A.P., n = 1, c/ = 7 4 = 3
.'. Its nth term t„ = a + (n - 1 )d
= 1 + (n 1) 3 = 3n - 2
For second A.P. a = 69, d = 68 - 69 =
.'. Its /?th term T„ = a + (n - \)d
= 69 + (n - 1 )(-l)
= 69 - n + I
= 70 - n
Now, <n = T„
3n -2=10- n
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.19
=> 4/7 = 72
=> n= I8
Example 17. Two A.P.'s have the same common difference. The difference between their
100th terms is 100. What is the difference between their 1000th terms ?
Solution : Let the common difference of the two A.P.'s be d.
Let a and h be the first terms of the two A.P.'s
Let /„ and T„ denote the /7th terms of the two A.P.'s
Given, / 100
7 i oo = 1 (,0
[a + (100 - I )</]-[/? + ( 100 - 1 )d\ = 100
a + 99d - b - 99tl= 100
=> a- b = 100 ...(i)
Now, / iooo - Tiooo = (a + 999(1) - (b + 999(1)
=a-b
w
- 100 [From (i)J
Flo
Hence, the difference between their 1000th terms = 100.
ee
Example 18. If the sum of 4lh and 8th terns of an A.P is 24 and the sum of 6th and
10th terms is 44. Find the first three terms of A.P
Solution : Given, /4 + /8 = 24 Fr
for
ur
=> (a + 3c/) + (c/ + Id) = 24
ks
=> 2r/+ I Or/=24
Yo
oo
Again, it is given that
B
h + Lo_ 44
re
=> (a + 5c/) + {a + 9c/) = 44
ou
ad
=> 2c/+ 14c/=44 ...(ii)
Y
(ii) - (i) => 4c/=20 .\ r/=5
nd
Re
From (i). 2c/= 24- 10c/=24- 10 x 5 = -26
Fi
c; = - 13
Thus c/ = — 13. d = 5
First three terms of A.P are 13, -8,-3 [Add 5 to the preceding term]
Example 19. If c/, b. c be the /;th. c/th and /th terms respectively of an A.P, prove that
a (q - /•) + b (/■ - p) + c (p - q) = 0.
Solution : Let .v be the first term and d the c.d. of A.P.
Given, a = /?th term of A.P = .v + (p - 1 )d ...(i)
h = c/th term of A.P. = x + (c/ - 1 )d •••(ii)
and c= /th term of A.P. = x + (/• - 1 )d —(iii)
a - c= (p - r)d, b - a = (q - p)d, c - b = (/* - q)d ...(iv)
Now, a (q - /•) + b (/• - p) + c (j) - q)
= c/c/ or + hr - bp + cp cq
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.20 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
= (aq - cq) + (br - (//•) + cp - bp
= q (a - c) + r (b - a) + p (c - b)
= q (p- r)d + r (q - p)d + p (r - q)d [From (ii)]
~ d [q (p - r) + r (q - p) + p (r - q)] = d.O = 0
Example 20. How many three digit numbers are divisible by 7 ?
Solution : Smallest number of 3 digits = 100
and greatest 3 digit number = 999
7)100(14 7)999(142
7 7
30 29
28 28
2 19
14
w
5
First three digit number divisible by 7 = (100 - 2) + 7 = 105
Flo
and greatest 3 digit number divisible by 7 = 999 - 5 = 994
ee
Three digit numbers divisible by 7 will be 105, 112, 119, 126, ..., 994
Here
We have to find n
a= 105, d=l, /„ = 994 Fr
for
ur
Now, tn = a + (n - I )d
ks
994= 105 + (/? — 1) 7
Yo
oo
=> l(n - I) = 994 105 = 889
B
889
=> n
re
= 127
ou
ad
/?= 127+ 1 = 128
Y
Number of 3 digit numbers divisible by 7 = 128
nd
Example 21. Find the number of integers between 100 and 1000 that are (i) divisible by
Re
7 (ii) not divisible by 7.
Fi
Solution : (i) First number between 100 and 1000 divisible by 7 = 105
and last number divisible by 7 = 994
Hence, integers divisible by 7 are 105, 112, 119, ..., 994.
Here a = 105, d = 7, t„ = 994. n = ?
Now. by formula, /„ = </ + (/? - 1) J,
994= 105 + (/? - 1)7
or In = 896 .-./?= 128
Number of integers between 100 and 1000 divisible by 7 = 128.
(ii) Number of integers not divisible by 7
= total number of integers between 100 and 1000
- number of integers between 100 and 1000 divisible by 7
= 899 - 128 = 771.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.21
Example 22. In an A.P. the sum of the terms equidistant from the beginning and end is
always same and is equal to the sum of first and last terms.
Solution : Let a^, a2, o3, an be an A.P. having c.d. ld'.
rth term of A.P from the beginning = ar = a, + (r - I) d
and rth term of A.P from the end = (n - r + l)th term from the beginning.
/•ih term from the end = a,, - r + 1 ~ a\ + («-/•+ l \)d
= r/| + (n - r)d
Now; ar + a,, _ + , = a, + (r - \)d + a] + (n - r) d
= 2«| + (/v - \)d= ct\ + [rq + (n - l)r/] = a, + an
Thus a,. + an /•+ i = «| + an for /• = 1,2, n
Thus a2 + an- \ = a7, + an-2 = a4 + an -3 = = «i + a„ = lst term + last term
low
Second method : Let a be the first term and d the common difference of A.P.
Let b be the last term of A.P.
Then. A.P. is a, a + d, a + 2d, .... b - 2d. b - d. b
ee
rF
Now. rth term of A.P from beginning /,. = a + (r - 1) d
Fr
[When we proceed from end b will be the first term and common difference of A.P will
for
be (- d)]
u
?lh term of A.P from end Jr = b + (r - 1)(- d)
ks
Yo
Now, tr + T,. = a + b + {r - I - (r - 1 )d
oo
=a+b
B
re
first term + last term
ou
ad
Y
EXERCISE 8.2
nd
Re
Type I
Fi
1. Find the indicated terms in each of the following arithmetic progression :
(i) 1,6, 11, 16, ...,/61 (ii) a = 2, d = 2 ; /|0
1
(hi) -3, 2 ’ 2’ "• ;/ (iv) a = 2\. d — - 5 ; /25
2. Find the 10th term of the A.P. 10, 5, 0. - 5, 10, ...
13 7 1
3. Find the 10th term of the A.P. —,
5’5’5’
4. Find the sum of 20th and 25th terms of A.P. 2, 5, 8, 11, ...
5. Find the number of terms in the following A.P.’s
I 1
(i) 6. 3, 0, - 3. ..., - 36 ,1,1-.... 3-
6 3
6. Determine the number of terms in the A.P. 3, 7, 11, .... 399. Also find its 20th term
from end.
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.22 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
7. (i) Which term of the A.P. 5, 9, 13, 17, ... is 81 ?
(ii) Which term of the A.P. 14, 9, 4, - 1,-6. ... is - 41 ?
(Hi) Which term of A.P. 3, 8, 13, 18, ... is 88 ?
(iv) Which term of A.P. —, 1.1—, I -,... is 3 ?
6 6 3
(v) Which term of A.P. 3, 8. 13, 18......is 248 ?
8. (i) Find the 6th term from end of the A.P. 17. 14. 11. ..., -40. |CBSE 2005|
(ii) Find the 8th term from end of the A.P. 7, 10, 13, ..., 184. [CBSE 2005|
9. Find the number of terms of the A.P.
(i) 6, 10, 14, 18, ..., 174? (ii)7, II, 15...... 139?
(iii) 41,38, 35. ..., 8 ?
10. Find the first negative term of the sequence 999. 995. 991, 987.......
low
Type II
11. Is 51 a term of the A.P. 5, 8, 11, 14, ... ?
ee
12. Is 56 a term of the A.P. 4,4—,5,5 — ,6,...?
rF
2 2
Type III Fr
for
13. The 7th term of an A.P. is 20 and its 13th term is 32. Find the A.P. [CBSE 2004]
u
14. The 7th term of an A.P. is - 4 and its 13th term is - 16. Find the A.P.
ks
Yo
[CBSE 2004|
oo
15. The 8th term of an A.P. is 37 and its 12th term is 57. Find the A.P. [CBSE 2004|
B
re
16. Find the 10th term of the A.P. whose 7th and 12th terms are 34 and 64 respectively.
Type IV
ou
ad
17. For what value of/? are the /?th term of the following two A.P.'s the same. Also
Y
find this term
nd
Re
(i) 13, 19,25, ... (ii) 23, 25, 27, 29, ...
Fi
and 69, 68, 67, ... [CBSE 2006| 17, 10,-3, 4. ...
(iii) 24. 20, 16, 12,... (iv) 63. 65, 67, ...
11, 8,-5,-2. ... 3, 10, 17,... [CBSE 2008|
18. In the following A.P, find the missing terms :
I
(i) 5, □, □, 9 ~ (ii) 54, □, □. 42 (iii) - 4, □. □. □. □. 6
(iii) □, 13, □. 3 (v) 7, □. □. □. 27 (vi) 2, □. 26
(vii) □. □. 13, □, □, 22 (viii) - 4. □. □, □. 6
(ix) □, 38, □, □, □. - 22
19. (i) If 10th term of an A.P. is 52 and 17th term is 20 more than the 13th term, find
the A.P. [CBSE 2006|
(ii) Which term of the A.P. 3, 15, 27, 39, ... will be 132 more than its 54th term?
[CBSE 2007|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.23
20. Which term of the A.P. 3, 10, 17, 24, ... will be 84 more than its 13th term ?
|CBSE 2004|
21. The 4th term of an A.P. is zero. Prove that its 25th term is triple its 11th term.
|CBSE 2005]
22. If 10 times the 10th term of an A.P. is equal to 15 times the 15th term, show that its
25th term is zero.
23. If O + 1 )th term of an A.P. is twice the (« + l)th term, prove that (3m + l)th term
is twice the (m + n + l)th term.
'4
2 F A '8
24. If tn be the /7th term of an A.P such that — = —> find —
h 3 A)
25. Find the number of all positive integers of 3 digits which are divisible by 5.
26. How many three digit numbers are divisible by 7.
w
27. If tn denotes the /7th term of an A.P, show that tm + t2 n - m = 2'„, + if
28. Find a if 5a + 2, 4a - \ , a + 2 are in A.P.
29.
Flo
/7th term of a sequence is 2/7 + 1. Is this sequence an A.P. ? If so find its first term
ee
and common difference.
terms is 44. Find the first three terms of A.P
Fr
30. The sum of the 4th and 8th terms of an A.P is 24 and the sum of the 6th and 10th
[CBSE 2008|
for
ur
Type V
ks
31. A person was appointed in the pay scale of Rs. 700-40-1500. Find in how many
Yo
oo
years he will reach maximum of the scale.
B
32. A sum of money kept in a bank amounts to Rs. 600/- in 4 years and Rs. 800/- in 12
re
years. Find the sum and interest carried every year.
ou
33. A man starts repaying a loan with a first instalment of Rs. 100. If he increases the
ad
instalment by Rs. 5 every month, what amount he will pay in the 30th instalment?
Y
nd
Re
ANSWERS
Fi
41
l.(i)301 (ii) 2/7+1 ;21 (iii) 22 (iv) 26-5/799 2.-35 3.
5
4. 133 5. (i) 15 (ii) 16 6. 100; 323 7. (i) 20 (ii) 12
(iii) 18 (iv) 14 (v) 50 8. (i) -25 (ii) 163 9. (i) 43
(ii) 34 (iii) 12 10.- 1 11. No. 12. Yes 13.8,10,12,14,...
14.8,6,4,2,... 15.2,7,12,17,... 16. 52
17. (i)/7 = 9,/f) = 61 (ii) n = 9, tn = 39 (iii) /7 = 6,/6=4 (iv) /7= 13 ; /13 = 87
13 (iv) 18,8
18. (i)y,8 (ii) 50,46 (iii) -2,0,2,4
(v) 12,17,22 (vi) 14 (vii) 7,10,16,19 (viii)-2,0,2,4
(ix) 53,23,8,-7 19. (1)7,12,17,22,... (ii) 65th term
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.24 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
10
20. 25th term 24. 25. 180 26. 128 28. a = 3
11
29. Yes ;a = 3, d=2 30. -13,-8,-3 31.20 years
32. Rs. 500; Rs. 25 33. Rs. 245
8.9. PROPERTIES OF ARITHMETIC PROGRESSION
I. If the same quantity be added to. or subtracted from all the terms of an A.P., the resulting
progression is also an arithmetic progression.
Proof:
Sequence obtained by Sequence obtained by
Given A.P. adding k to each term subtracting k from each
of given A. P. term of given A.P.
T, = £7 + £ lx = a-k
low
/j - a
t-, = a + d T-, ={a + d) + k T~, = {a + d)-k
t3 = a + 2d T3 = {a + 2d) + k T3 = (# + 2d) - k
ee
rF
tn=a + (n-\)d Tn = a + (n- \ )d+ k
FrTn = a + (n- 1) d-k
for
u
Clearly, T2-T|=T3-T2 = ...T„-T n- I = d
ks
Hence, sequence obtained is also an A.P. whose common difference is d.
Yo
oo
II. If the corresponding terms of two arithmetic progressions be added or subtracted, the
B
resulting progression is also an arithmetic progression.
re
Proof:
ou
ad
Terms of first Terms of second Sequence obtained by adding
Y
A.P. A.P. the terms of two A.P.’s
nd
Re
a\ C,2 T, ~ a, + a2
Fi
£7, +£/
i i
a2 + d2 T, = £?! + £7-, + £/| + d-,
a, +2d. a-, + 2d, T3 = £7| + £7-, + 2£/| + 2d,
Clearly. 1,-7,= T3-7, =... d} + d.
Hence, sequence obtained is also an A.P. whose c.d. is d{ + d,.
Similarly, we can prove that when the corresponding terms oftwo A.P.’s are subtracted, then
the sequence obtained is an A.P. having common difference d\ - d,.
III. I fall the terms of an arithmetic progression be multiplied or divided by the same quantity,
the resulting progression is also an arithmetic progression.
Proof: Let the given A.P. be £7, a + d, a + 2d,a + 3d....
Let k be a non-zero number. The new sequence obtained by multiplying all terms of the given
A.P. by k is
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.25
cik, (a + d) k, (a + 2d) k, (a + 3d) k,...
Clearly, T2-T1=T3-T2 = fc/.
Hence, the new sequence is also an A.P. whose c.d. is kd.
Similarly, we can prove that when each term ofA.P. is divided by a non-zero constant k. then
d
the resulting sequence is an A.P. having common difference — .
k
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on three, four or five numbers in A.P. whose sum is given.
WORKING RULE:
w
1. If three numbers in A.P. whose sum is given, are to be taken, let the numbers be
a - d, a, a + d.
Flo
2. If four numbers in A.P. whose sum is given, are to be taken, let the numbers be
ee
a - 3d, a - d, a + d, a + 3d.
Fr
3. If five numbers in A.P. whose sum is given, are to be taken, let the numbers be
a - 2d, a - d, a, a + d, a + 2d.
for
ur
4. From given conditions, find two equations in a and d and then solve them. Now,
the numbers in A.P. can be obtained.
ks
Yo
oo
Example 1. The sum of three numbers in A.P. is 27 and the sum of their squares is 293.
B
Find the numbers.
re
Solution : Let the three numbers in A.P. be a d, a, a + d.
ou
ad
Given, {a - t/) + a + (a + c/) = 27 => 3o = 27 => £/ = 9
Y
and {a - d)2 + cr + (a + d)2 = 293
nd
Re
=> a2 + d2 - 2ad + «2 + a2 + d2 + 2ad = 293
Fi
=> 3a2 + 2d1 = 293
=> 3d2 = 293 - 3 x 92 = 293 - 243 = 50
=> d2=25 :. d = ± 5
Ud = - 5, the three numbers are 14, 9, 4.
If c/ = 5, the three numbers are 4, 9, 14.
Example 2. The sum of four integers in A.P. is 24 and their product is 945. Find the
numbers.
Solution : Let the four numbers be a - 3d, a d, a + d, a + 3d
Given, {a - 3d) + (a - d) + (a + d) + (a + 3d) = 24
=> 4a = 24 => A = 6
and (a - 3d)(ci - d)(a + d)(a + 3d) = 945
=> (a2 - 9d2)(a2 - d2) = 945
(36 - 9d2)(36 - d2) = 945
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.26 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
=> (4 - cfi)(2i6 - d2) = 105
=> ^ -40c/2 + 144= 105
c/4 - 40c/2 + 39 = 0
=> cf* - 39c/2'- d2 + 39 = 0
(d2 - 1 )(c/2 - 39) = 0
Since the numbers are integers
d2 * 39
d2 — 1 =0 d = ±\
Thus c7 = 6 and c/ = 1 or - 1
Hence, the four integers are 3, 5, 7, 9 or 9, 7, 5, 3.
Example 3. Divide 69 into three parts which are in A.P. and the product of the two
low
smaller parts is 483.
Solution : Let the three parts of 69 be a - c/, cc, a + c/ (c/ > 0).
Then (a - d) + a + {a + d) = 69 or 3c/ = 69 .\ a = 23
ee
Given, c/ (c/ - d) = 483
rF
23 (23 — c/) = 483 Fr
for
or 23 - d = 21 .-. d = 2
u
Hence, the three parts are 21, 23. 25.
ks
Yo
Type II. Problems based on properties of A.P.
oo
B
re
WORKING RULE : Use the following properties of A.P. whichever are required.
If c/[, c72, c73, ..., C7„ are in A.P., then
ou
ad
Y
1. c?] + k, ci2 + k, ..., c7„ + k are also in A.P.
nd
2. c?| - c72 - A% ..., c7„ - k are also in A.P.
Re
Fi
3. A'c/,, ka2, ..., kan are also in A.P.
C/| C7? C7„
4. —.-f-,...,—, /c ^ 0 are also in A.P.
k k k
Example 4. If c/, b, c are in A.P., prove that b + c, c + a, a + b are also in A.P.
Solution : a, b, c are in A.P.
=> c/ — (c? + /) + c), /? - (c/ + b + c), c — (a + b + c) are in A.P.
=> - (/) + C), - (C7 + C), (c/ + b) are in A.P.
=> b + c, c + a, a + b are in A.P. [Dividing by -1]
1 1
Example 5. If c/2, b2, c2 are in A.P., prove that are in A.P.
b + c c + a’ a+ b
Solution : - J____1____1_ are in A.P.
b+c c+a a+b
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.27
1 I
<=>
c+a b+c a+b c+a
b+c-c-a c+a-a-b b-a c-b
<=> <z> --------- -- ------------
(c + a)(b+c) (a + b)(c + a) b+c a+b
<=> (b + a)(b - a) = (c - b)(c + b)
<=> b2 - a2 = c2 - b2
<=> a2, b2, c2 are in A.P.
_J___ 1___ 1_
Hence if a2, b2, c2 are in A.P., then are in A.P.
b + c c + a' a + b
Note :
w
_J___ 1___ 1_
• If b+c c+a a+b
are in A.P, then a2, b2, c2 are in A.P.
Example 6. \i ab + be + ca * ft and a, b, c are in A.P., Flo
ee
prove that a2 ( b + c), b2 (c + a), c2 (a + b) are also in A.P.
Solution : Given, a, b, c are in A.P.
a (ab + be + ca), b (ab + be + ca), c (ab + be + ca) are in A.P.
Fr
for
ur
=> a2 (b + c) + abc, b2 (c + a) + abc, c2 (a + b) + abc are in A.P.
ks
=> a2(b + c), b\c + a), c2 (a + b) are in A.P.
Yo
oo
Example 7. If a, b. c are in A.P., prove that
eB
, Z?f- + —1 |, c
.M. are in A.P.
r
b c
ou
c a)
ad
Y
Solution : a, b, c are in A.P.
nd
Re
=> are in A.P.
Fi
abc abc abc
111
=> —, —, — are 'AD
in A.P.
be ac ab
ab + be + ca ab + be + ca ab + be + ca
=> are in A.P.
be ac ab
a{b + c) b{a + c) c(a + b)
=> + 1, + 1, + 1 are in A.P.
be ac ab
=>
b c
,di+ilcl+l
c a a b
are in A.P.
Example 8. If a, b, c are in A.P., show that
{[)2{a-b) = a-c = 2(b-c) (ii) (a - c)2 = 4 (b2 - ac)
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.28 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Solution : (i) Given a, b, c are in A.P.
Lei cl be its c.d.
Then, b = a + d, c = a + 2cl
Now, 2(a - b)- 2 (a - a - d) = - 2d
a - c = a - a - 2d = - 2d
2(b - c) = 2 (a + d - a - 2d) - - 2d
Hence 2(a - b) = a - c = 2 (b - c)
(ii) (a - c)2 - (a - a - 2d)2 = 4d2
4(b2 - ac) = 4 [(a + d)2 - a (a + 2d)]
= 4 [a2 + d2 + 2ad -a2 - 2ad] = 4d2
Hence {a - c)2= 4 (b2 - ac).
w
Example 9. If a2 + 2bc, b2 + 2ac, c2 + 2ab are in A.P., show that
1 I
b-c c-a a-b
are in A.P. Flo
ee
Solution : a2 + 2bc, b2 + 2ac. c2 + 2ab are in A.P.
=> (a2 + 2bc) - (ab + be + ca), (b2 + 2ac) - (ab + be + ca),
Fr
for
ur
(c2 + 2ab) - (ab + be + ca) are in A.P.
ks
=> a2 + be - ab - ca. b2 + ca - ab be. c2 + ab - be - ca are in A.P.
Yo
oo
=> (a - b)(a - c), (b - c)(b - a), (c - a)(c - b) are in A.P.
B
re
(a-b)(a-c) (b-c)(b-a) (e-a)(c-b)
=> are in A.P.
(a -b)(b - c)(c - a) (a - b)(b - c)(c - a) (a-b)(b-c)(c-a)
ou
ad
Y
_1____ 1_____I_
are in A.P. =>
nd
Re
b-c c-a a-b b-c c-a a-b
Fi
Example 10. If a2 (b + c), b2 (c + «), c2 (a + b) are in A.P, then prove that a, b, c are
in A.P. or ab + be + ca = 0.
Solution : a2(b + c), b2(c + a), c2(a + b) are in A.P.
=i> h2 (c + a) - a2 (b + c) = c2 (a + b) - b2 (c + a)
=> (b2a - a2b) + (b2c - a2c) = (c2b - b2c) + (c2a - b2a)
=> (b - a)(ab + be + ca) = (c - b) (ab + 6c + ca)
=> (ab + be + ca)[b - a - (c - 6)] = 0
(2b - a - c)(ab + be + ca) = 0
=> 2b = a + c or ab + 6c + ca — 0
Henec a. 6, c are in A.P. or ab + 6c + ca = 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.29
EXERCISE 8.3
Type I
1. Three numbers are in A.P. Their sum is 27 and the sum of their squares is 275. Find
the numbers.
2. The sum of three numbers in A.P. is 12 and the sum of their cubes is 408. Find the
numbers.
3. (i) Divide 15 into three parts which are in A.P. and the sum of their squares is 83.
(ii) Divide 20 into four parts which are in A.P. such that the ratio of the product of
the first and fourth is to the product of the second and third is 2 : 3.
4. (i) Sum of three numbers in A.P is 21 and their product is 231. Find the numbers.
|CBSE 2005|
w
(ii) Sum of three numbers in A.P. is 3 and their product is - 35. Find the numbers.
[CBSE 2005|
lypeU
Flo
ee
5. Fr
-— are in A.P and a + b + c * 0, prove that
b+c c+a a+b
for
ur
1 1
are in A.P
ks
b + c’ c + a a + b
Yo
oo
B
6. If a2, b2, c2 are in A.P, show that — t are in A.P.
b+c c+a a +b
re
7. If a, b, c are in A.P. prove that
ou
ad
Y
(i) —, —, — are in A.P
be ca ab
nd
Re
(ii) (b + cf a2, (c + a)2 - b2, (a + b)2 - c2 are in A.P
Fi
l 1
(iii) are in A.P
b+c-a c+a-b a+b-c
8. If are in A.P, show that
a b c
—? —5 — are in A.P provided a + b + c * Q
a b c
9. If (b - c)2, (c - a)2, (a - b)2 are in A.P, then show that :
J____1____1_ are in A.P
b-c c-a a-b
[Hint : Add ab + be + ca - a2 - b2 - c2 to each term or let a = b - c,
fi = c-a, y = a-b, then a + (3 + y = 0]
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.30 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
10. If a. b, c are in A.P., prove that :
(i) (« - c)2 = 4 (a - b){b - c) (ii) a3 + c3 + 6abc = Sb}
(iii) {a + 2b - c)(2b + c - a)(c + a - b) = 4abc
[Hint : Put b on L.H.S. and R.H.S.]
ANSWERS
1. 5, 9, 13 or 13, 9, 52.1, 4, 7 or 7, 4, 1
3. (i) 3, 5, 7 or 7, 5, 3 (ii)2, 4. 6, 8 or 8, 6, 4, 2
4. (i) 3, 7, 11 or 11, 7, 3(ii)-5, 1, 7 or 7, 1, -5
8.10. SI M OF FIRST « TERMS OF AN A.P.
w
Motivation : Let us consider the following situation. Priyanka collects Rs. 5 on first day, Rs.
10 on second day, Rs. 15 on third day, Rs. 20 on fourth day, Rs. 25 on fifth day and so on. We
want to know her total collection in 100 days. Flo
ee
Total collection of Priyanka in 100days = 5+ 10+ 15+ 20 + 25 + ...to 100 terms
Fr
Now, the natural question arises whether there can be a shortcut formula to know the sum of
numbers when the numbers increase or decrease by a fixed quantity. The answer to this
for
ur
question is yes.
ks
Gauss attempted to find the sum of such numbers. Gauss was given the problem of finding
Yo
oo
the sum of positive numbers from 1 to 100. He at once gave the answer as 5050. He arrived at
this result as given below.
B
re
He wrote S =1+2 + 3... + 99+100 ...0)
ou
He then wrote the numbers in reverse order so that
ad
Y
S =100 + 99 + 98 + ...+2+ 1 ...(ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), he got
nd
Re
2S =(100+ 1) + (2 + 99) + (3 + 98) +... + (99 + 2) + (100 + 1)
Fi
= 101 + 101 + 101 + ...to 100 term = 101 * 100
101x100
He thus got S = 101x50 = 5050
2
We shall use the same technique as used by Gauss to find the sum of/? terms of an A.P.
8.11. FORM ULA FO R SUM TO FIRST n TERMS OF AN A.P.
Let a be the first term, c/the c.d., tn the nth term and SJ; the sum to n terms of an A.P.
Now, S„ =a + (a + d) + (a + 2d) + ... + (tn - 2d) + {t„-d) + tn
Again, S„ = <„ + {tn~d)+ (G - 2c/) + ... + {a + 2d) + {a + d) + a •••(ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), we get
2S„ = (° + O + (fl + O + (a + '„) + - + (a + tn) + (a + tn) + {a + tn)
= {a + tn) + (a + tn) + (o + tn) +... to /? terms
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.31
n (a +
s„ = + •••(iii)
= y [r/ + « + (/?- I )r/]
Thus S„ =-|[2tf + (/?-])</]
Sum to /; terms of an A.P. in terms of first term and last term :
From (iii), Sn = ^ (l st term + last term)
Hence S„ =-j (a + /)
w
where / = last term = /?th term of A.P.
Note:
•
Flo
IfSn denotes the sum to n lerms ofan A.P, thenSll_l will denote the sum ton- 1 terms
ee
ofthe A.P.
An important result: S„ ='l+'2 + - + '„-l + Fr ...(>)
for
ur
-t =/l+/2 + -+/«-i ...(ii)
ks
(i)-(ii) => -1 ln
Yo
oo
Thus /„ = S„ -S„_, ...(iii)
B
re
Note:
ou
ad
• Result (iii) is validfor n = 2, 3, 4, ... But it is validfor n I only when S() - 0.
Y
nd
Re
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Fi
Type I. Problems in which nth term and sum to n terms of a series is given as a
polynomial in //.
WORKING RULE :
1. If sum to n lerms is S„, then /„ (/?th term) = S„ - S„_ h n >2
It is valid for n = 1 only when S(( = 0
2. Now, find /|, t2, >2, t^, putting n = l, 2, 3, ...
3. If/„ is given in terms of/?. th t2, t3, ... can be determined by putting n = I, 2, 3,
Example 1. If the sum of/? terms of a series be 5/?2 + 3/?. find its /?th term. Are the
terms of this series in A.P.?
Solution : Given, S(, = 5if + 3/?
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.32 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
S„ = 5 (/? - 1 )2 + 3 (>? - 1) ...(ii)
[Putting /? - 1 in place of n]
Now, S„ - 0\ + '2 + - + tn - \) + tn= S i +
= S„ - s„ _ >2
= 5n2 + 3/7 - 5(/7 - 1 )2 - 3(/7 — 1)
=5 [/72 - (77 - l)2] + 3 [77-/7 + 1]
- 5 (2/7 - 1) + 3 = I 0/7 - 2, 77 > 2 ...(iii)
/, =S, = 5.12 + 3.1 =8 [Putting /? — 1 ]
From (iii), t2 = 10.2-2 = 18 [Putting // = 2]
/3 = 10.3-2 = 28 [Putting n = 3]
and so on.
Thus, terms of the given series are 8, 18, 28, ... which are in A.P. whose c.d. is 10.
low
Example 2. Find the sum to // terms of an A.P. whose /7th term /„ = 5 + 6/7, /?eN.
Solution : The given sequence is an A.P. with /„ = 5 + 6/?. //eN
.'. The first term, /, ^5 + 6.1 = 11
ee
rF
and the last term, i.e.. the /7th term, /„ = 5 + 6/7
Now, sum to /? terms of an A.P. is given by
Fr
f or
u
s„= f [', + § [11+5 + 6/7]
ks
Yo
oo
= // (8 + 3/7) = 3/72 + 8/7
B
Type II. Problems based on sum to n terms of A.P.
re
ou
ad
WORKING RULE :
Y
1. Sum to n terms of an A.P. is given by,
nd
Re
S„ = ~ [la + (n - 1) t/], where a = first term of A.P. and cl - c.d.
Fi
= [first term + last term]
2. If any three of a, n, cl and S„ are known, then value of fourth can be determined.
3. Now, the A.P. can be written.
Example 3. Find the sum of the series 99 + 95 + 91 + 87 + ... to 20 terms.
Solution : Here a, d and // are given and S„ is to be found.
The terms of given series are in A.P. whose common difference d 4 and first term a
99.
Now, sum of 20 terms of the series
20
S20 = ~ [2.99 + (20 - 1) (- 4)]
= 10(198 - 76)= 1220.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.33
Example 4. Find the sum of/? terms of the series (a + /?)2 + (a1 + b2) + {a - b)2 + ...
Solution : Terms of given series are in A.P. whose first term = (a + b):
and c.d. = a2 + b2 - (a + b)2 = - lab
Now, sum of /? terms of the given series
S„= ^ [2 (a + b)2 + (/? — 1)(- lab)]
= • 1 \a2 + b2 + lab — (/? - 1) ab]
= /? {a2 + b2) + nab (3 - /?)
= - abn2 + n (a2 + b2 + lab).
Example 5. If the sum of the first n terms of a sequence 25, 22. 19, ... is 116, find the
8th term.
w
Solution : The terms of the given sequence are in A.P. whose first term is 25 and the
common difference is - 3.
Now, sum of /? terms of the sequence, Flo
ee
S„=-| [2x25+ (/?-!) (-3)]
Fr
for
ur
116= ^ [50-3 (/?- 1)]
ks
or 232 = 53/7 - In2
Yo
oo
or 3/?2 - 53/? + 232 = 0
B
re
53 ± V532-4.3.232 „ 29
n= •8’T
6
ou
ad
Y
Since n is a positive integer .'. /? = 8
.■. 8th term, = 25 + (8 - 1)(- 3) = 4.
nd
Re
Example 6. Sum of first 14 terms of an A.P. is 1050 and first term is 10. Find its 20th
Fi
term.
Solution : S 14 = 1050, n = 14, a= 10
Now, S14= ^ [la+{n-\)d}
1050 = Y [20 + \ld\
= 140 + 91 d
So, d= 10
Therefore, /20= 10 + 19 x 10= 200.
Example 7. How many terms of the series 54 + 51 + 48 + 45 + ... must be taken to make
513 ? Explain the double answer. |CBSE 2005|
Solution : Let the sum of /? terms of the given series be 513
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.34 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
s„ = Y [2a + (/? - 1) d]
513 = ^ [2.54 + (« - 1)(- 3) = ^ (111- 3/;)]
or 1026= 111// — 3/7“
or 3/7- -111/7 + 1026 = 0
or /72 - 37/7 + 342 = 0
or /72 - 18/7 - 19/7 + 342 = 0
or (//- 18)(/7-19)= 0 /. /7=18,I9
Explanation of double answer :
18th term = 54+ (18- l)(-3) = 3
19th term 54 + (19 - 1) (- 3) = 0
w
The sum of 18 terms and sum of 19 terms will be both 513 since 19th term is zero.
Example 8. How many terms of the A.P. 24, 21, 18, ... must be taken so that their sum
is 78? Explain the double answer. Flo [NCERT]
ee
Solution : a = 24, r/ = 21 - 24 = 3, S = 78
We know that S„= ^ [2a+ (/7- 1)7/]
Fr
for
ur
78 = 1 [48 + (/? - 1)(- 3)]
ks
f [51-3/7]
Yo
oo
B
or 3/72 - 51/7 + 156 = 0
re
or ir - 17// + 52 = 0
ou
or (n - 4)(// - 13) = 0
ad
Y
or // = 4 or 13
Both values of // are admissible.
nd
Re
So, the number of terms is either 4 or 13
Fi
Here, sum of first 4 terms = sum of first 13 terms = 78.
Explanation of double answer :
Two answers are possible because sum of the terms from 5th to 13th will be zero.
This is possible because a > 0 and 7/ < 0 and hence some terms will be positive and
some will be negative.
Example 9. Solve for .v : 1 + 4 + 7 + 10 + ... + x = 590.
Solution : The terms of the given series form an A.P. with a = 1 and 7/ = 3.
Let the number of terms in the series be /?.
S„ = 590
=> ^ [2a + (77 - 1 ).3] = 590
^ [2 + (77- 1 ).3] = 590
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.35
=> n (3/7 - 1)= 1180
=> 3/?2 - - 1180 = 0
59
n = 20,
3
Possible value of n = 20 [y n cannot be negative]
Now, v = /7th term - a + (n - \ )d
= 1 + (20- 1).3 = 58
a- = 58.
Example 10. Find the maximum sum of the A.P. 40, 38, 36, 34, ...
Solution : Let /7th term be the first negative term.
Then, /?th term tn < 0
40 + (/? - 1)(- 2) < 0 or 42 - 2/7 < 0
w
or 2/7 > 42 or /? > 21 Least value of /? = 22
Hence, first 21 terms of the A.P. are non-negative. Sum will be maximum if no negative
term is taken. Flo
ee
21 21
Max. sum S2| = ^ [2.40 + (20) (- 2)] = — . 40 = 420.
Fr
Example 11. Find the sum of all natural numbers less than 100 which are divisible
for
ur
by 6.
ks
Solution : First and last natural numbers less than 100 and divisible by 6 and 6 and 96
Yo
oo
respectively. Thus, the natural numbers divisible by 6 and less than 100 are 6, 12, 18, 24,
B
.... 96.
re
Clearly, these numbers form an A.P.
ou
Here, a = 6, r/ = 6, tn = 96
ad
Y
Now, /„ = 96
=>
nd
a + (n - \) d= 96
Re
=> 6 + (/? - 1) 6 = 96
Fi
=> 6/7 = 96 n = 16
Now', required sum Sj6
16
= — [2 x 6 +(16- 1)6] [From formula, S(| = \2a + (/? - 1 )d]\
= 8 * 102 = 816.
Example 12. Find the sum of all even numbers between 101 and 999.
Solution : First even number between 101 and 999 is 102 and the last even number is
998 and difference between two consecutive even numbers is 2.
Hence a = 102, d = 2, tn = 998
tn = a + {n - \ )d
998 = 102 + (/? - 1) 2 or 2 (/? - 1) = 896
or /7 - 1 = 448 .'. n = 449.
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.36 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Now. sum of all even numbers between 101 and 999.
= (first term + last term)
449 449
= — (102 + 998) =—-1100 = 246950.
Example 13. Find the sum of the integers between I and 200 which are :
(i) Multiples of 3 (ii) Multiples of 7
(iii) Multiples of 3 and 7 (iv) Multiples of 3 or 7
(v) Find the sum of all integers from 1 to 200 which are not multiples of 3 or 7.
Solution : (i) First and last integers between 1 and 200 which are divisible by 3 are 3
and 198 respectively.
Here a = 3, d= 3, /„ = 198
w
/„ =« + (/?- I) d
Flo
198 = 3 + (n - 1)3 or n = 66
Now, sum of all integers between I and 200 which are divisible by 3
ee
^ (lirst term + last term] ~ Fr
[3 + 198] = 6633
for
ur
(ii) Here a = 7, tn = 196, c/= 7
ks
Now, 196= 7+ («- 1 ).7 or n = 28
Yo
oo
.'. Sum of all integers between I and 200 which are multiples of 7
B
28
re
= y [7+ 196] =2842
ou
ad
(iii) Integers which are divisible by both 3 and 7 must be divisible by the L.C.M. of 3
Y
and 7 i.e., by 21. Now, lirst number between 1 and 200 divisible by 21 is 21 and the last
number is 189.
nd
Re
Here a = 2\, d = 2\, tn = 189
Fi
189= 21 + (//- 1)21 or/? = 9
Now, sum of all integers between 1 and 200 divisible by 3 and 7 both
= | [21 + 189] = 210 = 945
•- —
(iv) Sum of integers between 1 and 200 which are divisible by 3 and not by 7
= sum of integers which are divisible by 3
- sum of integers which are divisible by 3 and 7 both
= 6633 945 = 5688 [From (i) and (iii)]
Now, sum of integers between 1 and 200 which are multiples of 3 or 7
= sum of integers which are divisible by 3 and not by 7
+ sum of integers which are divisible by 7 and not by 3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.37
+ sum of integers which are divisible by 3 and 7 both
= (6633 - 945) + (2842 - 945) + 945
= 6633 + 2842 - 945 = 8530
(v) Sum of integers from I to 200 which are not divisible by 3 or 7
= sum of all integers from I to 200
- sum of integers from 1 to 200 which are divisible by 3 or 7
200
= — (1 + 200)- 8530
= 100 X 201 8530 = 20100 - 8530 = 11570.
Type III. Problems based on relation in sum of n terms of an A.P. for two values of/?
or sum to /? terms of two A.P.’s.
low
WORKING RULE :
1. Use the formula S„ | [2a + (n - 1) d]
ee
rF
or S„= f («+0 Fr
^ [1st term + last term]
for
2. If two values of any one of a, n, d and S„ are known and the corresponding two
u
values of any other are known, then the value of other two can be determined.
ks
Yo
oo
Example 14. If the sum of first 10 terms of an A.P. is 140 and the sum of first 16 terms
B
is 320, find the sum of n terms.
re
Solution : Here S|() = 140. S|6 = 320. To find S„.
ou
ad
10
Now, 140 = S io _ y [la + (10 - \)d\
Y
nd
Re
oi- 140 = 5 (2a + 9cl) or 2a f 9c/ - 28 -(i)
Fi
lO
and 320=S16= ~ [2c?+ (16- l)c/]
or 2c/+ 15c/=40 -(ii)
(ii) - (i) ^ 6c/= 12 c/ = 2
From (i). 2c/= 28- 9.2 = 10 «=5
Now, S„ = — [2 x 5 + (/? - 1 )2] = n2 + 4//
Example 15. If there are (2/7 + 1) terms in an A.P, then prove that the ratio of the sum
of odd terms and the sum of even terms is (/7 + 1) : n.
Solution : Let the A.P. be a, a + c/, c/ + 2d, a + 3c/, a + 4c/, a + 5c/, ..., a + 2nd
Since total number of terms is (2// + 1), which is odd, therefore, number of odd terms
will be (// + 1) and number of even terms will be n.
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.38 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Sum of its odd terms = a + (a + 2d) + (a + 4d) + ... to (n + 1) terms
= [2a + (« + 1 — 1) 2d] = (/? + 1 )(a + nd)
Sum of even terms = (a + d) + (a + 3d) + (a + 5d) + ... to n terms
= ^ [2(a + d) + (/? - 1) 2d] = n (a + nd) -(ii)
Sum of odd terms //+!
[From (i) and (ii)]
Sum of even terms n
Example 16. The sum of the first p terms of an A.P. is equal to the sum of its first q
terms, prove that the sum of its (/? + q) terms is zero.
Solution : Let the first term and common difference of A.P. be a and d respectively.
Now, given S/; = S(/
w
■■■ 7 O' + 0? - 1) r/J = y [2a + {q - I) d] Flo
ee
or lap + p (p - 1) d= 2aq + q (q - 1) d
or 2a (/? - q) + d (jr - p - q2 + q) = 0 Fr
for
ur
or 2a (p - q) + d {{p2 - q2) - (p - q)) = 0
or {p - q) [2q + (j> + q - 1) d] = 0
ks
Yo
or 2a + d (p + q - I) = 0 [v P * q]
oo
B
p+q
Now, S [2a + (p + q- 1)^ = 0 [From (i)]
re
p - <i
ou
Example 17. Prove that the sum of latter half of 2;? terms of a series in A.P. is equal to
ad
one third of the sum of the first 2n terms.
Y
Solution : Sum of latter half of 2/? terms of A.P. = S2;; S;;
nd
Re
Fi
Y {2a + (2/? - \)d} - ^ {2« + (n - \)d).
where a is the first term and d the common difference of A.P.
— [4a + 2 (2/7 - I) d - 2a - (n - 1 )d]
~ [2a + (4/? - 2 - /? + I )d\ ~ 7 [2a + (3/7 - 1 )d]
I 3//
3 ' 7 [2a + (3/7 - 1 )d]
— (sum of the first 3/7 terms)
3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.39
Example 18. The ratio of the sums of p and q terms of an A.P. is p2 : q2. Show that the
ratio of its /7th and c/th terms is 2/; - 1 : 2g - 1.
Solution : Let a be the first term and d be the common difference of the given A.P.
S/( P2
Given, —
S, f/2
?-[2a + {p-\)d]
2________________ P~
=>
f/2
|[2a + (9-l)rf]
2« + (/?-1 )c/ _ /?
-(i)
2a + {q-\)d q
b a + (p-\ )d
Now,
w
a 4- (<:/ - 1) c/
2a + {2p-2)d
Flo
2a + (2q-2)d
ee
2a + [(2p-\)-\]d
2a + [(2q-\)-\]d Fr ...(ii)
for
Putting 2/7 - 1 in place of /? and 2q - 1 in place of q in (i), we get
ur
2a + [(2p-\)-\}d 2/7-1
ks
—(iii)
Yo
2c/ + [(2c/-l)-l]c/ 2q -1
oo
From (ii) and (iii), we have
B
b 2/7-1
re
b 2q ~ 1
ou
ad
Example 19. Let the sum of first /?, 2/7, 3/? terms of an A.P. be S1, S2 and S3 respectively,
Y
show that S3 = 3 (S2 - S,).
nd
Re
Solution : The sum to n terms of an A.P. = |[2a + («-])rf|.
Fi
where a = first term and d = common difference
Now, S, = sum of/? terms = Y [2a + (/; - 1 )d] -(i)
277
S-, = sum of 2/7 terms = —[2a + (2// - 1 )d\ ...(ii)
S3 = sum of 3/7 terms = y[2a + (3»- 1M ...(iii)
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get
2/7
S2-SI= —[2a + {2n-\)d] ^ [2c/ + (77 - 1 )d\
?
= - [2cj + (3/7 - 1 )d\
3 (S2 - S,)= [2c/ + (3/7 - \)d\ = S3 [From (iii)]
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.40 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Example 20. If S,, S7, S3 be the sum of n terms of 3 arithmetic series, the first term of
each being 1 and the respective common differences are 1, 2, 3, then prove that
S, + S3 = 2S2 .
Solution : The sum of n terms of an A.P. is given by
s„ = f [2« + (« - 1 )d\.
where a = first term and d - common difference.
Here, for all the three A.P.'s, a = 1
Now S,i = sum of n terms of A.P. with c.d. 1 = y [2.1 + (>? - 1)1]
= f [«+ 1]
w
52 = sum of n terms of A.P. with c.d. 2 = [2.1 + (» - 1 )2]
Flo = 7 [2/t] = rr ...(ii)
ee
Fr
53 = sum of n terms of A.P. with c.d. 3 = ^ [2.1 + (« - 1)3]
for
ur
= f [3«-l] ...(iu)
ks
Adding (i) and (iii), we get
Yo
oo
B
Si + s3= 7 [(" + 1) + (3/7 - 1)] = 7 An = 2n~ = 2S, [From (ii)]
re
5,4-53 = 2S2 .
ou
ad
Example 21. The ratio of the sum of n terms of two A.P.'s is (3/7 4- 1) : (An 4- 3). Find
Y
the ratio of their //7th terms.
d
Re
Solution : Let ax, a-, be the lirst terms and d{, d-, be the common differences of the two
n
given A.P.'s. The sum of /? terms of the two A.P.’s is given by
Fi
S„ = 7 [2a, + (/?- 1) c/,]
and S„' = 7 [2a, + (n- \ )d2]
S„ 2r/| +(n-\)d\
s; 2a2 4- (/? -1) d2
S„ 3/7 + 1
Given
S,/ 4/7 + 3
2a\ + (/7 — 1 )d\ 3/7+1
2a2 +(//-! )d2 4/? + 3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.41
tm ci\ + ( m - l) d] 2a\ +(2in - 2)d]
Now,
a2 + (w -1) ^2 2a2 + (2/7? — 2)d2
2a\ + [( 2/77 - 1) - 1 ] di
-(ii)
2a2 +[(2/77- 1)-1 ]d2
Substituting n = 2/77-1 in (i), we get
2a\ +2(ni -\)d\ 3(2/77 - 1)+ 1 6/77 -2
...(hi)
2a2 + 2(/77 — \)d2 “4(2/77- l)+3 " 8/77-1
From (ii) and (iii), we have
tm 6m -2
tm 8/77-1
w
The ratio of the /??th terms of the two given A.P.’s is (6/77 - 2) : (8/77 - 1).
Flo
Type IV. Problems based on word problems related to sum to n terms of A.P.
ee
WORKING RULE :
1. Read the question carefully and find a and d of A.P.
Fr
for
ur
2. Now, use the formulae tn = a + {n - \) d
ks
Yo
and S„ = ^ [2a + (77 - 1) it]
oo
B
whichever is required.
re
ou
Example 22. The interior angles of a polygon are in A.P. The smallest angle is 120° and
ad
the common difference is 5°. Find the number of sides of the polygon.
Y
Solution : Let n be the number of sides of the polygon.
nd
Re
From geometry, sum of interior angles of a polygon of n sides
Fi
= (2/7 - 4) x 90° ...(i)
Given, a = 120° , d = 5°, /? = n
Sum of interior angles of the polygon
= ^ [2.120 + (/? - 1)5] (in degree) ...(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we get
~ [240 + 5/7 - 5] = (2/7 - 4) x 90
or n (235 + 5/?)= 180 (2/7-4) or 5/?2 + 235/7 = 360/7 - 720
or 5/t2 - 125/7 + 720 = 0 or /?2 - 25/7 + 144 = 0
or /?2 - 9/7 - 16/7+ 144 = 0 or (77 - 9)(/7 - 16) = 0
/7 = 9, 16
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.42 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
Bui if n = 16, last (greatest) angle of the polygon
= 120+ (16- 1).5= 195°
But no interior angle of the polygon can be greater than or equal to 180°.
/? + 16, Hence n = 9.
Hence number of sides of the polygon = 9.
Example 23. If a clock strikes one at one O'clock, two at two O’s clock and so on, but
does not strike at half hours, how many times will the bell be struck in the course of
(i) 12 hours, (ii) 24 hours.
Solution : (i) Total number of times the bell will be struck in first 12 hours
= 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + 12
12
y [2.1 + (12 - l).l] [Here a = \, d= \, n = \2]
w
= 78
Flo
(ii) Total number of times the bell will be struck in 24 hours
= 2x78= 156
ee
Fr
Example 24. A man arranges to pay off a debt of Rs. 3600 by 40 annual instalments
which are in A.P. When 30 of the instalments are paid, he dies leaving one third of the
for
ur
debt unpaid. Find the value of the 8th instalment.
Solution : Let the first instalment be a and common difference of A.R be d.
ks
Yo
oo
40
Given, 3600 = sum of 40 terms = Y [2cr + (40 - \ )d]
B
re
or 3600 = 20 [la + 7)9d\ or 180 = 2tf + 39tf ...(>)
ou
ad
After 30 instalments one third of the debt is unpaid
Y
3600
Hence ^— = 1200 rupees is unpaid and 2400 rupees is paid
nd
Re
Fi
30
Now, 2400 = y [2« + (30 -])</] or 160 = 2a + 29d •••(ii)
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get 20 = 10t7 .-. d=2
From (i), 180 = 2a + 39.2 or 2a = 180 - 78 = 102 .\ a = 51
Now, value of the 8th instalment
= a + (8 — \) d = 5\ + 7.2 = Rs. 65.
Example 25. In a school, students thought of planting trees in and around the school
to reduce noise pollution and air pollution. It was decided that the number of trees that
each section of each class will plant will be the same as the class in which they are
studying e.g., a section of class I will plant 1 tree, a section of class II will plant 2 trees,
a section of class XII will plant 12 trees and so on. There are three sections of each
class. How many trees will be planted by the students ? |NCERT|
Solution : Number of trees planted by one section of class 1 = 1.
Number of trees planted by one section of class II = 2.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.43
Number of trees planted by one section of class 111 = 3 and so on
Since each class has three sections and classes are 1 to XII,
therefore, total numbers of trees planted
= 3 (1 +2 + 3 + ... + 12)
= 3 12(1 + 12) [v = — (£/+/)= -^ (1st term + last term)]
2
= 18 * 13 = 234.
Example 26. 200 logs are stacked in the following manner : 20 logs in the bottom row,
19 in the next row, 18 in the row next to it and so on (see tig.). In how many rows the
200 logs are placed and how many logs are in the top row ? |NCERT|
low
ee
rF
Solution : According to question,
Fr
for
Number of logs in the bottom row = 20
u
ks
Number of logs in 2nd row from bottom row = 19
Yo
oo
Number of logs in the 3rd row from bottom = 18 and so on
eB
Now, number of logs in the successive rows from bottom are 20, 19, 18. ...
Clearly, this sequence of numbers form an A.P.
r
ou
ad
For this A.P., a = 20 and d = 19 - 20 = - 1
Y
Let the top row be /7th row.
nd
Re
Then, number of logs in the top row = tn. We have to find tn.
Fi
According to question,
S() (total number of logs) = 200
~ [2a + (/? - 1)</] = 200
=> ■j [2 x 20 +(/7- 1)(-!)] = 200
=> | [40 - /7 + 1] = 200
=> [41 - n] = 200
41/7 - /72 = 400
=> /7~ — 41 /? + 400 = 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.44 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
=> n2 - 16/7 - 25/7 + 400 = 0
=> /7(/7- 16)-25 (//- 16)= 0
=> (// - 16)(/7 - 25)= 0 => /7 = 16, 25
When n = 16, tn = a + (/? - 1) d
= 20 + (16 - 1)(— I) = 20 - 15 = 5
When n = 25, ln = a + (/? - 1 )t/ = 20 + (25 - 1 )(-l)
= 20 24 = - 4 (not possible)
Hence number of rows is 16 and number of logs in the top row = 5.
Example 27. A spiral is made up of successive semicircles, with centres alternately at A
and B, starting with centre at A, of radii 0.5 cm, 1.0 cm, 1.5 cm, 2.0 cm, ... as shown in
the figure. What is the total length of such a spiral made up of thirteen consecutive
22 |NCERT|
semicircles ? [Take n = — ]
w
7
Flo
ee
Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
Solution : Let /,, /,, /3, /4, ... /,3 be the length of semicircles with centres at A, B, A, B,
B
... respectively.
re
Now, /, = length of first semicircle having centre at A = = n (0.5) = 0.5tt cm
ou
/•> = length of second semicircle having centre at B = 7r/\ = tt (1.00) = 7t cm
ad
Y
/3 = length of third semicircle having centre at A = ro3 = rt (1.5) = I.Stt cm
nd
Similarly, /4 = tc/4 = Jt.2 = 27t cm and so on.
Re
Thus, length of successive semicircles are 0.5tt, k, 1.5rt, 2k, ...,
Fi
Clearly, these numbers form an A.P. having first term a = 0.5tc and common difference d
= K - 0.571 = 0.571
Now, total length of spiral made up of thirteen consecutive semicircles
= /, + A, + /3 + /4 + ... to 13 terms
= O.Sti + t: + I.Sti + 27t + ... to 13 terms
13
y [2(0.5)71+ (13 - 1) 0.57t] [v S„= | [2a + (« - \)d\\
13 91
— Ti: (I + 6) = — 7T
2 2
91 22 22
2 7 7
= 13 x 11 - 143 cm.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.45
Example 28. In a potato race a bucket is placed at the starting point, which is 5 m from
the first potato, and the other potatoes are placed 3m apart in a straight line. There are
10 potatoes in the line. Each competitor starts from the bucket, picks up the nearest
potato, runs back with it, drops it in the bucket, runs back to pick up the next potato,
runs to the bucket to drop it in. He continues in the same way until all the potatoes are
in the bucket. What is the total distance that the competitor has to run ?
|NCERT|
c__o-----o_c_o
5m 3m 3m
Solution :The competitor starts from the bucket and has to end at the bucket.
Now, distance covered to bring first potato to the bucket = 5m + 5m = 10m
Distance covered to bring 2nd potato to the bucket = 8m + 8m = 16m
low
Distance covered to bring 3rd potato to the bucket = 11m + 11m = 22m
Distance covered to bring 4th potato to the bucket = 14m + 14m = 28m
ee
Total distance covered to bring all the 10 potatoes to the bucket
rF
= 10 + 16 + 22 + 28 + ... to 10 terms
Fr
for
10 [v S,;= | [2a + (n - 1 )d]\
= y [2 x 10+ (10- 1)6]
ou
ks
= 5 * 74 = 370 metres
oo
Example 29. The sum of the third and seventh terms of an A.P. is 6 and their product
Y
B
is 8. Find the sum of first sixteen terms of the A.P. INCERT)
re
Solution : Let a be the first term and d the common difference of A.P.
ou
ad
Given, /3 + /7=6
Y
=> (a + 2d) + (a + 6c/) = 6
nd
Re
=> 2c7+ 8c/=6
Fi
=> c? + 4c/= 3 ...(i)
Again, tyh = 8
=> (a + 2d)(a + 6c/) = 8
=> (3-4c/+2c/)(3 - 4c/+6c/) =8 [Putting the value of c/ from (i)]
=> (3 - 2c/)(3 + 2c/) = 8
=> 32 _ 4c/2 - 8
=> 4c/2 = 9 - 8 = 1
=> C/2=1 => c/ = ± 1
4 2
When c/ = y from (i), c? = 3 - 4c/ = 3- 4^j = 1
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.46 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
When d = ^, from (i), a = 3 - 4d = 3-4 1 =5
2
In first case S|6 (sum of 16 terms)
— [2a + (16- \)d]= 8 2xl + 15|jj
= 4 (19) = 76.
16
In second case S|6 = — [2a + (16 - l)r/]
= 8 2x5+15 --->1 =8 10 15
low
2
= 8 (10 -7.5)
= 8 (2.5) = 20. Hence S16 = 20, 76
ee
rF
Fr
Example 30. A manufacture of TV sets produced 600 units in the third year and 700
units in the seventh year. Assuming that the production increases uniformly by a fixed
for
number every year, find
u
(i) The production in the 1st year,
ks
Yo
(ii) The production in the 10th year,
oo
(iii) The total production in first 7 years. [NCERT]
B
re
Solution : Since the production increases uniformly by a fixed number every year, the
sequence formed by number of TV sets produced in successive years is an A.P.
ou
ad
Here ty - 600 and /7 = 700
Y
So a + 2d = 600 -(i)
nd
Re
a + 6d= 700 •••(ii)
Fi
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get 4d = 100 or d = 25
Putting the value of d in (i), we have a = 550
Thus, production in the first year = 550 TV sets
Now, aU) = a + 9c/
= 550 + 9 x 25 = 775
Hence production in the 10th year = 775 TV sets
Also 1
^-[2 x 550 +(7 - 1) x 25]
S7
= ^ [1100 + 150] = 4375
Thus, the total production in 7 years = 4375 TV sets.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.47
KXERCISE 8.4
Type I
5n2 j. Find its 20th term. (CBSE 2006)
I. The sum ot'/7 terms of an A.P. is +
9
2. The sum of first n terms of an A.P. is given by S); = 3/?2 + 2n. Determine the A.P.
and its 15th term. |CBSE 2005|
3. (i) The sum of the first n terms of an A.P. is given by S(; = {hr + 5/7), find the
/7th term of the A.P. [CBSE 2004|
(ii) The sum of/? terms of an A.P. is 3/72 + 5/?. Find the A.P. Hence, find its 16th
term. [CBSE 2008|
4. If the sum of the first // terms of an A.P. is given by S(? = (3/?2 - /?), find its
(i) first term (ii) common difference (iii) /7th term.
w
5. If the sum to first /? terms of an A.P. is 3/72 +hl\ fmd its 25th term.
Flo 2 2 )
ee
[CBSE 2006|
Fr
6. If the nth term of an A.P. is (2/? + I), find the sum of first // terms of the A.P.
[CBSE 2006|
for
ur
7. (i) If the /?th term of an A.P. is 9 - 5/;. find the sum to first 15 terms.
ks
(ii) Find the sum of first 25 terms of an A.P. whose nth term is I 4/7.
Yo
oo
[CBSE 2007[
B
8. If the sum to n terms of a sequence be ir + 2/7, then prove that the sequence is an
re
A.P.
ou
ad
9. Find the sum to first /? terms of an A.P. whose kth term is 5k + 1.
Y
10. If the sum of n terms of an A.P. is 3/?2 + 5/? and its //?th term is 164, find the value
of in.
nd
Re
I Hint : - S„; - S,„ 3//r + 5/77 - 3 (in - 1 )2 - 5 (m 1)
Fi
- i
= 3 (2/77 - 1) + 5 = 6/77 + 21
11. If the sum of n terms of an A.P. is pn + cjn2, where p and q are constants, find the
common difference.
1
12. If the sum of// terms of an A.P. is //P + —//(/?-! )Q , where P and Q are constants,
find the common difference of the A.P.
Type II
13. Find the sum : 25 + 28 + 31 + ... + 100 [CBSE 2006)
14. Which term of the A.P. 4. 9, 14, ... is 89 ?
Also, find the sum 4 + 9 + 14 + ... + 89. [CBSE 2005|
15. Solve for .v
(i) 1 + 6 + 11 + 16 + ... +x = 148
(ii) 25 + 22 + 19 + 16 + ... +x 115
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.48 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
16. Find the number of terms of the A.P. 64, 60, 56, ... so that their sum is 544. Explain
the double answer. |CBSE 2005|
17. How many terms of the A.P. 3, 5, 7, 9, ... must be added to get the sum 120 ?
|CBSE 2004|
18. Find the number of terms of the A.P. 63, 60, 57, ... so that their sum is 693. Explain
the double answer. |CBSE 2005]
19. Flow many terms of the series 15 + 12 + 9 + ... must be taken to make 15 ? Explain
the double answer.
20. (i) Find the sum of ail the odd numbers lying between 100 and 200.
(ii) Find the sum of all odd integers from 1 to 2001.
21. Determine sum of first 35 terms of an A.P., if second term is 2 and the seventh term
is 22.
22. If the sum of the first p terms of an A.P. is q and the sum of first q terms is p, then
low
find the sum of first (/> + q) terms.
23. How many terms of the A.P. -6,-—,-5 ... are needed to get the sum 25 ?
ee
rF
24.
Fr
(i) Find the sum of the numbers lying between 107 and 253 that are multiples of
5.
for
(ii) Find the sum of all natural numbers lying between 100 and 1000 which are
u
multiples of 5.
ks
Yo
25. Find the sum of all the two digit odd positive integers. |CBSE 2005|
oo
26. Find the sum of all multiplies of 9 lying between 300 and 700. |CBSE 2005]
B
re
27. Find the sum of all the three digit natural numbers which are multiples of 7.
ou
(CBSE 2006|
ad
Y
28. Find the sum of all natural numbers lying between 100 and 500. which are divisible
by 8. [CBSE 2006|
nd
Re
29. Find the sum of all the 3 digit natural numbers which are divisible by 13.
Fi
[CBSE 2006|
Type HI
30. The 5th and 15th terms of an A.P. are 13 and 17 respectively. Find the sum of
first 21 terms of the A.P. [CBSE 2008|
31. Find the sum of first 21 terms of the A.P. whose 2nd term is 8 and 4th term is 14.
[CBSE 2005|
32. Find the sum of 51 terms of the A.P. whose second term is 2 and the 4th term is 8.
[CBSE 2005|
33. Find the sum of the first 25 terms of the A.P. whose 2nd term is 9 and 4th term is
21. [CBSE 2005|
34. (i) If the sum of 8 terms of an A.P. is 64 and the sum of 19 terms is 361, find the
sum of n terms.
(ii) The first and the last terms of an A.P. are 17 and 350 respect ively. If the common
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.49
difference is 9. how many terms are there in the A.P. and what is their sum ?
|CBSE 2008|
35. \\' a, b, c be the 1st. 3rd and /7th terms respectively of an A.P., there prove that the
. c+a c2 -a2
sum to n terms is
2 b-a
1 1
36. If the wth term of an A.P. is — and the /7th term is —, then prove that the sum
n 777
inn +1
to///// terms is —^—, where in ^ n.
37. If the 12th term of an A.P. is - 13 and the sum of the first four terms is 24, what is
the sum of first 10 terms ?
38. If the number of terms of an A.P. be 2/7 + 3, then find the ratio of sum of the odd
terms to the sum of even terms.
w
39. If the sum of first in terms of an A.P. is the same as the sum of its first n terms,
show that the sum of its first (m + //) terms is zero.
Flo
40. In an A.P. the first term is 2 and the sum of the first five terms is one fourth of the
next five terms. Show that its 20th term is - 112.
ee
Fr
41. If d be the common difference of an A.P. and S/; be the sum of its n terms, then
prove that d = S„ - 2S H-l + s„ - 2-
for
ur
42. The sum of first 7 terms of an A.P. is 10 and that of the next 7 terms is 17. Find the
progression.
ks
Yo
43. If the //th term of an A.P. is .v and c/th term is v, show that the sum of (p + q) terms
oo
B
. p+q x~y
re
IS .V+y +
2 p-q
ou
ad
44. (i) The sum of n terms of two series in A.P. are in the ratio (3/? + 8) : (7/7 + 15).
Y
Find the ratio of their 12th terms.
nd
Re
(ii) The sum of/? terms of two A. P.'s are in the ratio (5// + 4) r (9/? + 6), find the
Fi
ratio of their 18lh terms.
45. In an A.P. S;J denotes the sum to first /? terms, if Sn = irp and S/M = nrp (in * //),
prove that = /r\
Type IV
46. The income of a person is Rs. 300000 in the first year and he receives an increase
of Rs. 10000 to his income per year for the next 19 years. Find the total amount he
received in 20 years.
47. A man starts repaying a loan as first instalment of Rs. 100. If he increases the
instalments by Rs. 5 every month, what amount he will pay in 30 instalments?
48. The interior angles of a polygon are in A.P. the smallest angle is 75° and the
common difference is 10°. Find the number of sides of the polygon.
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.50 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
ANSWERS
:
1. 99 2. 5,11, 17,23...../I5 = 89 3. (i)4/7 + 3(ii)8. 14,20,...,/16 = 98
4. (i)a = 2 (u)d-() (iii) 6/7-45. 76 6./72 f 2/? 7.(i)-465 (ii)- 1275
77(5/7 + 7)
9. 10. 27 11. 2q 12. Q 13. 1625 1 4.18th term; 837
2
15. (i) 36 (ii)-2 16. 16. 17 ;/|7 = 0 17.10 18./? = 21,22 ;/22 = 0
19. 1,10; double answers are there because sum of 9 terms beginning with second term
is zero.
20. (i) 7500 (ii) 1002001 21. 2310 22. -(]>+q) 23. 5.20
24. (i)5220 (ii) 9845025. 2475 26.21978 27. 7033628. 15000
29. 37674 30. - 105 31.735 32. 3774 33. 1875
low
77 + 2
34. (i)/72 (ii)/7 = 38, S38 = 6973 37. 0 38.
77+1
I 2 3
42. 1,1—; 1—,1—,... 44. (i)7: 16 (ii) 179:321
ee
46. Rs. 7900000
7 7 7
rF
47. Rs. 5175 48. 4 Fr
for
u
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
ks
Yo
oo
B
Very Short Answer Type Questions :
re
1. The first term of an AP is p and its common difference is cp Find its 10th term.
ou
ad
| Foreign 20081
Y
2. The //th term of an AP is 7 5/7. Find its common difference. |Delhi 2008|
nd
Re
3. Which term of the AP21, 18, 15 is zero? (Delhi 2008C]
Fi
4. Find the next term of AP -Jl, V8, Vl8...? (Delhi 2008C|
5. Which term of the AP 14. 11.8 is- 1? |AI 2008C|
6. For what value of//, are 2p 1.7 and 3// three consecutive terms of an AP?
(Delhi 2009|
7. For what value of//, are 2// + 1. 13, 5/z 3 three conseculvie terms of an AP ?
(Delhi 2009|
8. If the sum of first p terms of an AP is up2 + bp. find its common difference.
(Delhi 2010|
9. For what value of A-, are the numbers .v. 2.v + k and 3.v + 6 three consecutive terms of an
AP? (Foreign 2009|
10. Which term of AP3.15,27, 39. will be 120 more than its 21 st term ? | AI2009|
11. If S„, the sum of first n terms ofan AP is given by S„= 5/72+ 3/7, then find its /7th term.
(Delhi 2009]
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.51
12. The 17th terms of an AP exceeds its I Oth terms by 7. Find the common difference.
(Foreign 2009|
13. If the sum of the first q terms of an AP is 2q + 3q2, what is its common difference ?
|A12010|
14. If the sum of first m terms of an AP is 2/»2+ 3m, then what is its second term ?
(Foreign 20I0|
15. In an AP. the first term is-4, the last term is 29 and the sum of all its terms is 150. Find
its common difference. (Foreign 2010|
16. Find the common difference of an AP whose first term is 4, the last term is 49 and the
sum of all its terms is 265. |AI 2010|
17. In an AP, the first term is 2, the last term is 29 and sum of the terms is 155. Find the
common difference of the AP. (Delhi 2010|
w
Short Answ er Type Questions :
1.
Flo
If 5th term of an AP is zero prove that its 23rd term is three times its 11 th term.
(Foreign 2009)
ee
2. The sum if first six terms an AP is 42. The ratio of its 1 Oth term to its 30th term is 1 : 3.
Calculate the first and thirteenth term oftheAP. Fr (Delhi 2009|
for
ur
3. The sum of4th and 8th term of an AP is 24 and sum of 6th and 1 Oth term is 44. Find AP.
(Delhi 2009|
ks
Yo
4. If 9th term of an AP is zero prove that its 29th term is double of its 19th term.
oo
(Foreign 2009(
eB
5. The sum of 5th and 9th terms of an AP is 72 and the sum of 7th and 12th terms is 97.
Find the AP. (Delhi 2009|
r
ou
ad
6. If the 7th term ofan AP is zero, prove that 27th term is five times its 11th term.
Y
(Foreign 2009|
nd
Re
7. In an AP the sum of first ten terms is -80 and the sum of its next ten terms is -280. Find
Fi
theAP. |AI 2010|
8. In an AP, the sum of first ten terms is-150 and the sum of its next ten terms is-550.
Find the AP. (Delhi 2010|
9. The sum of the first sixteen terms of an AP is 112 and the sum of its next fourteen terms
is 518. Find theAP. (Foreign 2010(
QUESTIONS FOR PRACTICE
Very Short Answer Type Questions (1 Mark):
1. Find a, b, and c such that the following numbers arc in AP : a, 7, b, 23, c.
2. Find the sum of the two middle most terms oftheAP:
i -I.-*3’ , 4—
3 3
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.52 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
3. Find the 2011' term of the AP whose 711’ term is 24 less than the 111,1 term, first term being
12.
4. How many numbers lie between 10 and 300. which when divided by 4 leave a remainder
3?
5. Determine k so that k2 + Ak + 8, 2k2 + 3/r + 6, 3A'2 + 4A + 4 are three consecutive terms
of an AP.
6. Justify whether it is true to say that-1, form an AP as a2 - «, = a3 - ch.
7. The taxi fare after each km. when the fare is Rs. 15 for the first km and Rs. 8 for each
additional km, does not form an AP as the total fare (in Rs) after each km is 15, 8, 8, 8,
... . Is the statement true ? Give reasons.
8. Two APs have the same common difference. The first term of one AP is 2 and that of
the other is 7. The ditTerence between their 10,h terms is the same as the difference
w
between their 21s1 terms, which is the same as the difference between any two
corresponding terms. Why?
Flo
9. In which of the following situations do the lists of numbers involved form an AP ?
ee
Give reasons for your answers.
Fr
(i) The fee charged from a student every month by a school for the whole session,
when the monthly fee is Rs. 400.
for
ur
(ii) The fee charged every month by a school from Classes I to XII. when the
ks
monthly fee for Class I is Rs. 250, and it increases by Rs. 50 for the next higher
Yo
class.
oo
B
(iii) The amount of money in the account ofVarun at the end of every year when Rs.
re
1000 is deposited at simple interest of 10% per annum.
ou
(iv) The number of bacteria in a certain food item after each second, when they
ad
double in every second.
Y
nd
Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks):
Re
Fi
1. If S„ denotes the sum of first n terms of an AP. prove that S12 = 3(Sg- S4).
2. How many terms of the AP:- 15.-13.-11 are needed to make the sum - 55 ? Explain
the reason for double answer.
a-b 3a-2b 5a-3b
3. Find the sum: + + ... to 11 terms.
a+ b a + b a+b
4. Kanika was given her pocket money on Jan 1st, 2008. She puts Re 1 on Day 1. Rs. 2 on
Day 2, Rs. 3 on Day 3. and continued doing so till the end of the month, from this
money into her piggy bank. She also spent Rs. 204 of her pocket money, and found
that at the end of the month she still had Rs. 100 with her. How much was her pocket
money for the month ?
Long Answer Type Questions (4 Marks):
1. The eighth term of an AP is half its second term and the eleventh term exceeds one
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.53
third of its fourth term by l. Find the I5lh term.
2. Show that the sum of an AP whose first term is <v, the second term b and the last term
{a + c) (b + c-2a)
c, is equal to
2(b-a)
3. The ratio of the 11lh term to the 18lh term of an AP is 2 : 3. Find the ratio of the 5th term
to the 21 stterm, and also the ratio of the sum of the first five terms to the sum of the first
21 terms.
4. The sum of the first five terms of an AP and the sum of the first seven terms of the
same AP is 167. If the sum of the first ten terms of this AP is 235, find the sum of its first
twenty terms.
5. Find the sum of the integers between 100 and 200 that are
(i) divisible by 9 (ii) not divisible by 9
w
[Hint: (ii) These numbers will be : Total numbers-Total numbers divisible by 9]
Flo
6. The students of a school, decided to beautify the school on the Annual Day by fixing
colourful flags on the straight passage of the school. They have 27 flags to be fixed at
ee
intervals of every 2m. The flags are stored at the position of the middle most flag.
Fr
Ruchi was given the responsibility of placing the flags. Radii kept her books where
the flags were stored. She could carry only one flag at a time. Mow much distance did
for
ur
she cover in completing this job and returning back to collect her books ? What is the
maximum distance she travelled carrying a flag ?
ks
Yo
oo
OBJECTIV E QUESTIONS
eB
A. Objective Type Questions (MCQ 1 Mark):
r
ou
ad
1. The 4lh term from the end ofthe AP:- 11,-8, -5,....,49 is
Y
(a) 37 (b) 40 (c) 43 (d) 58
nd
Re
2. The sum of the first five multiples of 3 is
Fi
(a) 45 (b) 55 (c) 65 (d) 75
3. The famous mathematician associated with finding the sum of the first 100 natural
numbers is
(a) Pythagoras (b) Newton (c) Gauss (d) Euclid
4. The list ofnumbers-10, -6, -2,2,... is
(a) an APwith J=-16 (b) anAPwithJ=4
(c) an APwith i/=-4 (d) notanAP
5. In an AP, if a = 3.5, c/= 0, n = 101, then a„ (mh term of AP) will be
(a) 0 (b) 3.5 (c) 103.5 (d) 104.5
6. Two APs have the same common difference. The first term of one of these is -1 and that
of the other is -8. Then the difference between their 4lhterm is
(a) -1 (b) -8 (c) 7 (d) -9
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.54 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
7. In an AP ifa = 1, = 20 and S„ = 399. then n is
(a) 19 (b) 21 (c) 38 (d) 42
8. Ii'7 times the 7IhtermofanAP is equal to 11 times its 11th term, then its 18th term will be
(a) 7 (b) 11 (c) 18 (d) 0
9. If the sum of first n terms of an AP is A/? + B/?2, where A and B are constants, the
common difference ofAP will be
(a) A+B (b) A-B (c) 2A (d) 2B
10. IfS„ = ;?P + • ^ * Q, where S„ denotes the sum of the first n terms of an AP, then
common difference of the A P is
(a) P + Q (b) 2P + 3Q (c) 2Q (d) Q
11. If the numbers a, b, c, d, e form an AP, then the value of a- 4b + 6c-4d+ e is
w
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 0 (d) none of these
12. AnAPhas31 terms. Ifits 16th term is w, then sum ofall the terms of this AP is
(a) 16/7? (b) 47 m
Flo
(c) 31/77 (d) 52/77
ee
13. If a,, ci2, a3,... is an APsuch that«, + a5 + aw + al5 + a2o + fl24= 300, then
ci| + a2 + a3 +... +a24 is equal to
Fr
for
ur
(a) 909 (b) 75 (c) 1200 (d) 900
ks
Yo
14. Ifthe roots of the equation {b-c)x2 +(c-a)x+ (a-b) =f) are equal, then
oo
(a) 2b = a + c (b) a = b = c (c) b2 = ac (d) none of these
B
re
15. The second term of an AP is (x-y) and 5 th term is ft + v), then its first term is
ou
ad
1 2 4 5
Y
(a) x~~ y (b) x--y (d) x--y
d
Re
n
16. If.t,j', z are in AP, then the value of(x+y—z) (v + z-.v) is
Fi
(a) Syz - 3y2 - 4z2 (b) 4.tz +3>.2
(c) 8xy +4a-2 -3y2 (d) none of these
17. How many terms of an AP must be taken for their sum to be equal to 120 ifits third term
is 9 and the difference between the seventh and second term is 20 ?
(a) 6 (b) 7 (c) 8 (d) 9
18. If//, q, r are in AP, then/>' + r3- Sep is equal to
(a) 4pqr (b) -6pqr (c) 2pqr (d) 8/77//-
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions :
Consider the following statements :
(a) Both the statements 1 and 2 are true and statement 2 is the correct explanation for
statement 1.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.55
(b) Both the statements I and 2 are true and statement 2 is not the correct explanation for
statement 1.
(c) Statement 1 is true but statement 2 is false.
(d) Statement 1 is false but statement 2 is true.
Choose the correct option from (a), (b), (c) and (d) in the following :
1. Statement 1 : Common difference ofthe A. P. having sum of/? terms as an2 + bn is 2a
Statement 2 : If sum of n terms of an A. P. is denoted by S,„ then its nth term is
Solution : For Statement 2 :
=h + t2+...+ tn_x+ tn
.-. S n- 1 = /! + /2
low
Subsracting, we get S„ - S„_, = tn
Hence Statement 2 is true
ee
For Statement 1 : Given S„ = an1 + bn
rF
S„_, l)2 + 6(/7 - 1) Fr
for
= S,I-S„_,=£7[«2-(«-l)2] + />[/7-(/7- 1)]
u
.•. /„ = a (/72 - a2 + 2>7 - \] + b = a {In - 1) + Z?
ks
Yo
oo
.•. r, = a + b,t2 = 3a + b, t} = 5a + b and so on
B
Clearly... are in A. P. having common difference 2a.
re
Hence, Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and Statement 2 is a correct explanation for
ou
ad
Statement 1. |Ans. (a) |
Y
2. Statement 1 : Thefirsttemi of an A. P. is 5, the last term is 45 and sum is 400. Then, the
nd
Re
number of terms ofA.P. = 12.
Fi
Statement 2 : Sum of first n even natural numbers is n (a + 1)
3. Statement 1 : Thesum oftheA. P.: 4+12 + 20 + 28+ ...+100 is676.
Statement 2 : 150 is a term oftheA. P.: 11,8,5, 2,...
4. Statement 1 : If the first term of an AP is 1, last term is 57 and the sum of the given
terms is 590. Then, there are 14 terms in the given A. P.
Statement2 : If a is the first term, / is the last term and n is the number ofterms of an
AP, then S„ = — (« + /)
5. Statement! : 10th term from the end of AP: 100,95,90.85,..., 10 is 55
Statement 2 : The ath term from the end of an AP having last term / and common
difference d is l - (n - \ ) d.
6. Statement! : If the sum of first n terms of an A.P. is an2 + bn, then its common
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.56 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
difference is 2a.
Statement 2 : In an AP with first term a and last term /, sum of n terms is given by
S„ = §(* + 1)
7. Statement 1 : The sum ofall natural numbers between 100 and 1000 which are multiple
of 7 is 70336.
Statement 2 : The 10th term of an A. P. is 31 and 20th term is 71. Then T30 = 111.
8. Statement 1 : If the 6th term from the end of the A. P. 17, 14, 11, .-^10 is-25, then
common difference ofA. P. is-3.
Statement 2 : /?th term from the end of an A.P. with last term / and common difference
cl is given by / - (;? - 1) d
w
C. Linked Comprehension Type Questions:
Flo
Passage 1 : For an A. P. having first term a, last terms / and common difference d, sum of/?
ree
terms is given by
S„ = f(« + 0; Sn=^[2a + {n-\)d] F
or
ur
sf
Now. answer the following questions :
k
Yo
3 + 5+ 7 + ...to n terms
oo
1. If = 7, then the value of /? is
B
5+8+1 l...to 10 terms
re
(a) 35 (b) 36 (c) 37 (d) 40
ou
ad
2. The first, second and last terms of an A. P. are a, b. c respectively. Then its sum is
Y
nd
Re
(b + c-2a) (a + c) b + c-2a
(a) (b)
Fi
b-a 2(b-a)
(b + c-2a) (a + c) a+c
(c) (d)
2 (b-a) 2 (b-a)
3. 5 + 13 + 21+29+ ...+ 181 =
(a) 2132 (b) 2139 (c) 2137 (d) 2241
3 + 5 + 7 + ...to /? terms
Solution'. 1. Given, =7
5+8+1 l...to 10 terms
|[6+(»-l) 2]
= 7 =>/?(2 + /7) = 37 x 35
5 (10+ 9 x3)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.57
=> (« + 2) ^ = 37 x 35 /. n = 35
2. For given A.P., common difference b-a
Last term, Tn= a + (n-\)d
c — Cl — ci b+c-2a
=> c = a+ (n-\) (b-a) => n-\ =------- /? = ! + -
b-a b-a b-a
b+c-2a
Now, S„ =-j (a + l) = (a + c)
2{b-a)
176
3. Here,a =5,d=S,l= 181. Let/ = T„ = a + (;7-\)d => 181 = 5 + (n-l)8 => ^ = n-\
8
=>/7 = 23 S„ = 1 (fl + /) = ^ (5 + 181) = 23 x 93 = 2139
w
Flo
ANSWERS
ee
Fr
for
ur
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
ks
Yo
Very Short Answer Type Questions :
oo
B
1. p + 9q 2.-5 3. 8th terms 4- 4^2 5. 6thterm 6. p=3
re
7. p = A 8. 2a 9. k =3 10. 31 st term
ou
ad
11. 1077-2 12. 1 13. q = 6 14. 9 15. 3
Y
16. 5 17. 3
nd
Re
Fi
Short Answer TV pe Questions:
2. First term = 2, thirteenth term = 26
3. -13,-8,-3,... 5. 6,11,16,21,... 7.1,-1,-3,-4,...
8. 3,-1,-5 9. -8,-6,-4......
QUESTIONS FOR PRACTICE
Very Short Answer Type Questions (1 Mark):
1. a = -\,b= 15,c = 31
2. 3 3. 126 4. 73 5. k= 0
6. False as a4 - a3 - a2
7. No, as the total fare (in Rs.) after each km is 15,23,31, 39,...
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.58 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
8. The difference between any two corresponding terms of such APs is the same as
the difference between their first terms.
9. List of numbers in (i), (ii) and(iii) form an AP as each term is obained by adding a
fixed number to the previous term.
Short Answer Type Questions:
2. /? = 5,11 ; Explanation ofdoubleanswers. Sum ofterms from 6th to 11th term iszero,
therefore, sum of 5 terms and sum of 11 terms are equal.
11 (1 \a-6b)
3. 4. Rs. 800
a+b
Long Answer Type Questions :
w
1. 3 3. 1 : 3 ; 5 :49 4. 970
5. (i) 1683 (ii) 13167
6. 728m; 26 m Flo
ee
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS Fr
for
ur
A. Objective Questions:
ks
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (c)
Yo
4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (c)
oo
7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (d)
B
11. (c) 12. (c)
re
13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (b)
ou
ad
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
Y
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (b)
nd
Re
7. (b) 8. (a)
Fi
C. Comprehension Type Questions:
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (b)
EXEMPLAR PROBLEMS
1. If the sum of/? consecutive odd integers is 25: - 112, then find the value of n.
Soln. Let the first odd integer be 2/:+ 1
Given, (2£ + 1) + (2& + 3) + (2A: + 5) +... ton terms = 252- 112
=> -^[2(2/r + l) + (/?-1)2] = 252 -112
=> n[2k+ \+n- 1] =252-ll2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.59
=> n[2k+n] =252-ll2
=> n1 + Ink = 252- 1 12
=> (n2 + 2nk + k2) - k2 = 252 - 112
=> (n+k)2-k2 = 252- 1 12
Comparing, we get n + k = 25 and /: = 11
« +11 = 25 => ft = 14.
2. If 100 times the 100th term of an A.P. with non-zero common difference equals the 50
times the 50th term, then what is the 150th term of this A.P. ?
Soln. Let a be the first term and r/the common difference of A.P.
Let tn denote the /7th term of this A.P.
then tn = a + (n-\)d
Given, 100 x/ 100 = 50 x t50
100 (a + 99d) = 50 (a + 49d)
low
=> 2(a + 99d) = a + 49d
=> 2a+\9Sd =a + 49d
=> a+ \49d-0
ee
=> /|50 (150th term) = 0
rF
3. Fr
Let be the /?th term of an A.P. Ifa2 + a4 + a6 +... + am = a and al+a3 + a5 +... + ci[()9= p.
then find the common difference ofA.P.
for
Soln. Let o be the first term and c/the common difference ofA.P.
u
ks
Then, a{ = a, a2 = a + d, 0^ = a + 2d, a4 = a + 3d etc.
Yo
oo
Given, a = a^ + a4 + a6 +... + am
B
= Sum of 100 term ofA.P. a2, a4, a6,... having common difference 2Jand first term a-,
re
100
ou
= —[2r72 + (100-l)2^
ad
Y
= 100a2 + 99d
nd
Re
= 100 (a + d+99d) [•.' a^ = a + d]
Fi
= 100 (a+ 100t/)
a = 100o+ lOOOOr/ ...d)
Again, P = «7| +a3 + a5 + ... to 100 terms
100
= —[2a| + (100-l)2^
= 100 (a + 99d)
p= 100a+ 9900^ ...(2)
(l)-(2) => a - p = 190d
, d=^
100
4. Find a, b and c such that the following numbers are in A.P. : a, 7, b, 23, c.
Soln. a, 7, b, 23, c are in A.P.
=> 1 -a = b-1 and 23-b = c-23
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.60 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
=> b + a = \4 -(i)
and b + c =46 -(ii)
and b- a = c — b
2b =c + a ...(iii)
Adding (i) and (ii), we get
2b + a + c = 60 26 + 26 = 60 => 46 = 60 [From (iii)]
=> 6 = 15, a=- l,c = 31.
5. Ifsum of first 6 terms of an A.P. is 36 and that of the first 16 terms is 256, find the sum of
first 10 terms.
Soln. Given, S6 = 36 and Sl6 = 256
6
=> S6=-(2a + 5d) • • s„ = ^{2a + (n-\) d}
w
S6 = 3 (2a+5d) ^ 36 = 3(2a + 5d)
=> 12 = 2a+5d Flo -(i)
ee
16
Again, S16 = y[2a+15^ r=> 256 = 8(2a + 15c/)
=> 32 =2a+ \5d
Fr ...(ii)
for
ur
From(i)and (ii), 2a + 5d=\2 ...(iii)
ks
2a+\5d = 32 ...(iv)
Yo
oo
(iiiHiv)=> ~\0d = -20 => d=2
B
re
From (i), 12 = 2a+ 5(2) =>2a= 12- 10 a= 1
ou
ad
10
Now, Sio= —[2a+9d]
Y
nd
= 5(2 x 1 + 9 x 2) = 5 (2 + 18)
Re
S10 =5x20=100
Fi
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
[50 Marks]
Objective and Very Short-Answer Type Questions (1 Mark):
Choose the correct option :
5 5
1. 11th term of the A. P. -5, - —, 0, —,....is
2 2
(a) 20 (b) 30 (c) -20 (d) -30
2. Which term ofthe AP -2, -7, -12,-17,....is -77 ?
(a) 16th (b) 17th (c) 14th (d) 15th
3. The angles of a triangle are in A. P. The grestest angle is twice the least then the least
ReadYourFlow.COM
Arithmetic Progressions 8.61
angle of the triangle is
(a) 30° (b) 40° (d) 20° (d) none of these
4. Which term oftheAP 20, 17, 14, is the first negative term ?
(a) 6th (b) 7th (c) 8th (d) 9th
Short-Answer Type Questions (2 Marks):
5. Is 0 a term of the A. P.,31,28,25,...?
6. Find the sum oflast ten terms of the A. P.,8, 10, 12,.... ., 126
7. How many terms are there in the AP 7,11,15,..., 139?
8. Find the sum of all the 11 terms of an A. P. whose middle most term is 30 ?
9. If S„ = {In1 + 5/?), find the first term and the common difference of the AP.
10. Find the sum of first seven numbers which are mutiples of 2 as well as of 9.
low
Short-Answer T> pe Questions (3 Marks):
11. How many terms of the A. P. 3, 5, 7,... must betaken so that the sum is 120?
ee
rF
12. If for an A. P. a = 8, T„ = 62 and S„ = 210, find the value of //.
Fr
13. Show that the sequence whose /7th term is a + nb is an A. P. Find its common difference
for
and the sum of its first 20 terms.
u
ks
14. Find the sum of all three digit numbers which leave the remainder 2 when divided
Yo
oo
by 5.
B
15. In an AP,T8 = 31 andT,5 = 45. Find the A. P.
re
16. Find the middle term of the A. P, 1,8,15,..., 561.
ou
ad
17. If //? times the //7th term of an A. P. is equal to n times its nth term, find its (w + /7)th term.
Y
18. If S„ denotes the sum of n terms of an AP whose common difference is d, show' that
nd
Re
Fi
S„-2S„_1 + S n-2
19. a,, a2, a3,....,a24 are in AP and a, + £75 + £7]0 + £7|5 + £72o + £'/24 = 300. Find the sum of first
24 terms of the AP.
S,2
20. If S„ denotes the sum of first n terms of an A.P., find the value of —
^8 -s4
ReadYourFlow.COM
8.62 CBSE MATHEMATICS FOR CLASS X
ANSWERS
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. No 6. 1170
7. 34 8. 330 9. 7,4 10. 504
11. 10 12. 6 13. common difference = b; Sum = 20<7 + 2106
14. 98970
15. 3,7,11,15,... 16. 281 17. 0 19. 1200
20. 3
w
Flo
ee
Fr
or
r
f
ou
ks
oo
Y
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
ReadYourFlow.COM
9
SOME APPLICATIONS OF
TRIGONOMETRY : HEIGHTS AND
DISTANCES
9.1. INTRODUCTION
In chapter 4 of this book, you have learnt about the concepts of trigonometric ratios and
identities. We shall now study the use of trigonometry in our day-to-day life. From ancient
low
times the mathematicians have given great importance to this branch of study. In the present
chapter, we shall study the use of trigonometry in measuring the heights and distances of
towers, buildings and other objects.
ee
If some sides and angles of a right angled triangle are known, then remaining sides and
rF
Fr
angles can be determined with the help of trigonometric ratios. The height of a tower or a tree
can be determined without climbing over it using trigonometry. In the same way width of a
for
river can be measured without crossing it using trigonometry.
u
For this known angles, heights and distances are used. This is an important application of
ks
trigonometry.
Yo
oo
In solving problems of heights and distances, two types of angles are involved : (i) Angle of
eB
elevation, (ii) Angle of depression
Before knowing these angles it is necessary to known about the following terms.
r
ou
ad
Horizontal plane : A plane parallel to earth surface is called the horizontal plane.
Y
Horizontal line : A line drawn parallel to horizontal plane is called a horizontal line
nd
Line of sight : The line joining the observer’s eye and the object is called the line of sight.
Re
Fi
Angles of elevation : The angle which the line of sight makes with the horizontal line passing
through the eye of the observer when the object is above the observer is called angle of
elevation.
0
object
\T0
angle of
M e elevation
horizontal line P
observer
N
In the above figure M is the eye of the observer which is below the object (kite) 0. Line OM
is the line of sight joining the object O and the eye of the observer M. This line of sight OM
makes with horizontal line MP and acute ZOMP = 0. Here 0 is the angle of elevation.
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.2 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
In case of angle of elevation object should be above the observer.
Angles of depression : The angle which the line of sight makes with the horizontal line
passing through the eye of the observer when the object is below the observer is called the
angle of depression.
In the figure below, M is the eye of the observer which is above the object (car) O and the line
OM joining object O and eye M ofthe observer is the line of sight. This line of sight makes
with horizontal line MP an acute ZOMP = 0. This angle 0 is the angle of depression.
M horizontal line
P
observer 0 angle of
depression
4
low
777777777777777777777777777777/7777Zv7777
O
In case of angle of depression, object should be below the observer.
Note:
ee
• Angle of elevation = angle ofdepression
rF
• Fr
Angle ofelevation and angle ofdepression are always measured with horizontal line.
or
• In solving problems observer is represented by a point and objects are represented by
f
u
line segment or point as the case may be.
ks
Yo
oo
Type I. Problems based on finding acute angle of right angle triangle whose two sides are
known
B
re
WORKING RULE:
ou
ad
Use the following results, whichever is required :
Y
1. When base and hypotenuse are known use cos Q = ~
nd
Re
Fi
2. When hypotenuse and perpendicular are known use sin 0 = —
h
/>
3. When perpendicular and base are known use tan 0 = — or cot 0
b P
Example 1. In A ABC, ZA= 90°, AB = 6 cm and AC = 2\^3 cm. then find ZB.
Solution: Let in A ABC, ZA = 90°
AB = 6 cm and AC = 2\/3 cm. Let ZB = 0. [Here perpendicular and base are known]
In right angled triangle ABC, C
la„0=A£ 241 = tan 30°
AB 6 2x3 VJ 2^3 cm
.-. 0 = 30°. Hence ZB = 30°.
A 6 B
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.3
Example 2. In the adjacent figure ABCD is a rectangle in which BD : BC = 2 : V3 ,
then find the value of angle 0 in degree.
Solution : Since ABCD is a rectangle
.-. AB || DC ZBDC = ZABD = 0
Now, in right angled ABCD
BC _ 73
sin ZBDC
BD ~ 2
75
sin 0 = —— = sin 60 .'. 0 = 60°
2
Example 3. A vertical tower is 275 m high and the length of its shadow is 2m. Find the
low
angle of elevation of the source of light.
Solution : Let AB be the vertical tower, S be the source of light and BC be the shadow of
tower A B.
ee
Let angle ofelevation of S, i.e., ZACB = 0.
rF
From question. AB = 275 m, BC = 2m Fr A
for
Now in right angled AABC,
u
ks
AB _ 275 = 75 = tan 60° 2 75 m
Yo
tan 0
oo
BC " 2
eB
0
0 = 60" C
2 m B
r
Hence angle of elevation of the light source is 60°.
ou
ad
Y
Example 4. An observer of height 1 — m is at a distance of 20 m from a tower of height 30 m.
nd
Re
Find the angle of elevation of the top of the tower at the eye of the observer.
Fi
[tan 55°= 1.425]
Solution : Let PQ be the observer and AB be the tower. Let P be the eye of the observer. We
draw PC || QB.
I
From question, PQ =1 —m = BC, AB = 30m
A
QB= PC = 20m
Now, AC = AB-BC =| 30- 1— | m = 28.5 m
2
Let the angle of elevation of the top of the tower at the eye of
the observer i.e, ZAPC = 0 P C
In right angled AAPC, 2m
Q 20 m B
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.4 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
AC 28.5
tan 9 = = 1.425 = tan 55°
PC ~ 20
9 = 55°
Hence, angle of elevation = 55°.
Type II. Problems based on finding a side of a right angled triangle when its one acute
angle and one of the two remaining sides are known
WORKING RULE:
Use the following results, whichever is required :
1. When one of hypotenuse and perpendicular is known and other is to be determined,
use sin 9 = —
h
2. When one of hypotenuse and base is known and other is to be determined use
w
cos 9 = —
h
3. Flo
When one of perpendicular and base is known and other is to be deermined use
ee
tan 9 = —
4.
b
Fr
Putting, V2 = 1.414 and \/3 = 1.732, we get the approximate value of the unknown
for
ur
quantities.
ks
1
Yo
—j=r = 9.797 (approx.), —7= = 9.5774 (approx.)
oo
V5 V3
B
Example 5. A kite string makes an angle of41°39' with the horizontal and kite is flying at the
re
height of 65 m. Find the length of the string (Assume that the string is tight)
ou
ad
[Given sin 48°39' = 9.7499, cos 48039' = 0.6626, tan 48o30' = 1.130; 60' = 1 °]
Y
Solution: Let A the position ofthe kite, AC is the length of the string and AB is the height of
nd
the kite.
Re
Angle of elevation of the kite C, i.e.,
Fi
ZACB = 9 = 41°30'
In right AABC,
AB 65
sin 9 =---- or sin 41°30' = —1- A
AC AC
65 65
or cos (90° -41°30') =---- ; or cos 48l,30' =-----
AC AC 65 m
65 65
or 0.6626 = — AC = = 98.09 m
AC 0.6626 41°30'
Hence length ofthe string = 98.09 m C B
Example 6. A bridge on a river makes an angle of 45° with its edge. If the length along the
bridge from one edge to the other is 150 m, find the width of the river.
Solution: Let BC be the width of the river and at A the bridge makes ZBAC = 45° with the
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.5
edge of the river.
From question, AB = 150 m.
In right angled AABC.
450 = bc bc
sin
AB 150
river
1 _ BC => BC = ^2 = 75 V2 m
V2~150 V2 7
= 75 x 1.414= 106.05 m (approx.)
Hence width of the river = 106.05 m (approx)
Example 7. A straight tree is broken due to thunder storm. The broken part is bent in such
w
a way that the peak of the tree touches the ground at an angle of 60° at a distance of 2^3 m.
Find the initial height ofthe tree.
Flo
Solution : Let AB be the tree whose part AC breaks and touches the ground at D.
ee
Now; BD = 2V3 m and AC = CD
Fr
In right angled ABCD. for A
ur
BD 1-
cos 60° = or
CD 2 ~ CD
ks
C
Yo
CD = 2x2^3 =4^3 =4 x 1.732 = 6.928 m (approx.)
oo
B
AC = CD = 9.928 m
re
Again in right angled ABCD,
ou
ad
tan 60° = — or x/3 = BC = V3 x 2-Jl = 6m
Y
BD 2V3 B
273 m D
AB=AC + BC = (6.928 + 6)m= 12.928 m (approx.)
nd
Re
Hence height ofthe tree= 12.928 m (approx.)
Fi
Example 8. A tree breaks due to strong wind and the broken part bends so that the top ofthe
three touches the ground making an angle of 30° with the ground. The distance between the
foot of the tree and the point where the top touches the ground is 8 m. What was the height
ofthe tree ? |NCERT|
Solution : Let AB be a tree. Let it be broken at point P in such a manner that the top A takes
the position at point C on the ground. Let AP be.v metres, then
PC =x metres
Then according to question,
ZPCB = 30°and BC = 8m
In right APBC,
BC
cos 30° =----
PC
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.6 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
V3 8 A
2 .v
or VXy = 16
t
x
or
16
x = —t= m -.(i)
I
P
V3
PB
Again, tan 30° =----
BC
PB
or C B
V3 8
or PB - -7=111
v3
w
Original height ofthetree AB = AP + PB
16 m + -pm
= —7= 8 24 m = —.x ^. m
= —= Flo 8 V3 m
ee
Fr
Example 9. A kite is flying at a height of 60 m above the ground. The string attached to the
kite is temporarily tied to a point on the ground. The inclination of the string to the ground is
or
ur
60°. Find the length of the string, assuming that there is no slack in the string. (Take
f
n/3 = 1.732) |NCERT|
ks
Yo
oo
Solution: Let the kite be tied to the point B on the ground. Then AB is the length of the
string. Let AP be the vertical line from the kite to the ground. Then AP, the height of the kite
B
is given to be 60 m.
re
According to question,
ou
ad
ZABP = 60°
Y
In right AAPB, AX1
nd
Re
AP
sin 60° = -—-
Fi
AB
V3 60
or m
2 ~ AB
or Vs AB = 60x 2
120 120 VS
or AB = —r m = —p" x —rn = 40 V3 in
Vs Vs V3 B
= 40 x 1.732 m = 69.28 m P
Hence length of the string is 69.28 m.
Type HI. Problems based on two right angled triangles having common base or perpendicular
WORKING RULE:
Use the following results, whichever is required :
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.7
1. If the length of the common side is known then other sides of the two triangles can be
determined by using tan 0 = —
b
2. Ifthe length of the common side is not known, then find the length ofthe common side
using tan 0 = — in the right triangle whose one side is known.
b
Now other side ofthe second triangle can be determined by using tan 0 = —
— in this
b
triangle.
Example 10. There is a flagstaff on a tower of height 20 m. At a point on the ground the
angles of elevatin ofthe foot and top of the flag are 45° and 60° respectively. Find the height
ofthe flagstaff.
Solution : Let AB be the tower and AC be the flagstaff. Let D be a point on the ground where
w
the angles of elevation of foot A and top C ofthe flagstaff are 45° and 60" respectively.
Then, AB = 20m; ZADB = 45°; ZCDB = 60° Flo
ee
Now, in right angled AADB,
AB
tan 45° =----; or 1 =
20
; BD = 20 m
Fr C
for
ur
BD BD’
Again in right angled ABCD,
ks
Yo
BC R BC
oo
tan 60" = ----; or V3 =---- A
BD' 20
eB
E
BC=20V3m o
r
C\J
ou
ad
BC = 20 x 1.732 = 34.64 m (approx.)
Y
AC = BC-AB = (34.64 -20) m = 14.64 m (approx.)
nd
B
Re
C
Hence the height ofthe flagsta ff= 14.64 m (approx.)
Fi
Example 11. From thetop ofa hill 200\/3 m high,the angle of depression ofa ship moving
towards the hill is 30". After 2 minutes its angle of depression becomes 60". Find the speed of
the ship assuming it to be uniform.
Solution : Let AB be the hill on the bank of the river. Let the man who is observing the ship
in the river coming towards the hill be at A. When the ship is at C, the angle of depression,
i.e., ZPAC = 30°. After 2 minutes the ship is at D and the angle of depression /.<?., ZPAD = 60"
Then, AB = 200 V3m, ZACB = ZPAC = 30"
A
ZADB = ZPAD = 60°
Now in right AACB, E
15
o
CN
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.8 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
,no AB 1 200 VJ
tan 30° =---- ; or —= =----------
BC V3 BC
BC = 200 V3 x V3
BC = 600 m
Again, in right AADB
f AB rz 200 VS 200 VS
tan 60 =---- or vS =---------- or BD =
BD BD V5
BD = 200 m
CD = BC - BD = (600 -200) m = 400 m
Time taken by the ship to go from C to D = 2 minutes
low
distance CD 400
Speed of the ship = -----= 200 m/minute
time 2 2
Example 12. The angles of depression of two consecutive kilometer stones on the road on
ee
right and left of an aeroplane are 60° and 45° respectively as observed from the aeroplane.
rF
Find the height of the aeroplane.
Solution : Let A be the aeroplane and AD be its height.
Fr
for
u
Let B and C be two consecutive kilometer stones on the road on the left and right of plane A
ks
and the angles of depression of C and B from plane A be 60° and 45° respectively.
Yo
oo
Then ZABC = ZPAB = 45° A
eB
ZACB = ZQAC = 60° Q
and BC = 1 km
r
Let BD=xkm, DC = vkm
ou
ad
In right AABD,
Y
AD AD
nd
tan 45° =----- or 1 =
Re
BD x
Fi
AD =x
Again in right AADC, C
I
AD x
tan 60° = or
DC y :'y= s
Now, BC = BD + DC= 1 km x+ —1
or
x ,
x + —= =1 or x
'Vs+r = 1,
or
V5
'v Vs + i
AD =
Vs Vs-l 3-Vs 3-1.732
= 0.634 km
Vs + ix Vs-i = 2 2
Hence height of the aeroplane = 0.634 km (approx.)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.9
Example 13. An aeroplane, when 3000 m high, passes vertically above another aeroplane at
an instant, when the angles of elevation of the two aeroplanes froni the same point on the
ground are 60° and 45° respectively. Find the vertical distance between the aeroplanes.
(Use 73=1.732) [CBSE 2001,2008; NCERT|
Solution : Let O be the point of observation.
Let P and Q be the positions of the two aeroplanes. P
According to question,
AP= 3000 m, ZAOQ = 45°
and Z AOP = 60° Q
In AQAO, 3000 m
tan 45° = ^ = 1
AO
AQ = AO
w
Again in APAO,
A O
tan 60° = — = 73
AO
Flo
ee
3000
AO
= 73 or AO =
3000
73 Fr •••(ii)
for
ur
From (i) and (ii), we have
ks
A 3000 x 73 = loooTJ
Yo
oo
73 73
eB
= 1000x 1.732 or 1732 m ...(iii)
r
PQ = AP - AQ = (3000 -1732) m = 1268 m
ou
ad
Y
Required distance= 1268 m.
nd
Example 14. A person standing on the bank of a river observes that the angle of elevation
Re
of the top of a tower standing on the opposite bank is 60°. When he moves 40 m away from
Fi
the bank, he finds the angle of elevation to be 30°. Find the height of the tower and the width
of the river. (Use 73 = 1.732 ) |CBSE 2008|
Solution : Let AB be the tower, C and D be the two points of observation.
Let BC=Jcm
and AB = h m
In right AABC,
AB
tan 60° ------
BC
73 h D 40m---- ►C-«-x B
=> => h = Sx -■(i)
1 x
AB
In right AABD, tan 30° =
BD
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.10 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
=> => -J3 h - x + 40
V3 ~ .t + 40
=> V3 (V3.v) = .v + 40 [From (i)]
=> 3.v - x = 40 => 2.v = 40 => x = 20
Width of the river, x = 20 m
Putting the value ofx in (i), we have
/7 = V3x = (1.732) (20) = 34.64
The height of the tower (/?) = 34.64 m
Example 15. A straight highway leads to the foot of a tower. A man standing at the top of the
tower observes a car at an angle of depression of 30°, which is approaching the foot of the
tower with a uniform speed. Six seconds later, the angle of depression of the car is found to
be 60°. Find the time taken by the car to reach the foot of the tower from this point.
w
[CBSE 2008; NCERT)
Flo
Solution : Let AB be the tower and D and C be the two positions of the car.
Let BC =x units and AB =y units
ee
Let the speed of car = /; units/sec.
Fr t
tower
AB
for
ur
In right AABC, tan 60° = —— y unit
BC
1
ks
B
Yo
C D
oo
V3 = — => v = V3x -.(i)
x 6p unit * tx unit*
B
AB
re
In right AABC, tan 30° = —
ou
ad
Y
y
V3 x + 6p
nd
Re
-Jl x
Fi
=> n/3 x + 6p [From (i)]
3x-x+6p => 2x =6p
=> 6p = 3p
.v = — , ...(ii)
Distance
Required time = seconds
Speed
= seconds =— seconds
P P
- — seconds =3 seconds [From(ii)]
P
Example 16. As observed from the top of a lighthouse, 100m high above sea level, the angle
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.11
of depression of a ship sailing directly towards it, changes from 30° to 60°. Determine the
distance travelled by the ship during the period of observation. (Use V3 = 1.732 )
|CBSE 20081
Solution : Let AB be the lighthouse, C and D be the two points.
Given, AB=100m A
AB
In right AABC, tan 60° = ——
BC E
73 _ 100 o
o
1 ” BC
B
73 BC = 100 D C
100 100 73
=> BC = —j= = —7=- x —j=
73 73 73
w
100 73 _ 100 (1.732) _ 173.2
3 3 Flo
3
ee
= 57.73 m ...(i)
AB
In right AABD, tan 30° = — Fr
for
ur
_1_ = 100
73 "BD
ks
Yo
=> BD = 100 73 = 100 (1.732) = 173.2 m -(ii)
oo
B
Required distance travelled = CD = BD - BC
re
= 173.2 - 57.73 = 115.47 m
ou
ad
Example 17. From a point 100 m above a lake, the angle of elevation of a stationary
Y
helicopter is 30° and the angle of depression of reflection of the helicopter in the lake is 60°.
Find the height of the helicopter. |CBSE 2008|
nd
Re
Solution : Let A be the stationary helicopter and F be the reflection of the helocopter. CB be
Fi
the level of lake and D be the point 100 m above it. A
Let AB = height of helicopter = .v m t
(x-100) m
Then, BF = xm
G iven, BE = DC = 100 m
100
Let DE = BC =y m
-e o
Then, AE = AB-EB = (x- 100)m o
-x-m +
and EF = BF + EB = (x + 100) m X
AE
In right AAED, tan 30° =
E
1 x-100
>’ = 73 (.v-100) ...(i)
“ 75" y
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.12 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
EF
In right ADEF, tan 60° =
*+100
=> yj3 y = x +\00
y
=> V3 .V3(*-100) = * + 100 [Putting the value of v from (i)]
3 (*-100) = *+100 => 3*-300 = *+100
=> 3*-* = 100 + 300 =>2x = 400
* = 200
Height of the stationary helicopter = 200 m
Example 18. A1.5 m tail boy is standing at some distance from a 30 m tall building. The angle
of elevation from his eyes to the top of the building increases from 30° to 60° as he walks
w
towards the building. Find the distance he walked towards the building. |NCERT|
Solution : The height of the building AB = 30 m
The height ofboy CD = 1.5 m
Flo
ee
BF=CD= 1.5 m
Now, AF = AB -BF = 30 - 1.5 = 28.5 m Fr A
In right AAFE,
or
ur
sf
AF
tan 60° = — 30 m
k
EF
Yo
oo
28.5
eB
EF F
1.:
r
28.5 1.5 m
ou
ad
EF = —7=- m
V3 D B
Y
Again, in right AAFC
nd
Re
AF
tan 30° = —
Fi
CF
1 _ 28.5
V3 “ CF
=> CF = (28.5) 73
CE + EF = 28.573
28.5
CE = = 28.573
75
=>
CE =28.575-^ =^(3-1)
75 75
28.5 28.5 x 275
x 2 =
75 3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.13
= 9.5 x 2\/3 =19^3 m
Hence the distance he walked towards the building is 19\/3 m
Example 19. The angle of elevation of the top of a building from the foot of a tower is SO"
and the angle of elevation of the top of the tower from the foot of the building is 60°. If the
tower is 50 m high, find the height of the building. [NCERT|
Solution : Let PQ be the tower and AB be the building
Given, PQ = 50 m P
Let AB=x m
Then according to question,
ZAQB = 30°
and ZPBQ = 60°
In right AABQ, 50
low
— = tan 30°
BQ
and in right APQB, x
ee
rF
PQ
BQ
= tan 60° Fr Q B
for
u
50
or = tan 60° •••(ii)
ks
BQ
Yo
oo
Dividing (i) by (ii), we get
B
1
re
x tan 30° _ ^3
ou
ad
50 tan 60° ~ S
Y
X 1
nd
Re
or
50 3
Fi
50
x = = 16.67
3
Hence height of the building is 16.67 m.
Example 20. As observed from the top of a 75 m high lighthouse, the angles of depression
of two ships are 30° and 45° .If one ship is exactly behind the other on the same side of the
lighthouse, then find the distance between the two ships. [NCERT)
Solution : Let AB be the lighthouse.
Let C and D be the two ships
Given, AB = 75 m
Let CD =x m, BD =y in
Then according to question.
ZC = 30° and Z D = 45°
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.14 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Again, in right AABD, A
AB
---- = tan 45°
BD 75 m
75
or = I
v C B
xm D ym
or j>=75m
Again, in right A ABC,
AB
---- = tan 30°
BC
75 i
or
BD + CD
w
75
Or
x +, nr
75
or .v + 75 = 75V3
Flo
ee
or x = 75 (V3 - 1) = 75 x 0.732 = 54.9 Fr
for
ur
Hence distance between the ships is 54.9 metres.
Example 21. A statue 1.6 m tall stands on the top of a pedestal. From a point on the ground,
ks
the angle of elevation of the top of the statue is 60° and from the same point, the angle of
Yo
oo
elevation of the top of the pedestal is 45°. Find the height of the pedestal. [NCERT1
B
Solution : Let BC be the pedestal h metres high and AB be the statue 1.6 m tall.
re
Let O be the point on the ground.
ou
ad
According to question, A
Y
Z BOC = 45°
nd
Re
and Z AOC = 60° m
Fi
Let OC=.y metres
In right ABCO,
BC
' tan 45° =----
OC
m
h
or 1 = -
x
or h =x ■(i)
0« xm * C
Again, in right A ACO,
AC
tan 60° =----
OC
/? + 1.6
or VI = x
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.15
or h + \.6 = W3 [••• x = h]
or /7= (V3 - 1) = 1.6
- 16 _ 1-6 n/3 + 1
or " V3 - 1 " (V3 - 1) X (V3 + 1)
1.6 (V3 + 1)
= 0.8 (2.732) = 2.1856
2
Hence height of the pedestal is 2.1856 m.
Example 22. From a point on the ground the angles of elevation of the bottom and top of a
transmission tower fixed at the top of a 20 m high building are 45° and 60° respectively. Find
the height of the tower. |NCERT|
Solution : Let CD be the building and AD be the transmission tower.
w
Let height of tower = AD.
Given, height of the building CD = 20 m
Flo
Angle of elevation of the bottom of the tow'er = 45°
ee
Angle of elevation of the top of the tower = 60°
In right A BCD, Fr
for
ur
CD 20
tan 45° = 1 = — => BC = 20 m
BC BC A
ks
Yo
oo
Again, in right A ABC,
B
tan 60° = — V3 = —
re
BC 20
ou
ad
=> AC = 20V3 m
Y
Now, AC = AD + CD
nd
Re
=> AD = AC - CD
Fi
=> AD = 20V3 - 20 = 20 (V3 - 1) m
Hence, the height of tower =20 (Vs - 1) m B C
Example 23. From a window (h metres high above the ground) of a house in a street, the
angles of elevation and depression of the top and the foot of another house on the opposite
I side of the street are 0 and <() respectively. Show' that the height of the opposite house is
/? (1 + tan 0 cot <j)). [CBSE 2007)
Solution : Let W be the window and AB be the house on the opposite side.
Then WP is the width of the street
Given, ZAWP - 0,
ZPWB = ZWBC = <1)
BP = h metres,
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.16 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Let AP = x metres.
PB A
In right A BPW, tan <J) =
WP
h x
=> — = tan q)
W h cot cp
WP 0
WP = h cot (j) ..(i)
AP
Now, In right A AWP, tan 0 =
WP
=> —= tan 0
WP
=> .v = WP tan 0 (ii)
C B
Putting the value of WP from (i) in (ii), we get
w
x = h cot <|) tan 0
Height ofhouse = AB= BP +AP = /7 +x Flo
ee
— h + h tan 0cot (()
= /? (l + tan 0 cot <)>) Fr
Example 24. A T. V. lower stands vertically on a bank of a canal. From a point on the other
for
ur
bank directly opposite to the tower, the angle of elevation of the top of the tower is 60°. From
a point 20 m away from this point on the same bank, the angle of elevation of the top of the
ks
Yo
tower is 30°. Find the height of the tower and the width of the canal. [NCERT]
oo
Solution : Let AB be the tower and CB be the width of the canal.
B
re
Given, angle of elevation of the top A of tower from C = 60°
Angle of elevation of the top A of tower from D = 30°
ou
ad
DC = 20 m
Y
In right A ABC,
nd
Re
AB A
tan 60° =
Fi
BC
=>
BC tree
=> AB = V3 BC -(i)
In right AABD,
tan 30° =
BC + CD = V3 AB [v BD = BC + CD]
=> BC + 20 = V3 (V3 BC) => BC + 20 = 3 BC [From (i), AB = V3 BC ]
=> 2BC = 20 => BC = 10 m
Putting BC = 10 in (i), we get
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.17
AB= 10 V3 m
Hence, the height of the tower is 1 oVs m and width of the canal is 10 m. A
Example 25. From the top of a tower, the angles
of depression of two objects on the same side of
the tower are found to be a and (3 (a > (3). Ifthe
di stance betwegitheobjects is1// metres, show h
that the height 7?’ of the tower is given by
p tan a tan p
h D
tan a - tan P «- P C river B
Also, determine the height of the tower if/? = 50 metres, a = 60°, p = 30°. [CBSE 2006]
Solution : (i) Let the tower be AB and AB = h. Let A be the point of observation of two
objects C and D.
w
Given, ZACB = a, ZADB = p
AB
In right A ABC, tan a =----
BC
Flo
ee
h h
=> tan a = ---- => BC. tan a = h => BC = ------
BC tan a Fr ...(i)
for
ur
AB AB
In right A ABD, tan p =----
BD BC + CD
ks
Yo
oo
h
=> tan p =
B
BC + p
re
=> h = tan p (BC + p)
ou
ad
Y
h // + /?. tan a
=> h = tan P + p = tan P [v BC = —-—, from (i)]
nd
tan a tan a tan a
Re
Fi
=> /? tan a = /? tan P + p tan P tan a
=> h tan a - /; tan P = /? tan p tan a
p tan a tan p
=> h (tan a - tanp) = ptanP tana => h =-----------------
tan a - tan P
(ii) Given, /? = 50 m,a = 60° , p = 30°
50. tan 60°. tan 30°
h =
tan 60° - tan 30°
50.(V3)
= ‘U
1
Vs-
Vs
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.18 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
= 25^3 = 25 x (1.73) = 43.25 [V V3 = l.73]
Hence, height of the tower = 43.25 m
Example 26. A pole 5m high is fixed on the top of a tower. The angle of elevation of the top
of the pole observed from a point A on the ground is 60° and the angle of depression ofpoint
A from the top of the tower is 45°. Find the height of the tower. (Take V3 = 1.732 )
|CBSE 2007|
Solution : Let BC be the tower and CD be the pole.
Given, DC = 5m
Let BC=.vm
and AB = ym D
Thai in right A ABC,
BC 5
tan 45° =
AB
low
.v
=>
V
=> y = -v x
ee
In right A ABD,
rF
tan 60°
BD Fr B ym A
for
AB
u
x + 5
=> V3 =
ks
Yo
y
oo
=> Sy = x + 5
B
=> \/3x = x + 5
re
[From(i)]
=> V3x - x = 5
ou
ad
Y
=> (V3 -1) x = 5
____ V3 + 1
nd
5 5
Re
=> X = => x =
73 - 1 ^3-1 7J + 1
Fi
5(73 + 1) 5(1.732 + 1)
x = => X =
3-1 2
5(2.732)
=> x=
2
x - 5x 1.366 = 6.83
Height ofthe tower = 6.83 m
Example 27. A window in a building is at a height of 10 m from the ground. The angle of
depression of a point P on the ground from the window is 30-. The angle of elevation ofthe
top ofthe building from the point P is 60°. Find the height ofthe building. |CBSE 2007|
Solution : Let QS be the building and R be the window
Given, height of window. QR = 10 m
In right APQR,
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.19
RQ
tan 30° S
PQ
=>
_L__io_
73 ~ PQ
=> PQ = loVSm -0)
QS (window)
In right APQS, tan 60° = R
PQ
10 m
QS
=>
P Q
=> QS = 10V3 x 73 =30m
Height of the building, QS = 30 m
w
Type IV. Problems based on use of two right-angled triangles when lengths of one side
of each triangle are equal or a relation between them is known.
WORKING RULE:
Flo
ee
Use the following results whichever is required :
1.
Fr
If the sides of the two right angled triangles having equal length or having a
for
ur
relation between them is perpendicular or base, use tan ^ = y-
ks
Yo
2. If the sides of the two right angled triangles having equal length or having a relation
oo
B
between them is hypotenuse, then use sin 0 = — or cos 0 =—, whichever is required.
re
h h
Example 28. The distance between two vertical pillars is 100 m and the height of one of them
ou
ad
is double that of the other. The angles of elevation of their tops at the middle point of the line
Y
joining their feet are complementary. Find their heights.
nd
Re
Solution : Let AB and CD be the two vertical pillars 100 metres apart. Let O be the middle
point of the line joining the feet of the two pillars.
Fi
Let AB = h m, CD = 2h m
BD= 100 m, BO = OD = 5()m
ZAOB= 0 C
ZCOD =(90°- 0)
In right A A BO,
AB h
tan 0 =---- or tan a
0=— 2h m
BO 50’
h
50
or cot 0 = — •••(i)
h D
Again in right ACOD,
CD 2/7 2/7
tan (90°-0) = —; or cot 0 = — (ji)
OD 50 50 ;
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.20 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
From (i) and (ii),
50 2/?
h 50
50x50
or 2/72 = 50 x 50 or h = or h = 25V2
2
AB = 25\/2 m and CD = 2 x 25n/2 m = 50V2 m
Example 29. A ladder of 8m length is placed against a vertical wall of a house and makes an
angle of 30° with the wall. The ladder is turned and is placed against the vertical wall of
another house on the other side of the lane and it makes an angle of 45° with the wall. Find the
width of the lane.
Solution : Let BD be the width of the lane and AB and CD be the walls on the two sides of
the lane. The ladder OA makes an angle of 30° with the wall AB. When the ladder is turned,
it makes an angle of45° with the wall CD.
w
Now, AO = OC = 8m; ZBAO = 30°; A
ZCOD = 45°
Flo
ee
In right AABO,
sin 30° =
OB Fr
for
ur
OA
OB 8
ks
or or OB = — = 4 m
Yo
2 8 ’ 2
oo
Again, in right AOCD. B O D
eB
OD
sin 45° =
r
OC
ou
ad
Y
o
1 _ OD
or ; or OD = —^ =4'/2 m
V2 ~ 8 ’
nd
Re
Fi
BD = BO + OD = (4 + 4^2) m
= 4 (1 + 1.414) in = 4 x 2.414 m= 9.656m
Flence width of the lane = 9.656 m (approx.)
Example 30. A vertical pole and a 50 m high tower stand on the same horizontal plane. From
the lop of the tower, the angles of depression of the top and the foot of the pole are 30° and
45° respectively. Find the height of the pole.
Solution : Let AB be the lower and CD the pole which stand on the same horizontal plane
BD. From the top A of the tower, the angles of depression of the top C and foot D of the pole
are 30° and 45° respectively.
Now, AB - 50 m, BD = QC; BQ = CD
ZADB=ZPAD = 45°
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.21
ZACQ = ZPAC = 30° A
P
In right AABD,
AB 50
tan 45° =----; or l = ; BD = 50 m 50 m
BD BD C
Q
QC = BD = 50 m
Again in right AAQC,
AQ AQ 50 B D
tan 30" = AQ = —7= m
QC' sfl 50’ V3
50
BQ = AB - AQ = 50—^=50 l—= = 50 (1 - 0.5774)
73 73j
w
= 50 x 0.4226m = 21.13 m
.’. CD = 21.I3 m
Hence the height ofthe pole = 21.13 m (approx.) Flo
ee
Example 31. A vertical lower subtends a right angle on the top of 10m high flagstaff. Ifthe
distance between them is 20 m, then find the height ofthe tower.
Solution : Let AB be the tower and CD the flagstaff.
Fr
A
for
ur
We draw PC||BD
ks
From question, ZACB = 90°; BD = PC = 20m
Yo
oo
In right ABCD, PB = CD= 10 m
B
BC2 = CD2+ BD2
re
= (10)2 + (20)2= 100 + 400 = 500
ou
ad
Again in right AABC,
Y
AB2 = AC2+ BC2 P
nd
or AB2 = AP2+ PC2 + BC2
Re
[Since in right AAPC.AP2+PC2 = AC2] B 20 m ^
Fi
or AB2 = AP2 + BD2 + BC2
or AB2 = (AB - BP)2 + (20)2 + 500
or AB2 = (AB -10)2 + 400 + 500
or AB2 = AB2 - 20AB + 100 + 900
or 20AB= 1000
1000
or AB = = 50 .-. AB = 50 m
20
Hence height of the tower = 50 m
Second method:
Let AB = /? m
Given, CD = 10 m and BD = 20 m, ZACB = 90°
From C, we draw CP || BD.
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.22 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Let ZPCB=0
ZACP =90°-e
PB = CD = 10 m, PC = BD = 20 m
PB 10 1
From right APCB, tan 0 = —7 cot 0 = 2
PC 20 2
AP AB-PB /?-10
From right AACP. tan (9O°-0) =
PC 20 20
//-I0 /7-10
or cot 0 = or 2 = [y tan (90° - 0) = cot 0]
20 20
or /? -10 = 20 x2 /; = 40 + 10 = 50
Hence height of the tower = 50 m
low
Third method:
From geometry.
In right AACB. AP x PB = CP2 [where CP 1 AB ]
ee
rF
or AP x 10 m = (20 m)2 [••• CD = PB = 10 m]
400 m2
Fr
AP =
or
or 40 m
10 m
f
u
Hence height of the tower = 40 m + 10 m = 50 in.
ks
Yo
oo
Example 32. The angle of elevation ofan aeroplane from a point on the level ground is 60°.
After 10 seconds of flight, the angle of elevation changes to 30°. If the aeroplane is flying
B
horizontally at a height of 3000 m. find the speed of the plane.
re
Solution : Let O be the point of observation and OA be the horizontal line through O.
ou
ad
Let P be the initial position of the aeroplane and Q be its position after 10 seconds.
Y
We draw PL 1 OA and QM 1 OA
nd
Re
Given, ZPOL = 60° and ZQOM = 30°
Q
Fi
P
PL=QM = 3000 m
PL
Now, from right APOL, tan 60° =----
OL
3000
=> 73 =
OL d
O L M A
3000 3000 73
OL = = 1000 73 m
73 3
QM
Again, from AQOM, tan 30° =
OM
3000
=>
73 OM
OM = 3000 73 m
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.23
LM = OM - OL = (3000Vs - lOOoVs) m = 2000 V3 m
PQ = LM = 2000 V3 m
Thus the distance travelled by the plane in 10 seconds PQ = 2000 VSm
distance 2000 Vs
Speed of the plane = m/s = 200Vs m/s = 346.4 m/s
time 10
Example S3. The angle of elevation of a jet fighter from a point A on the ground is 60°. After
a flight of 15 seconds, the angle of elevation changes to 30°. If the jet is flying at a speed of
720 km/hour, find the constant height at which the jet is flying [Use Vs = 1.732 ]
|CBSE 2008|
Solution : Let h be the constant height of the jet plane
Let AB=.vkm
low
Given, speed ofjet = 720 km/hr
Distance covered by jet in one minute
E
ee
720
---- = 12 km
rF
60
Distance covered by jet in 15 sec. Fr
or
E
12
f
u
-C
- — x 15 = 3 km
ks
60
Yo
oo
BC A xkmB^
In right AABC. tan 60° =---- 3 km *D
B
AB
re
=^
ou
x
ad
VSa' — h
Y
h
nd
Re
=> •-(i)
X=J~3
Fi
DE
In right AADE, tan 30° =
AD
h
=> V3/? = y + 3
V3 y+3
V3/? = 4= + 3 [From (i)]
/j+sVs
=> V3 // = => 3/; = //+ 3V3
V5
=> 3/?-/? = 3Vs => 2/? = 3V3
=> h = | (1.732) = 2.598 [v V3 = 1.732]
Constant height ofjet, h = 2.598 km = 2.598 x 1000 m = 2598 111 [ v 1 km = 1000 m]
Example 34. A boy standing on a horizontal plane finds a bird flying at a distance of 100111
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.24 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
from him at an elevation of 30°. A girl standing on the roof of20 metres high building finds the
angle ofelevation of the same bird to be 45°. Both the boy and the girl are on opposite sides
of the bird. Find the distance ofbird from the girl. ICBSE 20071
Solution : Let A be the bird and E and C be the positions of the girl and the boy respectively.
Given, AC = 100 m, EF = 20 m
AB
In right AABC, sin 30° =----
AC
1 _ AB
=>
2 ” 100
=> 2AB = 100 C B F
=> AB = 50 m -G)
Now, AD=AB-BD
= 50- EF [From(i)]
low
= 50-20 = 30 m ....(ii)
AD
In right AADE, sin 45° = ——
AE
ee
30
rF
=>
AE
Fr [From(ii)]
for
=> AE = 30n/2 = 30(1.41) [v V2 = 1.41]
u
Distance ofbird from the girl. AE = 42.3 m
ks
Yo
Example 35. A girl who is 1.2 m tall, spots a balloon moving with the wind in a horizontal line
oo
at a height of 88.2 m from the ground. The angle of elevation of the balloon from the eyes of
B
the girl at any instant is 60°. After some time, the angle of elevation reduces to 30°. Find the
re
distance travelled by the balloon during the interval. |NCERT|
ou
ad
Solution : Let AB be the girl and P and Q are the positions of the balloon. PC and QD are
Y
perpendiculars from P and Q to BD.
According to question,
nd
Re
Fi
ZPAR = 60° and ZQAS = 30°
PC = QD = Constant height of the balloon = 88.2 m
PR= PC - RC = PC - AB = (88.2 -1.2) m = 87 m
and QS = PR = 87 m
Nowin right A PAR,
AR P (balloon) Q (balloon)
cot 60° =
PR
1 AR
or
V3 ~ 87
.2 m
87 87 V3
AR =-= = — x —
V3 V3 73 A S
8773 E R
m
3 B C D
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.25
or AR = 29 V3 m
In right AQAS,
AS
cot 30° = —
QS
or
87
AS = 87 V3 m •••(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we have
RS = AS-AR
= (87>/3 - 2973) m
= 5873 m
low
Distance travelled by the balloon = PQ = RS
= 5873 m
Example 36. At the foot of a mountain, the elevation of its summit is 45°. After ascending 1
ee
rF
km towards the mountain up an incline of 30°, the elevation changes to 60°. Find the height
of the mountain. Fr
for
Solution : Let A be the summit and C be the foot of the mountain. A
u
Let AB 1 CB and ZACB = 45°
ks
Yo
Let D be the point such that
oo
B
ZDCB = 30°
re
and DC = 1 km,
ou
ad
Then, ZADE = 60°
Y
Draw DC 1CB
nd
Re
E
In right ADGC,
Fi
DG
sin 30° = —
DC
1 _ DG
or
2 “ 1
C G B
1
DG =-
2
EB = DG =— km = 0.5 km
2
In right AABC, ZBAC = 180o-90o-45° = 45°
In right AAED, ZDAE = 180°-90°-60° = 30°
ZDAC = ZBAC - ZDAE = 45° - 30°= 15°
and ZDCA = ZBCA - ZBCD = 45° - 30° =15°
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.26 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
ZD AC = ZDCA
DA= DC = 1 kin
Nowin right AAED,
AE
sin 60° =
AD
AE _ V3 _ 1.732
or = 0.866
1 ~ 2 ~ 2
AE= 0.866 km ...(ii)
From (i ) and (ii), we get
Height of the mountain AB = AE + EB
= (0.866 + 0.5) km = 1.366 km
Example 37. Two poles of equal heights are standing opposite each other on either side of
w
the road, which is 80 m wide. From a point between them on the road the angles of elevation
of the top of the poles are 60° and 30°, respectively. Find the height of the poles and the
distance of the point from the poles. Flo |NCERT|
ee
Solution : Let AB and CD be the two poles.
Given distance AC between their feet
= 80 m
B Fr D
for
ur
Let AE =x, then EC = 80 -x.
ks
Given, AB = CD
Yo
oo
In right AEAB. o o
Q.
B
CL
AB
tan 30° =----
re
AE
ou
ad
1 _ AB
=>
Y
V3 -v
nd
Re
=> AB = -A=
V3
Fi
In right ADCE, tan 60° = — ^ S = — [v AB = DC]
EC EC
=> AB = ^ EC ••.(ii)
Putting the value ofAB from (i) in (ii), we get
4- = V3EC => .v = 3EC => * = 3 (80 - x)
4~3
=> x = 240 - 3.v
=> 4.v = 240 =i> at = 60 m
Putting a = 60 in (i), we get
60 60V3
AB = = 2073 m •
V3 3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.27
Now, distance of point E from pole AB = .v = 60 m
and distance of point E from pole CD = (80 - 60) = 20 m
Example 38. From the top of a 7 m high building, the angle of elevation of the top of a
cable tower is 60° and the angle of depression of its foot is 45°. Find the height of the
tower. [NCERT|
Solution : Let AB be the building 7 metres high and PQ be the cable tower h metres high.
Draw AR 1 PQ
According to question, P
Z PAR = 60°
and ZQAR =45° = ZAQB
AB = 7m
Now, PR=PQ-RQ = PQ-AB
= (/? - 7) m
low
From right A ABQ,
AB
tan 45° =
ee
BQ
rF
B Q
or
7 Fr
for
BQ
u
or BQ = 7m
ks
Now in right A PRA,
Yo
oo
PR
tan 60° =----
B
AR
re
or
ou
ad
BQ
Y
or s=h
- -7 7
nd
Re
h-7 = lyfe
Fi
or
or = 7 + 7^3 =7(1 + ^) =7x2.732= 19.124
Hence height of the cable tower is 19.124 m.
——
EXERCISE 9.1
I
In A ABC, ZA = 90°, AB = 12 cm and AC = 4^3 cm, then find ZB.
A vertical pole is 7V3 m high and the length of its shadow is 21 m. Find the angle of
^/elevation of the source of light.
3. A ladder of length 30 m is placed against a wall such that it just reaches the top of the 15
m high wall. At what angle is the ladder inclined to the ground ?
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.28 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Ay/ When the ratio of the height of a telephone pole and the length of its shadow is V3 :1,
v find the angle of elevation of the sun.
Type II
5. In the figure, ABC is a right triangle in which AB = 8 m, Z BCA = 30°, then find
(i) the angle of elevation ofA at C. (ii) the angle of depression of C at A.
(iii) BC and AB
6. ABC is a right triangle in which BC is horizontal, AB = 8 m. ZBAC = 60°, then find
(i) the angle of elevation of A at C M P
(ii) the angle of depression of C at A
(iii) the distance of B from C
7. In the figure PQR is a right triangle in which
QR = 8^3 m and ZQPR = 30°. FindQP-
low
R 8^m Q
8. In AABC, hypotenuse AC = 12 cm and ZA = 60°, then find the length of remaining
sides.
ee
rF
9. In right AABC, AC is the hypotenuse, AB = 12 cm and ZBAC = 30°, then find the
length of the side BC. Fr
for
The top of a tower makes an angle of 45° at a point in the horizontal plane at a distance
u
of 20 m. Find the height of the tower.
ks
11. AB is a vertical wall and B is on the ground. The ladder AC is resting at C on the ground.
Yo
oo
ZACB = 45°, BC = 5m, find the length of the ladder.
B
yr. The length of the shadow of a V3 m high bamboo tree is 3m, then what will be the
re
angle of elevation of the top of the bamboo tree at the end of the shadow.
ou
ad
1
Y
1^\ The height of a telephone pole is times the length of its shadow, then find the angle
nd
of elevation of the source of light.
Re
Fi
\y An observer 1.75 mtall is at a distance of24 m from a wall 25.75 m high. Find the angle
of elevation of the top of the wall at the observer's eye.
15. A tower stands vertically on the ground. At a point on the ground, 15 m away from the
foot of the tower, the angle of elevation of the top of the tower is 60°. What is the height
of the tower ?
16. At a point 20 m away from the foot of a tower, the angle of elevation of the top of the
tower is 30°. Find the height of the tower.
jX The angle of elevation of the top of a tower at a distance of 50\/3 m from its foot is 60°.
Find the height of the tower.
18. A ladder is placed against a vertical wall such that it just reaches the top of the wall. The
foot of the ladder is 1.5 m away from the wall and the ladder is inclined at an angle of 60°
with the ground. Find the height of the wall.
\y. The shadow of Qutab Minar is 81 m long when the angle of elevation of the Sun is 0.
*/ Find the height of the Qutab Minar if tan 0 = 0.89.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.29
ZO^/The string of a kite is 100 m long. If the string is in the form of a straight line (there is no
g
slack in the string) and makes an angle of9° with the level ground such that sin 0 = —,
then find the height of the kite.
21. The length of a string between a kite and a point on the ground is 90 m. If the string
15
makes an angle 0 with the level ground such that tan 0 = —. Find the height of the kite
8
The upper pail of a tree is broken over by the strong wind makes an angle of 30° with the
ground. The top of the broken tree meets the ground at a distance of 25 m from the foot
of the tree. Find the original height of the tree.
23. AB is a vertical wall and B is on the ground. A ladder AC is resting at point C on the
ground. If ZACB = 60°, BC = 3 m, then find the length ofthe ladder.
low
24. An electric pole is 10 m high. A steel wire tied to the top ofthe pole is affixed at a point
on the ground to keep the pole upright. If the steel wire makes an angle of45° with the
horizontal through the foot of the pole. Find the length ofthe steel wire.
ee
25. A circus artist climbs on a rope which is tied between the top of a pole and a fixed point
rF
Fr
on the level ground. The height of the pole is 12 m and the rope makes an angle of 0 with
the ground. Find the distance covered by the artist to climb to the top ofthe pole.
for
[sin 0 = 0.5783]
u
In order to cross a river, a person has to cover a distance of 250 m along the straight
ks
Yo
bridge from one end to the other. Ifthe bridge makes an angle of 30° with the edge ofthe
oo
river, find the width of the river.
eB
An aeroplane flies from the ground making an angle of 30° with the ground and covers
a distance of 184 m. What will be the height ofthe aeroplane above the ground ?
r
ou
ad
28. A man of height 1.5 m sees the top of a tree and the angle of elevation ofthe top at his
Y
eye is 60°. Find the height of the tree if the distance of the man from the tree is 36 m.
nd
3
Re
29. A man who is 1 — m tall sees that angle of elevation ofthe top of a temple is 30°. If the
Fi
distance of the man from the temple is 15 m. find the height ofthe temple.
Type III
30. A flagstaff stands on a vertical tower. At a point distant 10 m from the base of the tower,
the tower and the flagstaff make angles 45° and 15° respectively. Find ihe length ofthe
flagstaff.
31. An observer standing at a distance of 72 m from a building measures the angles of
elevation of the top and foot of a flagstaffon the building as 54° and 50°. Find the height
of the flagstaff. [tan 54°= 1.376, tan 50° =1.192]
32: A 20 m long flagstaff stands on a tower. At a point on the level ground the angles of
* elevations of the foot and top of the flagstaff' are 30° and 60° respectively. Find the
height ofthe tower.
33. A flagstaff stands on a tower. At a point distant 60 m from the base ofthe tower, the top
of the flagstaffmakes an angle of 60° and the tower makes an angle of 30° at that very
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.30 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
point. Find the height of the flagstaff.
34. A statue 1.46 m tall, stands on the top of a pedestal. From a point on the ground, the
angle of elevation of the top of the statue is 60° and from the same point, the angle of
elevation of the top of the pedestal is 45°. Find the height of the pedestal
(use V3 = 1.73) |CBSE 2008|
The angle of elevation of the top of a hill at the foot of a tower is 60° and the angle of
elevation of the top ofthe tower at the foot ofthe hill is 30°. Ifthe tower is 50 m tall, what
is the height of the hill ?
36. At a point on the level ground, the angle of elevation of the top of a tower is 45°. On
moving 20 m towards the tower, the angle of elevation becomes 60°. Find the height
of the tower. |CBSE 2008|
(ftf A person standing on the bank of a river observes that the angle of elevation of the
top of a tree standing on the opposite bank is 60°. When he moves 40 m away from
low
the bank, he finds the angle of elevation to be 30°. Find the height of the tree and the
width ofthe river.[ Use V3 =1.732 ] [CBSE 20081
prf? (i) A 10 m high flagstaff stands on a tower. From a point on the level ground , the
ee
angles of elevation of the foot and top of the flagstaff are 30° and 60° respectively.
rF
Find the height of the tower.
Fr
(ii) A flagstaff stands on the top of a tower. At a point distant d from the base of the
for
tower, the angles of elevation of the top of the flagstaff and that of the tower are p
u
and a respectively. Prove that the height of the flagstaff is = t/(tan p - tan a).
ks
Yo
(jitf A vertical lower stands on a horizontal plane and is surmounted by a vertical
oo
flagstaff of height /?. At a point on the plane, the angle of elevation ofthe bottom of
eB
the flagstaff is a and that of the top of the flagstaff is p. Prove that the height of the
h tana
r
tower is
ou
ad
tan p - tan a '
Y
38. (i) From a point on the level ground, the angle of elevation of the top of a tower is 30°.
nd
On proceeding 30 m towards the tower the angle of elevation becomes 60°. Find the
Re
height of the tower.
Fi
(ii) The angle of elevation of a church-spire at some point in the plane is 45°. On
proceeding 30 m towards the church, the angle of elevation becomes 60°. Find the
height of the church-spire.
3^" The pilot ofhelicopter at an altitude of 1000 msecs two aeroplanes, one on his left
and the other on his right at the same height and finds their angles of depression as
45° and 60°. Find the distance between the two aeroplanes.
(ii) As observed from the top of a 100 m tall light house, the angles of depression of two
ships approaching it are 30° and 45°. If one ship is directly behind the other, find the
distance between the two ships.
pif) A straight highway leads to the foot of a 50 m tall tower. From the top ofthe tower,
the angles of depression of two cars on the highway are 30° and 60°. What is the
/ distance between the two cars and how far is each car from the tower ?
40. (j)/ When the altitude of the Sun increases from 30° to 45°, the length of the shadow of
a palm tree decreases by 12 m. Find the length of the palm tree.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.31
(ii) A tall tree stands vertically on a bank of a river. At the point on the other bank
directly opposite the tree, the angle of elevation of the top of the tree is 60°. At a
point 20 m behind this point on the same bank, the angle of elevation of the top of
the tree is 30°. Find the height of the tree and the width of the river.
(]j#The angle of elevation of the top of a tower from a point on the ground is 30°. After
walking 30 m towards the tower, the angle of elevation becomes 60°. What is the
height of the tower ?
(iv) At a point P on the ground, the angles of elevation of the top of a 10 m tall building,
and of a helicopter covering some distance over the top of the building, are 30° and
60° respectively. Find the height of the helicopter above the ground.
From an aeroplane, the angles of depression of two ships in a river on left and right
of it are 60° and 45° respectively. If the distance between the two ships is 100m, find
the height of the aeroplane.
(ii) There is a small island in the middle of 100 m wide river. There is a tall tree on the
w
island. Points P and Q are points directly opposite each other on the two banks, and
in line with the tree. Ifthe angles of elevation of the top of the tree at P and Q are 30°
Flo
and 45°, find the height of the tree.
ee
(iii). Two men are on the opposite sides of a tower. They measure the angles of elevation
Fr
^ of the tower as 25° and 40° respectively. If the height of the tower is 35 m, find the
distance between two men; having given tan 25° = 0.4663 and tan 40° = 0.8391.
for
ur
(iv) From a light-house, the angles of depression of two ships on opposite sides of the
light-house are 30° and 45°. If the height of the light-house be 100 m, find the
ks
Yo
distance between the ships, if the line joining them passes through the foot of the
oo
light-house.
B
42. An idol 30m tall stands on a pillar 15 m high. Find the angle in degrees which the idol
re
subtends at a point distant 15\/3 m from the base of the pillar.
ou
ad
Type IV
Y
43. A ladder is placed against a building and the angle of elevation of the top of the ladder
nd
Re
is 60°. The ladder is turned so that it is placed against another building on the other side
Fi
of the lane and the angle of elevation in this case is 45°. If the ladder is 26 m long, then
find the width of the lane.
^OTwo pillars of equal height are 64 m apart. The angles of elevation oftheir tops from any
point joining their feet are respectively 30° and 60°. Find the height of the pillars.
45. The distance between two vertical pillars is 100 m and the height of one is double ofthe
other. The angles of elevation of their tops at a point on the line joining the foot ofthe
two pillar are 60° and 30° respectively. Find their heights.
^46. Two pillars of equal height stand on either side of roadway which is 30 m wide. At a
point in the roadway between the pillars, the elevations ofthe tops of the pillars are 60°
and 30°. Find the heights of the pillars and the position of the point.
47. The angle of elevation ofthe top ofa tower from the bottom of a tree is 60°and the angle
of elevation ofthe top of the tree from the foot of the tower is 30°. I f the tower is 50 m tall,
what is the height of the tree ?
48. A vertical tower of height 12m subtends a right angle at the top ofa flagstaff. If the
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.32 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
distance between them is 12 in, find the height of the tower.
49. The angles of elevation of the top of a rock at the top and foot of a 100 m high tower, are
respectively 30° and 45°. Find the height of the rock.
50. The angles of depression of the top and the bottom of a 7 m tall building from the top of
a tower are 45° and 60° respectively. Find the height of the tower.
51. A building subtends a right angle at the top of a pole on the other side of the road. The
1 ine joining the top of the pole and the top of the building makes an angle of 60° with the
vertical. If the width of the road is 45 m, find the height of the building.
From the top and bottom of a building of height h, the angles of elevation of the top of
a tower are a and (3 respectively. Prove that the height of the tower is
/? tan (3
tan p - tan a
(Hint: Let AB be the tower and CD be the building. We draw CE 1 AB. According to
low
the question.
CD = h, ZBDE = a. ZBCA = p
Let AB -y
ee
rF
Then, BE = BA-EA = y-/7
Let CA = .v. Th en DE = jc Fr
for
BE y-h
From right ABDE, tan a =
u
x
ks
Yo
AB y
oo
Also, from right ABCA, tan p =---- -(ii)
AC x
B
y-h
re
y
(ii) => -v = ; (i) => -v =
tan p ’ tan a
ou
ad
y-h
Y
y y h y
=>
tan a tan P tan a tana tan p
nd
Re
Fi
1 1 h
=> y
tan a tan P tan a
tan p - tan a h
=> y
tanp tan p tana
h tan P h tan P
, _ . Flence the height of the tower =
. tanp-tan a tanp-tan a
The angle of elevation of an aeroplane from a point A on the ground is 60°. After a flight
of 30 seconds, the angle of elevation changes to 30°. Ifthe plane is flying at a constant
height of 3600V3 m, find the speed, in km/hour, of the plane. |CBSE 2008|
An aeroplane left 30 minutes later than its scheduled time; and in order to reach its
A_ destination 1500 km away in time, it has to increase its speed by 250 km/hour from its
I usual speed. Determine its usual speed. [CBSE 2008|
The angle of elevation of an aeroplane from a point on the ground is 60°. After a flight
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.33
of 15 seconds, the angle of elevation changes to 30°. If the aeroplane is flying at a
constant height of 1500^3 m, find the speed of the aeroplane. |CBSE 2008|
ANSWERS
I. 30° 2. 30" 3. 30° 4. 60°
5. (i) 30° (ii) 30° (iii) sVJm (iv) 16m
6. (i) 30° (ii) 3a' (iii) sjlm 7. 24 m
8. AB = 6m, BC = 6V3m 9. 4>/3m 10. 20 m
II. 5Jim 12. 30° 13. 30° 14. 45°
20
w
15. 15 Jim 16. ~r m = 11.54 m (approx.) 17. 150 m
V3
18. (1.5)Vim = 2.598 m (approx.) Flo 19. 72.09 m (approx.)
ee
20. 53.33 m (approx.) 21. 75m 22. 25 Vim 23. 6 m
24. loVIm 25. 20.75 m 26. 125 m
Fr 27. 92 m
for
ur
ks
28. 63.852 m (approx.) 29. 10.41 m (approx.) 30. 7.32 m
Yo
oo
eB
31. 13.25 m 32. 10m 33. 40 Vim 34. 2 m
35. 150 m
r
ou
ad
36. (i) 47.32 m(approx.) (ii) Height of the tree = 34.64 m, width of the river = 20 m
Y
37.(i) 5m 38. (i) 15 VI m (ii) 70.80m (approx.)
nd
Re
39. (i) 1577.4 m(approx.) (ii) 73.2 m(approx.) (iii)57.73 m,. 86.6m,28.87 m
Fi
40. (i) 16.39m(approx.) (ii) 17.32 m(approx.), 10m (iii) 15 Vim (iv) 30m
41. (i) 63.4 m (approx.) (ii) 36.6 m (approx.) (iii) 116.77 m (approx.)
(iv) 273.2 m (approx.)42. 3()1' 43. 31.4 m (approx.)
44. 16Vim, 16Vim 45. 40Vim, 20Vim
46. 12.99 m ; Distance of point from one pillar is 7.5 m 47. 16 — m 48.24 m
49.236.6m (approx.)50. 16.56m (approx.) 51. 60 VI m.
53.864 km/hr. 54. 750 km/hr. 55. 200 m/s or 720 km/hr.
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.34 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Long Answer Type Questions :
1. A pole of height 5 m is fixed on the top of a tower. The angle of elevation of the top of
the pole as observed from a point A on the ground is 60° and the angle of depression of
the point A from the top of the tower is 45°. Find the height of the tower.
(UseV3 = 1.732) | Delhi 2009|
2. From the top of a building 60 m high, the angles of depression of the top and bottom of
a vertical lamp post are observed to be 30° and 60° respectively. Find
(i) The horizontal distance between the building and the lamp post.
w
(ii) The height of the lamp post (Use x/3 = 1.732) |AI 2009]
3. The angles of depression of the top and bottom ofa 8 m tall building from the top of a
Flo
multi-storeyed building are 30° and 45° respectively. Find the height of the multistoreyed
building and the distance between the two buildings. IDelhi 2009|
ee
4.
Fr
A straight highway leads to the foot of a tower. A man standing on the top of the tower
observes a car at an angle of depression of 30°, which is approaching the foot of the
for
ur
tower with a uniform speed. Six seconds later the angle of depression ofthe car is found
to be 60°. Find the time taken by the car to reach the foot ofthe tower from this point.
ks
|Delhi 2009|
Yo
oo
5. The angle of elevation of the top of a building from the foot of a tower is 30° and the
B
angle of elevation ofthe top ofthe tower from the foot of the building is 60°. I f the tower
re
is 50 m high. Find the height ofthe building. | Foreign 20091
6.
ou
A 1.2 m tall girl spots a balloon moving with the wind in a horizontal line at a height of
ad
88.2 m from the ground. The angle of elevation ofthe balloon from the eyes ofthe girl at
Y
that instant is 60°. After some lime the angle of elevation reduces to 30°. Find the
nd
Re
distance travelled by the balloon during the interval. | AI 2009|
Fi
7. An aeroplane when flying at a height of 3125 m from the ground passes vertically below
another plane at an instant when the angles of elevation of the two planes from the
same point on the ground are 30° and 60° respectively. Find the distance between the
two planes at that instant. |AI 2009|
8. A man is standing on the deck of a ship which is 25 cm above water level. He observes
the angle of elevation ofthe top of a light house as 60° and the angle of depression of
the base of the light house as 45°. Calculate the height ofthe light house.
| Foreign 2009)
9. A tower stands vertically on a bank of a canal from a point on the other bank directly
opposite the tower, the angle of elevation of the top ofthe tower is 60°. from another
point. 20 m away from this point. On the line joining this point to the foot of the tower,
the angle ofelevation of the top ofthe tower is 30°. Find the height ofthe tower and the
width ofthe canal. (Foreign 2009)
10. A vertical pedestal stands on the ground and is surmounted by a vertical flag staff of
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.35
height 5 m. At a point on the ground the angles of elevation of the bottom and the top
of the Hag staff are 30° and 60° respectively. Find the height of the pedestal.
(Foreign 20101
11. The angle of elevation of a cloud from a point 60 m above a take is 30° and the angle of
depression of the reflection ofthe cloud in the lake is 60°. Find the height of the cloud
from the surface ofthe lake. (AI2010]
12. From a window (9 m above the ground) of a house in a street, the angles of elevation
and depression ofthe top and foot of another house on the opposite side ofthe street
are 30° and 60° respectively. Find the height ofthe opposite house and the width ofthe
street. [Use \/3 = 1.732 ] (Foreign 2010|
13. A man on the deck of a ship, 12 m above water level observes that the angle of elevation
ofthe top of a cliff is 60° and the angle of depression ofthe base of cl iff is 30°. Find the
distance ofthe cliff from the ship and the height ofthe cliff.
w
[Use V3 = 1.732] |A1 2010|
Flo
14. From the top of a 7 m heigh building, the angle of elevation ofthe top of a tower is 60°
and the angle of depression ofthe foot ofthe tower is 30°. Find the height of the tower.
ee
(Delhi 2010|
Short Answer Type Questions: Fr
for
ur
1. The tower window of a house is at a height of 2 m above the ground and its upper
ks
window is 4 m vertically above the lower window. At certain instant the angles of
Yo
oo
elevation of a balloon from these windows are observed to be 60° and 30° respectively.
Find the height ofthe balloon above the ground.
B
re
2. The angle of elevation of the lop of a vertical tower from the point on the ground is 60°.
From another point 10 m vertically above the first, its angle of elevation is 45°. Find the
ou
ad
height ofthe lower.
Y
3. A ladder rests against a vertical wall at an inclination a to the horizontal. Its foot is
nd
Re
pulled away from the wall through a distancep so that its upper end slides a distance q
Fi
down the wall and then the ladder makes an angle (3 to the horizontal.
, p cos (3 - cos a
Show that — =----------------
q sin a - sin P
4. A window of a house is h metres above the ground. From the windows, the angles of
elevation and depression ofthe top and the bottom of another house situated on the
opposite side ofthe lane are found to be a and p. respectively. Prove that the height of
the other house is /? (1 + tan a cot P) metres.
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
A. Objective Type Questions (MCQ 1 Mark);
Choose the correct option :
I. The line joining the eye ofan observer and the object viewed by the observer is known
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.36 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
as
(a) vertical line (b) horizontal line
(c) line of sight (d) transversal line
2. The angle which the line of sight makes with the horizontal when the object is above
the observer is known as
(a) angle of depression (b) angle of elevation
(c) acute angle (d) angle of sight
3. When we lower out head to look at the object, the angle formed by the line of sight with
the horizontal is known as
(a) acute angle b) angle of elevation
(c) angle of depression (d) obtuse angle
4. The angle of elevation of the sun, if the length of the shadow of a tower is >/3 times the
low
height of the tower is
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 75° (d) 60°
5. The angle ofelevation of the top of a tower from a point 20 metres away from its base is
ee
45°. The height of the tower is
rF
(a) 10V3 m (b) 20 m (c) 30 m Fr (d) 20V3 m
or
6. When the length of the shadow of a pole is equal to a height of the pole, then the
f
u
ks
elevation of source of light is
Yo
oo
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 90° (d) 60°
B
7. Two poles are 25 m and 15 m high and the line joining their tops makes an angle of45°
re
with the horizontal. The distance between these poles is
ou
(a) 15 m (b) 8 m (c) 40 m (d) 10m
ad
Y
8. The angle of elevation of top ol'a 15 m high tower at a point 15 m away from the base of
the tower is
nd
Re
(a) 30° (b) 60° (c) 45° (d) 75°
Fi
9. From the top ofa cliff25 m high, the angle ofelevation ofthe top ofa tower is found to
be equal to the angle of depression of the foot ofthe tower. The height of the tower is
(a) 25 m (b) 50 m (c) 60 m (d) 75 m
10. A man of height 6 m observes the top ofa tower and the foot ofthe tower at angles of
45° and 30° of elevation and depression respectively. The height of tower is
(a) 12 m (b) 6V3 m (c) 6(V3-l)m (d) 6(V3 + I)m
11. If the elevation ofthe sun is 30°, then the length ofthe shadow cast by a lower of 150
metres height is
(a) 150 m (b) 200 m (c) 150 Tim (d) 50 Tim
12. If a flagstaff 6 m high placed on the top of a tower throws a shadow 2 TI m along the
ground, then the angle ofelevation ofthe sun is
(a) 30° (b ) 60° (c) 45° (d) none of these
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.37
13. If two towers of height /?, and h2 subtend angles of 60° and 30° respectively at the mid
point of the line joining their feet, then /t, : h2 =
(a) 1:2 (b) 1:3 (c) 2:1 (d) 3:1
14. A portion of a 60 m long tree is broken by tornando and the top struck up the gorund
making an angle of 30° with the ground level. The height of the point where the tree is
broken is equal to
(a) 35 m (b) 30 m (c) 40 m (d) 20 m
15. The angle ofelevation of the top of an incomplete vertical pillar at a horizontal distance
of 100 m from its base is 45°. 1 f the angle of elevation of the top of the complete pillar at
the same point is to be 60°, then the height of the incomplete pillar is to be increased by
(a) 100 m (b) 50V2m (c) 100^3 m (d) 100(^3-l)m
low
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions :
Consider the following statements :
(a) Both the statements 1 and 2 are true and statement 2 is the correct explanation for
ee
statement 1.
rF
(b) Fr
Both the statements 1 and 2 are true and statement 2 is not the correct explanation for
statement 1.
for
(c) Statement 1 is true but statment 2 is false.
u
ks
(d) Statement 1 is false but statement 2 is true.
Yo
oo
Choose the correct option from (a), (b), (c) and (d) in the following :
eB
lh
1. Statement 1: If two towers of height /?, and h2 ~-tan 60°; = tan 30°
r
ou
.Y
ad
Y
respectively at the mid-point ofthe line joining their feet, then
/?,:/?-> = 3 : 1
nd
Re
lh
h\ =tan 60°; —
Fi
Statement 2 : In the given figure — = tan 30°
B
h,
A
_Y O -Y
Sol. Statement 2 : Clearly Statement 2 is true.
From given figure, /?, = x tan 60°= V3.y, h2 = x tan 30° = -—=
/j, : h-, = n/Xy : —= V5 : —U = 3:1 Statement I is true.
73
Thus Statement 1 is true. Statement 2 is true and Statement 2 is the correct explanation
for Statement 1. (Ans. (a)|
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.38 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
2. Statement 1 : Elevation of sun changes from 30° to 60°
and length of shadow of a tower decreases
by 10 m, then height of the tower is 1 oV3 m
Statement 2 : In the given figure BC = h cot 9
3. Statement 1 : The Qutab Minar casts a shadow 150 m long
and at the same time another minar casts a shadow B
C
of 120 m long on the gorund. Ifthe height of the
second minar is 80 m, then the height ofQutab Minar is 100 m
Statement 2 : In a right angled triangle ABC right angled at B. AC2 = AB2 + BC2
4. Statement 1 : The angle of elevation of the top of a tower from a point A on the ground
is 30°. On moving a distance of 20 metres towards the foot of the tower to
a point B. the angle of elevation increases to 60°. Then the height of the
low
tower is 2oV3 m.
a sin a sin P
Statement 1 : In the given figure h =
sin (P~a)
ee
rF
5. Statement 1 :
C
Fr
Statement 2 :
f or
u
/?
ks
Yo
oo
B
B
re
H
ou
ad
A A 4- B
D
Y
♦
a
nd
Re
.v - a sin a sinP
tan p-tana In the given figure h
Fi
sin(a + P)
C. Linked Comprehension Type Questions:
Passage -1 : From given figure BD = h cot a and BC = h cot b
Also, d= CD = BD - BC =/? (cot a-cot P)
D
d
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.39
Now, answer the following questions :
1. The angle of elevation of sun changes from 60° to 30°, then the length of shadow of a
tower 5\/3 m high will increase by
(a) 5 m (b) 10m (c) 5V3 m (d) none of these
2. I f the angles of elevation of a tower from two points at distances a and b, where a > b
from its fool and in the same straight line from it are 30° and 60" respectively, then height
of the tower is
a
(a) sja + b (b) -Jab (c) yja-b (d)
b
3. The angle of elevation ofthe top of a tower from a point P on the ground which is 30 m
away from the foot ofthe tower is 30°. After moving a distance of 20 m from P towards
the tower, the angle of elevation ofthe top ofthe tower becomes 45°. The height ofthe
tower in metres is
low
(a) 10 (V5 -1) (b) 10(V3 + I) (c) 10 (d) 3^10
Passage - 2 :
ee
rF
£Qlou<^)
lAf
Fr
for
H?
u
;
ks
Yo
B
oo
C
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
If the angle of elevation of a cloud from a point h metres above a lake is a and the angle of
Fi
ANSWERS
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Long Answer Type Questions:
I. 68.3 m 2. (i) 34.64111 (ii) 40m 3. 4(3+ -73)111
4. 3 seconds 5. 16.67 in 6. 58^3 m
7. 2083.33 m 8. 68.25 m 9. 17.3 m; 10 m
10. 2.5111 II. 120m 12. 12 m; 3-73 m
13. 12-73 m; 48 m 14. 28 m
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.40 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
QUESTIONS FOR PRACTICE
Short Answer Type Questions With Reasonin*’:
1. 8m 2. 5(3+ V3)
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
A.Objective Questions:
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (b)
7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (d) 11. (c) 12. (b)
13. (d) 14. (d) 15. (d)
w
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (d)
Flo
5. (b)
ee
C. Comprehension Type Questions:
Passage-1 :
Passage-2 :
l.(b)
l.(b)
2.
2.
(b)
(c)
3. (b)
3. (a)
Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
EXEMPLAR PROBLEMS
B
1. The anlge ofelevation of the top of a tower from two points distant 5' and t from its foot
re
are complementary. Prove that the height of the tower is -1st. A
ou
ad
Soln. Let the height of the tower be h.
Y
and ZABC = 0
i
nd
Re
Given that. BC = s, PC = t
Fi
,9O°-0
<0
Given, angle of elevation at B and P are complementary. B
w-
ZAPC = 90°-e
[If two angles are complementary to each other, then the sum of both angles is equal to 90°. J
AC h
Now in AABC, tan 0 =----
BC .?
AC
and in AAPC, tan(9O°-0) =---- [y tan (90°-0) = cot 0]
PC
h
=> cotO = —
t
/ 1
=> tan 0 v tan 0 = ...(ii)
h cot0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.41
From (i) and (ii), we get —=—
5 h
=> h- = st
h=
So, the height of the tower is \fsi.
2. A vertical tower stands on a horizontal plane and is surmounted by a vertical flag staff
of height h. At a point on the plane, the angles of elevation of the bottom and the top of
h tan a
the flag staff are a and (3 respectively. Prove that the height of the tower is
tan p- tana
Soln. Let the height of the tower PQ = HandOR = .v
flag staff ^
Given that, height of flag staff FP = h
low
and ZPRO = a, ZFRO=p
PO H
Now, in APRO, tan a =----
RO x Rw
ee
rF
=> v=
H
tan a
Fr ...(i)
f or
FO h+H
u
In AFRO, tan P =-----
ks
RO x
Yo
oo
/t + H
B
x= •••(ii)
tanp
re
From Eqs. (i) and (ii),
ou
ad
Y
H h+H
nd
tan a tan p
Re
Fi
=> Htan p = Man a + Htan a
=> Htan P - Htan a = Man a
/?tana
H(tan P - tan a) = htan a => H=
tan p - tan a
h tan a
Hence, the height of tower is
tan P - tan a
3. A ladder leans against a vertical wall at an inclination a to the horizontal. Its foot is
pulled away from the wall through a distancep, so that its upper end slides a distance
q down the wall and then the ladder makes an angle P to the horizontal. Show that
p _ cos P~ cos a
q sin a-sinP
Soln. Given that, BQ = q, SA =p and AB = SQ = Length of ladder
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.42 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Also, ZBAO = a. and ZQSO = P
B
Now, in ABAO,
q
OA Q
cos a = => OA = ABcosa ...(i)
AB
OB
Again, sin a =---- => OB = BA sin a ...(ii) O APS
AB
Now. in AQSO,
OS
cos (3 = — => OS = SQ cos P = AB cos P [•.'AB = SQ]...(iii)
SO
OQ
Again, sin p = ——
SQ
w
=> OQ = SQ sin p = AB sin P [•.' AB= SQ] ...(iv)
Now, SA=OS-AO
p = AB cos P - AB cos a
Flo
ee
=> /? =AB (cos p-cos a)
and BQ = BO-QO Fr
for
ur
r/= BAsin a-AB sin p
q = AB (sin a - sin P) •••(vi)
ks
From (v) and (vi), we get
Yo
oo
p _ AB(cosp-cosa) _ cos p-cos a
B
re
q AB (sin a-ship) sin a-sin P
ou
ad
P cos p - cos a
Y
=>
q sina-sinp
nd
Re
4. The lower window of a house is at a height of 2 m above the ground and its upper
Fi
window is 4 m vertically above the lower window. At certain instant the angles of
elevation of a balloon from these windows are observed to be 60° and 30°, respectively.
Find the height of the balloon above the ground.
Soln. Let the height of the balloon above the ground = H.
Let PO = LR = MQ=a-
Balloon
Given that, height of lower window above the ground = LP = 2m - OR \ B/
Height of upper window above the lower window = LM =4 m = QR \
v.... ^
BQ =OB- (QR+ RO) \ S'
= H - (4 + 2) 30°
Mi
= H-6
Given, ZBMQ = 30°
uppeZ
window
x m-
QT
4m Hm
and ZBLR =60° ,60° x-
J lower R;t
Now, in ABLR, window 2m
\/
*
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.43
BR BQ + QR
tan 60°=---- v v
LR .v
(H - 6) + 4
=> V5 = x
H-2
=> 'Y=
In ABMQ,
BQ
tan 30° = —
MQ
H-6 1 H-6
=>
w
tan 30° =
.V -V
=> Jt = V3(H-6) Flo
ee
From Eqs. (i)and(ii),
V3(H-6) =
H-2 Fr
for
ur
3(H-6) = H-2 => 3H- 18 = H-2
ks
2H = 16 H =8
Yo
=>
oo
Hence, the required height of the balloon above the ground is 8 m.
B
5. A tree standing on a horizontal plane is leaning towards east. At two points situated at
re
distances o and b respectively due west of it, the angles of elevation of the top are
ou
ad
respectively a and p. Prove that the height of the top from the ground is
Y
(b - a) tan a tan p
nd
Re
tan a - tan p
Fi
Soln. Let OP be the tree and A. B be two points, such that OA = a and OB = b.
In AALC and ABLC, we have C
/^
h A n h
tan a = — and tan p = — where OL =.v
x+a x + b'
=> x + a= h cot a and x + b = h cot P
=> 6 - « = /? cot P - /? cot a
(b-a) (b - a) tan a tan p
=> h=
cot p - cot a tan a - tan p
6. A window of a house is /? m above the ground. From the window, the angles of elevation
and depression of the top and the bottom of another house situated on the opposite
side of the lane are found to be a and p, respectively. Prove that the height of the other
house is /?(1 + tan a cot P) m.
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.44 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Soln. Let the height of the other house = OQ = H
Q
and OB =MW=.vm
Given that. height of window - WB = h m = MO
and ZQWM = a, ZOWM = (3 = ZWOB [alternate angle]
(window)
WB /;
Now, in AWOB, tan (3 = ——
OB x
h
r tan [3
QM OQ-MO
And in AQWM, tan a =
WM “ WM
H-h
low
=> tan a =
X
H-h
x— ...(ii)
ee
tan a
rF
From Eqs. (i)and(ii).
Fr
or
h H-h
f
u
tan [3 tan a
ks
Yo
=> h tan a = (H - h) tan P
oo
h tan a = H tan P - /? tan p
B
=> Htanp =/? (tan a + tan p)
re
ou
Y[- Jtan a +tan P ^
ad
l tan p J
Y
nd
Re
1
= /? 1 + tana. = h(\ + tan a.cot P) cot0 =
Fi
tan p tanG
Hence, the required height of the other house is /? (1 + tan a . cot P)
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
|50 Marks]
Objective and Very Short Answer Type Questions (1 Mark):
Choose the correct option :
1. The angle of elevation of the sum when the shadow of a pole h metres high is V3 m
metres long is
(a) 45° (b) 60° (c) 30° (d) none of these
ReadYourFlow.COM
Some Applications Of Trigonometry : Heights And Distances 9.45
2. A ladder 15 metres long just reaches the top of a vertical wall. If the ladder makes an
angle of 60° with the wall, the height of the wall is
(a) 7.5 m (b) 15 m (c) 10 m (d) none of these
3. An observer 1.5 m tall is 20.5 m away from a tower 22 m high. The angle of elevation of
the top of the tower from the eye of the observer is
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) none of these
4. A pole 6 m high casts a shadow 2V3 m long on the ground, then the Sun’s elevation is
(a) 60° (b) 45" (c) 30" (d) 90"
Short Answer Type Questions (2 Marks):
5. If two towers of heights /?, and h2 subtend angles of 60° and 30° respectively at the
w
midpoint of the line joining their feet, then show that /?, : h2 = 3 \ 1.
6. Flo
A 6 teet tall man finds that the angle of elevation of a 24 feet high pillar and the angle of
depression of its base are complementary angles. Find the distance of the man from the
ee
pillar.
Fr
for
7. Find the angle of elevation of the sun when the length of the shadow of a pole is v3
ur
times the height of the pole.
ks
Yo
8. A ladder 30 m long touches a wall at the height of 15 m. Find the angle made by the
oo
ladder with the horizontal.
B
re
9. A man from the top of a 100 m h igh tower see a car moving towards the tower at an angle
of depression of 30°. After some time the angle of depression becomes 60°. Find the
ou
ad
distance travelled by the car during this time
Y
10. The tops of two poles of height 20 m and 14 m are connected by a wire. Ifthe wire makes
nd
Re
an angle of 30° with the horizontal, then the length of the wire is
Fi
Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks):
11. Angle of elevation of the top of a tower from two points distant s and t from its foot are
complementary. Prove that the height of the tower is Vst
12. From the top of a building 60 m high, the angles of depression of the top and bottom of
a vertical lamp post are observed to be 30° and 60° respectively. Find the height of the
lamp post.
13. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower from certain point is 30°. If the observer
moves 20 metres towards the tower, the angle of elevation of the top increases by 15".
Find the height of the tower.
14. A tree breaks due to storm and the broken part bends so that the top of the three
touches the ground, making an angle of 30° with the ground. Ifthe distance between the
ReadYourFlow.COM
9.46 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
foot of the tree to the point, where the top touches the ground is 8 m, show that the
height of the tree is 8^3 m .
15. The angle of elevation of the top of a hill at the foot of a tower is 60° and the angle of
elevation ofthe top ofthe tower from the foot of the hill is 30°. Ifthe tower is 50 m high,
find the height ofthe hill.
16. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower 30 m high from the foot of another tower in
the same plane is 60° and the angle of elevation of the top ofthe second tower from the
foot of the first tower is 30°. Find the distance between the two towers and also the
height ofthe other tower.
Long Answer Type Questions (4 Marks):
17. A spherical balloon of radius r subtends an angle 0 at the eye of an observer. If the
low
angle of elevation of its centre is <)), find the height ofthe centre ofthe balloon.
18. A vertical tower stands on a horizontal plane and is surmounted by a vertical flagstaff
ee
of height /?. At a point on the plane, the angles of elevation of the bottom and top of the
rF
flag staff are a and
Fr
respectively. Prove that the height ofthe tower is
h tan a
for
tan (3- tan a
u
ks
19. The angle of elevation of a cloud from a point h metres above the surface of a lake is 0
Yo
oo
and the angle of depression of its reflection in the lake is cf). Prove that the height of
B
tan <j) + tan 0
re
cloud above the lake is h
tan ([> - tan 0 y
ou
ad
Y
20. A man in a boat rowing away from a lighthouse 100 m takes 2 minutes to change the
nd
Re
angle of elevation ofthe top of the lighthouse from 60° to 30°. Show that the speed of
Fi
100 V3
the boat is metres per minute.
3
ANSWERS
Very Short Answer Type Questions :
1- (c) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (a) 6. 6\/3m
200^3
7. 30° 8. 30° 9. m 10. 12 m 12. 40m
3
0
13. 10(V3+l)m 15. 150 m 16. loVJm 17. r sinO cosec —
ReadYourFlow.COM
COORDINATE GEOMETRY
10.1. INTRODUCTION
Geometry begins with a point and straight line. Uptil now we have studied geometry without
any use of algebra. In this geometry we describe point and straight line by their name.
In 1637 Rene Descartes in his work unified algebra and geometry used algebra in the study
of geometrical relationship. Thus a new type of geometry was introduced which was given
w
the name analytical geometry or coordinate geometry. Thus coordinate geometry is that
branch of mathematics in which geometry is studied algebraically. In this geometry, geo
Flo
metrical figures are studied by means of equations.
ee
Here, we shall learn the methods of finding the distance between two points having given
Fr
coordinates the area of a triangle, coordinates of whose vertices are given.
for
ur
We shall also study the method of finding the coordinates of a point which divides the line
segment joining two points having given coordinates in a given ratio internally or externally.
ks
Yo
First of all we review briefly what we have learnt in class IX.
oo
B
10.2. REPRESENTATION OF REAL NUMBERS BY POINTS OF A STRAIGHT LINE
re
We take a straight line and any point O on it. This point O divides the straight line in two
ou
ad
parts. The parts of the line on right and leit of O are respectively called positive and negative
Y
parts of the line.
We take any point A on the positive part of the line. We represent the numbers 0 and 1 by
nd
Re
points O and A respectively. Taking OA as unit we will get a point on the line corresonding
Fi
to every real number. Positive real numbers will be represented by points on the positive part
of the line and negative real numbers by points on the negative part of the line. Because of
this representation we will take every real number as a point on a line and call this line,
number line or real line.
-3 V2 -1-1/2 0 y2 V2 1 V3 2 3
«- I I I l I I I I I J-L->
A' O A
Number line
There are infinite number of rational and irrational numbers between any two real numbers as
there are infinite number of points between any two points of the number line._________
10.3. LOCATION OF A POINT IN A PLANE
Let P be a point in a given plane. We want to locate the point P. Location of point P in
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.2 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
absolute sense is not possible. It can be located only relative to another fixed point in the
plane. We call this fixed point the origin and usually denote it by O.
10.4. CARTESIAN COORDINATE SYSTEM
Through O we take two mutually peprendicular lines X'OX
and Y'OY and call them as.v and y-axes respectively.
Cartesian coordinates of a point: The position of the point P(x, y)
M
P can be completely determined with reference to the rectan
gular axes X'OX and Y'OY by means of an ordered pair of y
real numbers (.y, y) called cartesian coordinates or simply
coordinates of P. where .v and v are the distance of the point *X
x'-0 X
P from y-axis and .v-axis respectively with proper signs [as
given in Art. (10.5)]. ,y is called thex-coordinate or abscissa
Y'
low
of point P and j is called the y is called the y-coordinate or
ordinate of point P.
Thus x = length of perpendicular from P on y-axis with proper sign = PM
ee
and y = length of perpendicular from P on .v-axis with proper sign = PL
rF
Also, OL = MP =x
Fr
Thus, point P will be completely located in the plane if its coordinates (.v, _y) are known
for
because in order to reach P starting from O, we will have to move through a distance.v-units
u
ks
along OX and then from this point L we will have to move through a distance y units
Yo
perpendicular to OX.
oo
B
Note:
re
• Coordinate of origin will be (0, 0)
ou
ad
• Coordinates ofany point on x-axis will be (x, 0) and coordinates ofany point on y-axis
Y
will be (0, y)
nd
Re
10.5. THE FOUR QUADRANTS AND CONVENTION OF SIGN OF COORDINATES
Fi
The axes X’OX and Y'OY divide the whole plane into four parts which are called quadrants.
OX and OX' are called the positive and negative direction respectively of.v-axis and similarly
OY and OY' are called the positive and negative directions respectively of
y-axis.
(1) The region XOY is called the first quadrant and both .v
and ^-coordinates of any point in this quadrant are (~,+) (+.+)
positive. 2nd 1st
(2) The region X'OY is called the second quadrant and X'* X
.v-coordinate of any point in this quadrant in negative 0
and y-coordinate is positive. (T-)
(3) The region X'OY' is called the 3rd quadrant and both .v and 3rd 4th
^-coordinates of any point in this quadrant are negative. Y'
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.3
(4) The region VOX is called the 4th quadrant and x-coordinate of any point in this quad
rant is positive and ^-coordinate is negative.
The following table gives the sign scheme ofx andy-coordinates of a point according to its
location in different quadrants.
Table
Location of point Sign of .v-coordinate Sign of y-coordinate Sign of (x, y)
l st quadrant (+, +)
2nd quadrant + (- +)
3rd quadrant
4th quadrant + (+,-)
low
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
ee
rF
Fr
Type I. Problems based on deciding the quadrant to which a point having given coordinates
belongs and on plotting the points having given coordinates.
f or
u
WORKING RULE:
ks
Yo
1. A point lies in the first quadrant iff its both coordinates are positive.
oo
2. A point lies in the second quadrant iff its x-coordinate is negative and y-coordinate is
B
re
positive.
3. A point lies in the third quadrant iff both its coordinates are negative.
ou
ad
Y
4. A point lies in the fourth quadrant iff its x-coordinate is positive and y-coordinate is
negative.
nd
Re
5. A point lies on x or y -axis according as its y or x-coordinate is zero.
Fi
6. For plotting a point select the suitable scale and mark-3, -2,-l, 0. 1.2, 3, ...etc. onx
and y-axes and then mark the point.
Example I. In which quadrant do the following points lie :
(i) (5,-4) (ii) (-3,-2) (iii) (4,3) (iv)(—5,2)
(v) (0,-3)
Solution: (i) Let A = (5, - 4)
Since x-coordinate of A is positive and its y-coordinate is negative, therefore, A lies in the
fourth quadrant.
(ii) Let B = (-3,-2).
Since both coordinates of B are negative, therefore, B lies in the third quadrant.
(iii) Let C = (4,3).
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.4 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Since both coordinates ofC are positive, therefore, C lies in the first quadrant.
(iv) Let D = (-5,2).
Sincex-coordinate of D is negative and its v-coordinate is positive, therefore, D lies in
the second quadrant.
(v) Let Eh(0,-3).
Since ^-coordinate of E is zero, and v-coordinate is negative, therefore, E lies on the
negative direction of v-axis. Y
Example 2. Plot the following points :
5--
l 3 C (-3, 5) 4..
(i) (4,-3) (ii)
2 2
3--
(iii) (-3,5) (iv) (-2,-3)
w
2- ■
(v) (-3,0)
1 -- • B(1/2,3/2)
E (-3,0)
Solution: Let A =(4,-3), 4- Flo l r—I
-5 -A -3 -2 -1 °1 2 3
I----- 1-----> X
4 5
ree
1 3 -1' ■
Bh 2’2> C = (-3'5>’ F
-2 ‘'
D(-2,-3) • -3-- • A(4, -3)
or
ur
D = (-2,-3), E = (-3,0)
sf
-4- -
We take coordinate axes.v and v and mark
k
-5--
Yo
oo
suitable scales. The points A, B, C. D. E have
B
been plotted in the given figure.
re
Example 3. Where does a point having v-coordinate-3 lie?
ou
ad
Solution: Let P = (x, -3)
Y
P will be on the line parallel to.v-axis at a distance 3 units towards negative side of v-axis.
nd
Re
Fi
-2--
-3 P(x,-3) P(x.-3)
P(x.-3)
Type II. Problems based on finding the coordinates of vertices of a given triangle or
quadrilateral.
Example 4. Ifthree vertices of a rectangle are (0,0), (2. 0) and (0. 3), find the coordinates of
the fourth vertex.
Solution: Let OABC be the rectangle vertices O (0,0). A (2,0).
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.5
B(.v,v) andC (0,3).
Now, x=BC = OA = 2
C (0, 3) B(x, y)
and y = BA = OC = 3
Hence, B = (2,3).
Example 5. The base of an equilateral triangle with side 20 cm
lies along.v-axis such that the mid-point of the base is at the origin.
X
Find the vertices of the triangle. O (0, 0) A(2, 0)
Solution: Let BC be the base of the equilateral triangle.
20
Given, BC = 20 cm OC = OB = cm = 10 cm
2
Coordinates of B and C are (-10, 0) and (10, 0) respectively. A
w
Two equilateral triangles with base BC are possible.
For AABC, we have, AB = BC = CA = 20 cm
Now, oa = Vac2 - oc2 = V202 -1 o2 = 10V3
Flo B O C
■►x
ee
(-10, 0) (10, 0)
••• A = (0, i ()V3 ) Fr
For A A'BC, we have A' B=A'C = BC = 20 cm
for
ur
A
OA' = Va'C2 - OC2 = V202 -I02 = l()V3
ks
Yo
oo
••• A' = (0,-ioV3).
B
re
EXERCISE 10.1
ou
ad
Type I
Y
1. In which quadrants do the following points lie:
nd
Re
(i) (10,-3) (ii) (-4,-6) (iii) (-8,6)
2,5
Fi
(v) (3,0) (vi) (0,-5)
2. Plot the following points in a rectangular coordinate system:
(■) (4 5) (ii) (-2,-7) (iii) (6,-2) (iv) (-4,2)
(v) (40) (vi) (0,3)
3. Where does the point havingy-coordinate-5 lie?
Type II
4 1 f three vertices of a rectangle are (-2,0), (2, 0), (2, 1), find the coordinates of the fourth
vertex.
5. Draw the triangle whose vertices are (2, 3), (-4, 2) and (3, -1).
6. The base of an equilateral triangle with side 2a lies along the v-axis such that the mid
point of the base is at the origin. Find the vertices of the triangle.
7. Let ABCD be a rectangle such that AB = 10 units and BC = 8 units. Taking AB and AD
as.v andy-axes respectively, find the coordinates of A, B, C and D.
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.6 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
8. ABCD is a square having length of a side 20 units. Taking the center of the square as
the origin and .randy-axes parallel toABandAD respectively, find the coordinates of
A, B, C and D.
ANSWERS
1. (i) fourth (ii) third (hi) second (iv) first
(v) on the positive side of.v-axis (vi) on the negative side of the y-axis.
3. (i) Lies on the line parallel to.v-axis at a distance of5 units down the origin
4. (-2,1)
6. (Vk 0), (0, o) (0, -a) or (-fia, 0), (0, a), (0. -o)
7. A = (0,0),B= (10,0),C = (10,8) D =(0,8)
8. A = (-10,10),B= (10,-10),C = (10, 10) De(-10, 10)
w
10.6. DISTANCE FORMULA Flo
To find the distance between two points P(a-,>’,) and Q (.v2,_y2):
ee
Fr
Let P(.v1, yl) and Q (x2,yy) be two given points. From P and Q draw PL and QM
peprendicular to.v-axis. Join PQ and from P draw PR perpendicular to QM.
for
ur
Thus, OL = A|,PL=y|
ks
OM =x2, QM =y2 q (x2,y2)
Yo
T
oo
Now, PR=LM = OM-OL=.r2-A|
B
'2-y,
and QR = QM -RM
re
= QM - PL = y2-y, x2-x, R
ou
ad
(x,.yi)
In right angled APQR, PQ = ^pr2 + rq2
Y
nd
Re
- V(-V2 --Vl )2 +( V2 - V,)2
Fi
o M
x
“ V('vl --X2): +0'l - V2)2 -.(i)
- ^/(difference in.v-coordinates)2 + (difference in y-coordinates)2
Note : Formula (i) is validfor all positions ofpoints P and O but for sake ofconvenience
they have been taken in first quadrant.
PR=LM = OL + OM = |*1|+ (as | Q (x2.y2)
i x2 [v JC| < 0 and x2 > 0]
= -V2--Vl -►X
O M
QR = QM + MR = QM + PL
R
= lT2 l + lTi I P(x,y1)
= J;2 _J'i [•.• v’| < 0 and v2 > 0]
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.7
Now, PQ= x/pR2+ QR2 = >/(a-2-.v1):+(v2-.vi)2 = ^(.v, -.v2)2 +(>-, - j2)2
Corollary:
(1) The distance of the point (x, >’) from the origin is given by
cl = ^(x-0)2 +(v-0)2 or d = y]x2+y2
(2) When .v, = .v2, /'.e., when the line segment PQ is parallel to v-axis.
V(x, -x2)2 +(>•, - .vs)2 = V(.V| - v2)2
= iTi -t2 I [vV7=U|]
(3) .y, = y,, i.e. when the line segment PQ is parallel to .v-axis,
PQ -^2)~ +(Ti .'’2) x2)~ I a2 I
low
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
ee
Type I. Problems based on distance formula.
rF
WORKING RULE:
Fr
for
Use the following results whichever are required.
u
ks
1. If P^UpV,), Q = (-v2, v2), then PQ = ^(.v, - ,v2 )2 + (y, -y2)2
Yo
oo
B
2. Distance of point P(.v, y) from the origin O (0,0) = yjx2 +y2 .
re
3. In order to show that three points A, B, C arecollinear, find AB, BC and AC and then
ou
ad
show that the greatest of these three is equal to the sum of the other two.
Y
4. If A, B, C be the vertices of a triangle and we have to find the coordinates of the
nd
circumcentre of the triangle. Let the circumcentre be P(x,y). Now use PA2 = PB2, PA2-
Re
= PC2. This will give two linear equations in .v and y. Solve these two equations to get
Fi
the values of.v and y.
5. Use the following geometrical facts whichever is needed.
(i) A triangle is equilateral iff all its sides are equal.
(ii) A triangle is isosceles iff all its sides are equal.
(iii) A quadrilateral is a parallelogram iff opposite sides are equal.
(iv) A quadrilateral is a rectangle iff opposite sides are equal and diagonals are equal.
(v) A quadrilateral is a rhombus iff all the four sides are equal.
(vi) A quadrilateral is a square iffall the four sides are equal and the diagonals are equal.
(vii) A rectangle is a parallelogram whose diagonals are equal.
(viii) A square is a rhombus whose diagonals are equal.
6. A rhombus is a parallelogram whose adjacent sides are equal.
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.8 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
7. In order to make the calculations simple, suitable choice of the origin and the axes can
be made. But this can be done only when no coordinate or no equation is given in the
question.________________________________________________________________
Example 1. Prove that the distance ofthe point (a cos a, a sin a) from the origin is indepen
dent of a.
Solution : Let P = (a cos a, a sin a ) and 0 = (0,0)
Now, OP^ •JiO-a cos a)2 +(0-a sin a)2
= ija2 cos2 a + cr sin: a = sfa2 = \ a |, which is independent of a
Example 2. Let A (6, -1), B( 1,3) and C(x, 8) be three points such that AB = BC. Find the value
ofx.
Solution: Given, AB = BC
AB2= BC2
(6- l)2 + (- 1 -3)2 = (1 -.y)2 + (3-8)2
low
or 41 = (1 -,y)2 + 25 or (1 —.y)2 = 16
or 1 -,y = ±4
A-= i + 4 = -3,5.
ee
Example 3. Using distance formula, show that the points (1.5), (2,4) and (3, 3) are colli near.
rF
Solution : LetA=(l,5), B = (2,4) andCs(3,3) Fr
or
Now, AB= \J{\-2)2 +(5-4)2 = V2
f
u
ks
BC = yJ(2-3)2 +(4-3)2 = V2
Yo
oo
and AC= 7(l-3)2+(5-3)2 = 2^/2
B
re
Here greatest of AB, BC and AC is AC and AB + BC = V2 + 'Jl = 2-J2 = AC.
ou
ad
Hence points A, B, C are collinear.
Y
Example 4. Prove that the points (2a, 4a), {2a, 6a) and (2a + \/3 a, 5a) are the vertices of an
equilateral triangle.
nd
Re
Fi
Now; AB - yj(2a-2a)2 +(4a-6a)2 = \j4a2 = 2 | o |
BC = yj(2a-2a-\]3 a)~ +(()a-5a)2 \l4a2 = 2 | o |
and AC - yj(2a-2a->j3 a)2+(4a-5a)2 = \j4a2 2 |a
Since AB = BC = CA, hence points A, BandC are the vertices of an equilateral triangle.
Example 5. Find the circumcentre ofthe triangle whose vertices are (-2, -3), (-1, 0) and
(7, -6). Also find the radius of the circumcircle.
Solution: Let A ~ (-2, —3), B=(-1,0) and C =( 7, - 6). Let P (.y, y) be the circumcentre ofAABC
Since P is the circumcentre
PA2 = PB2
(.y + 2)2 + (v + 3)2 = (.y+ 1 )2 +y2
or 4x+ 6y+ 13 = 2y + 1
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.9
or 2.v + 6f=- 12 or a- + 3y = - 6
Again, PA2 = PC2
(x + 2)2 + (v + 3 )2 = (a- - 7 )2 + (y + 6)2
or 4x + 6 v + 13 =-14jc+ 12.y+85
or 1 B.v - 6y = 12 or 3.v - .y = 12 C (7. -6)
Solving (i) and (ii), we get A = 3,y = -3.
Hence circumcentre ofAABC is (3, -3).
Radius ofthecircumcircle = PA = \J(x + 2)1 +(y + 3)2 = yjs2 +02 =5
Example 6. Two opposite vertices of a square are (2,6) and (0, -2). Find the coordinates of
the other vertices.
w
Solution : Let ABCD be the square
and A =(2,6),C = (0,-2)
Let B =(.y, v)
Flo
ee
ABCD is a square
AB= BL
Fr
for
ur
ks
and AB2 + BC2 = AC2 •••(ii)
Yo
oo
From(i), J(.v-2)2 +(y-6)2 = j(x-O)2 +{y + 2)2
B
re
2
or A" + 4-4.\-+y2+36-12 v = x2 +y2 +4 + 4v
ou
ad
Y
or 4v+ 16v = 36
...(iii)
nd
=> A- + 4 V- = 9
Re
Fi
From (ii), [(a -2)2 + (y- 6)2] + [(x - 0)2 + (y + 2)2] = (0 - 2)2 + (-2 -6)2
or a2 + 4 - 4a + y2 +36-12v + a2 +y2 +4+4_y = 4 + 64
or 2a2 + 2y2 - 4a - 8y = 24
or a2 + v2-2a-4_v = 12
or (9- 4v)2 + y2 - 2(9-4v)-4v = 12 [From (iii), a = 9 - 4y]
or 81 + 16_y2- 72y + j’2 - 18 + 8j’ - 4y -12 = 0
or 17 y2 - 68 y + 51 = 0 => y2 - 4 y + 3 = 0 => jy = 1,3
From (iii),_y= 1 => a = 9- 4 (1) = 5
and y = 3 => a = 9-4(3)=-3
(a, y)is(5, l)or(-3,3)
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.10 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
One of these are the coordinates of B and other are those of D. Hence other vertices of
the square are (5, l) and (-3, 3).
Example 7. Two vertices of an equilateral triangle are (0. 0) and (0, 2 73 )■ Find the third
vertex.
Solution : Let O s (0,0) and A s (0, 2V3 )
Let the third vertex of the triangle be B(.v, y)
Now, OB = ^(.y-0)2 +(y-0)2 = yjx1 + y2
OA = 7(0^0)2T(0^2V3)2'= Vl2
and AB= ^(.y - 0)2 + (^ - 273 )2 = y/x2 + y2 - 4737 +12
Since the triangle OAB is equilateral, we have
OB=OA=AB
w
OB: = OA2 = AB;!
=> .y2 + y~ = 12 = x~ + y~ — 4-j3y +12 Flo
ee
Thus ,y2+^2=12
and x2+y2 =x2 + y2-4yj3y+ \2 or 473^-12 = 0
Fr
for
ur
or y = 73 ...(ii)
ks
From (i)and (ii), we have
Yo
oo
x~ + = 12 or .y2 = 9 or x =±3
B
re
Hence, the third vertex ofthe triangle will be (3, 73 )or(-3, 73 ).
ou
ad
Example 8. Prove that the points (-4, -1), (-2, -4), (4, 0) and (2, 3) are the vertices of a
Y
rectangle. Also find the area of the rectangle. A D
nd
Solution: Let A = (-4, -1), B = (-2, -4), C = (4,0)
Re
and Ds(2,3)
Fi
Now, AB2 = (-4 + 2)2 + (-l + 4)2 — 13 .-. AB = Vl3 B C
CD2 = (4-2)2 + ( 0-3)-= 13 .-. CD= Vl3
AD2 = (-4 -2)2 + (-1 -3)2 = 52 AD= V52 =2Vn
BC2 = (-2 -4)2 + (-4 -0)2 = 52 .-. &C = 452=24n
AC2 = M-4)2 + (-l -0)2 = 65 AC = 765
BD2 = (-2 -2)2 +{-4- 3)2 = 65 .-. BD= V65
Thus AB = CD, AD = BC and AC = BD, hence A. B. C, D are the vertices of a rectangle.
Area ofthe rectangle ABCD = AB. BC= Vn . 2s[\2 = 26 sq. units.
Example 9. Find the area of a rhombus whose vertices taken in order are the points (3, 0),
(4,5), (-1,4) and (-2,-1). |NCERT, CBSE 2008|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.11
Solution : Let AC = and BD = d, C(-1,4)
Then d\ = V(l + 3)2+(0-4)2 =732=4^2
and d2=yl(4 + 2)2 +(5 + \)2 = V72 = 672
Area of rhombus ABCD
l
= 4areaofAAHB = 4.— (AH x HB)
= 2. (AH x HB) = 2^-Y><-^-j = ^d]d2 = ^-x4\/2x6V2 =24sq.units.
Example 10. ABCD is a rectangle formed byjoining the points A(-l, -1), B (-1,4), C (5,4)
and D(5, -1). P, Q, R and S are the mid-points of AB, BC, CD and DA respectively. Is the
quadrilateral PQRS a square, a rectangle or a rhombus? Justify your answer. |NCERT|
low
Solution: P is the mid-point of AB :
-1-1 -1 + 4 .-. P =
Coordinates of P are
2 ’ 2 DKL R
ee
C(5,4)
rF
( 5_i 4 + 4
Similarly, coordinates of Q are I — Q = (2,4) Fr
or
S'
f
u
Q
5+5 4-1 3
ks
Coordinates of R are ■ R15-2
Yo
2 ’ 2
oo
B
-1+5 -1-1 B(-1,4)
re
and coordinates of S are •S^ (2,-1) AH’-1) p
2 ’ 2
ou
ad
f>-2)2+(H 61 Tbi
Y
Now, PQ = — =-----units
4 2
nd
Re
Fi
2
6l 76?
QR =
f-2Kr4) 4 2
units
2
61 761
RS =
f-2,2+(H — =----- units
4 2
25 61 761
PS = units
4 4 2
(5 +1)2+f^--^-l = 736 =6 units
PR =
2 2
and QS= 7(2-2)2 +(4 + l)2 - 725 = 5 units.
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.12 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Since PQ = QR = RS = PS and PR * QS
Hence PQRS is a rhombus .
But it is neither a square nor a rectangle.
Example 11. In a classroom, 4 friends are sseated at the points A, B, C and D as shown in the
figure. Champa and Chameli walk into the class and after observing for a few minutes
Champa asks Chameli, “Dont’t you think ABCD is a square?” Chameli disgrees. Using
distance formula, find which of them is correct. |NCERT|
Solution : From figure it is clear that
A = (3,4), B = (6.7),C= (9,4), D = (6,1)
Now AB = 7(3-6)2 +(4-7)2 = y[\i=
BC= V(6-9)2+(7-4)2 = 3>/2 1Q
w
CD= ^/(9-6)2 +(4-l)2 = -v/Ts = 3V2 9 Flo 8
ree
DA= ^(6-3)2+(,_4)2 = Vi8 = 3V2 7 B
F
AC= ^(B-Q)2 +(4-4)2 =6 ^ 5
or
ur
tr °
sf
and BD = 7(6-6)2 +(7-l)2 =6
k
Yo
oo
Since AB = BC = CD = DA and AC = BD.
B
Therefore ABCD is a square.
re
Hence Champa is correct. 0 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ou
ad
columns
Y
Type IT. Problems based on proving geometrical results making a suitable choice of
origin and axes.
nd
Re
Fi
WORKING RULE:
While proving a geometrical result, suitable choice of origin and axes can be made
provided no coordinate and no equation is given in the question.
Example 12. In any AABC, prove that AB2 + AC2 = 2(AD2 - BD2), where D is the middle
point of BC.
Solution: We take D as the origin and DC and DY as the ,r andy-axes respectively. Let
BC = 2k, then B = Hr,0) ,C = (k, 0). Let A = (a, 0)
A (a.B)
>X
B(- k, 0) D(0, 0) C(k, 0)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.13
Now, L.H.S. = AB2 + AC2 = ( a + A:)2 + (P-0)2 +(a-/r)2 + (p -0)2
= a2 + ^2 + 2a/c + p2 + a2 + ^-2 _2a k + p2
= 2a2 + 2p2 + 2k1 = 2( a2 + p2 +^2)
and R. H. S.= 2(AD2 + BD2) = 2[(a-0 )2+ (P-0 )2 + (0 + A:)2 + (0-0 )2] = 2( a2 + p2 +^2)
L.H.S. = R. H. S.
EXERCISE 10.2
Type I
1. Find the distance between the following pair of points:
(i) (0,0), (-5,12) (ii) (4,5), (-3,2)
(iii) (5,-12), (9,-9) (iv) (-3,4), (3,0)
w
(v) (2,3), (4,1) (vi) {a, b),(-a-b)
2. Examine whether the points (1,-1), (-5, 7) and (2, 5) are equidistant from the point
(-2,3)?
Flo
ee
3. (i) Find a if the distance between (a, 2) and (3,4) is 8.
Fr
(ii) A line is of length 10 units and one of its ends is (-2, 3). If the ordinate of the other
for
ur
end is 9, prove that the abscissa of the other end is 6 or -10.
(iii) Find the value of;' for which the distance between the points P(2,-3) and Q( 10, v)
ks
Yo
is 10 units.
oo
4. Find the distance between the points :
B
re
(i) (c/q2,2or,) and {al\, 2al2) (ii) {a -b, b - a) (a + b, a + b)
ou
ad
(iii) (cos 0, sin 0), (sin 0, cos 0)
Y
5. Find the point on .r-axis which is equidistant from the following pair of points
nd
Re
(i) (7,6) and (-3,4) (ii) (3, 2) and (-5,-2) (iii) (2,-5) and (-2,9)
Fi
6. (i) Find the point on_y-axis equidistant from point (-5, -2) and (3,2).
(ii) Find the point on j-axis which is equidistant from the points A(6, 5) and B(-4,3).
7. Using distance formula, examine whether the following sets of points ae col I inear?
(i) (3,5),(1, 1), (-2,-5) (ii) (5,1), (1,-1), (11,4)
(iii) (0,0), (9,6), (3,2) (iv) (-1,2), (5,0), (2,1)
(v) (1,5),(2,3),(-2,-11)
8. IfA= (6, 1), B = (l, 3), C= (x, 8), find the value ofx such that AB = BC.
9. Prove that the distance between the points ( a + /- cos 0, Z? + r sin 0 ) and (a, b) is
independent of0 .
10. (i) Use distance formula to show that the points (cosec2 0,0), (0, sec2 0 ) and (1, 1) are
col linear.
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.14 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
(ii) Using distance formula show that (3, 3) is the center of the circle passing through
points (6, 2), (0,4) and (4.6). Find the radius of the circle.
11. (i) If the point (x, j') is equidistant from points (2, 3) and (6, -1), find the relation
between x and y.
(ii) Find a relation between x and y such that the point (x,y) is equidistant from points
(7,1) and (3,5).
12. (i) Ifthe distances of P(x, y) from points A (3, 6) and B(-3,4) are equal, prove that
3x + v = 5.
(ii) If the point P(x,_v) be equidistant from the points (a + b, b-a) and {a-b, a + b),
a-b _ x-y
prove that
a+b x+y
13. Prove that the point (3,4), (8, -6) and (13,9) are the vertices of a right angled triangle.
w
14. Determine the type (isosceles, right angled, right angled isosceles, equilateral, scalene)
of the following triangles whose vertices are: Flo
ee
(i) (1,1) (->/3,V3), (-1,-1) (ii) (0,2), (7,0), (2,5)
(iii) (-2,5), (7,10),(3,-4) Fr
(iv) (4.4), (3,5), (-1,-1)
for
ur
(v) (l,2>/3),(3,0),(-l,0) (vi) (0,6), (-5,3), (3,1)
ks
(vii) (5. -2), (6,4), (7, -2)
Yo
oo
a ,-y-
2a jand C(a, 0) be any three points, show that
B
15. If A(<7/2, 2at), Bf —
re
independent of /.
ou
ad
16. Iftwo vertices of an equilateral triangle be (0, 0) and (3,V3), find the coordinates of the
Y
third vertex.
nd
Re
17. (i) Find the circum-centre and circum-radius of the triangle whose vertices are (-2,3),
Fi
(2,-1) and (4.0).
(ii) Find the centre of a circle passing through the points (6, -6), (3, -7) and (3,3).
18. If the line segment joining the points A(a, b) and B(c, d) subtends a right angle at the
origin, show that ac + bd= 0.
19. The centre of a circle is (2x-l, 3x + 1) and radius is 10 units. Find the value ofxifthe
circle passes through the point (-3, -1).
20. (i) Prove that the points (4, 3), (6,4), (5,6) and (3, 5) are the vertices of a square.
(ii) Prove that the points (1,7), (4, 2), (-1, -1) and (-4,4) are the vertices of a square.
21. Prove that the points (3, 2), (6,3), (7,6) and (4, 5) are the vertices of a parallelogram. Is
it a rectangle?
22. Prove that the points (6, 8) (3, 7), (-2, -2), (1, -1) are the vertices of a parallelogram.
23. Prove that the points (4, 8), (0,2), (3,0) and (7, 6) are the vertices of a rectangle.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.15
24. Show that the points A( 1,0), B(5,3), C(2. 7) and D(-2,4) are the vertices of a rhombus.
25. Name the type of quadrilateral fonned, if any, by the following points and give reasons
for your answer:
(i) (4,5), (7,6), (4,3), (1,2) (ii) (-1,-2), (1,0), (-1,2), (-3,0)
(iii) (-3,5), (3,1), (0,3), (-1,-4)
26. The two opposite vertices of a square are (-1,2) and (3, 2). Find the coordinates of
other two vertices.
Type 11
27. IfABCD be a rectangle and P be any point in the plane of the rectangle, then prove that
PA2 + PC2 = PB2 + PD2.
|Hint: Take A as the origin and AB and AD as .v andy-axis respectively. Let AB = a,
AD = 6]
w
28. Prove, using coordinates that the diagonals of a rectangle are equal.
Flo
29. Prove, using coordinates that the sum of squares of the diagonals of a rectangle is
equal to the sum of squares of its sides.
ee
ANSWERS
Fr
for
ur
1. (i) 13 (ii) V58 (iii) 5 (iv) 2Vl3
ks
Yo
oo
(v) 2V2 (vi) 2^a2 +b2 2. No.
B
3. (i) 3±V60
re
(iii) -9,3
ou
ad
4. (i) \a(t]-t2)\^(t\+t2)2 +4 (ii) 2s]a2 +b2 (iii) V2 | sin 0-cos01
Y
5. (i) (3,0) (ii) (-1,0) (iii) (-7,0)
nd
Re
6. (0 (0,-2) 00 (0,9)
Fi
7. (i) Yes (ii) Yes (iii) Yes (iv) Yes
(v) No 8. 3 or-1 10. (ii) VlO
11. (i) x-y = 3 (ii) x-y-2
14. (i) Equilateral (ii) Scalene (iii) Right angled isosceles
(iv) Right angled (v) Equilateral (vi) Right angled isosceles
(vii) Isosceles
16. (0,2V3),(3,-V3) 17. (i)(f’f;);^
(ii) (3,-2)
46
19. 2, - 21. No
25. (i) Parallelogram (ii) Square (iii) No quadrilateral is formed
26. (1,0), (1,4)
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.16 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
10.7. DIVISION OF A LINE SEGMENT IN A GIVEN RATIO
AP m
Let AB be a line segment and P be a point on the line AB such that - —, then we say that
P divides the line segment AB in the ratio m: n. The division is internal or external according
as P lies between A and B or it lies outside AB.
In case of external division of the line segment AB in the ratio m: n, Pwill be outside AB and
it will be towards B or towards A according as w > « or aw < n.
Let AB be a given line segment. We wish to divide the line segment AB in the ratio 5 : 3. If
P divides AB in the ratio 5 : 3, then
AP 5
PB ~ 3
This is possible for two positions ofpointP on line segment AB. In figure (i), Plies between
w
A and B.
I-
A
+
P B
Flo A
+
B P
ree
(i) (ii)
In figure (ii) P lies outside AB on the side of B.
F
or
ur
In figure (i) division is internal i.e., P divides AB internally in the ration 5 : 3 and in figure (ii)
sf
division in external i.e., P divides AB externally in the ratio of 5 : 3.
k
Yo
oo
Note : If the line segment AB is to be divided externally in the ratio 3 : 5, then P will lie
B
AP _ 3
re
outside AB on the side ofA as in the given figure. Hence —r~ ~ —
rB J
ou
ad
1
Y
P A B
nd
10.8. SECTION FORMULAE
Re
Fi
1. To find the coordinates of the point which divides the line segment joining two points
internally in a given ratio : Let P (.v, y) be the point which divides the line segment joining
two given points A ( .y, ,) and B (.v2 ,y2 ) internally in the given ratio m : n.
From A, B and P, draw AM, BN and PQ perpendicular to x-axis. From A and P, draw AR and
PS parallel to.v-axis.
Then, AR = .v B (x2ly2)
n
PS = x2 —x m S
P(x, y)
PR=y- y, (x,, y, R
and BS = y2 -y
From, similar triangles APR and PBS,
AR _ PR _ AP
~PS~ BS~"PB
O M Q N
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.17
or ±Z£L = Zlil m [ v AP : PB = m: n]
x2 -x y2-y "
(i) (ii) (iii)
x - .V, _ >n
From (i) and (iii) we have,
x2 -x n
or nx - nxx = mx2 - mx
mx7 + nx,
or (m + n) x = mx2 + >ixl x-—------- 1
m+n
Similarly, from (ii)3nd (iii), Z Zi = HL
y2-y n
or ny - ny{ = my2 - my
w
my2 + "Vi
or (m + n) y = my2 + nyx :.y =Flo
m +n
ree
Thus the coordinates of P will be (x, y), where
mx2 + nxl my2 + nyx F
,y= ...(i)
or
ur
m+n m+n
sf
Formula (1) is true for all positions of points A and B.
k
Yo
oo
_f^2 +-vi h’l+yi"
B
If k= then P { k+\ ’ ^+i „
re
n
ou
ad
Corollary: Coordinates of middle points : If P be the middle point ofthe line segment joining
Y
the point (.vl,>'l) and (x2,.);2)’then P will divide the line segment AB in the ratio 1 : 1.
nd
Re
Coordinates of P will be given by x = .vi +-V2
>y-
2
Fi
2
1 :1
A (x,, y,) P (x, y) B (x2, y2)
2. To find the coordinates ofthe point which divides externally the line joining two given
points in a given ratio : Let A(xl,V|) and B (a^,;^) be two given points and let P(x, y) be the
AP m
point which divides AB, externally in the ratio w: n so that - —.
From A, B and P draw AM, BN and PQ perpendiculars onx-axis. Also, from A and B draw AR
and BS parallel tox-axis.
Then, from similar triangles APR and BPS.
AP _ AR PR
BP _ BS ~ PS
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.18 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
m -v--vi v-.'i P(x,y)
or 11 (x2,y2)
n x-x2 y-yi B, S
(0 Oi) (iii)
R
(x„y,)
/;? x - x,
From (i) and (ii), ^ x-x2
or >nx - mx2 = nx - nx}
or (m - /?) x = wx2 - nxj >X
O M N Q
x = mx2-nxi
m-n
™ _ y-y\
w
And from (i) and (iii), ^
y-y*
or my - my2 = ny - /? v, Flo
ee
or (w -ri) y = my2 - nyx
Fr
for
wv'2 -^'i
ur
=
m-n
ks
Thus coordinates of P are (x, y), where
Yo
oo
B
mx2 - /?.V| »b'2 ~ n)'\
»y =
re
/?/ - n m-n
ou
Note : Formula for external (internal) division can be obtainedfrom the formula for inter
ad
Y
nal (external) division by putting-n in place of n or by putting -m in place of m.
How to remember the section formula :
nd
Re
Internal division:
Fi
mx2 + /7X], my2 + nyx
P =
m+n m+n A (x,. y,) B (x2, y2)
P
External division:
P
A (x„ y,) B (x2, y2)
P= - nx\ my'2 ~ /?3’i
m-n m-n
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on use of section formula
WORKING RULE:
Use the following results whichever are needed.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.19
1. If P (x, y) divides the line segment joining A (.V|,.v,) and B (x2, y2) internally in the ratio
m : n, then
mx2 + my2 + m;i
and y =
m+n m+n
2. IfP divides ABexternally in the ratio m: n, then
111X2 ~ I1X\
x- and y = '">'2 " n>'\
m -11 m-n
AP _ in
Ifm > n, then P will lie on the extended part ofAB on the side ofB and — - —
\ t I
A (x,. y,) B(x2, y2) P(x, y)
AP m
If/?? < n, then P will lie on the extended part of BA on the side of Aand = —, m < n.
n
I I I
w
P(x,y) A(x„ y,) B(x2, y2)
3. If the ratio in which a given line segment is divided is to be determined, then let this
Flo
ratio be m: 11 and use either the formula for internal division or external division. Ifwe
use the formula for internal division and m : n comes out to be negative, then division
ree
will be external and if it is positive then division will be internal. Similarly ifwe use the
F
formula for external division, and m: n comes out to be negative, then division will be
or
ur
internal and if it is positive then division will be external. Here it is convenient to use the
sf
formula for internal division.
4. Sometimes for convenience, instead of taking the ratio m: n, we take the ratio \: I i.e..
k
Yo
oo
m
we take — - ^
B
11
re
= x1+x1
5. If A = (.v1,_V|), B = (a'2 , y2) and P(.t, y) be the mid-point ofAB, then .r and
ou
ad
2
Y
>1 +>'2
y=
2
nd
Re
Example 1. Find the coordinates of the point which divides the line segment joining the
Fi
points (5, -2) and (9,6) internally and externally in the ratio 3:1.
Solution: Let A=(5,-2) and B = (9.6). Let P (.v, y) divide AB in the ratio 3 : 1. When division
is internal.
3x9+1x5 3 x 6 +1 x (-2)
x= and }’ -
3+1 3+ 1
Hence the coordinates of the required point are (8, 4).
When division is external, then
3x9-1x 5 3x6-lx (-2)
x= and y -
3-1 3-1
Hence the coordinates of the required point are (11, 10).
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.20 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 2. The coordinates of one end of a diameter of a circle are (5, -7). If the coordi
nates of the centre be (7, 3), find the coordinates of the other end of the diameter.
Solution : Let A = (5, -7), C = (7,3) Let B (x, y) be the other end of the diameter, then C is
the middle point ofAB i.e.,
AB 2
7^7-7. Thus B divides AC externally in the ratio 2 : l.
BC l
2x7-lx5 2x3-lx(-7) f- +
x= and y =
2-l 2-1 A(5, -7) C(7, 3) B(x.y)
Hence coordinates of other end of the diameter are (9, 13).
Example 3. A (1, 1) and B(2, - 3) are two points and Pisa point on AB produced such that
AP = 3 AB. Find the coordinates of P.
low
Solution : Given,AP=3AB
BP = AP-AB = 3 AB-AB = 2 AB
ee
AP 3 t I
rF
BP ~ 2
A(1,1)
Fr
B(2,-3) P
or
Hence P divides AB externally in the ratio 3 : 2.
f
u
ks
3x 2 -2x 1 3x(-3)-2xl jor P =(4.-11)
P=
Yo
oo
3-2 3-2
B
Example 4. Find the coordinates of the points which trisect the line segment joining the
re
point (1,-2) and (-3,4).
ou
ad
Solution : Let A= (1,- 2) and B = (-3.4).
Y
Let P and Q trisect the line segment AB.
nd
Re
1 :2
Fi
AP AQ_ 1 I 1
Then, —=— and QB _ 2 ’ A(1,-2) P Q B(3, -4)
PB 2 2:1
P divides AB internally in the ratio 1 : 2.
l(-3) + 2x 1 I x 4 + 2(-2)
P=
3 3
,ie. p» -- fo
Q divides AB internally in the ratio 2 : 1
2(-3) + 1x1 2x4+ l(-2)3
3 3 •ieQ-B-2)
Example 5. Find the coordinates of the points which divide the line segment joining
A(-2, 2) and B (2, 8) into four equal parts. [NCERT|
Solution-. Let P, Q, R be points on line segments AB such that AP= PQ = QR = RB
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.21
LetAP=PQ = QR = RB = A-
k k k k
A(-2, 2) R Q R B(2, 8)
AP k
Now----
PB 3A 3
Therefore, P divides AB internally in the ratio l : 3
1x2 + 3(-2) Ix8 + 3x2 7
P= i.e., P= -1
1+3 1+3 '2
AR _ 3A 3
Again
’ RB ~ A ” 1
Therefore, R divides AB internally in the ratio 3 : 1
w
3x2 + l(-2) 3x8 + lx2 13
R= i.e. R = 1
3+ 1 3+1 ’ 2
AQ 2k 1
Flo
ree
Also
QB _ 2A ~ 1
Q is the mid-point of AB F
or
ur
(-2 + 2 2 + 8
sf
Q= i.e. Q = (0,5)
2 2
k
Yo
oo
Thus required points are -1, —71, (l,-^l and (0, 5)
B
l 2/ l 2
re
Example 6. A, B, C are three collinear points and B and C lie on the same side of A,where
ou
ad
A = (3, 4) and B =(7, 7). If distance between A and C is 10 units, find the coordinates of
Y
C
nd
Re
Solution : We have A = (3,4), B = (7, 7)
Fi
Let C = (.v, y)
Now, AB = >/(7-3)2 +(7-4)2 = yJ\6 + 9 = ^25 = 5
Since A, B, C are collinear and AB = 5, AC = 10, therefore, point B must lie between A and
C
Also, BC=AC-AB= 10-5 = 5
B is the mid point of AC.
3+x ^ 4+ v
—=7^ — = 7 A(3, 4) B(7, 7) C(x, y)
=> x=U,y=\0
Hence. C = (ll,10).
Example 7. Find the ratio in which the point (2,y) divides the line segment joining (4, 3)
and (6, 3) and hence find the value of y.
Solution : Let A = (4. 3), B = (6, 3) and P = (2, y). Let P divide AB internally in the ratio
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.22 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
m: n.
2 _ bin + 4/7
Then, or 2//7 + 2/7 = 6m + 4/7
m + /?
m
or 4/77 = - 2/7 or — -
/? 2
Since m : /? is negative, therefore division is external i.e., P divides AB externally in the ratio
1:2.
1x3-2x3 ,
Now,. y=
1-2
Example 8. Find the ratio in which the line segment joining (2, -3) and (5,6) is divided by the
y-axis. Also find the point ofdivision.
Solution: Let A= (2,-3),andB= (5,6). Lety-axis divide the line segment AB internally in
the ratio/;?; /? at point H.
w
5/77 + 2/7 6///- 3/7 '
Then, H=
//7 + 77 III + /7 y Flo
Since H lies on y-axis, therefore, .r-coordinate ol'H will be zero.
y
ee
B(5, 6)
5/77 + 2/7 _ q
m + /?
Fr
for
ur
=> 5m +2/7 = 0
ks
=> 5/77 = - 2/7
Yo
oo
in 2
=> (negative)
eB
/? 5
Hence y-axis divides the line segment AB externally in the ratio 2:5.
r
ou
ad
Y
or H= (0,-9)
2-5
nd
Re
Fi
Example 9. Find the ratio in which the liney-.v + 2 = 0 divides the line segment joining
(3,-1) and (8,9).
Solution : Given line isy-x + 2 = 0
Let A =(3,-1), Bs(8, 9)
Let line (i) divide AB internally at H in the ratio//?: n.
8/77 + 3/7 9m-n
Then, H=
m+n in + /?
Since H lies on line (i), therefore
9m - n 8/7? + 3/7
+2= 0
m + ii m + /?
=> 9/77 - 77 - 8/77 - 3/7 + 2/77 + 2/7 = 0
=> 3/77-2/7 = 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.23
=> 3/« = 2/7
ml
— - — (positive)
77 3
Hence, line_v-.v + 2 = 0 divides the line segment AB internally in the ratio 2 : 3.
Example 10. If the points (x,, j,), (x2,_y2), be the three consecutive vertices of a
parallelogram, find the coordinates of the fourth vertex.
Solution . Let A = (x],>/|), B = ar>d C = (x3,_v3). Let D = (x4,y4). Let Land M
be the middle points of AC and BD respectively.
D(x4, y„) C(x3, y3)
Then, L= ^1+^3 >l+.';3
2 2
w
•V2 +-V4 3'2 +>’4 A(x„y,) B(x2, y2)
and M =
2 2
Flo
Since ABCD is a parallelogram, therefore, AC and BD will bisect each other.
Hence, L and M are the same point
Free
X| + x3 _ x2 + x4 Vl +T3 _ T2 +T4
and
2 2 2 2
or
ur
sf
••• *4 = *i + *3 - *2 and y4 = v, + >'3 - y2
k
Thus, D = (x, + x3 - x2, y, + y3 - y2)
Yo
oo
Example 11. If (-3,2), (1,-2) and (5, 6) are the mid-points of the sides of a triangle, find
B
the coordinates of the vertices of the triangle.
re
ou
ad
Solution : Let A = (x,,y,), B = (x2,y2). C = (x3,y3)
Y
Let D (-3, 2), E (1, -2) and F (5,6) be the mid-points of the sides BC, CA and AB respec
nd
tively.
Re
A(x1,y1)
Since D (-3, 2) is the mid point of BC
Fi
E(1.-2)
x2 + x3
= -3 and T2+T3 _ 2 F(5, 6)
2 2
=> x2 + x3 = -6 ...(i) C(x2,y2) D(-3,2) C(X3,y3)
and y2+y3=4 -(ii)
As E (1, -2) is the midpoint of AC
-V3+-Vl
= 1 and = -2
2 2
=> x3 + x, =2 ...(iii)
and y3 + y, = -4 ...(iv)
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.24 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Also F (5, 6) is the midpoint of AB, A| ^ A: = 5 and ~V| ' =6
2
=> X, +X2 =10 ...(v)
and y} +y2 =12 ...(vi)
Adding (i), (iii) and (v), we get
2(„Y| + x2 + x3) = 6
=> x, + x2 +-Y3 =3 ....(vii)
Subtracting (i), (iii) and (v) from (vii) in turn, we get
x\ = 9,x2 = 1 and .y3 = -7
Adding (ii), (iv) and (vi) we get
low
2(.V| + ^2 + 3’3 > = 12 => >'1 + v2 + ^3 = 6 ...(viii)
Subtracting (ii), (iv) and (vi) from (viii) in turn, we get
ee
= 2,_y2 =10 and _v3 = -6
rF
Hence, the vertices of AABC are A(9, 2), B( 1, 10) and C(-7, - 6).
Second method : AFDE is a parallelogram
Fr
for
Therefore, diagonals AD and FE will bisect each other.
ou
ks
. Yi ~3 5+1
oo
— =>.v, =9
2 2 1
Y
B
re
v,+2 6-2
and y\=2
ou
2 2
ad
Y
Hence As (9,2)
nd
Re
Similarly we can find the coordinates of B and C.
Fi
Example 12. If (1,2), (4, y), (.v, 6) and (3.5) are the vertices of a parallelogram taken in order,
find x andy. |NCERT|
Solution : Let A s (1,2), B = (4,.y), C s (.y, 6) and D - (3, 5)
Since ABCD is a parallelogram D(3, 5) C(x, 6)
AC and BD will bisect each other.
Hence mid-point of AC and mid-point of BD are same point H
1 +x 4+3 2 + 6 _ 5 + .y B(4, y)
and A(1.2)
2 2 2 2
. .y = 6 and y = 3
Example 13. To conduct Sports Day activities, in your rectangular shaped school ground
ABCD, lines have been drawn with chalk powder at a distance of 1 m each. 100 flower pots
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.25
have been placed at a distance of l m from each other along AD, as shown in the figure.
1 1
Niharika runs —4
th the distance AD on the 2nd line and posts a green flag. Preet runs t th
the distance AD on the eighth line and posts a red flag. What is the distance between both
the flags? If Rashmi has to post a blue Hag exactly halfway between the line segment
joining the two Hags, where should she post her flag ? INCERTI
D C
w
mb'
2
Flo
ree
*-.1
B
A 123456789 10 F
or
ur
Solution : Let P and Q be the positions of green and red flags respectively
sf
[v —of 100 = 25]
k
Then P = (2,25)
Yo
oo
B
1
and Q = (8,20) [V-of 100 = 20]
re
ou
ad
Now PQ= \](2 - 8)2 + (25 - 20):
Y
= V36 + 25 = VbT m
nd
Re
Fi
2 + 8 25 + 20'
Let R be the mid-point of PQ, then R =
2 ’ 2 ,
Hence R = (5,22.5)
Hence Rashmi should post a blue flag on 5th line at a distance of 22.5 m.
Type II. Problems based on coordinates of centroid of a triangle and on proving
geometrical results making suitable choice of origin and axes.
WORKING RULE:
1. If G be the centroid of a triangle whose vertices are (.v,, v,), (-v2,_v2) and (.y3, y3),
-r, +.\-2 +.V3 .V| +y2 +T3
then, G =
3 3
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.26 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
2. Make a suitable choice of origin and axes.
Suitable choice of origin and axes can be made if no coordinate and no equation is
given in the question.
3. Let the coordinates of various points be (x,, v-]), (^.vs) etc.
Example 14. If A (.v,, v,), B (.v2, y2) and C (.r3. _v3) are the vertices of AABC, find the
coordinates of the centroid of the triangle. |CBSE 2004; NCERT)
Solution : Let D be the mid-point of side BC.
A(x,.y1)
-y2+*3 >’2 +33
Then coordinates of D are
2 2
Let G be the centroid of AABC.
We know that centroid G divides the median AD in the ratio of 2
w
Coordinates of G are
2x ^+lxx, 2x^±>i + lxy.
Flo B(x2,y2) C(X3,y3)
ee
2______ _ ____ 2
2+1 2+1
Fr
for
ur
G = -vl +-v2 +-v3 X\ +.'2 +T3
ks
3 3
Yo
oo
Example 15. Let A(4, 2), B(6, 5) and C (1,4) be the vertices of AABC.
B
(i) The median from A meets BC at D. Find the coordinates ofthe point D.
re
(ii) Find the coordinates ofthe point P on AD such that AP : PD = 2 : 1
ou
ad
(iii) Find the coordinates of points Q and R on medians BE and CF respectively such that
Y
BQ:QE = 2: I andCR:RF = 2: 1.
nd
Re
(iv) What do you observe?
Fi
Solution: (i) Since D is the mid-point of BC
A(4, 2)
7 9
D= E(5/2,3)
2’ 2 (5,7/2)F
P
2:1
(ii) Since AP: PD = 2 : 1. therefore
P divides AD internally in the ratio 2 : 1
B(6, 5) D(7/2, 9/2) C(1,4)
Hence P =
2+1
€) + 1(2)
2+1
11 11
Hence P =
3 ’3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.27
1+4 4+2
(iii) E= i.e., E =
2 5 2
4+6 2+5
F= L, F- 5.-
2 ’ 2
BQ _ 2
Since Q divides BE internally in the ratio 2:1.
QE _ 1
Q=
2[f]+1(6)
2+1
2(3) +1(5)
2+1
or
11 11
Q= —
3 ’ 3
w
Again, CR:RF-2:1
Therefore, R divides CF internally in the ratio 2 : 1
Flo
ree
R=
2(5)+ 1(1)
2+1
2[l)+1(4)
2+1
F
or
ur
k sf
Yo
oo
11 11
Hence R=
B
3 ’ 3
re
(iv) Observation : P, Q, R are the same point.
ou
ad
Example 16. IfGbe the centroid ofthe AABC and Obe any other point in the plane of the
Y
triangle ABC, then prove that
nd
Re
OA2 + OB2 + OC2 = GA2 + GB2 + GC2 + 3G02
Fi
Solution : Let G be the origin and GO be x-axis.
Let 0 = (a,0), A = (.r,,>’l), B = (x2,j2), and C = (x3,y3).
Now, L. H. S. = OA2 + OB2 + OC2
= (x, - a)2 + y2 + (x2 - a)2 + y\ + (x3 - a)2 +y32
= X,2 + X,2 + X32 +y,2 +>’22+y32 + 3a2 - 2a (x, + x2+ x3)
= x|2 + x,2 + x.2 + J',2 + y22+y32 + 3a2 ..
\ x\ +-r2 +-v3 = x - coordinates of G = 0
3
Again, R. H. S. = GA2 + GB2 + GC2 + 3G02
= X,2 + X22 + X32 +>’,2 +y22 + ^32 + 3 a2
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.28 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
L. H. S. = R. H. S
Note: Here we have taken G as the origin because this makes the calculation simpler.
EXERCISE 10.3
Type I.
1. (i) Find the coordinates of the point which divides the line segment joining (2,4) and
(6, 8) in the ratio 1 : 3 internally and externally.
(ii) Find the coordinates of the point which divides the join of (-1, 7) and (4, -3)
internally in the ratio 2 : 3.
(iii) Find the coordinates of the point which divides the line segment joining the points
(4,-3) and (8,5) in the ratio 3 : 1 internally.
2. (i) Find the coordinates of the points which trisect the line segment joining the points
w
(2,3) and (6,5).
(-3,4).
Flo
(ii) Find the coordinates of the point of trisection of the line segment joining (1, -2) and
|CBSE 2008|
ee
3.
Fr
(i) The coordinates ofA and B are(l, 2) and (2,3) respectively, If Plies on AB, find the
AP 4
for
ur
coordinates of P such that •rir - ~. JCBSE 2008]
PB 3
ks
(ii)TfA (4,-8), B (3,6) and C (5, -4) are the vertices of a AABC, D is the mid-point of
Yo
oo
AP „
B
BC and P is a point on AD joined such ahat = 2 , find the coordinates of P.
re
ICBSE2008]
ou
ad
AP 3
Y
(iii) If P divides the join of A (-2, -2) and B (2, - 4) such that —r = —, find the
AB 7
coordinates of P. ICBSE2008]
nd
Re
(iv) A (1,4) and B (4, 8)are two points. Pis a point on AB such that AP = AB + BP. If
Fi
AP = 10 find the coordinates of P.
4. The line segment joining A(2,3) and B (-3, 5) is extended through each end by a length
equal to its original length. Find the coordinates of the new ends.
5. The line segment joining A (6, 3) to B (-1,-4) is doubled in length by having halfits
length added to each end. Find the coordinates of the new ends.
6. The coordinates of two points A and B are (-1,4) and (5, 1) respectively. Find the
coordinates of the point P which lies on extended line AB such that it is three times as
far from B as from A.
7. Find the distance of that point from the origin which divides the line segment joining
the points (5, -4) and (3, -2) in the ratio 4 : 3.
8. (i) The coordinates ofthe middle points ofthe sides ofa triangle are (1, 1), (2, 3) and
(4, 1), find the coordinates of its vertices.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.29
(ii) If the points (10,5), (8,4) and (6,6) are the mid-points of the sides of a triangle, find
its vertices. |CBSE2006|
(iii) The mid-points of the sides of a triangle are (3, 4), (4, 6) and (5, 7). Find the
coordinates of the vertices of the triangle. |CBSE2008|
9. A(l, -2) and B (2,5) are two points. The lines OA ,OB are produced to C and D
respectively such that OC = 20A and OD = 20B. Find CD.
10. Find the length of the medians of the triangle whose vertices are (-1,3), (1. -1) and
(5,1).
11. IfA(l, 5), B (-2, l)andC(4, 1) be the vertices of A ABC and internal bisector of ZA
meets BC at D, find AD.
12. Ifthe middle point of the line segment joining (3,4) and {k, 7) is (x, y) and
low
2x + 2y+\= 0, find the value of k.
13. (i) One end of a diameter of a circle is at (2, 3) and the centre is (-2, 5), find the
coordinates of the other end of the diameter.
ee
(ii) Find the coordinates of a point A, where AB is the diameter of a circle whose
rF
centre is (2, -3) and B is (1,4). Fr
14. If the point C (-1,2) divides internally the line segment joining A (2, 5) and B in the
f or
ratio 3 : 4. Find the coordinates of B.
u
ks
15. (i) Find the ratio in which (-8, 3) divides the join of points (2, -2) and (-4, 1).
Yo
oo
(ii) In what ratio does the point (-4, 6) divide the line segment joining the points
B
A(-6,10) and B (3,-8)?
re
(iii) Find the ratio in which the line segment joining (-3, 10) and (6, -8) is divided by
ou
ad
(-1,6).
Y
(iv) Find the ratio in which the line segment joining (-3.-4) and (3, 5) is divided by(.Y,
nd
Re
2). Also findx. |CBSE 2009|
Fi
16. (i) In what ratio does the x-axis divide the line segment joining the points (2,-3) and
(5,6).
(ii) Find the ratio in which the line segment joining A( 1, -5) and B(-4, 5) is divided by
x-axis. Also find the coordinates of the point of division.
(iii) Find the ratio in which they-axis divides the line segment joining points (5. -6) and
(-1, -4). Also find the point of intersection.
Type II
17. Find the centroid of the triangle whose vertices are (2,4), (6,4), (2,0).
18. The vertices of a triangle are at (2, 2), (0, 6) and (8, 10). Find the coordinates of the
trisection point of each median which is nearer the opposite side.
19. Two vertices of a triangle are (1,4) and (5,2). Ifits centroid is (0, -3), find the third vertex.
20. The coordinates of the centroid of a triangle are (73,2) and two of its vertices are
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.30 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
( 2V3 , -1) and (2V3 , 5). Find the third vertex of the triangle.
21. Find the centroid of the triangle ABC whose vertices are A(9, 2), B(l, 10) and C (-7,-6).
Find the coordinates of the middle points of its sides and hence find the centroid of the
triangle formed by joining these middle points. Do the two triangles have same cen
troid ?
22. If (1,2), (0, -1) and (2, -1) are the middle points of the sides of the triangle, find the
coordinates of its centroid.
23. Show that A(-3, 2), B(-5, -5), C(2, -3) and D(4,4) are the vertices of a rhombus.
|CBSE 2008|
24. Show that the points (3, 2), (0, 5), (-3,2) and (0, -1) are the vertices of a square.
|CBSE 2008|
25. Prove that the points (-2, -1), (1,0), (4, 3) and (1,2) are the vertices of a parallelogram.
w
26. Show that the points A( 1,0), B(5,3), C (2, 7) and D(-2,4) are the vertices of a rhombus.
27. Prove that the points (4, 8), (0. 2), (3,0) and (7,6) are the vertices of a rectangle.
Flo
28. Prove that the points (4,3), (6,4), (5, 6) and (3, 5) are the vertices of a square.
ee
29. If (6, 8), (3, 7) and (-2, -2) be the coordinates of the three consecutive vertices of a
parallelogram, find the coordinates of the fourth vertex. Fr
for
ur
30. Three consecutive vertices of a rhombus are (5, 3), (2, 7) and (-2,4). Find the fourth
vertex.
ks
Yo
31. A quadrilateral has the vertices at the point (-4,2), (2, 6), (8, 5) and (9,-7). Show that
oo
the mid-point of the sides ofthis quadrilateral are the vertices ofa parallogram.
B
32. Ifthe points A(6, 1), B (8,2), C (9,4) and D(p, 3) are the vertices of a parallelogram taken
re
in order, find the value of p.
ou
ad
33. Prove that the line segment joining the middle points of two sides ofa triangle is halfthe
Y
third side.
nd
Re
34. If P, Q, R divide the sides BC, CA and AB of AABC in the same ratio, prove that the
Fi
centroid of the triangles ABC and PQR coincide.
ANSWERS
l.(i) (3,5),(0,2) (ii) (1,3) (iii) (7,3)
v 3
II 18 2 20
3. (i) (ii)(4,-2) (iv)(7,12)
7 7 7
19 13 j 9_P> IP
4. (7,1), (-8,7) 5. ,
2’2/ 2 2
7. Ail! 8. (i) (5,3), (3, -I), (-1,3) (ii) (8,7), (12,3), (4,5) (iii) (4,5), (2,3), (6,9)
7
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.31
9. 10V2 10. 5,\[\0,5 11.4 units 12.-15
13. (i) (-6,7) (ii) (3,-10) 14. (-5,-2)
15. (i) 5 :2; division is external (ii) Internally in the ratio 2 : 7
(iii) internally in the ratio 2 : 7 (iv) 2 :1, x = 1
16. (i) internally in the ratio 1 : 2 (ii) 1 : i;
(iii)5:l;[o,-y|
10 8
17. 18. 19. (-6,-15) 20. (-73,2)
3 ’3
21. Yes 22.(1,0) 29.(1,-!) 31. (1,0)
32. p=l
10.9. AREA OF A TRIANGLE
To find the area of a triangle whose vertices are (x, ,>’,), (xz,y2) and (x3, ).
low
Let the vertices of the triangle be A (x,, _v'|), B(x2, yy) and C (x3,y3). Through A, B. and
C, draw AL, BM and CN perpendiculars on .v-axis.
Then, ML = OL - OM = .v, - x2
ee
rF
and
LN = ON - OL = x3 — x,
MN = ON - OM = x3 - x2
Fr
for
A(x„ yt)
Now, Area ofAABC = Area of trapezium BMLA + Area of
ou
B
ks
trapezium ALNC - Area of trapezium BMNC (x2, y2)
oo
I 1 C(x3, y3)
Y
= -(BM + AL). ML+ -(AL+CN). LN- -(BM + CN). MN
B
re
>-x
O M L N
= ^ ()’2 +Tl)(*i-^2)+ ^(Ti + v3)(x3 -x,) - ^(y2 + v3)(x3 -x2)
ou
ad
Y
1
= -[T2^i +>'i-T - v2x2 - V|X2 + V|A3 +y3x3 -y-ix, -y3x, -y2x3 -y3x3 + .y2x2 + v3x2]
nd
Re
Fi
= ^[y2x\-y\xi +y\x2 ->^1 -v2-r3 +T3^2]
= ^ ix\ (}’2 - T3 ) + x2 ( V3 -Yl) + x3 ( V, - V2 )]
1
Thus area of A ABC = -|>1 (v2 - v3) + ^2(v3 ->’i) + a-3( V| -_v2)] •••(I)
Note:
• Area is always taken as positive, therefore, area ofa triangle must he positive.
• While derivingformula (1), we have taken the points A, B. C in anticlockwise order
(see the fig. above). Hence formula (I), is valid only when the vertices (x,, v,),
(x2, y2) and (x3,_>'3) are in anticlockwise order on actual plotting of vertices.
• If the points (X|, y^), (x2, y2) and (x3,y3) are in clockwise order on actual plotting of
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.32 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
vertices, then area of
l
AABC = --[*1 0;2 - V3 ) + -V2 ( V3 ->’l) + ^3 (> l - >2 )] ....(2)
• Formula (2) can be obtained by interchanging x2,x3 and v2 ^ J’3 in formula (I). Thus
while using formula (1) or (2) we need to plot the vertices.
• While finding the area of a triangle it is not necessary’ to plot the vertices. But in
that case we should use thefollowing formula for area of triangle.
4 rea of AABC = - [.v, (v2 - v3) + x2 (y3 ~ v,) + x3 (v, - y2)]
= ^\x\(v2 -y3) + x2(;;3 -^1) + ^3(^1 -^2)|
w
Corollary 1. Condition for collinearity of three points : Three points A (a, ,^|), B(a'2,>;2)
and C (x3, y3) will be col linear. Flo
ee
<=> Area of AABC = 0 Fr
for
ur
o f\x\ (T2 - T3 ) + 'Y2 (T3 " Ti ) + *3 ( V, - y2 )| = 0
ks
Yo
oo
« -Y1 (v2 -T3) + -v2(.V3 -Tl) + -Y3(>’l - V2) = 0
B
re
2. Area of the triangle having vertices (jr,,^,), (.v2, (0^ 0),
ou
ad
Y
1
-| -yiV2 -x2 V,
nd
Re
Fi
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on area of a triangle and a poly gon.
WORKING RULE:
Use the following results whichever is needed.
1. If A = (x,,y]). B = (x2, v2) and C = (x3,y3), then
1
(i) area of AABC = - [x, (y2 - y3)+x2 (y3 -y,) + x3 (yy -y2)]
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.33
(ii)areaofAABC =
-[(X\y2 ~x2y\) + (^2J'3 - -v3>'2 )
+ (^3^| -^V3)]
2
2. Area of the polygon whose vertices taken in order
(clockwise or anticlockwise) are
(w,). (*2, ^ .v„)
w
l
-[(-^1^2 - x2y\ ) + (^2^3 - ^3>’2 ) + ■•• + (xn-\yn ~ )
Flo
+ (xny\ -Wn)]
ee
Fr
or
ur
3. Points A (x, ,>■]), B {x2, y2) ^ C (x3, y3) are
f
ks
col linear if and only if area of AABC = 0
Yo
oo
4. Area of quadrilateral ABCD =
B
re
1
~[(x\y2 - x2y\)+(x2y3 - x2y2)+- Wi)
ou
ad
i
Y
+ (x4^i -X|_y4)] 2
nd
Re
Example 1. Find the area of the triangle whose vertices
Fi
A, B, C are (3,4), (-4,3) and (8, 6) respectively.
Solution: Given, A s (3,4), B = (-4,3) and C = (8.6)
Now area of AABC
= i;3(3-6)-4(6 4)- 8(4 3)] = 9
2
9
Hence area of AABC = — sq. units.
Example 2. Show that the points (3, 3), (/?, 0) and (0, k) are collinear if 2_ +A -
h k
Solution : Let A = (3,3), B = (/?, 0) and C = (0, k).
Now points A, B, C will be collinear if area of AABC = 0
1
or -^[3(0-A:)+ /?(£-3)+ 0(3-0)] = 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.34 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
l
or — (~3k + hk- 3h) = 0 or 3k+ 3h = hk
3 3 , l l
or — + — = l or— + — =
h k h k 3
Example 3. If (1,4) be the C.G. of a triangle and the coordinate of its any two vertices be
(4, -8) and (-9,7), find the area of the triangle.
Solution: Let A = (4,-8), B = (- 9,7) and G = (1,4). Let C (x, y) be the third vertex of
AABC-
Since G is the centroid of AABC
4 - 9 + .v -8 + 7 + .v
1= or a-= 8 and 4= or y= 13
3 3
low
Hence C = (8, 13)
Now area of AABC = —1[4(7-13)-9(13+8) + 8(-8-7)]| = —\ -333 |= 166.5 sq. units
ee
rF
Example 4. The area of a triangle is 5. Two of its vertices are (2, 1) and (3, -2) .The third vertex
Fr
is (a, y), where y = a + 3 . Find the coordinates of the third vertex.
or
Solution : Let A = (a, y), B = (2,1) and C = (3,-2)
f
u
ks
Given, area of AABC = 5
Yo
oo
1 1
B
-[a(1 + 2) + 2(-2 - y) + 3(y -1)] =5or-|3A + y- 7|=5
re
or |3A+y-7|=10
ou
ad
or 3x+y-l =±10
Y
or 3a +y = 17
nd
Re
or 3a +y = -3
Fi
Case I: When 3a +y - 17 -0)
It is given that y = a + 3 or a - y = -3 -(ii)
7 3
Solving (i) and (ii), we get a = —,y = —
Case 11: When 3.v+y = -3 ...(iii)
13
Solving (ii) and (iii), we get a = ——, v = —
2 ' 2
7 13^ 3 3
Hence coordinates of the third vertex are — or
2 2) 2’ 2)
Example 5. The coordinates of points A, B, C and P are (6, 3), (-3, 5), (4, -2) and (a, y)
a/-.APBC _ | a+v-2
respectively. Prove that
or. AABC 7
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.35
I 49
Solution: Area of AABC= — {6(5 + 2)-3(-2 -3) + 4(3-5)} = —
and area of APBC= -[.v(5 + 2)-3(-2-.y) + 4(v-5)]
l 7
— {lx+ly-14) = -! .v + v-2 |
ar(APBC) _\x + y-2\
Now,
ar(AABC) 7
Example 6. Given figure shows the arrangement of desks in a classroom. Ashima, Bharti and
Camella are seated at A(3, 1), B (6,4) and C (8, 6) respectively. Do you think they are seated
in a line? Given reasons for your answer.
w
10
9 Flo
ee
8
Fr
for
ur
6
1 s
ks
o:
Yo
B
oo
B
3
re
2
ou
A
ad
Y
nd
0 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Re
Fi
columns
Solution : A = (3, 1), B = (6, 4), C = (8, 6)
Area of A ABC
= ~ I [3(4-6) + 6(6 -1) + 8(1 -4)] |
= ^|(-6 + 30-24)|=0
Hence points A, B, C are col linear.
Hence Ashima, Bharti and Camella are seated in a line.
Example 7. A median of a triangle divides it into two triangles ofequal area. Verily this result
for AABC whose vertices are A (4, -6), B (3, -2) and C (5,2) INCERT]
Solution : Let ABC be a triangle such that
A = (4,-6), B = (3,-2),C = (5,2)
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.36 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Let AD be a median ofAABC
Then D will be the mid point ofBC
D = (4, 0)
A (4,-6)
Now area of AABD= ~ I [4(-2 - 0) + 3(0 + 6) + 4(-6 + 2)] |
l
= —1-8 + 18-16|= —1-6|
2 ' 21 '
= — x 6 = 3 square units
B(3, -2) D (4, 0) C(5, 2)
Again, area of A A DC
. i [1(0 2) • 4(2,6)4 5( 6 0)|
w
= ||(-8+,32-30)|=i|-6
Flo
ee
1
= — x 6 = 3 square units
Clearly, area of AABD= area of AADC
Fr
or
ur
f
Example 8. The vertices ofAABC are A (4,6), B (1,5) and C (7,2). A line is drawn to intersect
ks
AD AE 1
Yo
sides AB andAC at D and E respectively such that r . Calculate the area of the
oo
AB AC 4
B
AADE and compare it with the area of AABC. |iNCERT|
re
AD _ 1 AD _ 1
Solution : Given,
ou
ad
AB 4 BD 3
Y
Hence D divides AB internally in the ratio 1 : 3
nd
Re
The coordinates of Dare
Fi
lxl+3x4 Ix5+3x6 ( 13 23
0r l 4 ' 4 0(7, 2)
1+3 1+3
B(1. 5)
AE
Again,
AC 4
AE _ l
EC ~ 3
Hence E divides AC internally in the ratio 1 : 3
Ix7 + 3x4 1 x2 + 3x6
The coordinates of E are
1+3 1+3 or u — ,5
1 I 15
Now area ofAABC = ~14(5-2)+ 1(2-6)+ 7(6-5)| = -|12-4+7|=y sq. units
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.37
and area of AADE = -
2
i. (!->K<-<K)
, 3 13 19 1
4 x--------+ — x —
2 4 4 4 4
, 13 19 15
3----- + — = — sq. units
2 4 16 32
15
ar(AADE) _ 32 _ '
ar(AABC) ~ 15 ~ 16
2
w
Area of AADE : area of AABC =1:16
Example 9. The vertices of a triangle ABC areA(-7, 8), B (5,2) and C( 11,0). If D,E,Farethe
Flo
mid-points ofthe sides BC, CAand AB respectively, show that ar (AABC) = 4 ar(ADEF).
ee
Solution: Given A = (-7,8), B = (5,2) and C = (11,0)
Since D is the mid-point of BC Fr
for
ur
5 + 11 2 + 0 A (-7, 8)
D= or D = (8. I)
2 ’ 2
ks
Yo
E is the mid-point ofCA
oo
E
eB
• E 0l+(-7) 0 + 8
Le., E = (2,4)
2 2
r
ou
ad
F is the mid-point of AB
B(5, 2) C(11, 0)
Y
-7 + 5 8 + 2
F= or F = (-1, 5)
nd
Re
, 2 '’ 2
Fi
Now, ar(AABC) = - 7(2-0)+ 5(0-8)+ 11(8-2) |
1
12 |= 6 sq. units
2
and ar(ADEF) = -18(4-5) + 2(5 -1) + (-1)(1 -4) |
1 3
= ^i3I=T sq. units
3
4ar(ADEF) = 4x- = 6 Sq. units
ar (AABC) = 4 ar (ADEF)
Example 10. The coordinates of points, P, Q, R and S are (-3,5), (4, -2), (p, 3/?) and (6,3),
respectively, and the areas of APQRand AQRS are in the ratio 2 : 3. Findp.
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.38 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Solution : Given P = (-3, 5). Q = (4,-2), R = (/;, 3/;), S = (6. 3).
I
Now, APQR = - | -3(-2 - 3/?) + 4 (3/7 - 5) +/> (5 + 2) |
P(-3, 5)
I
= -| 14(2/7-1)1
and AQRS = ^ 14(3/7 - 3) + /7 (3 + 2) + 6( -2- 3/7) |
= -1/7 + 241
Given, APQR : AQRS = 2:3 R(p3)p
28/7-14 _ 2
w
=>
p + 24 3
28/7-14 _ + 2
Flo
ee
/7 + 24 3
28/7-14 _ 2 28/7-14 _ 2
Fr
or
for
ur
^ p + 2A 3 p + 24 3
ks
45 -3
Yo
=> P = — or p = —
oo
41 43 ■
B
Example 11. Ifthe coordinates of two points A and B are (3,4) and (5, - 2) respectively, find
re
the coordinates of any point P if PA = PB and area of APAB=10
ou
ad
Solution: Given, A = (3, 4) and B = (5, -2)
Y
Let P = (;t, v)
nd
Re
Given, PA=PB
Fi
=r> PA2= PB2
=> (A- - 3)2 + 0-4)2 = (.Y- 5)2 + (y + 2)2
^ x-3y-l=0 -(i)
Given, area of APAB= 10
1
=> -\x(4 + 2) + 3(-2 - y) + 5(y - 4)] =10
=> 16.r+2v-261= 20
=r> 6.v + 2y - 26 = ±20
=> 6.v +2 v-46 = 0 or 6.v + 2_)--6 = 0
3.v +v-23 = 0 -.(ii)
or 3.v+v-23 = 0 •••(iii)
Solving (i) and (ii), we get.Y= 7,v = 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.39
Sol vi ng (i) and (i i i), we get x= I, y = 0
Hence the coordinates ot'P are (7, 2) or (l, 0)
Example 12. A, B, C, D are points whose coordinates are (-2, 3), (8. 9), (0. 4) and (3, 0)
respectively, find the ratio in which AB is divided by CD.
Solution: Given A = (-2, 3), B = (8, 9), C = (0, 4) and D = (3, 0). Let CD divide AB
8///-2/; 9 m + 3/?
internally in the ratio///:/? at P(a, P),then a = and p =
777 + /? 777 + 77
8/77 - 2/7 9/77 + 3/7
.-. P=
777 + 77 777 + 77
Now since points P, C, D are collinear
1 8/77-2/7 9/77 + 3/7 9/77 + 3/7 ^
(4-0) + 0 0- + 3 ----------- 4
low
2 777 + 77 777 + 77 777 + 77
or 4(8/77 -2/7)+ 3(9/77+ 3/7)- 1 2(777+ 7?) =0 C(0, 4)
ee
Or 47/77 - 11/7 = 0
rF
or
777 1 I
47
Fr
for
Since m : /? is positive, hence division is internal.
u
Thus AB is divided by CD internally in the ratio 11 :47.
ks
Yo
oo
Example 13. The class X students of a secondary school in Krishinagar have been allotted
eB
a rectangular plot of land for their gardening activity. Saplings of Gulmohar are planted on
the boundary at a distance of 1 in from each other. There is a triangular grassy lawn in the plot
r
as shown in the figure. The students are to sow seeds of flowering plants on the remaining
ou
ad
area of the plot.
Y
(i) Taking A as origin, find the coordinates of the vertices of the triangle.
nd
Re
(ii) What will be the coordinates of the vertices of APQR ifC is the origin?
Fi
Also calculate the area of the triangles in these cases. What do you observe?|NCERT|
B <§> <§><§> C
<§> <§>
$
<§>
$ $
$ f
t <9
9 $
A 1S> f <§><§><? D
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.40 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Solution: (i) When A is taken as origin, AD asx-axis and AB as v-axis, coordinates of P, Q,
R are given by P = (4, 6), Q = (3, 2), R = (6, 5)
(ii) When C is taken as origin and CB as x-axis and CD as y-axis, coordinates of P, Q. R are
given by
P = (12, 2), Q = (13, 6) and R = (10,3)
When A is taken as origin and AD and AB as coordinates axes
1
Area of APQR = - | [4(2-5) + 3(5-6) + 6 (6 - 2)] |
9
= — sq. Hints
2
When C is taken as origin and CB and CD as axes.
I
Area of APQR=— 112(6 - 3) +13(3 - 2) +10(2 - 6) |
w
9
= — sq. units Flo
ree
Observation : In both the cases area of APQR is the same.
Hence area of a triangle is independent of choice of axes. F
Example 14. If the vertices of a triangle have integral coordinates, prove that the triangle
or
ur
can n ot be equ i 1 atera 1.
sf
Solution: Let A(x,,v,1), B(x2 ,vs) and Qx-,,^) be the vertices of a AABC and
k
Yo
oo
x,, x2, x3, v'|, y2, y3 be integers.
B
To prove that AABC cannot be equilateral.
re
Ifpossible, let AABC be equilateral.
ou
ad
s
Y
Area of AABC= (side)2= —— AB"
4 4
nd
Re
f[(X| — x2)2 +(y, -y2)2 j
Fi
= ^3 (a rational number) B(x2, y2) C(x3. y3)
= an irrational number ...(i)
Again area of AABC = -1 x, (y2 - y3) + x2(y3 - ) + x3 (y, -y2) \
- a rational number -.(ii)
Since (i) and (ii) are contradictory, therefore, AABC cannot be equilateral.
Example 15. Prove that the area of a triangle is four times the area of the triangle formed by
joining the mid-points of its sides.
Solution : Let ABC be a triangle. Let D be the middle point of BC and BC = 4/c.
We take D as the origin and DC as x-axis
Then, B = {-2k, 0), C = (2k, 0)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.41
Let A = (2a, 2P)
Let E and F be the middle points ol'AC and AB respectively.
Then, D = (0, 0), E = (a + k, p), Fs(a-k, p).
A(2a, 2p)
X
B(-2k, 0) D C(2k, 0)
Now area of AABC = - [2a(0 - 0) - 2k(0- 2P) + 2^(2p - ())]
w
= t|8*p|=4|*13| Flo -(i)
ee
Again, area of ADEF = -^-[0(P-p) + (a + &)(p-0) + (a-/r)(0-P)]
Fr
for
ur
1
— [(a +A')p-(a-A-)P] =| Ap | ...(ii)
ks
Yo
oo
From (i) and (ii), it fol lows that area of AABC = 4 area ofADEF.
eB
EXERCISE 10.4
r
ou
ad
Y
1. Find the area of the triangle whose vertices are
(i) (3,-4), (7,5), (-1,10) (ii) (-1.5,3), (6,-2), (-3,4)
nd
Re
(iii) (-5,-1), (3,-5), (5,2) (iv) (5,2), (4,7), (7,-4)
Fi
(v) (2,3), (-1,0), (2,-4) (vi) (1,-1), (-4,6), (-3,-5)
(vii) (ai;,2all),(ot;.2al2),{cit:,2aty) (viii) (-5,7),(-4,-5),(4,5) |CBSE2008|
2. Find the area of the quadrilateral whose vertices are
(i) (1,1),(7,-3),(12,2)and(7,21) (ii) (-4,5),(0,7),(5,-5),and(-4,-2)
(iii) (-5,7), M,-5), (-1,-6)and (4, 5) (iv) (0,0), (6,0), (4,3) and(0,3) [NCERT|
(v) (1,0). (5.3), (2,7) and (-2.4) |CBSE2009]
3. Find the area of the quadrilateral whose vertices taken in order are (-4, 2), (-3, -5),
(3,-2) and (2,3). |CBSE 2009]
4. A median of a triangle divides it into two triangles of equal area. Verify this result for
AABC whose vertices are A (1,2), B (2,5), C (3, 1).
5. IfA, B, C are the points(-1,5), (3,1), (5, 7) respectively and D, E, F are the middlepoints
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.42 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
of BC, CA and AB respectively, prove that AABC = 4ADEF •
6. (i) Three vertices ofa triangle are A( 1,2), B (-3,6) and C (5,4). IfD, E and F are the mid
points of the sides opposite to the vertices A. B and C, respectively, show that the
area of triangle ABC is four times the area of triangle DEF.
(ii) Find the area of the triangle formed by joining the mid-points of the sides of the
triangles whose vertices are (0,-1), (2, 1 )and (0. 3). Find the ratio of this area to the
area of the given triangle.
7. Find the area of a triangle ABC ifthc coordinates of the middle points of the sides of the
triangle are (-1, -2), (6, 1) and (3,5).
8. The vertices of AABC are A(3,0), B(0,6) andC (6,9). A straight line DE divides AB and
AABC 9
AC in the ratio 1 : 2 at D and E respectively, prove that
AADE ~
low
9. If (/,/-2), (/+3,/) and (/ + 2, f + 2) are the vertices of a triangle, show that its area is
independent of/.
10. If A(.v, y), B(l,2) andC (2, 1) are the vertices of a triangle of area 6 square unit, show
ee
rF
that x + y = 15 or-9
Fr
11. Prove that the points (a, b + c),{b,c + a) and (c,a + 6) are collinear.
f or
u
12. If the points (XpV,),(.Y2,y2) and (x,,y.) be collinear, show that
ks
Yo
T2-T3 , T.i ~>’1 , .'1 --C =Q
oo
x2x, -TV', xyr,
B
re
13. (i) Ifthe points (a, /?), (a,, /?,) and {a-a^ b-b{) are collinear, show that iL = A .
ou
a, b{
ad
Y
(ii) Three points A(.Yl,yl), B(.v2,y2) and C(x,y) are collinear. Prove that
nd
(x- x, )(y2 - y,) = (x2 -x, )(y -y,).
Re
Fi
1
14. Show that the points (o, 0), (0, Z>) and (1,1) are collinear if —+ —= 1
a b
15. (i) Find the values ofx ifthe points (2x, 2x),(3,2x+1) and (1,0) are collinear.
(ii) Find the value of k ifthe points A (2, 3), B (4. k) and C (6, -3) are collinear.
(iii) Find the value of A- for which the points (7, -2), (5. 1), (3, k) are collinear.
(iv) Find the value of A- for which the points (8, 1), (k, -A), (2,-5) are collinear ?
(v) For what value of/? are the points (2, 1), (/?, -1) and (-1,3) col linear? [CBSE 2008|
16. Show that the straight line joining the points A(0,-1) and B (15, 2) divides the line
joining the points C (-1,2) and D(4, -5) internally in the ratio 2 : 3.
17. Find the area of the triangle whose vertices are
((« + 1) (a-2), (<7+ 2)),((a + 2) (<7+ 3), (a+ 3)) and ((a, 3) (<7+ 4), (<7 + 4))
18. Thepoint A divides the join of P(-5,1) and Q (3,5) in the ratio A': 1. Find the two values
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.43
of& for which the area of AABC, where B is(l, 5) and C is (7,-2) is equal to 2 units in
magnitude.
19. The coordinates of A, B, C, D are (6, 3), (-3, 5), (4, -2) and (.y,3.y) respectively. If
ADBC 1
—, find.v.
AABC
20. If the area of the quadrilateral whose angular points taken in order are (1, 2), (-5, 6),
(7, -4) and (/?, -2) be zero, show that /? = 3.
21. Find the area of the triangle whose vertices A, B, C are (3, 4) (^4,3), (8, 6) respectively
and hence find the length of perpendicular from A to BC.
22. The coordinates of the centroid of a triangle and those of two of its vertices are respec-
lively (— 2 ], (2.3), (-1,2). Find the area of the triansle.
13 J
w
23. The area of a triangle is 3 square units. Two of its vertices are A (3, 1), B (1, -3) and the
Flo
centroid of the triangle lies on .Y-axis. Find the coordinates of the third vertex C.
ee
24. The area of parallelogram is 12 square units. Two of its vertices are the points A (-1,3)
Fr
and B (-2,4). Find the other two vertices ofthe parallelogram, ifthe point of intersection
of diagonals lies on Y-axis on its positive side.
for
ur
25. Prove that the quadrilateral whose vertices are A (-2,5), B (4, -1), C (9,1) and D (3, 7) is
ks
a parallelogram and find its area. If E divides AC in the ratio 2:1, prove that D, E and the
Yo
oo
middle point F of BC are colllinear.
B
26. Prove that points (-3,-1), (2,-1), (1, l)and (-2,1) taken in order are the vertices of a
re
trapezium.
ou
ad
Y
ANSWERS
nd
Re
21
Fi
1. (i)46 sq. unit£ (ii)0 (iii) 2 sq. units (iv) 32 sq. units (v) — sq. units
(vi) 24 sq. units (vii) a2!(/, -A)(A ~hX!3 ) I sq. units (viii) 53 sq. units
121
2. (i) 132 sq. units (ii) — sq. units (iii) 72 sq. units (iv) 15 sq. units
(v) 25 sq. units. 3. 28 sq. units 6. (ii) 1 sq. unit; 1 :4
7. 74 sq. units
15. (i)
1 + V2 or 1-V2 (ii) /c=0 (iii) A-= 4 (iv) A-= 3
2 2
31 11 -1
(v) p = 5 17. 1 sq. unit 18. 7, — 19.
8’ 8
3 5
21. 4.5 sq. units, 22. — sq. units 23. (5, 2); (2, 2) 24. (17,-3), (18,-4)
25. (1,-1); (-2,-10) 26. 84 sq. units
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.44 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Very Short Answer Type Questions:
1. If the mid point of the line segment joining the points P(6, b -2) and Q(- 2, 4) is
(2, - 3), find the value of b. [Foreign 2009|
2. Find the value of<7 so that the point (3, a) lies on the line represented by 2x- 3_y = 5.
|Delhi 2009J
3. Find the distance between the points f 8 f-
and ~ [Delhi 2009]
V j y yo
4. What is the distance between the points A(c, 0) and B(0, - c) ? [AI2010|
5. If P(2, p) is the mid-point of the line segment joining the points A(6, - 5) and
w
B(-2, 11), find the value ofp. [Delhi 2010]
6. Find the value of/r if P(4,-2) is the mid point of the line segment joining the points
Flo
A(5/c, 3) and B(-£,-7). [Foreign 2010]
ee
Fr
7. Find the distance between the points, A (2a, 6a) and B (2a + \f3a, 5a), where a>0.
[Foreign 2010|
or
ur
f
8. IfA(l, 2), B(4,3) and C (6, 6) are the three vertices of a parallelogram ABCD, find the
ks
coordinates of the fourth vertex D. [Delhi 2010|
Yo
oo
Short Answer Type Questions:
B
re
1. Find the point on x-axis which is equidistant from the points (2, - 5) and (- 2, 9).
ou
ad
[Delhi 2009]
Y
2. Find the point on v-axis which is equidistant from the points (5, - 2) and (- 3,2).
nd
Re
3. The line segment joining the points A(2, l)and B(5,-8) is trisected at the points? and
Fi
Q such that Pis nearer to A. IfP also lies on the line given by2x-y + k=Q, find the value
of k. [Delhi 2009]
4. Find the area of the quadrilateral ABCD whose vertices are A(-4, -2), B(-3, -5),
C(3,-2)and D(2,3). [AI2009]
5. The line segment joining the points P(3,3) and Q(6, - 6) is trisected at the points A and
B such that A is nearer to P. IfA also lies on the given line 2x+y + /c = 0, find the value
of k. [Delhi 2009|
6. If Pfr, y) is any point on the line joining the points A(a, 0) and B(0, b) then show that
x v
-+7
a b
= 1. [Delhi 2009)
7. Find the ratio in which the point (2, y) divides the line segment joining the points
A(-2, 2) and B(3,7). Also find the value ofv. [AI2009|
8. Ifthe points A(4,3) and B(x, 5) are on the circle with the centre 0(2,3), find the value of
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.45
x. |AI2009|
9. Find the area of the quadrilateral ABCD whose vertices are A( l, 0), B(5,3). C(2, 7) and
D(-2,4). |AI2009|
10. Find the area of the triangle formed byjoining the mid points of the sides ofthe triangle
whose vertices are (0, -1), (2,1) and (0, 3). [AI2009|
11. The centre of a circle is (2a -1,7) and it passes through the point (- 3,-1). If the
diameter of the cirlce is 20 units, then find the values ofa. [Foreign 2009[
12. If C is a point lying on the line segment AB joining A( 1, 1) and B(2, -3) such that
3 AC = CB, then find the coordinates ofC. |Foreign 2009|
13. Show that the points (-2,5) (3, -4) and (7,10) are the vertices ofa right angled isosceles
triangle. [Foreign 2009|
14. Find a relation between x and_y if the points (.v, (1,2) and (7,0) are coll inear.
[Foreign 2009|
low
15. Ifthe points (x,y), (-5, -2) and (3, -5) are coll inear, prove that 3x + 8y + 31 = 0.
16. Ifthe points (-2, 1), (a, b) and (4, -1) are collinear and a-b= 1 then find the values of
a and b. [Foreign 2009|
ee
rF
17. Find the ratio in which the point (x, 2) divides the line segment joining the points
(-3, -4) and (3, 5). Also find the value ofx. Fr ^ [AI2009|
for
18. Find the ratio in which the point (x, -l) divides the line segment joining the points
|A12009|
ou
(-3,5) and (2,-5). Also, find the value ofx.
ks
19. Find the value of if the points A(7,-2), B(5, 1) and C(3,2A') are collinear.
oo
[AI2010|
Y
B
20. If the points (p, q)\ (w, n) and (p- m,q -n) are collinear, show that/?/? = gm.
re
[AI2010[
ou
ad
21. Find the value of k, if the points A(8, 1), B(3, - 4) and C(2, k) are collinear.
Y
| AI2010|
nd
Re
22. Find the value ofk for which the points A(k, 5), B(0, l)and C(2,-3) are collinear.
Fi
[Foreign 2010|
23. Find the value of k for which the points A(9, k), B(4, -2) and C(3, -3) are collinear.
[Foreign 2010|
24. Find the value ofp for which the points A(-l, 3), B(2,p) and C(5, -1) are collinear.
[Foreign 2010|
25. Point P divides the line segment joining the points A(-l, 3) and B(9, 8) such that
AP k
= — . IfP lies on the linex-_y + 2 = 0, find the value of A. [AI2010|
PB 1
26. Point P divides the line segment joining the points A(2, 1) and B(5, -8) such that
AP 1
= —. IfP lies on the line 2x-y + k = 0, find the value ofk. [Delhi 2010|
27. If R(x,y) is a point on the line segment joining the points P(c/, b) and Q(/>, a), then prove
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.46 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
that A' +v = i7+ b. [Delhi 2010|
( 2 \
28. If the point P(/», 3) lies on the line segment joining the points
Alv~ ^) ani^
B(2, 8), find the value ofm. [Delhi 2010|
29. Prove that the points P(a, b + c), Q{b, c + a) and R(c, a + b) are collinear.
[Delhi 2010|
30. Ifpoint P^-,;> liesonthelinesegmentjoiningthepointsA(3,-5)andB(-7,9),then
find the ratio in which P divides AB. Also find the value oty. [Foreign 2010|
QUESTIONS FOR PRACTICE
low
Short Answer Type Questions :
1. If P(9a - 2, -b) divides line segment joining A(3a + 1,-3) and B(8£7, 5) in the ratio
ee
3:1, find the values of a and b.
rF
Fr
2. Find the points on thex-axis which are at a distance of 2-75 fi'om the point (7, -4). How
for
many such points are there ?
ou
3. The centre of a circle is (la, a - 7). Find the values of a if the circle passes through the
ks
point (11, -9) and has diameter ] oVT units.
oo
Y
4. If (a, b) is the mid-point of the line segment joining the points A(10, -6) and B(/r, 4) and
B
a-2b= 18, find the value of k and the distance AB.
re
5. Find the coordinates of the point Q on the x-axis which lies on the perpendicular
ou
ad
bisector ofthe line segment joining the points A(-5, -2) and B(4, -2). Name the type of
Y
triangle formed by the points Q, A and B.
nd
Re
ShortAnswer Type Questions With Reasoning :
Fi
State whether the following statements are true or false. Justify your answer.
6. A circle has its centre at the origin and a point P(5, 0) lies on it. The point Q(6, 8) lies
outside the circle.
7. AABC with vertices A (-2,0), B(2,0) and C(0,2) is similar to ADEF with vertices D(-4.0),
E(4,0) and F(0,4).
8. The point A(2, 7) lies on the perpendicular bisector of line segment joining the points
P(6,5) and Q(0.-4).
9. Point P(0, 2) is the point of intersection ofy-axis and perpendicular bisector of line
segment joining the points A(-l, 1) and B(3,3).
10. The point P(-2,4) lies on a circle of radius 6 and centre C(3,5).
11. Point P(0, 2) is the point of intersection ofy-axis and perpendicular bisector of line
segment joining the points A(-l, 1) and B(3,3).
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.47
Long Answer Type Questions :
1. A(6, 1), B(8,2) and C(9, 4) are three vertices of a parallelogram ABCD. If E is the mid
point of DC, find the area ofAADE.
2. Ayush starts walking from his house to office. Instead of going to the office directly, he
goes to a bank first, from there to his daughter’s school and then reaches the office. If
the house is situated at (2,4), bank at (5, 8), school at (13, 14) and office at (13,26) and
coordinates are in km. what is the extra distance travelled by Ayush in reaching his
office ? (Assume that all distances covered are in straight lines).
3. The points A^,^), B(x2,y,) and C(x3,y3) are the vertices of AABC.
(i) The median from A meets BC at D. Find the coordinates of the point D.
(ii) Find the coordinates of the point P on AD such that AP: PD = 2 : 1.
(iii) Find the coordinates of points Q and R on medians BE and CF, respectively such
w
that BQ : QE = 2:1 and CR : RF = 2 : 1.
(iv) What are the coordinates of the centroid of the triangle ABC ?
Flo
ee
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS Fr
or
ur
A. Objective Type Questions (MCQ 1 Mark):
f
ks
1. If the distance between the points (4,/?) and (1,0) is 5, then the value of/? is
Yo
oo
(a) 4 only (b) ±4 (c) 4 only (d) 0
B
2. The perimeter of a triangle with vertices (0,4), (0,0) and (3, 0) is
re
(a) 5 (b) 12 (c) 11 (d) 7+75
ou
ad
3. AOBC is a rectangle whose three vertices are A(0,3), 0(0,0) and B(5,0). The length of
Y
its diagonal is
nd
Re
(a) 5 (b) 3 (c) y[34 (d) 4
Fi
(13 ^
4. A circle drawn with origin as the centre passes through I T' U I . The point which does
not lie in the interior of the circle is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5. The points (-4, 0), (4,0), (0, 3) are the vertices of a
(a) right triangle (b) isosceles triangle
(c) equilatarel triangle (d) scalene triangle
6. The perpendicular bisector of the line segment joining the points A( 1,5) and B(4, 6) cuts
they-axisat
(a) (0,13) (b) (0,-13) (c) (0,12) (d) (13,0)
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.48 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
7. If P ^ ^ j 's t*16 mid-point of the line segment joining the points Q (- 6, 5) and
R(- 2,3), then the value of a is
(a) -4 (b) -12 (c) 12 (d) -6
8. The coordinates of the point which is equidistant from the three vertices of the AAOB
as shown in the figure is
(0. 2v)
X'<r ->x
w
0 (2-v, 0)
Vt
r Flo
ree
a- >• y x
(a) (A,y) (b) (v,a) (c) (d)
12 ’ 2 F 2’2
9. Distance of the point (4. a) from A-axis is half its distance from y-axis then a =
or
ur
sf
(a) 4 (b) 8 (c) 2 (d) 6
k
10. The vertices of a triangle are (0, 0), (3,0) and (0,4). Its orthocentre is at
Yo
oo
(a) (0,3) (b) (4,0) (c) (0,0) (d) (3,4)
B
11. The vertices of a triangle are (0.0), (3,0) and (0,4). The centroid of the triangle is
re
ou
ad
(a) |4] (b) (c) (1,1) (d) (0,3)
Y
nd
Re
12. IfP(l, 2), Q(4.6), R(5, 7) and S(a, 6) are the vertices of a parallelogram PQRS then
Fi
(a) = 2,/? = 4 (b) £7 = 3,6 = 4 (c) £7 = 2,6 = 3 (d) a = 3, 6 = 5
13. The area of the triangle with vertices at the points (a, b + c), (6, c + a) and (c, a + b)\s
(a) a + b + c (b) (£7 + 6 + c)2 (c) abc (d) 0
14. Ifthe points A( 1,2), 0(0,0) and C{a, b) are collinear, then-
(a) £/ = 6 (b) 2a-b (c) a = — b (d) £7 = 26
15. If the points (a. 0), (0, b) and (1, 1) are collinear then which of the following is true ?
1 1 1 1 1
(a) - +7 = 2
a 6
(b)
£7 6
(c) T + T=1
£7 6
(d) —= 2
£7 6
B, Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
Consider the following statements :
(a) Both the statements I and 2 are true and statement 2 is the correct explanation for
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.49
statement l.
(b) Both the statements l and 2 are true and statement 2 is not the correct explanation for
statement 1.
(c) Statement 1 is true but statement 2 is false.
(d) Statement 1 is false but statement 2 is true.
Choose the correct option from (a), (b), (c) and (d) in the following :
1. Statement 1 : If the distance between (/?, 3) and (4, 5) is Js , then h-3 or 5.
Statement 2 : The third vertex of a triangle, if two of its vertices are at (-3, 1) and
(0,-2) and the centroid is at (0,0) is (3,1).
Solution : Statement 2. Let the third vertex be (.v, y). Since centroid is (0,0).
x-3 + 0 _y+l-2
w
---- ----- -- 0 =>x = 3;---- -----= 0 =>y= 1 .\ Reason (R) is true.
Flo
Statement 1. y](h-4)2 +(3-5)2 = Vs =>(h-4)2+4 = 5
ee
=>(h-4)2= 1 => /? - 4 = ± 1 => /? = 4 ± 1 = 3 or 5
Fr
Assertion (A) is true.
Since (R) does not give (A), therefore correct choice is (b).
for
ur
2. Statementl : Theratioin which the segment joining the points (-3, 10) and (6,-8) is
divided by (-1,6) is 2 : 7.
ks
Yo
Statement 2 : IfA (jc,,^), B (a-,, v\) are two points. Then the point C (x,y) such that C
oo
B
K.v2 + A'|
divides AB internally in the ratio K : 1 is given by .y =
re
K+l
ou
ad
_ Ky2 +y,
y=
Y
K+l '
3. Statementl : Ifthree vertices of a parallelogi’am taken in order are (-1,-6), (2,-5) and
nd
Re
(7,2), then its fourth vertex is (4, 1).
Fi
Statement 2 : Diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other.
4. Statementl : Ifthepoints(8, 1),(£-4),(2,-5)arecolIinear,thenA- = 4.
Statement 2 : The coordinates of a point A, where AB is the diameter of a circle
whose centre is (2, - 3) and B is (1,4) is (3, -10).
5. Statementl : Ifthe points (£+1,1), (2A-+1,3) and (2/: + 2,2A-) arecollinear, then £ =
4.
Statement 2: Three points B(a'2, y,) and C(AT3,jy3) are collinear if and only if
-v,0’2 ~y3) + -v2(y3 -TjJ+XjO',-y2) = o.
6. Statement 1 : The points (5, -2), (6, 4) and (7, -2) are the vertices of an isosceles
triangle.
Statement2 : Thepoints(l,5),(2,3)and(-2,-ll)arecollinear.
C. Linked Comprehension Type Questions:
Passage -1 : Diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other. Also coordinates of centroid of
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.50 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
*l + *2 + *3 -Vl + >’2 + 3?3
a triangle having vertices (.t|,.y1), (.v„ v2), (.v,,j;3) is
3 3
Now answer the following questions :
1. The two vertices of a triangle are (6,3) and (-1,7) and its centroid is (1,5). Then the third
vertex is
(a)(2,5) (b) (-2,5) (c) (2,-5) (d) (-2,-5)
2. Thecentroid ofa triangle formed by(7,/?), (</,-6),(9, 10) is(6, 3). Ih&np + q
(a) 6 (b) 5 (c) 7 (d) 8
3. If (3, 2), (6, 3), (.v, y) and (6, 5) are the vertices of a parallelogram taken in order, then
x+y—
(a) 13 (b) 14 (c) 16 (d) 15
Solution : 1. Let the third vertex of the triangle be (a, P)
low
Then,
a + 6-1 1, P±i±I=5 =>a = -2,p = 5 [v centroid is (1,5)]
3 3
Hence third vertex is (- 2,5)
ee
7 + ry + 9 /?- 6+ 10
rF
2. Given
3
= 6 and
3
- 3 => q = 2anAp-5
3. Since (3,2), (6, 3), (.r,>') and (6, 5) are the vertices of a || gm.
Fr pJrq=5 + 2 = l
for
ou
3 + .v
ra"d^
6+6 2 +y 3+5
ks
— =>.v = 9 and7= 6 .v+y = 15
2
oo
Y
B
re
ANSWERS
ou
ad
Y
nd
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Re
Fi
Very Short Answer Type Questions:
l
1. b 8 2. a=- 3. 2 4. V2c 5. 3 6. 2
7. 2a 8. (3,5)
Short Answer Type Questions:
1. (-7,0) 2. (0,-2) 3. k = -% 4. 28 sq.cm 5. k = -S
7. 6 8. 2 9. 25 sq. units
10. 1 sq. unit 11. a = -4,2 12.
1
14. x + 3y = 7 16. a = l,b = 0 17. 2 :!;* = -
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.51
18. 3 : 2 ;* = 0 19. k=2 21. k = -5 22. k = -2
, 2
23. * = 3 24. p= 1 25. 26. k = -8 28. m = -4
30. 1:3;^ = --
2
QUESTIONS FOR PRACTICE
Short Answer Type Questions:
1. a= 1,6 = -3 2.(9,0), (5,0); 2 points 3. 5,3
low
4. A- = 22,AB = 2V61 5. ; isosceles triangle
6. True 7. True 8. False
9. False 10. False 11. False
ee
rF
Long Answer Type Questions:
Fr
for
3
1. — sq. units 2. 2.4 km
u
4
ks
Yo
oo
*2+*3 >’2 +T3 •vi +-Y2+.v3 V| +y2 +y3
3. (i) (ii)
eB
2 2 3 3
r
ou
ad
-yl +-v2 + -T3 >’l +>’2 +T3 -vl +*2 +*3 >1 +>'2 +>'3
(iii) (iv) 3 3
3 3
Y
nd
Re
Fi
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
A. Objective Questions:
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (a)
7. (b) 8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (c) 11. (b) 12. (c)
13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (c)
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (d) 6. (c)
C. Linked Comprehension Type Questions:
L (b) 2. (c) 3. (d)
ReadYourFlow.COM
10.52 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
EXEMPLAR PROBLEMS
1. The points A (3, l), B (12, - 2) and C (0,2) cannot be vertices of atriangle (True or False).
Soln. True
Let A = (-Vi) = (3,1), B = (x2,y2) = (12,-2)
and C = (.V3,v,) = (0.2)
I
Now, Area of AABC = -[*, (v2 -y3) + ,v2 (>'3 + .v3(v, - v2)]
1
~[3(-2-2) +12(2-1) +0{1-(-2)}]
= -[3(-4)+12(l) + 0]
w
= -(-12 + 12) = 0
Flo
ee
Area ofABC =0
Fr
Hence, the points A (3, 1), B (12, - 2) and C (0, 2) are collinear. So, the points A (3, 1),
for
B (12, - 2) and C (0,2) cannot be the vertices of a triangle.
ur
2. Aline intersects the Y-axis and X-axis at the points P and Q, respectively. If(2,-5) is the
ks
mid-point of PQ, then the coordinates of P and Q are, respectively
Yo
oo
(a) (0,-5)and(2,0) (b) (C, 10) and (-4,0)
B
(c) (0,4) and (-10,0) (d) (0,-10) and (4,0)
re
Soln. Let the coordinates of P and Q be (0, y) and (x, 0), respectively
ou
ad
0 +X y + 0
Y
Let M be the mid-point of PQ. Then, M = * y
2 , 2'2
nd
Re
But it is given that, mid-point of PQ is (2, - 5).
Fi
p ,(0, y)
M\(2.-5)
X'<- ■>x
Q (x, 0)
' I
r
X
2 => .v = 4
2
y
and 5 y = - 10
2
So, the coordinates of P and Q are (0, - 10) and (4, 0) respectively.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.53
3. Find the points on the .v-axis which are at a distance of 255 from the point (7, 4). How
many such points are there ?
Soln. Let the required point on x-axis be P (x, 0). Let Q = (7,-4)
According to question, PQ = 255 => V(x-7)2+(0 + 4)2 =255
Squaring both sides, we get
x2 + 49 - ! 4x + 16 = 20
x2- 14x + 45=0 => (x - 9) (x - 5) = 0
=> x =9,5
Hence, required points are (9, 0) and (5, 0).
Thus two such points are there.
4. If (a, b) is the mid-point ofthe line segment joining the points A (10, - 6) and B (A\ 4) and
a -2b=\ 8, find the value of A and the distance AB.
Soln. By mid-point formula,
w
10 + A , -6 + 4
a = -------- ,b => 2a = \0 + k,b = -1
Flo
2 2
ee
A
=> « = 5 + — and b = -\
2
Fr
or
ur
Given, a - 2b = 18
f
ks
=> 5 + — - 2 x (-1) = 18 => 5 + —+ 2 = 18
Yo
oo
2 2
B
A
re
— = 11 => A =22
2
■ =>
ou
ad
Given, A = (10,-6), Bs(22,4)
Y
AB = yj(22-\0)2 +(4+6)2 = V144 + 100 = V244 = V4 x 61 = 2^\.
nd
Re
Fi
5. If the point P (2, 1) lies on the line segment joining points A (4,2) and B (8, 4), then
1 I 1
(a) AP= - AB (b) AP= PB (c) PB= — AB (d) AP=-AB
Soln.(d)
Given that, the point P (2, 1) lies on the line segment joining the points A (4,2) and B (8,4),
which has been shown in the figure below :
P(2, 1) B(8, 4)
A(4, 2)
Now, distance between A (4,2) and P (2, 1). AP = ^(2-4)2 +(1 -2)2
= V(-2)2+(-l)2 =V47T = v/5
Distance between A (4.2) and B (8,4),
ReadYourFlow.COM
AB n/(8-4)2+(4-2)2 = \J(4)2 +(2)2 = V16 + 4 = V20 = 2n/5
Distance between B (8,4) and P (2,1), BP =a/(8-2)2+(4-l)2
= Vb2 +32 = V36 + 9 = V45 = 3V5
AB = 2V5 = 2AP AB
=> AP =----
2
AB
Hence, required condition is AP = —
2
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
w
150 Marks |
Flo
Objective andVei7 Short Answer Type Questions (1 Mark):
Choose the correct option : F ree
1. Ifthe point P(2, 1) lies on the line segment joining points A(4,2) and B(8,4), then
or
ur
sf
(a) 3AP = AB (b) AP = PB (c) 3PB = AB (d) 2AP = AB
k
Yo
2. The two vertices ofa triangle are A(6,3) and B(-l, 7) and its centroid is G( 1,5). The third
oo
vertex C of A ABC is
B
re
(a) (2,5) (b) (2,-5) (c) (-2,5) (d) (-2,-5)
ou
ad
3. The point which lies on the perpendicular bisector of the line segment joining the
Y
points A(-2, -5) and B(2, 5) is
nd
(a) (0,0) (b) (0,2) (c) (2,0) (d) (-2,1)
Re
Fi
4. Ifthe distance between the points (2, -2) and (-1, .v) is 5, one of the values ofjc is
(a) -2 (b) 2 (c) (d) 1
5. The area ofAABC having vertices A(3, 0), B(7, 0) and C(8, 4) is
(a) 14 sq. units (b) 28 sq. units (c) 8 sq. units (d) 6 sq. units
6. In what ratio is the segment joining the points A(4, 6) and B(-7, -I) divided by
.v-axis ?
(a) 3:1 (b) 6:1 (c) 1:2 (d) 2:3
Short Answer Type Questions (2 Marks):
7. The vertices of a AABC are A(4, 1), B(-3,2)and C(0, A-) and its area is 12 sq. units, find
the value of A.
8. Find the ratio in which the line joining points (2, -6) and (8,4) is divided by .v-axis.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Coordinate Geometry 10.55
9. Ifthe points of A(2,3). B(4. k) and C(6, -3) are coll inear, find the value of k.
10. Ifthe points A(4,3) and B(c/, 5) lie on the circle with centre C (2.3), find the value of a.
11. IfA(-2, 4), B(0, 0) and C(4, 2) are the vertices of a AABC, find the length of median
through A.
12. Find the points on y-axisat a distance of 13 units from the point ( 5, 7).
Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks):
13. Find the area of the quadrilateral whose vertices are A(-3, 2), B(5, 4), C(7, -6) and
D(-5,-4).
14. If the points (/;, 0) (0, £/) and (1, 1) are collinear, then show that p + cj= pq.
15. In what ratio does the _y-axis divide the line segment joining points A(-4, 5) and
B(3, -7) ? Also, find the coordinates of the point of intersection.
low
16. Show that the points (2, -1), (3,4), (-2, 3) and (-3, -2) are the vertices of a rhombus.
17. In what ratio does the line .v - y -2 = 0 divide the line segment joining the points
A(3, -1) and B(8,9) ?
ee
rF
18. IfP
2 Fr
divides the join of A(-2, -2) and B(c/, b) such that AP: AB = 3 : 7, find
7’ 7
f or
u
the coordinates of B.
ks
Yo
oo
Long Answer Type Questions (4 Marks):
B
re
19. Find the circumcentre of triangle whose vertices are (8,6), (8, -2), (2, -2).
ou
20. If the coordinates of the mid-points of the sides of a triangle are (1, 2), (0, -1) and
ad
(2, -1), find the coordinates of its vertices.
Y
21. Find the area of the triangle formed byjoining the midpoints of the sides of the triangle
nd
Re
whose vertices are A(2,2), B(4,4) and C(2.6).
Fi
22. The line joining the points (2, I) and (5, -8) is trisected at points P and Q. Ifpoint P lies
on line2.t-j> +A' = 0, find/:.
ANSWERS
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (b)
13
7. k = 5, 8. 3:2 9. /-= 0 10. a = 2 11. 5 units
7
13
12. (0,19); (0,-5) 13. 80 sq. units 15. 4:3; 0,
7
17. 2:3 18. (2,-4) 19. (5,2) 20. (1,-4), (3,2), (-1,2)
21. 1 sq. unit 22. k = -8
ReadYourFlow.COM
w
Flo
ee 1
Have any queries or suggestions Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
We, at Eduwiser, will be pleased to hear from our readers. It will be a pleasure to
oo
connect with you at [email protected].
B
re
Send us your feedback or suggestions at our email address. We shall try our best
ou
to get back to you in person. In case your suggestion makes it to our next edition,
ad
Y
you will be in to win exciting prizes.
nd
Re
In our endeavour to create world class content, we look forward to hearing your
Fi
opinion.
Happy Reading!
ReadYourFlow.COM
CIRCLE
11.1. INTRODUCTION
We have learnt about circle in class IX. There, we learnt various terms related to a circle. Here
we recall them in brief. Circle is a collection of all points in a plane which are at a constant
distance from a fixed point. The fixed point is called the centre and the constant distance the
radius of the circle.
w
In the given figure, O is the centre and OA or OB is a
radius of the circle. CD is a chord of the circle and AB is
Flo
a diameter.
ee
The region bounded by the two radii OP and OQ and
Fr
or
ur
the arc PQ is called a sector and the region enclosed by
f
chord PQ and arc PQ is called a segment.
ks
In this chapter we shall discuss the relative position of a circle and a line in the same plane.
Yo
oo
We shall also examine the existence of tangents to a circle and their properties.
B
re
11.2. RELATIVE POSITION OF A CIRCLE AND A LINE IN THE SAME PLANE
ou
ad
If a circle and a line AB are drawn in the same plane, then following three possibilities are
Y
there:
d
Re
n
Fi
•«—y > 4---- 1 t—► ◄—I I—►
A B AC D B A C B
(i) (ii) (iii)
Case I. The line AB and the circle have no common point [see Fig(i)]. In this case the line AB
does not intersect the circle and it is completely outside the circle.
Here line AB is called a non-intersecting line with respect to the circle.
Case II. Line AB and the circle have two common points C and D. [see figure (ii)]. In this case
the line AB intersects the circle in two distinct points C and D.
Here, line AB is called a secant ofthe circle.
Case III. Line AB and the circle have only one common point [see figure (iii)]. In this case the
ReadYourFlow.COM
11.2 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
line AB intersects the circle in two coincident points, i.e., in exactly one point.
Here we say that the line AB touches the circle at C or the line AB is tangent to the circle at
C. This point C is called the point of contact of line AB and the circle.
if IS
17 Secant: A line intersecting a circle in two distinct points is called a secant of the circle.
In the given figure AB is a secant of the circle.
2. Tangent: A line meeting a circle in only one point is called a tangent to the circle. In the
given figure, line AB is tangent to the circle at P.
w
Flo
F ree
or
ur
sf
3. Point of contact: The point P. where a tangent to the circle meets the circle is called the
k
Yo
oo
point of contact of the tangent. In the given figure AB touches the circle at P. Therefore,
B
P is the point of contact of the tangent.
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
(11.4. EXAMPLES OF A TANGENT TO A CIRCLE
The most common example in day-to-day life of a tangent to a circle is the line on the ground
along which the wheel of a circle moves.
Another example of tangent to a circle is the railway track on which the wheels of the coach
run.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Circle 11.3
TANGENT TO A CIRCLE
The existence of tangent to a circle can be established by the following activities :
ACTIVITY 1. We take a wire and bend it into a circle. We take another straight wire AB and
attach it to the circular wire at a point P on it such that the wire can rotate about P in the plane
of the circular wire. We put the circular wire and wire AB on the table. Now we rotate the wire
AB about point P keeping it in the plane of the table. As the wire AB rotates, it intersects the
circular wire at points Q,, Q2, Q3 etc. The points Qh Q2, Q3 etc. move towards P and these
points comes closer and closer to the point P. As wire AB moves about point P, a state comes
when wire intersects the circle just at one point P only.
In the figure A B' is this position ofAB. If we further rotate the wire AB about P, then AB will
again cut the circle at P and at one other point in its every position.
Thus in only one position, lineAB will intersect the circle at only one point. This establishes
the existence of tangent to a circle at a point and also establishes its uniqueness.
w
Tangent to a circle is a secant when its two points of intersection with the circle coincide.
Flo
F ree
or
ur
sf
A'- B'
k
Yo
oo
B
Note : The word tangent has been derivedfrom latin word ‘TANGERE’ which means 'to
re
touch
ou
ad
ACTIVITY 2. On paper, we draw a circle and a secant AB ofthe circle. Now we draw different
Y
lines parallel to the secant AB on both sides. We can observe that the length of chords cut
by these lines gradually decreases on one side of secant AB and after some steps on the
nd
Re
other side.
Fi
X!
Thus the two points of intersection of these lines and the circle come closer and closer to
each other and ultimately the two points of intersection coincide. We can see here that the
distance between two points of intersection become zero on both sides of secant AB. Thus
we get two lines, one on each side of AB which is tangent to the circle. Hence there are only
two tangents to the circle parallel to secant AB.
Thus this activity has established that a tangent of a circle is the secant when its two points
on intersections with the circle coincide. The common point of the tangent and the circle is
called the point of contact and the tangent is said to touch the circle at the common point.
ReadYourFlow.COM
11.4 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
A Property of the Tangent
In a moving bicycle, the wheels move along a line which is tangent to the circular wheel. The
spokes of the wheel are along its radii and every spoke through the point of contact of the
wheel and the ground is perpendicular to the line along which the wheel moves. This prop
erty of tangent to a circle is established in the following theorem :
THEOREM 1. The tangent at any point of a circle is perpendicular to the radius through the
point of contact.
Given : A circle with centre 0 and a tangent AB at a point P of the circle.
To prove: OP 1 AB
Construction : We take a point Q, other than P, on AB and join OQ.
Proof: Since Q is a point on the tangent AB, other than the point of contact P,
w
Q lies outside the circle.
Let OQ intersect the circle at R. O
Now, OQ = OR + RQ
Flo J^<R .>
ree
4-
=> OQ>OR A P Q B
=> OR<OQ
F
or
ur
=> OP<OQ [v OP = OR= radius of the circle]
sf
Thus, OP is shorter than any other line segment joining O to any point of AB, other than P.
k
Yo
oo
/'.e., OP is the shortest distance between the point O and the line AB.
B
But, the shortest distance between a point and a line is the perpendicular distance from the
re
point to the line.
ou
ad
OP 1AB
Y
THEOREM 2. (Converse of theorem 1) : A line drawn through the end of a radius and
nd
Re
perpendicular to it is a tangent to the circle.
Fi
Given : A circle having centre O of which OP is a radius and AB is a line through P such that
OP 1 AB.
To prove : AB is tangent to the circle at the point P. O
Construction : We take a point Q, different from P, on
4- >
AB and join OQ. A P Q B
Proof : We know that the perpendicular distance from a point to a line is the shortest
distance between them.
OP 1 AB OP is the shortest distance from 0 to AB.
=> OP<OQ
=> OQ>OP
=> Q lies outside the circle [ v OP is the radius and OP < OQ]
ReadYourFlow.COM
Circle 11.5
Thus, every point on AB, other than P, lies outside the circle.
AB meets the circle at only one point P.
Hence, AB is the tangent to the circle at the point P.
Note:
• At any point on a circle there can be one and only one tangent.
• The line perpendicular to a tangent at the point ofcontact is called the normal to the
circle at the point of contact.
11.6. NUMBER OF TANGENTS FROM A POINT TO A CIRCLE
The number of tangents which can be drawn to a circle from a given point will be clear from
the following activity:
ACTIVITY 3.
w
Case I. When point is inside the circle : We draw a circle and take a point P inside the circle.
Flo
Now we try to draw a tangent to the circle through the point P. We observe that all these lines
through P intersect the circle at two points and therefore, none of them is a tangent to the
ee
circle. Fr
or
ur
f
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
Case II. When the point is on the circle: We draw a circle and take a point P on this circle we
ou
ad
try to draw a tangent to the circle through this point P we get only one tangent PT to the
Y
circle through P.
nd
Re
Fi
P T
Case III. When the point is outside the circle : We draw a circle and take a point P out side
this circle. We try to draw a tangent to this circle. Here we get two tangents PA and AB to the
circle through P.
ReadYourFlow.COM
11.6 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Conclusion of Activity 3
The number of tangents drawn from a point to a circle depends upon the position of the point
with respect to the circle.
P
(1) If a point P lies inside the circle, any line passing through the point will intersect the
circle at two points and there cannot be a tangent to the circle through point P.
(2) Ifpoint P lies on a circle, only one tangent can be drawn to the circle through the point
w
P and P will be its point of contact.
Flo
(3) If point P lies outside the circle, two tangents can be drawn to the circle from point P.
ee
ENT FROM A POINT TO A CIRCLE
Fr
The length of a tangent is the length of the segment of the tangent between the given point
for
and the point of contact of tangent with the circle.
ur
In the given figure, AP is the length of the tangent drawn from A to the circle.
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
THEOREM 3. The lengths of tangents drawn from an external point to a circle are equal.
Fi
Given : Two tangents APand AQ are drawn from a point A to a circle with centre O.
To prove: AP = AQ
Construction : We join OP, OQand OA.
Proof: AP is a tangent at P and OP is the radius of the
circle through P.
OP 1 AP
Similarly, OQ _L AQ
In the right AOPA and AOQA
OP = OQ [Radii ofthe same circle]
OA= OA [Common]
AOPA=AOQA [By RHS-congruence]
ReadYourFlow.COM
Circle 11.7
Hence, AP = AQ
Second proof: By Pythagoras theorem in right angled AAPO,
AP2 = A02-0P2
= AO2 - OQ2 [ v OQ = OP = Radius of the circle]
= AQ2 [By Pythagoras theorem in AAQO]
AP = AQ
THEOREM 4. Iftvvo tangents are drawn from an external point then :
(i) they subtend equal angles at the centre, and
(ii) they are equally inclined to the line segment joining the centre to that point.
Given : A circle w'ith centre O and a point A outside it such that AP and AQ are the two
tangents to the circle.
To prove : ZAOP = ZAOQ and ZAOP = ZOAQ
w
Flo
ee
Proof: In AAOP and AAOQ,
Fr
for
ur
AP = AQ [Tangents from an external point are equal]
ks
OP = OQ [Radii ofthe same circle]
Yo
oo
OA= OA [Common]
B
AAOP s AAOQ [By SSS -congruence]
re
Hence, ZAOP = ZAOQ
ou
and ZOAP=ZOAQ
ad
Y
Note : ZOAP = ZOAQ therefore, OA is the bisector of ZPAQ and hence the centre lies on
the bisector of the angle between the two tangents from a point.
nd
Re
Fi
(11.8. CIRCLE INSCRIBED IN A TRIANGLE (INCIRCLE OF A TRIANGLE)
The circle lying inside the circle which touches ail the three sides of a triangle is called the ‘in
circle’ ofthe triangle. The centre of this circle is called the in-centre ofthe triangle.
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on the result that tangent at a point to a circle is perpendicular
to the radius through the point.
WORKING RULE:
Use the following results whichever is required.
1. Tangent to a circle at a point is perpendicular to the radius of the circle passing
through that point.
ReadYourFlow.COM
11.8 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
2. By Pythagoras theorem, in a right triangle
(Hypotenuse)2 = (perpendicular)2 + (base)2
Example 1. Fill in the blanks :
(i) A circle can have.....tangents.
(ii) A tangent to a circle intersects it in......point (s).
(iii) A line intersecting a circle in two points is called a....
(iv) A circle may have.......parallel tangents.
(v) The common point of a tangent and the circle is called INCERT]
Solution : (i) Infinitely many (ii) One (iii) Secant
(iv) Two (v) Point of contact
Example 2. From a point P, 10 cm away from the centre of a circle, a tangent PT of length 8
low
cm is drawn. Find the radius of the circle. [CBSE 2002|
Solution : Let O be the centre of the given circle and let P be a point such that OP = 10 cm.
Let PT be the tangent to the circle such that PT = 8 cm
ee
Wejoin OT.
rF
Fr
Since PT is a tangent to the circle at T and OT is the radius through T.
or
OT IPT
f
u
ks
InAOTP, ZOTP= 90°
Yo
oo
OP2 = OT2 + PT2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
B
re
=> OT =V0P2 - PT2 = VlO2 -82 cm = V36 cm = 6 cm
ou
ad
Hence, the radius of the circle = 6 cm.
Y
Example 3. A tangent PQ at a point P of a circle of radius 5 cm meets a line through the centre
nd
Re
O at a point Q so that OQ = 12 cm. Find the length of PQ.
Fi
Solution : Since tangent at any point to a circle is perpendicular to the radius through the
point of contact,
OP 1 PQ
In right ZOPQ. ZOPQ = 90° O
OQ2 = OP2 + PQ2 [By Pythagoras theorem] 5cm
=> 122 = 52+ PQ2 P
Q
=> PQ2= 144-25= 119
=> PQ = VTT9 cm
Example 4. The length of a tangent from a point A at distance 5 cm from the centre of the
circle is 4 cm. Find the radius ofthe circle. [NCERT]
Solution: Given : A circle with centre 0.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Circle 11.9
OA = 5 cm, AP = 4 cm.
To find: OP O
In right z\APO, ZOPA= 90°
63^
OA2 = AP2 + OP2 [By Pythagoras theorem] A 4 cm p
=> 52 = 42 +OP2
=> OP2 = 25-16
=> OP2 = 9
=> OP = 3 cm
Hence, the radius of the circle is 3 cm.
Example 5. Iftangents PA and PB from a point P to a circle with centre O are inclined to each
other at an angle of 80°, then find ZPOA.
w
Solution : Given : PA and PB are tangents to a circle with centre O.
Also ZOPA= 80° Flo
To find: ZPOA
ree
Since OP bisects ZAPB
1
F
ZAPO = - ZAPB [Corollary of theorem 1]
or
ur
2
sf
1
k
ZAPO = - (80°) = 40°
Yo
=>
oo
B
=> OA 1 AP [Radius is perpendicular to tangent]
re
=> ZOAP = 90°
ou
ad
Y
Now, in APAO,
nd
ZOAP + ZAPO + ZPOA = 180°
Re
Fi
Sum of angles of a triangle = 180°
=> 90°+ 40° +ZPOA = 180°
=> 130° + ZPOA = 180°
ZPOA = 180°-130°
ZPOA = 50°
Example 6. IfTP and TQ are the two tangents to a circle with centre O so that ZPOQ = 110°.
then find ZPTQ. [NCERT]
Solution : Given : TP and TQ are the two tangents to a circle with centre O
and ZPOQ = 110°
To find: ZPTQ
Since TP and TQ are tangents to the circle at P and Q respectively.
ReadYourFlow.COM
11.10 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
ZOPT + ZOQT = 90°
ZPOQ + ZOQT + ZQTP +ZTPO = 360°
[ v Sum of angles of a quadrilateral is 360°]
110° + 90° + ZQTP + 90° = 360°
290° +ZQTP =360°
=> ZQTP =360°-290° =70°
Example 7. Prove that the tangents drawn at the ends of a diameter of a circle are parallel.
INCERT]
Solution : Given : CD and EF are the tangents at the end points A and B of the diameter
AB of a circle with centre O.
C A D
To prove : CD || EF » *
w
Proof: Since CD is the tangent to the circle at the point A.
ZBAD = 90°
Flo
Again, EF is the tangent to the circle at the point B. ♦ >
ee
E B F
.-. ZABE = 90°
Thus, ZBAD = ZABE [Each equal to 90°]
Fr
for
ur
But these are alternate interior angles.
ks
CD || EF
Yo
oo
Example 8. Prove that in two concentric circles, the chord of the larger circle which touches
B
the smaller circle, is bisected at the point of contact.
re
Solution : Given : Two circles with the same centre O and AB is a chord of the larger circle
ou
ad
which touches the smaller circle at P.
Y
To prove: AP=BP
d
Re
Construction : We join OP.
n
Fi
Proof: Since AB is a tangent to the smaller circle at the point P, and OP is the radius is the
radius through P.
OP 1 AB
But. the perpendicular drawn from the centre of a circle to a chord
bisects the chord.
OP bisects AB
Hence, AP = BP.
Example 9. Two concentric circles are of radii 5 cm and 3 cm. Find the length of the chord of
the larger circle which touches the smaller circle. [NCERT; CBSE 2008]
Solution: Given : Two concentric circles with centre O.
Radius of smaller circle, OP = 3 cm
Radius of bigger circle, OA = 5 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
Circle 11.11
To find : Length of the chord APB.
Since, ZOPA=90° [AB is tangent to the circle at P with centre O]
In right AAPO,
ZOPA = 90°
A02 = 0P2 +AP2
52 = 32 +AP2
AP2 = 25-9= 16 A
=> AP = 4 cm
Now, AB = 2AP = 2 x 4 = 8 cm [ v OP is the perpendicular bisector of AB]
Hence, the length of AB = 8 cm
Example 10. Prove that there is one tangent at any point on the circumference of a circle.
w
Solution: Let P be a point on the circumference of a circle with centre O.
Flo
If possible, let PA and PB be two tangents at a point P of the circle.
ee
Construction : We join OP.
Fr
Proof: Since the tangent at any point on a circle is perpendicular
or
to the radius through the point of contact.
ur
to
f
OP _L PA and similarly, OP 1 PB
ks
A
Yo
oo
=> ZOPA=90° and ZOPB = 90°
P
B
B
=> ZOPA = ZOPB
re
This is possible only when PA and PB coincide. Hence, there can be one and only one
ou
ad
tangent at any point on the circumference of a circle.
Y
Example 11. Two tangents TP and TQ are drawn to a circle with centre O from an external
nd
point T. Prove that ZPTQ = 2ZOPQ. |NCERT|
Re
Fi
Solution: Given : A circle with centre O and an external point T from which tangents TP and
TQ are drawn to touch the circle at P and Q respectively.
To prove: ZPTQ = 2 ZOPQ
Proof: Let ZPTQ=.v. O
Then, ZTPQ + ZTPQ + ZPTQ - 180° Q Vp
[ v Sum of the angles of a triangle is 180°]
=> ZTQP+ZTPQ =(180°-.v) x7 ...(i)
Since the lengths of tangents drawn from an external point to a circle are equal T
TP = TQ
=> ZTQP = ZTPQ [Base angles of an isosceles triangle]
But ZTQP+ZTPQ = 180°-*
ZTQP+ZTQP = 180°—x
ReadYourFlow.COM
11.12 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
l80°-.v .v
=> ZTQP = 90° —
2 2
-V
Now, ZOPQ = (ZOPT - ZTPQ) = 90° - 90°-- I =
2 2
=> ZOPQ = - ZPTQ
=> ZPTQ -2 ZOPQ
Example 12. Prove that the angle between the two tangents drawn from an external point to
a circle is supplementary to the angle subtended by the line segment joining the points of
contact to the centre. INCERT; CBSE 2008|
Or
w
In the given figure, O is the centre of the circle. PA and PB are tangents to the circle. Show
that the quadrilateral AOBP is a cyclic quadrilateral.
Flo
Solution: Given : PA and PB are the tangents drawn from a point P to a circle with centre O.
Also, points of contact A and B have been joined to O.
ee
To prove: ZAPB + ZAOB= 180° Fr
Proof : Since the tangent to a circle is perpendicular to the radius through the point of
for
ur
contact.
ks
Yo
PA 1 OA => ZOAP = 90°
oo
B
and PB 1 OB => ZOBP = 90°
re
ZOAP+ ZOBP =(90°+90°) = 180°
ou
ad
Y
Hence, ZAPS + ZAOB = 180° [ v Sum of all the angles of a quadrilateral is 360°]
nd
Re
Type II. Problems based on length of tangents to a circle from an external point.
Fi
WORKING RULE:
Use the following results whichever is required.
1. Length of tangents to a circle from an external point are equal.
2. Tangents from an external point to a circle subtend equal angles at the centre of the
circle.
Example 13. A circle touches the side BC of a AABC at P and touches AB and AC produced
at Q and R respectively, as shown in the figure. Show that AQ = — (perimeter of AABC)
|CBSE 2000, 2001, 2002|
Solution : Given : Since the length of tangents drawn from an external point to a circle are
equal
AQ = AR [tangents from A] ...(■)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Circle 11.13
BP= BQ [tangents from B] ...(ii)
CP-CR [tangents from C] •••(iii)
Now, perimeter ofAABC
= AB + BC + AC
= AB + BP + CP + AC
= AB + BQ + CR + AC [From (ii)and (iii)J
=AQ+AR [From (i)]
= 2 AQ
Hence, AQ = - (perimeter ofAABC)
Example 14. A quadrilateral ABCD is drawn to circumscribe a circle, as shown in the figure.
w
Prove that AB + CD = AD + BC [NCERT; CBSE 2004, 08|
Solution: Given : ABCD is a quadrilateral which circumscribes a circle.
Flo
To prove : AB + CD=AD + BC
ee
Proof: Since the length of tangents drawn from an external point to a circle are equal
AP = AS [tangents from A] D R
FrC -(0
or
ur
BP= BQ [tangents from B] ...(ii)
f
Q
CR=CQ [tangents from C] ...(iii)
ks
Yo
B
DR= DS [tangents from D] ...(iv)
oo
B
Now, AB+ CD = (AP+ BP) + (CR+ DR)
re
- (AS + BQ) + (CQ + DS) [From (i),(ii), (iii) and (iv)]
ou
= (AS + DS) + (BQ + CQ)
ad
Y
=AD + BC
Hence, AB + CD=AD + BC
nd
Re
Example 15. Prove that the parallelogram circumscribing a circle is a rhombus.
Fi
(NCERT; CBSE 2004,08|
Solution : Given : A parallelogram ABCD circumscribes a circle with centre O
To prove: AB = BC = CD = AD
Proof: Since the lengths oftangents drawn from an external point to a circle are equal,
AP = AS [tangents from A] D___ R ,C ...(i)
BP= BQ [tangents from B] S, -(ii)
.0
CR = CQ [tangents from C] 'Q ...(iii)
DR= DS [tangents from D] A' P B ...(iv)
Now, AB + CD = AP + BP + CR + DR
= AS + BQ + CQ + DS [From (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)]
= (AS + DS) + (BQ + CQ) = AD + BC
ReadYourFlow.COM
11.14 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Thus, AB + CD = AD + BC
=> 2AB-2AD [ v Opposite sides of a parallelogram are equal]
=> AB = AD
CD=AB=AD=BC
Hence, A BCD is a rhombus.
Example 16. Prove that the opposite sides of a quadrilateral circumscribing a circle subtend
supplementary angles at the centre of the circle. [NCERT]
Solution: Given : A quadrilateral ABCD circumscribes a circle □
having centre O.
To prove: ZAOB + ZCOD - 180° S
and ZBOC + ZAOD = 180°
w
Construction : Join OP, OQ, OR and OS. P B
Flo
Proof: Since the tangents drawn from an external point ofa circle subtend equal angles at the
centre.
ree
Z1 = Z2,Z3 = Z4,Z5 = Z6 and Z7 = Z8 F
and Z1 + Z2+Z3 +Z4 + Z5 + Z6 + Z7 + Z8 = 360° [angle at a point]
or
ur
=> 2 (Z2 + Z3) + 2(Z6+ Z7) = 360°
sf
and 2 (Z1 + Z8)+ 2 (Z4 + Z5) = 360°
k
Yo
oo
=> Z2 + Z3 + Z6 + Z7= 180° and Z1 + Z8 + Z4+ Z5= 180°
B
=> ZAOB + ZCOD = 180° and ZAOD + ZBOC = 180°
re
Example 17. ABC is a right triangle, right angled at B. A circle is inscribed in it. The lengths
ou
ad
ofthe two sides containing the right angle are 6 cm and 8 cm. Find the radius of the incircle.
Y
[CBSE 2002]
nd
Re
Solution : Let ABC be a right triangle having right angle at B. A circle has been inscribed in
Fi
AABC.
Let the radius ofthe incircle be /-cm.
Let the incircle touch the sides AB. BC and CA at D, E. F respectively. Let O be the centre of
the circle.
Then, OD = OE = OF =rcm A
Given, AB = 8 cm and BC = 6 cm
Since the tangents to a circle from a external point are equal,
AF = AD = (8 - r) cm E
o
co F
and CF = CE = (6 —r) cm ts'
D r
AC = AF + CF = (8 -/-) cm + (6-r) cm = (14- 2r) cm TO
i
ir
Now, AC2 = AB2 + BC2
B E C
=5> AC2 = 82 + 62= 1()() = (10)2 K- 6 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
Circle 11.15
AC= 10 14-2/- = 10 => 2r = 14-10
2r= 4or r=2
But from figure it is clear that r ^ 12.
r=2
Hence, the radius of the incircle is 2 cm.
Example 18. A circle is inscribed in a AABC having sides 8 cm, 10 cm and 12 cm, as shown
in figure. Find AD, BE and CF. [CBSE 20011
C
Solution: Given : A circle inscribed in a AABC,
and BC = 8 cm, AC = 10 cm, AB = 12 cm. F. E
To find : AD, BE and CF CP
Let AD-AF = .v
w
A B
BD = BE =y D
12 cm
CE = CF=z
Flo
[Two tangents drawn from an external point to a circle are equal]
ee
Now, AB= 12 cm ...[Given]
=> AD + DB = 12 cm Fr
for
ur
=> x + v= 12 -(i)
Similarly,^ +z=8 -(ii)
ks
Yo
and * + z= 10 ...(iii)
oo
B
Adding (i),(ii) and (iii), we get
re
2 (x + y + z) = 30
ou
ad
or x + y+z = 15 -(iv)
Y
Putting the value ofx + y from (i) and (iv) we get
nd
Re
12 + z= 15 [v x + y = 12]
Fi
z= 3
Putting the value ofz in (ii) and (iii), we get
>’ + 3 = 8 and x + 3 = 10 [From (iii)]
y - 5 and x = 7
Hence, AD = 7 cm and BE = 5 cm
and CF=3 cm
Example 19. In the given figure, ifAB = AC, prove that BE = EC i.e., BC is bisected at E.
|CBSE 2006, 2008]
Solution: Given : Acircle inscribed in a AABC, such that AB = AC.
To prove: BE = EC
Proof: We know that the tangents from an external point to a circle are equal in length,
AD = AF [tangents from A] -.(i)
ReadYourFlow.COM
11.16 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
BD-BE [tangents from B] ...(ii)
and CE=CF [tangents from C] -(iii)
Now, AB = AC [Given]
AB-AD=AC-AD
[Subtracting AD from both sides]
B E
AB-AD=AC-AF [From (i)]
=> BD = CF
=> BE=CF [From(ii)]
=> BE=CE [From (iii)]
Example 20. In the given figure, XP and XQ are tangents from X to the circle with centre O.
R is a point on the circle. Prove that XA + AR = XB + BR. |CBSE 2003, 08]
w
Solution: Given : XP and XQ are tangents from X to the circle having centre O and R is a
point on the circle.
To prove: XA +AR = XB + BR
Flo
ee
Proof: We know that the lengths of tangents from an external point to a circle are equal.
XP= XQ [Tangentsfrom X] ...(i)
Fr
for
ur
AP= AR [Tangents from A]....(h)
ks
BQ = BR [Tangents from B]...(iii)
Yo
oo
Now, XP = XQ
eB
=> XA +AP=XB + BQ
r
ou
XA+AR=XB+BR [From (ii) and (iii)]
ad
Y
nd
Re
Example 2\. From a point P, two tangents PA and PB are drawn to a circle C (O, /•). IfOP
2/-, show that AAPB is equilateral. |CBSE 2008]
Fi
Solution : Let OP intersect the circle at Q. We join OA and AQ.
Then, ZOAP = 90° [v OA 1 AP]
OP = 2/-andOQ = r
QP = OP - OQ = 2r-r=r
Now, OAP is a right triangle right angled at A and Q is the middle point of hypotenuse OP.
QA-OQ = QP = /-
Thus, OA = OQ = QA = r
AAOQ is equilateral
Hence, ZAOQ = 60° => ZAPO - 30°
ZAPB = 2 ZAPO = 60°
Also, PA=PB
ReadYourFlow.COM
Circle 11.17
ZPAB = ZPBA= 60"
Hence, AAPB is equilateral.
Example 22. In the given figure, PQ is a chord of length 8 cm ofa circle of radius 5 cm. The
tangents at P and Q intersect at a point T. Find the length TP. |NCERT|
Solution: Given. OP = 5 cm, PQ = 8 cm
To find: Length of TP.
Proof: In APTR and AQTR,
PT = QT [Length of tangents]
ZPTR = ZQTR [Theorem 4]
TR = TR [common]
APTR = AQTR
low
=> PR=QR
ZPRO = 90° [Line joining centre and mid-point of a chord is perpendicular to the chord]
In right AOPR, ZORP = 90°
ee
rF
OR2 = OP3-PR2 = 52-42 = 25- 16 = 9
OR = 3 cm
Fr
or
In right AORP, ZOPR + ZPQR = 90° ...(ii)
f
u
ks
Again, in rt. AOPT, ZPOT+ ZPTO = 90°
Yo
oo
=> ZPOR + ZPTR= 90° ...(iii)
B
From (ii) and (iii), we have
re
ZOPR + ZPOR = ZPTR + ZPOR = 90°
ou
ad
ZOPR = ZPTR
Y
and AORP - ZPRT are similar. [ By (AA similarity)]
nd
Re
Fi
TP PR JP _ 4
Therefore, — R0 =>
5 “3
4x5 20
=> TP ------= — cm
3 3
Example 23. Prove that the lengths of tangents drawn from an external point to a circle are
equal. |CBSE2007|
Using the above, prove that in the given figure PP' = QQ'.
ReadYourFlow.COM i
11.18 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Solution: Part I. See theorem (3)
Solution of Part II.
To prove :PP' = QQ'
Construction : Product PP' and QQ' to intersect each other at point A.
Proof: Since length of tangents to a circle from an external point are equal.
PA-QA ...(■)
Similarly P'A=Q'A -(ii)
w
Subtracting(ii) from (i), from get
PA - P' A = Q A - Q’ A Flo .-. PP' = QQ'
Example 24. In the given figure, two circles touch each other externally at C. Prove that the
ee
common tangent at C bisects the other common tangents. |CBSE2007|
Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Solution: To prove : (i) PE = EQ (ii) LF = FH
Y
Proof: Since tangents drawn from an external point are equal
nd
Re
PE=EC •••(i)
Fi
EQ=EC ...(ii)
PE=EQ [From (i) and (ii)]
Similarly, LF = FC -(iii)
FH = FC •••(iv)
LF=FH [From (iii) and(iv)]
Hence tangent at C bisects the other two tangents.
Example 25. Prove that the lengths of tangents drawn from an external point to a circle are
equal.
l
ReadYourFlow.COM
Circle 11.19
Making use of the above, prove the following :
From an external point P, two tangents PA and PB are drawn to a circle with centre 0 as shown
in the given figure. Show that OP is the perpendicular bisector of AB. |CBSE 2008]
Solution: Part I. See theorem 3 A
Solution of part II.
In right AAQP and right ABQP A
PA= PB [Tangents from P] \
Z2 = Z3 [Since equal tangents are equally inclined to PO] B
QP = QP [Common]
AAQP ^ ABQP [SAS congruent rule]
AQ= BQ [CPCT] -.(i)
w
Z1=Z4 [CPCT] .-(ii)
But Z1 +Z4= 180° [Linear pair]
=> Z1 + Z1 = 180°
Flo [From(ii)]
ee
180°
=> Z1 =
2
= 90° Z1 = Z4 = 90° Fr ...(iii)
or
ur
From (i) and (iii), OP is the perpendicular bisector ofAB.
k sf
Type III. Miscellaneous problems on tangents to a circle from an external point.
Yo
oo
Example 26. QR is a tangent at Q to a circle whose centre is P. PR || AQ, where AQ is a chord
eB
through A, the end point of the diameter AB. Prove that BR is tangent at B.
r
ou
Solution: Given : A circle with centre P. QR is a tangent to the circle at the point Q. PR || AQ,
ad
where A is the end point of diameter AB.
Y
To prove : BR is a tangent to the circle at B.
nd
Re
Fi
Construction : We join PQ
PR || AQ [Given]
Z1 = Z3 [Alternate interior angles]
and Z2 = Z4 [Corresponding angles] ...(ii)
But in AAPQ,
AP = PQ [Radii of the same circle]
Z3 = Z4 ...(iii)
From (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
Z1 = Z2 ...(iv)
Now, in APQRand APBR,
PQ= PB [Radii of the same circle]
PR= PR [Common]
ReadYourFlow.COMJ
11.20 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
and Zl = Z2 [From (iv)]
APQR=APBR [By SAS congruency]
ZPBR= ZPQR
But ZPQR =90°
ZPBR =90°
Hence BR is a tangent to the circle at B.
Example 27. In figure XY and X' Y' are two parallel tangents to a circle with centre 0 and
another tangent AB with point of contact C intersecting XY at A and X' Y' at B. Prove that
ZAOB = 90° INCERT)
Solution: Given : XY and X' Y' are parallel tangents to a circle with centre O. AB is another
tangent, touching the circle at C.
To prove: ZAOB = 90°
low
Proof: Since AO is bisector of ZXAC A----Y
l
ZOAC = - ZXAC
2 O,
ee
Again. BO is bisector or ZCBX'
rF
I
ZOBC = - ZCBX
2
...(ii) X' Fr B
Y'
or
Since XY and X'Y' are parallel lines and AB is a transversal.
f
u
ks
ZXAC + ZCBX'= 180°
Yo
oo
[ v Sum of interior angles on the same side of the transversal = 180°]
B
re
=> - ZXAC +- ZCBX'= 90°
2 2
ou
ad
=> ZOAC + ZOBC = 90° [From (i) and (ii)]
Y
=> ZOAB + ZOBA = 90° •■■(iii)
nd
Re
Fi
But ZAOB +(ZOAB + ZOBA) = 180° [Sum of angles of AAOB = 180°]
=> ZAOB + 90° = 180° [From (iii)]
=> ZAOB = 180° - 90° = 90°
Thus, ZAOB = 90°
EXERCISE tl.1
Type I
1. The length of a tangent from a point A at a distance 5 cm from the centre of a circle is 4
cm. Find the radius of the circle.
2. Rajesh is 29 m away from the centre of a circular flower bed. Find the distance he has to
cover to reach the flower bed along the tangential path if the radius of the flower bed is
20 m.
k ReadYourFlow.COM
Circle 11.21
3. Find the length of the tangent drawn from a point, whose distance from the centre of a
circle is 5 cm, and radius of the circle is 3 cm.
4. A point P is 13 cm from the centre of the circle. The length of the tangent drawn from P
to the circle is 12 cm. Find the radius of the circle.
5. If d|, d2 {d2 > dx) are the diameters of two concentric circles and chord of one circle of
length C is tangent to the other circle, then prove that d-,1 = C2 + c/,2.
Type II
6. Prove that the line segment joining the point of contact of two parallel tangents to a
circle is a diameter of the circle.
7. Prove that the perpendicular at the point of contact of the tangent to a circle passes
through the centre.
8. Two concentric circles are of radii 10 cm and 6 cm Find the length ofthe chord of the
larger circle which touches the smaller circle. |CBSE 2007|
9. (i) A circle is inscribed in a AABC having sides BC, CA and AB 16 cm, 20 cm and 24 cm
respectively as shown in the figure. Find AD, BE and CF.
low
(ii) IfAF = 4 cm, BE = 3 cm, AC = 11 cm, then find BC.
C
ee
rF
F E Fr
f or
u
A B
ks
D
Yo
10. In the given figure, ABCD is a quadrilateral in which ZD = 90°. A circle C (O, r) touches
oo
the sides AB, BC, CD and DA at P, Q. R, S respectively. If BC = 38 cm, CD = 25 cm and
B
BP = 27 cm, find the value ofr
re
D_FI c
ou
ad
i
P
Y
i
s ■Iq
nd
Re
Fi
A P B
11. In the given figure, O is the centre of two concentric circles of radii 4 cm and 6 cm
respectively. PA and PB are tangents to the outer and inner circle respectively. If PA =
10 cm, find the length of PB up to one place of decimal.
12. Show that the tangents at the extremities of any chord of a circle make equal angles with
the chord.
13. In the given figure, a circle touches all the four sides of a quadrilateral ABCD whose
three sides are AB = 6 cm, BC = 7 cm, and CD = 4 cm. Find AD.
ReadYourFlow.COM
11.22 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
B
14. (i) From an external point P. tangents PA and PB are drawn to a circle with centre O. If
CD is the tangent to the circle at a point E and PA = 14 cm, find the perimeter of
APCD. |CBSE 2002|
(ii) If PA= 11 cm, PD = 7 cm, then DE = |CBSE 2009|
w
Type M Flo
ee
15. In two concentric circles, prove that all chords of the outer circle which touch the inner
arc of equal length. Fr
Solution : AB and CD are two chords of the circle which touch the inner circle at P and Q
for
ur
respectively.
ks
Construction : Join OB and OD.
Yo
oo
Proof: Since AB and CD are tangents to the smaller circle.
B
OP = OQ = Radius of the smaller circle = r (say)
re
In right AOPB and AOQD.
ou
ad
OB = OD [radius of the bigger circle]
Y
OP = OQ [radius of the smaller circle]
nd
Re
ZOPB = ZOQD = 90°
Fi
AOPB = AOQD [By RHS congruency]
PB = QD
=> 2PB = 2QD
=> AB = CD
ANSWERS
1. San 2. 21 an 3. 4 an 4. 5 cm
8. 16 cm 9. (i) AD= 14 cm, BE= 10cm,CF = 6cm (ii) 10
10. /•= 14 cm 11. 10.9 cm 13. AD = 3 cm
14. (i) 28 cm (ii) 4 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
Circle 11.23
EXERCISE 11.2
1. From a point P, the length of the tangent to a circle is 15 cm and distance of P from the
centre of the circle is 17 cm. Then what is the radius of the circle ?
2. What is the distance between two parallel tangents of a circle of radius 10 cm ?
3. If the distance between two parallel tangents of a circle is 10 cm, what is the radius of
the circle ?
4. The length of tangent from a point A at a distance of 13 cm from the centre of the circle
is 12 cm. What is the radius of the circle?
5. (i) In the given figure ifPA = 20 cm, what is the perimeter of APQR.
w
Flo
ee
(ii) In the given figure if ZATO = 40°, find ZAOB.
Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
r eB
ou
6. In the given figure PA and PB are tangents to the circle. If ZAPO = 30°, find ZAOB
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
7. AB and CD are two common tangents of two circles which touch each other at C. If D
lies on AB and CD = 5 cm, then what is the length of AB.
8. In the given figure, ZBPT = 50°. What is the measure of ZOPB ?
B
O
>7
P
ReadYourFlow.COM
11.24 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
9. In the given figure, measure of ZPOQis.
301 Q
P
10. If all sides of a parallelogram touch a circle then that parallelogram is....
11. From an external point......tangents can be drawn to a circle.
12. From an external point P two tangents PA and PB have been drawn. If PA = 6 cm, then
what is the length of PB.
13. How many tangents can be drawn at a point on a circle ?
w
14. What is the name of circle touching the three sides of a triangle internally?
Flo
15. How many excircles can be drawn to a triangle.
ee
16. What is the relation between the tangents at the extremities of a diameter of a circle.
Fr
17. O is the centre of a circle. From an external point P two tangents PM and PN have been
or
ur
drawn which touch the circle at M and N. If ZPON = 50°, then find the value of ZMPN.
f
18. (a) In the given figure, two radii OP and OQ of a circle are mutually perpendicular.
ks
Yo
What is the degree measure of the angle between tangents drawn to the circle at P
oo
andQ.
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
(b) Centre of circle is O and AP and AQ are tangents of the circle. If ZOPQ = 20°, then
what is the value of ZPAQ ?
ANSWERS
1. 8 cm 2. 20 cm 3. 5 cm 4. 5 cm
5. (i) 40 cm (ii) 100° 6. 120° 7. 10 cm 8. 40°
9. 60° 10. Rhombus 11. 2
12. 6 cm 13. 1 14. Incircle 15. 3
16. They are parallel 17. 80° 18. (a) 90° (b) 40°
ReadYourFlow.COM
Circle 11.25
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Very Short Answer Type Questions :
1. In the given figure AABC is circumscribing a circle. Find the length ofBC. |AI 2009|
.11cm
Q
*
3 cm
B P C
w
2. In the given figure, CP and CQ are tangents to a circle with centre 0. ARB is another
tangent touching the circle at R. If CP = 11 cm, and BC = 7 cm, then find the length of BR.
Flo
ee
Fr (Delhi 2009|
for
ur
ks
Yo
3. A tangent PQ at a point P of a circle of radius 5 cm meets a line through the centre O
oo
at a point Q so that OQ = 13 cm. Find the length PQ. [Foreign 20l0|
B
re
4. In the given figure, CP and CQ are tangents from
an external point C to a circle with centre O. AB is
ou
ad
another tangent which touches the circle at R. If
Y
CP = 11 cm and BR = 4 cm, find the length of BC.
nd
IAI2010]
Re
Fi
Short Answer Type Questions :
1. Prove that the parallelogram circumscribing a circle is a rhombus. [Delhi 2009]
2. If all the sides of a parallelogram touch a circle, show- that the parallelogram is a rhombus.
[Delhi 2010|
3. In the given figure, there are two concentric circles,
with centre O and of radii 5 cm and 3 cm. From an
external point P, tangents PA and PB are drawn to
these circles. IfAP= 12cm, find the length of BP.
[AI 2010[
Long Answer Type Questions:
1. AB is a chord of the larger circle touching the smaller circle at C. Prove that AC = BC.
[AI2009|
ReadYourFlow.COM
11.26 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
2. Prove that the lengths of tangents drawn from an external point to a circle are equal.
Using the above, prove the following :
A quadrilateral ABCD is drawn to circumscribe a circle.
Prove that AB + CD = AD + BC. [Delhi 2008, AI 2009)
D C
A
lowB
ee
rF
3.
Fr
Prove that the lengths of tangents drawn from an external point to a circle are equal.
Using the above prove the following :
or
In the given figure, PA and PB are tangents from
f
u
ks
an external point P to a circle with centre O. LN
Yo
oo
touches the circle at M.
B
Prove that PL + LM = PN + MN. [Delhi 2010[
re
ou
ad
QUESTIONS FOR PRACTICE
Y
nd
Re
Short Answer Type Questions With Reasoning:
Fi
Write True' or 'False' and justify your answer in each of the following:
1. The angle between two tangents to a circle may be 0°.
2. if angle between two tangents drawn from a point P to a circle of radius a and centre 0
is 60°, then OP = r/V3 .
3. Ifa chord AB subtends an angle of 60° at the centre of a circle, then angle between the
tangents at A and B is also 60°.
4. The length of tangent from an external point P on a circle with centre O is always less
than OP.
5. The tangent to the circumcircle of an isosceles triangle ABC at A, in which AB = AC, is
parallel to Be.
6. I f angle between two tangents drawn from a point P to a circle of radius a and centre O
is 90°, then OP = ayfl .
ReadYourFlow.COM
Circle 11.27
7. The length of tangent from an external point on a circle is always greater than the radius
ofthe circle.
8. AB is a diameter of a circle and AC is its chord such that ZBAC = 30°. If the tangent at
C intersects AB extended at D, then BC = BD.
9. Ifa number of circles touch agiven line segment PQ at a point A, then their centres lie
on the perpendicular bisector of PQ.
10. Ifa number of circles pass through the end points P and Q of a line segment PQ, then
their centres lie on the perpendicular bisector of PQ.
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
A. Objective Type Questions (MCQ 1 Mark):
w
Choose the correct option :
I. Flo
Inthegiven figure AB is a chord ofthe circle and AOC is
its diameter such that ZACB = 50°. IfAT is the tangent to
ee
the circle at the point A, then ZBAT is equal to
(a) 65°
Fr *
(b) 60° A
or
T
ur
(c) 50° (d) 40°
f
ks
2. From a point P which is at a distance of 13 cm from the centre O of a circle ofradius 5 cm,
Yo
oo
the pair of tangents PQ and PR to the circle are drawn. Then, the area of the quadrilateral
B
PQORis
re
(a) 60 cm2 (b) 65 cm2 (c) 30 cm2 (d) 32.5 cm2
ou
3. In the given figure, i f ZAOB =125°, then ZCOD is
ad
equal to
Y
nd
(a) 62.5°
Re
Fi
(b) 45°
(c) 35°
(d) 55°
4. In the given figure, if O is centre of a circle, PQ is a
R
chord and the tangent PR at P makes an angle of
50° with PQ, then ZPOQ is equal to
(a) 100° (b) 80°
(c) 90° (d) 75°
5. In the given figure, if PQR is the tangent to a circle
at Q whose centre is O, AB is a chord parallel to PR
and ZBQR = 70°, then ZAQB is equal to
(a) 20° (b) 40°
P Q R
(c) 35° (d) 45°
ReadYourFlow.COM
11.28 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
6. In the given figure, AT is a tangent to the circle witli centre O such that OT = 4 cm and
ZOTA=30°. Then AT is equal to
(a) 4 cm (b) 2 cm (c) 2-J3 cm (d) 473 cm
7. In the given figure, ii'PA and PB are tangents to the circle with centre 0 such that ZAPB
= 50°, then ZOAB is equal to
w
Flo
ee
(a) 25° (b) 30° (c) 40° Fr (d) 50°
for
ur
8. Iftwo tangents inclined at an angle 60° are drawn to a circle of radius 3 cm, then length
of each tangent is equal to
ks
Yo
3n/3 cm
oo
(a) T cm (b) 6 cm (c) 3 cm (d)
B
9. At one end A of a diameter AB of a circle of radius 5 cm. tangent XAY is drawn to the
re
circle. The length of the chord CD parallel to XY and at a distance 8 cm from A is
ou
ad
(a) 4 cm (b) 5 cm (c) 6 cm (d) 8 cm
Y
10. From a point Q, the length of the tangent to a circle is 12 cm and the distance of Q from
nd
the centre is 13 cm. The radius of the circle is
Re
(a) 7 cm (b) 6.5 cm (c) 5 cm (d) 9 cm
Fi
11. Which ofthe following statements is not true ?
(a) A tangent to a circle intersects the circle exactly at one point.
(b) The point common to the circle and its tangent is called the point of contact.
(c) The tangent at any point of a circle is perpendicular to the radius of the circle
through the point of contact.
(d) A straight line can meet a circle at one point only.
12. Which ofthe following statements is not true ?
(a) If a point P lies inside a circle, no tangent can be drawn to the circle, passing
through P.
(b) If a point P lies on the circle, then one and only one tangent can be drawn to the
circle at P.
(c) If a point P lies outside the circle, then only two tangents can be drawn to the circle
from P.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Circle 11.29
(d) A circle can have more than two parallel tangents, parallel to a given line.
13. Which of the following statements is not true ?
(a) A line which intersets a circle in two points, is called a secant of the circle.
(b) A line intersecting a circle at one point only, is called a tangent to the circle.
(c) The point at which a line touches the circle, is called the point of contact.
(d) A tangent to the circle can be drawn from a point inside the circle.
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
Consider the following statements :
(a) Both the statements 1 and 2 are true and statement 2 is the correct explanation for
statement I.
(bi Both the statements 1 are true and statement 2 is not the correct explanation tor statement
low
(c) Statement I is true but statment 2 is false.
(d) Statement I is false but statement 2 is true.
ee
Choose the correct option from (a), (b), (c) and (d) in the following :
rF
Fr
1. Statement 1 : If two tangents are drawn to a circle from an external point, then they
subtend equal angles at the centre.
or
Statement 2 : Length of tangents from an external point to a circle are equal.
f
u
ks
Solution : Clearly statement 2 is true.
Yo
oo
Statement 1 : In APOAand APOB
B
OA = OB
re
PA = PB [Length of tangents]
ou
ad
OP is common
Y
A POA = APOB
nd
Re
ZPOA = ZPOB
Fi
Hence, Statement 1 is true.
Thus, Statement 1 is true and Statement 2 is true and Statement 2 is the correct explanation
for Statement I.
2. Statement I : A tangent PQ at point P of a circle of radius 5 cm meets a line through the
centre O at a point Q so that OQ = I 3 cm. Then. PQ = 12 cm.
Statement 2 : Length oftangents to a circle from an external point are equal.
Solution : Statement 2 is true [Standard Result]
For Statement 1 : P
Since PQ is tangent to the circle at P.
.-. QPTOP i.e. ZOPQ = 90°. 13cm
o
Q
From right AOPQ. OQ2 = OP2 + PQ2
=> 132 = 52 + PQ2
ReadYourFlow.COM
11.30 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
=> PQ= Vl 32 - 52 = V269-25 = Vl44 = 12cm.
Statement 1 is true.
Since Statement 2 does not gives Statement 1.
Hence correct choice is (b).
3. Statement 1 : A circle touches all the four sides ofa quadrilateral ABCD at the points
P, Q. R, S respectively. Then, the angles subtended at the centre of the
circle by the opposite sides are supplementary.
Statement 2 : Two tangents TP and TQ are drawn to a circle with centre O from a point
T. Then ZPTQ = ZOPQ .
4. Statement 1 : At a point P of a circle with centre O and radius 8 cm, a tangent PQ of
length 15 cm is drawn. Then, OQ = 17 cm.
Statement 2 : The tangent at any point ofa circle is perpendicular tothe radius through
w
the point of contact.
5. Statement 1 : A quadrilateral ABCD is drawn to circumscribe a circle as shown : Then
AB + BC = AD + DC. Flo
F ree
or
ur
k sf
Yo
oo
Statement 2 : In two concentric circles, the chord of the longer circle, which touches
B
the smaller circle, is bisected at the point of contact.
re
6. Statement 1 : In two concentric circles, the chord of the larger circle, which touches
ou
ad
the smaller circle, is bisected at the point of contact.
Y
Statement 2 : In the given figure, a quadrilateral. ABCD is drawn to circumscribe a
nd
given circle, as shown. Then. AB + CD = AD + BC
Re
Fi
7. Statement 1 : A parallelogram circumscribing a circle is a rhombus.
Statement 2 : If two tangents are drawn to a circle from an external point, then they
subtend equal angles at the centre.
C. Linked Comprehension Type Questions:
Passage - 1 : If PAB is a secant to a circle intersecting the circles at A and B and PT is a
tangent then PA.PB = PT2.
Now, answer the following questions :
ReadYourFlow.COM
Circle 11.31
1. In the given figure. PA = 9cm, PT = 12cm and T,
AB = a, then a =
(a) 7 cm (b) 6 cm P
9 cm ^
(c) 8 cm (d) none of these a B
2. In the given figure, PT = 10 cm, AB = 15 cm, then PA =
(a) 5 cm (b) 4 cm (c) 3 cm (d) 6cm
3. Two chords AB and CD of a circle intersect each other at P outside the circle. If
low
AB = 6 cm, BP = 4 cm, PD = 2 cm, then CD =
(a) 2 cm (b) 3 cm (c) 6 cm (d) none of these
ee
rF
ANSWERS Fr
f or
u
ks
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Yo
oo
B
Very Short Answer Type Questions:
re
1. 10 cm 2. 4 cm 3. 12 cm 4. 7 cm
ou
ad
Short Answer Type Questions:
Y
3. '/l60 cm - 12.6 cm (approx.)
nd
Re
Fi
QUESTIONS FOR PRACTICE
Short Answer Type Questions With Reasoning:
1. True 2. False 3. False 4. True 5. True 6. True
7. False 8. True 9. False 10. True
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
A. Objective Type Questions:
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (c)
7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (c) 11. (d) 12. (d)
13. (d)
ReadYourFlow.COM
11.32 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions :
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (b)
7. (b)
C. Comprehension Type Questions :
Passage - 1 : 1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (c)
EXEMPLAR PROBLEMS
1. The tangent at a point C of a circle and a diameter AB when C
extended intersect at P. IfZPCA= 110°, find ZCBA. ,G
Soln. ZPCA =110° ^
B A
ZACB =90° [Angle in a semicircle is right angle] p O
low
ZPC'B = 110°-90° = 20°
ZPC’B = ZCAB = 20° [Angles in alternate segment]
In AABC, ZCBA + ZCAB + ZBCA = 180° [y Sum of angles of a triangle is 180°]
ee
ZCBA + 20° + 90° = 180° => ZCBA+ 110°= 180°
rF
=> ZCBA = 180°- 110°=70° Fr
2. IfO is the centre of a circle of radius 5 cm, T is a point, such that OT = 13 cm and OT
or
intersects the circle at E. If AB is the tangent to the circle at E, find the length of AB.
f
u
Soln. From figure; ZOPT = 90°
ks
Yo
Given, OT = 13 cm. OP = 5 cm
oo
In right angled AOPT,
B
By Pythagoras theorem,
re
OT2 = PT2 + OP2
ou
ad
(13)2=(PT)2 + (5)2
Y
=> 169 = (PT)2 + 25 => PT = V169-25
nd
Re
Fi
=> PT = \[\44 cm PT = 12 cm
Now, QT =PT= 12 cm [•.■ Length of tangents are equal]
PA=AE
QB =EB
OP =5 cm [Radius of circle]
Now, ET = OT-OE ET = 13 - 5 = 8 cm
ET ± AB [•.• Radius and tangent are perpendicular to each other at the point of contact]
In AOPT, ZP =90°
Let ZPTO = 0
OP 5
tan 0 = ——
PT 12
In AAET, ZE=90°
ReadYourFlow.COM
Circle 11.33
AE
= tan 0 = —
ET I2
But ET = 8 cm
AE 5 ac 40 10
=> AE =— = —cm
~Y~\2 12 3
10
Similarly, BE - — cm
10 10 20
AB =AE + BE = — + — = —cm
3. Ifangle between two tangents drawn from a point P to a circle of radius a and centre O
is 60°, then OP = c/VJ. (True or False)
w
Soln. False
From point P, two tangents are drawn Flo
Given, OT = a
ee
Also, line OP bisects ZRPT
ZTPO = ZRPO = 30°
Fr
for
ur
Also, OT _L PT
In right angled AOTP,
ks
Yo
OT
oo
sin 30°= —
B
OP
re
a
=>
ou
ad
2 OP
Y
=> OP = 2a
nd
4, The tangent to the circumcircle of an isosceles AABC at A, in which AB = AC, is parallel
Re
to BC. (True or False)
Fi
Soln. True A
Let EAF be tangent at A to the circumcircle of AABC.
To examine whether EF || BC
Here, AB =AC
=> ZABC = ZACB
Angle between tangent and a chord is equal to angle made by chord in the alternate segment
ZEAB =ZACB ...(ii)
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
ZEAB =ZABC
=> EF || BC
5. In figure, common tangents AB and CD to two circles intersect at E. Prove that AB = CD.
ReadYourFlow.COM
11.34 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Soln. Given Common tangents AB and CD to two circle intersecting at E.
To prove: AB =CD
Proof: EA=EC
[the lengths of tangents drawn from an internal point to a circle are equal]
EB =ED
low
On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
EA + EB = EC + ED
AB =CD
ee
rF
Fr
or
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
f
u
150 Marks)
ks
Yo
oo
Objective and Very Short Answer Type Questions (1 M ark):
B
Choose the correct option :
re
1. Ifradii oftwo concentric circles are 4 cm and 5 cm, then the length of each chord of one
ou
ad
circle which is tangent to the other circle is
Y
(a) 3 cm (b) 6 cm (c) 9 cm (d) 1 cm
nd
2. Ifangle between two radii of a circle is 130°, the angle between the tangents at the ends
Re
of the radii is :
Fi
(a) 90° (b) 50° (c) 70° (d) 40°
3. In the given figure, PQ is a chord of a circle and PT is the tangent at P such that
ZQPT = 60°. Then ZPRQ is equal to
kQ
(a) 135° (b) 150° o<
R
(c) 120° (d) 110°
♦
4. In the given figure, the pair of tangents AP and AQ drawn
from an external point A to a circle with centre O are
perpendicular to each other and length of each tangent is
5 cm. Then the radius of the circle is
(a) 10 cm (b) 7.5 cm
(c) 5 cm (d) 2.5 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
Circle 11.35
Short Answer Type Questions (2 Marks):
5. A triangle ABC is drawn to circumscribe a circle. IfAB= 13 cm, BC= 14cmandAE = 7
cm, then find AC.
B D C
6. In the given figure, if TP and TQ are the two tangents to a circle with centre O so that
ZPOQ= 140°, find ZPTQ. .
w
Flo
ee
Fr
or
ur
7. A tangent PT is drawn parallel to a chord AB as shown in figure. Prove that APB is an
f
isosceles triangle.
ks
Yo
T P
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
8. In the given figure, 0 is the centre of the circle, PQ is a tangent to the circle at A. IfZPAB
nd
Re
= 58°, find ZABQand ZAQB.
Fi
B, O
R
«
P A Q
9. In the given figure, common tangents AB and CD to two circles intersect at E. Prove that
AB=CD.
10. Iftwo tangents are drawn to a circle from an external point, show the they subtend equal
angles at the centre.
ReadYourFlow.COM
11.36 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks):
11. In the given figure, AB and CD are two parallel tangents to a circle with centre O. ST is
tangent segment between the two parallel tangents touching the circle at Q. Show that
ZSOT = 90°.
A P SB
♦
O ■Q
«- + ♦
c R ID
12. If from an external point B ofa circle with centre O, two tangents BC and BD are drawn
such that ZDBC = 120°, prove that BC + BD = BO, i.e., BO = 2BC.
13. Prove that the centre ofa circle touching two intersecting lines lies on the angle bisector
of the lines.
low
14. Two tangents PQ and PR are drawn from an external point to a circle with centre O.
Prove that QORP is a cyclic quadrilateral.
15. In the given figure AB and CD are common
ee
rF
tangents to two circles of unequal radii. Prove
that AB = CD. Fr
f or
u
ks
16. In the given figure, OP is equal to diameter of the
Yo
oo
circle. Prove that ABP is an equilateral triangle.
B
re
ou
ad
Long Answer Type Questions (4 Marks):
Y
17. In the given figure, a circle touches the side BC of
nd
Re
AABC at P and touches AB and AC produced at Q
Fi
and R respectively. IfAQ = 5 cm, find the perimeter
of AABC.
18. If a, b, c are the sides ofa right triangle where c is the
hypotenuses prove that the radius r of the circle which
a + b-c
touches the sides of the triangle is given by >' =---- -----
19. A quadrilateral ABCD is drawn to circumscribe a circle. Prove that AB + CD = AD - BC.
20. Prove that a parallelogram circumscribing a circle is a rhombus.
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. 15 cm
6. 40° 8. ZA BQ = 32° ; ZAQB = 26° 17. 10cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
CONSTRUCTIONS
r. 1. lr
In class IX we have done a few constructions by using a ruler and a compass, such as
bisecting an angle, drawing perpendicular bisector of a line segment, etc.
There, we have also constructed some triangles with given three parts of the triangle (out of
w
6 parts - three angles and three sides). In this chapter we shall do some constructions with
justification based on basic proportionality theorem, we shall also construct triangles similar
Flo
to a given triangle and draw tangent to a circle at a point and from a point.
ee
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Fr
for
ur
Type I. Problems based on division of a line segment internally and externally in a given
ks
ratio.
Yo
oo
WORKING RULE:
B
A given line segment can be divided internally in a given ratio using the basic proportionality
re
theorem. We shall illustrate by examples
ou
ad
Y
nd
CATEGORY A
Re
Division of a line segment internally in a given ratio
Fi
Example 1. Divide a line segment 7.8 cm long internally in the ratio 5 : 8 and justify Also
measure the two parts.
Solution : Steps of construction
Step 1. Draw a line segment AB =7.8 cm
Step II. Draw a ray AX, making an acute angle ZBAX.
Step HI. Along AX. mark (5 + 8)= 13 points A,, A2, A3, A4, A[2, A|3 such that
AA, = A,A2 = A2A3 = A3A4 = A4A5 = A6A7 = All^I2 ^12^13
Step IV. JoinA13B
Step V. From A5 draw A5C || AI3B, meeting AB at C.
Then, C is the point on AB which divides it in the ratio 5 : 8.
ReadYourFlow.COM
12.2 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Thus, AC: CB = 5 :8 X
Let AA, = A,A2= .... = A]2A|3 = x 1
<7.
/,
In AABA13, we have
A5C||A13B
%
AC _ AA5 _ 5a~ _ 5 IS;
CB ” A5A13 _ 8.v _ 8 5\8
A B
[ByThale’s theorem] 7.8 oti
Hence, AC:CB = 5:8
On measuring we find that AC = 3 cm and CB = 4.8 cm.
Second method:
low
Steps of construction
Step I. Draw a linesegmentAB = 7.8cm
ee
Step II. Draw a ray AX, making an acute ZBAX (say 60°)
rF
Step III. Draw a ray BY parallel to AX by making ZABY= ZBAX. Fr
StepIV. Locate the points A,, A2, A3, A4, A5 on AX and B,, B2, B3,.... Bg on BY such that
f or
u
AA, = A,A7 = At A3 = A3A4= A4A5= BB, = 6,6, = B,B3 =.... - B-B8
ks
Step V. Join A5B8, intersecting AB at point C
Yo
oo
Then, AC:CB = 5:8
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
A C
Justification : Here, AA? || BBS
ZCAA5 = ZCBBg [Alternate interior angles]
ZACA5 = ZBCBS [Vertically opposite angles]
and ZAA5C = ZBBSC
ReadYourFlow.COM
Constructions 12.3
AC _ AA^ _ 5
ACAA5 is similar to ACBB8 ^ CB _ BB8 "" 8
Hence, AC: CB = 5 : 8
On measuring AC and CB we can find that AC = 3 cm and CB = 4.8 cm.
Example 2. Draw a line AB = 12 cm and divide it in the ratio 3:5. Measure the two parts.
[CBSE2007|
Solution: Steps of construction
Step I. Draw a l ine segment AB = 12 cm
StepII. From A, draw any acute ZBAX upwards and on B draw an equal acute ZABY
downwards.
Step III. Locate 8 points on AX and BY of equal measure.
Step IV. Join A to Bg, A3 to B5 and A8 to B.
w
Step V. A3B5 divides line AB in the ratio 3 : 5.
On measuring PA and PB, we can see that PA = 4.5 cm and PB = 7.5 cm.
Flo
X
ee
As-
a7 Fr
A6
or
ur
f
A5.
ks
A4
Yo
oo
As/
A2-/
B
A?
re
60°
A‘T
ou
ad
P
Y
nd
Re
Fi
Justification : AAPA3 is similar to ABPB5
.-. — = ^- = -. HenceAP:PB = 3:5
PB BB5 5
CATEGORY B
Division of a line segment externally in a given ratio
Example 3. Divide a given line segment PQ externally in the rato 3 : 5. Write the steps of
construction. |CBSE 2003|
ReadYourFlow.COM
12.4 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Solution: Given : A line segment PQ.
Required :To divide the line segment PQ externally in the ratio 3 : 5
Steps of construction
Step I. Draw a line segment PQ of any length.
Step II. Draw an acute angle PQX at Q.
low
Step III. Along QX, mark the points C,, C2, C3, C4 and C5 such that
QC, = CIC2 = C2C3= C3C4=C4C5.
ee
StepIV. Join C-,(5-3 i.e., 2nd point) toP.
rF
Step V. Fr
From C5 draw C5R || C-,P intersecting QP produced at R.
Then point R divides the line segment PQ externally in the ratio 3 : 5
for
QP QC, 2
u
Justification : Since PC21| RC5
ks
PR ~ C2C5 _ 3
Yo
oo
QP 2 QP+PR 5 RQ 5
=> Hence. PR:RQ = 3:5.
B
—+l = -+l
PR 3 PR 3 PR ~ 3
re
Type II. Problems based on constructing a triangle similar to a given triangle.
ou
ad
Y
WORKING RULE:
nd
Here we shall discuss the method of constructing a triangle similar to given triangle in two
Re
situations.
Fi
1. When sides of the triangle to be constructed are larger than the corresponding sides
of the given triangle.
2. When sides of the triangle to be constructed are smaller than the corresponding sides
of the given triangle. We illustrate this by a few examples.
CATEGORYA
To construct a triangle similar to a given triangle having
sides smaller than the sides of the given triangle
Example 4. Construct a A ABC in which AB = 4 cm, BC = 5 cm and AC = 6 cm. Now, construct
2
a triangle similar to AABC such that each ot its sides is - of the corresponding sides ot
AABC.
Solution : Steps of construction
ReadYourFlow.COM
Constructions 12.5
Step I. Draw line segment BC = 5 cm.
StepII. With B as centre and radius equal to 4 cm, draw an arc.
Step III. With C as centre and radius equal to 6 cm, draw
another arc cutting the previous arc at A.
Step IV. Join AB and AC. C
D
Thus AABC is constructed.
Step V. Below BC, make an acute ZCBX (say 60°) <$>.A
^ X
Step VI. Along BX, mark three points B,, B2, B, such that BB, = 6,62 = B2B3.
Step VII. Join B3C.
StepVIII. From B,, draw B-,D || B3C meeting BC at D.
Step IX. From D, draw DE || CA, meeting AB at E.
w
2 .
Then, AEBD is the required triangle, each ot whose sides is ~ of the corresponding sides ol
AABC. Flo
Proof: Since DE || CA, we have AABC ~ AEBD
ree
EB DE BD 2
AB CA BC 3
F
or
ur
Example 5. Draw a AABC with side BC = 6 cm, AB = 5 cm, and ZABC = 60°. Construct a
sf
AAB'C similar to AABC such that the sides of AAB' C are - ofthe corresponding sides of
k
Yo
[CBSE 20081
oo
AABC.
B
Solution: Steps of construction
re
Step I. Draw a straight line AB = 5 cm.
ou
ad
Step II. From point B draw Z A BY = 60° on which take Y\C
Y
BC = 6cm.
C'
nd
Step HI. Join AC . AABC is the required A.
Re
(9
Step IV. From Adraw any ray AX downwards making an
Fi
%
acute angle.
Step V. Locate 4 poi nts A,, A-,, A3 and A4 on .AX so that ^ 60°
AA, = A,A2 = A2A3 = A3A4. A
Step VI. Join A4B and from A3 draw A^B' || A4B 5 cm B' B
intersecting AB at B'. Ai
Step VII. From point B' draw B' C || BC intersecting AC at C.
A2
Then AAB' C is the required triangle whose sides are
A3
equal to — of the corresponding sides of AABC.
A4 x
Justification : Since B'C || BC, we have AAB'C ~ AABC
AC B’C = ----
AB' 3 AB' _ AA3 _ 3
••• A3B'|| A4B
AC BC AB 4 AB ~ AA4 _ 4
ReadYourFlow.COM
12.6 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
CATEGORY B
To construct a triangle similar to a given triangle having
sides larger than the sides of the given triangle
Example 7. Construct a AABC in which AB = 4 cm, ZB = 60° and altitude CQ = 3 cm.
Construct a AADE similar to AABC such that each side of AADE is — times that of the
corresponding sides of AABC.
Solution : Steps of construction
Step 1. Draw a line segment AB = 4 cm.
Step II. Make ZABP = 60°.
Step III. Draw a line LM || AB at a distance of 3 cm intersecting
BP at C.
low
StepIV. Join CA. Thus AABC is constructed.
6 cm
Step V. Produce AB to D such that
3 3
ee
AD = — AB = — x 4 cm = 6 cm
rF
2 2
Step VI. Draw DE || BC, meeting AC produced at E. Fr
f or
Then, AADE is the required triangle similar to AABC such that each side of AADE is — times
u
ks
the corresponding sides of AABC.
Yo
oo
Justification : Since DE || BC,
B
AD _ DE _ AE _ 3
re
AADE ~AABC ^ AB ~ BC ~ AC ~ 2
ou
ad
Example 8. Construct a AABC in which BC = 5 cm. CA= 6 cm and AB = 7 cm. Construct
Y
7
AA' BC similar to AABC, each ot whose sides are - times the corresponding sides ofAABC.
nd
Re
INCERT, CBSE 2008] ' a/
Fi
Solution: Steps of construction
Step I. Draw a straight line BC = 5 cm.
StepII. Taking B and C as centres, draw
two arcs of radii 7 cm and 6 cm
intersecting each other at A. •\ £ 6 cm
Step III. Join BA and CA. AABC is the required A.
Step TV. From B draw any ray BX downwards
C e
making an acute angle. B
5 cm
Step V. Locate seven points B,, B,, B3, B4, Bs, B6 B,
and B7 on BX so that B2
Bj
BB, = B|B-, = B-, B3 = B3 B4 = B4 B5 = B5 B6= B6 B EO
Step VI. Join BSC and from B? draw B7C || B5C intersecting BC at C.
Be X.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Constructions 12.7
Step VII. From point C draw C A' || CA intersecting BA produced at A'. Then AA' B C is the
required A whose area is equal to — of AABC . AA' B C is the required triangle.
BC _ BBS 5
Justification : Since B5C || B7C, .'. ABB5C~ ABB7C ...(l)
BC ~ BB7 " 7
BA' CA' BC 7
Again, C A' ||CA ABC A' ~ ABC A — = ?[Fr°m(l)]
‘' BA CA
Example 9. Draw a right triangle in which the sides containing the right angle are 5 cm and
5
4 cm. Construct a similar triangle whose sides are ~ times the sides ol the above triangle.
A'[\ |CBSE2008|
Solution: Steps ot'construction
Step I. Draw a straight line BC = 5 cm. A
low
Step II. From B draw a right angle making AB =4 cm.
Step III. Join AC. AABC is the given right triangle.
Step IV. From B draw an acute ZCBY downwards.
ee
rF
Step V. On BY, take five points B,, B2, B,, B4 and B5 E
such that BB, = 8,6^ = B9B3 = B3B4 = B4B5.
o
Fr
'4-
or
Step VI. Join B3C. — Q 90° C'
f
u
B 5 cm C
ks
Step VII. From point B5 draw B-C || B3C producing BC toC.
Yo
B,
oo
StepV'III. From point C draw C A || CA producing BA to A'. B2
b3
B
AA' BC is the required triangle. b4
re
b5
Example 10. Draw a right AABC, in which ZB = 90°, AB = 5 cm, BC = 4 cm. Then construct
ou
ad
5
Y
another AA’ BC whose sides are ~ times the coresponding sides of AABC. [CBSE 2007|
nd
Re
Solution:
Fi
Steps of construction
Step I. Draw right AABC with given
measurements.
Step II. From B draw any line BZ
downwards making acute angle.
Step III. On BZ, mark B,, B^, B3, B4 and B5
such that
BB, = B,B2= B2B3 = B3B4= B4Bs.
Step IV. Join CB3. From B5. draw B5C || CB3
extending BC to C and from C draw
A’ C || AC extending BA to A'. Then A' BC
is the required A.
ReadYourFlow.COM
12.8 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 11. Construct a AABC in which AB = 6.5 cm, ZB = 60° and BC = 5.5 cm. Also
construct a triangle AB'C similar to AABC, whose each side is — times the corresponding
sides of the AABC. |CBSE 2008|
Solution: Steps of construction
Step I. Draw a straight line AB = 6.5 cm.
Step 11. From point B draw an ZABY = 60°.
Step III. From point B draw an arc of 5.5 cm cutting BY at point C.
Step IV. Join AC. ABC is the given A.
Step V. From A draw ZBAX downwards making ray AX.
Step VI. On AX, take three points A,, A, and A, such that AA, = A,A2 = A2A3.
StepVIT. Join A2B.
w
Step VIII. From point A,, draw A,B' || A:B meeting AB at B' on extending it. From B', draw
Flo
B' C || BC meeting AC at C on extending it.
ee
AAB' C is the required A. such that AAB'C' = - AABC
C'
Fr
for
ur
Y
ks
Yo
C
oo
B
re
60° 60°/
ou
ad
A B’
6.5 cm / B
Y
Ar
nd
Re
A2
Fi
a3
x
Type III. Drawing tangentto a circle at a given point to the circle.
CATEGORY A
Drawing tangent to a circle at a given point to the
circle, when centre of circle is to be used
We have seen that only one tangent can be drawn to a circle at a given point on it.
We illustrate it by an example.
Example 12. Draw a circle ofdiameter 6 cm with centre O. Draw a diameter A OB. Through
A or B draw a tangent to the circle. |CBSE 2007|
Solution : Given : O is the centre of a circle. Its radius is 3 cm.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Constructions 12.9
AOB is a diameter.
To draw a tangent to the circle at B or A.
Solution: Steps of construction
Step I. With O as centre and radius equal to 3 cm (6 2)
draw a circle.
Step II. Draw a diameter AOB.
Step III. At B draw CD 1 to AB .
Step IV. CD is the required tangent at B.
Justification : ZOBC = 90° .-. CD_LOB
Hence, CD is tangent to the circle at B.
CATEGORY B
w
Construction of a tangent to a circle at a given
point when its centre is not known
Flo
Example 13. Draw a circle of radius 5 cm. Take a point Pon it. Without using the centre of
ee
the circle, draw a tangent to the circle at point P. |CBSE 2001, 2002|
Solution: Steps of construction Fr
for
ur
Step 1. Draw a circle of radius 5 cm and take a point P on it.
Draw any chord PQ through the given point P on /
ks
Q
the circle. /
Yo
oo
Step II. Take a point R on the circle and join Pand Q 1
B
to a point R.
re
Step III. Construct ZQPY = ZPRQ and on the
X+
ou
-* / ♦ Y
ad
opposite side of the chord PQ.
Y
Step IV. Produce YP to X to get YPX as the required tangent. P
nd
Justification: The angle between the tangent and chord at the point of contact is equal to
Re
the angle in the alternate segment.
Fi
Type IV. Drawing tangents to a circle from a point outside it.
CATEGORYA
Draw tangents to a circle from a point outside it,
when the centre of the circle is known
We have seen that two tangents can be drawn to a circle from a given point outside a
circle. We illustrate it by some examples.
Example 14. Draw a circle of radius 3 cm with centre O
and take a point P outside the circle such that OP = 8 cm.
From P. draw two tangents to the circle.
Solution : Steps of construction
Step I. Draw a circle with O as centre and radius 3 cm.
ReadYourFlow.COM
12.10 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Step II. Mark a point P outside the circle such that OP = 8 cm.
Step III. Join OP and bisect it at M.
Step IV. Draw a circle with M as centre and radius equal to MP to intersect the given
circle at the points A and B.
Step V. Join PA and PB.
Then, PA and PB are the required tangents from P.
Justification : Since PO is a diameter of the circle shown by dotted lines,
ZPAO = ZPBO = 90° (Angle of semi circle)
.-. PA _L OA and PB 1 OB
Hence, PA and PB are tangents to the circle having centre at 0.
Example 15. Draw a circle of radius 1.00 cm. From a point P. 2.2 cm apart from the centre of
the circle draw tangents to the circle. |CBSE 2005|
Solution: Given: A point P is at a distance of 2.2 cm from the centre of a circle of radius 1.00
cm. We have to draw two tagnents to the circle from the given point P.
low
Steps of construction
'nA
Stepl. Draw a circle of radius 1.00 cm. Let its centre be O.
Step II. Join OP and bisect it. Let M be mid-point of OP.
ee
>0
rF
Step III. Taking M as centre and MO as radius, draw a
Fr
circle to intersect circle (0, 1) in two points. A and B.
M
or
Step IV. Join PA and PB. PA and PB are the required tangents
f
u
from P to circle C (O, 1).
ks
Justification : M is the centre of the circle with OP as the diameter. .\ ZPAO = 90 .
Yo
oo
Similarly, ZPBO = 90°.
B
Example 16. Construct a tangent to a circle of radius 1.8 cm from a point on the concentric
re
circle of radius 2.8 cm and measure its length. Also verify the measurement by actual
ou
ad
calculation.
Y
Solution: Given: Two concentric circles of radii 1.8 cm and 2.8 cm with centre O.
nd
We have to draw two tangents to inner circle from a point of outer circle.
Re
Fi
Steps of construction
Step I. Draw two concentric circles with centre O and radii 1.8 cm and 2.8 cm.
Step II. Taking any point Pon outer circle. Join OP.
Step III. Bisect PO. Let M be the mid-point of OP.
Taking M as centre and OM as radius draw a dotted circle which cuts the inner
circle at A and B.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Constructions 12.11
Step IV. Join P. A and P, B. Thus PA and PB are the required tangents.
Step V. On measuring PA and PB, we find that PA = PB = 2.14 cm.
Justification : Since PO is the diameter of the circle shown by dotted lines,
therefore, ZPAO = ZPBO= 90°. Hence PA and PB are tangents to the given smaller circle.
Calculation:
In right AOAP, ZPAO = 90°.
PA2 = OP2 - OA2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
=> PA2 = (2.8)2-( 1.8)2 = 7.84 - 3.24 = 4.60
PA = VT60 =2.14 cm
Hence, the length of tangents is 2.14 cm.
Example \ 7. Draw a circle of radius 1.6 cm. Take two points P and Q on one of its extended
diameter each at a distance of 3.5 cm from its centre. Draw tangents to the circle from the two
points P and Q. ICBSE2005]
Solution : Given: Two points P and Q on the diameter of a circle with radius 1.6 cm.
w
OP = OQ = 3.5cm
We have to construct the tangents to the circle from the given points P and Q.
'-.A
Flo
ee
\ /
1.6 cm''
Fr
for
ur
ks
s
Yo
oo
Steps of construction
B
Step I. Draw a circle of radius 1.6 cm with centre O.
re
Step II. Produce its diameter on both sides and cut OP = OQ = 3.5 cm.
Step HI. Bisect OP and OQ. Let E and F be the mid-points of OP and OQ respectively.
ou
ad
Step IV. Taking E as centre and OE as radius draw a circle to intersect circle (0, 1.6) at two
Y
points A and B. Again, taking F as centre and OF as radius, draw a circle to intersect
nd
Re
circle (O, 1.6) at two points C and D.
Fi
Step V. Join PA, PB, QC and QD. These are the required tangents from P and Q to circle
(0,1.5).
Justification : Since PO is the diameter of the circle, therefore, ZPAO = ZPBO = 90°
PA ± OA and PB J_ OB, hence PA and PB are tangents to the circle having centre O.
Similarly, QC and QD are tangents to this circle.
Example 18. Draw a line segment AB of length 8 cm. Taking A as centre, draw a circle of
radius 4 cm and taking B as centre, draw another circle of radius 3 cm. Construct tangents to
each circle from the centre ofthe other circle. [NCERT]
Solution: Given: A line segment AB = 8 cm, two circles with R
centres A and B of radii 4 cm and 3 cm respectively. /
We have to construct two tangents to each circle from /
the centre of the other circle. ( A i B
8'
V
Steps of construction
Step I. Draw a line segment AB = 8 cm. Q.
ReadYourFlow.COM
12.12 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Step II. Draw a circle with centre A and radius 4 cm. Draw another circle with centre B and
radius 3 cm.
Step III. Let L be the mid-point of AB. Taking L as centre and AL as radius draw a dotted
circle which intersects the two circles at P. Q, R and S.
Step IV. Join AP. AQ, BR and BS. These are required tangents.
Justification : Since AB is the diameter of the circle shown by dotted lines,
therefore, ZAPS = ZAQB = 90° and ZBRA = ZBQA = 90°.
.'. AP J_ PB, AQX BQ. Hence AP and AQ are tangents fromAto given circle having centre B.
Similarly. BR and BS are tangents from B to the circle having centre at A.
Example 19. Let ABC be a right triangle in which AB = 3 cm. BC = 4 cm and ZB = 90°. BD is
the perpendicular from B on AC. The circle through B, C. D is drawn. Construct the tangents
from A to this circle. INCERT)
Solution: Given: A right AABC in wh ich AB=3 cm. BC=4 cm. ZB=90°. BD is perpendicular to AC.
w
We have to draw two tangents from the point A on the circle BDC.
A
Flo
ee
Fr
for
ur
B
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
Steps of construction
Step I. Draw the segments BC = 4 cm, and AB = 3 cm perpendicular to each other. Join
ou
ad
AC. AABC is the right triangle.
Y
Step II. Taking mid-point F of BC as centre, draw a circle with radius 2 cm, passing through
nd
Re
B, C and D. AB is already a tangent to the circle at B as AB X BC. Its length
Fi
AB = 3 cm.
Taking centre A. draw an arc of 3 cm (AB = AQ) cutting the circle at Q. Join AQ.
AQ and AB are the required tangents.
Justification : Since ZABC = 90° and BC is the diameter of the circle drawn, therefore, AB is
tangent to the circle from A.
Again. AQ = AB. therefore AQ is also tangent to the circle as two tangents from A to the circle
must be equal.
Example 20. Draw a circle of radius 3 cm. From a point 5 cm away from the centre ofthe circle,
draw two tangents to the circle. Measure the length ofthe tangents. |CBSE 2007, 2008|
Solution : Steps of construction
Step I. Draw a circle with O as centre and radius equal to 3 cm.
Step 11. Draw OP = 5 cm. From M. the mid-point of OP. draw a circle of 5 cm diameter.
Step III. This circle cuts the first circle at A and B.
StepIV. Join PA and PB.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Constructions 12.13
Step V. PA and PB are the required tangents.
Step VI. By measurements PA = PB = 4 cm.
Justification : OP is a diameter of the circle,
ZOAP = ZOBP = 90°
.'. PA _L OA and PB _L OB.
Hence, PA and PB are tangents from Pto
the circle having centre O.
CATEGORY B
Drawing tangents to a circle from an external
low
point when its centre is not known
Example 21. Draw a circle of radius 2.8 cm. From an external point P draw tangents to the
circle without using the centre of the circle.
ee
rF
Solution: Steps of const ruction
Step I. Draw a circle of radius 2.8 cm. Fr
or
Step II. Take a point P outside the circle.
f
u
Step III. Through P, draw a line cutting the circle at A and B respectively.
ks
StepIV. Produce PX in opposite direction to a point X'.
Yo
oo
Step V. From PX', cut PC = PA.
B
StepVI. Bisect CB at O.
re
Step VII. Taking O as centre and OB or OC as radius draw a semicircle.
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
Step VIII. At point P of line CB. draw a perpendicular cutting semicircle at Q.
Step IX. Taking Pas centre and PQ as radius draw a circle which cuts the given circle at M
and N.
Step X. Draw PM and PN.
PM and PN are the required tangents to the circle from P.
Justification: On joining CQ and QB,
ReadYourFlow.COM
12.14 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
PQ2 = CP . PB (as in Ex. 35; page 5.60) or, PQ2 = PA. PB (PA = PC)
PM2 = PA. PB.
Thus, PM is a tangent. Similarly, PN will also be a tangent from P.
Example 22. Draw a circle with the help of a bangle. Take a point outside the circle. Construct
the pair of tangents from this point to the circle. [NCERT|
Solution: Given : A bangle and a point P outside the circle.
We have to construct the pair of tangents from P to the circle.
Steps of construction
Step I. Draw a circle using the bangle.
Step II. Draw two chords AB and AC.
Perpendicular bisectors ofAB and AC intersect
each other at 0, which is the centre ofthe circle.
w
Step III. Taking a point P outside the circle, join OP.
Flo
Step IV. Let L be midpoint of OP. Taking Las centre and OLas radius, draw a dotted circle
which intersects the given circle at Q and R.
ee
Fr
Step V. Join PQ and PR. Thus, PQ and PR are the required tangents from P.
for
ur
Type V. Drawing tangents to a circle inclined to each other at a given angle.
ks
Example 23. Draw a circle of radius 5 cm. Draw a pair of tangents to this circle, which are
Yo
inclined to each other at an angle of 60°. [NCERT|
oo
B
Solution : Steps of construction
re
Step I. Draw a circle with O as centre and radius 5 cm.
ou
ad
Step II. Draw any diameter AOB of this circle.
Y
Step HI. Make ZBOC = 60° such that radius OC meets the circle at C.
nd
Re
Step IV. Draw ADI AB and CE IOC. Let
Fi
AD and CE intersect each other at P.
Then, PA and PC are the required tangents to
the given circle, inclined at an angle of 60°.
Proof: Z AOC = 180° - 60° = 120°
In quadrilateral OAPC,
ZOAP = 90°, ZAOC = 120°, ZOCP = 90°
Z APC = 360° - (90° + 120° + 90°) = 60°
Second method:
Step I. Take a point O on the plane of the paper and draw a circle of radius OA= 5 cm.
Step II. Produce OA to B such that OA = AB = 5 cm
Step III. Taking A as the centre draw a circle of radius AO = AB - 5 cm. Suppose it cuts the
circle drawn in step I at P and Q.
StepIV. Join BP and BQ to get the desired tangents.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Constructions 12.15
Justification : In OAP, we have
OA = OP = 5 cm (= Radius of the circle)
?<f600\\
Also, AP = 5 cm (= Radius of circle with centre A) / ‘ ' \
30° A 60° 6q°A',
AOAP is equilateral. B 30° a ;0
y
ZPAB = 120° ZABP = ZAPB = 30°
ZPAB = 60° Q
Example 24. Draw a circle of radius 4 cm. Draw a tangent to this circle making an angle of 30°
with a line passing through the centre.
Solution : Steps of construction
Step I. Draw a circle with centre O and radius 4 cm.
Step II. Draw a radius OA of this circle and produce it to B.
w
Step III. Construct an angle ZAOP equal to the complement of 30°, i.e.. equal to 60°.
Flo
Step IV. Draw perpendicular to OP at P which intersects OA produced at Q.
PQ is the desired tangent such that ZOQP = 30°.
ee
Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Justification : ZAOP = 60°, ZOPQ = 90° (byconstruction)
Y
ZOQP = 30°.
nd
Re
Fi
EXERCISE 12
Ty pe I: Category A
1. Divide a line segment 4.2 cm long internally in the ratio 5 : 3. Also, write the steps of
construction.
2. Divide a line segment of length 3.2 cm in the ratio of 3 : 5 internally.
3. Draw a line segment of length 5.6 cm and divide it internally in the ratio 5 : 8. Measure
the two parts.
4. Draw a line segment of length 7.6 cm and divide it in the ratio 5 : 8. Measure the two
parts.
Type I: Category B
5. Draw a 1 ine segment AB = 2 cm. Divide it externally in the ratio of
(i) 5:3 (ii) 3:5 [CBSE 2000 C|
ReadYourFlow.COM
12.16 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Type LI: Category A
6. Construct a triangle of scale AB = 2.3 cm, BC = 4 cm and AC = 2.9 cm and then construct
2
a triangle similar to a given AABC, such that each of its sides is - rd ot the corresponding
side of AABC. Also, write the steps of construction.
7. Construct a triangle of sides 4 cm. 5 cm and 6 cm and then a triangle similar to it whose
2
sides are ~ ot the corresponding sides of the first triangle.
8. Draw a triangle ABC with side BC = 6 cm, AB = 5 cm and ZABC = 60°, then construct a
3
triangle whose sides are — ot the corresponding sides of AABC.
Type II: Categon B
9. Draw a right triangle in which the sides (other than hypotenuse) are of lengths 2.2 cm
5
w
and 2.2 cm. Then construct another triangle whose sides are ~ times the corresponding
sides of the given triangle.
Flo
10. Construct an isosceles triangle whose base is 3.2 cm and altitude 1.7 cm and then
ee
construct another triangle whose sides are 1 ^ times the corresponding sides of the
isosceles triangle. Fr
or
ur
11. Draw a triangle ABC with side BC = 4 cm, ZB = 45°, ZC = 30°. Then construct a triangle
f
4
whose sides are ~ times the corresponding sides ot AABC.
ks
Yo
oo
12. Construct a triangle ABC, similar to a given isosceles triangle PQR, with QR= 2.8 cm,
B
PQ = 2.5 cm, such that each of its side is — th of the corresponding sides ofthe APQR.
re
Also draw the circumcircle of APBC.
ou
ad
13. Construct a AABC in which AB = 2.6 cm, ZB = 60° and altitude CD = 1.8 cm. Construct
Y
a AAQR similar to AABC, such that each side of AAQR is 1.5 times that of the
nd
Re
corresponding side of AABC.
14. Construct an isosceles triangle whose base is 8 cm and altitude 4 cm and then another
Fi
triangle whose sides are 1— times the corresponding sides of the isosceles triangle.
15. Draw a right triangle in which the sides (other than hypotenuse) are the length 4 cm and
5
3 cm. Then construct another triangle whose sides are - times the corresponding sides
of the given triangle.
16. Draw a triangle ABC with side BC = 7 cm, ZB = 45°, ZA= 105°. Then construct a triangle
4
whose sides are — times the corresponding sides of AABC.
Type III: Category A
17. Draw a circle with radius 4 cm. Mark a point on it. Draw- a tangent at P to the circle.
18. Draw a circle of radius 3 cm. Draw'any diameter of the circle. At the end points of the
diameter of the circle, draw tangents to the circle. Are they parallel ? [Ans: Yes|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Constructions 12.17
Type III: Category B
19. Draw a circle of radius 5 cm. Take a point P on the circle. Draw the tangent to the circle
at point P without using the centre of the circle.
T^pe IV: Category A
20. Draw a circle of radius 6 cm. From a point 10 cm away from its centre, construct the pair
of tangents to the circle and measure their lengths. |Ans. 8 cm)
21. Draw two concentric circles with centre O and radii 2 cm and 4 cm. From a point on the
outer circle draw a tangent to the inner circle.
22. Draw a circle of radius 4 cm from a point on the concentric circle of radius 6 cm and
measure its length. Also verify the measurement by actual calculation. [Ans. 4.5 cm|
23. Draw a circle of radius 3 cm. Take two points P and Q on one of its extended diameter
each at a distance of 7 cm from its centre. Draw tangents to the circle from these two
points P and Q. [NCERT|
low
Type IV: Category B
24. Draw a circle of radius 5 cm. Take a point P outside the circle. Construct a pair of
tangents from P to the circle without using its centre.
ee
rF
TypeV
Fr
25. Draw a circle of radius 4 cm. Draw two tangents to the circle such that they include an
for
angle of 135°.
u
26. Draw a circle of radius 5 cm. Draw any line through the centre of the circle. Draw a
ks
tangent to the circle making an angle of 45° with the line. What is the length of the
Yo
oo
tangent ? | Ans. 5 cm |
B
27. Draw a pair of tangents to a circle of radius 2.3 cm which are inclined to each other at an
re
angle of 60°.
ou
ad
Y
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
d
Re
n
Fi
Long Answer Type Questions:
1. Draw a right triangle in which sides (other than hypotenuse) are of lengths 8 cm and
3
6 cm. Then, construct another triangle whose sides are — times the corresponding
sides of the first triangle. [Delhi 2009)
2. Draw a circle of radius 3 cm. From a point P, 6 cm away from its centre, construct a pair
of tangents to the circle. Measure the lengths of the tangents. [Foreign 2009|
3. Construct a AABC in which BC = 6.5 cm, AB = 4.5 cm and ZABC = 60°. Construct a
3
triangle similar to this triangle whose sides are — of the corresponding sides of the
triangle ABC. [Foreign 2010|
4. Construct a triangle ABC in which AB = 8 cm. BC = 10 cm and AC = 6cm. Then construct
4
another triangle whose sides are — of the corresponding sides of AABC. [AI 2010|
ReadYourFlow.COM
12.18 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
5. Construct a triangle ABC in which AB = 5 cm, BC = 6 cm and AC = 7 cm. Construct
3
another triangle similar to AABC such that its sides are ~ of the corresponding sides of
AABC. [Delhi 2010|
6. Construct a triangle ABC in which BC = 8 cm, ZB = 45° and ZC = 30°. Construct another
3
triangle similar to AABC such that its sides are — of the corresponding sides of AABC.
7. Construct a triangle ABC in which BC = 8 cm. ZB = 60° and ZC = 45°. Then construct
3
another triangle whose sides are — of the corresponding sides of AABC.
8. Construct a triangle ABC in which BC = 9 cm, ZB = 60° and AB = 6cm. Then construct
2
another triangle whose sides are ~ of the corresponding sides of AABC.
w
9. Construct a triangle PQR in which QR=6 cm, ZQ = 60° and ZR=45°. Construct another
Flo 5
triangle similar to APQR such that its sides are - ofthe corresponding sides of APQR.
ee
6
Fr
10. Draw a circle of radius 4 cm. From a point P, 9 cm away from the centre ofthe circle, draw
for
two tangents to the circle. Also, measure the lengths of the tangents.
ur
[Foreign 2010|
ks
Yo
oo
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
B
re
ou
ad
A. Objective Type Questions (MCQ 1 Mark);
Y
Choose the correct option :
nd
Re
1. To divide a line segment AB in the ratio 4 : 7, a ray AX is drawn first such that ZBAX is
Fi
an acute angle and then points A,, A-,, A3,... are located at equal distances on the ray
AX and the point B is joined to
(a) A12 (b) A 11 (0 A10 (d) A9
2. To divide a line segment AB in the ratio 5 : 7, first a ray AX is drawn so that ZBAX is an
acute angle and then at equal distances points are marked on the ray AX such that the
minimum number of these points is
(a) 8 (b) 10 (c) 11 (d) 12
3. To divide a line segment AB in the ratiop : q (p, q are positive integers), a ray AX is
drawn so that ZBAX is an acute angle and then mark points on ray AX at equal
distances such that the minimum number of these points is
(a) greater ofp and q (b) p + q
(c) p + q-\ (d) pq
4. Number of tangents to a circle which are parallel to a secant is
ReadYourFlow.COM
Constructions 12.19
(a) zero (b) 2 (c) l (d) infinite
5. Two parallel lines touch the circle at points A and B separately. If area of the circle is 25n
cm2, then AB is equal to
(a) 8 cm (b) 5 cm (c) l Ocm (d) 25 cm
6. Two circles touch internally at a point P, tangent segment TQ, TR are drawn to the two
circles, then
(a) TQ = TR (b) PQ = TR (c) PQ = TQ (d) None of these
7. To draw a pair of tangents to a circle which are inclined to each other at an angle of 35°,
it is required to draw tangents at the end points of those two radii ofthe circle, the angle
between which is
(a) 105° (b) 70° (c) 140° (d) 145°
8. To divide a line segment AB in the ratio 5 : 6, draw a ray AX such that ZBAX is an acute
w
angle, then draw a ray BY parallel to AX and the pointsAp A2, A3,... and B,, B-,, B3,...
are located at equal distances on ray AX and BY, respectively. Then the points joined
are Flo
ee
(a) A5 and B6 (b) A6 and B5 (c) A4 and B5 (d) A5 and B4
Fr
9. To draw a pair of tangents to a circle which are inclined to each other at an angle of 60°,
for
it is required to draw tangents at end points of those two radii of the circle, the angle
ur
between them should be
ks
(a) 135° (b) 90° (c) 60° (d) 120°
Yo
oo
8
B
10. To construct a triangle similar to a given AABC with its sides - ofthe corresponding
re
sides of AABC draw a ray BX such that ZCBX is an acute angle and X is on the
ou
ad
opposite side of A with respect to BC. The minimum number of points to be located at
Y
equal distances on ray BX is
nd
Re
(a) 5 (b) 8 (c) 13 (d) 3
Fi
3
11. To construct a triangle similar to a given AABC with its sides ~ of the corresponding
sides of AABC, first draw a ray BX such that ZCBX is an acut angle and X lies on the
opposite side of A with respect to BC. Then locate points B,, B2, B3,... on BXat equal
distances and next step is to join
(a) B,0 to C (b) B3 to C (c) B7 to C (d) B4 to C
True or False Type Questions :
Write 'True' or 'False' and give reasons for your answer in each of the following:
1
1. By geometrical construction, it is possible to divide a line segment in the ratio >/3 :
•V3-
(Hint: VJ :-J= = 3 :1 |
s
2. By geometrical construction, it is possible to divide a line segment in the ratio
2 + V3:2-V3 .
ReadYourFlow.COM
12.20 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
_ 2 + V3 2 + V3 _(2 + V3)2
[Hint: False, As 2 + \J3 :2-y/3 = 7 + 4>/3 : l
_ 2-VJ ^ 2 +VJ "" 4-3
and 7 + 4\/J is not a positive integer, while l is a positive integer j
3. A pair of tangents can be constructed to a circle inclined at an angle of 170°.
4. A pair of tangents can be constructed from a point P to a circle of radius 3.5 cm situated
at a distance of 3 cm from the centre.
7
5. To construct a triangle similar to a given AABC with its sides - of the corresponding
sides of AABC, draw a ray BX making acute angle with BC and X lies on the opposite
side of A with respect to BC. The points B,, B2,..., B? are located at equal distances on
BX, B3 is joined to C and then a line segment B6C is drawn parallel to B3C where C lies
w
on BC produced. Finally, line segment A'C is drawn parallel to AC.
Flo
ANSWERS
ee
A.Objective Questions:
Fr
or
ur
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (a)
f
7. (d) 8. (a) 9. (d) 10. (b) 11. (c)
ks
Yo
oo
True /False Type Questions:
B
1. False 2. False 3. True 4. False 5. False
re
ou
ad
Y
d
Re
n
Fi
ReadYourFlow.COM
Constructions 12.21
EXEMPLAR PROBLEMS
1. To divide a line segment AB in the ratio 4 : 7, a ray AX is drawn first, such that ZBAX
is an acute angle and then points A,, A2, A3,... are located at equal distances on the ray
AX and the point B is joined to :
(a) A12 (b) A,, (c) A10 (d) A9
[Ans.A,,]
2. To draw a pair of tangents to a circle which are inclined to
each other at an angle of 60°, it is required to draw tangents
at end points of those two radii of the circle, the angle
between them should be :
(a) 135° (b) 90°
w
(c) 60° (d) 120° P
lAns. 120°|
Flo
ee
3. Construct a right triangle, in which the sides (other than hypotenuse) are of lengths
Fr
5 cm and 6 cm. Then construct another triangle whose sides are 3/4 times the
corresponding sides of the given triangle.
for
ur
Soln. In ACAB,
ZA=90°
ks
Yo
AB = 6 cm
oo
AC = 5 cm
B
re
AAB'C ~ AABC
ou
ad
Y
4. To construct a triangle similar to a given AABC with its side 3/7 of the corresponding
nd
Re
sides of AABC, first draw a ray BX, such that ZCBX is an acute angle and X lies on the
Fi
opposite side of A with respect to BC. Then locate point B,, B^, B3,... on BX at equal
distances and next step is to join.
(a) B]0to C (b) B3 to C (c) B7 to C (d) B4 to C
[Ans. B7to C]
ReadYourFlow.COM
12.22 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
[20 Marks]
Long Answer Type Questions (5 Marks):
1. Draw a right triangle in which the sides constaining the right angles are 5cm and 4cm.
5
Construct a similar triangle whose sides are - times the sides of the above triangle.
2. Draw- a pair of tangents to a circle of radius 4cm which are inclined to each other at an
angle of 45°.
3. Construct a AABC in which BC = 5cm, CA = 6cm and AB = 7 cm. Construct a AA'BC
similar to AABC, each of whose sides are — times the corresponding sides of AABC.
w
5
4. Construct a tangent to a circle of radius 4 cm from a point which is at a distance of 6cm
Flo
from its centre.
ee
□□n Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
ReadYourFlow.COM
AREA RELATED TO CIRCLES
13.1. INTRODUCTION
]
We have learnt about some methods to find perimeters and areas of some simple plane
figures like rectangles, squares, parallelograms, triangles and circles in our earlier classes. In
our day to day life we very often come across objects having circular shape or having shape
like a part of a circular region such as wheel of a cart or bicycle, bangle, a rupee coin,
w
moon etc.
Therefore, finding perimeters and areas of figures related to a circular figure has practical
importance. Flo
ee
In this chapter we shall study the methods of findings areas oftwo special parts of a circular
Fr
region called sector and segment. Here, we shall also learn about the methods to evaluate
areas of some plane figures involving circles and their parts.
for
ur
13.2. CIRCUMFERENCE
ks
Yo
oo
Definition : The perimeter of a circle is usually called its circumference and it is the distance
B
covered by travelling once around a circle.
re
The ratio of the circumference and diameter of a circle is a constant.
ou
ad
This constant ratio is denoted by the Greek letter ti (pi).
Y
Circumference
nd
Thus,
Re
= K
Diameter
Fi
Circumference = 7t x diameter = tt (2/-) = 2nr, where r is the radius ofcircle.
The great Indian Mathematician Arya Bhatta (AD 476 - 550) gave the approximate value of7t
62832
given by 71 = = 3.1416(approximately)
20.000
The great mathematics genius Srinivas Ramanujan (1887-1920) has calculated the value ofTi
correct to million places of decimal using the above given relation. We also know that n is an
irrational number having decimal expansion non-terminating and non-recurring. But for prac-
22
tical purposes we take n or n = 3.14.
This value of n is only an approximate value.
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.2 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
13.3. AREA OF CIRCLE
In our earlier classes, we have verified that area of a circle of radius r is nr2 by cutting a circle
into a large number of sectors and rearranging them as shown in the figure given below :
Fig. (i) Fig. (ii)
Seeing the figure (ii), we can say that the shape formed is almost
w
2tc/'
like a rectangle of length = and breadth r provided the
Flo
ee
number of parts that the circle is made of is very large.
Thus, area of the circle = nr x r=nr2 Fr
for
Area of ring:
ur
Let rand R be the inner and outer radii of a ring.
ks
Yo
Then, area of the ring = tt (R2- r2).
oo
eB
13.4. SOME FORMULAE
1. (i) Circum ference or perimeter of a circle having
r
ou
ad
radius r= 2nr
Y
(ii) Circumference or perimeter of a circle having r
Al B
nd
Re
diameter d= izd,
Fi
where % is an irrational number having
2?
approximate value — or 3.1415... Unless specilled. the
7 22 jrr
value ol re is taken as —
2. Perimeter ofa semicircle = w + 2r = r (jt+ 2)
3. Rotating wheels
(i) Distance moved by a wheel in 1 rotation
= circumference of the wheel
(ii) Number of rotations in unit time
distance moved in unit time
circumference
4. (i) Area of a circle having radius r = Tt/-2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.3
(ii) Area ofa circle having diameter
Cl)2 KCI2
cl = n
2 4
TV'~
5. Area of a semicircle having radius /■ = —
13.5. DIFFERENT TERMS RELATED TO CIRCLE
1. Chord : A line segment joining any two points on
a circle is called a chord of the circle. In the given
figure, AB is a chord of the circle.
chord
An B
low
2. Secant: A line which intersects a circle at two points
is called a secant of the circle. In the given figure
AB is secant of the circle.
secant
ee
B
rF
3. Are : Arc is a continuous piece of a circle. In the
Fr
f or
u
given figure APB is an arc and it is written as AB.
ks
The remaining part of the circle, shown by dotted
Yo
oo
lines is denoted as tlA .
B
re
4. Central angle : An angle substended by an arc at
ou
ad
the centre of a circle is called its central angle. In
Y
the given figure of a circle with centre O,
nd
Re
Central angle of arc AB = ZAOB = 9°
Fi
If0°< 180° then [/\B is called the minor arc and the
arc Da is called the major arc.
5. Semicircle : A diameter divides a circle into two
equal arcs. Each of these two arcs is called a semi
circle.
In the given figure ofa circle within centre O, WcB
and BDA are semicircles.
An arc having length less than arc of a semicircle is called a minor arc. An are having
length more than the arc ofa semicircle is called a major arc.
6. Sector of a circle : The region enclosed by two
radii and the corresponding arc ofa circle is called
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.4 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
a sector of the circle.
In the given figure, OA and OB are two radii and
AB is the corresponding arc. The shaded portion
OAB is a sector.
The angle between the two radii, i.e., ZAOB is
called the angle of the sector.
If ZAOB < 180°, the sector OAPB is called a minor sector and sector OACB is called
the major sector.
Also in the given figure, angle of minor sector = ZAOB and angle of major sector
= 360°-ZAOB
D
w
7. Segment of a circle : The region bounded by a ''major'
chord and the corresponding arc of the circle is segment
Flo
called a segment of the circle. In the given figure
O
ee
AB is a chord and ACB is the corresponding arc,
the shaded region is the segment ACB.
The segment which is less than semicircular region
Fr A
minor
B
segment
or
r
is called a minor segment and the other sector is
sf
ou
calledmajor segment. In the given figure AlCB is a
k
oo
minor segment and ADB is a major segment.
Y
B
8. Quadrant of a circle : The sector of the circle of
re
angle 90° is called a quadrant of the circle. In the
ou
ad
given figure sector AOB is a quadrant of the circle.
Y
13.6. SOME FORMULAE
nd
Re
1. Area of a sector : Let us find the area of a sector of angle 0° of a circle of radius r.
Fi
Clearly, the circular region can be considered as a sector of degree measure 360.
Unitary method can be used to find the area of sector.
When the angle at the centre is 360°. area of the sector = nr2.
O
r
nr2
When the angle at the centre is 1°, area of the sector = 0°
360° A B
nr 0°
.\ When the angle of centre is 0°, area of the sector = x 0° = x ni .2
360° 360°
0°
Thus area of a sector of angle 0° of a circle of radius r = x nr 2
360°
2. Area of a segment of a circle : Let AB be a chord of a circle with radius r. Let
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.5
ZAOB = 0° and 0° < 0 < 180°. The minor segment corresponding to chord AB is shaded
in the figure.
Area of minor segment = Area of sector OACBO - Area of AOAB
I
Area of sector OACBO ~ ^ x base * height
0°
area of circle OA (OB sin ZAOB)
360°
A = - base x height =— OA (OB sin 0°)
0° .2 ----1 r.r sin0° = 7t 0° sin 0° ,-2
71 /
360° 2 360° 2
w
nO" sin 0°
Flo
Area of m i nor segment = /•2 A B
360° 2
ee
Area of the major segment = Area of the circle - Area of minor segment Fr
for
ur
7t 0° sin 0° 7i 0° sin 0° r2
-n r 2 r 2 = 7r -
360° 2 360°
ks
Yo
oo
3. Length of an arc of a sector : Unitary method can be used to find the length of an arc of
B
a circle. Since a circle can be considered as an arc subtending an angle 360° at the centre
re
of the circle.
ou
ad
When the angle at the centre is 360°,
Y
arc length = 2k r (circumference of the circle)
nd
Re
Fi
When the angle at the centre is 1 °,
2 m-
arc length =
360°
2nr 0°
x 0° = X 27i:r
360° 360°
(13.7. AREAS OF COMBINATION OF PLANE FIGURE
Uptil now we have learnt how to calculate the area of a circle, sector of a circle, segment of a
circle separately. In our day-to-day life we come across the combinations of plane figures
forming interesting and useful shapes.
There cannot be a general formula for calculating the area of such plane figures formed by
circles and some other plane figures such as triangle, rectangle, square, etc.
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.6 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on perimeter of a circle or a part of the circle.
WORKING RULE:
Use the following results whichever is required.
I. (i) Perimeter (circumference) of a circle of radius r=2nr
(ii) Perimeter of a semicircle of radius r
= k r +2r ={n + 2)r A r o B
(iii) Perimeter of a quadrant of a circle ofradius r B
w
7t r
=---- +2r = —+ 2 r
2 2Flo O A
ree
2. (i) Length of arc of a sector of circle having radius /'and central
angle 0°.
F
or
ur
0°
f
/= X 2717-
360°
ks
Yo
oo
Example 1. A wire is looped in the form of a circle of radius 28 cm. It is rebent into a square
eB
form. Determine the length of the side of the square.
r
Solution : Length of the wire = circumference of the circle = 2tu\
ou
ad
Y
22 22
2 x — x 28 cm = 176 cm [ /•= 28 cm and ^ = — ]
nd
7
Re
Fi
Perimeter of the square = length of the wire = 176 cm.
176
Hence, the side of the square = —j- cm = 44 cm.
Example 2. A road which is 7 m wide surrounds a circular park whose circumference is 352
m. Find the area of the road.
Solution : Let the radius of the park be r m
Then, its circumference — 2wm
Given, circumference of the park =352 m
22
27r/- = 352 => 2x— x /* — 352
7
7
=> r = 352 x— = 56
44
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.7
Hence, inner radius = 56 m,
and outer radius = (56 + 7) m = 63 m.
Area of the road =[7r(63)2-7t(56)2] in2
= y (63 + 56) (63-56) m2
= —x!19x7 m2= 2618 m2
7
Example 3. If the perimeter of a semicircular protractor is 36 cm, find its diameter.
Solution : Let the radius of the protractor be r cm.
Then, perimeter of protractor = {nr +2r) cm = (tc +2)r cm
w
22
— +2 r cm
7 Flo
36
ee
= — r cm
7
Given, perimeter of the semicircular protractor = 36 cm. Fr A O r B
or
ur
36
— /• = 36=t> /• = 36 x — = 7
f
7 36
ks
Yo
Hence, diameter of the protractor = 2/-cm = 14 cm.
oo
Example 4. A bicycle wheel makes 5000 revolutions in moving 11 km. Find the diameter of
B
the wheel.
re
Solution : Distance covered by the wheel in 5000 revolutions
ou
ad
Y
= 11 km
= (11 x 1000 x 100) cm
nd
Re
Distance covered by the wheel in 1 revolution
Fi
11 x 1000 x 100
cm = 220 cm
5000
The circumference of the wheel = 220 cm
Let the diameter of the wheel = d cm
22
Then, nd = 220 => —xd = 220
7
7
=> d = 220 x — = 70
22
Hence, the diameter of the wheel = 70 cm
Example 5. Babli has a cart whose wheels are making 6 revolutions per second. If the
diameter of the wheel is 77 cm, find the speed of the cart.
Solution: Diameter of the wheel = 77 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.8 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
77
Radius of wheel = — cm
2
The distance travelled by the card in one revolution
= 2nr
„ 22 77
= 2 x— x— cm - 242 cm
7 2
The distance travelled by the cart in 6 revolutions
= 6 x 242 cm = 1452 cm
Distance travelled in one second = 1452 cm
The distance travelled in one hour = 3600 x 1452 cm v 1 hr = 60 x 60 = 3600 sec.]
3600 x 1452
Speed in km/hour = km/hr = 52.272
100 x 1000
w
Hence, required speed = 52.272 km/hour.
Flo
Example 6. The wheel of a car are of diameter 80 cm each. How many complete revolutions
ee
does each wheel make in 10 minutes when the car is travelling at a speed of 66 km per hour?
Fr (NCERTI
or
80
ur
Solution : Radius of wheel of the car = — = 40 cm
f
2
ks
The distance travelled by the car in one revolution = 2nr
Yo
oo
22 1760
= 2 x— x 40 = cm
B
7 7
re
66 x 1.00.000
Given, speed of car = 66 km/hour =
ou
cm/min. = 1,10,000 cm/min
ad
60
Y
Distance covered by car in 1 minute= 1, 10,000cm
d
Re
Distance covered by car in 10 minutes =1,10,000 x 10 = 11,00,000 cm
n
Fi
Number ofcomplete revolutions in 10 minutes = distance covered in 10 cm
distance covered in one revolution
11,00.000 11,00.000 7
x
1760 1760
7
= 4375 revolutions
Hence each wheel of car makes 4375 revolutions in 10 minutes.
Example 7. A bicycle wheel makes 5,000 revolutions in moving 11 km. Find the diameter of
the wheel. (Take n = 22/7) [CBSE 2007|
Solution: Distance = 11 km = 11,000 m
11000 11
Distance moved in one revolution = ------- =— m
5000 5
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.9
ll
Now, 2k r = —
5
22 ll
2 x---- XT— ----
7 5
ll x 7 7
=> r = ------------- =— m
5 x 2 x 22 20
7 7
Diameter of wheel = — x2 = — m = 70 cm
20 10
Example 8. The short and long hands of a clock are 4 cm and 6 cm long respectively. Find
the sum of the distances travelled by their tips in two days. (Take k = 22/7) |CBSE 2007]
Solution : Length of short hand = 4 cm
w
Distance travelled by short hand in 12 hours
22 176 Flo
= 27t/- =2 x 4 —---- cm
7 7
ee
Distance travelled by short hand in 2 days or 48 hrs =
176 Fr
x4=
704
cm
7
for
ur
Length of long hand = 6 cm
ks
Distance travelled by long hand in 1 hour
Yo
oo
22 264
eB
= 2 x -— x 6 = cm
7 7
r
Distance travel led by longhand in 2 days, i.e., 48 hrs.
ou
ad
264 12672
Y
=-----x 48 = cm -(ii)
7 7
nd
Re
Total distance travelled by both hands
Fi
704 12672 13376
=-----+--------- =--------- = 1910.86 cm
7 7 7
Type II. Problems based on area of a circle or a part of it.
WORKING RULE:
Use the following results whichever is required.
1. (i) Area of a circle of radius r = k r2
2
Kl
in) Area of semi-circular region of radius r =
K I
.2
(iii) Area of the quadrant of the circle having radius r =—
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.10 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
O A
2. Area of the circular ring having inner and outer radii r
and R respectively = rc (R2 -/-2)
3. (i) Area of the sector of the circle of radius r subtending
0°
an angle 0° at the centre = x re /• 2
360°
w
(ii) Area of the bigger sector ADB of the circle
= K)'
2
360°
9° Flo
x nr
2
ee
4. Area of the segment ACB of the circle = area of sector Fr
OACB - area ofAAOB
for
ur
0°
ks
x kr 2 sin 0°
Yo
360° 2
oo
B
Example 9. Find the area and perimeter of a sector of a circle with radius 6 cm ifangle of the
re
sector is 60°. INCERT|
ou
ad
Solution : The area A of a sector of a circle of radius r and central angle 0° is given by
Y
0° 2
A=
nd
X JW
Re
360°
Fi
60
A =-----x y x(6)2
360
60 22
=------ x— x 6Ax 6A
360 7
1
= 18.8571 cm2 = 18.86 cm2 (Approximately)
7
Perimeter of a sector of angle 0° =2r + 7ir0°
180°
22 6 44
Perimeter of a sector of angle 60° =2x6 +— x----x 60 = 12 + —
7 180 7
= 12 + 6.28= 18.28 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.11
Perimeter =18.28 cm (Approximately)
Hence, area = 18.86 cm2 and perimeter = 18.28 cm.
Example 10. The perimeter of a sector of a circle of radius 5.6 cm is 27.2 cm. Find the area of
the sector.
Solution : Let O be the centre of a circle of radius 5.6 cm and let OACB be its sector with
perimeter 27.2 cm.
Given, OA + OB + arc AB = 27.2 cm
5.6 cm + 5.6 cm + arc AB = 27.2 cm
=> arcAB= 16 cm
For 2w arc length, area = tt r1
Ttr2 _ 1 .
For 1 arc length, area = 2nr
w
2 '
1
For 16 arc length, area = — r x 16 Flo
ee
Area of the sector OACBO = — x radius x arc I sq units.
Fr
for
ur
<1
- x 5.6 x 16 cm2 = 44.8 cm2
v2
ks
Yo
oo
Example 11. A sector is cut from a circle of diameter 21 cm. Ifthe angle ofthe sector is 150°.
B
find its area.
re
Solution: Diameter ofthe given circle = 21 cm
ou
ad
21
Y
Radius of the given circle = — cm
nd
Re
Given, angle of sector = 150°
Fi
0° 2 150 22 f2lf
Area ofthe sector = x Tt/- -------x— x
360° 360 7 2
__5_ 22 21 _2[
_12 7 2 2
5 x 11 x 21
= 144.38 cm2 (Approximately)
4x2
Hence, the area of sector is 144.38 cm2.
Example 12. The minute hand of a clock is 12 cm long. Find the area on the face ofthe clock
described by the minute hand between 8 A. M. and 8.35 A. M.
Solution: Time between 8 A.M. and 8.35 A. M. = 35 minutes.
Angle described by minute hand on one hour (60 minutes) = 360°
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.12 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Angle described by minute hand in 35 minutes
360
=-----X 35 = 210°
60
Length of minute hand = radius (/•) of the circle described by minute hand
= 12 cm
Area described by minute hand in 35 minutes
0°
x (area of the circle)
360°
0° 2 210
X n: /•
360° 360
= 264 cm2.
w
Example 13. The length of minute hand of a clock is 14 cm. Find the area swept by the minute
hand in 5 minutes. Flo [NCERT]
Solution: Length of minute hand = 14 cm
ee
Angle made by minute hand in 60 minutes =360° Fr
360
or
ur
Angle made by minute hand in 5 minutes = ^ x 5 = 30°
f
ks
The area swept by the minute hand in 5 minutes
Yo
oo
= the area of a sector of angle 30° in a circle of radius 14 cm
B
re
0° 30
The required area = x Jt )
.2 _ ^ x (14)2 cm 2
360 X 7
ou
360°
ad
Y
1 72 154
d
Re
— x — x 14 X 14 cm2 = ---- cm 2 =51.33 cm2
n
12 7 3
Fi
Example 14. The area and circumference ofa circle are numerically equal. What is the radius
of the circle ?
Solution: Let the radius ofa circle = r units.
Then, area of the circle = re r2 sq. units
and circumference of the circle = 2tt r units
Since area and circumference are numerically equal
= 2nr
=> nr2 -2nr = 0
=> Ttr (r-2) = 0
=> /■ (r-2) =0 [v * * 0]
.-. Either r=0orr=2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.13
But r cannot be zero
r = 2 units
Example 15. The radii of two circles are 19 cm and 9 cm respectively. Find the radius of circle
which has circumference equal to the sum of circumferences of the two circles. |NCERT]
Solution: Given, r, = 19 cm r2 = 9 cm
Sum of circumference = 2tt i) +2tu-2
22 22
= 2 x — x 19 + 2 x — x 9
7 7
22
= 2x —(19 + 9) -(i)
7
Let the radius of the new circle = R cm.
From question, sum of circumference of two circles = circumference of new circle
w
22 22
2x — (19 + 9) = 2x — x R
=>
7
R=28cm.
7 Flo
ee
Fr
Example 16. A chord AB of a circle of radius 15 cm subtends an angle of 60° at the centre of
circle. Find the area of the major and minor segments. [Take jt = 3.14, V3 = 1.73 ]
for
ur
[NCERT1
Solution : The area of a minor segment of angle 0° in a circle of radius r is given by
ks
Yo
oo
1
A = -2 — sin 0°
B
360° 2
re
Flere, r= 15 cm and 0O = 6O°
ou
ad
Y
3.14x60 1
A = (15)2 — sin 60° cm 2
360 2
nd
Re
Fi
3.14 73 2
= 225 — cm"
6 4
= 225 [0.5233-0.4325] cm2 [v 73 =1.73]
= 225 x 0.0908 cm2 = 20.43 cm2
Area of major segment = Area of circle - Area of minor segment
= [3.14 x (15)2-20.43] cm2
= [706.5-20.43] cm2
= 686.07 cm2
Example 17. The radii of two circles are 8 cm and 6 cm respectively. Find the radius of the
circle having its area equal to the sum of the areas of the two circles. [NCERT|
Solution : Radius of the first circle r, = 8 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.14 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Area ofthe first circle juf =7i(8)2 = 6471 cm2 .
Again, radius ofthe second circle r2 = 6 cm
Area of the second circle = 7tr22 =7t(6)2 =36:1 cm"
Sum of the areas ofthe two circles
= 64 71 + 36 Tt = 100 7t cm2
Let R be the radius ofthe new circle
According to question, ttR2 = lOOrt 10 cm
=> R2 = 100
=> R = 10 cm
w
Hence, the radius ofthe new circle = 10 cm
Example 18. Two circles touch internally. The sum of their areas is 11671 square cm and
Flo
distance between their centres is 6 cm. Find the radii of the circles.
ee
Solution : Let the radius of circle having centre A be R cm and the radius of circle having
centre B be rcm.
Fr
for
ur
The two circles touch each other internally
Given, the sum ofthe areas ofthe two circles = 11671: cm2
ks
Yo
oo
=> ttR2 + 71 /-2 = I 16 7t
B
re
=> R2 +/-2 = 116
ou
Given, distance between the centres = 6 cm
ad
Y
=> AB = 6 cm
R- r= 6 cm
nd
Re
=> R- r = 6 cm =>R = /-+6 ...(ii)
Fi
Putting the value of R from (ii) in (i), we get
/•2 +(r + 6)2 =116
=> r1 +r2 + 12r + 36 = 116
=> 2r2 +12/*+ 36-116 = 0
=> 2;-2 + 12/--80 = 0
r2 + 6/- - 40 = 0
=> (r + 10) (r - 4) =0
=> /•+10 = 0 or r-4= 0
=> r=4 [Rejecting /• = - 10, as radius cannot be negative]
Hence, the radii ofthe given circles are 4 cm and 10 cm respectively.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.15
Example 19. In a circle of radius 21 cm, an arc subtends an angle of 60° at the centre. Find
(i) the length ofthe arc, (ii) the area ofthe sector, (iii) the area of the minor segment, and (iv)
the area of the major segment. |NCERT|
Solution : Let AB be the given arc subtending an angle of 60° at the centre.
Here, r=21 cm and 0 = 60°
0°
(i) Length of the arc ACB = x 2 nr cm
360°
60 22
2 x — x 21 cm
360 7
= 22 cm
0°
(ii) Area of the sector OACBO = x nr2 cm2
low
360°
60 [ 22
— x 21 x 21 cm" = 231 cm2
ee
" 360 ^ 7
rF
Fr
(iii) Area ofthe minor segment ACBA= (area ofthe sector OACB) - (area ofthe AOAB)
or
1
231—r2 sinO0 cm2
f
u
2
ks
Yo
oo
231- -x 21 x 21 x sin 60° cm 2
B
2
re
ou
ad
441 n/3
= 231 - cm2 = 40.05 cm2 [v V3 = 1.732]
Y
4
nd
Re
(iv) Area of the major segment
Fi
= Area of the circle - Area of the minor segment ACBA
= (nr2 -231) cm2 = x 21 x 21 -231 j cm2
= (1386-231)cm2= 1155 cm2
Example 20. To warn ships for underwater rocks, a lighthouse spreads a red coloured light
over a sector of 80° angle to a distance of 16.5 km. Find the area ofthe sea over which the
ships are warned. (Use7T: = 3.14) INCERIj
Solution : Given, sector angle = 80°
Radius of the sector =16.5 km
0°
Area of sector = ------x nr~
360°
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.16 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
80
y(16.5)2
360
- —5— x — x 16.5 x 16.5
4.5 7
- 189.97 km2
Hence, the area of the sea over which the ships
are warned is = 189.97 km2
Example 21. A chord AB of a circle ofradius 10 cm subtends a right angle at the centre. Find
the area ofthe major and minor segments. (Take rt = 3.14) INCERIj
Solution: The area of a minor segment of angle 0° of a circle of radius r is given by
7t0°
w
A =/-2 - - sin 0°
360° 2
Here ,• = 10, 0° = 90°
Flo
ee
3.14x90 1 . _ ,
A = (10)2
360
— sin 90° cm"
2
Fr B
for
ur
C
— cm2 [v sin 90° = 1]
ks
Yo
oo
eB
= [3.14 x 25-50] cm2
= (78.5-50) cm2 =28.5 cm2
r
ou
ad
Area of major segment = Area ofthe circle - Area of minor segment ACB
Y
= [3.14 x (10)2-28.5] cm2 = [3.14- 28.5] cm2 = 285.5 cm2
nd
Re
'Example 22. Two circles touch externally. The sum of their areas is 1307t sq cm and the
Fi
distance between their centres is 14 cm. Find the radii of the circles.
Solution : Let A and B be the centres of the two circles touching each other externally
Since the given circles touch externally,
Sum of their radii = distance between their centres = 14 cm
Let the radius of one circle be r, then radius of the other circle = 14 -
Given, sum of their areas = [ti r2 + 7t(14 - r)2 ] cm2
7t r2 +7t(14 —r)2 = BOtt
=> r +(14-/-)2 = 130
2r2 - 28r +66=0
=> / .2 -14/- + 33= 0
=> (/•-l 1) (/--3) =0
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.17
=> r -11 = 0 or r-3=0
=> r= 11 or r-3
Now, r= 11
=> (14-/-) = (14 - 11) = 3 and;-=3
=> (14-/-) = (14-3) = ! 1
Hence, the radii ofthe given circles are 11 cm and 3 cm.
Example 23. The cost of ploughing a circular field at the rate of Re 0.25 per square metre is
Rs. 3850. Find the cost of fencing the field at Rs. 15 per metre.
Total cost of ploughing
Solution : Area of the field =
Cost of ploughing 1 nr
3850
w
m2 15400 m2
0.25
Let /-be the radius ofthe field Flo
ee
Then, area ofthe field - n r2
Tt/-1 = 15400 Fr
or
ur
f
15400 x 7
=> /■
= 4900
ks
22
Yo
oo
=> /-=V4900 = 70 m
B
re
Now, circumference ofthe field = 2nr
ou
ad
22
Y
2 x — x 70 m = 440 m
7
nd
Re
Cost of fencing l m= Rs. 15
Fi
Cost of fencing 440 m = Rs. 440 x 15 = Rs. 6600.
Example 24. In the given figure, sectors of two concentric circles of radii 7 cm and 3.5 cm are
shown. Find the area ofthe shaded region. (CBSE 20011
Solution : Area ofthe shaded region
= (area ofthe sector having r = 7 cm, 9 = 30°)
-(area ofthe sector havingr= 3.5 cm, 9 = 30°)
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.18 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
22 30 22 7 7 30
— x 7 x 7 x ---- ---- X — X — X ------ cnr
7 360 V 7 2 2 360
0 2 and, 22
v Area of a sector of central angle0 = x tu" k =—
360 7
77 _ 77
cnr
6 24
77
= — cm 2 = 9.625 cm2
8
Example 25. Find the area of the segmant of a circle of radius 14 cm, if the length of the
corresponding arc APB is 22 cm. [Use 7t = 22/7] |CBSE2008|
w
Solution : Area of sector = — wher / is length of an arc
Flo
ee
Area of the sector OAPBO = -(22)(l4) = 154 cm2
Fr
for
ur
0°
nr2 = l54
360°
ks
Yo
oo
—X— X 14 X 14 = 154
360 7
B
re
154 x 360
0= = 90°
22 x 2 x 14
ou
ad
Y
/ .2 14 x 14
Now, area of AAOB = — sin0° = x sin 90°
nd
Re
2 2
Fi
= 14 x 7 x l =98 cm2 ...(ii)
Area of segment APB = area of sector OAPBO area of AAOB
= 154 -98 = 56 cm2
Type HI. Problems based on area of combination of plane figures consisting of a polygon
(triangle, rectangle, square etc.)
WORKING RULE:
Use the results, given in working rule of type I and II and the following results whichever
is required :
1. Area of a square of side a = a2
2. Area of equilateral triangle having side of lenath a =
VI
(side)2 =---- a
VI 2
44
3. Area of the shaded region = Total area - area of the unshaded area
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.19
Example 26. A square ABCD is inscribed in a circle of radius r. Find the area of the square.
Solution : We join AC.
Then, AC is the diameter of the circle.
Since, the diagonal of a square = (-Jl x side)
AC 2r units
Jl x side = 2r
2r i—
=> side = —1= = \j2r units
Area of the square = (side)2 = (V2/-)2 = 2/-: sq units
Example 21. A paper is in the form ofa rectangle A BC D i n which A B = 18 cm and BC = 14 cm.
low
A semicircular portion with BC as diameter is cut off. Find the area of the remaining paper.
Solution: Required area
= (area ofthe rectangle ABCD) - (area of the semicircle having radius 7 cm)
ee
rF
= (18 x 14) — x 7i x r 2
2
cm2 Fr
C
or
D
f
u
E
o
ks
1 2') 2
252 ---- x —x 7 x7 cm ■sT
Yo
oo
2 7
A 18 cm B
B
= (252-77) cm2 = 175 cm2
re
Example 28. Find the area of the shaded region in the given figure. Take tt = 3.14.
ou
ad
Solution : We join AC.
Y
Then, AC is the diameter of the circle.
nd
Re
Fi
Now, ac = -Jab2 + BC2 [By Pythagoras theorem] D C
12 cm
5 cm
A B
= sj\22 + 52 cm = \f\69 cm = 13 cm
AC 13
The radius of the circle =-y = — cm = 6.5 cm
Area of the shaded region
= (area ofthe circle having radius 6.5 cm)
- (area ofthe rectangle ABCD)
= [k r2 - (12 x 5)J cm2
13 13
3.14 x — x — -60 cm2
2 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.20 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
= (132.665 - 60) cm- = 72.665 cm2
Example 29. In the given figure ABCPA is a quadrant ofa circle of radius 14 cm. With AC as
diameter, a semicircle is drawn. Find the area of the shaded region. [NCERT; CBSEr.<)08|
Solution: Since ABCPA is a quadrant ofa circle of radius 14 cm,
.-. AB = BC = 14cm and ZABC = 90° A
AC= ^AB2 + BC2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
E
o
V(14)2 + (14)2 cm = 72 x 196 cm ■ 14V2 cm
14 cm
Radius of the semicircle =- - AC = 7 V2 cm
4
Required area = (area of semicircle with diameter AC) + (area of A ABC)
w
-(area of the quadrant having radius 14 cm)
1 22 Flo 22
— x — X (I'll)2 + - X 14x 14--X — X 14x14
2 7 2 4 7
cm 2
ee
= (154 + 98-154) cm2 = 98 cm2 Fr
Example 30. Find the area of the shaded region in given figure, if PR = 24 cm, PQ = 7 cm
for
ur
and 0 is the centre ofthe circle. (CBSE 2008)
ks
Solution : ZRPQ = 90° (Angle in a semi-circle)
Yo
oo
In right ARPQ,
B
re
RQ2 = PR2 + PQ2 [Pythagoras theorem]
ou
ad
= (24)2 + (7)2 = 576 + 49 = 625
Y
RQ=+25 cm [Side cannot be -ve]
nd
Re
RQ 25
Fi
r = OQ = — cm
2 2
Area of shaded region = Area of semi-circle - Area of ARPQ
Area of semi-circle =
1 n (QQ)2 _ I x PR x PQ
1
.Area of A = — x base x corr. altitude
2
22 25 25
X — X ---- - X ----- - - X 24 X 7
2 7 2 2 2
6875
- 84 = 245.54 - 84 = 161.54 cm2
28
Example 31. A square OABC is inscribed in a quadrant OPBQ of a circle as shown in figure.
1 f OA = 14 cm, find the area of the shaded region. [Use n = 22/7] [CBSE 2008|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.21
Solution : Diagonal ofa aquare
= OB = radius = side V2 = l4\/2 cm Q
Area of the shaded region B
C
= Area of quadrant OPBQ - Area of square OABC
-nr1 22 x (14V2)2 - (14)2
(side)2 = - x —
4 4 7
O A P
11
— x 14 x 14 x 2 - 196 = 308 - 196 = 112 cm2
14
Example 32. Find the area ofa right-angled triangle, ifthe radius of the circumcircle is 2.5 cm
and the altitude drawn to the hypotenuse is 2 cm long.
w
Solution : Let ABC be a right-angled triangle having right angle at B.
Then, hypotenuse AC = diameter of its circumcircle
= (2 x 2.5 ) cm = 5 cm
Flo
ee
Let, BL 1 AC
Given, BL=2cm Fr
for
ur
1
Now, area of AABC = — x AC x BL
2
ks
Yo
I
oo
— x 5 x 2 cm2 = 5 cm2
2
B
re
Example 33. Three horses are tied with 7-metre-long ropes at the three corners ofa triangular
field having sides 20 m, 34 m and 42 m. Find the area ofthe plot which can be grazed by the
ou
ad
horses. Also, find the area of the plot which remains ungrazed. [CBSE 20011
Y
Solution: Let ZA =0,°, ZB =02° and ZC =03°
nd
Re
Area which can be grazed by the horses
Fi
= sum ofthe areas of three sectors with central angles
0,°, 02o and O30 and each with radius 7 m
7C7-2 0, Ter2 0 nr2 03
+ ^- + m2, where r = 7 m
360 360 360
71/'2 nr2 x 180'
(0, + 02 + 03) m2 = m2 7m 7m
360 360
[v 0, + 02 + 03 = ZA + ZB + ZC = 180°1
— x7x-|m2 = 77 m2
7 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.22 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Sides of the triangle are a = 20m, b = 34 in, c = 42m
l
.v = — (a + b + c) =48 m, (,v - a) = 28m, (i -6) = 14 m and (,v-c) = 6m
Area of the whole plot = area of AABC
= yjs (s-a)(s-b)(s-c) sq units
= yj48 x28 X 14x 6 nr = 336 nr
Area ungrazed = area of the triangle ABC sum of areas of the three sectors
= (336 - 77) m2 = 259 m2
Example 34. A horse is tied to a peg at one corner of a square shaped grass field of side
15 m by means of 5 m long rope. Find
w
(i) the area of that part of the field in which the horse can graze.
(ii) the increase in the grazing area ifthe rope were 10 m long instead of 5 m
[Use 7t = 3.14].
Flo [NCERT]
ree
Solution : Here, r = radius of the sector = 5 m
and sector angle 0 = 90°
F
or
ur
(i) Area of the grazed part of the field
sf
k
Yo
360°
oo
B
90
x 3.14x (5)2
re
360
ou
ad
x 3.14 x 25 = 19.625 m2
Y
4
nd
(ii) Increased radius= 10 m = 10 m
Re
Fi
Increased area of grazed part ofthe field
90
x (3.14) x (10)2 m2
360
= 78.5 m2
Example 35. The area ofan equilateral triangle is 17320 cm2. With each vertex ofthe triangle
a circle is drawn with radius equal to half the length ofthe side of the triangle in the given
figure. Find the area ofthe shaded region. [Take V3 = 1.732]
Solution : Let the side of the equilateral triangle = a cm
Then, area ofthe equilateral triangle = V3 _2
— a
4
Given, s _2 = 17320
---- a
4
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.23
17320 x 4
:=> <r = [S = l.732]
1.732
= 40000
=> a = 740000 = 200
Radius of each circle = - a = - x 200 = 100 cm
Since ABC is an equilateral triangle
ZA = ZB = ZC = 60°
Area of the sector at each vertex = — x nr
360
60
x— x 100 x 100 cm2
w
Area of 3 sectors = 3 x
360 7
110000 Flo
= 15714-cm2
ee
7 7
Fr
Shaded area = Area of AABC - area of 3 sectors = 17320-15714 -1 = 1605 -cm2
for
ur
7 7
ks
Example 36. The figure depicts a racing track whose
Yo
H G
oo
lell and right ends are semicircular. The distance between 10m
B
the two inner parallel line segments is 60 m and they are “F
Eo 60m
re
each 106 m long the track is 10 m wide. Find q t30m
wQ
ou
ad
(i) the distance around the track along the inner edge.
Y
(ii) the area of the track. |NCERT] A* 106m *B
nd
Re
Solution: Given, the distance between the two inner parallel line segments = 60 m
Fi
Length of each parallel line= 106 m
and width of the track = 10m
(i) Perimeter of the inner edge of the track = sum of length of inner parallel lines
+ 2 (perimeter of inner semi-circular ends)
= (106+ 106) +2 (n x 30)
22
= 212 + 2 x — x 30
7
= 212+188.57 = 400.57 cm
(ii) 01) = 30 m and AD= 10 m,
.-. OA = OD + DA = 30 + 10 = 40 m
Now, area of the track = Area ofrectangle ABCD + Area of rectangel EFGH + 2 (Area of the
semicircle with radius 40 m Area of semicircle with radius 30)
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.24 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
= 106 x 10 + 106 x 10 + 2 ^ 7t(40)2 ~ 7t (30)2
= 1060 + 1060 + jt[(40)2 - (30)2 ]
= 2120 +y (40 + 30) (40-30)
= 2120 +—x 70 x 10
7
= 2120 + 2200 = 4320 m2
Here, the area of track = 4320 in2
Example 37. The inside perimeter of a running track, as shown
in the figure, is 340 m. The length ofeach straight portion is 60
w
m, and the curved portions are semicrcles. If the track is 7 m
wide, find the area of the track. Also, find the outer perimeter of
the track.
Flo
|CBSE 2000 C)
Solution: Length of inner curved portion = (340 - 2 x 60) m = 220 m
ee
The length of each inner curved portion = 110 m Fr
Let the radius of each inner curved portion = r
for
ur
Since each curved portion is a semicircle
60 m
ks
7t /• = 110 m
Yo
7m
oo
22
— x /• = 110 m
B
=>
7 7m
re
60 m
ou
110 x — in = 35 m
ad
=> r=
22
Y
Inner radius = 35 m, outer radius = (35 + 7) m = 42 m
nd
Re
Area of the track = (area of 2 rectangles of size 60 m x 7 m)
Fi
+ (area of the circular ring having R = 42 m, r= 35 m)
(2 x 60 x 7) + — x [(42)2 — (35)2] J. m2
7
= 840+ —x (42 + 35) (42-35) m2
7
= (840 + 1694) m2=2534 m2
Again, length of the outer perimeter of the track
22
2 x 60 + 2 x — x 42 m = 384 m
7
Hence, the outer perimeter of the track = 384 m
Example 38. A path of 7 metres width runs around outside a circular park whose radius is
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.25
18 metres. Find the area of the path, [n = 22/7] |CBSE 2007|
Solution : Let r be the radius of the circular park
r= 18m
Path is 7 m wide, so it makes a bigger circle with radius
R= 18 + 7 = 25m
Area of the path = rcR2 - nr2 = 7r(R2-r2)
= 7t (R + r) (R-r)
= Tt(25 + 18) (25- 18)
22
= — x 43 x 7 = 946 sq.m
7
w
Example 39. A car has two wipers which do not overlap. Each wiper has a blade of length
25 cm sweeping through an angle of 115°. Find the total area cleaned at each sweep of the
blades. Flo
Solution : Here, radius of the sector = length of wipers = 25 m
|NCERT|
ee
Sector angle =115°
Area cleaned by a wiper = area of the sector
Fr
for
ur
0°
= x nr 2
ks
360°
Yo
oo
115 22 2
=---- x — x (25)-
B
360 7
re
= 627.48 cm2
ou
ad
Thus, area cleaned by both the wipers = 2 x 627.48 m2 = 1254.96 m2
Y
Hence, total area cleaned at each sweep of the blades = 1254.96 m2.
nd
Re
Example 40. In the given figure, OABC is a rhombus whose three vertices A. B, C lie on a
Fi
circle of radius 10 cm. Find the area of the rhombus. Take V3 = 1.732
Solution : Since O is the centre of the circle and points A, B and C lie on the circle
OA=OC=OB= 10cm
Let OB and AC intersect at P
Since the diagonals of a rhombus bisect each other at right angles, we have
OP = 5 cm and ZOPC = 90°
Now, CP= \/0C2-0P2 cm = V(10)2-52 cm
AC =2CP = 2V75 cm
= (2x5 V3) cm = 10V3 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.26 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Now, the area of the rhombus OABC
l
- x OB x AC cm 2 - X 10x I0V3 cm :
2 2
= (50 x 1.732) cm2 = 86.6 cm2
Example 41. Find the area of the shaded region in the figure, where ABCD is a square of side
14cm. |NCERT; CBSE 2008|
Solution: Area of square ABCD = (14 x 14) cm2 = 196 cm2
14
Diameter of each circle = — cm =7 cm
2
7
Radius of each circle = — cm
2
w
2 22 7 7 2
Area of one circle = nr " = — x — x — cm
7 2 2 Flo
ee
154 77 2
=---- cm =— cm~
4 2 Fr
77
for
ur
Area of the four circles = 4 x — cm2 = 154 cm2
2
ks
Hence, area of the shaded region = area of the square - area of the four circles
Yo
oo
= (196- 154) cm2
B
= 42 cm2
re
Example 42. PQRS is a diamater of a circle of radius 6 cm. The lengths PQ, QR and RS are
ou
ad
equal. Semicircles are drawn on PQ and QS as diameter as shown in figure. Find the perimeter
Y
and area of the shaded portion.
nd
Re
Solution: Given, radius of the circle = 6 cm
Fi
Diameter of the circle PS = 12 cm
12
PQ = QR = RS= y =4 cm
QS = QR + RS = 4 + 4 = 8 cm
(i) Required perimeter of the shaed portion
= (Arc of semicircle of radius 6 cm
+ Arc of semicircle of radius 4 cm
+ Arc of semicircle of radius 2 cm)
= (7tx6 + 7rx4 + 7r x2) cm = 12 71 cm
(ii) Required area of the shaded portion
= (Area of semicircle with diameter PS
+ Area of semicircle with diameter PQ
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.27
Area of semicircle with diameter QS)
x2
1
= — X7T X
12V 1
+ - X 7T X
4V 1
-------X 7T X
8
2 2 2 2 2 2
=- 7t(62 +22 -42)
2
1 1 22 264 2 1-7-71 2
=— 7r(24) = — x — x 24 =-----cm = o7.71 cm
2 2 7 7
Example 43. In the given figure, find the perimeter of shaded region where ADC, AEB and
BFC are semi-circles on diameters AC, AB and BC respectively. |CBSE 2008|
D
w
E Flo B
ee
C
A<-
2.8 cm
* w1.4 ci ♦ Fr
or
ur
Solution : Perimeter of shaded region arcs
f
1
ks
= BFC + AEB + ADC Half circumference of a circle = - [2nr] = nr
Yo
oo
B
= tc/'i + nr2 + nr2
re
= 7t(/, + r2 + r3)
ou
ad
Y
BC _ 14
— = 0.7 cm
r‘ ~ 2 ~ 2
nd
Re
22 AB 2.8
Fi
= y x (0.7 + 1.4 + 2.1) cm — = 1.4 cm
'2 2
2.8+ 1.4 4.2
r3 =- — = 2.1 cm
22 2 2
= — x 4.2 cm
7
= 22x0.6= 13.2 cm
Example 44. In the given figure OACB represents a quadrant of acircle ofradius 3.5 cm with
22
centre O. Calculate the area of the shaded portion. Take n =—
I
Solution : Area of quadrant OBCAO = —
^ nr1
= ! X " X (3.5)2
4 7 V ^
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.28 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
= — cm - 9.625 cm2
8
Area of AOBD = — x base x height
l
= - X OB X OD
2
B
3.5 cm
= — x 3.5 x 2 = 3.5 cm2
2
Hence, area of the shaded portion
= (Area of the quadrant OBCADO - Area of AOBD)
= (9.625 - 3.5) cm2 = 6.125 cm2
Example 45. An umbrella has 8 ribs which are equally spaced (as given in the figure).
w
Assuming umbrella to be a flat circle of radius 45 cm, find the area between the two consecutive
ribs of the umberella. Flo [NCERT|
Solution : Here each rib is a sector
ee
Radius of the circle r = 45 cm Fr
Area of the circle = tt r2
for
ur
22 X 45"
ks
=—
Yo
2
oo
22
B
= — x 2025
re
7
44550
ou
ad
7
Y
= 6364.3 cm2
nd
Re
Fi
Area of the rib - (Area of the circle)
__1 x--------------
44550
cm
,
8 7
44550
cm2
56
= 795.53 cm2
Example 46. A round table cover has six equal designs as shown in the given figure. If the
radius of the cover is 28 cm, find the cost of making the designs at the rate of Rs. 3.50 per cm2
[Use V3 = 1.7] INCERT]
1
Solution : ZAOB =— x 360° = 60°
2
ZOAB = ZOBA = 60°
AAOB is equilateral
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.29
Also length of each side of equilateral triangle = Radius of the circle
= 28 cm
Area of the equilateral triangle
= — (side)2
4 o
= — x (28)2 cm2
4
= 1.7 x 28 x 7 cm2
= 1.7 x 196 cm2
= 333.2 cm2 B
Area of segment APB = area of sector (OAB) - area of AOAB
= 6.—71 x282 -6(333.2) cm2
w
360
= 1 —x28x28-1999.2 Icm2 Flo
7
ee
= (2464-1999.2) cm2 = 463.8cm2
Fr
Total cost ofmaking the 6 designs = Rs. 463.8 x 3.50 = Rs. 1623.30
for
ur
Example 47. The area of an equilateral triangle is 17320.5 cm2. With each vertex of the
triangle as centre, a circle is drawn with radius equal to half the length of the side of the
ks
triangle (V3 = 1.73205). Find the area of the shaded region [Use n = 3.14]
Yo
|NCERT|
oo
Solution: Let the length of each side of the equilateral triangle = a
B
re
The area of equilateral AABC
ou
ad
Y
Given, ' —a2 = 17320.5
4
nd
Re
Fi
=> 2 17320.5 x4
a =
V5
=> 2 17320.5 x4
a x 40000
1.73205
=> a-= 200 cm
200
Radius ot each circle = —— = 100 cm
2
Area of sector with radius 100 cm and angle 60°
1
= —x tt (100)2 = -x 3.14x 10,000
360 6
= 5233.33 an2
Area of the three sectors formed at the three vertices
= 3 x5233.33= 15699.99 cm2
Area of the shaded portion = Area of triangle - Area of three sectors
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.30 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
= 17320.5 -15699.99 = 1620.51 cm^
Hence, the area of the shaded portion is 1620.51 cm2
Example 48. In the given figure ABCD is a square of side 14 cm. With centres A, B, C and D,
four circles are drawn such that each circle touches externally two of the remaining three
circles. Find the area of the shaded region. INCERT; CBSE 2008)
Solution: Given, side of square ABCD = 14 cm
Area of square ABCD = 14 x 14= 196 cm2
14
Radius of each circle = — =7 cm
2
Area of four quadrants one at each corner
= Area of circle = nr2 = n (7)2 cm2
w
= — x 49 = 154 cm2
7
1 Flo
Required area = Area of square ABCD - 4 (- of area of each circle)
ee
= Area of square ABCD - Area of one circle
= 196- 154 = 42 cm2 Fr
for
ur
Example 49. In the given figure, ABC is a right-angled triangle right-angled at A. Semi
circles are drawn on AB, AC.and BC as diameters. Find the area of the shaded region.
ks
(CBSE 2008|
Yo
oo
Solution: In right ABAC, BC2 = AB2 + AC2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
B
-(3)2 + (4)2
re
ou
ad
= 9+16 = 25
Y
BC =%/25 = 5 units (side of A cannot be -ve)
nd
Re
Area of the shaded region = [Area of semi-circle (whose diam. is AB)]
Fi
+ [Area of semi-circle (whose diam. is AC)]
- [Area of semi-circle (whose diam. is BC)] + [Area (AABC)]
1 2 1 2 — nr,2 + — x AB x AC
TH\ + — 70--, -
2 1 2 - 2 3 2
1
Area of semi-circle =—rcr2
2
1
Area of A = — x base x corresponding altitude
= ^7t(r|2+r22-r32)+(jx3x4 A
_ AB _ 3 AC 4
'! 2 2’'2 2 2
-1 22 3
+
4? m2 +6 BC 5
” 2 X 7 2 2 2 '3 " 2 “ 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.31
n 9 16 _ 25 11
7 4 + 4 4 + 6 = —(0) + 6 = 0 + 6 = 6sq. units.
7
Example 50. A room is 8 m long, 4.5 m wide and 2.8 m high. It has one door l .4 m wide and
2 m high with a semi-circular ventilator as shown in figure, and two rectangular windows 2 m
by 1.5 m each. Find the cost of white-washing the inner four w'alls of the room at the rate of
Rs. 10 per sq. m (Take tt - 22/7) [CBSE 2007|
Solution: Length of the room, L = 8 m
Breadth of the room, B = 4.5 m
and height of room, H = 2.8 m
Area of four walls of the room
= 2 (L-r B) x H
2m
low
= 2 (8 + 4.5) x 2.8
= 2 x 12.5 x 2.8
= 70sq. m.
ee
1.4m
rF
Area of the door = 2 x 1.4 = 2.8 sq. m
Radius of semi-circular ventilator, r
Fr
or
= 1.4+ 2 = 0.7 m
f
u
ks
^ * ir)2
Yo
Area of semi-circular ventilator =
oo
B
1 22
=— x — x 0.7 x 0.7 = 0.77 sq.m.
re
...(ii)
2 7
ou
ad
Area of twn windows = 2 x (2 x 1.5) Sq. m
Y
= 6 sq. m. ...(hi)
nd
Re
Area to be white-washed
Fi
= 70 sq. m.-(2.8 + 0.77 + 6) sq. m = 70 sq. m.-9.57 sq. m = 60.43 sq. m.
Cost of white-washing @ Rs. 10 per sq. m
= Rs. (60.43 x 10)= Rs. 604.30
Example 51. Find the area of the shaded portion shown in the figure. The four corners are
22
quadrants and at the centre there is a circle. 71 - |NCERT|
7
Solution : Area of the square ABCD = (side)2 = (4)2 sq. cm 1 cm 1 cm
A H—►)
= 16 sq. cm
Area of four quadrants one at each corner
= Area of a circle whth radius 1 cm 4 cm
H
= 7t (1 )2 = tt sq. cm
Area of the circle at the centre of the square ABCD Bl cm
N—M
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.32 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
= nr2 = 7t(l)' = rc sq. cm
Now, area of shaded portion
= Area of the square ABCD - [Area of four quadrants + Area of central circle]
22
= 16 —(7t + 7t) sq. cm= 16-2 I—
122-44 = 68
— = 9.7 sq. cm
7 7
Example 52. Calculate the area of the designed region in the figure common between the
two quadrants of circles of radius 8 cm each. [NCERT|
Solution: Given, length of side of the square = 8 cm
w
Area of the square = side2 = 82 cm2 = 64 cm2
Area of two sectors with centres B and C and radius 8 cm
Flo
ree
2 * r 9°
360° F
or
ur
2 22 x 8 x 8 x 90
sf
7 x 360
k
Yo
oo
44 x 2 x 8 704
cm2
B
7 7
re
Since the designed area is common to both the sectors,
ou
ad
Therefore, area of design = Area of both sectors - Area of square
Y
707 256
nd
--64 = cm"
Re
4 7
Fi
= 36.57 cm2
Example 53. On a square handkerchief, nine circular designs each of radius 7 cm are made
(see Fig.). Find the area of the remaining portion of the handkerchief. |NCERT]
Solution : Radius of a circle = 7 cm
Length of side of the square = 3 (diameter of one circle)
= 3 (14) = 42 cm
Area of the square = (side)2 = 422 = 1764 cm2
-> 72 i
Now, area of one circle = nr1 = —x (7)2 = 154
Area of9 circles = 9 * 154 = 1386 cm2
Area of the remaining portion (without design)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.33
= Area of the handkerchief- Area of design
= 1764-1386 = 378 cm2
Hence, the area of the remaining portion = 378 cm2
Example 54. Find the area of the shaded design in given figure, where ABCD is a square of
side 10 cm and semicircles are drawn with each side of the square as diameter [Use 7t = 3.14]
[NCERT]
Solution : Let the four unshaded regions be denoted by I, II, III and IV as shown in figure.
Now, area of I + area of III
A B
= Area of ABCD - Area of two semicircles each
of radius 5 cm
IV
1
cm 2
w
10 x 10-2x-7tx52
2
Flo
= (100 - 3.14 x 25) cm2 = (100 - 78.5) cm2 = 21.5 cm2 D C
ee
Again, area of 11 + area of IV = 21.5 cm2
Fr
Area of the shaded design = Area of ABCD - Area of (I + II + III + IV)
for
ur
= (100-2x21.5) cm2
= (100 - 43) cm2 = 57 cm2
ks
Yo
Example 55. In the given figure, AB and CD are two diameters of a circle (with centre O)
oo
perpendicular to each other and OD is the diameter of the smaller circle. IfOA = 7 cm, find the
B
area of the shaded region. |NCERT|
re
Solution: Given, OA = 7cm
ou
ad
AB= 14 cm
Y
Also OC = OA = 7 cm
nd
Re
Fi
Now area of AABC = — x AB x OC
2
= - x 14 x 7 =49 cm2
2
Again, DO = OA = 7 cm
7
radius ofthe smaller circle r = — cm
2
Area ofthe smaller circle = nr2 = Tt
7?
2
22 49 77 . 2
x — = 2>8.5 cm
7 4 2
Also radius of the bigger circle R = 7 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.34 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
T 72 t 7
Area of bigger circle =rtR2 = ^ x 7: = 154 cm2
Now area of the shaded region = area of the bigger circle
- (area of the smaller circle + area ofA ABC)
77
= [l54-(_ + 49)] cm2
133
cm2 = 66.5 cm"
2
Example 56. Find the area of the shaded region in the given figure, where a circular are of
radius 6 cm has been drawn with vertex O of an equilateral triangle OAB of side 12 cm as
centre. [NCERT|
low
Solution: Given, radius of the circle r=6 cm
Area of the circle = nr2
22 x ^
— 6
ee
7
rF
792
7
cm
2
Fr
for
Angle of sector POQ = 60°
ou
ks
0°
Area of sector POQ = x nr 2
oo
360°
Y
B
60 77,6=
re
x
360 7
ou
ad
132 A B
=---- cm 12 cm
Y
7
nd
Area of larger sector PRQ = Area of circle ^ Area of sector POQ
Re
Fi
792 132 | 2 660
— cm = cm 2
7 7 7
Area ofthe equilateral triangle = —(side)2
n/3 1.732
— x I22 x 144
4 4
= 1.732 x 36
= 52.352 cm2
Area ofthe shaded region = Area of sector PRQ + Area of equilateral triangle
660
+ 52.352 cm2
7
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.35
= - (660 + 366.464) cm2
= - (1026.464) cm2 = 146.67 cm2
7
Example 57. Given figure depicts an archery target marked with its five scoring areas from
the centre outwards as Gold, Red, Blue, Black and White. The diameter of the region
representing Gold score is 21 cm and each of the other bands is 10.5 cm wide. Find the area
of each of the five scoring regions. [NCERTI
low
Solution : The diameter of the region representing gold score = 21 cm
ee
rF
21
Radius = — cm
2
Fr
or
Area of the Gold scoring region = to*2
f
u
ks
21V 441 22
Yo
=n —x—
oo
2 4 7
B
re
63 x 1 I 693
= 346.5 cm2
2 2
ou
ad
Y
Radius of the Red scoring region
nd
Re
21
= — + 10.5 = 21 cm
2
Fi
Area of the Red scoring region
k x 212 - 346.5
22
= —X 441 - 346.5
7
= (1386 - 346.5) cm2
= 1039.5 cm2
21 63
Radius of the Blue scoring region =21 + — cm - — cm
2 2
63
Area of the Blue scoring region = n - -(2D2 cm2
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.36 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
22 3969
=—x -441 =1732.5 cm2
7 4
63
Radius of the Black scoring region = + 10.5 cm = 42 cm
2
Area of the Black scoring region
63 V
= 7T 422 -
2
22 3969
= —X 1764
7 4
= 2425.5 an2
low
Radius of the White scoring region = (42 + 10.5) cm = 52.5 cm
Area of the White scoring region = n [(52.5)2 - (42)2 ]
22
ee
= —x94.5x 10.5
rF
7
= 3118.5 cm2 Fr
for
Example 58. In the given figure, two circular flower beds have been shown on two sides of
ou
a square lawn ABCD of side 56 m. If the centre of each circular flower bed is the point of
ks
intersection O of the diagonals of the square lawn, find the sum of the areas of the lawn and
oo
the flower beds. P (NCERT|
Y
B
Solution: Area of the square lawn ABCD = 56 x 56 m2 ^
re
B -(0
Let OA = OB =x metres
ou
ad
Y
Then. a'2 + .v2 = 562 O
nd
or 2.v2 = 56 x 56
Re
Fi
or a-2 = 28 x 56 D C ...(ii)
90 1 Q
Now, area of sector OAPB = X 7t .V2 = — X 7t .V2 [v ZAOB = 90° ]
360 4
= — x — x 28 x 56 m2 [From(ii)] ...(hi)
4 7
1
Also, area of AOAB = — x 56 x 56 m2
4
(1 72 1 ^ 2
Now, area of flower bed APB = —x — x28x 56 - — x 56 x 56 nr [From (iii) and (iv)l
U 7 4 )
1 22
= — x 28 x 56 2 m2
4 7
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.37
I S
= — x 28 x 56 x — m2
4 7
Similarly, area of the other flower bed DQC
l 8 7
= — x 28 x 56 x — rrr ...(vi)
4 7
Total area of the lawn and flower bed
o |
8
= I 56 x 56 +— x 28 x 56 x — + - x28 x 56 x— | m2
4 7
[From (i), (v) and (vi)]
= 28 x 56 ( 2 + - +-) m2
l 7 7
low
1 O
= 28 x 56 x — m2 = 4032 m2
7
ee
EXERCISE 13
rF
Type! Fr
or
1. The circumference of a circle exceeds its diameter by 16.8 cm. Find the circumference of
f
u
the circle.
ks
Yo
2. A sector is cut from a circle ofradius 42 cm. The central angle of the sector is 150°. Find
oo
the length of the arc.
B
re
3. A pendulum swings through an angle 60°and describes an arc 8.8 cm in length. Find the
ou
ad
22
length of the pendulum [Use tc= — ]
Y
4. A wire made of silver is looped in the form of circular ear ring of radius 5.6 cm. It is rebent
nd
Re
into a square form. Determine the length of the side of the square.
Fi
5. An arc of a circle of radius 42 cm has a length 35.2 cm. Find the angle subtended by the
arc at the centre ofthe circle.
6. A car has wheels which are 80 cm in diameter. How many complete revolutions does
each wheel make in 10 minutes when the car is moving at a speed of 80 km per hour ?
7. Rajeev walks around a circular park ofarea 88704 sq. m. Howlongwill he take to walk 10
rounds at the speed of 4.5 km per hour ?
8. The diameter of the wheels of a bus is 140 cm. How many revolutions per minute must
a wheel make in order to move at a speed of 66 km per hour ?
Type 11
9. Find the area ofthe sector of a circle with radius 4 cm and angle 30u. Also, find the area
ofthe corresponding major sector [Use n = 3.14].
10. Find the area of a quadrant of a circle whose circumference is 22 cm.
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.38 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
11. The minute hand ofa clock is 12 cm long. Find the area of the face of the clock described
by the minute hand in 35 minutes.
12. The perimeter ofa sector ofa circle of radius 5.6 cm is 27.2 cm. Find the area of the sector.
13. A chord ofa circle of radius 14 cm makes a right angle at the centre. Find the areas of the
minor and the major segments of the circle.
14. The area ofa circle is 78.5 sq. cm. Calculate the circumference of the circle [Taken: = 3.14],
15. Find the area of the shaded region in the given figure if radii of the two concentric
circles with centre O are 7 cm and 14 cm respectively and ZAOC = 40°.
w
Flo
16. A circular park, 42 m is diameter, has a path 3.5 m wide running round it on the outside.
ee
Find the cost of gravelling the path at Rs. 4 per in2.
Fr
17. The diameter ofa circular pond is 17.5 m. It is surrounded by a path ofwidth 3.5 m. Find
the area of the path.
for
ur
18. The area enclosed between two concentric circles is 770 cm2.1 f the radius of the outer
ks
circle is 21 cm, find the radius ofthe inner circle.
Yo
oo
19. The difference between circumference and diameter of circular plot is 105 m. Find the
B
area ofthe circular plot.
re
20. The cost of fencing a circular field at the rate of Rs. 24 per metre is Rs. 5280. The field is
ou
ad
to be ploughed at the rate of Rs. 0.50 per m2. Find the cost of ploughing the field
Y
22
[Take n = —J
nd
Re
21. A field is in the form of a circle. The cost of ploughing the field at Rs. 1.50 per m2 is Rs.
Fi
5775. Find the cost offencing the field at Rs. 8.50 per metre.
22. A chord ofa circle of radius 10 cm subtends a right angle at the centre. Use 71 = 3.14 and
find:
(i) area of minor sector (ii) area of major sector
23. In a circle of radius 21 cm. an arc subtends an angle of 60° at the centre. Find
(i) length of the arc (ii) area ofthe sector formed by the arc
(iii) area ofthe segment formed by the corresponding chord of the arc.
24. A chord of a circle of radius 12 cm subtends an angle of 120° at the centre. Find the area
ofthe corresponding segment of the circle [ Use tt = 3.14, Vj = 1.73 ]
25. A brooch is made with silver wire in the form ofa circle with diameter 35 mm. The wire is
also used in making 5 diameters which divide the circle into 10 equal sectors as shown
in figure. Find:
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.39
(i) the total length ofthe silver wire required. [NCERT|
(ii) the area of each sector ofthe brooch.
26. A horse is tied to a pole at one corner of a square grass field of side 15 m by means of 10
m long rope. Find
(i) the area of that part of the field in which the horse can graze
(ii) the decrease in the grazing area if the rope was 5 m long instead of 10 m.
[Use 71=3.14]
low
27. In a circular table cover ofradius 32 cm, a design is formed leaving an equilateral triangle
ABC in the middle as shown in given figure. Find the area ofthe design (shaded region).
ee
[NCERT|
rF
Fr
for
u
ks
Yo
oo
r eB
ou
ad
28. Find the area ofthe shaded region in figure, ifPQ = 24 cm, PR= 7 cm and O is the centre
Y
ofthe circle. INCERT; CBSE 20091
nd
Re
29. AB and CD are arcs of two concentric circles of radii 21 cm and 7 cm respectively and
Fi
centre O. IfZAOB = 30°, find the area ofthe shaded region.
30. In the given figure ABCD is a square whose each side is 14 cm. APD and BPC are
semicircles. Find the area ofthe shaded region.
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.40 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
31. In the given figure a square OABC is inscribed in a quadrant OPBQ. If OA = 20 cm, find
the area of the shaded region.
Q
C B
w
Q 20 cm A ^
Flo
32. It is proposed to add to a square lawn with the side 58 m, two circular ends (the centre
ee
of each circle being the point of intersection of the diagonals of the square). Find the
area of the whole lawn [Take 7t= 3.14], Fr
33. Find the difference between the area of a regular hexagonal plot each of whose side is
for
ur
22
ks
72 m and the area of the circular swimming tank inscribed in it. Take n = —
Yo
7
oo
B
34. In figure ABC is a quadrant of a circle of radius 14 cm and a semicircle is drawn with BC
re
as diameter. Find the area of the shaded region.
ou
ad
Y
B
nd
Re
Fi
A C
35. The area of an equilateral triangle is 100 n/3 cm2. Taking each vertex as centre, a circle
is described with radius equal to half the length of the side of the triangle, as shown in
the figure. Find the area of that part of the triangle which is not included in the circles
[Take 7i = 3.14 and 73 = 1.732] |NCERT|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.41
36. In an equilateral triangle of side 12 cm. a circle is inscribed touching its sides. Find the
area of the portion of the triangle not included in the circle. [Take
V3 = 1.73 and 71 = 3.14]
37. In a circular table-cover of radius 16 cm, a design is formed leaving an equilateral
triangle ABC in the middle as shown in figure. Find the area of the design (shaded
region in the figure).
low
ee
ANSWERS
rF
1. 24.64 cm 2. 110 cm 3. 8.4 cm 4. 8.8 cm Fr 5. 48°
or
6. 5303 7. 2 hours, 20 minutes, 48 seconds 8. 250
f
u
9. 4.153 cm2; 46.05 cm2 10. 9.625 cm2 11. 264 cm2 12. 44.8 cm2
ks
Yo
oo
154 2
13. 56cm2;560cm214. 31.4cm 15. — cnr 16. Rs. 2002 17. 231 m2
B
re
18. 14 cm 19. 1886.5 m2 20. Rs. 1925 21. 1870
ou
ad
22. (i) 78.5 cm2 (ii) 235.5 cm2
Y
44lV3
231- cm2
nd
(iii) 24. 88.44 cm2
Re
23. (i) 22 cm (ii) 231 an2 4
Fi
385 2
25. (i) 285 mm <•« ^ mm 26. 78.5 m2; 58.875 m2
22528 768 V3 j cm2 4523 2 308
27. 28. cm ‘ 29' T cm2 30. 42 cm2
7 28
31. 228 cm2 32. 4325.14 cm2 33. 1248.603 m2 34. 56cm2
35. 16.06 cm2 36. 24.387 cm2 37. 472.03 cm2
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.42 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Very Short Answer Type Questions :
I. Ifthe diameter ofa semicircular protractor .is 14 cm: then find its perimeter. [AI2009)
2. Find the area of the shaded region in the given figure. If PR = 24 cm, PQ = 7cm and O is
the centre of the circle. [Delhi 2008, C 2009]
w
Short Answer Type Questions: Flo
ee
1. In the given figure, the shape of the top of a table in restaurant is that of a sector of a
circle with centre O and ZBOD = 90°, ifBO = OD = 60 cm find : Fr
or
ur
f
ks
Yo
oo
B
(i) the area of the top of the table.
re
(ii) the perimeter of the table top. [Take 7t = 3.14] [Foreign 2009|
ou
ad
Y
2. The area of an equilateral triangle is 49\/3 cm2. Taking each angular point as centre,
circles are drawn with radius equal to half the length of the side ofthe triangle. Find the
d
Re
n
area of triangle not included in the circles. [Take V3 = 1.73 ]
Fi
[AI2009|
3. In the given figure ABCD is a square ofside 14 cm
and APD and BPC arc semicircles. Find the area of
shaded region.
22
7T =----- [Foreign 2009]
7
4. Find the area ofthe shaded region in the given figure, ifAC = 24 cm, BC= 10 cm and O
is the centre ofthe circle. [Delhi 2010|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.43
Long Answer Type Questions:
1. Inthe given figure, the boundary of shaded region
consists of four semicircular arcs, two smallest being
equal. If diameter of the largest is 14 cm and that of the
smallest is 3.5 cm. Calculate the area of the shaded region.
22
[Use Tt = — ] IDelhi 2010|
2. Find the area of the shaded region in the given figure,
where a circular arc of radius 7 cm has been drawn with
vertex O of an equilateral triangle OAB of side 12 cm, as
centre. [Foreign 2010]
low
ee
3. In the given figure, AB and CD are two perpendicular
rF
diameters of a circle with centre O. IfOA = 7 cm, find the Fr
or
22
area of the shaded region. [Use 71 = y]
f
u
ks
[Al 2010|
Yo
oo
B
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
re
ou
ad
Y
A. Objective Type Questions (MCQ 1 Mark):
nd
Re
Choose the correct option :
Fi
1. The area of a quadrant of a circle whose circumference is 44 cm is
(a) 77 cm2 (b) 38.5 cm2 (c) 19.25 cm2 (d) 35.5 cm
2. If the sum of the circumferences of two circles with radii R, and R2 is equal to the
circumference of a circle of radius R, then
(a) R, - R2 = R (b) R, + R2>R
(c) R,+R2<R
(d) Nothing definite can be said about the relation among R,. R2 and R.
3. Ifthe sum ofthe areas of two circles with radii R, and R2 is equal to the area of a circle
of radius R, then
(a) R | + R2 = R (b) R,2 + R22 = R2
(c) R| + R-, < R (d) R,2 + R22<R2
4. The area ofthe largest possible square inscribed in a circle of unit radius (in sq. units)
is
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.44 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
7t
(a) k (b) ^ (C) 2V2 (d) 2
5. The radius of a circle whose circumference is equal to the sum of the circumferences of
the two circles of diameters 36 cm and20 cm is
(a) 56 cm (b) 42 cm (c) 28 cm (d) 16 cm
6. The ratio of the areas of the incircle and circumcircle of a square is
(a) 1:2 (b) 1:3 (c) 1:4 (d) 1:yfl
7. The area of the square that can be inscribed in a circle of radius 8 cm is
(a) 256 cm2 (b) 128 cm2 (c) 64^2 cm2 (d) 64 cm2
8. The diameter of a circle whose area is equal to the sum of the areas of the two circles of
radii 24 cm and 7 cm is
w
(a) 31 cm (b) 25 cm (c) 62 cm (d) 50 cm
9. The area of the largest circle that can be inscribed in a square of side 6 cm is
(a) 367t cm2 (b) ISTtcm2
Flo
(c) 12 7tcm2 (d) 9 71 cm2
ee
10. If the perimeter of a circle is equalto that of a square, then the ratio of their areas is
(a) 22:7 (b) 14:11 (c) 7:22 Fr (d) 11:14
for
ur
11. If the circumference of a circle and the perimeter of a square are equal, then
(a) Area of the circle = Area of the square
ks
Yo
oo
(b) Area of the circle > Area of the square
B
(c) Area of the circle < Area of the square
re
(d) Nothing definite can be said about the relation between the areas of the circle and
ou
square.
ad
Y
12. It is proposed to build a single circular park equal in area to the sum of areas of two
circular parks of diameters 16 m and 12 m in a locality. The radius of the new park should
nd
Re
be
Fi
(a) 10 m (b) 15 m (c) 20 m (d) 24 m
13. Area of the largest triangle that can be inscribed in a semi-circle of radius r units is
1
(a) /^sq. units (b) -/^sq. units (c) 2 r2 sq. units (d) V2 z*2 sq. units
14. The area of the largest circle that can be drawn inside a rectangle with sides 7m x 3.5m
is
77 0 77 2 77 ,
(a) —m~ (b) 77 m2 (c) “ mz (d) — m2
8
15. Radius ofa circle is 10cm. If its diameter is increased by 100%, its area is increased by
(a) 150% (b) 200% (c) 250% (d) 300%
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
Consider the following statements :
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.45
(a) Both the statements 1 and 2 are true and statement 2 is the correct explanation for
statement 1.
(b) Both the statements 1 are true and statement 2 is not the correct explanation for statement
1.
(c) Statement 1 is true but statment 2 is false.
(d) Statement 1 is false but statement 2 is true.
Choose the correct option from (a), (b), (c) and (d) in the following :
1. Statement 1 : The area of a quadrant of a circle, whose circumference is 22 cm, is —
cnr.
Statement! : Circumference of a sector of angle 0° of a circle with radius r is
0
x2nr + 2r
360
w
Solution : Clearly, Statement 2 is true.
22 7
7
Flo
Statement 1 : 2ur = 22 => 2x — xr =22 =>/• = -
2
ee
1 1 22 49 _ 77
Area of a quadrant of the circle ~ x nr2 = — - 7 X 4 ~ —
8 cm
2 Fr
for
ur
Hence Statement 1 is true.
Thus, Statement 1 is true and Statement 2 is true but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation
ks
for Statement 1.
Yo
oo
2. Statement! : The area of the sector of a circle with radius 4 cm and of angle
eB
60°= 8.37 cm2
0
r
Statement! : Area of a sector of angle 0° is x tx;-2
ou
ad
360
Y
3. Statement! : Ifthe circumferences oftwo circles are in the ratio 25 : 16 then the ratio
of their areas is 5 :4
nd
Re
Statement! : The circumference of a circle of radius r is 27ir.
Fi
4. Statement 1 : An arc of a circle is of length 5 tt cm and the sector it bounds has an area
of20 7r cm2. Then, the radius of the circle is 8 cm.
Statement! : A chord of a circle of radius 12 cm subtends an angle of 120° at the
centre. Then, the area of the corresponding segment of the circle
(Tt = 3.14and V3 = 1.73)is88.44cm2.
5. Statement! : The length of the minute hand of a
clock is 14 cm. Then, the area swept
by the minute hand in 5 minutes is
1
51- cm2
3
Statement! : In the given figure, O is the centre of a circle. The area of sector
5
OAPB = — of the area of the circle. Then x = 50.
18
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.46 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
C. Linked Comprehension Type Questions :
e°
Passage - 1 : Area of a sector of a circle with sector angle 0° and radius r = x nr2
360°
Area of the path enclosed between two concentric circles of radii R and r.
= tt R2 - 7t r2 = 7t (R2 - /2) = 7t (R + r)(R-r)
Now, answer the following questions :
22
1. The area of a sector of a circle with radius 7 cm and angle of the sector 30°, is I 7t = —
3 5 5
(a) 12- cm2 (b) 12— cm2 (c) 11— cm2
5 6 6
w
2. The areas of two concentric circles are 962.5 cm2 and 1386 cm2 respectively. Then the
width of the ring is
(a) 2.7 cm (b) 2.6 cm Flo
(c) 3.7 cm (d) 3.5 cm
ee
3. The radii of two concentric circles are 20 cm and 15 cm respectively. Then the area of
ring enclosed by these is
(a) 150 cm2 (b) 175 cm2 (c) 350 an2
Fr
(d) 25 cm2
for
ur
ks
ANSWERS
Yo
oo
B
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
re
ou
ad
Very Short Answer Type Questions:
Y
nd
625
Re
1. (14 + 77t)cm 2. ti-84
8
Fi
Short Answer Ty pe Questions :
1. (i) 9078 cm2 (ii) 402.6 cm 2. 7.77 cm2
3. 42 cm2 4. 145.57 cm2
LONG Ansyver Type Questions:
1. 72.2 cm2 2. 190.6 cm2 3. 66.5 cm2
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
A.Objective Questions:
U (b) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (a)
7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (b) 11. (b) 12. (a)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13 47
13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (d)
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions :
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (d)
7. (d)
C. Comprehension Type Questions:
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (b)
EXEMPLAR PROBLEMS
1. In figure, ABCD is a trapezium with AB DC. AB = 18 cm, DC = 32 cm and distance
between AB and DC= 14 cm. 1 fares of equal radii 7 cm with centres A, B, C and D have
w
been drawn, then find the area of the shaded region of the figure.
Flo
F ree
or
ur
Soln. Given, AB= 18 cm, DC = 32 cm, height of trapezium (/?)= 14 cm
sf
Radius of each arc = 7 cm
k
Yo
Since, AB || DC
oo
ZA+ZD = 180°
B
and ZB+ZC =180°
re
ou
0 x nr2
ad
Area of sector with angle A and D =
Y
360°
nd
Re
180° 22 ,
x —x(7)-
Fi
360° 7
= 11 x 7 = 77 cm2
Similarly, area of sector with angle B and C = 77 cm2
1
Now, area of trapezium = — (AB + DC) x h
1 50
= - (18 + 32) x 14= y x 14=350cm2
Area of shaded region = Area of trapezium - (Area of sector at points A and D
+ Area of sector at points B and C)
= 350-(77+ 77)= 196 cm2
Hence, the required area of shaded region is 196 cm2.
2. The length ofthe minute hand of a clock is 5 cm. Find the area swept by the minute hand
during the time period 6: 05 am and 5 : 40 am.
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.48 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Soln. We know that, in 60 min, minute hand revolves through an angle = 360° B
12
11 1
360° '10 2"
In 1 min, minute hand revolves through an angle = Q,
60° 9 3-
(6:05 am to 6:40 am) = 35 min. A'
8 4
■J 6 5,
360°
In 35 minutes, minute hand revolves through an angle = x 35 = 6 x 35° = 210°
60°
Given that, length of minute hand (r) =5 cm
ttr2
Area of sector AOBA with angle 210° = xZO
360°
22 (5)2
x 210°
7 360°
w
_ 22 5x5
~ 7 X 360 x 210
Flo
ee
22x5x5x5 22x5x5
60 Fr
12
for
ur
11x5x5 275 .c5 2
---- = 45 — cm
6 6 6
ks
Yo
oo
Hence, the required area swept by the minute hand is 45-^ cm2 .
B
re
3. In figure, a square is inscribed in a circle ofdiameter d and another square is circumscribing
ou
the circle. Is the area of the outer square four times the area of the inner square ? Give
ad
reason for your answer.
Y
nd
Re
Fi
Soln. Given, diameter of circle = d
Diagonal of inner square = Diameter of circle = d
Let side of inner square EFGH =x
In right AEFG
EG2 = EF2 + FG2 [By Pythagoras theorem]
=> d1 =x2+ x2
=> d2 = 2x2 =>
2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.49
c/2
Area of inner square EFGH= (Side)2= .v2 = —
But side of the outer square ABCD = Diameter ofcircle = d
Area of outer square = d2
Hence, area of outer square is not equal to four times the area of the inner square.
4. The wheel of a motor cycle is of radius 35 cm. How many revolutions per minute must
the wheel make, so as to keep a speed of 66 km/h ?
Soln. Given, radius of wheel, r -35 cm
Circumference of the wheel = hu
ll
= 2 x — x 35
7
= 220 cm
low
66x1000
But speed of the wheel = 66 km per hour = m/m in
60
= 1100 x 100 cm/ min
ee
rF
= 110000 cm/min
1 10000
Fr
for
Number of revolutions in/min = = 500 revolutions
220
ou
ks
Hence, required number of revolutions per minute is 500.
5. Floor of a room is of dimensions 5 m x 4 m and it is covered with circular tiles of
oo
Y
diameters 50 cm each as shown in figure. Find area of floor that remains uncovered with
B
tiles. (use7T: = 3.l4)
re
Soln. Given, floor of a room is covered with circular tiles
ou
ad
Length of floor of room, / = 5 m
Y
and breadth of floor of room, /> = 4 m
nd
4m
Re
Area of floor of room = / x /> = 5 x 4 = 20 m2
Fi
Diameter of each circular tile = 50 cm
50
Radius of each circular tile = — = 25 cm
25 1
---- m = — m [V diameter = 2 x radius]
100 4
Now. area of a circular tile = tt (radius)2
lV 3.14 2
= 3.14x - =---- m
4 16
3.14
Area of 80 circular tiles = 80 x = 5x3.14= 15.7 m2
16
[y 80 congruent circular tiles cover the floor of room]
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.50 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
So, area of lloor that remains uncovered with tiles
= Area of lloor of room - Area of 80 circular tiles = 20- 15.7 = 4.3 m-
Hence, the required area of lloor that remains uncovered with tiles is4.3 m2.
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
150 Marks)
Objective and Very Short Answer Type Questions (1 Mark):
Choose the correct option :
1. I f the area ofa circle is 38.5 cm2. Find its circumference.
2. The area of a sector of a circle with radius r, making an angle of 0° at the centre is
e— X 02nr —— X Kl'~
e 0
— x27tr
0
x nr2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
low
180 180 360 360
3. Ifthe circumference ofa circle is 352 m, find its area.
4. The diameter of a wheel is 1.26 m. How far will it travel in 500 revolutions?
ee
rF
Short Answer Type Questions (2 Marks):
5.
Fr
Find the area of the largest circle that can be drawn inside a square of side 14 cm in
for
length.
u
6. If the circumference ofa circle is increased by 50%. then what is increase in the area of
ks
the circle ?
Yo
oo
7. In the given figure, PQRS is a square, O is centre of the circle. If PR = 10V2 cm, then
B
find the area of shaded region.
re
ou
s.
ad
R
Y
nd
Re
Q
P'
Fi
8. The minute hand of a clock is 12 cm long. Find the area swept by it in 35 minutes.
9. O is the centre of a circle of radius 5 cm. The chord AB subtends an angle 60° at the
centre. What is the approximate area of the shaded portion?
10. Find the ratio of areas of incircle and circumcircle of an equilateral triangle.
Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks):
11. PQRS is the diameter of acircleofradius6cm. The
ReadYourFlow.COM
Area Related to Circles 13.51
length PQ. QR and RS are equal. Semi circles are
drawn with PQ and QS as diameter as shown in the
figure. Find the ratio of the area of the shaded
region to that of the unshaded region.
12. The wheel of a cart is making 5 revolutions per second.
If the diameter of the wheel is 84 cm, find its speed in km per
22
hour. Take rc = —
7
13. ABC is an equilateral triangle. Find the area of the shaded
region ifthe radius of each circle is 1 cm.
w
14. In the given figure, AB and CD are two diameters of a circle
Flo
perpendicular to each other and OD is the diameter of the smaller
ee
circle. IfOA = 7 cm. Find the area of the shaded region.
Fr
or
ur
f
15. In the given figure, ABCD is a square each of whose sides
ks
measures 28 cm. Find the area of the shaded region.
Yo
oo
B
22
Take k = —
re
7
ou
ad
Y
16. ABCDEF is any hexagon. With different vertices A, B, C, D, E
nd
Re
and F as the centres, circles with same radius /-are drawn. Find
Fi
the area of the shaded portion.
Long Answer Type Questions (4 Marks):
17. In the given figure, ABC is a right-angled triangle, A,
right-angled at A. Semicircles are drawn on AB,
AC and BC as diameters. Find the area of the 3 4
shaded region.
B C
18. A square tank has an area of 1600 m2. There are four semi-circular plots around it. Find
the cost of turfing the plots at Rs. 12.50 per m2. [Take rc = 3.14]
ReadYourFlow.COM
13.52 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
19. In the given figure ZB = 90°, AB = 28 cm and BC = 21 cm.
With AC as diameter a semi circle is drawn and with BC as
radius a quarter circle is drawn. Find the area of the
shaded region.
21 cm ^
20. Calculate the area of the designed region in the given figure common between the two
quadrants of circles of radius 8 cm each.
w
Flo
F ree
or
ANSWERS
ur
k sf
Yo
oo
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
B
re
1. 22 cm 2. (d) 3. 985.6 m2 4. 1980 m 5. 154 cm2
ou
ad
6. 125% 7. (SOrc-lOO) cm2 8. 264 cm2 9. 67.67 cm2
Y
H)
nd
10. 1:4 11. 5:13 12. 47.52km/hr 13. sq. cm2
Re
Fi
14. 115.5 cm2 15. 168 cm2 16. 2ro2 17. 6 cm2
18. Rs.31400 19. 428.75 cm2 20. 256/7 cm2
ReadYourFlow.COM
SURFACE AREAS AND VOLUMES
14.1. INTRODUCTION
In class IX, we have read about solid figures such as cube, cuboid, sphere, hemisphere,
cylinder and cone. There we have learnt about the formulae of finding surface areas and
volumes of these solids. In our surroundings, we see several solids given below which are
combination of two or more of the above mentioned solids.
w
Flo
ee
Tent: Cylinder mounted with a cone
Fr
or
ur
f
ks
Tanker: Cylinder with hemisphere at both ends.
Yo
o
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Test tube : Cylinder with hemisphere at one end.
Y
nd
Re
Fi
Funnel: Combination of frustum of a cone and a cylinder.
Capsule : Cylinder with hemisphere at both ends.
Conical flask : A combination of a cylinder and frustum of a cone.
Rocket: Combination of a cylinder and cone.
In this chapter we shall study surface area and volume of
combination two of the solids cube, cuboid, sphere, hemisphere, cones and cylinder.
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.2 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
—
14.2. SURFACE AREA AND VOLUME OF SOME BASIC SOLIDS
So lid Surface area Volum e Figure Some
examples
Cube Total surface area = Dice. sugar
6a'
a'
/O cubes, ice
Lateral surface area
= 4«: o7 cubes etc.
Cuboid 2(lb + hh + /;/) / Book, match
/ / h box, room etc.
Ibh
V 7b
Cylinder Curved surface area Road rollers,
= 2 nrh gas cylinders,
Total Surface area = nrh circular pipes
h
etc.
low
2nrh + 2Ttr"
r
Cone Curved surface area Conical tents,
= nrl - nr y]r: + h1 ice-cream s,
ee
I funnels etc.
— n r~ h
rF
Total surface area
= 71/7 + nr1
3
Fr
or
Sphere 471/'” Cricket-ball,
f
u
4 Ttr3 football etc.
ks
3
Yo
oo
B
Hem isphere Curved surface area Hem ispherica 1
re
= 27tr2 bowl
The surface area
ou
3
ad
=2 7t /•' + nr' = 37t/'”
Y
nd
Hollow cylinder : Rubber tubes, ironpipes are examples of hollow cylinder. For a hollow
Re
cylinder of having internal radius r, external radius R and height /?
Fi
(i) Volume ofmaterial = (external volume)-(internal volume)
= (tcR2 h - nr2 /?) cubic units
= nh (R2 - r2) cubic units
(ii) Curved surface area = (external surface area) - (internal surface area)
= (27iR/; - 2%rh) sq units
= 2kIi (R-/ ) sq units
(iii) Total surface area = (curved surface area) + (area of the base ring)
= (27rR/? + 2nrh) + 2 (tiR2 - nr2) sq units.
- 27t/7(R + r) + 271 (R2-/-) sq units
14.3. CONVERSION OF SOLID FROM ONE SHAPE TO ANOTHER
Sometimes we need to convert solid of one shape to one or more solids of another shape.
Clearly when this is done the volume of the material used in the two cases will be equal. For
example if we want to make a candle of a particular shape, say conical, from a cylindrical
candle, we will have to melt the candle and put it in a conical shaped container. Clearly the
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.3
*
volume ofthe new candle in the shape of a cone will be equal to the volume of the cylindrical
shaped candle. Here we shall do problems related to conversion of solid from one shape to
another shape.
FRUSTUM OF A CONE
14.4. INTRODUCTION
We have calculated the surface area and volume of combination of two or more basic solids.
1 lere we shall learn about finding surface area and volume ofthe portion ofthe cone formed
by cutting the cone by a plane perpendicular to axis and removing the portion having shape
of a cone. This part ofthe cone is called a frustum of the cone. A few examples of such figures
are glass, bucket.
w
-►
Flo
ee
Fr
A cone cut by a plane The two parts Frustum of a Cone
or
ur
parallel to base separated
f
(Upper and lower parts)
ks
Yo
14.5. FRUSTUM OF A CONE
oo
B
When a cone is cut by a plane perpendicular to its axis (parallel to its base), then the portion
re
ofthe cone between base and cutting plane is called a frustum ofthe cone. Both ends of a
frustum of a cone are circular.
ou
ad
[l4.6. VOLUME AND SURFACE AREA OFTHE FRUSTUM OF A CONE
Y
Let r and R be the radii ofthe circles at upper end (top) and lower end (bottom) of frustum of
d
Re
n
a cone and h be its height (distance between the parallel planes).
Fi
r
Then, i.
(1) Volume ofthe frustum of the cone
Tt/? . _ 7 , \I
— [R"+/•"+Rr] cubic units h
(2) Lateral surface area ofthe frustum ofthe cone - kI (R + r), R
where /2 = /?2 + (R- r)2 sq. units.
(3) Total surface ofthe frustum ofthe cone = (area ofthe base) + (area ofthe top) + (lateral
surface area)
= kR2 + ro - + 7t ( R -!-/•) /
Proof: Herer= radius ofthetop ofthe frustum, R = radius ofthe bottom ofthe frustum.
h = height of the frustum.
Let OF = /?, and OE = h2
From similar AOCE and AOAF
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.4 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
OE CE
OF ~ AF
Ih r
/?, R 'l
h2
or ~^ = k (say)
R r
/7, = A'R, h2 = kr
Volume of the frustum = Volume of bigger cone OAB - Volume of smaller cone OCD
1 1
= - ttR2 /?|-----Kr2h2
3 3
= | [R2/;, -r2/72] = |[R2RA--/-2rA-]
= f MR3-3]
low
ee
rF
= jA [R-r] (R2 + Rr + r2)
Fr
for
= (AR - At) (rtR2 + tcR/- + nr2)
ou
ks
= ^ (/?| -h2) (R2 + Rr + r2)
oo
Y
B
re
= ^ (R2 + R/- + /-2)
[ v /? = A, - h2 = height of the frustum]
ou
ad
Y
Thus, volume of the frustum of a cone = — (R2 + Rr + r2).
nd
3
Re
Another form of the formula for volume of the frustum of a cone:
Fi
(1) Let A, and A, (A, > A2) be the surface area of the two circular bases of the frustum.
Then, A | =7tR2 and A2 = Tr/-
Thus, volume of frustum of the cone
j [tiR2 + 7T/'2 + yJnR2 yfrtr2]
= j[a1+a2 + 7a,a2]
(2) Let R, /• be the radii of the bottom and top of the frustum respectively and / be the slant
height of the frustum. Then
Let OA = /, and OC = /2
From similar AOCE and AOAF,
OC CE
OA ~ AF
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.5
/, r
/,i R
/, /
or r = /r (say)
r
Surface area of frustum = surface area of the bigger cone OAB
- surface area of smaller cone OCD
= ttR/, - 7tr/2 = Tt [R/, - rl2 ]
= Tt [R (*R)-r(*r)]
= nk [R2 -r2] M
= nk(R-r)(R + r)
= n(kR-kr)(R + r)
= rt(/1-/2)(R + r)
w
= 7t/(R+/-)
= n(R + r)I Flo
ee
= (Sum of semi-perimeter of top and bottom) x (slant height)
Fr
(3) Total surface area = Area of bottom + Area of top + Lateral surface area
= tcR2 + Ttr2 + TtR/ + k>‘I
or
ur
sf
= re R2 + nr2 + tt (R + /•) /
k
Yo
oo
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
eB
Type I. Problems based on surface area and volume of cube, cuboid, cylinder, cone and
r
ou
sphere.
ad
Y
WORKING RULE:
nd
Re
Use the following results whichever is required:
Fi
Solid Surface area Volume
a3 cu
1. Cube 6a2 sq. units
av units
2. Cuboid
/
7
h /
2(lb + bh +
hi) sq. unit
Ibh cu
units
/b
/
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.6 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Solid Surface area Volume
Lateral or
Inrh sq units
3. Right curved
surface area CU
circular h
cylinder 2nr {h + r) sq units
Whole
units
surface area
Lateral or nrl sq units
curved where
surface area
4. Right / = a//-2 +h2
— nr2 h
circular h nr (/ + /■) sq. 1 3
Whole
w
cone surface area units cu units
Where
Flo
ee
Fr 4 3
—nr
5. Sphere 4nr sq units 3
for
ur
cu units
ks
Yo
oo
Curved 2nr~ sq units
eB
surface area
6. Hemisphere 3
Whole 3tu-2 sq units
r
cu units
surface area
ou
ad
Y
7. Volume of the material of the hollow cylinder having internal and external radii r
nd
and R respectively and height h = tcR2 h - nr2 h = nh (R2 - r2)
Re
Fi
8. Volume of the hollow sphere of internal and external radii r and R respectively
= |>l(R3-r3)
9. Volume of the hollow hemisphere of internal and external radii r and R
2
respectively = — tc( R3 - r3)
Example 1.2 cubes each of volume 64 cm3 are joined end to end. Find the surface area of the
resulting cuboid.
Solution : Let the length of a side of a cube = a cm
Given : Volume of one cube = 64 cm3
a3 = 64
a-4
Hence, length of side of a cube = 4 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.7
According to question,
On joining two cubes, a cuboid is formed
The length of resulting cuboid formed / = 2a cm
The breadth of the resulting cuboid b = a cm
The thickness of the resulting cuboid /? = a cm
Surface area of the resulting cuboid = 2(lb + bh + hi)
= 2 (2a. a + a. a + a . 2a) = 2(2a2 + a2 + 2a2)
= 2(5a2)
= I0a2= 10(4)2= 160 cm2 [v «=4]
Thus, the surface area of the resulting cuboid = 160 cm2.
Example 2. Find the volume and surface area of a cuboid whose length, breadth and height
are 12 m, 10 m and 8 m respectively.
Solution: Given : / = 12 m, 6 = 10 m and /? = 8 m
w
Volume = Ibh
and surface area = 2(lh + bh + hi)
Flo
= (12 x 10 x 8) m3 = 960 m3
ee
= 2[12 x 10 + 10x8 + 8 x 12] m2
= 2 [120 + 80 + 96] m2
Fr
or
ur
= 2x296 m2 = 592 m2
f
Example 3. The diameter of a garden roller (cylindrical) is 1.4 m and it is 2 m long. How much
ks
Yo
22
oo
area will it cover in 5 revolutions ? [Take 7t = —]
B
re
Solution: Given : Shape of the roller is cylindrical
ou
7
ad
Radius of roller = 0.7 = — m
Y
10
Length of roller = 2m
nd
Re
Area covered in one revolution = Surface area of roller = 2nrh
Fi
22 7 44
= 2 x — x— x 2 = — = 8.8 sq. m
7 10 5
Area covered = Curved surface x Number of revolutions
Area covered in 5 revolutions = 8.8 x 5 = 44 sq. m
Example 4. The difference between outside and inside surface areas of cylindrical metallic
pipe 14 cm long is 88 cm2. If the pipe is made of 198 cm3 metal, find the outer and inner radii
of the pipe.
Solution : Let inner radius of the pipe = R cm
and outer radius of the pipe = r cm
Now, outer surface area of the pipe = 27tR/i
= 2x — xRxl4 cm2
7
= 88 Rem2
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.8 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
79
Inner surface of pipe = 2 x — x /• x 14 cm2 14 cm ♦
"
R
= 88rcm2
Given: 88R-88r= 88 07
88
=> R - /• = — = 1
88
Volume of metal used = tt (/?2 -r2) h
= y (R2-r2)14cm3
= 44 (R2 - z-2) cm3
Given, 44 (R2 - r2) - 198
R2 -r 2 198 9
w
=> ...(ii)
_ 44 _ 2
From (i) and (ii), we have Flo
R2 -/.2 9 . 9
ree
R-r 2 2
9
F
R +r = - ...(iii)
or
ur
2
sf
Adding (i) and (iii) and dividing by 2, we get
k
11
Yo
oo
2R= 11 or R =—
2
B
Subtracting (i) and (iii) we get.
re
" 7
ou
2r = -
ad
2 4
Y
nd
Hence, outer radius = — = 2 — cm
Re
2 4
Fi
Inner radius = — = 1 — cm
4 4
Example 5. Find
(i) the volume.
(ii) the lateral surface and
(iii) the whole surface of a right circular cone whose height is 28 cm and radius of the base
21 cm
Solution : Given : /- = 21 cm and h = 28 cm
1
(i) Volume of the cone = -
- iirh1 7
22
= - x —-x21x21x28cucm
3 7
= 12936cucm
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.9
(ii) Lateral surface (curved surface) of thecone=nrl, where / = Vr2 +/r
Now, / = V(21)2+(28)2
= V441 + 784 = Vl225 = 35 m
22 o
Lateral surface of the cone = — x 21 x 35 cm2
7
= 2310 sq cm. -.(i)
(iii) Whole surface of the cone = lateral surface + area of the base
= 2310 + ro^ [From(i)]
= 1 2310 + —x 21 x 21 I cm2
w
7
= (2310+ 1386) sq cm = 3696 cm2
Flo
Example 6. A sector of a circle of radius 15 cm has the angle 120°. It is rolled up so that two
ee
bounding radii are joined together to form a cone. Find the volume of the cone.
Take n = —
22
7 r
Fr
for
ur
Solution : Given : Radius of the sector of the circle, R = 15 cm
ks
Yo
oo
Angle of the sector, 0=120°
B
re
0
/. Length of arc of the sector = x 2ji/-R
ou
ad
360°
Y
120 O
nd
=---- x 2n: x 15 = IOti: cm
Re
360
Fi
Let the radius of the base of the cone = r cm.
Now, circumference of the base of cone = length of arc of sector
=> 27U'= 10n:
=> r= 5 cm
Slant height of the cone,
/ = radius OA of the given sector = 15 cm
Now, height of the cone, h = yjl2-r2 = yj{\5)2 -(5)2
= V225-25 = V200 = 10V2 cm
Volume of cone = - nr2h
3
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.10 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
= -x — x5x5x 10>/2
3 7
5500 x 1.414
21
= 370.33 cm-1
Example 7. Find the volume and surface of a sphere whose radius is 7 cm.
Solution: Given : Radius of the sphere = 7 cm
Volume of the sphere = j to-3
4 X —
=- 22 X (7)
/-7\3 cm 3
3 7
4 22 , ^ ^ 3
w
= — x —-x7x7x7 cm
3 7
4312
Flo
cm3 = 1437.3 cm3
ee
3
and surface area of the sphere = 4to-2 Fr
for
ur
= 4x — x7x7 cm2 =616 cm2.
7
ks
Example 8. The internal and external diameters of a hollow hemispherical vessel are 24 cm
Yo
oo
and 25 cm respectively. Ifthe cost of painting 1 cm2 of the surface area is Rs. 0.05, find the
B
total of painting the vessel all over. ^Take 7t
re
R
r
ou
ad
24
Solution : Internal radius of vessel, r = — = 12 cm
Y
2
nd
25
Re
and external radius of vessel, R = — = 12.5 cm
Fi
2
Now, the surface area of the vessel = Outer surface +
Inner surface + circular surface of the edge
= 27tR2 + 2to-2 + re (R2 - r2)
= 27t (r2 + R2) + 7t (R + r) (R - r)
= 271(144+156.25)+ti(12.5+12)(12.5-12)
= 271 (300.25) + 7t (24.5 x 0.5) = 7t (600.50) + 7t (12.25)
= 7t(600.50+12.25)= 71(612.75)
= — x 612.75 = 1925.79 cm2
7
Example 9. A conical vessel of radius 12 cm and height 16 cm is completely filled with water.
A sphere is lowered into the water and its size is such that, when it touches the sides, it is just
immersed. What fraction of the water overflows ?
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.11
Solution : Radius of conical vessel = R = 12 cm
Height of the conical vessel = h= 16 cm
Let the radius of sphere = r
To find r
Now, ABOA * ABDC ^ 12 cm O
AO _ AB
=> C
CD “ BC
D'
AB = V0B2 + 0C2 = Vl62 +122 16 cm
= V256 + 144 = V400 = 20
12 ^ 20
re 16 - /• B
w
=> 16 x 12- 12r=20r
=> 32r=16x 12 Flo
16 x 12
ee
r= cm = 6 cm
32
Volume of water that overflows = Volume of the sphere
Fr
or
ur
4
f
= - TT/-3 = — x— (6)3
ks
3 3 7
Yo
oo
6336
B
7
re
1
Volume of water in conical vessel = - ttR‘/7
ou
ad
3
Y
1 22
x (12)2 x 16
3 7
nd
Re
=J-x — x 12x12x16 = 16896
Fi
3 7 7
Volume of water overflows
Fractional of water that overflows =
Volume of water in conical vessel
6336 7 _ 3
x
7 16896 8
EXERCISE 14.1
Type I
1. Three cubes each of side 5 cm are joined end to end to form a cuboid. Find the surface
area of the resulting cuboid.
2. Cardboard boxes of two different sizes are made. The bigger has dimensions 20 cm, 15
cm and 5 cm and the smaller dimensions 16 cm, 12 cm and 4 cm. 5% of the total surface
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.12 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
area is required extra for all overlaps. Ifthe cost of the cardboard is Rs. 20 for one squae
metre, find the cost of the cardboard for supplying 200 boxes of each kind.
3. The length of a cold storage is double its breadth. Its height is 3 metres. The area of its
four walls (including doors) is 108 m2. Find its volume.
4. Find:
(i) the lateral surface. (ii) the whole surface, and
(iii) the volume of a right circular cylinder whose height is 13.5 cm and radius of the base
7 cm
5. The radius and height ofa right circular cone are in the ratio of 5 :12. Ifits volumeis314
cm3, find its slant height. [Take ti = 3.14]
6. A cylinder, whose height is two-thirds of its diameter, has the same volume as a sphere
of radius 4 cm. Calculate the radius of the base of the cylinder.
low
ANSWERS
1. 350 cm2 2. Rs. 654.36 3. 216 m3 4. (i) 594 cm2 (ii) 902 cm
ee
rF
(iii) 2079cm3 5. 13 cm 6. 4 cm
Fr
for
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
u
ks
Yo
Type II. Problems based on surface area and volume of combination of the solids : cube,
oo
cylinder, cone, sphere and hemisphere.
eB
WORKING RULE:
r
ou
ad
First of all observe, given solid is the combination of which of the two solids given above,
Y
then use the suitable formula given in the working rule of type (1).
Example LA tent is in the shape ofa cylinder surmounted by a conical top. Ifthe height and
nd
Re
diameter ofthe cylindrical part are 2.1 m and 4 m and the slant height ofthe top is 2.8 m, find
Fi
the area ofthe canvas used for making the tent. Also find the cost of canvas of the tent at the
rate of Rs. 500 per m2. (Note that the base ofthe tent will not be covered with canvas).
Solution : Given : Height ofthe cylindrical part = 2.1 m
Diameter of the cylindrical part = 4 m
Slant height ofthe cone = 2.8 m
Now, curved surface area of the cylindrical part = 2nrh
A
B
= 2x — x2x2.1 nr = 26.4 nr T
E
E
Curved surface area of conical top = nrl c\i
F
= — x 2 x 2.8 = 17.6 nr C D
7 *
4 m
.•. Area of the canvas used for making the tent
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.13
= Curved surface area ofthe cylindrical part + Curved surface area of the conical top
= 26.4+ 17.6=44 m2
Cost of the canvas required at the rate of Rs. 500 per m2
= 44 x 500 = Rs. 22000.
Example 2. A vessel is in the form of a hemispherical howl mounted by a hollow cylinder.
The diameter of the hemisphere is 14 cm and the total height ofthe vessel is 13 cm. Find the
22
capacity of the vessel. [Use n = —] |CBSE 2006 C|
Solution : Given : Radius ofthe hemisphere = 7 cm 7 cm
Total height ofthe vessel = 13 cm
Height ofthe cylinder = (13-7) cm = 6 cm 11 13 cm
Radius ofthe cylinder = radius of the hemisphere
w
7 cm
= 7 cm
Since volume ofthe hemisphere of radius r =
Flo nr and volume ofthe cylinder of radius R
ee
and height H = 7iR:H. Fr
.•. Capacity ofthe vessel = (volume of the hemisphere) + (volume ofthe cylinder)
for
ur
ks
— x — x7x7x7] + [ — x7x7x6| cnr'
Yo
3 7 7
oo
B
re
2156
+ 924 cnr'
3
ou
ad
= (718.67 + 924) cm3 = 1642.67 cm3.
Y
Hence, the capacity of the given vessel = 1642.67 cm3.
nd
Re
Example 3. A tent is in the form of a cylinder of diameter 4.2 m and height 4 m, surmounted
Fi
by a cone of equal base and height 2.8 m. Find the capacity ofthe tent and the cost ofcanvas
for making the tent at Rs. 100 per square metre. |CBSE 2005|
Solution: Given : Radius of the cylinder = 2.1 m
Height ofthe cylinder = 4 m
Radius ofthe cone = 2.1 m
Height ofthe cone = 2.8 m
Since volume ofthe cylinder of radius r and height h = nr2h
1
and volume ofthe cone of height H and radius of the base R = ~ ™-H
.•. Capacity ofthe tent = (volume ofthe cylinder) + (volume ofthe cone)
28
= • .r x (2.1)^ x 4+ — m3
30
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.14 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
= -!.yx (2.I)2 x| 4 + — m3 E
30
CN
22 148 A B
— x2.l x 2.1 x— nr’ 3<
7 30 "''-2.1 m
22 21 21 148 4 m
----- X ----- X ----- X ------- nr’ 2.1 m
7 10 10 30
C D
8547
m3 = 68.376 nr3
125
Hence, the capacity of the tent = 68.376 m3
Slant height of the cone / = Jr2 +h2 = 7(2.1)2 + (2.8)2 m2
w
= V4.41 + 7.84 m2
= 712.25 m = 3.5 m Flo
ee
Now, curved surface area of the tent = (curved surface area of the cylinder)
+ (curved surface area of the cone) Fr
Inrh + nrI
for
ur
22 22
ks
2 x—x 2.1 x 4 + — x 2.1 x 3.5 nr
Yo
7 7
oo
B
22 66 115
x 2.1 x (8 + 3.5) nr =
re
nr
7 10 10
ou
ad
---- nr - = 75.9
759 -,^2
Y
nr
10
nd
Hence, the curved surface area of the tent = 75.9 m2
Re
Fi
Cost ofcanvas= Rs. (75.9 x 100) = Rs. 7590.
Example 4. A toy is in the form of a cone mounted on a hemisphere of radius 3.5 cm. The total
22
height ofthe toy is 15.5 cm. Find the total surface area and volume of the toy. [Take n = —]
|CBSE 20031
O
Solution : Radius ofthe hemisphere = 3.5 cm
Radius ofthe base ofthe cone= 3.5 cm
Height ofthe cone= (15.5 - 3.5) cm = 12 cm
E
o
Slant height ofthe cone. / = \]r2+/r ID
LO
1 A T B
(!)+=>•[ 25
cm = — cm.
2
E
o
m
CO
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.15
Curved surface area of the hemisphere of radius r=2Tir:
Curved surface area of the cone of radius rand slant height /= nrl
Total surface area of the toy - (curved surface of the hemisphere)
+ (curved surface of the cone)
= (2w2 + nrl) sq units
= {(tt x /• x (2r + I)} cm2
22 7 ( 25 429
— X — X| 7 + — cm2 = cm2 = 214.5 cm2
7 2 2 2
Hence, the total surface area of the toy = 214.5 cm2
Volume of the toy = (volume of the hemisphere) + (volume of the cone)
low
(2 3 1 2,
= \—nr + -tc/' h cubic units
3 $ y
. *)
ee
2 22 r7V 1 22 7Y 3
rF x 12 - cm
Fr
—x—x + — X ---- X
3 7 2 3 7 2 for
1 22 49 . 7 ..
cm3 = I — x 19 I cm 3
u
— x — x — x I 2 x —hi2
3 7 4 2 6
ks
Yo
oo
1463
cm 3 = 243.83 cm3
B
6
re
Hence, the volume of the toy = 243.83 cm3.
ou
ad
Example 5. A cylindrical tub of radius 5 cm and length 9.8 cm is full of water. A solid in the
Y
form of a right circular cone mounted on a hemisphere is immersed into the tub. 11 the radius
of the hemisphere is 3.5 cm and the height of the cone outside the hemisphere is 5 cm, find the
nd
Re
22
volume of water left in the tub. [Take n =—] [CBSE 2000 C|
Fi
7
Solution : Given : Radius ofthe base of the cylindrical tub - 5 cm
Height of the cylindrical tub = 9.8 cm
Radius of the hemisphere = 3.5 cm
Height of the cone = 5 cm
Now, volume of the water in the cylindrical tub
= Volume of the cylindrical tub
9.8 cm
= to-2/? = [ — x 5 x 9.8 I cm3
7
= 770 cm3
Volume of the solid immersed in the tub
= Volume of the hemisphere + volume of the cone
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.16 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
|^- nr' j+ ^ ro-2/? j cubic units.
2 22 7 7 7 . 22 7
- X----- X X X | + — X ----- X— X —x5 cm 3
3 7 2 2 2 3 7 2 2
539 385
+
6 6
924^
cnr’ = 154 cm3
6
Volume of water left in the tub = (volume of the tub) - (volume of solid immersed in the tub)
= (770 - 154) cm3 = 616 cm3.
w
Example 6. A wooden article was made by scooping out a hemisphere from each end of a
cylinder. If the height of cylinder is 10 cm, and its base is of radius 3.5 cm, find the total
Flo
surface area of the article when it is ready.
ee
Solution : Given : Height ofthecylinder= 10 cm
Diameter of the cylinder = 7 cm
Fr
or
ur
Now, curved surface area of cylinder = 2nrh
f
o
o
ks
= 2x — x — x 10 3
Yo
oo
7 2
i 7 cm >
B
= 220 cm2
re
Curved surface area of two hemispheres = 4nr
ou
ad
, 22 7 7
=4x—x—x—
Y
7 2 2
nd
Re
= 154 cm2
Fi
Total surface area = Curved surface of the cylinder
+ Curved surface of two hemispheres
= (220+154) cm2
= 374 cm2.
Example 1. A solid is composed of a cylinder with hemispherical ends. I f the whole length of
the solid is 104 cm and radius of each of its hemispherical ends is 7 cm, find the cost of
polishing its surface at the rate of Rs. 10 per dm2. |CBSE 2006 C|
Solution : Given : Radius of each hemispherical portion = 7 cm
Height of each hemispherical portion = radius ofhemisphere = 7 cm
Height ofthe cylindrical portion = (104-2 x 7) = 90 cm
Area of surface to be polished
= 2 (curved surface area of the hemisphere) + (curved surface area of the cylinder)
= {2 (2ro-) + 271/7/} sq units
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.17
7 cm
♦
= 2 w (2/- + /?) cm2 ♦
= 2 X y X 7 X {(2 X 7) +90} cm2
90 cm
t
= (44 x 104) cm2 = 4576 cm2
A
7 cm
I
4576 i
dm2 = 45.76 dm2 [v 10 cm = l dm]
10 x 10
Cost of polishing an area of l dm2 = Rs. 10.
.'. Cost of polishing the sm'face of the solid = Rs. (45.76 * 10) = Rs. 457.60.
w
Example 8. A solid toy is in the form of a hemisphere surmounted by a right circular cone of
height 2 cm and diameter of base 4 cm. Ifa right circular cylinder circumscribes the toy; find
the difference of the volumes of the cylinder and the toy.
Flo
Solution : Let OAB be the cone and ACB be the hemisphere having the same base AB. Let
ee
the right circular cylinder SPQR circumscribes the given solid.
Fr
Given : Radius of the right circular cone = radius ofthe hemisphere = 2 cm
or
ur
Height of the cone = 2 cm.
sf
Volume ofthe toy = (volume ofthe hemisphere) + (volume of the cone)
k
O
Yo
oo
= f — rcr + -Tir2/? I cubic units S R
B
3 3
re
2 v i i
— Tt x 2'' + - re x 22 x 2 i cm3
ou
ad
3 3
A B
Y
_ | 1671 Sti
cnr = Stt cm '
d
Re
~ ,T + T P Q
n
Fi
C
Volume ofthe cylinder = Ttr2H = (jt x 22 x 4) cm3 = (16jt:) cm3
Difference ofthe volumes ofthe cylinder and the toy
= (1657i-8jc) cm3 = (8k) cm3=8 x 3.14 cm3= 25.12 cm3
Example 9. A solid toy is in the form of right circular cylinder with hemispherical shape at
one end and a cone at the other end. Their common diameter is 4.2 cm and the height of
the cylindrical and conical portions are 12 cm and 7 cm respectively. Find the volume of
22
the solid toy. Usck = — [CBSE 2002 C|
7
Solution : Given : Height ofthe conical portion = 7 cm
Diameter of the conical portion = 4.2 cm
I
Volume ofthe conical portion = - K/-2 h
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.18 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
3 7 v
x7 T
7 cm
hi
=32.34 cm3
Height of the cylinder = 12 cm
O
Radius of the cylinder =2.1 cm
h2 3 12 cm
Volume of the cylinder = to - h
= y (2.1)2 x!2
2.1 cm
= 166.32 cm3 ...(ii)
Radius of the hemisphere = 2.1 cm
low
Volume ofthe hemisphere = -^ro-3
= -x —(2.1)3
3 7
ee
rF
= 19.40 cm3 Fr ...(hi)
Now, volume of the solid toy = Volume of cone + Volume of cylinder + Volume of hemisphere
for
= 32.34+ 166.32+19.40
u
ks
= 218.06 cm3
Yo
oo
Hence, the volume of the given toy = 218.06 cm3.
B
Example 10. A circus tent is cylindrical to a height of 3 m and conical above it. If its base
re
radius is 52.5 m and slant height of the conical portion is 53 m, find the area of the canvas
ou
ad
22
Y
required to make the tent. [Use re = —] |CBSE 2004|
d
Re
n
Solution : Given : Height of the cylindrical portion = 3 cm
Fi
Radius of the base ofthe cylinder = 52.5 m
Slant height of the conical portion = 53 m
Now, curved surface area ofthe cylindrical portion = 2to-/?
= 2 x — x 52.5 x 3 = 990 nr
"
Curved surface area of a conical portion = to7
22
= — x 52.5 x 53
7 3 m
.-.
= 8745 m2
Area of the canvas needed to make the tent
1
= Curved surface area of the cylindrical portion 52.5 m—►
+ Curved surface area of the conical portion
= (990+8745) m2 = 9735 m2.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.19
Example 11. A toy is in the shape of a right circular cylinder with a hemisphere on one end
and a cone on the other. The radius and height of the cylindrical part are 5 cm and 13 cm
respectively. The radii of the hemispherical and conical parts are the same as that of the
cylindrical part. Find the surface area of the toy, if the total height of the toy is 30 cm.
[CBSE2002,03 Ci
Solution : The shape of the toy is as given below :
It consists of a hemisphere, a cylinder and a cone
Given: Radius of the hemisphere = 5 cm
Radius of the base ofthe cylinder = 5 cm
Radius of the base of the cone = 5 cm
Height of the hemisphere = its radius = 5 cm -13 cm
Let the height of the cone = h cm
w
Given: 5+13 + /t = 30 => /?=12
Height of the cone = 12 cm
Slant height of the cone, l = yjh2 + r2
Flo
ee
Fr
= V(5)2 +(12)2 cm
for
ur
= Vl69 cm = 13 cm
ks
Surface area of the toy = curved surface area of the hemisphere
Yo
oo
+ curved surface area of the cylinder
B
+ curved surface area of the cone
re
= (2tu-2 + 2nrh + mi) sq units
ou
= [2tt + (5)2+ 2tcx 5 * 13 +7t* 5 x 13]cm2
ad
Y
= (245 7t) cm2
nd
Re
245 x — I cm2 = 770 cm2.
7
Fi
Example 12. Ajuice seller serves his customers using glasses shown in the figure. The inner
diameter of the cylindrical glass is 7 cm and height 12 cm. The bottom ofthe glass has a raised
hemispherical portion. Find the apparent and the actual capacities ofthe glass.
Solution : According to question, _______
2
Inner radius of the glass = — cm 7 cm
Height = 12 cm
Volume of the glass = TO2/?
22 1 7 ,0 3
= — x — x — x 12 cm
7 2 2
462 cm3
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.22 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
—1 nrh
= (I x b x h) + \- 2,
cubic units
1 —
= (15x7x8)+I —x 22 x—7 x— x 15 !
7 2 2
1115
= 840 + nr' = m3 = 1128.75 nr'
4 4
Total internal surface area of the shed (excluding floor)
= (surface area of walls) + (surface area of ceiling)
= (area of two walls each measuring 15 m x 8 m)
+ (area oftwo walls each measuring 7 m x 8 m)
w
+ (area of two semicircles each of radius 3.5 m)
+ (curved surface area nrh of halfcylinder with r= 3.5 m and /? = 15 m)
Flo
ree
= (2xl5xl8) + (2x7x8) + l 2xixyx^x^J + 22
— x Zx,5 m
F
7 2
or
ur
= (240+112 + 38.5+ 165) m2 = 555.5 m2
sf
Volume occupied by the machine = 300 m3
k
Yo
Volume occupied by 20 workers = 20 x 0.08 = 1.6 m3
oo
B
.•. Volume of air remaining in the shed = volume of shed - (300 + 1.6)
re
=(1128.75-301.6) m3=812.15m3
ou
ad
Example 16. A decorative block is made up of a cube and a hemisphere attached on its top,
Y
as shown in the figure. Each edge of the cube measures 5 cm and the hemisphere has a
nd
Re
22
diameter of 4.2 cm. Find the total area to be painted. [Take re = —]
Fi
4'v2;i*m
Solution : Total surface area of the cube = 6 x (edge)2
= 6 x (5)2 cm2 = 150 cm2
5 cm
Area to be painted = (total surface area of the cube) - (base area of the hemisphere)
+ (curved surface area of the hemisphere)
= (150 + nr1 + 2rcr2) cm2
= (150 +ro-)cm2 = 150+ —x 2.1 x 2.1 I cm2
7
693
150 + cm2
50
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.23
= (150+ 13.86) cm2
= 163.86 cm2
Example 17. A solid consisting of a right circular cone of height 120 cm and radius 60 cm
standing on a hemisphere of radius 60 cm is placed upright in a right circular cylinder full of
water such that it touches the bottom. Find the volume of water left in the cylinder, if the
radius oftlie cylinder is 60 cm and its height is 180 cm.
Solution : Radius of the cylinder r = 60 cm
Now, volume of the cylinder = rrr2/?
= y (60)2 x 180
= 2036571.429 cm3
Radius of cone = r = 60 cm
w
180 cm
Height of cone = /? = (180 - 60) cm = 120 cm
11
Volume of cone = - Tir~h
3
1
Flo
F ree
= -x — k (60)2 x 120
3 7 •*-60cm
or
ur
= 452571.4286 cm3
sf
Again, radius of hemisphere = r = 60 cm
k
Yo
2
oo
Volume of hemisphere = — nr
B
re
= - x — x (60)3
ou
ad
3 7
Y
= 452571.4286 cm3
nd
Volume of water left in the cylinder = Volume of cylinder - (Volume of cone + Hemisphere)
Re
Fi
= 2036571.429 - (452571.4286 + 452571.4286)
= 2036571.429-905142.8572
= 1131428.572 cm3 = 1.131 m3 approx.
Hence, volume of water left in the cylinder is 1.131 m3 approx.
Example 18. Rachel, an engineering student was asked to make a model shaped like a
cylinder with two cones attached at its two ends, by using a thin aluminium sheet. The
diameter of the model is 3 cm and its length is 12 cm. Ifeach conchas a height of 2 cm, find
the volume of air contained in the model that Rachel made (Assume the outer and inner
dimensions of the model to be nearly the same).
3
Solution : Radius of the cylindrical portion = — cm
Height of the cylindrical portion = 12-(2 + 2)= 12-4 = 8 cm
Now, volume of cylindrical portion = nr2h
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.24 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
= 22m2
x8
7 UJ 2 ci
Again, radius of the conical portions = — cm 3 cm
2.
Height of the conical portions = 2 cm
8 cm 12 cm
Now, volume of the two conical portions = 2 ^ tu-2/? j
l 3 cm
i
2ci
2 22 SV
=— x — x — x2
3 7 {2J
= 9.43 cm3
w
Volume of air contained in the model = Volume of cylinder + Volume of cones
= 56.57 + 9.43
= 66 cm3 Flo
Example 19. A gulab jamun, contains sugar syrup up to about 30% of its volume. Find
ee
approximately how much syrup would be found in 45 gulab jamuns, each shaped like a
Fr
cylinder with two hemispherical ends with length 5 cm and diameter 2.8 cm (see Fig.)
for
ur
[NCERT; CBSE 2008]
2.8
ks
Solution: Radius of cylinder = — = l .4 cm
Yo
oo
B
Height of cylinder = 5-2.8
re
= 2.2 cm
Now, Volume of the cylinder = tu-/?
ou
ad
Y
= — x (1,4)2 x 2.2 = 13.55 cm3
nd
7
Re
Fi
2.8
Radius of the hemisphere portion = 1.4 cm
.-. Volume of two hemispherical ends = ^ nr3
I
2.2 cm 5 cm
=-x —x(1.4)3 2.8 cm
3 7 V '
= 11.50 cm3
Volume of one gulab jamun = Volume of cylinder
+ Volume of spherical ends
= 13.55+11.50 = 25.05 cm3
.-. Volume of45 gulab jamuns = 45 x 25.05 = 1127.25 cm3
Volume of syrup in the gulab jamun = 30% of volume of gulab jamuns
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.25
30 x 1 127.25
100
= 338.175 cm3
Hence, the volume of syrup is 338 cm3
Example 20. A right triangle, whose sides are 3 cm and 4 cm is made to revolve about its
hypotenuse. Find the volume and surface area of the double cone so formed.
Solution : Let ABC be the right triangle, right angled at A. The sides AB and AC measure
3 cm and 4 cm respectively.
Now, hypotenuse BC = V32 +42 cm = V25 or 5 cm
Here AO (DO) is the radius of the common base of the
double cone formed by revolving the right triangle about BC.
Height of the cone BAD is BO and its slant height is 3 cm.
w
Height of the cone CAD is CO and its slant height is 4 cm.
Since, AAOB-ACAB Flo [By AA similarity]
ee
AO _ AB
CA “ CB Fr
for
ur
AO 3
4 ~5
ks
Yo
oo
3x4
AO = or 2.4 cm
B
5
re
OB _ AB
ou
Again,
ad
AB ~ CB
Y
OB 3
nd
=>
Re
3 "5
Fi
3x3
=> OB = or 1.8 cm
5
=> OC = BC-OB=(5- 1.8)cm = 3.2cm
Now, volume of double cone = Volume of cone ABD + Volume of cone ACD
^ nr2 (OB + OC)
= - x — x 2.4 x 2.4 x (1.8 + 3.2) cm3
3 7
1 22 3
= — x — x 2.4 x 2.4 x 5 cm
3 7
= 30.17 cm3
Surface area of the double cone = tt/- (AB + AC)
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.26 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
= y x 2.4 x (3 + 4) cm2
= ” x 2.4x 7 =52.8 cm2
7
Example 21. A toy is in the form of a cone mounted on a hemisphere with same radius. The
diameter of the base of the conical portion is 7 cm and the total height of the toy is 14.5 cm.
Find the volume of the toy. [Use n = 22/7] [CBSE 2007]
Solution : Radius of the base of the conical portion, /■ =y = 3.5 cm
Height of conical portion,/?= 14.5-3.5 = 11 cm
2 3 1
Volume of the toy = — +- n r~2 h
3
w
^ kk1 (2r + h)
1 22 7 7 . (1
Flo o
3 A
Ul
ee
o
=—x—x—x—x 2 + 11 3.5 cm\ 3
U
3 7
11x7
2 2
Fr
or
ur
x (18)
3 x 2
sf
= 11x7x3 = 231 cm3
k
Yo
oo
Example 22. A sphere, of diameter 12 cm, is dropped in a right circular cylindrical vessel,
eB
partly filled with water. Ifthe sphere is completely submerged in water, the water level in the
r
cylindrical vessel rises by 3 ^ cm. Findthediameter of the cylindrical vessel.[CBSE2007]
ou
ad
Y
Solution : Let radius of the cylindrical vessel, r = x cm
nd
Re
32
Rise in the water level in cylindrical vessel, ^ = cm
Fi
12
Radius of sphere, R = y =6 cm
Now volume of water raised in cylindrical vessel = Volume of sphere
=> ro-2/? = — ttR-’
3
, ,2 32
k(V> y = rc (6)3
2 ( 32
=> x (6 x 6 x 6) [Rejecting tc]
9
, 4 9
=> x =— x6x6x6x — = 81
3 32
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.27
=> x = VsT = + 9 cm [ y radius cannot be -ve]
Example 23. A tent is in the shape of a cylinder surmounted by a conical top. If the height
and diameter of the cylindrical part are 2.1m and 4 m respectively, and the slant height of the
top is 2.8 m, find the area of the canvas used for making the tent. Find the cost of the canvas
of the tent at the rate of Rs. 500 per m2. Also find the volume of air enclosed in the tent.
ICBSE 2008]
Solution: Height of cylindrical part, /; = 2.1 m
4
Radius, r = — = 2 m
2
Slant height of the cone, /= 2.8 m
Let vertical height of cone = H
w
In rt A, by Pythagoras’ theorem (2)2 + (H)2 = (2.8)2
=> H2= 7.84-4 = 3.84 Flo \
ee
=> H = + Vl84 = 1.96 m [Height cannot be -ve]
Height of cone H = 1.96 m
Fr H
or
ur
Total surface area of the tent
f
Tfn
ks
= C.S. area of cone + C.S. area of cylinder
t
Yo
oo
= nrl + 2nrh = rcr (/ + 2h) £
B
22 44 CM
re
= — X 2 [2.8 + 2(2.1)] = — X (2.8 + 4.2) n
7 7 sz
ou
ad
\
44 ■>
Y
= _ x 7 = 44 m2 2m
7
nd
Re
Total cost of canvas @ Rs. 500/m2
Fi
= 44x500=Rs. 22,000
Volume of air enclosed in the tent = Volume ofcone + Volume ofcylinder
1 1
=- ti/-2H + T
o'2/? =7tr2 -. H + /?
3 3
1
“ —' x (2)2 - (1.96) + 2.1
7
22 88
— x 4(0.65+ 2.1) =—x 2.75
7 7
— = 34.57 m3 (approx.)
7
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.28 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 24. A wooden article was made by scooping out a hemisphere
from each end of a solid cylinder. If the height of the cylinder is 20 cm and
radius of the base is 3.5 cm, find the total surface area of the article.
ICBSE2008]
Solution: Total surface area of the article
= Curved surface area of the cylinder + 2 (curved surface area E
o
ofhemisphere) o
CVJ
II
= 2jt/-/7 + 2(2ro-2)
- 2rtr (/? + 2r)
22
= 2 x — x 3.5 [20 + 2(3.5)]
7
= 22 x (20 + 7)
low
= 22 x 27 3.5 cm
= 594 cm2
Example 25. In the given figure, the shape of a solid copper piece (made of two pieces) with
ee
dimensions is shown. The face ABCDEFA is of uniform cross-section. Assume that the
rF
Fr
angles at A, B, C, D, E and F are right angles. Calculate the volume of the piece.
22 cm [CBSE 2007)
for
A
\ 2 cm
u
Solution: Volume of cuboid = Ibh
ks
Volume of horizontal piece = 22 x (8 + 2) x 3
Yo
5 cm
oo
= 22 x 10x3 = 660 cm3 C
B
F
re
Volume of vertical piece = 22 x 2 x 5
ou
ad
8 cm
= 220 cm3
Y
.•. Total volume of the piece = 660 + 220
d
Re
n
= 880 cm3 D
Fi
2 cm
E
EXERCISE 14.2
Type I
1. A toy is in the form a cone mounted on a hemisphere of diameter 7 cm. The total height
22
of the toy is 14.5 cm. Find the volume of the toy. [Take n = “]
2. A solid is in the form of a right circular cone mounted on a hemisphere. The radius ofthe
hemisphere is 2.1 cm and the height of the cone is 4 cm. The solid is placed in a cylindri
cal tub full of water in such a way that the whole solid is submerged in water. Ifthe radius
of the cylinder is 5 cm and its height is 9.8 cm, find the volume ofthe water left in the tub.
3. A medicine capsule is in the shape of a cylinder with two hemisphere stuck to each of its
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.29
ends. The length ofthe entire capsule is 14 mm and the diameter ofthe capsule is 5 mm.
Find its surface area.
4. A room in the form of a cylinder, surmounted by a hemispherical vaulted dome, contains
19
41— m3 of air and the internal diameter ofthe building is equal to the height
21
22
ofthe crown ofthe vault above the floor. Find the height. [Take tt = —]
5. The interior of a building is in the form ofa cylinder of diameter 4.3 m and height 3.8 m
surmounted by a cone whose vertical angle is a right angle. Find the area ofthe surface
and the volume ofthe building. [ Take 7t = 3.14]
6. A tent of height 77 dm is in the form of a right circular cylinder of diameter 36 m and
height 44 dm surmounted by a right circular cone. Find the cost ofthe canvas at Rs. 3.50
22
per m2. [Take n
w
7
7. A tent of height 3.3 m is in the form ofa right circular cylinder ofdiameter 12 m and height
Flo
2.2 m, surmounted by a right circular cone of the same diameter. Find the cost ofcanvas
ofthe tent at the rate of Rs. 500 per m2.
F ree
8. A medicine capsule as shown in the given figure, is in the shape ofa cylinder with two
hemispheres stuck to each of its ends. The length ofthe entire capsule is 12 mm andthe
or
ur
diameter of the capsule is 5 mm. Find its surface area.
k sf
E cn
Yo
oo
E 3
in 3
B
re
♦ 12 mm ►
ou
ad
9. A vessel is in the form of a hollow hemisphere mounted by a hollow cylinder. The
Y
diameter ofthe hemisphere is 14 cm and the total height of the vessel is 13 cm. Find the
inner surface area ofthe vessel. Also find the total surface area ofthe vessel.
nd
Re
7 cm
Fi
E
o
ID I 13 cm
10. From acircular cylinder of base diameter 10 cm and height 12 cm, a conical cavity with
the same base and height is carved out. Find the volume ofthe remaining solid.
11. An ice-cream cone consists of a right circular cone of height 14 cm and diameter ofthe
circular top is 5 cm. It has hemisphere on the top with the same diameter as of circular
top. Find the volume ofice-cream in the cone.
12. A student was asked to make a model in his workshop, which was shaped like a cylinder
with two cones attached at its two ends, using thin aluminium sheet. The diameter ofthe
model is 3 cm and its length is 10 cm. Ifeach cone has a height of 2 cm, find the volume
of air contained in the model. (Consider the outer and inner dimensions ofthe model to
be nearly the same).
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.30 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
13. A decorative block as shown in the given figure is made of a cube and a hemisphere. The
edge of the cube is 10 cm and the radius of the hemisphere attached on the top is 3.5 cm.
Find the cost of painting the block at the rate of 50 paise per sq. cm.
jrfffj
5 cm
14. A godovvn building is in the form as shown in the adjoining figure. The vertical cross-
section parallel to the width side of the building is a rectangle of size 7 m x 3 m mounted
by a semicircle of radius 3.5 m. The inner measurements of the cuboidal portion are 10 m
x 7 m * 3 m. Find the (i) volume of the godovvn, and (ii) the total internal surface area
excluding the floor.
w
Flo
ee
10 m
-7 m- Fr
15. A solid iron pole having a cylindrical portion 110 cm high and of base diameter 12 cm is
for
ur
surmounted by a cone 9 cm high. Find the mass of the pole, given that mass of 1 cm3 of
iron is 8g.
ks
Yo
oo
16. A wooden toy rocket is in the shape of a cone mounted on a cylinder, as show'n in the
B
given figure. The height ofthe entire rocket is 26 cm. while the height of the conical part
re
is 6 cm. The base of the conical portion has a diameter of 5cm, while the base diameter of
the cylindrical portion is 3 cm. If the conical portion is to be painted orange and the
ou
ad
cylindrical portion yellow, find the area of the rocket painted with each of these colours.
Y
[Take 7t=3.14]
nd
Re
Fi
6 cm
26 cm
5 cm
base of cylinder
base of cone
17. The inner diameter of a glass is 7 cm and it has a raised portion in the bottom in the shape
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.31
of a hemisphere as shown in the figure. If the height of the glass is 16 cm, find the
22
apparent capacity and the actual capacity of the glass. [Take rt = —].
7
ANSWERS
1. 231 cm3 2. 732.116cm3 3. 220sqmm 4. 4m
5. 71.90 m2 (approx.); 65.62 m3 (approx.) 6. Rs. 5365.82 7. Rs. 99000
8. 188 — sq mm
7
low
9.264 cm2; 572 cm2 10. 628.57 cm3 11. 124.4 cm3
ee
12. 51.86 cm3 (approx.) 13. Rs. 319.25 14. 402.5 m3; 250.5 m2
rF
15. 102.281kg Fr
for
16. Area to be painted orange = 63.585 cm2
u
Area to be painted yellow' = 195.465 cm2
ks
Yo
17. Apparent capacity = 89.83 cm3
oo
Actual capacity = 526.17 cm3
B
re
ou
ad
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Y
d
Type III. Problems based on conversion of one type of solid into another.
Re
n
Fi
WORKING RULE:
Use the following results whichever is required :
1. When solid or solids of one shape is converted into solid or solids of another shape,
then total volume of the solids to be converted = total volume of the solids into which
the given solids is (are) to be converted.
2. Use the formula of volume of different solids given in type I.
3. Number of solids of a given shape in which a given solid is to be converted.
Total volume of the solid to be converted
Volume of one solid
Example LA right circular cone is 8 cm high and the radius of its base is 2 cm. The cone is
melted and recast into into a sphere. Determine the diameter of the sphere.
Solution : Given : Height of the cone, /? = 8 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.32 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Radius of the cone, r = 2cm
0
l
Volume of the cone = ^nr2h
3
32 8 cr
7t x2 x2 x 8 cm3 = -----
~ K
3 3
Let the radius of the sphere = R A 2cnT B
4 -i 4 -!
— tcR = — x
Now, volume of the sphere = - tt x R
3
Since, sphere is made out of the cone.
Volume of sphere = Volume of the cone
32
= ----- 71
w
3 3
=> R3 = - x 32 x —
3 4
Flo
ee
=> R3 = 8 = (2)3
R (radius) = 2 cm
Fr
or
ur
Hence, diameter ofsphere = 4cm.
f
Example 2. Metallic spheres of radii 6 cm, 8 cm and 10 cm respectively are melted to form a
ks
Yo
single solid sphere. Find the radius of the resulting sphere.
oo
B
Solution: Volume of 1 st sphere = ^tu-3 =jTi(6)3 cm3 = 288 n cm ' ...(i)
re
ou
ad
Volume of2nd sphere = — K (8)3 =^18 k cm3 ...(ii)
Y
3 3
nd
Re
iK(10)3^00 k cm3
and volume of 3rd sphere = ...(iii)
Fi
3 3
2048 4000
Sum of volumes of 3 spheres = 288 ti: + TZ + 71 cm 3
3 3
6048
288 7t + K
3
= (288 + 2016)7t cm3
= 2304 7T cm3 -(iv)
Let the radius of the resulting sphere = R cm
Then, - ttR3 = 230471
3
2304 x 3
R3 = 1728
4
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.33
=> R = ^1728 = 2/12x12x12 =12
Hence radius of the resulting sphere = 12 cm.
Example 3. A metallic sphere of radius 10.5 cm is melted and then recast into smaller cones,
each of radius 3.5 cm and height 3 cm. How many cones are obtained ? |CBSE 2004|
21
Solution : Given : Radius of the sphere = —- cm
4 3 4 21 21 21
Volume of the sphere = — nr = — 71 X----- X----- X----- cm3
3 2 2 2
3087 n
cm 3
2
7
low
Radius of each cone = - cm; Height of each cone = 3 cm
1 7 x —7 x .1
Volume of each cone = —nr2/] = - 7r x - 3 I cm 3
3 3 2 2
ee
rF
49 7t
cm 3
Fr
4
for
u
Volume of each sphere
Required number of cones =
ks
Volume of each cone
Yo
oo
B
3087 7t 4_
x = 126
re
2 49k
ou
ad
Example 4. A solid cylinder ofdiameter 12 cm and height 15 cm is melted and recast into 12
Y
toys in the shape of a right circular cone mounted on a hemisphere. Find the radius of the
hemisphere and the total height of the toy ifthe height of the conical part is 3 times its radius.
nd
Re
|CBSE 2001; 2005 C|
Fi
Solution: Given : Radius of the cylinder = 6 cm
Height of the cylinder = 15 cm
.•. Volume of the cylinder = (tu-2/?) cubic units
= (tt x 6 x 6 x 15) cm3
Let the radius of the hemisphere =x cm
Then, radius of the cone = .v cm
Height of the cone = 3x cm
Volume of each toy = (volume of sphere) + (volume of the cone)
=[—
7
Ttr3 + -1 nx 7 x 3.v
t I
cnr3
3 3
2 It,
[y Volume of hemisphere = - nr and volume ol cone = - nr h
3
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.34 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
~ 5k x'
— Jtr3 + rtr3 cm3 = cnr’
3 3
Now, volume of 12 toys = Volume of the cylinder (given)
5kx'
=> 12 x = 540 7i
3
540 x 3
x3 = = 27 =33
U2 x 5
x=3
Hence, the radius ofthe hemisphere = 3 cm
Total height ofthe toy = (4.v) cm = (4x3) cm = 12 cm.
w
Example 5. A hemispherical bowl of internal radius 9 cm is full of liquid. The liquid is to be
tilled into cylindrical shaped small bottles, each of diameter 3 cm and height 4 cm. How many
Flo
bottles are needed to empty the bowl ? |CBSE 2005|
ee
Solatia: Given : Radius ofthe hemispherical bowl = 9 cm
2
Fr
Volume of liquid in the bowl = — 7T/'3 = [ — jix9x9x9| cnr’
for
ur
3
ks
= (486 tc) cm3
Yo
oo
eB
Radius ofeach cylindrical bottle = ^ cm
Height of each cylindrical bottle = 4 cm
r
ou
ad
Y
3 x-
Volume of each cylindrical bottle = ttR2 H = 7i x - 3 x 4 cnr3
2 2 J
nd
Re
= (9tt) cm3
Fi
Volume of the bowl
.•. Required number of bottles =
Volume of 1 bottle
(486 tt)
= 54
(9 7t)
Example 6. A conical vessel whose internal radius is 5 cm and height 24 cm, is full of water.
The water is emptied into a cylindrical vessel with internal radius 10 cm. Find the height to
which the water rises in the cylindrical vessel. |CBSE 2003|
Solution : Given : Radius ofthe conical vessel = 5 cm
Height of conical vessel = 24 cm
1 1
Volume ofthe conical vessel = — Kr~h =—7tx5x5x24 cnr'
3 3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.35
= 200 7i cm-’
Radius of the cylindrical vessel = 10 cm
Let the height to which water rises in the vessel = /; cm
Volumeofthe water in cylindrical vessel = ttR-/?
= (ti x 10 x IOx h) cm '
= (100 tt/?) cm3
Now, volume of water in cylindrical vessel - Volume of water in conical vessel
10071/7=2007:
200
h= =2
100
Hence, the required height = 2 cm.
w
Example 7. The internal and external radii of a hollow sphere are 3 cm and 5 cm respectively.
Flo 2
- cm. Find the diameter and the
The sphere is melted to form a solid cylinder of height 2 —
ee
curved surface area of the cylinder. ICBSE2003!
Solution: Given : External radius of the sphere = 5 cm Fr
Internal radius ofthe sphere = 3 cm
or
ur
f
|*(R3-3)
Volume of metal in the hollow sphere =
ks
Yo
oo
^ 7T !(5)3 -(33)} cm3
B
re
392 t: 3
ou
ad
cm
3
Y
Let the radius ofthe sol id cylinder = r cm
nd
Re
8
Fi
Given, height ofthe solid cylinder = 7 cm
2 8
.•. Volume ofthe solid cylinder = (nr2/?) = 7t/‘ X- cm
3
Ski^
cm'
3
Now, volume of cylinder = volume of metal in hollow sphere
Snr2 392 tt
3 3
=> ,.2 = 49
=> r=l
Hence, the diameter ofthe cylinder formed = (2 x 7) cm = 14 cm
Curved surface area ofthe cylinder = 2nrli
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.36 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
22 8 2 352 2
2 x — x 7x cm =-----------
cm
7 3 3
l
= 117 —cm3
3
Example 8. The rainwater from a roof22 m * 20 m drains into a cylindrical vessel having
diameter of base 2 m and height 3.5 m. Ifthe vessel is just full, find the rainfall in cm.
|CBSE 2006|
Solution: Given: Length of roof= 22 m, breadth of roof= 20 m
Let the rainfall be.v cm
22.v
Volume of water on the roof = 22 x 20 x — m3 = m3
100 5
Given, radius of the base of the cylindrical vessel = 1 m
w
Height of the cylindrical vessel = 3.5 m
Volume of water in the cylindrical vessel when it is just Hill
22 7/
Flo
ee
— x lx 1 x — m' = 1 Inv [V = ttR2H]
. 7 2
Now, volume of water on the roof= Volume of water in the vessel
Fr
for
ur
=> 22.r
= 11
ks
5
Yo
oo
llx 5
=> x= = 2.5
B
22
re
Hence, the rainfall is 2.5 cm.
Example 9. Water is flowing at the rate of 15 km per hour through a pipe of diameter 14 cm
ou
ad
into a rectangular tank which is 50 in long and 44 m wide. Find the time in which the level of
Y
water in the tank will rise by 21 cm. |CBSE 2006|
nd
Re
Solution: Length of the tank = 50 m and width of the tank =44 m
Fi
21
Depth required = 21 cm =---- m
100
21
Volume of water in the tank - I 50 x 44 x---- m3 = 462 m3
100
7
Radius of the pipe = 7 cm =---- m
100
Speed of water flowing through the pipe
= (15 x 1000) m/hour = 15000 m/hour
Now, volume of water flown in 1 hour
22 7
= 7rR2H = x — x 15000 m3
7 X 100 100
= 231 m3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.37
v 231 m3 of water falls in the tank in 1 hour
1
1 m3 of water falls in the tank in hour
231
1
462 m3 of water falls in the tank in -----x 462 hrs = 2 hrs
231
Hence, the required time = 2 hours.
1
Example 10. A copper rod of radius —cm and length 8 cm is drawn into a wire of length
18 m of uniform thickness. Find the thickness of the wire.
n2 x 8 cm'’ = 27ccm3
Solution : Volume ofthe rod = rt -
u -(i)
w
Let the radius of the cross-section of the wire = r cm
Length of the wire = 18cm= 1800 cm Flo •••(ii)
.•. Volume of the wire = nr2 (1800) cm3
ee
From (i) and (ii), we get
2n = 1800 Hi'2 Fr
or
ur
1
=> r2 =
f
900
ks
Yo
oo
1
=> r = — cm
B
30
re
1
Thus, thickness ofthe wire = 2r = — cm * 0.67 mm
ou
ad
15
Y
Example 11. A cylindrical bucket 32 cm high with the radius of base 18 cm, is filled with sand.
nd
Re
The bucket is emptied on the ground and a conical heap of sand is formed. Ifthe height ofthe
conical heap is 24 cm, find the radius and slant height ofthe heap. [NCERT]
Fi
Solution : Given : Radius of the base of the bucket = 18 cm
The height of the cylindrical bucket = 32 cm
Volume of sand in the bucket
= w2/7 = 71(18)2 (32) = 1036871
Height of the conical heap = 24 cm
Let radius of heap be r cm
1
Volume of the sand in the heap = - nr2 h t
32 cm
= - 7u-2 x 24 =8ti7-2
3
According to the question,
Volume of sand in cylindrical bucket = Volume of sand in conical heap
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.38 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
10368 jx=8ro-2 O
=> 10368 = 8r2
2 l0368 24
r -------- = 1296
8 /
sand
=> r=36cm
Let the slant height of the conical heap = / A B
Here, h-24, r= 36
Now, /2 = h2 + r2
= (24)2 + 362
= 576+ 1296-1872
/=43.267 cm
Radius of conical heap of sand = 36 cm
w
Slant height of conical heap = 43.267 cm.
Example 13. Find the number of coins, 1.75 cm in diameter and 2 mm thick, that must be
Flo
melted to form a cuboid of size 5.5 cm x 10 cm x 14 cm ?
ee
Solution : Here each coin is a cylinder
Radius of this cylinder, r = 1.75 cm = 8.75 mm
Fr
or
2
ur
f
and h=2 mm
ks
.•. Volume of one coin = nr2 h
Yo
oo
= [Tt(8.75)2 x 2] cu mm -(i)
B
Volume of the cuboid = 5.5 x 10 x 14 Cu mm
re
= 770 cu mm = 770000 cu mm ...(ii)
ou
ad
Volume of cuboid
Y
.'. Required number of coins =
Volume of one coin
nd
Re
Fi
770000
7t x 8.75 x 8.75 x 2 [From (i) and (ii)]
770000 x 7
= 1600.
22 x 8.75 x 8.75 x 2
Example 14. Right circular cylinder having diameter 12 cm and height 15 cm is full of ice
cream. The ice-cream is to be filled in cones of height 12 cm and diameter 6 cm having a
hemispherical shape on the top. Find the number of such cones which can be filled with ice
cream. [NCERT|
Solution: Given : Diameter of the cylinder = 12 cm
Height of the cylinder = 15 cm
Volume of the cylinder = nr2h = 71 —
12V
x 15 = 540;:
2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.39
Height of the cone = 12 cm
Radius ofthe cone r = 3 cm 3 cm
3 cm
Volume of ice-cream = Volume of ice-cream cone
+ Volume of hemispherical top of ice-cream
12/23 12 cm
= — nr h H— nr ■j(3)2 (12)+j7r(3)3
3 3
= 36 71+ 187i:=547c
No. of ice-cream cones
Volume of cylinder
Volume of ice-cream cone + Volume of hemispherical top
540ti
w
= 10 ice-cream cones.
54 re
Flo
Example 15. A farmer connects a pipe of internal diameter 20 cm from canal into a cylindrical
tank in his field which is 10 m in diameter and 2 m deep. Ifwater flows through the pipe at the
ee
rate of 3 km/h, in how much time will the tank be filled? [NCERT; CBSE 2008|
Fr
1
or
ur
Solution: Given : Internal diameter of a pipe = 20 cm = - m
f
ks
Yo
oo
Internal radius of the pipe = — m
10
B
re
Diameter of the cylindrical tank = 10 m
ou
ad
Depth of the cylindrical tank = 2 m
Y
Rate of flow' of water = 3 km/h = 3000 m/h
nd
Re
Let the pipe take t hours to fill up the tank
Fi
Now, the volume of water that flows in t hours from the pipe
= Area of cross section of pipe x speed x time
\2
= 71
ri x 3000 x / = 7T
i
x 3000 / = 30ti/
U0y 100
Volume of the tank = nr:h = n (5)2 (2) = 50 Tun3
Volume of the water that flows from the pipe into the tank in t hours
= Volume of the tank
30 7rr=507r
=> 30/= 50
50 50 x 60
=> t = — hours = = 100 minutes.
30 30
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.40 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 16. Selvi’s house has an overhead tank in the shape of a cylinder. This is filled by
pumping water from a sump (an underground tank) which is in the shape of a cuboid. The
sump has dimensions 1.57 m x 1.44 m x 95 cm. The overhead tank has its radius 60 cm and
height 95 cm. Find the height of the water left in the sump after the overhead tank has been
completely filled with water from the sump which had been full. Compare the capacity of the
tank with that of the sump. [Use 71 = 3.14]
Solution : The volume of water in the overhead tank (cylinder) = irr2/?
= 3.14 x 0.6 x 0.6 x 0.95 m3
The volume of water in the sump when it is full
= /x£x/7 = 1.57 x 1.44x 0.95 m3
The volume of water in the overhead tank
= the volume of water removed from the sump
.-. The volume of water left in the sump after filling the tank
w
= Volume ofsump-Volume of tank
Flo
= [(1.57 x 1.44 x 0.95)- (3.14 x 0.6 x 0.6 x 0.95)]m3
= (1.57 x 0.6 x 0.6 x 0.95 x 2)m3
ee
.'. The height of the water left in the sump Fr
Volume of water left in the sump
for
ur
l*.b
ks
Yo
1.57 x 0.6 x 0.6 x 0.95 x 2
oo
m
B
1.57 x 1.44
re
Capacity of tank 3.14x0.6x0.6x0.95 1
ou
Also,
ad
Capacity of sump 1.57 x 1.44 x 0.95 2
Y
Hence, the capacity of the tank is half the capacity of the sump.
d
Re
n
Example 17. A well of diameter 3 m is dug 14 m deep. The earth taken out of it has been
Fi
spread evenly all around it to a width of 4 m to form an embankment. Find the height of the
embankment.
Solution : Given : Diameter of the well = 3 m
Depth of the well = 14m 3m
Volume of the earth taken out on digging the well
= TU'-h E
xr
= 7T X
3? 63
X 14 = ---- 7T
2 2
Let, the height of the embankment = h m
Volume of the earth used in making the embankment
= 7T (R2 — r2)h
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.41
3f 3V 121 9
= K 4+— h= k h = 28 %h
2 2 4 4
Volume of earth on digging the well = Volume of earth used in making the embankment
63
=> --- 71 — 28 Till
2
63 9 1
h= = — = 1- m = 1.125 m.
2 x 28 8 8
Example 18. Spherical marbles of diameter 1.4 cm each are dropped into a cylindrical beaker
of radius 3.5 cm containing some water. Find the number of marbles that should be dropped
into the beaker so that the water level in the beaker rises by 5.6 cm.
Solution: Number of marbles 3.5 ctfP
w
Volume of cylindrical beaker (water raised)
Flo
Volume of one spherical marble
ee
* (3.5)2 (5.6) Fr Ii
^ n (0.7)3
or
ur
f
ks
Yo
3.5 x 3.5 x 5.6 x 3 v Volume of cylinder = nr2h
oo
B
4 x 0.7 x0.7 x 0.7 Volume of sphere = — rtr3
re
3
= 150 marbles 1.4
ou
ad
Radius of spherical marble = — = 0.7 cm
Y
Example 19. A hemispherical bowl of internal diameter 36 cm is full of some liquid. This
nd
Re
liquid is to be filled in cylindrical bottles of radius 3 cm and height 6 cm. Find the number of
Fi
bottles needed to empty the bowl. |CBSE 2007]
Solution: Diameter of hemispherical bowl = 36 cm
/. Radius of hemispherical bowl, r = 18 cm
Radius of cylindrical bottle, R = 3 cm
No. of cylindrical bottles
Volume of hemispherical bowl 3
2^
=
Volume of one cylindrical bottle nr 2 h1
2
-nx 18x18x18
3
7t x 3 x 3 x 6
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.42 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
2x18x18x18
= 72
3x3x3x6
Example 22. Water flows out through a circular pipe whose internal radius is 1 cm, at the rate
of 80 cm/second into an empty cylindrical tank, the radius of whose base is 40 cm. By how
much will the the level of water rise in the tank in half an hour ? |CBSE 2007|
circular pipe
fspeed of flowingwater @ 80 cm^eFsecY:^
t to find
h,
w
w^ter level
I
Flo cylindrical tank
ee
Solution : Radius of tank r, = 40 cm
Fr
Internal radius ofcircular pipe, r2 = 1 cm
or
ur
sf
Length of water -flow in 1 sec = 80 cm
k
Yo
Length of water-flow in 30 mins., h2
oo
eB
= 80 * 60 x 30
= 1,44.000 au
r
ou
ad
Volume ofwater in cylndrical tank in halfan hour = Volume ofwater-flow from the circular pipe
Y
in halfan hour
nd
Re
• 7t/f /?| = nr2 h2
Fi
40 x 40 x h{ =1x1x1,44,000 (Rejecting rt)
1,44,000
h\ = = 90 cm
40x 40
.•. Level ofwater in cylindrical tank rises in half an hour = 90 cm
EXERCISE 14.3
1. Two cylindrical vessels are filled with oil. The radius of one vessel is 15 cm and its
height is 25 cm. The radius and height ofthe other vessel are 10 cm and 18 cm respectively.
Find the radius of a cylindrical vessel 30 cm in height, which will just contain the oil of
two given vessels.
2. A metal cube of edge 12 cm is melted and formed into three smaller cubes. Ifthe edges
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.43
oftwo smaller cubes are 6 cm and 8 cm, find the edge of the third smaller cube (Assume
that there is no loss of metal during melting).
3. A hemisphere of lead of radius 8 cm is cast into a right circular cone of base radius 6 cm.
Determine the height of the cone, correct to two places of decimals.
4. A solid sphere ofradius 3 cm is melted and then recast into small spherical balls each of
diameter 0.6 cm. Find the number of small balls thus obtained.
5. A solid metal cone with radius of base 12 cm and height 24 cm is melted to form solid
spherical balls of diameter 6 cm each. Find the number of balls thus formed.
|CBSE 2005 C)
6. A solid metallic sphere of diameter 21 cm is melted and recast into a number of smaller
cones, each of diameter 3.5 cm and height 3 cm. Find the number of cones so formed.
|CBSE 2004|
7. Spherical ball of diameter 21 cm is melted and recasted into cubes, each of side 1 cm.
low
Find the number of cubes thus formed. [Use re = 22/7]
8. The internal and external diameters of a hollow hemispherical shell are 6 cm and 10 cm
respectively. It is melted and recast into a solid cone of base diameter 14 cm. Find the
ee
height of the cone so formed. |CBSE 2005 C]
rF
9. Fr
A solid sphere of radius 6 cm is melted into a hollow cylinder of uniform thickness.Ifthe
external radius of the base of the cylinder is 5 cm and its height is 32 cm, find the uniform
for
thickness of the cylinder.
u
ks
10. The diameter of a copper sphere is 6 cm. The sphere is melted and is drawn into a long
Yo
oo
wire of uniform circular cross-section. If the length of the wire is 36 cm, find its radius.
[Take 7r=3.14]
B
re
11. A cylindrical container is filled with ice-cream. Its diameter is 12 cm and height is 15 cm.
The whole ice-cream is distributed among 10 children in equal cones having
ou
ad
hemispherical tops. Ifthe height of the conical portion is twice the diameter of its base,
Y
find the diameter ofthe ice-cream cone.
nd
Re
Fi
ANSWERS
1. 15.73 cm 2. 10 cm 3. 28.44 cm 4. 1000
5. 32 6. 504 7. 4851 8. 4 an
9. 1 cm 10. Ian 11. 6cm
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type IV. Problems based on frustum of a cone.
WORKING RULE:
Use the following results whichever is required :
1. If R and r be the radii of the base and the top respectively of the frustum of a cone, h be
its height and / be its slant height.
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.44 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Then,
(i) Volume of the frustum of the cone
h
— [R‘ + /•" + Rv] cubic units. *
(ii) Lateral surface area or curved surface area of the frustum of the cone R-r
= n I (R + r) sq units, where I2 = h2 + (R - r)2
(iii) Total surface area of the frustum of the cone
= (area of the base) + (area of the top) + (lateral surface area)
= Tt/'~ + ttR2 + nl(R+r)
2. If r and R (R > /•) be the radii of the base and top of a bucket, h be its height and / be its
slant height, then
w
(i) Volume of the bucket = -^ tc/? (R: + r2 + R/-)
Flo
(ii) Curved surface of the bucket = tt/ (R + r),
ee
where /2 = /?2 + (R - r)2
(iii) Total surface area of the bucket = rtr2 + TtR2 + tt/ (R + r) Fr
for
Example 1. The diameter of the bottom of a frustum of right circular cone is 10 cm, and that
ur
of the top is 6 cm and height is 5 cm. Find out the area of the total surface and volume of the
ks
frustum. [Take 7t = 22/7]
Yo
oo
Solution : Given : Let ABCD be the frustum of a cone.
eB
The radius of the bottom, R = 5 cm
r
The radius of the top, r=3cm
ou
ad
5
Height of the cone, /? = 5 cm
Y
nd
If / be the slant height of the cone, then
Re
Fi
/ = \jh2 +(R- r)2 = >/52 +(5-3)2 = V29 cm = 5.38 cm
Now, the surface of the frustum (curved),
A, = 7t(r+ R) /
22
= y X (3 + 5) X 5.38
= 22 x 8 x0.77= 176 x 0.77
A,= 135.52 cm2
Now, the surface area of top circular section,
00 ] Qft
A, = rt/-2 = — x 9 =---- = 28.29 cm2
7 7
Surface area of a lower circular section,
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.45
A3 = ttR2 = — X 25 = 78.57 cm2
7
Now, Total surface area = A, + A2 + A,
= 135.52 + 28.29 + 78.57 = 242.38 cm2
Also, the volume of frustum = ]-Kh(r2 +rR + R2)
V = - x — x 5 x [9+ 15 + 25]
3 7
110 770
= 256.67 cm3.
21 [49] = l
Example 2. A fez, the cap used by the turks, is shaped like the frustum of a cone. If its radius
w
on the open side is 10 cm, radius at the upper base is 4 cm and its slant height is 15 cm, find
the area of material used for making it.
Solution: Here, r- 4 cm, R = 10 cm and / = 15 cm
Flo 4 cm
ee
Now, the curved surface area of the frustum
= Tt (r + R) / Fr o o
o °
o°
0\15 cm
15 cm
or
ur
22 22 x 14 x 15 o o o
= y (4 +10) 15 =
i o
f
7 o
/ \x\ x\ x\ /K/\
ks
10 cm
Yo
= 44 x [5 = 660 cm2 ♦ ->
oo
352
B
22
Area of the top of the cap = n/-2 = y (16) =
re
7
ou
ad
= 50— cm2
Y
7
nd
Thus, total area ofthe material used for making cap
Re
Fi
660 + 50- cm 2 = 710—cm2
7 7
o .
Hence, the area of material used for making the cap is 710 — cm".
7
Example 3. The slant height of the frustum of a cone is 4 cm and the perimeters of its circular
ends are 18 cm and 6 cm. Find the curved surface area ofthe frustum.
Solution : Let the radius ofthe upper end = R cm
The radius ofthe lower end = r cm
Slant height ofthe frustum = / cm
Given: 2rcR= 18
=> ttR=9
2tu-=6
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.46 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
=> nr = 3 R
and / =4 cm
Now, curved surface area of the frustum I
= 7i/(R + /•) sq units
r
= / x (ttR + nr) sq. units
= 4 x (9 + 3) cm2 = 48 cm2.
Example 4. Ifthe radii ofthe circular ends of a conical bucket of height 45 cm be 28 cm and
7 cm, find the capacity ofthe bucket. [Use n - 22/7] [CBSE 2004,05|
Solution : Let R and r be the radii of the top and the base of the bucket respectively.
Let height ofthe bucket = h
Given: R = 28 cm, r=l cm and /? = 45 cm R
w
Capacity of the bucket = Volume ofthe frustum of the cone
Flo
^ nh [R2 +r2 + Rr] cm ’ h
ee
3
Fr
X y X 45 j [(28)2 + 72 + 28x 7] cm3
or
r sf
ou
k
= — x I5 x 1029 I cm3 = 48510 cm3
oo
•7
Y
B
re
Example 5. A bucket made up of a metal sheet is in the form of a frustum of a cone of height
16 cm with radii of its lower and upper ends at 8 cm and 20 cm respectively. Find the cost of
ou
ad
the bucket if the cost of metal sheet used is Rs. 15 per 100 cm2. [CBSE 2006|
Y
Solution: Height ofthe frustum of a cone = 16 cm
nd
Re
The radius of the base /-= 8 cm
Fi
The radius of the top R = 20 cm
If / be the slant height ofthe bucket, then
/2 = /?2 + (R-r)2
= 162 + (20-8)2
= 256+ 144 = 400
/ = 20 cm
Now, lateral surface area ofthe frustum = tc (/-+ R) /
20 cm
22
= y (8 + 20) 20 =y X 28 x 20 = 1760 cm2
\ :i6cm/
Total tin required = Lateral surface area + Area of the base
I
8 cm'
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.47
= 1760 + — x (8)2 = 1760 + 201.14
7
= 1961.14 cm2
Cost of 100 cm2 metal sheet = Rs. 15
15
Cost of 1961.14 cm2 metal sheet = x 1961.14
100
= Rs. 294.17
Example 6. Hanumappa and his wife Gangamma are busy making jaggery out ofsugarcane
juice. They have processed the sugarcane juice to make the molasses, which is poured into
moulds in the shape of a frustum of a cone having the diameters of its two circular faces as
30 cm and 35 cm and the vertical height of the mould is 14 cm (see Fig.). If each cm3 of
molasses has mass of about 1.2 g. Find the mass of the molases that can be poured into each
w
22
mould. [Take re = — ]
Flo
Solution : The mould is in the shape of a frustum of a cone,
ee
Here, r= 30 cm, R = 35 cm, /? = 14 cm.
The quantity (volume) of molasses that can be poured into it Fr
or
ur
= j /? (R2 + r2 + Rr)
f
ks
Yo
V *)
22 +f35x30>
oo
35 V
= - X — X 14 + enr - 11641.7 enr’
B
3 7 2 2 2 2 ,
re
Mass of 1 cm3 of molasses = 1.2 g
ou
ad
.'. Mass of the molasses that can be poured into each mould
Y
= (11641.7 x 1.2)g
nd
Re
= 13970.04 g= 13.94 kg = 14 kg (approx).
Fi
Example 1. A bucket is in the form of a frustum of a cone with a capacity of 12308.8 cm3 of
water. The radii of the top and bottom circular ends are 20 cm and 12 cm respectively. Find
the height of the bucket and the area of the metal sheet used in its making. [Take tt = 3.14]
|CBSE 2006 C|
Solution: Given : Radius of the top of the frustum R = 20 cm
Radius of the bottom of the frustum r = 12 cm
Volume of the frustum = 12308.8 cm3
20 ci
Let the height of the bucket = h cm
Now, volume of the bucket = Volume of frustum of the cone
h I
~ 7i//(R2 + r + / R) = 12308.8
12 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.48 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
^ x 3.14 x /;[(20)2 + (12)2 +20 x 12] = 12308.8
=>
12308.8 x 3
=> 784 h =
3.14
=> 12308.8 x 3^
h= = 15
3.14 x 784
If / be the slant height of the bucket, then
/ = sjh2 + (R-r)2 units
7(15)2 + (20 - 12)2 cm
w
= V05)2+8: cm = 7225 + 64 cm
Flo
ee
= V289 cm = 17 cm
Fr
Now, area of the metal sheet used = (curved surface area) + (area of the bottom)
or
ur
= [71 /(R + r) + nr2] sq units
sf
= [3.14x 17x(20+ 12)+3.14x 12x I2]cm2
k
Yo
oo
= [3.14 x(17 x 32)+ 3.14x 144]cm2
eB
= [3.14 x (544+ 144)] cm2
r
ou
= (3.14 x 688) cm2 = 2160.32 cm2.
ad
Y
Example 8. An open metallic bucket is in the shape of a frustum of a cone mounted on
nd
hollow cylindrical base made of metallic sheet. If the diameters of the two circular ends of the
Re
bucket are 45 cm and 25 cm, the total vertical height of the bucket is 30 cm and that of the
Fi
cylindrical portion is 6 cm, find the area of the metallic sheet used to make the bucket. Also
find the volume of water it can hold. [Take rt = 22/7]
45 25
Solution: Given : R = — cm, r = — cm = 12.5 cm
2 2
Height of the frustum of the cone = (30 - 6) cm = 24 cm
22.5 cm
/7 = 24cm
117 be the slant height of the frustum of the cone, then
EE
/ = ^h2 + (R-r)2 units o
-'3'
C\J
7(24)2 + (22.5 - 12.5)2 cm 12.5 cm
6 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.49
V(24)2 + (10)2 cm
= 7576 + 100 cm = V676 cm = 26 cm
Area of metallic sheet used = (curved surface area of the frustum of the cone)
+ (area of the base) + (curved surface area of the cylinder)
= 7t/(R + /•) + to-2 + 2rcr H where H = 6 cm
= 7t. {/ (R + r) + r2 + 2/-H} sq units
= — . {26 (22.5 + 12.5) + (12.5)2 + 2 x 12.5 x 6} cm2
7
= y.{(26 x 35) + (12.5 x 12.5) + 150} cm2
low
= —.{910 + 156.25 + 150} cm2
7
= — x 1216.25 cm2 = (22 x 173.75) cm2
7
ee
rF
= 3822.5 cm2
Volume of water which the bucket can hold = Volume of the frustum
Fr
f or
u
^ nh [R2 + r2 + Rr] cm '
ks
Yo
oo
B
1 22 45 Y + cm3
re
= - x — x24x
3 7 2 2 2 2
ou
ad
Y
176 2025 625 1125 3 176 3775 cm3
+ cm = ----- x
7 4
nd
7 4 4 4
Re
Fi
166100
cm3 = 23728.57 cm3 = 123.73 litres.
7
Example 9. A container opened from the lop is made up of a metal sheet is in the form ol a
frustum of a cone of height 16 cm with radii of its lower and upper ends as 8 cm and 20 cm,
respectively. Find the cost of the milk which can completely fill the container, at the rate of Rs.
20 per litre. Also find the cost of metal sheet used to make the container, if it costs Rs. 8 per
100 cm2. [Take 7t = 3.14] „0R -
____ 20 cm
Solution: Here/? = 16cm, R = 20cm,r=8cm 5
C
If / be the slant height of the bucket, then
h
/ = /?2 + (R — z)2 / 16 cm
= 162 + (20 - 8)2 i
= 256 + 144 = 400
A\eo B
8 cm
r
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.50 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
/ = 20 cm
Now, curved surface area of frustum
= 7t(R + r)/=3.14x (20 + 8)20
= 3.14x28x20 =1758.4 cm2
Total tin required = Curved surface area + Area of base
= 1758.4+ 3.14 x (8)2 = 1758.4 + 200.96 = 1959.36 cm2
1959.36 x8
Cost of required tin = = Rs. 156.75
100
Volume of the frustum = y [R2 +Rr +r2]
22 x 16
[(20)2 + 20x 8 + (8)2]
w
7 x3
22 x 16
21
Flo
[400 + 160 + 64]
ee
22 x 16
21
x 624 = 10459.43 cm 3 Fr
for
ur
= 10.46 litres
ks
Cost of the milk which can completely fill the container at the rate of 20 per litre
Yo
oo
= 10.46 x 20= Rs. 209.20
B
Cost of milk is Rs. 209.20 and cost of metal sheet is Rs. 156.75.
re
Example 10. A shuttlecock used for playing badminton has the shape of a frustum of a cone
mounted on a hemisphere. The external diameters ofthe frustum are 5 cm and 2 cm, and the
ou
ad
height of the entire shuttlecock is 7 cm. Find its external surface area.
Y
d
Solution: Given : R = ^ cm, r = 1 cm and h = (7 - 1) cm = 6 cm
Re
n
2
Fi
■5 cm- ►I
If / be the height ofthe frustum of the cone, then
I2 =h2 + (R- r2) = ■ 62 + (I"1] ■ cm"
2 153 2
36 +- cm =-----cm
4 4
, \f\53 12.36
/ =------- cm =------- cm = 6.18 cm
2 2
Now, external surface area of the shuttlecock
= (its lateral surface area + area of the base)
= [tt/(R + r) + 27t/-] squnits
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.51
— x 6.18 x f — + 1) + 2 x — x 1 xl 1 cm2
7 2 ■
11 X 6.18 X — cm2 = (67.98 + 6.28) cm2 = 74.26 cm2.
7 ;
Example 11. The height of a cone is 30 cm. A small cone is cut olT at the top by a plane
I
parallel to the base. If its volume be — of the volume of the given cone, at what height
above the base is the section made ? |CBSE 2005 C|
Solution: Height of the given cone = 30 cm
Lxt the radius of its base = R cm
w
The height of the smaller cone = h cm
The radius of the smaller cone = rcm Flo
ee
volume of the given cone = ^ rcR2 x 30 j cm3 = (IOttR2) cm3 O
Now,
Fr
h
or
1
ur
Then, volume of smaller cone = - Kr~h cm3
f
3 Ci—tBaD
ks
Yo
1
oo
Given, — Kr~ h =—.(IOttR2)
3 27 R B
B
A
re
Rf 9/7
=> ...(0
10
ou
r
ad
Y
Since, AOAB~AOC'D
nd
AB _ OA
Re
CD ~ OC
Fi
R 30
=> ...(ii)
r h
From (i) and (ii), we have
30 V 9/;
h 10
30 x 30 9/7
=>
/? x /? 10
30 x 30 x 10
=> /?3 — = 1000
9
/?•’ — ( 10)^ => /? — 10
=> Height of the smaller cone= 10 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.52 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Hence, height of the section from the base = (30 - 10) cm = 20 cm.
Example 12. A cone of radius 10 cm is divided into two parts by drawing a plane through the
midpoint of its axis, parallel to its base. Compare the volumes of the two parts.
|CBSE 2000 C |
Solution : Let OAB be the cone and OM be its axis, and let L be the midpoint of OM.
Let OM = h cm
Then, — and MB = 10cm
OL= LM =-
2
O
Also, AOLD-AOMB
OL _ _LD
OM ~ MB C/CTP3vD
w
(/;/2) _ LD
=> A Mr B
h 10 cm
=> LD = 5 cm Flo
ee
The plane CD divides the cone into two parts, namely (i) a smaller cone of radius 5 cm and
height (h/2) cm,
(ii) frustum of a cone for which
Fr
or
ur
sf
Radius of the top of the fustrum R = 10 cm
Radius of the bottom r = 5
k
Yo
oo
eB
Height of the frustum = ~ cm
r
ou
ad
1 c r h) 25 7i/?
Volume ofthe smaller cone = -7tx5x5x— cm3 = cm 3
Y
3 2 6
nd
Re
I
Volume of frustum ofthe cone ~ — x k ^.[(10)2+(5)2 + IOx 5] cm'
Fi
175 n/j) 3
cm
6
25n/? \75tc/i
Ratio of the required volumes = ^ = 25:175 = 1:7
6
Example 13. A hollow cone is cut by a plane parallel to the base and the upper portion is
removed. Ifthe curved surface of the remainder is 8/9 ofthe curved surface the whole cone,
find the ratio of the line segments into which the altitude ofthe cone is divided by the plane.
|CBSE 2004|
Solution : Let OAB be the given hollow' cone cut by the plane CD parallel to base AB and
cone OCD be removed.
Then, the remaining is frustum CABD of the given cone
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.53
Let OL = /z units, OM = H units O
OD =/units, OB = L units
LD = r units, MB = R units
C, D
I n AOLD and AOMB, we have
ZLOD= ZMOB [Common] A B
JVL
ZOLD = ZOMB = 90°
AOLD - AOMB
OL _ OP _ LD
=> OM ~ OB MB
=> 1l = L = l [By Thales theorem] ...0)
w
H " L" R
Now, (curved surface area of the frustum CABD)
8
Flo
ee
- ~ (curved surface area of the cone OAB) ••■(ii)
Fr
=> (curved surface area of the cone OCD) = (curved surface of the cone OAB)
for
ur
- (curved surface of the frustum CABD) r.
O
ks
= (curved surface of the cone OAB) — (curved surface of the cone OAB)
Yo
9
oo
1
B
= ~ (curved surface of the cone OAB)
re
1
ou
ad
=> nrl=
Y
nd
Re
r / I
=>
Fi
UAL 9
h h 1
=> —x—
H H 9
h__ 1_
=>
H_ 3
=> H=3/z ...(m)
Now LM = (OM - OL) = (H - h) = (3/z -h) = 2h
OL
LM ~ 2h ~ 2
Hence, OL:LM=l :2
Example 14. A tent is in the form of a frustum of a cone surmounted by another cone. The
diameters of the base and the top of the frustum are 20 m and 6 m respectively and the height
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.54 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
is 24 m. Ifthe height ofthe tent is 28 m and the radius of the conical part is equal to the radius
of the top of the frustum, find the quantity of canvas required.
Solution: Let ABCD be the frustum of cone and the upper part OAB be a cone
20 6
Given, h - 24 m, R = — = 10 m. /' = — = 3 m
2 2
Slant height / =V/72+(R-/-)2
= -y/(24)2 +(10-3)2 m = V576 + 49 m
= V625 =25m
Curved surface of the frustum = tt/ (R + /•) O
w
= 7t><25 x (l0 + 3)m2
- 3257t m2
Height of the cone = 28 - 24 = 4 m
Flo
ee
Radius = 3 m
Fr
Slant height = V42 +32 = V25 = 5 m
or
ur
♦ ♦
v-
I 20 m
sf
Curved surface of the conical part = nrl
k
— tt x 3 x 5 = 157cm2
Yo
oo
.'. Quantity of canvas required = (325 tt + 15 tt) m2
eB
= 3407nn2
r
ou
ad
=340x —m2
Y
7
nd
=1068.57 m2.
Re
Fi
Example 15. An oil funnel made of tin sheet consists of a cylindrical portion 10 cm long
attached to a frustum of a cone. If the total height is 22 cm, diameter of the cylindrical
portion is 8 cm and the diameter of the top ofthe funnel be 18 cm, find the area ofthe tin
required to make the tunnel.
Solution : The diameter of cylindrical portion = 8 cm
The radius of the cylindrical portion = 4 cm
Radius of top ofthe funnel = 9 cm
For frustum of cone :
Here, 7-=4cm, R = 9 cm and/? = 22- 10 = 12 cm
If / be the slant height of the conical portion, then
Z2 = /?2 + (R - r)1
= (5)2 + ( 12)2 = 25+ 144= 169
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.55
/ = VT69=l3 cm 18 cm
Curved surface area of the frustum = rc (r+ R) / E F
C 4 D
I
22
= —(4 + 9)xl3
7 ,12 cm I
22x13x13 22 cm
= 531.14 cm2 B
7
For the cylindrical portion, /- = 4 cm, h=\0 cm
i 1 10 cm
ii
Curved surface area of the cylinder i
ii 1
■*- 8 cm-*-
22
= 2nrh = 2 x — x4xl0
w
= 251.43 cm2
Area of the tin required = Surface area of frustum + Surface area of cylinder
Flo
= 531.14+ 251.43 = 782.57 cm2
ee
Fr
Example 16. A bucket of height 16 cm is made up of metal sheet in the form of frustum of a
right circular cone with radii of its lower and upper ends as 8 cm and 20 cm respectively. Find
for
ur
the volume of milk which can be filled in the bucket. Also find the cost of making the bucket
when the metal sheet costs Rs. 15 per 100 cm2. (Use tt = 3.14) |CBSE 2008|
ks
Yo
Solution : Here, lower radius, r = 8 cm
oo
eB
Upper radius, R = 20 cm
Vertical height, h= 16cm
r
ou
ad
Slant height, R
Y
nd
/= yj(R-r)2 +h2
Re
Fi
h I
= V(20-8)2+(16)2
L
= V144 + 256 = V400 = 20 cm
(i) Volume of the bucket = ~tc(R~ +r2 +Rr)/?
= -^x3.14[202 +82 +20(8)]xl6
= -^x 3.14(400 + 64 + 160)x 16
3.14x624x16
= 3.14 x 208 x 16
3
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.56 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
= 10449.92 cm3
(ii) Total surface area of the bucket (excluding the upper end)
= rc (R +/-)/ += Ti [(R+ /•)/ +r2]
= 3.14 [(20 + 8)- 20 +(8)2]
= 3.14(28 x 20 +64) = 3.14(560+ 64)
= 3.14x624= 1959.36 cm2
1959.36x15
Cost of metal sheet used = = Rs 293.90 (approx.)
100
Example 17. A tent consists of a frustum of a cone, surmounted by a cone. If the diameters
of the upper and lower circular ends of the frustum be 14 m and 26 m respectively, the height
of the frustum be 8 m and the slant height of the surmounted conical, portion be 12 m, find
w
the area of canvas required to make the tent. (Assume that the radii of the upper circular end
of the frustum and the base of surmounted conical portion are equal). |CBSE 20081
Solution : Upper radius of frustum of a cone,Flo
ee
14
r=—=7 m
2
Fr
for
ur
Radius of lower end of frustum of cone.
ks
Yo
R = — = 13 m
oo
2
eB
Height of frustum, /? = 8 m
r
ou
Slant height of cone, /, =12 m
ad
Y
Slant height of the frustum of cone.
nd
Re
>2 = jlr+lR-r)2
Fi
= V(8)2+(13-7)2
= V64 + 36 = VlOO =10 m
Area of canvas = (C.S. area of frustum of cone) + (C.S. area of upper cone)
= C.S. area of large cone
7? = 13 m
= 71RL
[and L = /, +/2 = 12 + 10 = 22 m
22
= —xl3x22
6292
~ = 898.86 m2 (approx.)
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.57
Example 18. A bucket made up of a metal sheet is in the form of a frustum of a cone of
height 16 cm with diameters of its lower and upper ends as 16 cm and 40 cm respectively.
Find the volume of the bucket. Also find the cost of the bucket if the cost of metal sheet
used isRs. 20 per 100 cm2. (Use 71 = 3.14)
Solution : Low-er radius of the bucket,
16
r = — = 8 cm
2 R =20a
Upper radius of the bucket,
E
40 o
R = — = 20 cm CD
2 /
SI
Height, /?= 16 cm
= 8 cr
Slant height/= +(R_r)2
w
= Vl62 +(20-8)2
= V256 + 144 = V400 = 20 cm
Flo
ee
(i) Volume of the bucket =-j7c(R2+r2 + Rr) h Fr
for
ur
= ix3.14[202 +82 +20(8)]x 16
ks
Yo
oo
1
eB
= 3.14 x [400+ 64 +160] x 16
r
ou
3.14x624
ad
xl6 =3.14x 208 x 16
Y
3
= 10449.92 an3
nd
Re
Fi
10449.92
litres (1 litre = 1000 cm3)
1000
= 10.45 litres (approx.)
(ii) Total surface area of the bucket (excluding the upper end)
= n(R + r)l + tu2 = k[(R + r) I + r2]
= 3.14 x [(20 + 8) 20 + (8)2]
= 3.14(20x28 + 64)
= 3.14(560 + 64)
= 3.14 x 624= 1959.36 cm2
1959.36x20
/. Cost of metal sheet used = = Rs 391.87 (approx.)
100
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.58 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 19. A bucket is in the form of a frustum of a cone and holds 28.49 litres of milk.
The radii of the top and bottom are 28 cm and 21 cm respectively. Find the height of the
bucket. [CBSE 2008|
Solution : 1 litre = 1000 cm3
28.49 litre = 28.49 x 1000 cm3 = 28490 cm3
Let height of the bucket = h cm
Radius of the top, R = 28 cm
Radius of the bottom, /*= 21 cm
Capacity/Volume of the bucket = 28490 cm3
j7^(R2+r2+Rr) =28490
1 22
=> — x — x/?[282 + 212 +28x21] =28490
w
3 7
=> /, (784+ 441+588) =
28490x3x7
22
Flo
ee
=> 1813/7= 1295x21
Fr
, 1295x21 27195
for
ur
/? =----------------- = 15 cm
1813 1813
ks
Yo
oo
EXERCISE 14.4
eB
Type I
r
ou
ad
1. The radii of the ends of a frustum of a cone 45 cm high are 28 cm and 7 cm. Find its
Y
volume, the curved surface area and the total surface area. [Take tt = 22/7]
2. A drinking glass is in the shape of a frustum of a cone of height 14 cm. The diameters
nd
Re
of its two circular ends are 4 cm and 2 cm. Find the capacity of the glass.
Fi
3. The radii of the circular ends of a solid frustum of a cone are 33 cm and 27 cm, and its
slant height is 10 cm. Find its capacity and total surface area. [Take 7t =22/7]
|CBSE 2005]
4. The perimeters of the ends of the frustum of a cone are 96 cm and 68 cm. If the height
of the frustum be 20 cm, find its radii, slant height, volume and total surface. [Take
Tt = 22/7]
5. A friction clutch in the form of the frustum of a cone, the diameters of the ends being
8 cm, and 10 cm and length 8 cm. Find its bearing surface and its volume.
[Take 7r = 3.14]
6. A bucket is in the form of a frustum of a cone. Its depth is 15 cm and the diameters of
the top and the bottom are 56 cm and 42 cm respectively. Find how many litres of
water can the bucket hold. [Take ti =22/7] [CBSE 2005 C]
7. An open metal bucket is in the shape of a frustum of a cone, mounted on a hollow
cylindrical base made of the same metallic sheet (see Fig.). The diameters of the two
circular ends of the bucket are 45 cm and 25 cm, the total vertical height of the bucket
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.59
is 40 cm and that of the cylindrical base is 6 cm. Find the area of the metallic sheet
used to make the bucket, where we do not take into account the handle of the bucket.
Also, find the volume of water the bucket can hold. [Take n = 22/7]
8. A bucket made up of a metal sheet is in the form of frustum of a cone. Its depth is 24
cm and the diameters of the top and bottom are 30 cm and 10 cm respectively. Find the
cost of milk which can completely fill the bucket at the rate of Rs. 20 per litre and the
w
cost of metal sheet used if it costs Rs. 10 per 100 cm2. [Use 71 = 3.14] |CBSE 20061
9. A tent is made in the form of a conic frustum, surmounted by a cone. The diameters
Flo
of the base and top of the frustum are 14 m and 7 m and its height is 8 m. The height
ee
of the tent is 12 m. Find the quantity of canvas required. [Take n = 22/7]
10. Fr
An oil funnel of tin sheet consists of a cylindrical portion 8 cm long attached to a
frustum of a cone. Ifthe total height be 16 cm, the diameter of the cylindrical portion
for
ur
1 cm and diameter of the top of the funnel 10 cm, find the area of the tin required.
[Take 7t = 22/7]
ks
Yo
oo
ANSWERS
eB
1. Volume = 48510 cm3, curved surface area = 5461.5 cm2, total surface area = 8079.5 cnv
r
ou
ad
2. 102.66cm3 3. Capacity = 22704 cm3, total surface area = 7599.43 cm2
Y
4. R = 15.27 cm, r = 10.82 cm; Slant height = 20.49 cm; Volume = 10800.11 cm3
nd
Re
Total surface area = 2780.87 cm2
Fi
5. Area of bearing surface (curved surface) = 226.08 cm2; Volume = 506.75 cm3
6. 28.49 litres 7. Area ofmetalic sheet = 4860.9 cm2
Volume of water the bucket can hold = 33.62 litres (approx.)
8. Rs. 163.28; Rs. 171.13 9. 346.5 m2 10.183.83 cm2
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Very Short Answer Type Questions :
1. A cylinder and a cone are of same base radius and of same height. Find the ratio of the
volume of cylinder to that of the cone. [Delhi 20091
2. The slant height of the frustum of a cone is 5 cm. If the difference between the radii of
its two circular ends is 4 cm, write the height of the frustum. [AI2010]
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.60 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
3. The slant height of a frustum of a cone is 10 cm. Ifthe height of the frustum is 8 cm then
find the difference of the radii of its two circular ends. [CBSE 2010|
4. The slant height of a frustum of a cone is 4 cm and the perimeters (circumferences) of its
circular ends are 18 cm and 6 cm. Find the curved surface area of the frustum.
22
[Use jr = —] [Delhi 2010|
Short Answer Type Questions:
1. The rain-water collected on the roof of a building, of dimensions 22m x 20m, is drained
into a cylindrical vessel having base diameter 2 m and height 3.5m. Ifthe vessel is frill up
22
to the brim, find the height of rain-water on the roof. [Use rt = — ]
[CBSE 2010|
w
Long Answer Type Questions:
Flo
ee
1. A juice seller serves his customers using a glass an shown in figure.
Fr
The inner diameter of the cylinder glass is 5 cm. but the bottom of the
glass has hemispherical portion raised which reduces the capacity of
or
ur
the glass. Ifthe height of the glass is 10 cm, find the apparent capacity
sf
of the glass and its actual capacity. (Use 7t = 3.14)
[A1 2009|
k
Yo
oo
2. From a solid cylinder whose height is 8 cm and radius 6 cm, a conical cavity of height 8
eB
cm and of base radius 6 cm, is hollowed out. Find the volume of the remaining solid
correct to two places of decimals. Also find the total surface area of the remaining solid.
r
(Take 71=3.1416) [Delhi 2009]
ou
ad
Y
3. A cylinder vessel with internal diameter 10 cm and height 10.5 cm is frill of water. A solid
cone of base diameter 7 cm and height 6 cm is completely immersed in water. Find the
nd
Re
volume of
Fi
(i) water displaced out of the cylindrical vessel.
22
(ii) water left in the cylindrical vessel. [Take n = —] [AI2009|
4. The difference between the outer and inner curved surface areas of a hollow right
circular cylinder, 14 cm long, is 88 cm2. Ifthe volume of metal used in making cylinder is
22
176 cm3, find the outer and inner diameter of the cylinder. [Take ti = — ] [AI 2010]
7
5. The surface area of a solid metallic sphere is 616 cm2. It is melted and recast into a cone
of height 28 cm. Find the diameters of the base of the cone so formed.
22
[Use tt = — ] [AI 2010|
7
6. A container, open at the top, and made of a metal sheet, is in the form of a frustum of a
cone of height 24 cm with radii of its lower and upper ends as 7 cm and 14 cm respectively.
Find the cost ofmilk whick can completely fill the container at the rate ofRs. 25 per litre.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.61
Also find the area of the metal sheet used to make the container.
22
[Use 7t = y] [Foreign 2010|
7. A milk container is made of metal sheet in the shape of frustum of a cone whose volume
3
is 1 0459 — cm3. The radii of its lower and upper circular ends are 8cm and 20 cm
respectively. Find the cost of metal sheet used in making the container at the rate of Rs.
22
1.40 per square centimeter. [Use tc = — ]
8. A toy is in the form of a hemisphere surmounted by a right circular cone of the same
base radius as that of the hemisphere. If the radius of base of the cone is 21 cm and its
2
volume is — of the volume of the hemisphere, calculate the height of the cone and the
22
w
surface area of the toy. [Use k= —] [Delhi 2010|
7
9. A solid right circular cone of diameter 14 cm and height 4 cm is melted to form a hollow
Flo
hemisphere. If the external diameter of the hemisphere is' 10 cm, find its internal diameter.
ree
Also find the total curved surface area of the hemisphere. [Use tt = 3.14]
F [Foreign 2010|
or
ur
10. A solid copper sphere of surface area 1386 cm2 is melted and drawn into a wire of
sf
uniform cross-section. Ifthe length ofthe wire is 31.5 m, find the diameter ofthe wire.
k
Yo
22
oo
[Use rt = —J [Foreign 2010[
B
re
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
ou
ad
Y
A. Objective Type Questions (MCQ 1 Mark):
nd
Re
Choose the correct option :
Fi
1. A shuttle cock used for playing badminton has the shape ofthe combination of
(a) a cylinder and a sphere (b) a cylinder and a hemisphere
(c) a sphere and a cone (d) frustum of a cone and a hemisphere
2. A cylindrical pencil sharpened at one edge is the combination of
(a) a cone and a cylinder (b) frustum of a cone and a cylinder
(c) a hemisphere and a cylinder (d) two cylinders
3. The shape of a glass (tumbler) is usually in the form of
(a) a cone
(b) frustum of a cone
(c) a cylinder
(d) a sphere
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.62 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
4. A funnel (see figure) is the combination of
(a) a cone and a cylinder
(b) frustum of a cone and a cylinder
(c) a hemisphere and a cylinder
(d) a hemisphere and a cone
5. A plumbline (sahul) is the combination of (see figure)
(a) a cone and a cylinder
(b) a hemisphere and a cone
(c) frustum of a cone and a cylinder
(d) sphere and cylinder
6. The shape ofagilli, in the gilli-danda (see figure), is a combination of
w
(a) two cylinders
Flo (b) a cone and a cylinder
ee
(c) two cones and a cylinder (d) two cylinders and a cone
7.
Fr
A cone is cut through a plane parallel to its base and then the cone that is formed on one
or
ur
side of that plane is removed. The new part that is left over on the other side of the plane
f
is called
ks
(a) a frustum of a cone (b) cone
Yo
oo
(c) cylinder (d) sphere
B
8. A surahi is the combination of
re
(a) a sphere and a cylinder (b) a hemisphere and a cylinder
ou
ad
(c) two hemispheres (d) a cylinder and a cone.
Y
9. Two cubes each with 6 cm edge are joined end to end. The surface area of the resulting
nd
Re
cuboid is
Fi
(a) 460 cm2 (b) 360 cm2 (c) 560 cm2 (d) 260 cm2
10. A cubical ice-cream brick of edge 22 cm is to be distributed among some children by
filling ice-cream cones of radius 2 cm and height 7 cm upto its brim. How many children
wi II get the ice cream cones ?
(a) 163 (b) 263 (c) 363 (d) 463
11. The radii oftwo cylinders are in the ratio 2 : 3 and their heights are in the ratio 5 : 3. The
ratio of their volumes is
(a) 3:4 (b) 5:3 (c) 27:20 (d) 20:27
12. The ratio of the volume of a cube to that of a sphere which will fit inside the cube is
(a) 4:tt (b) 5:7t (c) 6: 7t (d) 2: 7t
13. A sphere and a cube have equal surface areas. The ratio of the volume of the sphere to
that of cube is
(a) \Ik:\I6 (b) V6: Vtc (c) (d) V3:V^
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.63
14. A metallic spherical shell of internal and external diameters 4 cm and 8 cm, respectively
is melted and recast into the form of a cone ofbase diameter 8 cm. The height of the cone
is
(a) 12cm (b) 14cm (c) 15cm (d) 18cm
15. A solid sphere of radius 10 cm is moulded into 8 spherical solid balls of equal radius,
then the radius of each ball is
(a) 2 cm (b) 3 cm (c) 4 cm (d) 5 cm
16. A solid piece of iron in the form of a cuboid of dimensions 48 cm x 33 cm x 24 cm, is
moulded to form a solid sphere. The radius of the sphere is
(a) 21 cm (b) 23 cm (c) 25 cm (d) 19 cm
17. A hollow cube of internal edge 22 cm is filled with spherical marbles of diameter 0.5cm
and it is assumed that space of the cube remains unfilled. Then the number of
8
low
marbles that the cube can accomodate is
(a) 142296 (b) 142396 (c) 142496 (d) 142596
ee
18. Three cubes each of volume 216 m3 are joined end to end. The surface area of the
rF
resulting solid is
(a) 216 m2 (b) 480 m2 (c) 432 m2
Fr
(d) 504 m2
or
19. During conversion of a solid from one shape to another, the volume of the new shape
f
u
will
ks
Yo
(a) increase (b) decrease
oo
B
(c) remain unaltered (d) be doubled
re
20. In a right circular cone, the cross-section made by a plane parallel to the base is a
ou
ad
(a) circle (b) frustum of a cone
Y
(c) sphere (d) hemisphere
nd
21. Volumes of two spheres are in the ratio 64 : 27. The ratio of their surfaces areas is
Re
Fi
(a) 3:4 (b) 4:3 (c) 9:16 (d) 16:9
22. A right circular cylinder of radius r cm and height h cm (h > 2/-) just encloses a sphere of
diameter
(a) /-cm (b) 2rcm (c) /? cm (d) 2/? cm
23. A cone, a hemisphere and a cylinder stand on equal bases and have the same height.
The ratio of their volumers is
(a) 3:2:1 (b) 1:3:2 (c) 2 ; 3 : 1 (d) 1 :2;3
24. The radii of the top and bottom of a bucket of slant height 45 cm are 28 cm and 7 cm,
respectively. The curved surface area of the bucket is
(a) 4950 cm2 (b) 4951 an2 (c) 4952 cm2 (d) 4953 cm2
25. If two solid hemispheres of same base radius r are joined together along their bases,
then curved surface area of this new solid is
(a) 4ti/2 (b) 67t/- (c) l>nr (d) 87t/2
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.64 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
26. The radii of the ends of a frustum of a cone of height /? cm are cm and cm. The
volume in cm3 of the frustum of the cone is
I i
(a) -JT/7[/j2+/-22+/j/-2] (b) -^[>i2+>22-'i'2]
(c) ^7c/;[/i2-/-,2+/-1r2] (d) ]-Kh[r\2-r22-rf2\
27. The areas of three adjacent faces of a rectangulr block are in the ratio of 2 : 3 : 4 and its
volume is 9000 cu.cm, then the length of the shortest side is
(a) 10 cm (b) 12 cm (c) 15 cm (d) 18 cm
28. A medicine-capsule is in the shape of a cylinder of diameter 0.5 cm with two hemispheres
stuck to each of its ends. The length of entire capsule is 2 cm. The capacity of the
capsule is
(a) 0.36 cm3 (b) 0.35 cm3 (c) 0.34 cm3 (d) 0.33 cm3
w
29. The volume ofthe largest right circular cone that can be cut out from a cube of edge 4.2
cm is
(a) 9.7 cm3 (b) 77.6 cm3
Flo (c) 58.2 cm3 (d) 19.4 cm3
ee
30. Twelve solid spheres of the same size are made by melting a solid metallic cylinder of
Fr
base diameter 2 cm and height 16 cm. The diameter of each sphere is
(a) 4 cm (b) 3 cm (c) 2 cm (d) 6 cm
for
ur
31. A copper sphere ofradius 3 cm is beaten and drawn into a wire of diameter 0.2 cm. The
ks
length ofthe wire is
Yo
oo
(a) 24 cm (b) 27 cm (c) 30 an (d) 36 cm
eB
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions:
r
Consider the following statements :
ou
ad
Y
(a) Both the statements 1 and 2 are true and statement 2 is the correct explanation for
statement 1.
nd
Re
(b) Both the statements 1 and 2 are true and statement 2 is not the correct explanation for
Fi
statement 1.
(c) Statement 1 is true but statment 2 is false.
(d) Statement 1 is false but statement 2 is true.
Choose the correct option in the following :
1. Statement 1 : A solid sphere of radius 3 cm is melted and then cast into small spherical
balls each of diameter 0.6 cm. Then the number of balls obtained is 1000.
Statement 2 : The number of spherical bullets that can be made out of a solid cube of
lead whose edge measures 44 cm. each bullet being 4 cm in diameter, is
2541.
Solution : Let the total number of balls be n
4 4
Volume of the solid sphere = —tu-3 = —rcx33 = 36ti: cm3
3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.65
0-6
Radius of the small spherical ball = 0-3 cm.
2
^7i(0-3)3 = 36xt
Its volume = cm 3
1000
36/m
Volume of/? spherical balls = cm 3
1000
Since volume of the solid sphere = volume of/? balls.
36/771
367r =>/?= 1000
1000
4 22
For Statement 2, — x — x 8 x /?? = (44)} =>/>/ = 2541 .'. Statement 2 is true.
3 7
w
Thus. Statement 1 is true and Statement 2 is also true but Statement 2 is not a correct
explanation for Statement 1. [Ans. (a)|
2.
Flo
Statement 1 : A hemisphere of radius 4 cm is to be painted outside. Then the total cost
ee
of painting at the rate of 2 per cm2 is Rs. 96n.
Statement 2 : Total surface area of a hemisphere = 37r/2 Fr
for
ur
3. Statement 1 : I fa right circular cone and a cylinder have same radius ofbase and same
height, then the ratio of their volumes is I : 3.
ks
Statement 2 : During conversion of a solid from one shape to another, the volume of
Yo
oo
the new shape will remain unaltered.
B
4. Statement 1 : Ifthe radii of the circular ends of a bucket 24 cm h igh are 15cm and 5cm
re
respectively, then the surface area of the bucket is 545rtcm2.
ou
ad
Statement 2 : If the radii of the circular ends of the frustum of a cone are R and /■
Y
respectively and its height is /?, then its surface area is
nd
Re
7i {R2 + r2 + / (R — /-)}, where /2 = /r + (R - r)2.
Fi
5. Statement 1 : The curved surface area ofa cone ofbase radius 3 cm and height 4 cm is
(I Stt) cm2.
Statement2 : Volume ofa cone= \/2m2h
6. Statement I : If the volumes of two spheres are in the ratio 27 : 8, then their surface
areas are in the ratio 9 :4.
Statement 2 : Volume ofa sphere of radius /• is 4/37'cr3 and surface area ofa sphere of
radius r is47r/2.
7. Statement 1 : The number of coins 1.75 cm in diameter and 2 mm thick from a melted
cuboid (10 cm x 5.5 cm * 3.5 cm) is 500.
Statement 2 : Volume ofa cylinder ofbase radius /-and height // is given by
V = (m2h) cubic units and area ofa cuboid = (1* b* h) cubic units.
8. Statement 1 : Ifthe radii ofthe circular ends ofa conical bucket which is 45 cm high be
28 cm and 7 cm, then the capacity ofthe bucket is 48500 cm3.
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.66 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Statement 2 : Ifthe radii ofthe circular ends of a bucket 24 cm high are 5 cm and 15 cm
respectively, then the surface area of the bucket is 545 n cm2.
C. Linked Comprehension Type Questions:
Passage - 1 :
Volume of a Combination of Solids : The volume of a solid formed byjoining two or more
solids is equal to the sum ofthe volumes of the constituents (two or more solids).
Now, answer the following questions :
1. A solid is in the shape of a cone standing on a hemisphere having their radii equal to 1
cm, and the height ofthe cone is equal to its radius. Then, the volume ofthe solid is
(a) 671cm3 (b) 47tcm3 (c) k cm3 (d) 2 re cnr’
Solution : Here, for coner=h=\ cm
w
For hemisphere/•= I cm
Volume ofthe solid = Volume ofcone + Volume of hemisphere
Flo
ee
I I
7tr2/; + —jir3 = —+ 2/'] = —x jtx l2 [1 + 2x 1]
3 3 Fr
or
ur
- — x 77 x 1 x 3 cnr’ = rc cnr’
f
3
ks
Yo
2. An engineering student was asked to make a model in his
oo
workshop, which was shaped like a cylinder with two cones
B
7/j= 2cm
attached at its two ends, using thin aluminium sheet. The
re
diameter ofthe model is 3 cm and its length is 12 cm. I f each 1.5cm
ou
ad
cone has a height of 2cm, then the volume of air contained E
Y
in the model made. (Consider the outer and inner dimensions co I
eg
ofthe model to be nearly the same) is
nd
Re
X
Fi
(a) 60 cm3 (b) 56 cm3
(c) 64 cm3 (d) 66cm’
3
Solution : For conical part: ;■ = — cm,/? = 2cm
For cylindrical part: 7- = —
— cm, H = 12-4 = 8 cm
2
Volume of air contained in the model
1 f 2 1 22 3 3f 2 1 ,
= 7i7-2H+2x—ft/-2 x/? = to-2 H+—/? = — x —x— 8 + —x2 cm3
3 3 7 2 2 3
22 3 3 28
— x - x - x — cm3 = 66 cm3. | Ans. (d)|
7 2 2 3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.67
ANSWERS
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Very Short Answer Type Questions:
1. 3:1 2. 3 cm 3. 6 cm 4. 967t cm2
Short Answer Type Questions:
1. 2.5 cm
l.ong Answer Type Questions :
1. Apparent capacity = 196.25 cm3; Actual capacity = 163.55 cm2
w
2. 602.80 cm3; 603.18 cm2 3. (i)77cm3 (ii) 748 cm3
4. 5 cm ; 3cm 5. 14 cm 6. Rs. 215.60; 2266 cm2
7. Rs. 2745.60 8. 5080 cm2
Flo
ree
9. 6 cm; 263.76 cm2 10. 1.4 cm
F
or
ur
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
k sf
Yo
A, Objective Questions:
oo
B
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (b)
re
6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (b) 10. (c)
ou
ad
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (d)
Y
16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (a)
nd
21. (d) 22. (b) 23. (d) 24. (a) 25. (a)
Re
Fi
26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (d) 30. (c)
31. (d)
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions :
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (c) 6. (a)
7. (d) 8. (d)
C. Linked Comprehension Type Questions :
Passage 1 : 1. (c) 2. (d)
EXEMPLAR PROBLEMS
I. In a right circular cone, the cross-section made by a plane parallel to the base is a :
(a) circle (b) frustum of a cone
(c) sphere (d) hemisphere
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.68 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
[Ans. Circle]
2. A right circular cylinder of radius r cm and height h cm (h > 2/-) just encloses a sphere of
diameter:
(a) rcm (b) 2/-cm (c) h cm (d) 2/? cm
[Ans. 2r cm]
3. A bucket is in the form of a frustum of a cone and holds 28.490 litres of water. The radii
of the top and bottom are 28 cm and 21 cm, respectively. Find the height ofthe bucket.
Soln. R, = 28 cm, R; = 2l cm. /? = ?, V = 28.490 litres = 28490cm3
Volume of bucket = Volume of frustum
28490 = ^7t/7(Rf+R; + RlR2)
7 x 28490 x 3 22
=> = //[282 +2I2 +28x2] Y 7T =-----
w
22 7
=>
7 x3x 28490
22
= /, [784+ 441+ 588]
Flo
ee
=>
7x3x1295 ,
---------------= h => h= 15 cm.
Fr
1813
for
ur
4. 500 persons are taking a dip into a cuboidal pond which is 80 m long and 50 m broad.
ks
What is the rise of water level in the pond, if the average displacement ofthe water by
Yo
a person is 0.04 m3 ?
oo
B
Soln. Water displaced by one person =0.04 m3
re
Water displaced by 500 persons =500 x 0.04 m3 = 20m3
Volume of cuboid for the rise of water = Volume of water displaced
ou
ad
Ibh =20
Y
=> 80 x 50 x /] =20
nd
Re
20 1
Fi
h= m= m
80x50 200
=> /? = 0.005 m = 0.5cm.
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
[50 Marks]
Objective and Very Short Answer Type Questions (1 Mark):
1. A cylindrical vessel 32 cm high and 18 cm as the radius of the base is filled with sand.
This is emptied on the ground and a conical heap of sand is formed. I f the height ofthe
conical heap is 24 cm, find the radius of its base.
2. A 4cm side cube is cut into 1 cm side cubes, then find total surface area of all the small
cubes.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Surface Areas and Volumes 14.69
3. A solid is hemispherical at the bottom and conical above it. If the surface areas of the
two parts are equal, then the ratio of its radius and the height of its conical part is
(a) 1:3 (b) 1:V3 (c) 73 : l (d) 1:1
4. A solid metallic cylinder of base radius 3 cm and height 5 cm is melted to form cones,
each of height 1 cm and base radius 1 mm. Find the number of cones.
Short Answer Type Questions (2 Marks):
5. In a swimming pool measuring 90m x 40m. 150 men take a dip. Ifthe average displacement
of water by a man is 8m3, then find the rise in water level.
6. A hemispherical bowl of internal diameter 30 cm is fiill of a liquid. This liquid is filled into
cylindrical shaped bottles each of diameter 5 cm and height 6 cm. How many bottles are
required ?
w
7. A rectangular block 6 cm x 12 cm x 15 cm is cut into exact number of equal cubes. Find
the least possible number of cubes.
Flo
8. The diameter of a sphere is 42 cm. It is melted and drawn into a cylindrical wire of
ee
diameter 2.8 cm. Find the length of the wire.
Fr
9. A cylindrical vessel 60 cm in diameter is partially filled with water. A sphere 30 cm in
diameter is dropped into it. Find the increase in the level of water in the vessel.
for
ur
10. A metal sheet 27 cm long, 8 cm broad and 1 cm thick is melted into a cube. Find the
difference between surface areas of two solids.
ks
Yo
oo
Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks):
B
11. A hemispherical bowl of internal diameter 30 cm contains some liquid. This liquid is to
re
be filled into cylindrical shaped bottles each of diameter 5 cm and height 6 cm. Find the
ou
ad
number of bottles necessary to empty the bowd.
Y
12. The surface areas of a sphere and a cube are equal. Find the ratio of their volumes.
nd
22
Re
take k = —
Fi
7
13. A toy is in the form of a cone mounted on a hemisphere with same radius. The diameter
of the base ofthe conical portion is 7 cm and the total height ofthetoyis 14.5 cm. Find
22
the volume of the toy. Use tt = —
7
14. The radius of the base and the height of a solid circular cylinder are in the ratio 2 : 3 and
22
its volume is 1617 cm3. Find the total surface area of the cylinder, take Jt = —
7
15. Iftheradiiofthecircularendsofaconical bucket, which is45 cm high are28cm, 7 cm,
22
find the capacity of the bucket. Use n = —
7
16. Areas of three adjacent faces of a cuboid are 24 cm2, 8 cm2 and 12 cm2 respectively.
ReadYourFlow.COM
14.70 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Find the volume of the cuboid.
Long Answer Type Questions (4 Marks):
17. A cylindrical container of diameter 12cm and height 15cm is tilled with ice-cream. The
whole ice-cream has to be distributed among 10 children in equal cones with hemispherical
tops. If the height of the conical portion is 4 times the radius of the base, find the
diameter of the ice-cream cone.
18. Acylindrical tub ofradius 5 cm and length 9.8 cm is full of water. A sol id in the form of
a right circular cone mounted on a hemisphere is immersed into tub. If the radius ofthe
hemisphere is 3.5cm and height of the cone outside the hemisphere is 5cm, find the
22
volume of water left in the tub. take 7t = —
7
19. Ifthe radii ofthe circular ends ofa conical bucket, which is 16 cm high, are 20 cm and 8
w
22
cm, find the capacity and total surface area of the bucket. Use rt = —
Flo 7
ee
20. A toy is in the form of a cone mounted on a hemisphere of radius 3.5 cm. If the total
height of the toy is 15.5 cm. Find volume of the toy. Use n = — Fr 22
7
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
ANSWERS
B
re
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
ou
ad
Y
1. 36cm 2. 384 an2 3. (b) 4. 13500 5. 33.33 cm
nd
Re
6. 60 7. 40 8. 63 m 9. 5 cm 10. 286 cm2
Fi
11. 60 12. 231:121 13. 231cm3 14. 770 cm2
15. 48510 cm3 16. 48 cm3 17. 6 cm 18. 616 an3
73216 13728
19. cm 3 . cm2 20. 243.83 an3
7 7
□□n
ReadYourFlow.COM
PROBABILITY
15.1. INTRODUCTION
Human life is full of uncertainties. In our day-to-day life, very often we make guess and use
statements like “Possibility of a particular party to win this election is more,” “Most
probably it will rain today,” “It is almost certain that Sanjeev will qualify in I1T-JEE.” Whenever
we use such statements, we have intuition which enables us to claim that one event is more
low
likely to happen than the other.
In probability theory, the degree of certainty or uncertainty of such events is measured in
terms of numbers lying between 0 and 1.
ee
rF
15.2. DEVELOPMENT OF THEORY OF PROBABILITY
Fr
Galileo, an Italian mathematician was the first man to attempt at a quantitative measure of
for
probability while dealing with some problems related to the theory of dice in gambling. But
u
the first foundation of the mathematical theory of probability was laid in the mid-seventeenth
ks
Yo
century by two French mathematicians, B. Pascal and P. Fermat, while solving a number of
oo
problems posed by French gambler and noble-man Chevalier -de-Mere to Pascal. The
B
famous, “Problem of points” posed by de-Mere to Pascal is : “Two persons play a game of
re
chance. The person who first gains a certain number of points wins the stake. They stop
ou
ad
playing before the game is completed. How is the stake to be divided on the basis of the
Y
number of points each has won?” The two mathematicians after a lengthy correspondence
between themselves ultimately solved this problem and this correspondence laid the first
d
Re
n
foundation of the science of probability. Next stalwart in this field was J. Bernoulli whose
Fi
‘Treatise on probability’ was published posthumously by his nephewN. Bernoulli in 1713.
De-moivre also did considerable work in this field and published his famous ‘Doctrine of
Chances’. Other main contributors are T. Bayes (Inverse Probability), P. S. Laplace who after
extensive research over a number of years finally published ‘Theoric and analylique des
probabilities’. In addition to these, other outstanding contributors are Levy, Mises and R. A.
Fisher.
Russian mathematicians also have made very valuable contributions to the modern theory of
Probability. Chief contributors, to mention only a few of them are :
Tschebyscheff who founded the Russian school of statisticians. A mark off, Liapounoft'
(central limit theorem). A khintchine (Law of large numbers) and A. kolmogoroffwho axiomised
the calculus of probability.
15.3. EXPERIMENTAL PROBABILITY'
When experiments are performed in science under similar conditions, almost same result is
ReadYourFlow.COM
15.2 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
observed every time. But there are many experiments in which the outcome is not the same
everytime the experiment is performed. For example, when a coin is tossed, either head or tail
will come up but we do not get the same outcome head or tail everytime. However it has been
observed that if a coin is tossed, a large number of times, then head and tail come up almost
equal number of times. We express this fact by saying that the probability of occurrence of
head and tail is each 1/2.
In class IX, we have learnt about experimental or empirical definition of probability of an
event which is based on the actual results of the experiments when it is performed a given
number of times. For example, if a coin is tossed 1000 times and heat occurs 455 times and tail
455
occurs 545 times, then probability of occurrence of head is taken as = 0.455 and that
1000
545
of occurrence of tail = = 0.545 .
1000
Such probability of occurrence of an event is called experimental or empirical probability of
w
the event because it is based on the results of actual experiment. This probability is in fact
only an estimate because ifa coin is again tossed 1000, head may not occur exactly 455 times.
Flo
It can be observed that ifthe coin is tossed a very large number of times, then the probability
of occurrence of head will be very close to 1/2. This probability 1/2 is called the theoretical
ee
probability of occurrence of head.
Fr
Here, we shall study about the theoretical probability (classical probability) of an event and
for
ur
some simple applications of the concept of theoretical probability. As a matter of fact,
experimental probability is based on what has happened in performing an experiment a given
ks
number of times whereas theoretical probability tells what is likely to happen when an
Yo
oo
experiment is performed.
B
15.4. PROBABILITY : A THEORETICAL APPROACH
re
Before giving a formal definition of theoretical probability, we consider the following
ou
ad
situation :
Y
When a coin is tossed, only two possibilities are there. Either a head or a tail will come up (we
d
Re
dismiss the possibility when the coin will stand on its edge). If the coin is symmetrical i.e.,
n
there is no reason that head will come up more often as compared to occurrence of tail, the
Fi
outcomes of occurrence of head and tail are equally likely. Here by the word equally likely, we
mean that both have same possibility to happen. Similarly, when we throw a die, one of the
numbers 1,2, 3,4,5 and 6 will come up and it is natural to assume that each number has the
same possibility to come up. In such case, we say that the outcome of getting the numbers
1,2,3,4,5,6 are equally likely.
Let us consider another example : If we draw a ball out of a bag containing 5 red and 5 black
balls, then on drawing one ball from the bag, it is equally likely that a red or a black ball will
be drawn. But ifthere are 5 red and 10 black balls, then on drawing a ball it is more likely that
a black ball will be drawn. In this case, the outcomes of getting a red or a black ball are not
equally likely outcomes. The basis of probability is the assumption of equally likely
outcomes when an experiment is performed. In class IX, we have seen that the experimental
or empirical probability of an event E is given by
Number of trials in which the event has occurred
P(E) =
Total number of trials
ReadYourFlow.COM
Probability 15.3
This definition of probability can be applied only in case of an experiment which can be
repeated many times under similar conditions. However it is not always possible to repeat an
experiment a number of times. In that situation we need some other technique to know the
probability of an experiment. This led to theoretical approach to probability. In theoretical
probability we make certain assumptions such as assumption of equally likely outcomes.
(15.5. DEFINITION OF SOME TERMS
1. Experiment: An operation which results in some well defined outcomes is called an
experiment.
2. Random experiment: An experiment whose outcome cannot be predicted with cer-
taintyis called a random experiment .In other words, ifan experiment is performed many
times under similar conditions and the outcome each time is not the same, then this
experiment is called a random experiment.
An experiment whose outcome can be foretold beforehand is not a random experiment.
w
For example, when a stone is thrown upwards, it is sure that the stone will fall down
ward. Therefore, throwing a stone upward is not a random experiment.
Examples:
Flo
ee
(i) “Tossing of a fair coin” is a random experiment because if we toss a coin either a head or
Fr
a tail will come up. But if we toss a coin again and again, the outcome each time will not
be the same.
for
ur
(ii) “Throwing an unbiased die” is a random experiment because when a die is thrown we
ks
cannot say with certainty which one of the numbers 1,2,3,4, 5 and 6 will come up.
Yo
oo
(iii) “Drawing a card from a well shuffled pack of 52 playing cards” is a random experiment.
B
3. Equally likely events (Cases): Events (cases) are said to be equally likely when we have
re
no reason to believe that one is more likely to occur than the other. Thus when an
ou
ad
unbiased die is thrown all the six faces 1,2, 3,4, 5 and 6 are equally likely to come up.
Y
Hence events {1}, {2}, {3}, {4}, {5}, {6} are equally likely events.
nd
Similarly when an unbiased coin is tossed, occurrence of head and tail are equally likely
Re
events (cases).
Fi
15.6. THEORETICAL PROBABILITY OF OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT
Definition : The theoretical probability or classical probability of an event E is denoted by
P(E) and is defined as
Number of outcomes favourable to event E
P(E) =
Total number of possible outcomes of the experiment
Number of cases favourable to event E
Total number of cases
Thus if an event E can happen in m ways and total number of outcomes is n, then the
probability of occurrence of event E is given by
P(E) - —
n
ReadYourFlow.COM
15.4 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Examples :
(i) When a coin is tossed, there are only two possibilities; either a head or a tail will come
up:
Total number of outcomes = 2
Number of favourable outcomes for occurrence of head = l
Number of favourable outcomes for occurrence of tail = l
Probability of occurrence of head = —
l
and probability of occurrence of tail = —
(ii) When a die is thrown, there are six possible outcomes; one of the six numbers 1,2, 3,4,
5,6 will come up.
Total number of outcomes for the experiment of throwing a die = 6
w
I f E be the event of occurrence of a number greater than 4, then favourable outcomes for
E are occurrence of 5 or 6. Flo
.'. Number of outcomes favourable to event E ^ 2.
ee
••• P(E) =
Number of outcomes favourable to E
Total number of outcomes
2
6
Fr
1
3
for
ur
15.7. IMPOSSIBLE EVENTS AND SURE EVENTS ]
ks
Yo
1. Impossible event: When a die is thrown, there are only six possible outcomes. Any one
oo
of the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 can occur. We want to know the probability of
B
occurrence of 10 when a die is thrown. Let E be the event of occurrence of 10 when a die
re
is thrown. Clearly this event can never happen as 10 cannot come up when a die is
ou
ad
thrown. Such an event is called an impossible event.
Y
Number of outcomes favourable to event E _0 _ q
P(E) =
d
Re
Total number of outcomes 6
n
Fi
Thus we see that probability of occurrence of an impossible event = 0.
2. Sure event: When a die is thrown, let E be the event of getting a number less than 10.
As there are only six possible outcomes of getting 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, therefore for the
experiment of throwing a die probability of getting any number less than 10 is given by
P(E) = j = 1
o
WORKED OUT EXAMPLES
Type I. Problems based on finding probability of an event by knowing total number of
possible outcomes and number of outcomes favourable to the event.
WORKING RULE:
1. Find the total number of possible outcomes of the experiment.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Probability 15.5
2. Find out the number of outcomes favourable to the event E.
3. Divide the number of the outcomes favourable to the event E by the total number of
possible outcomes to get the probability of event E.
Example 1. Find the probability of getting a 'six’ at the throw of an unbiased die.
Solution : In the experiment of throwing a die once, the number of possible outcomes is 6
because any one of the numbers 1,2, 3,4, 5 or 6 may come up.
Let E be the event of getting a six in a throw of the die
Then, number of favourable outcomes for the event E = 1
Number of outcomes favourable to E
Probability of getting a six, P(E) =
Total number of possible outcomes
w
1
6
Flo
Example 2. Three bags containing 10 orange, 10 green and 10 red balls respectively are
mixed together in one large bag. Ifone of the balls is taken out at random without looking into
ee
the bag, what is the probability that it is
(i) orange (ii) green (iii) red ball?
Fr
for
ur
Solution : Since a ball is taken out of the bag randomly without looking into it, it is equally
likely that an orange, green or red ball is taken out.
ks
Yo
oo
Let E, be the event of drawing an orange ball,
eB
E2 be the event of drawing a green ball
and E3 be the event of drawing a red ball
r
ou
ad
The large bag contains 30 balls out of which 10 are orange, 10 are green and 10 are red.
Y
Therefore, the total number of possible outcomes = 30
nd
Re
(i) Number of outcomes favourable to event E, = 10
Fi
10 1
.•. Probabilityoftaking out an orange ball, P(E,)= — ^
1
(ii) Similarly, probability of taking out a green ball, P(E2) =- and
1
(iii) Probabilityoftaking out a red ball, P(E3)=-
Note : P(Ej) + P(E2) + P(ES) = 1
Example 3. A child has a die whose six faces show the letters as given below :
0 H 0 E 1 0
The die is thrown once. What is the probability of getting (i) A ? (ii) D ? [NCERT]
Solution : Random throwing of die ensures equally likely outcomes.
The total number effaces = 6
ReadYourFlow.COM
15.6 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Total number of possible outcomes = 6
(i) Number effaces containing letter A = 2
Let E, denote the event of getting A.
Then, number of outcomes favourable to E, = 2.
Number of outcomes favourable to E i
•• P(E,) =
Total number of possible outcomes
2
6~3
(ii) Number of faces containing D = 1
Let E2 denote the event of getting D
Number of outcomes favourable to E2 = 1
w
v Total number of possible outcomes = 6
I
•• p(E2) = -
o
Flo
ee
each die. Fr
Example 4. A pair of dice is thrown once. Find the probability of getting the same number on
|CBSE 2008|
or
ur
Solution : Total number of outcomes when two dice are thrown
sf
= 6x6 = 36
k
Yo
oo
Let E be the event of getting the same number on the two dice.
eB
Then, E={(1,1), (2,2), (3,3), (4,4), (5,5), (6,6)}
Number of cases favourable to event E = 6
r
ou
ad
6 1
Y
P(E) = P (doublet) or P (same number of each die) = T7 = 7
36 6
nd
Re
Example 5. A die is thrown once. Find the probability of getting (i) an even prime number (ii)
Fi
a multiple of 3. |CBSE 2008]
Solution: When a die is thrown, exactly one of the numbers 1,2, 3,4, 5 or 6 will come up.
Total number of possible outcomes = 6
(i) Prime numbers are 2, 3,5
Even prime number is only 2
.\ Number of even prime numbers = 1
1
.•. P (an even prime number) = 7
6
(ii) Multiples of 3 are 3, 6
.■. Number of numbers which are multiples of 3 = 2
2 1
.•. P (a multiple of 3) = 7
6 3
ReadYourFlow.COM
1
Probability 15.7
Example 6. A bag contains 4 red, 5 black and 3 yellow balls. A ball is taken out of the bag at
random. Find the probability that the ball taken out is of (i) yellow colour (if) not of red colour.
|C BSE 2008|
Solution: Total number of balls = 4 + 5 + 3=12
Number of yellow balls = 3
3
P (yellow colour) = —
12 4
Number of non-red balls = 5 + 3 = 8
8 2
P (non-red colour ball) - p" ~ '3
Example 7. A card is drawn at random from a well-shuffled pack of 52 cards. Find the
probability that the card drawn is neither a red card nor a queen. IICSE2005I
w
Solution : Total number of possible outcomes = 52
Flo
Number of red cards including queen ofhearts and queen of diamonds = 26
ee
Number of other queens i.e., queen of spade and queen of club = 2
Number of cards which are red or queen = 26 + 2 = 28 Fr
Let E be the event that the card drawn is neither a red card nor a queen.
or
ur
f
24 6
P (getting neither a red card nor a queen) = P(E) = — = —
ks
Yo
oo
Example 8. A piggy bank contains hundred 50 p coins, fifty Re 1 coins, twenty Rs. 2 coins
B
and ten Rs. 5 coins. If it is equally likely that one of the coins will fall out when the bank is
re
turned upside down, what is the probability that the coin (i) will be a 50 p coin ? (ii) will not
be a Rs. 5 coin ?
ou
ad
Y
Solution : Number of 50 p coins = 100
Number of Re. 1 coins = 50
nd
Re
Number of Rs. 2 coins = 20
Fi
Number of Rs. 5 coins = 10
(i) Let A denote the event that a 50 p coin will fall
Then, number of outcomes favourable to A = 100
Also total number of coins = 100 + 50 + 20+ 10= 180
Total number of possible outcomes = 180
Number of outcomes favourable to A 100 5
Now, P(A) =
Total number of possible outcomes 180 ~ 9
(ii) Let B denote the event that a Rs. 5 coin will not fall
Then, number of outcomes favourable to B = 180 - 10= 170
Number of outcomes favourable toB 170 _ 17
P( B) =
Total number of outcomes 180 ~ 18
ReadYourFlow.COM
V
15.8 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 9. All the three face cards of spades are removed from a well-shuffled pack of 52
cards. A card is then drawn at random from the remaining pack. Find the probability of
getting (i) a black face card, (ii) a queen, (iii) a black card. |CBSE 2007|
Solution: Total number of cards = 52
When 3 face cards of spades are removed,
number of remaining cards = 52 - 3 = 49
(i) Now black face cards left are king, queen and jack ofclub.
Number of black face cards left = 3
3
.'. P (a black face card) = —
49
(ii) P (a queen) = — [ Y Number of queens left = 3]
49
w
23
(iii) P (a black card) = — [ v 3 black cards have been removed]
49 Flo
Example 10. The king, queen and jack of diamonds are removed from a pack of 52 cards and
ee
then the pack is well-shuffled. A card is drawn from the remaining cards. Find the probability
of getting a card of(i) diamonds, (ii) a jack
Fr [CBSE 2008|
or
ur
Solution: Total number of cards = 52
f
Number of cards removed = 1 + 1 + 1 =3
ks
Yo
Number of remaining cards = 52 - 3 = 49
oo
eB
13-3 _ K)
(i) P (a diamond) =
49 ~ 49
r
ou
ad
4-1 _ 3
Y
(ii) P (a jack) = [ Y Jack of diamond has been removed]
49 ~ 49
nd
Re
Example 11. A bag contains tickets, numbered 11, 12, 13,..., 30. A ticket is taken out from the
Fi
bag at random. Find the probability that the number on the drawn ticket (i) is a multiple of 7,
(ii) is greater than 15 and a multiple of5. [CBSE 2008|
Solution: When a ticket is taken out, any one ofticket numbers 11.12,13,..., 30 will be drawn.
Total number of possible outcomes = 20
(i) Tickets with‘a multiple of 7’are 14,21,28
.'. Number of tickets containing a number which is a multiple of 7 = 3
3
.•. P (a multiple of 7)- —
(ii) Numbers greater than 15 and multiples of5 are 20, 25, 30
.'. Number of numbers greater than 15 and a multiple of5 = 3
3
P (a multiple of 5 >15) = —
ReadYourFlow.COM
1
Probability 15.9
Example 12. Cards marked with numbers 3,4,5,.... 50 are placed in a box and mixed thoroughly.
One card is drawn at random from the box. Find the probability that number on the drawn
card is (i) divisible by 7. (ii) a number which is a perfect square. |CBSE 2007J
Solution: Total number of cards = 48
Total number of possible outcomes = 48
(i) Cards which are divisible by 7 are 7, 14.21.28,35,42,49
.•. Number of cards divisible by 7 = 7
Number of favourable outcomes 7
.-. P (divisible by 7) =
Total number of outcomes 48
(ii) ‘a number which is a perfect square' are 4.9, 16,25,36,49
Number of such cards - 6
Number of favourable outcomes 6
.■. P (a perfect square card) =
w
Total number of outcomes 48 8
Flo
Example 13. Two customers Shyam and Ekta are visiting a particular shop in the same week
(Tuesday to Saturday). Each is equally likely to visit the shop on any one day as on another.
ee
What is the probability that both will visit the shop on (i) the same day (ii) different days
(iii) consecutive days? Fr |NCERT|
for
ur
Solution: According to question, two customers Shyam and Ekta visit a shop in the same
week from Tuesday to Saturday.
ks
Number of ways each can visit the shop = 5
Yo
oo
.•. Total possible ways of visiting shop by them = 5x5=25
eB
(i) They can visit the shop on all week days Tuesday to Saturday.
r
Number of ways in which they can visit the shop = 5
ou
ad
.•. Number of favourable outcomes of visiting the shop by them on the same day = 5
Y
Number of favourable outcomes
nd
Re
Now P (visiting the shop on same day) =
Total number of possible outcomes
Fi
5
25 5
(ii) Number of favourable outcomes of visiting the shop on different days by them = 25 5 = 20
Number of favourable outcomes
P (visiting shop on different days) =
Total number of possible outcomes
_ 20 _ 4
~ 25 ~ 5
(iii) Favourable outcomes of visiting shop by them on consecutive days are :
Shyam T W Th F Ekta
Ekta W Th F S Shyam
ReadYourFlow.COM
r
15.10 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Total number of favourable outcomes = 4 + 4 = 8
Total number of possible outcomes = 25
Number of favourable outcomes
P (visiting shop on consecutive days) =
Total number of possible outcomes
8
25
Example 14. Which of the following arguments are correct and which are not correct? Give
reasons for your answer.
(i) If two coins are tossed simultaneously, there are three possible outcomes-two heads,
two tails or one of each. Therefore, for each of these outcomes, the probability is ~ .
w
(ii) If a die is thrown, there are two possible outcomes-an odd number or an even number.
Therefore, the probability of getting an odd number is —.
Flo |NCERT|
Solution:
ee
(i) Fr
If two coins are tossed simultaneously, the possible outcomes are :
(H, H), (H, T), (T, H), (T, T)
for
ur
Thus, total number of possible outcomes = 4
1
ks
Probability of occurrence of two heads = —
Yo
oo
eB
Probability of occurrence of two tails = —
r
ou
ad
2
Probability of occurrence of one head and one tail = ^ = T
Y
nd
Re
Probability of occurrence of two tails = —
Fi
Probability of each occurrence = —
4
Thus, the given statement is wrong.
(ii) Ifa die is thrown once, the possible outcomes are 1,2,3, 4. 5 and 6.
Thus, total number of possible outcomes = 6
Favourable outcomes of getting odd numbers are 1,3, 5.
Number of favourable outcomes of getting odd numbers = 3
P (odd number) = —
6 2
Thus, the given statement is correct.
ReadYourFlow.COM
15.11
1
Probability
Example 15. A game of chance consists of spinning a circular board which comes to rest
with an arrow pointing to one of the numbers on board. The adjoining figure shows a
spinningwheel with an arrow fixed. Ifall outcomes are equally likely, find the probability of
(i) getting a number greater than 2
(ii) getting a number less than 9
(iii) getting a number greater than 10
Solution:
(i) Let ‘E, ’ be the event of getting a number greater than 2
Here, the total number of possible outcomes is eight :
1,2,3,4,5,6,7 and 8
The outcomes favourable to the event E, are 3,4, 5,6, 7 and 8
.'. Number of outcomes favourable to event E, = 6
low
Probability of getting a number greater than 2 is given by P(E |) = ^ =
ee
(ii) Let 'ET be the event of getting a number less than 9
rF
Here, the total number of possible outcomes = 8 Fr
and, the number of favourable outcomes = 8
f or
u
8
ks
Probability of getting a number less than 9 is given by P (E2) = - = 1
Yo
*V 8
oo
B
(iii) Let ‘E3’ be the event of getting a number greater than 10
re
The total number of possible outcomes = 8
ou
ad
and the number of favourable outcomes = 0
Y
.-. Probability of getting a number greater than lOisgivenby P(E,) = - = 0
nd
Re
8
Fi
Note:
• Since P (E-,) = I, therefore E2 is a 'sure' or a 'certain ' event.
• Since P (E p = 0. therefore E f is an impossible event.
Example 16. Four cards-the jack, king, queen and ace of hearts, are shuffled with their face
downwards. One card is then picked up at random.
(i) What is the probability that the card drawn is a king ?
(ii) Ifthe queen is drawn and put aside, what is the probability that the second card picked
up is (a) an ace ? (b) a queen ?
Solution:
(i) Let E, be the event of drawing a king when one card is picked up out of 4 cards.
The total number of possible outcomes = 4
and number of outcomes favourable to event E, = 1
ReadYourFlow.COM
r 15.12 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Probability ofdrawing a king, P(E|) = —
(ii) When the queen is drawn and put aside,
number of cards left = 3
The total number of possible outcomes = 3
(a) Let E2 be the event of picking up an ace alter the queen is drawn and put aside.
Then, number of outcomes favourable to event E2 = l
Probability of picking up an ace after the queen is drawn and put aside, is given by
l
P(E2) =-
(b) Let E3 be the event of picking up a queen after a queen is drawn and put aside
w
Then, number of outcomes favourable to event E3 = 0
Flo[As no queen is left in the remaining 3 cards]
ee
Probability of picking up a queen after a queen is drawn and put aside is given by
P(E3)
0 Fr
3^°
for
ur
Example 17. A box contains 5 red. 8 white and 4 green balls. One ball is taken out of the box
ks
at random. What is the probability that the ball taken out will be
Yo
oo
(i) red (ii) white (iii) not green? |NCERT|
B
Solution: Let E, be the event ofdrawing a red ball
re
E2 be the event ofdrawing a white ball, and
ou
ad
E3 be the event ofdrawing a non-green ball
Y
Total number of possible outcomes when one ball is taken out of the box
nd
Re
= 5 + 8 + 4= 17
Fi
(i) Number of outcomes favourable to the event E, ofdrawing a red ball = 5
P(E,) = i
17
(ii) Number of outcomes favourable to the event E2 ofdrawing a white ball = 8
, P(E2) = A
17
(iii) Number of outcomes favourable to the event E3 ofdrawing a non-green ball
= 5 + 8=13
13
P(E3) = —
17
Example 18. A card is drawn from a well-shuffled deck of 52 cards. Find the probability of
drawing
ReadYourFlow.COM
Probability 15.13
1
(i) a king of hearts (ii) a spade
(iii) a queen of black colour (iv) a red face card
Solution: Let E, be the event of drawing a king of hearts; E2 be the event of drawing a spade;
E3 be the event ofdrawing a queen ofblack colour; E4 be the event of drawing a red face card
Total number of cards =52
Therefore, total number of possible outcomes = 52
Number of king of hearts is 1, therefore
number of outcomes favourable to event E, = 1
Number of spade cards is 13, therefore,
number of outcomes favourable to event E, = 13
Number of queens ofblack colour i.e., queen of spade and club is 2, therefore,
w
number of outcomes favourable to event E, = 2
Face cards are king, queen and jack. Therefore, red face cards are king, queen and jack of
Flo
hearts and diamond therefore,
ee
number of outcomes favourable to event E4 = 6
Fr
13 7 (iii) p(E3) = Jr
^(iv)p(E«)=!4
or
ur
0) P(E,)=—(ii) P(E2) = —
4 52
f
52 52
ks
Yo
Example 19. What is the probability ofselecting a prime number from the numbers 1,2, 3....,
oo
25, when each of the numbers is equally likely to be selected?
B
Solution: Let E be the event of selecting a prime number from the given list ofnumbers.
re
Total number of possible outcomes = 25
ou
ad
Y
The prime numbers in the given list are: 2, 3,5,7. 11, 13,17, 19 and 23
nd
N umber of favourable outcomes = 9
Re
Fi
9
Probability of selecting a primenumber from the given list, P (b) = —
25
Example 20. From 21 tickets numbered 1,2,3,..., 21, one ticket is drawn at random. Find the
probability that the tickets drawn has a number divisible by 3.
Solution: Let E be the event of drawing a ticket number divisible by 3
Total number of possible outcomes = 21
The ticket numbers divisible by 3 are: 3,6,9, 12. 15, 18 and 21
Number of outcomes favourable to event E = 7
7
Probability of drawing a ticket number divisible by 3 i.e.. P( E) = —
21 3
Example 21. A game consists of tossing a coin 3 times and noting the outcomes at each
ReadYourFlow.COM
r 15.14 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
toss. A player wins if all the tosses give the same result i.e., three heads or three tails, and
loses otherwise. Calculate the probability that a player will win the game.
Solution: A player will win the game if the tosses show up three heads or three tails
Let E be the event of the player winning the game i.e., the tosses showing up three heads or
three tails.
The possible outcomes for the experiment of tossing a coin three times are:
(H, H, H), (H, H,T), (H,T, H), (T, H, H), (H,T, T), (T, H,T), (T,T. H), (T, T, T)
where H denotes occurrence of a head and T denotes occurrence of a tail
Total number of possible outcomes = 8
Out of these 8 outcomes, the favourable outcomes are : (H, H, H) and (T, T, T)
N umber of favourable outcomes = 2
w
2 I
Probability of the player winning the game, p(E) = — = -
Flo
Example 22. (i) 4 bulbs out of a lot of 20 packed bulbs are defective. One bulb is drawn at
ee
random from the lot. Find the probability of it being defective.
Fr
(ii) Suppose the drawn bulb is found to be non-defective and is not replaced in the lot.
for
ur
Another bulb is then drawn at random from the remaining lot. What is the probability
that the second bulb drawn is also not defective? [NCERT]
ks
Solution: (i) Let E, be the event of drawing a defective bulb
Yo
oo
Since total number of bulbs is 20, therefore, total number of possible outcomes = 20
B
re
Now, drawing a defective bulb would mean drawing one bulb out of the four defective bulbs.
ou
ad
Total number of outcomes favourable to event E, = 4
Y
4 l
Probability of drawing a defective bulb, P( E,) = —
nd
Re
20 5
Fi
(ii) When the bulb taken out is found to be non-defective and is not replaced, the number
of bulbs from which the second bulb is drawn would be 19.
The number of defective bulbs in the lot of these 19 bulbs = 4
Let E: be the event of drawing a non-defective bulb from the remaining lot of 19.
Total number of possible outcomes = 19
Since total number of non-defective bulbs left is 15
Total number of outcomes favourable to event E^ = 15
15
.•. Probability that the second bulb drawn is also non-defective, i.e., P(E-,) =
19
Example 23. A bag contains 5 white balls, 7 red balls, 4 black balls and 2 blue balls. One ball
is drawn at random from the bag. What is the probability that the ball drawn is
(i) white or blue (ii) red or black
ReadYourFlow.COM
Probability 15.15
1
(iii) not white (iv) neither white nor black |CBSE2006]
Solution: Total number of balls = 5 + 7 + 4 + 2=18
Total number of possible outcomes = 18
(i) Let E, be the event of drawing a white or a blue ball.
Number of outcomes favourable to event E, = 5 + 2 = 7
The probability ofshowing a whtie or a blue ball, P(E,) = —
18
(ii) Let E2 be the event of drawing a red or a black ball
Number of favourable outcomes = 7 + 4=11
11
.'. The probability of drawing a red or a black ball, P (E2) = —
18
w
(iii) Let E3 be the event of drawing a non-white ball
Flo
Number of outcomes favourable to event E3 = 18-5= 13
ee
13
,\ The probability of drawing a non-white ball, P(E3) = —
18 Fr
for
ur
(iv) Let E4 be the event of drawing a non-white, non-black bal 1
Number of outcomes favourable to event E4 = 7 + 2 = 9
ks
Yo
oo
9 1
/. The probability of drawing a non-white, non-black ball, P( E4) = — = —
B
18 2
re
Example 24. Two dice are thrown simultaneously. Complete the table given below:
ou
ad
Event: Sum of
numbers appearing 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Y
on 2 dice
nd
Re
1 5 1
Probability
Fi
36 36 36
|NCERT|
Solution: When two dice are rolled, the sum of numbers appearing on the dice will vary from
2 to 12. The possible outcomes of the experiment are listed in the following tabic in the form
of ordered pair (x,y), where ‘.v’ is the number appearing on the first die and 'y' is the number
appearing on the second die.
Here the ordered pair (1,2) and (2, 1) are not the same.
Now, total number of possible outcomes = 36
The outcomes favourable to the event ‘sum of numbers appearing on 2 dice equal to 3’ is
represented by the shaded region 1 and is denoted by the ordered pairs (1,2) and (2, 1).
ReadYourFlow.COM
r 15.16 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
w
Flo
ee
Fr
for
ur
ks
Yo
oo
B
The number of outcomes favourable to the event = 2
re
The probability of occurrence of the event ‘ sum of numbers appearing on 2 dice equal
ou
ad
2 l
Y
to 3' =
36 l 8
nd
Re
Similarly, for the event ‘ sum of numbers appearing on 2 dice equal to 4' is represented by the
Fi
shaded region 2, and so on.
The completed table is shown below:
Event : ‘Sum of
numbers appearing 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ll 12
on 2 dice’
l l 5 I 5 1 1 1 1
Probability
36 18 12 9 36 6 36 9 12 18 36
Example 25. A bag contains 6 red balls and some blue balls. If the probability of drawing a
blue ball from the bag is twice that of a red ball, find the number of blue balls in the bag.
|CBSE 2007; NCERT)
Solution: Number of red balls = 6
ReadYourFlow.COM
Probability 15.17
Let number of blue balls =x
Total number ofballs = (6+x)
According to question, P (blue) = 2P (red)
6
—= 2
6+x 6 +x
or x= 12 [v (6 + x) ^ 0]
Number of blue balls = 12
Example 26. A box contains 12 balls out of which x are black.
(i) If one ball is drawn at random from the box, what is the probability that it will be a black
ball?
w
(ii) If6 more black balls are put in the bag, the probability of drawing a black ball will be
double of that in (i). Findx. INCERTI
Flo
Solution: Random drawing of balls ensures equally likely outcomes
ee
Total number of balls = 12
Fr
Total number of possible outcomes when one ball is drawn out of 12 balls = 12
for
ur
Number of black balls = x
ks
(i) Out of a total 12 outcomes, number of favourable outcomes = x
Yo
oo
Number of favourable outcomes x
B
P (black ball) =
re
Total number of possible outcomes 12
ou
ad
(ii) If 6 more black balls are put in the bag,
Y
Total number of black balls = x + 6
nd
Re
and total number of balls in the bag = 12 + 6= 18
Fi
Number of favourable outcomes x+6
Now, P (black ball) =
Total number of possible outcomes 12+6
According to the question,
Probability of drawing black ball in second case
= 2 x probability of drawing black ball in first case
x+6 x+ 6 x
=2 — or
18 12 18 6
or 6x+36=18xor 12x = 36orx = 3
Hence, number of black balls = 3
ReadYourFlow.COM
r 15.18 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Type II. Problems based on finding probability of complementary events.
WORKING RULE :
1. E' or E or Ec denotes the event of non-occurrence of event E.
2. If instead of finding P(E), it is easier to find P(E’), first of all find P(E') and then
find P(E) using the result P(E) = 1 - P(E').
3. Use the following results whichever is required :
(i) P(E) = 1 - P(E') (ii) P(E') = 1 - P (E)
Example 27. It is given that in a group of 3 students, the probability of 2 students not having
the same birthday is 0.992. What is the probability that the 2 students have the same
birthday? [NCERTJ
Solution: According to question, probability of 2 students from a group of 3 students not
having the same birthday= 0.992
w
.-. Probability of 2 students from a group of 3 students having the same birthday
Flo
= 1-0.992 = 0.008 P(E) + P(E) = 1]
ee
Fr
Example 28. A six-faced dice is rolled and the number appearing on the face turning up is
noted. Find the probability of
for
ur
(i) Getting a number greater than two
ks
(ii) Getting a number less than or equal to two
Yo
oo
Solution: (i) Let 'E, ’ be the event of getting a number greater than two.
B
The total number ofpossible outcomes is 6 as one of the numbers 1,2, 3,4, 5 and 6 will
re
come up.
ou
ad
Now, the outcomes favourable to the event E, are 3,4, 5 and 6.
Y
.•. Number of outcomes favourable to event E, = 4
d
Re
n
4 2
Fi
.•. Probability of getting a number greater than 2, P (E) = — =—
6 3
(ii) Let 'E2’ be the event of getting a number less than or equal to 2.
Total number of possible outcomes = 6
Outcomes favourable to event E2 are 1 and 2.
.’. Number of outcomes favourable to event E-, = 2
2 1
.-. P(E2) = - = -
- 6 3
Second method:
The event of getting a number less than or equal to 2 is same as the event of not getting a
number greater than 2.
E2 = Ei
ReadYourFlow.COM
Probability 15.19
••• P(E2) = P(E,)
= 1 -P(E,) [v P(E) = 1 - P(E)]
2 1
3 3
Example 29. A card is drawn at random from a well-shuffled deck of 52 cards. Find the
probability that the card drawn is :
(i) a king or a jack (ii) a non-ace (iii) a red card (iv) neither a king nor a queen. |CBSE 2006|
Solution: Total number of possible outcomes = 52
(i) Number ofjacks = 4
Number of Icings = 4
.'. Number of cards which are jack or king = 4 + 4 = 8
w
8 2
.'. P (getting a king or a jack = — Flo
52 13
ee
(ii) P (getting a non-ace) = 1 - P (getting an ace) = _^ j Fr
48
52 ~ 13
for
ur
26 1
(iii) P (getting a red card) = — [ v Number of red cards = 26]
ks
52 2
Yo
oo
(iv) Number of cards which are king or queen = 4 + 4 = 8
B
re
.'. P (getting neither a king nor a queen)
= 1 - P (getting a king or a queen)
ou
ad
Y
8 44 __n
nd
52 ~ 13
Re
52
Fi
Example 30. A committee of 25 members is formed from 15 women and 10 men. To elect a
chairperson, the names of all members are written on cards and put in a box. One card is then
drawn from the box. What is the probability that the name written on the card is that of (i) a
woman (ii) a man?
Solution: There are 25 cards having one name on each card out of which one card is drawn.
Total number of possible outcomes = 25
(i) Let E, be the event of drawing a card with a woman’s name written on it.
Number of favourable outcomes for event E, = 15
Probability of drawing a card with a woman’s name written on it
11 = 2
25 5
(ii) Let E2 be the event of drawing a card with a man’s name written on it.
ReadYourFlow.COM
15.20 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
The event of drawing a card with a man’s name written on is same as the event of not
drawing a card with a woman’s name on it.
E2 = Ei
Probability of drawing a card with a man’s name on it,
P(E2) = P(Ei)
= l-P(E,)
3 2
= 1--
5 5
Example 31. A bag contains 5 red, 4 blue and 3 green balls. A ball is taken out of the bag at
random. Find the probability that the selected ball is(i) of red colour (ii)not of green colour.
|CBSE 2008|
low
Solution: Total number of balls = 5 + 4 + 3 = 12
Number of red balls = 5
Number of blue balls = 4
ee
rF
Number of green balls = 3
Fr
5
for
(i) P (red ball) = —
12
u
ks
1 3
Yo
(ii) P (not green) = 1 - P (green ball) = 1 - —
oo
12 4 4
B
Example 32. A box contains 5 red balls, 4 green balls and 7 white balls. A ball is drawn at
re
random from the box. Find the probability that the ball drawn is (i) white, (ii) neither red nor
ou
ad
white.
Y
Solution: Number ofred balls= 5
d
Number ofgreen balls = 4
Re
n
Fi
Number of white balls = 7
Total number of balls = 5+ 4 + 7= 16
(i) P (white) = -
16
(ii) Number ofballs which are red or white= 5 + 7=12
.•. P (neither red nor white)
12 = _4_ = J_
= 1 -P (red or white) = 1
16 ~ 16 _ 4
4 1
Second method : P (neither red nor white) = P (green) = ^ = ^
Example 33. A die is rolled twice. Find the probability of
ReadYourFlow.COM
Probability 15.21
(i) Four not turning up either time.
(ii) Four turning up at least once.
Solution: The experiment of rolling a die twice can be considered same as rolling oftwo dice
simultaneously.
(i) The event of four not turning up either time when a die is rolled twice can be considered
same as four not turning up on either of the two dice rolled simultaneously.
Let E, be the event of four not turning up on either of the two dice rolled
simultaneously.
When two dice are rolled, possible outcomes have been shown in the following table:
1 2 3 4 5 6
w
1 (U) (2, 1) (3,1) (4,1) (5, 1) (6, 1)
2 (1,2) (2, 2) (3,2)
Flo (4, 2) (5,2) (6, 2)
ee
Fr
for
(L3) (5,3) (6,3)
ur
3 (2, 3) (3.3) (4.3)
ks
Yo
oo
4 (1,4) (2.4) (3,4) (4.4) (5,4) (6. 4)
B
re
5 (1,5) (2, 5) (3,5) (5,5)
ou
(4, 5) (6,5)
ad
Y
nd
Re
6 (1,6) (2, 6) (3,6) (4. 6) (5. 6) (6, 6)
Fi
The total number of possible outcomes = 6x6 = 36
The outcomes favourable to the event E, have been shown in the marked region in the table
given above.
Clearly, number of outcomes favourable to the event Ej = 25
25
•• P(E,) = —
36
(ii) Let E2 be the event of four turning up at least once.
E2 can also be considered as the event of four turning up on either or on both of the two
dice rolled together.
The outcomes favourable to the event are shown in the unshaded region in the table
given above
Number of outcomes favourable to event E2 = 11.
ReadYourFlow.COM
15.22 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
I I
••• P(E2) = —
25
Second method : E9 = Ej
Probability of four turning up at least once, ?(£->) = ?(£])
25 _ _l_L
= 1 - P (E,) =1
36 " 36
Example 34. 12 defective pens are accidently mixed with 132 good ones. It is not possible to
tell which pen is defective by just looking at it. One pen is taken out at random from this lot.
Determine the probability of drawing a (i) non-defective pen (ii) defective pen. [NCERT]
Solution: When 12 defective pens are mixed with 132 good ones, the total number of
possible outcomes = 144
w
(i) Let E, be the event of drawing a non-defective pen
Now the number of non-defective pen = 132 Flo
The number of outcomes favourable to the event E, = 132
ee
The probability of drawing a non-defective pen. Fr
for
ur
132 11
P(E,) =----
1 144 12
ks
Yo
(ii) Let E2 be the event of drawing a defective pen
oo
B
Since E, and E2 are complementary events,
re
P(E]) + P(E2)=1
ou
ad
11 1
Y
or P(E2) = 1 - P(EI) = 1-----
12 12
d
Re
n
Fi
Example 35. Two players, Sangeeta and Reshma, play a tennis match. It is known that the
probability of Sangeeta winning the match is 0.62. What is the probability of Reshma
winning? [NCERT]
Solution: Let R and S be the event of Reshma and Sangeeta winning the match respectively.
In a match between two players which cannot be draw, the event of a player winning is same
as the event of the other player losing the match.
The probability of Reshma winning the match would be same as the probability of
Sangeeta losing the match.
P(R) = P(S) [R and S are complementary events]
= 1-P(S)
= 1-0.62=0.38
Example 36. A box contains 7 red balls, 8 green balls and 5 white balls. A ball is drawn at
ReadYourFlow.COM
Probability 15.23
random from the box. Find the probability that the ball drawn is
(i) white (ii) neither red nor white [CBSE 20071
Solution: Total number of balls = 7 + 8 + 5 = 20
(i) P (white) = — = -
20 4
(ii) P (neither red nor white) = l - P (red or white)
12 20 -12 _ 8 _ 2
=1
20 20 _ 20 ~ 5
2
Second method : P (neither red nor white) = P (green) = —
20 5
Example 37. Two die are thrown simultaneously. Find the probability that the sum of the two
w
numbers appearing on the top is less than or equal to 10. [CBSE 2005]
Flo
Solution: Since on each die, one of the numbers 1, 2,3,4,5, 6 will come up
ree
Let E be the event that the sum of numbers coming up on the two die is 10.
F
Let E denote the event of getting a total of a number greater than 10.
or
ur
Then, E = {(6,5), (5,6), (6,6)}
sf
Number ofoutcomes favourable to E = 3
k
Yo
Now P (Sum of numbers less than or equal to 10)
oo
B
= 1 - P (Sum of numbers greater than 10)
re
3 11
ou
=1
ad
36 12 12
Y
nd
Type III. Problems based on use of geometry.
Re
Fi
WORKING RULE:
Use the following information whichever is required :
1. Find the total possible length L and length / favourable to event E, then required
probability P (E) =
2. Find the total possible area A and the area a favourable to event, then required
probability p (E) = —.
A
3. Find the total possible volume V and the volume v favourable to event E, then, required
probability P (E) = \
ReadYourFlow.COM
15.24 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Example 38. A traffic signal displays green light for two minutes to.allow passage of traffic
on a particular road. Ifthe signal is currently displaying green light then find the probability
that it will turn red within the next half a minute.
Solution: Here the possible outcomes are all numbers between 0 and 2. The same can be
represented using the number line (See the given figure).
+ H----- 1----- h
0 l l 3 2
2 2
Let E be the event of the green light turning red within the next half a minute.
3
The outcomes favourable to E are points on the number line from — to 2.
3
The distance from 0 to 2 is 2 units while the distance from — to 2 is - units.
w
2 2
Since all outcomes are equally likely, we can say that out of the total distance of 2 units, the
Flo
ee
distance favourable to the event E is — units.
:
Fr
Probability of the green light turning red within the next half a minute.
for
ur
l
ks
P(E) = — = —
Yo
2 4
oo
6m
eB
Example 39. A cross-mark is placed at random on the
rectangular region shown in the figure. What is the probability
4m
r
that it will be placed inside the circle with radius l m?
ou
ad
Y
Solution: Let E be the event of placing a cross-mark in the circle. Now placing a cross-mark
nd
Re
within the rectangular region would mean placing the point of intersection of the line forming
Fi
the cross mark in the area bounded by the rectangle.
Total number of possible outcomes = Area of the rectangle = 6 x 4 = 24 m2
Similarly, number of favourable outcomes = Area of the circle = rr x (1 )2 = n m2
Probability of placing a cross-mark inside the circle, P(E) = —.
24
Example 40. A missing helicopter is reported to
have crashed somewhere in the rectangular region
shown in the given figure. What is the probability
that it crashed inside the lake shown in the figure?
Solution: The chances of the helicopter crashing
anywhere in the rectangular region is equally likely.
9 km ♦
ReadYourFlow.COM
Probability 15.25
Let E be the event of the helicopter crashing in the lake.
The area ofthe entire region in which the helicopter can crash
= (9 x 4.5) km2=40.5 km2
The area ofthe lake within the region = (3 x 2.5) km2 = 7.5 km2
7.5 5
The probability ofthe helicopter crashing in the lake. P( E) =
40.5 27
EXERCISE 15
Type!
1. (a) Which ofthe following have 'equally likely' outcomes? Explain.
(i) A player calls for a head in a toss of coin. The coin shows up either heads or tails.
w
(ii) Mr. Sharma has one child. The child is either a boy or a girl.
(iii) An attempt was made to answer a true-false question. The answer is correct or
Flo
incorrect.
ee
(iv) A batsman plays and misses a ball. The ball either hits the wickets or misses them,
Fr
(b) Which ofthe following experiments have equally likely outcomes? Explain
(i) A driver attempts to start a car. The car starts or does not start.
or
ur
f
(ii) A player attempts to shoot a basketball. She/he shoots or misses the shot.
ks
Yo
2. (a) Which ofthe following amongst the given options cannot be the probability of an
oo
event :
B
I
re
(i) 1.01 (ii)67% (iii)-0.5 (■v) 3 (v) 0.3
ou
ad
(b) Which ofthe following cannot be the probability of an event?
Y
2
d
Re
(ii)- 1-5 (iii) 15% (iv) 0.7
(i)I
n
Fi
3. Find the probability of getting a head when a coin is tossed once. Also find the
probability ofgetting a tail.
4. Why is tossing a coin considered to be a fair way of deciding which team should get the
ball at the beginning of a football game? (NCERT|
SC^n a simultaneous throw oftwo coins, find the probability of getting
(i) two heads (ii) exactly one head (iii ) no tail (iv) at least one tail
6. A bag contains a red ball, a blue ball and a yellow ball, all the balls being ofthe same size.
Kritika takes out a ball from the bag without looking into it. What is the probability that
she takes out the
(i) yellow ball? (ii) red ball? (iii) blue ball?
7. Suppose we throw a die once, (i) What is the probability of getting a number greater
than 4? (ii) What is the probability of getting a number less than or equal to4?
ReadYourFlow.COM
15.26 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
8. One card is drawn from a well-shuffled deck of 52 cards. Calculate the probability that
the card will |NCERT|
(i) be an ace, (ii) not be an ace
OS'in a throw of a fair die, find the probability of getting
(i) the number 5 (ii) the number 3 or 4
(iii) a prime number (iv) a number greater than 4
(v) a number greater than 6 (vi) a number less than 6
10. A bag contains blue coloured balls only. Rahul takes out one ball without looking into
the bag. What is the probability of his
(i) taking out a green ball? (ii) taking out a blue ball?
lyl^/find the probability that a number selected from the numbers 1 to 25 is not a prime
number when each of given numbers is equally likely to be selected.
w
1 box contains 20 cards, n umbered from I to 20. A card is drawn from the box at random.
Flo
Find the probability that the number on the card drawn is (i) even (ii) prime and (iii)
multiple of 3.
ee
Fr
13. The numbers on the six laces of a die are replaced by the letters given below:
IS 0 0 0 s n
for
ur
In the throw ofthis die, find the probability of getting
ks
Yo
(i)A (ii) B
oo
14yln a single throw of two dice, find the probability of getting the sum of numbers
eB
appearing on the two dice.
r
(i) greater than 8 (ii) less than or equal to 12
ou
ad
Y
(iii) equal to 7 (iv) divisible by 3 or 4
nd
ISj/Two dice are rolled together. Write all the possible outcomes and find the probability of
Re
t getting
Fi
(1) a number greater than 4 on each die.
(ii) a doublet (the same number appearing on each of the die)
16. .The integers from 1 to 30 are written on chits of paper (one number on each chit). These
^ chits are then put in a box and well mixed. Ramesh picks up one chit. What is the
probability that his chit has
(i) the number 5 (ii) an odd number (iii) a prime number
17. Prakash draws a card from a well-shuffled deck of 52 cards. What is the probability that
he draws
(i)a king (ii)a red card
(iii) a diamond (iv) the six of spade
18. There are 40 students in class X of a school of whom 25 are girls and 15 are boys. The
class teacher has to select one student as a class representative. She writes the name of
each student on a separate card, the cards being identical. Then she puts the cards in a
ReadYourFlow.COM
Probability 15.27
bag and mixes them thoroughly. She then draws one card from the bag. What is the
probability that the name written on the card is the name of(i) a girl? (ii) a boy?
|NCERT|
19. A bag contains 3 red balls and 5 black balls. A ball is drawn at random from the bag. What
is the probability that the ball drawn is (i) red ? (ii) not red ?
20. A bag contains lemon flavoured candies only. Malini takes out one candy without
looking into the bag. What is the probability that she takes out |NCERT|
(i) an orange flavoured candy?
(ii) a lemon flavoured candy?
21. Two dice, one blue and one grey, are thrown at the same lime. Write down all the
possible outcomes. What is the probability that the sum of the two numbers appearing
on the top of the dice is [NCERT]
(i)8? (ii) 13 ? (iii) less than or equal to 12?
w
22. A die is thrown once. Find the probability of getting
Flo
(i) a prime number; (ii) a number lying between 2 and 6;
|NCERT|
ee
(iii) an odd number.
Fr
23. One card is drawn from a well-shuffled deck of 52 cards. Find the probability of getting
(i) a king of red col our (i i) a face card (i i i) a red face card
for
ur
(iv) the jack of hearts (v) a spade (vi) the queen of diamonds |NCERT|
ks
24. Five cards—the ten, jack, queen, king and ace ofdiamonds, are well-shuffled with their
Yo
oo
face downwards. One card is then picked up at random.
eB
(i) What is the probability that the card is the queen?
r
(ii) If the queen is drawn and put aside, what is the probability that the second card
ou
ad
picked up is (a) an ace ? (b) a queen ?
Y
2^—Find the probability of a non-leap year having 53 Sundays.
nd
Re
26~-Sfioaib tosses two coins of denominations Re 1 and 2 simultaneously. What is the
Fi
probability that he gets at least one head?
llSk box contains 19 balls bearing numbers 1,2.3,..., 19. A ball is drawn at random from the
box. Find the probability that the number on the ball is
(i)a prime number (ii) divisible by 3 or 5
(iii) neither divisible by 5 nor by 10 (iv)an even number |CBSE 2006|
23,/A bag contains 4 white balls, 6 red balls, 7 black balls and 3 blue balls. One ball is drawn
at random from the bag. Find the probability that the ball drawn is
(i) white (ii) not black
(iii) neither white nor black (iv) red or white |CBSE 2006|
25^A bag contains 8 red. 6 white and 4 black balls. A ball is drawn at random from the bag.
Find the probability that the drawn ball is
(i) red or white (ii) not black
(iii ) neither white nor black
ReadYourFlow.COM
15.28 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
30. A game of chance consists of spinning an arrow which comes to rest pointing at one of
the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. 6, 7. 8, and these are equally likely outcomes. What is the
probability that it will point at
(i)8? (ii) an odd number ?
(iii) a number greater than 2 ? (iv) a number less than 9 ? INCERTJ
31. A box contains 90 discs which are numbered from 1 to 90.1f one disc is drawn at random
from the box, find the probability that it bears (i) a two-digit number (ii) a perfect square
number (iii) a number divisible by 5. INCERT]
32. A die is numbered in such a way that its faces show the numbers 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 6. It is
thrown two times and the total score in two throws is noted. Complete the following
table which gives a few values of the total score on the two throws :
Number in first throw
=: + 2 2 3 3 6
£ 1 2 3 3 4 4 7
w
•£
12 2 3 4 4 5 5 8
o
1/3
c
2 Flo 5
ee
3
53
-c
E
3
3 5 Fr 9
z 6 7 8 8 9 9 12
for
ur
What is the probability that the total score is
ks
Yo
(i) even ? (ii) 6 ? (iii ) at least 6?
oo
33. Cards marked with numbers 13, 14, 15,..., 60 are placed in a box and mixed thoroughly.
B
One card is drawn at random from the box. Find the probability that number on the drawn
re
card is
ou
ad
(i) divisible by 5.
Y
(ii) a number which is a perfect square.
nd
Re
34. A bag contains 5 red balls and some blue balls. Ifthe probability of drawing a blue ball
from the bag is thrice that of a red ball, find the number of blue balls in the bag.
Fi
|CBSE 2007|
35. A bag contains 5 red balls and some blue balls. If the probability of drawing a blue ball
from the bag is four times that of a red ball, find the number of blue balls in the bag.
|CBSE 2007|
36. A box contains 3 blue, 2 white and 4 red marbles. Ifa marble is drawn at random from the
box, what is the probability that it will be
(i) white? (ii)blue? (iii) red ?
37. Gopi buys a fish from a shop for his aquarium. The shopkeeper takes out one fish at
random from a tank containing 5 male fish and 8 female fish. What is the probability that
the fish taken out is a male fish? |NCERT|
3^/^carton consists of 100 shirts of which 88 are good. 8 have minor defects and 4 have
major defects. Jimmy, a trader, will only accept the shirts which are good, but Sujatha,
another trader, will only reject the shirts which have major defects. One shirt is drawn at
ReadYourFlow.COM
Probability 15.29
random from the carton. What is the probability that
(i) it is acceptable to Jimmy? (ii) it is acceptable to Sujatha? [NCERT]
Type II
3^/tO There are 30 cards of same size, in a bag on which numbers l to 30 are written. One
card is taken out of the bag at random. Find the probability that the number on the
selected card is not divisible by 3.
(ii) If the probability of an event E i.e., P(E) isO.08. what would the probability of the
event‘not E’ be?
(iii) In a group of 3 students, the probability of 2 students not passing an examination
is 0.895. Find the probability of the 2 students passing the examination.
40. Three coins are tossed together. Find the probability of getting
(i) exactly two tails (ii) at least one head
(iii) at least one head and one tail
low
41. A bag contains 20 balls numbered 1 to 20. One ball is drawn at random. Find the probabil
ity that it is marked with a number which is a multiple of 5 or 7.
42. Two teams, Aand B play a game of football. It is known that the probability of A winning
ee
rF
the game is 0.58. What is the probability of B winning the game if a tie is ruled out?
Fr
Type III
for
u
43. Harpreet tosses two different coins simultaneously (say, one is of Re 1 and other of
ks
Rs. 2). What is the probability that she gets at least one head? [NCERT|
Yo
oo
-^^Savita and Hamida are friends. What is the probability that both will have (i) different
B
birthdays ? (ii) the same birthday ? (ignoring a leap year). [NCERT|
re
45. A card is drawn at random from a well-shuffled deck of playing cards. Find the
ou
ad
probability of drawing a (i) face card (ii)card which is neither a king nor a red card.
Y
jCBSE 2005|
nd
Re
46. A die is thrown twice. What is the probability that
Fi
(i) 5 will not come up either time ? (ii) 5 will come up at least once?
[Hint: Throwing a die twice and throwing two dice simultaneously are treated as the
same experiment]
47. A game consists of tossing a one rupee coin 3 times and noting its outcome each lime.
Hanifwins if all the tosses give the same result i.e., three heads or three tails, and loses
otherwise. Calculate the probability that Hanifwdll lose the game.
48. A lot consists of 144 ball pens of which 20 are defective and the others are good. Nuri
will buy a pen if it is good, but will not buy if it is defective. The shopkeeper draws one
pen at random and gives it to her. What is the probability that
(i) She will buy it?
(ii) She will not buy it?
ReadYourFlow.COM
15.30 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
Type III
49. In a game of musical chairs, the person playing music has
been advised to stop playing the music at any time within l
minute after she starts playing. What is the probability that
the music will stop within the first 20 seconds after starting?
SO^yA dart is thrown at a circular board which has regions marked
for scoring. If the dart hits the region 1, the player gets 50
points and if it hits the region 2, the player gets 100 points. If
the dart hits the board, find the probability of the player
getting 100 points. (NCERTJ
51. Suppose you drop a die at random on the rectangular region
shown in figure. What is the probability that it will land
w
inside the circle with diameter 1 m ?
Flo
ee
ANSWERS
f Fr
1
for
r
1. (a)(i) (ii)(iii) (b) (i) (ii) (iii) 2. (a)(i),(ii),(iii); (b)(ii),(iii)
3-l
ou
ks
4. Because when a coin is tossed, the outcomes head and tail are equally likely.
oo
I 1 3 3
Y
B
5. (i) ^ (ii) , (iii) ^ (iv) -
re
1 I 1 2
ou
ad
6- (0 3 (>0 3 (iii) 3 7. (O3 00 3
Y
1 12 1 1 1
nd
Re
8* (i)D (ii) 73 9. (0- (ii) 3 (iii) -
Fi
1
(iv) 3 (v) 0 (vi) 1 10. (i) 0 (ii) 1
16 1 2 3
11. 12. (i)- (ii)T (iii) 77;
25 10
1 5 I 5
13-« 3 ® 6 14. (i)- (ii) 1 (iii) - (iv) -
18
(ii) ^ (ii) | (iii) 5
15-(i) 5 16'
(ii)i 1 1 5 3
17. (i) j (iii) - (iv) — 18. (i) - (ii) -
52 8 8
3 5 5
19.(0 3 (ii) 20. (i) 0 (ii) 1 21. (i) — (ii) 0 (iii) 1
8
ReadYourFlow.COM
Probability 15.31
l l I 3
22. (i) - (ii) (iii) 2 23. (0 T7 (ii) 7T
2 26 13
3 l l l l
24. (i)-
(iv) 51 (v) 7 (vi) 7T
52
1 1 3 8
(ii) (a) 7 (b) 0 25. ? 26. - 27. (i) —
4 4 19
8 16 9 1 13
® 19 (iii) 77T (iv) 79 28. (i) - (ii) 20
™
19
9 1 7 7 4
(iii) ^ (iv) - 29. 0) 9 (ii) 9 (^) 9
1 1 3 9
30. (i) 7
low
(ii) 7 (iii) ^ (iv) 1 31* (i) 710a
8
12 2 3 3 6
3 3 4 4 7
ee
4 4
rF
5 5 8
4 4 5
Fr5 8
1 1 1
for
(ii) 77 (iii) 5 32. 3 4 5 5 6 6 9 (i) 7
10
u
3 4 5 5 6 6 9
ks
Yo
6 7 8 8 9 9 12
oo
B
1 5 5 1
33. (i) 77 (ii) 34. 15
re
(ii) 7
9 (iii) 77
12 24 12
ou
ad
2 1 4 5
35.20 36. (i) 7 37. —
Y
(ii) 3 (iii) 9 13
9
nd
Re
2
38.(i) 0.88 (ii) 0.96 39. (i)I (ii) 0.92 (iii) 0.105
Fi
3 3 3
40. (i) 00 3 (iii) 7 41. 42. 0.42
8 4 10
3 364 1 3 6
43. - 45. (i) — (ii) 77
4 44* (i)36? (H) 3^? 13 13
25 11 3
4M0 ^ ® 56 47.
4'
[Hint: Possible outcomes are : HHH. TTT, HHT, HTH, HTT, THH, THT, TTH. Here,
THH means tail in the first toss, head on the second toss and head on the third toss
and so on].
31 5 4 7T
48. (i) 49. 1/4 50. 51. —
36 ® 55 25 24
ReadYourFlow.COM
15.32 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Very Short Answer Type Questions:
1. A die is thrown once. What is the probability of getting a number greater than 4 ?
|A12010)
2. A die is thrown twice. What is the probability that the same numbe will come up either
time? [Foreign 2010]
Short Answer Type Questions :
1. Two dice are thrown simultaneously. What is the probability that
w
(i) 5 will not come up on either of them ?
(ii) 5 will come up on at least one ? Flo
(ii) 5 will come up at both dice ?
ee
2. The king, queen and jack of clubs are removed from a deck of 52 playing cards and the
Fr
remaining cards are shuffled. A card is drawn from the remaining cards. Find the
or
ur
probability of getting a card of
f
(i)heart (ii) queen (iii) clubs IDelhi 2009|
ks
Yo
3. A box has cards numbered 14 to 99. Cards are mixed thoroughly and a card is drawn from
oo
the bag at random. Find the probability that the number on the card, drawn from the box
B
re
is
(i) an odd number
ou
ad
Y
(ii) a perfect square number
(iii) a number divisible by 7.
nd
[Foreign 2009|
Re
Fi
4. Cards bearing numbers 1,3,5,...., 35 are kept in a bag. A card is drawn at random from the
bag. Find the probability of getting a card bearing.
(i)a prime number less than 15.
(ii) a number divisible by 3 and 5. [Delhi 2010|
5. From a well-shuffled pack of playing cards, black jacks, black kings and black aces are
removed. A card is then drawn at random from the pack. Find the probability of getting
(i) a red card.
(ii) not a diamond card [Foreign 2010[
6. A bag contains cards which are numbered from 2 to 90. A card is drawn at random from
the bag. Find the probability that it bears.
(i)a two digit number
(ii) a number which is a perfect square. [AI 2010|
ReadYourFlow.COM
Probability 15.33
OBJECTIV E QUESTIONS
A. Objective Type Questions (MCQ 1 Mark):
Choose the correct option :
1. The set of all possible outcomes of a random experiment is called
(a) sample space (b) elementary event
(c) complementary event (d) none of these
2. Ifa random experiment is performed then each of its outcomes is known as
(a) favourable event (b) sample space
(c) elementary event (d) compound event
low
3. IfP(A) denotes the probability of an event A, then
(a) P(A)<0 (b) P(A)>I
(c) 0 <P(A)< 1 (d) - 1 < P(A) < 1
ee
rF
4. The probability expressed as a percentage of a particular occurrence can never be
(a) less than 100 (b) less than 0
Fr
or
(c) greater than 1 (d) anything but a whole number
f
u
5. The experiments which when repeated under identical conditions produce the same
ks
Yo
results or outcomes, are known as
oo
B
(a) random experiments (b) probabilistic experiments
re
(c) elementary experiments (d) none of these
ou
ad
6. An experiment whose outcomes has to be among a set of events that are completely
Y
known but whose exact outcomes is unknown is a
(b) elementary event
nd
(a) sample space
Re
Fi
(c) random experiment (d) none of these
7. The probability that a non leap year selected at random will contain 53 Sundays is
2 3 5
(a) - (b) (c) (d)
7 7 7 7
8. A card is drawn from a deck of 52 cards. The event E is that card is not an ace of hearts.
The number of outcomes favourable to E is
(a) 4 (b) 13 (c) 48 (d) 51
9. A card is selected from a deck of52 cards. The probability of its being a red face card is
3 3 2
(a) TT (b) (c) (d) -
26 13 13
10. When a die is thrown, the probability of getting an odd number less than 3 is
1
(a) ^ (b) j (O ^ (d) 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
15.34 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
11. A bag contains 3 red balls, 5 white balls and 7 black balls. What is the probability that
a ball drawn from the bag at random will be neither red nor balck ?
7 8
(a) - (b) 3 (c) (d)
15 15
12. A card is selected at random from a well shuffled deck of 52 playing cards. The probability
of its being a face card is
3 4 6 9
(a) TT (b) 7T (c) TT (d)
13 13 13 13
13. A single letter is selected at random from the word 'PROBABILITY'. The probability that
it is a vowel is
3 4 2 5
(a) 77
13
(b) (O - (d)
w
II 11
14. One ticket is drawn at random from a bag containing tickets numbered 1 to 40. The
Flo
probability that the selected ticket has a number which is a multiple of 5 is
ee
1 3 4
(a) ~ (b) , (O T Fr (“) 3
15. The probability of getting a bad egg in a lot of400 is 0.035. The number ofbad eggs in
for
ur
the lot is
ks
(a) 7 (b) 14 (c) 21 (d) 28
Yo
oo
16. Someone is asked to take a number from I to 100. The probability that it is prime is
B
re
6 1 13
(a) J (b)
25
(O - (d)
50
ou
ad
Y
17. A girl calculates that the probability of her winning the first prize in a lottery is 0.08. If
6000 tickets are sold, how many tickets has she bought ?
nd
Re
(a) 40 (b) 240 (c) 480 (d) 750
Fi
18. One ticket is selected at random from 100 tickets numbered 0.0.01,02,...., 99. Suppose
-v is sum of the digits and v is product of the diaits. Then probability of the event that .v
= 9 and v = 0 is
2 3
(a) 77 (b) (c) (d)
17 23 50 25
19. A school has five houses. A, B. C. D and E. A class has 23 students, 4 from house A, 8
from house B. 5 from house C, 2 from house D and rest from house E. A single student
is selected at random to be the class monitor. The probability that the selected student
is not from A, B and C is
4 6 8 17
(a) 77 (b) (O (d)
23 23 23 23
ReadYourFlow.COM
Probability 15.35
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions :
Consider the following statements :
(a) Both the statements l and 2 are true and statement 2 is the correct explanation for
statement 1.
(b) Both the statements 1 are true and statement 2 is not the correct explanation for statement
(c) Statement 1 is true but statment 2 is false.
(d) Statement 1 is false but statement 2 is true.
Choose the correct option from (a), (b), (c) and (d) in the following:
1. Statement 1 : A die is tossed once. Then the probability of getting an odd number is
w
2'
Statement 2 : Probability of an event can be any number from 0 to 1.
Solution : Statement 2 is true
Flo | [v 0<P(E)< 1]
ree
Statement 1 : when a die is thrown exactly one of the numbers 1,2,3,4, 5,6 may occur, out of
which odd numbers are 1,3,5. F
.'. Total number of equally likely cases = 6
or
ur
sf
Favourable cases = 3
k
Yo
3 1
oo
Required probability = ^ = ^
B
Therefore, statement 1 is true.
re
Hence Statement 1 and Statement 2 arc both true but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation
ou
ad
for Statement 1.
Y
3
2. Statement 1 : Ifthe probability ofwinning a game is then the probability of losing
nd
Re
Fi
it is —
4
Statement2 : P(notE)i.e. P(E) = 1-P(E)
3. Statement I : A die is thrown once. Then the probability of getting a number greater
than 6 is 1.
Statement 2 : Probability of an impossible event = 0.
C. Linked Comprehension Type Questions :
Passage -1 : Probability of an event E is denoted by P (E) and 0< P (E) < 1. Also the sum of
probabilities of all the elementary events of an experiment is 1.
For any event E, P(E)+ P(E)= I
Now, answer the following questions :
ReadYourFlow.COM
15.36 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
1. Which of the following cannot be the probability of an event ?
1 1
(a) ? (b) 0 (c) (d) 0.8
2
2. If A,, A2, A3 are all the three elementary events of an experiment, then which of the
following is possible
(a) P(A,) = P(A2)= P(A3) = — (b) P(A,) = P(A2)= P(A3) = —
6
(c) P(A1) = P(A2)=P(A3) = i (d) P(A,) = 0, P(A2)= 1,P(A3) = —
3. A card is drawn from a pack of 50 cards numbered 1 to 50. Then, probability that the card
drawn contains a number which is not a perfect square =
21 23 43
low
(a) ,5 (b) 25 <C> 50 (d) none of these
Solution : 1. Since for any event E. 0 < P (E) < 1 therefore probability of an event cannot
1
ee
be
rF
2
Fr
for
2. (a) is false v P(A,)+P(AJ + P(A3) = - + - + -= ~ = -* 1
u
6 6 6 6 2
ks
Yo
1 3
oo
(b) is false v P(A,)+P(A9) + P(AA = — + — + — = —^ 1
B
2 2 2 2
re
1
ou
(c) is true [v PfA^n-P(A-,)+P(A,) = - + - + -=
ad
3 3 3 3
Y
and P (A,), P (A2), P (A3) are all > 0]
d
Re
n
Fi
(d) is false v P(A,)+P(A,)+P(A,) = 0+I+-= -* 1
2 2
3. Total number of cards = 50
Numbers from 1 to 50 which are perfect squares are 1,4. 9. 16.25. 36.49.
Number of such numbers = 7
Let E be the event that a card drawn from 50 given cards contains a number which is a
perfect square.
7
Then, P(E) =
50
.'. Probability that a card drawn does not contain a number which is a perfect square.
7 43
P(E) = 1 - P(E) = 1----- = —
50 so '
outcomes are not equally likely outcomes. [The probability of drawing a red ball is
different from the probability of drawing a blue ball.]
ReadYourFlow.COM
Probability 15.37
RECENT YEARS QUESTIONS
Very Short Answer Type Questions;
1
2- 6
Short Answer Type Questions:
25 11 1 13 3 23
w
1 (i) — (ii) — (iii)—
'• ®5?(ii)^(iii)M 2- (i)¥(i,)49(,u)5? 2 43 86
4. (i)—(ii) —
Flo 6
■x 81 8
(i) — (n) —
ree
18 18 89 89
F
or
ur
OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
k sf
Yo
A.Objective Questions:
oo
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (a)
B
re
8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (a) 11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (b) 14. (a)
ou
15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (c) 18. (c) 19. (b)
ad
Y
B. Assertion-Reason Type Questions :
nd
Re
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (d)
Fi
C. Comprehension Type Questions:
1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (c)
EXEMPLAR PROBLEMS
1. Ifa number is selected at random from the numbers 1 to 100. Find the probability that it
is a prime number.
Soln. Total number of outcomes = 100
Prime numbers from 1 to 100 are 2,3,5,7,11, 13,17,19,23,29,31,37,41,43,47,53.59,61,67,
71,73,79,83,89 and 97.
.'. Total number of possible outcomes =25
25
Required probability
ReadYourFlow.COM
15.38 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
2. A girl calculates that the probability of her winning the first prize in a lottery is 0.08. If
6000 tickets are sold, then how many tickets has she bought ?
(a) 40 (b) 240 (c) 480 (d) 750
Soln. Given, total number of sold tickets = 6000
Let number of tickets she bought = .v
Then, probability of her winning the first prize = 60l0 = 0'08 [giVenl
=> x= 0.08 x 6000
.v =480
Hence, she bought 480 tickets.
3. Apoorv throws two dice once and computes the product of the numbers appearing on
the dice. Peehu throws one die and squares the number that appears on it. Who has the
better chance of getting the number 36 ? Why ?
w
Soln. Apoorv thorws two dice once.
So total number of outcomes = 36 Flo
Number of outcomes for getting product 36 = 1 [(6,6)]
ee
Probability for Apoorv of getting the number 36 = —
36
1 Fr
for
ur
Also, Peehu throws one die.
So. total number of outcomes = 6
ks
Yo
Number of outcomes for getting square 36 = 1 (v 6: = 36)
oo
B
1 6
re
.’.Probability for Peehu of getting the number 36 = - = —
6 36
ou
ad
Hence, Peehu has better chance of getting the number 36.
Y
4. A student says that, if you throw a die, it will show up 1 or not 1. Therefore, the
nd
Re
1
probability of getting 1 and the probability of getting not 1, each is equal to —• Is this
Fi
correct ? Give reasons.
Soln. No, this is not correct.
Suppose we throw a die, then total number of outcomes = 6
Possible outcomes are : 1,2, 3,4, 5. 6
1
Probability of getting I = —
‘"6
Now, probability of getting not 1= 1 - Probability of getting 1
= i-i=-
6 6
5. A child’s game has 8 triangles of which 3 are blue and rest are red, and 10 squares of
which 6 are blue and rest are red. One piece is lost at random. Find the probability that
it is a
ReadYourFlow.COM
Probability 15.39
(a) triangle (b) square
(c) square of blue colour (d) triangle of red colour
[Ans. (a) ^, (b) ~, (c) ~, (d) ~ ]
Soln. Total number of figures = 8 + 10= 18
8
(a) P (lost piece is a triangle) = —
18 _ 9
10 5
(b) P (lost piece is a square) = --
^ = —^
10 squares;
(c) P (square of blue colour) = — 6 -1
18 ~ 3
w
6blue 4 red
5
(d) P (triangle of red colour) = — Flo
18
6. A carton of 24 bulbs contain 6 defective bulbs. One bulb is drawn at random. What is
ree
the probability that the bulb is not defective ? If the bulb selected is defective and it is
F
not replaced and a second bulb is selected at random from the rest, what is the probability
or
that the second bulb is defective ?
ur
sf
Soln. v Total number of bulbs, n (S) = 24
Total
Number of defective bulbs = 6
k
Yo
bulbs 24
oo
.’. Number of non-defective bulbs = 18
B
Let E| = Event of selecting non-defective bulb = Event of selecting
re
good bulb 18 good 6 defective
ou
-__bulbs__-
ad
Then,/?(£,) =18 ^bulbs^
Y
k(E,) 183
nd
P(E,) =
Re
/?(S) “ 24 ~ 4
Fi
Suppose the selected bulb is defective and not replaced, then total number of bulbs that
remains in the carton, n (S) = 23
In them 18 are good bulbs and 5 are defective bulbs
5
P (selecting second defective bulb) - —
FORMATIV E ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
[50 Marks)
Objective and Very Short Answer Type Questions (1 Mark):
Choose the correct option :
1. The sum of the probability of all elementary events ofan experiment is p. then
(a) 0</?< 1 (b) 0 <p < 1 (c) p=\ (d) p = 0
ReadYourFlow.COM
15.40 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
2. Among 52 cards, there are 12 face cards. Probability that a card drawn at random is not
a face card is
3 9 10 3
(a) 7T (b) (c)
13 13 13
3. The probability of getting a bad egg in a lot of400 is 0.035. Then amber of bad eggs in
the lot is
(a) 7 (b) 14 (c) 21 (d) 28
4. A bag contains 7 red balls, 8 white balls and 5 green balls. A ball is drawn from the bag
at random. What is the probability that the ball drawn is not of green colour.
Short Answer Type Questions (2 Marks):
5. A card is drawn at random from a pack of52 playing cards. Find the probability that the
card drawn is neither an ace nor a king.
w
6. Tickets numbered from 1 to 20 are mixed together and then a ticket is drawn at random.
What is the probability that the ticket has a number which is a multiple of 3 or 7.
Flo
7. A bag contains 5 red balls, 8 white balls, 4 green balls and 7 black balls. If one ball is
ee
drawn at random, find the probability that it is Fr
(i) black (ii) red (iii) not green
or
ur
f
8. 1000 tickets of a lottery where sold and there are 5 prizes on these tickets. If a person
ks
purchased one lottery ticket. What is the probabilitythat he will win a prize ?
Yo
oo
9. Two coins are tossed simultaneously. Find the probability of getting
eB
(i) at least one head (ii) at most one tail
r
10. A die is thrown twice. What is the probability that
ou
ad
Y
(i) 4 will come up at least once (ii) a total of 8 comes
nd
Re
Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks):
Fi
11. Out of400 bulbs in a box 15 bulbs are defective. One bulb is taken out at random from
the box. Find the probability that the drawn bulb is not defective.
12. Find the probabilitythat a leap year selected at random will have 53 fridays.
13. Eleven balls are serially numbered 1 to 11 and are put in a bag. Find the probability that
a ball drawn at random will be
(i) odd numbered ball (ii) even numbered ball
(iii)primenumbered ball.
14. A card is drawn at random from a well shuffled pack of 52 playing cards. Find the
probability of getting
(i) a queen (ii) a diamond (iii) an ace or a king
15. Three coins are tossed once. Find the probability of getting
(i) 3 heads (ii) exactly 2 heads (iii) at least 2 heads.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Probability 15.41
16. Cards marked 5 to 80 are placed in a box and mixed thoroughly. A card from the box is
drawn at random. Find the probability that the number on the card is
(i) a number which is a perfect square
(ii) a prime number less than 25.
Long Answer Type Questions (4 Marks):
17. 17 cards numbered 1.2, 3,..., 16, 17 are put in a box and mixed thorougly. One person
draws a card from the box. Find the probability that the number on the cards.
(i) an odd number (ii) a prime number
(iii) divisible by 3 (iv) divisible by 3 and 2 both
18. (i)Two children were born in 2008. What is the probability that they will have
(a) same birthday (b) different birthdays
w
(ii) Ifthey are born in 2011, what is the probability that they will have
(a) same birthday Flo(b) different birthdays
ee
19. A number is selected at random from the numbers 3, 5. 5, 7, 7. 7, 9, 9, 9. 9. Find the
probability that the selected number is their average. Fr
for
ur
20. At a fete, cards bearing numbers 1 to 1000, one number on one card, are put in a box.
Each player select one card at random and that card is not replaced. Ifthe selected card
ks
has a perfect square greater than 500, the player win a prize.
Yo
oo
What is the probability that
B
re
(i) the first player wins a prize ?
ou
(ii) the second player wins a prize, if the first has won ?
ad
Y
nd
Re
ANSWERS
Fi
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT (UNIT TEST)
3 11
1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. 5.
4 13
2 7 5
6. 7- (i) 777 (ii) 777 (iii) 7 8.
3 24 24 o 200
3 3 35 5 77
9. (i) - (ii) - 10. (i) — (ii) — 11.
36 36 80
ReadYourFlow.COM
15.42 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
2 6 5 5
12. 13. (i) - (ii) - (iii) -
7 11 11 11
1 2 i 3 I 3 7
14. (i) - (ii) - (iii) - 15. (i) - (ii) - (iii) - 16. (i) — (ii) —
9 7 5 2
17. (i) 17 (") 17 i'i) T? (iV) 17
1 365 364 3 8
18. (i) (ii) 366 (iii) 365 (iv) 365 19. — 20. (i) 0.009 (ii)
366 10 999
w
Flo
F ree
or
ur
sf
k
Yo
oo
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
ReadYourFlow.COM
Sample Question Papers 1
SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT I
SAMPLE PAPER I
Time: 3 hours Full Marks: 90
General Instructions:
1. All questions are compulsory.
2. There are 31 questions divided into four sections A. B. C and D.
3. Section A contains 4 questions of one mark each, which are multiple choice type
questions, section B contains 6 questions of two marks each, section C contains 10
questions of three marks each and section D contains 11 questions of four marks each.
4. Use of calculator is not permitted.
SECTION-A
low
Choose the correct answer in each of the following :
1. The sum and product of the zeroes of the polynomial 2 Ox2 - 50x + 10 are
ee
5 1 I 5
rF
(b) 50,10 (d) none of these
<a) 2’2 (C) 2’~2
Fr
2. The product of the HCF and LCM of the smallest prime number and the smallest
for
composite number is
u
ks
(a) 4 (b) 6 (c) 8 (d) 2
Yo
oo
3. If cos (20° + 0) = sin 30°, value of 0 is
B
(a) 20° (b) 40° (c) 30° (d) 50°
re
4. In the given figure, ZABC = 0°, AC 1BC and AD 1 CD such that AD = 4cm, CD = 3 cm
ou
ad
and BC = 12cm. Then tan 0 = 7 A
Y
4 cm
5 13
d
Re
(a) — (b)
n
12 12
Fi
D
5 12 3 cm
(c) 7T (d) 13
B
13 12 cm C
SECTION-B
5. Can the number 6”, (/? being a natural number) end with the digit 5 ? Give the reason.
13 F C
ReadYourFlow.COM
2 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
6. Can (.v - 3) be the remainder of a polynomial P(x) when it is divided by (3x + 2) ? Justify
your Answer.
7. In the given figure, ABCD is a rectangle in which AB= 13 cm. BC - 5 cm, CD = (x +y)cm
and AD = (x -y) cm. Find the values of.v andy.
D (x +>•) cm C
Eo
5 cm
2S
A 13 cm B
8. If cos20 + 7sin20 = 4, show that tan0 = ^
low
OR OT
9. In the figure if and ZTQR = ZPRS. Show that APQS - ATQR.
ee
rF
Fr
for
ou
ks
oo
Y
B
Q S R
re
10. In the given figure 0 is a point inside APQR such that ZPOR = 90°, OP = 3 cm and
ou
ad
OR = 4cm, if PQ = 13 cm. Prove that APQR is a right angled triangles.
Y
nd
Re
Fi
Q R
SECTION-C
11. Show that the square of any positive odd integer is of the form 8m + I for some
integer m.
12. Prove that 2+3\/2 is irrational.
x y
13. Solve for x and y, — + — = 2; ax - by - a2 - b2
a b
14. If a and (3 are the zeroes of polynomial 25P2 - 15P + 2. Find a quadratic polynomial
whose zeroes are — and — .
2a 2(3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Sample Question Papers 3
sin A cosA
15. If m = ,n = , prove that (nr - n2) sin2B = I ir
sinB cosB
I + COS0 I -COS0
16. Prove that 2cosec0.
1 -cosO 1 + cos0
17. In the given figure, PQ1 RQ, PQ1 PT and ST_L PR. prove that ST.RQ = PS.PQ
w
area ADEF
18. In the given figure if DE || BC and AD : DB = 5 : 4. Find
areaACFB '
Flo
ee
Fr
or
ur
f
ks
Yo
oo
B C
B
19. The mean of the following frequency distribution is 24. Find the value of a.
re
Classes 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
ou
ad
Frequency 15 20 35 a 10
Y
20. On dividing .v3 - 3.v2 + x + 2 by a polynomial g(x) the quotient and remainder were
nd
.y- 2 and - 2x + 4 respectively. Find g(x).
Re
Fi
SECTION-D
21. Find the median of the following data :
Classes 100- 150 150-200 200-250 250-300 300-350
Frequency 22 18 25 20 15
22. Stale and prove converse of Pythagoras theorem.
23. Prove that ratio of the area's of two similar triangles is equal to the squares of the ratio
of their corresponding sides.
24. Let p(x) = 2.v4 - 3.v3 - 5.v2 + 9.v - 3 and two of its zeroes are n/3 and - V3 . Find the other
two zeroes.
sin0-2sin30
25. Show that: tanO .
2cos30-cos0
ReadYourFlow.COM
4 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
26. Prove that: 2 (sin60 + cos60) -3 (sin40 + cos40) +1=0.
tanO cot0
27. Prove that: = 1 + tan0 + cotO
l-cot0 l-tan0
Without using trigonometric tables evaluate
1
3 tan35otan40°tan 50otan55° - -tan2 60°
2
4(cos2390 + cos251°)
28. Prove that ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is equal to the squares of the ratio
of their corresponding sides.
29. In the given figure ZADC = ZBAC. Prove that CA2 = CB * CD.
w
Flo
ee
Fr
for
ur
B D C
ks
Yo
oo
30. Draw 'more than ogive' for the following frequency distribution hence obtain the median.
B
C.I. 5-10 10-15 15-20 20-25 25-30 30-35 35-40
re
Frequency 2 12 2 4 3 4 3
ou
ad
31. Write the following distribution as less than type cumulative frequency distribution
Y
and find its median:
d
Re
C.I. 140-145 145-150 150-155 155-160 160-165 165-170
n
Fi
Frequency 10 8 20 12 6 4
ReadYourFlow.COM
Sample Question Papers 5
ANSWERS
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (a)
5. No; For all natural number n, 6" will end in 6.
6. No ; whenp(x) is divided by (3.v + 2) remainder will be a constant and not a linear
expression in x.
7. x = 9cm,_v=4cm
25
13. x = a,y = b 14. x2= 0 18. — 19. a = 20
4 8 81
1 3
20. g(x) = x2-x+l 21. 220 24. 1, - 27. r
w
2 8
n. Class Interval Frequency Less than Type Cumulative Frequency
140-145 10 Flo 10
ee
145-150 8 18
150-155 20 Fr 38
for
ur
156-160 12 50
160-165 6 56
ks
Yo
165-170 4 60
oo
Median = 153
B
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
ReadYourFlow.COM
6 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
SUM M ATIVE ASSESSMENT I
SAMPLE PAPER II
Time : 3 hours Full Marks: 90
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS:
1. All questions are compulsory.
2. There are 31 questions in all. Section A contains 4 questions of 1 mark each ; Section B
contains 6 questions of 2 marks each ; Section C contains 10 questions of 3 marks each
and Section D contains 11 questions of4 marks each.
5. Use of calculator is not permitted.
SECTION- A
Choose the correct answer in each of the following questions :
w
1. What is the largest number that divides 245 and 1029, leaving remainder 5 in each case?
(a) 15 (b) 16 Flo (c) 9 (d) 5
ee
2. The zeroes of the quadratic polynomial x2 + 99.v + 127 are :
(a) both positive Fr
(b) both negative
(c) one positive and one negative (d) both equal
or
r sf
ou
3. For a given data with 40 observation the less than ogive and more than ogive intersect
at (20.5, 15). The median of the data is:
k
oo
(a) 5.5 (b) 20.5 (c) 15 (d) 40
Y
B
re
4. If,v = 3sec2Q - 1 ; y = tan20 - 2, value ofv-3.v is equal to :
(b) 4
ou
(a) 3 (c) 8 (d) 5
ad
Y
SECTION-B
nd
Re
5. For what value of A', will the following system of linear equations have infinitely many
Fi
solutions :
2.v + 3y = 4 and (A + 2) .y + 6y = 3A + 2.
6. Find all the zeroes of the polynomial x2—x—6.
7. If sinG + sin20 = 1, find the value of cos20 + cos40.
8. In the given figure if ZA= ZB and AD = BE show that DE || AB in AABC.
B E C
ReadYourFlow.COM
Sample Question Papers 7
9. Find the median and modal class for the following distribution :
Class 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
Frequency 7 13 11 6 5
10. Is(8x7x6x5x4x3><4)a composite number ? Justify your answer.
SECTION-C
11. In the given figure ZADC = ZBAC. Prove that CA2 = CB x CD.
w
B
Flo
D C
ee
Fr
12. The ratio of incomes oftwo persons is 9 : 7 and ratio of their expenditures is 4 : 3. Ifeach
ofthem manages to save Rs. 2,000 per month. Find their monthly incomes.
or
ur
13. Ifthe sum ofthedigits ofa two digit numbers is 13. The number obtained by interchanging
f
the digits of the given number exceeds that number by 27, find the number.
ks
14. If a, p are two zeroes of the polynomial 6y2 - 7v + 2, find a quadratic polynomial whose
Yo
oo
I
zeroes are — and —.
B
a P
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
15. Prove that (secO + tan0)( 1 - sinO) = 1.
1 + tan2 A 1 -tanA
16. = tan2 A■
1 + cot2 A 1 + cotA
17. In the given figure XY || AC and XY divides triangular region ABC into two parts of
AX
equal area. Find the ratio of
AB '
;
B C
ReadYourFlow.COM
8 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
COS2 20 + COS2 70 ■ 2, A°
18. Find the value of ---- — -------—— + sin- 64 +cos64.sin26
sin" 31 +sin' 59
19. In the given figure. AABD is right angled at A and AC 1BD. Prove that AB2 = BC x BD.
D
A B
20. The mean of the following frequency distribution is 54. find the value of P.
Classes 0-20 20-40 40-60 60-80 80-100
Frequency 7 P 10 9 11
w
SECTION-D
cos(9O°-0) l + sin(9O°-0)
Flo
ee
21. Prove that = 2cosec0
1 + sin(9O°-0) cos(9O°-0)
Fr
22. IfA, B and C and interior angles of AABC show that
or
ur
f
B+C A
ks
sec2 -1 = cot2 —
Yo
2 2
oo
B
cotA + cosecA-1 1+cosA
re
23. Prove that
cotA-cosecA +1 sin A
ou
ad
Y
24. Find the greatest value among the following:
nd
Re
-2
■\/l.728,
V3-1 f n - 17
Fi
Vs+rUJ ’s
25. If O + I) is a factor of/(.r) = affx"+ axxn-1 + aX'2+ ... + an = 0, then prove that
a(+a2 + aA+... = ax + aJ+a5 + ...
26. 3 chocolate bars and 4 icecream cones cost Rs. 135. If the price of a chocolate bar
increases by 5% and that of an icecream cone increases by 10%, the total cost goes up
by Rs.9.75. Find the increased price of each chocolate bar and an icecream cone.
27. The side BC of a triangle ABC is bisected at D; O is any point in AD. BO and CO
produced meet AC and AB in E and F respectively and AD is produced to X so that D
is the mid-point of OX. Prove that AO : AX = AF : AB and show that FE || BC.
28. Draw Mess than’ ogive for the following distribution:
Marks 0- 10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60
Number of students 5 8 6 10 6 6
ReadYourFlow.COM
Sample Question Papers 9
Also find the median from the graph and verify that by using the formula.
29. Show that:. (sin 0 +cosec 0)2+(cos(9 + sec0)2 = 7 + tan2 0 + cot2 (9
30. For the expression/^) = v3 + ax1 + bx + c if/(l) =/(2) = 0 and/(4) =/(0), then find the
values of a, b and c.
31. There is a circular path of circumference 360 km. Three persons drive together around
it and can drive 48,60 and 72 km a day. When will they meet again?
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (b) 3.() 4. (c) S.k = 2 6.3,-2 7. 1
w
9. modal classes : 20 - 30; Median classes : 10 - 20
10. Yes 12. Rs. 18000 and Rs. 14000. Flo 13.58 14. 2.y2 -lx + 6 17. _L_1
ee
18. 2 20. P = 14 24. (1/2) -2 Fr
26. Increased price of chocolate bar = Rs. 26.25
for
ur
Increased price of icecream cone = Rs. 16.50
ks
Yo
30. a = -9, 6 = 20 and c = -12 31. 60 days
oo
r eB
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
Fi
ReadYourFlow.COM
10 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
SUM IV1ATIVE ASSESSM ENT 11
SAMPLE PAPER I
Time: 3 hours Full Marks: 90
General Instructions :
1. All questions are compulsory.
2. There are 31 questions divided into four sections A. B, C and D.
3. Section A contains 4 questions of one mark each, which are multiple choice type
questions, section B contains 6 questions of two marks each, section C contains 10
questions of three marks each and section D contains 10 questions of three marks each
and section D contains 11 questions of four marks each.
4. Use of calculator is not permitted.
w
SECTION-A
Flo
Choose the correct answer in each of the following :
ee
1. Values of/c for which the quadratic equation 9.v2 + 3kx + 4 = 0 has equal roots are
(a) ±3 (b) ±2 (c) ±4 Fr(d) none of these
2. Which term ofthe A.P. 24,21. 18.... is the first negative term ?
for
ur
(a) 10th (b) 9th (c) 11th (d) 12th
ks
3. Cards bearing numbers 3 to 80 are placed in a bag and mixed thoroughly. A card is taken
Yo
out from the bag at random, then the probability that the number on the card takenout
oo
is a perfect square is
eB
7 7 5
r
(a) ™ (b) TT (c) ^ (d) none of these
ou
80 78 78
ad
Y
4. In the given figure, PA and PB are tangents to a circle such that PA = 8 cm and
ZAPB = 60°. The length of the chord AB is
nd
Re
Fi
(a) 8 cm (c) 12 cm (d) 6 cm
SECTION-B
5. Prove that the tangent at any point of a circle is perpendicular to the radius through the
point of contact.
6. In what ratio does the point P (2, - 5) divide the line segment joining A(- 3. 5) and
B(4,-9)?
7. I f the sum of first n terms of an A.P. is S() = 3ir + 2/?, find the nth term.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Sample Question Papers 11
8. The length of a line segment is 10. Ifone end is at (2,-3) and the abscissa ofthe second
end is 10, find the ordinate of the second end.
9. Prove that the tangents drawn at the ends of a diameter of a circle are parallel.
10. A box contains 150 oranges. If one orange is taken out from the box at random and the
probability of its being rotten is 0.06, then find the number of good oranges in the box.
SECTION-C
11. A circle is touching the side BC of a A ABC at P and
is touching AB and AC when produced at Q and R
respectively.
w
1
Prove that AQ = — (perimeter ofAABC).
Flo
ee
12. Points P, Q, Rand S dividea line segment joining A (2, 6) and B
(7, -4) in five equal parts. Find the coordinates of P and R. Fr
for
ur
13. In the given figure AB is a chord of length 8 cm of
a circle of radius 5 cm. The tangent at A and B
ks
intersect at a point P. Find the length PA.
Yo
oo
B
14. 1^. will have a terminating decimal expansion. Stale whether this is true or false, .lustily
150
re
your answer.
ou
ad
15. Two circles touch internally. The sum of their areas is 116 7t sq. cm and the distance
Y
between their centres is 6cm. Find the radii of the circles.
nd
Re
16. The radii of the ends of the frustum of a right circular cone are 5 metres and 8 metres and
Fi
its lateral height is 8 metres. Find the lateral surface area and volume of the frustum
(Take 7t = 3.142)
17. If w times the w th term of an A.P. is equal to n times the /7th term, find its (/? + w)th term.
18. Two vertices of a triangle are (1, 2) and (3, 5). If the centroid of the triangle is at the
origin, find the coordinates ofthe third vertex.
19. A road which is 7 m wide surrounds a circular park whose circumference is 352 m. Find
22
the area ofthe road. [Take 7t = — ].
7
20. Find the area ofthe sector of a circle with radius 4 cm and of angle 30°. Also find the area
of the corresponding major sector (use re = 3.14)
ReadYourFlow.COM
12 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
SECTION-D
21. Three coins are tossed simultaneously. Find the probability of getting exactly 2 heads
22. In the given figure ifAB = AC, prove that BD = DC.
A
F, E
B D C
23. Find the area of the shaded design in figure, where ABCD is a square of side 20 cm and
semicircles are drawn with each side of the square as diameter, [use 7t = 3.14]
low
ee
rF
Fr
for
u
24. Construct AABC in which CA= 9 cm, AB = 7.5 cm and ZBAC = 45°. Construct a triangle
ks
Yo
oo
5
similar to the given triangle whose sides are — of the corresponding sides of AABC.
B
4
re
25. The incircle of AABC touches the sides BC, CA and AB at D. E and F respectively. Show
ou
ad
Y
that AF + BD+ CE = AE + CD + BF = - (Perimeter of AABC).
d
Re
n
26. Calculate the area of the shaded region (in figure) common between the two quadrants
Fi
22
of circles of radius 28 cm each. (Use 7t = —)
27. A metallic right circular cone 12 cm high whose vertical angle is 60° is cut into two parts
at the middle of its height by a plane parallel to its base. If the frustum so obtained be
1
drawn into a wire of diameter ~ cm. find the length of the wire.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Sample Question Papers 13
28. A hemispherical tank full of water is emptied by a pipe at the rate A— litres per second.
How much time will it take to empty halfthe tank, if it is 6 metres in diameter.
29. Prove that: The lengths of tangents drawn from an external point to a circle are equal.
Using the above, find AD, BE and CF from the following :
A D B
--------------------- 12cm------------►
w
In figure a circle is inscribed in a AABC having sides 8 cm, 10 cm and 12 cm.
30. Find the roots of the equation:
Flo1 11
= —,**-4,7
ee
x+A x-1 30
31. Ifthe/?th, r/th & /ih term of an AP is.v.y and r respectively, show thatFr
for
.v( q - r) + y( r-p)+z{p-q) = Q
ur
ks
Yo
oo
ANSWERS
B
re
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (a)
ou
ad
6. 5:2 7. 6(/? — I) 8. 3 or-9 10. 141
Y
20
nd
Re
12. (3,4); (5,0) 13. y cm 14. False 15. 4 cm; 10 cm
Fi
16. 204.23 nr; 540.42m3 17. 0 18. (-4,-7)
19. 2618 m2
20. Area of the sector = 4.19 cm2; Area of the corresponding major sector = 46.05 cm2
3
2'- 8 23. 228 cm2 26. 448 cm2
27. 16800 cm
28. 100 minutes i.e. 1 hour 40 minutes or part: 94.20 cm3; 103.62 cm2
29. AD = 7cm. BE = 5cm. CF - 3cm 30. .v =1,2
ReadYourFlow.COM
14 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
SUMMAT1VE ASSESSMENT II
SAMPLE PAPER II
Time : 3 Hours Marks: 90
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS:
1. All questions are compulsory.
2. There are 31 questions divided into four sections A. B. C and D.
3. Section A contains 4 questions of one mark each, which are multiple choice type
questions, section B contains 6 questions of two marks each, section C contains 10
questions of three marks each and section D contains I I questions of four marks each.
4. Use of calculator is not permitted.
SECTION-A
w
Choose the correct answer in each of the following :
1. Flo
A bag contains 40 balls out of which some are red, some are blue and remaining are
ee
11 1
Fr
black. If the probability of drawing a red ball is — and that of blue ball is “• then the
number of black balls is
for
ur
(a) 5 (b) 25 (c) 10 (d) 30
ks
2. The coordinates of the points P and Q are (4,-3) and (- 1.7). Then the abscissa of a
Yo
oo
PR 3 .
B
point R on the line segment PQ such that = ~ ls
re
ou
18 17 17
ad
(a) y (b) 1 (O y (d) 1
Y
3. The ratio of volume of a cone and a cylinder of equal diameter and equal height is
nd
Re
(a) 3:1 (b) 1:3 (c) 1:2 (d) 2:1
Fi
4. In the adjoining figure, AABC is circumscribing a circle. Then, the length of BC is
B L c
(a) 7 cm (b) 8 cm (c) 9 cm (d) 10 cm
ReadYourFlow.COM
Sample Question Papers 15
SECTION-B
5. If the roots of the equation (a - b)x2 + (b - c)x + (c - a) = 0 are equal. Prove that
2a = b + c.
6. Prove that the tangents drawn at the ends of a diameter of a circle are parallel.
7. I f the 3rd and 9th terms of an AP are 4 and - 8 respectively, which term ofthis AP is zero?
8. If( 1,2), (4,>'), (.v. 6) and (3, 5) are the vertices of a parallelogram taken in order, find the
values ofx and y.
9. From an external point P tangents PA and PB are drawn to a circle with centre O. IfCD
is the tangent to the circle at the point E and PA= 14 cm, find the perimeter of APCD.
w
Flo
10. In the isosceles A ABC, AB = AC, show that BE = EC.
ee
B E C
Fr
or
ur
f
ks
Yo
oo
A
B
SECTION-C
re
11. In the given figure, a circle touches all the four sides of a quadrilateral ABCD with sides
ou
ad
AB = 6cm, BC = 7 cm and CD = 4 cm. Find AD
Y
B
nd
Re
A,
Fi
D C
12. Ifthe 8th term ofan AP is 31 and its 15th term is 16 more than the 11 th term, find the A.P.
13. Solve for .v: 12abx2 - (9a2 - 8/r )x - 6ab = 0
14. A lower stands vertically on the ground. From a point on the ground which is 20 m away
from the foot of the tower, the angle of elevation of the top of the tower is found to be
60°. Find the height of the tower.
15. Find the area of the shaded region in the figure, if the diameter ofthe circle with centre
1
0 is 28 cm and AQ = —AB .
ReadYourFlow.COM
16 , CBSE Mathematics for Class X
0
A B
O'
16. In given figure AB and CD are common tangents to two circles of unequal radii. Prove
that AB = CD.
17. The sum ofthe radius ofthe base and the height of a solid cylinder is 37 cm. If the total
w
surface area ofthe solid cylinder is 1628cm2, find the volume ofthe cylinder
(use k = 22/7)
Flo
18. Construct AABC in which AB = 4cm, ZB = 120° and BC = 5 cm. Construct another
ee
AAB'C similar to AABC such that AB' = — AB .
4 Fr
19. A metallic sphere of radius 10.5 cm is melted and then recast into smaller cones, each of
for
ur
radius 3.5 cm and height 3 cm. How many cones are obtained ?
20. The circumference of the base of 10m high conical tent is 44 m. Calculate the length of
ks
Yo
canvas used in making the tent if width of canvas is 2m.
oo
eB
SECTION-D
r
21. Prove that the length of tangents drawn from an external point to a circle are equal.
ou
ad
Y
22. In the given figure AABC is right-angled at A. Semi-circles
are drawn on AB, AC and BC as diameters. It is given that
nd
Re
AB = 3cm and AC = 4 cm. Find the area ofthe shaded region.
Fi
B C
2.Y + 33x—3
23. Solve for a-: 2 -25 = 5; given that x #3,x
x-3 [2x + 3
24. Ifa student had walked 1 km/hr. faster, he would have taken 15 minutes less to walk 3 km.
Find the rate at which he was walking.
25. Prove that the tangent at any point of a circle is perpendicular to the radius through the
point of contact.
26. A man is standing on the deck of a ship which is 10 m above the water level. Fie
observes the angle of elevation ofthe top of a hill as 60° and the angle of depression of
the base of the hill as 30°. Find the distance ofthe hill from the ship and the height ofthe
hill.
27. A solid cylinder of diameter 12 cm and height 15 cm is melted and recast into 12toysin
the shape of a right circular cone mounted on a hemisphere. Find the radius ofthe
hemisphere and total height ofthe toy if height of the cone is 3 times the radius.
ReadYourFlow.COM
Sample Question Papers 17
28. A cone is cut into two parts by a horizontal plane passing through the mid-point of its
axis. Find the ratio of the volumes of the upper part and the cone.
29. A teacher on attempting to arrange the students for mass drill in the form of a
solid square found that 24 students were left over. When he increased the size of the
square by one student he found he was short of 25 students. Find the number of
students.
30. In a family, girls are 2 more than boys. At random, the mother asks one of her children
to go to the store. If she is equally likely to have asked one of her children and the
2
probability that she asked a girl is j, how many boys and how many girls are there in
the family?
31. A triangle ABC is drawn to circumscribe a circle of radius 4 cm such that the segments
w
BD and DC into which BC is divided by the point of contact D are of lengths 8 cm and
6 cm respectively. Find the sides AB and AC.
Flo
ee
Fr
for
ur
ANSWERS
ks
Yo
oo
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (d)
B
7. 5th term 8. x = 6,_y=3 9. 28 cm
re
lb_ 3o
11. 3cm 12. 3,7,11,15,19, ...,867
ou
13. v = -
ad
3 c/ 4/?
Y
14. 20n/3 m 15. 192.5 cm2 17. 4620 cm3
nd
Re
19. 126 20. 134.27m 22. 6 cm2 23. 6, I 24.3 km/hr
Fi
26. lOv/Jm 27. 3 cm 28. 1 :8 29.600
30. 2 Boys and 4 Girls
31. 15 cm and 13 cm (Hint: Let O be the centre ofthe circle inscribed within the triangle.
Equate sum of areas oftriangles AOB. BOC and AOC with the area of triangle ABC)
ReadYourFlow.COM
18 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
2016 CBSE BOARD
Q
MATHEMATICS PAPER
Time : 3 Hours Marks: 90
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS:
1. All questions are compulsory.
2. There are 31 questions divided into four sections A. B. C and D.
3. Section A contains 4 questions of one mark each, which are multiple choice type
questions, section B contains 6 questions of two marks each, section C contains 10
questions of three marks each and section D contains 11 questions of four marks each.
4. Use of calculator is not permitted.
low
SECTION-A
1. In fig. I. PQ is tangent at a point C to a circle with centre 0.1 f AB is a diameter and ZCAB
= 30°, tindZPCA.
ee
rF
Fr
for
u
ks
Yo
oo
B
re
2. For what value of A' will k + 9. 2k - I and 2k + 7 are the consecutive terms of an A.P. ?
3. A ladder, leaning against a wall, makes an angle of 60° with the horizontal. Ifthe fool of
ou
ad
the ladder is 2.5 m away from the wall, find the length of the ladder.
Y
4. A card is drawn at random from a well shuffled pack of 52 playing cards. Find the
nd
Re
probability of getting neither a red card nor a queen.
Fi
SECTION-B
5. If 5 is a root of the quadratic equation 2.v2 + px - 15 = 0 and the quadratic equation
p (x2 + .v) + A' = 0 has equal roots, find the value of k.
6. Let P and Q be the points of trisection of the line segment joining the points A (2, - 2)
and B (- 7,4) such that P is nearer to A. Find the coordinates of P and Q.
7. In Fig. 2, a quadrilateral ABCD is drawn to circumscribe a circle, with centre O, in such
a way that the sides AB. BC. CD and DA touch the circles at the points P. Q, R and S
respectively. Prove that AB + CD = BC + DA.
D R___ C
S lQ
•o
A P B
ReadYourFlow.COM
Sample Question Papers 19
8. Prove that the point (3,0), (6,4) and (- l. 3) are the vertices ofa right angled isosceles
triangle.
9. The 4th term of an A. P. is zero. Prove that the 25th term of the A. P. is three times its l Ith
tenn.
10. In Fig. 3, from an external point P, two tangents PT and PS are drawn to a circle with
centre O and radius r. I f OP = 2r, show that ZOTS = ZOST = 30°.
w
SECTION-C
Flo
11. In fig 4,0 is the centre ofa circle such that diameter AB= 13cmandAC= 12cm. BC is
ree
joined. Find the area of the shaded region. (Take 7t = 3.14)
F
or
ur
ksf
Yo
oo
B
re
12. In tig. 5, a lent is in the shape of a cylinder surmounted by a conical lop of same
diameter. Ifthe height and diameter of cylindrical part are 2.1 m and 3 m respectively and
ou
ad
the slant height of conical part is 2.8 m, find the cost of canvas needed to make the tent
Y
22
nd
Re
ifthe canvas is available at the rate of Rs 500/sq. metre. (Use rc = — )
7
Fi
/v
2.1m
\'
3m-
13. Ifthe point P(.v. v) is equidistant from the points A (a + b, b - a) and P (a b, a + b).
Prove that bx = ay.
14. In fig. 6, find the area of the shaded region, enclosed between two concentric circles of
ReadYourFlow.COM
20 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
22
radii 7 cm and 14 cm where ZAOC = 40°. (Use ft = — )
7
15. Ifthe ratio ofthe sum of first»terms of two A.P.'s is {In + 1): (4/7 + 27), find the ratio of
their//7th terms.
16. Solve for.v:
(.y-1)(.y-2) (.y-2)(.y-3) 3
w
17. A conical vessel, with base radius 5 cm and height 24 cm, is full of water. This water is
emptied into a cylindrical vessel of base radius 10 cm. Find the height to which the water
Flo 22
will rise in the cylindrical vessel, (Use n - — )
ee
7
Fr
18. A sphere ofdiameter 12 cm, is dropped in a right circular cylindrical vessel, partly filled
with water. If the sphere is completely submerged in water, the water level in the cylindrical
or
r sf
ou
vessesl rises by 3^ cm. Find the diameter of the cylindrical vessel.
k
oo
19. A man standing on the deck of a ship, which is 10 m above water level, observes the
Y
B
angle ofelevation of the top of a hill as 60" and the angle of depression of the base of hill
re
as 30°. Find the distance of the hill from the ship and the height of the hill.
ou
20. Three different coins are tossed together. Find the probability of getting (i) exactly two
ad
heads (ii) at least two heads (iii) at least two tails.
Y
nd
Re
SECTION - D
Fi
21. Due to heavy floods in a state, thousands were rendered homeless. 50 schools
collectively offered to the state government to provide place and the canvas for 1500
tents to be fixed by the government and decided to share the whole expenditure equally.
The lower part of each tent is cylindrical of base radius 2.8 m and height 3.5 m, with
conical upper part of same base radius but of height 2.1 m. Ifthe canvas used to make
the tents costs Rs. 120 per sq.m, find the amount shared by each school to set up the
22
tents. What value is generated by the above problem ? (Use rc = —)
22. Prove that the lengths ofthe tangents drawn from an external point toa circle are equal.
23. Draw a circle of radius 4 cm. Draw two tangents to the circle inclined at an angle of 60"
to each other.
24. In fig below.two equal circles, with centres O and Q',touch each other at X. GO’ produced
meets the circle with centre O' at A. AC is tangent to the circle with centre O, at the point
ReadYourFlow.COM
Sample Question Papers 21
C. O’D is perpendicular to AC. Find the value of
l 2 4
25. Solve for .v: — ,x * l,-2,-4
v +1 x+ 2 x+4
26. The angle of elevation of the top Q of a vertical tower PQ from a point X on the ground
w
is 60°. From a point Y, 40 m vertically above X, the angle of elevation of the top Q of
tower is 45°. Find the height of the tower PQ and the distance PX. (Use = 1.73)
Flo
27. The houses in a row are numbered consecutively from 1 to 49. Show that there exists a
ree
value of X such that sum of number of houses preceeding the house numbered X is
equal to sum of the number of houses following X. F
28. In fig. 8, the vertices of AABC are A (4,6). B (1,5) andC (7, 2). A line-segment DE is
or
ur
drawn to intersect the sides AB and AC at D and E respectively such that
sf
AD AE
— = —— = - . Calculate the area of AADE and compare it with area of AABC.
k
Yo
oo
B
A(4,6)
re
ou
ad
Y
nd
Re
B(1,5) C(7,2)
Fi
29. A number .v is selected at random from the numbers 1,2,3 and 4. Another number v is
selected at random from the numbers 1,4, 9 and 16. Find the probability that product of
.rand vis less than 16.
30. Fig. 9 shows a sector GAP of a cirlce with centre O, containing
Z0. AB is perpendicular to the radius OA and meets OP produced
at B. Prove that the perimeter of shaded region is
710
/• tan 0 +sec 0 + -1
180
31. A motor boat whose speed is 24 km/h in still water takes 1 hour more to go 32 km
upstream than to return downstream to the same spot. Find the speed of the stream.
ReadYourFlow.COM
22 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
SOLUTION FOR CBSE BO ARD PAPER
1. Given :AB is diameter and ZCAB=30°
To find ZPCA
Construction: Join OC
In AAOC, ZOAC = ZOCA = 30° [Since, AO = OC = radius]
ZOCP = 90° [Radius is at an angle of 90° with tangent at point of contact]
ZPCA + ZOCA =90° or, ZPCA+30°=90°
ZPCA =60°
2. k + 9,2k- 1 and 2k + 7 are in A.P.
(2k- \)~ (k + 9) = (2k+l)-(2k- 1) or. A- - 10 = 8 :.k =18
3. Let AC be the ladder.
w
BC
In AABC, cos 60° = ——
AC Flo
1 2.5
ee
or. B
or.
2 ~ AC
AC =2.5 x 2 = 5 m
Fr
or
r
.•. Length of the ladder is 5 m.
sf
ou
4. Let E be the event of drawing a red card or a queen
k
Favourable outcomes = 26 + 2 = 28
oo
Y
B
28
re
Thus, P(E)
52
ou
ad
.’. The probability of getting neither red card nor a queen = P(E) = 1-P(£')
Y
nd
28 6
Re
= P(E) = 1-----
52 13
Fi
5. Let -5, a be the roots of 2.v2 + px -15 = 0
sum of roots =-5 + a = —
r ... (i) and
-15
product of roots =-5 x a = —... (ii)
3
From(ii), « = -
Putting the value of a in (i), we get./? = 7
Given. p(x2 + x) + A = 0 has equal roots
D =0 => p2 - Apk = 0
=> pip ~ 4A) =0 => /? = 0 or /? - 4A = 0
=> 4A =/? P. = l
4 4
ReadYourFlow.COM
Sample Question Papers 23
6. P (.v,_y) divides the line segment AB in the ratio 1 : 2
(2x2-7x 1) _ -3 (-2x2+ 4x1) 0=0
x= = -l and y =
2+1 3 2+1 3
Thus, P(x,_y) = (-1,0)
Q (a-,,;;,) is the mid-point ofPB.
1 + (-7) -8 0+4 4
Thus, a", = Y = ~4 and v, = — —=2
2 2
QCA-pV^^H, 2)
7. As we know that tangents drawn from the same external point are equal
SD =DR
CQ =CR -.(2)
w
QB =BP ...(3)
AS = AP ...(4)
Flo
Adding equation (1), (2), (3) and (4), we get,
ee
SD + CQ + QB + AS =DR + CR+BP + AP
or, AD + BC = AB + DC. Hence proved Fr
or
(By using distance formula)
ur
8. AB = yj(3-6)2 +(Q + 4)2
f
ks
= V9+16 =V25=5
Yo
oo
AC = V(3 + l)2 +(0 + 3)2 = V16 + 9 = 5
B
re
BC = yj(6 + \)2 +(4-3)2 = V49+1 = 5>/2
ou
ad
AABC is isosceles
Y
Since, AB =AC
Also, (AB)2 + (AC)2 = (BC)2
nd
Re
Thus, by converse of Pythagoras theorem, ABC is a right angle isosceles triangle.
Fi
9. Let the first term and common difference of the A.P. b a and d respectively
Then, an = a + (n - 1 )d
or, a4 = a + (4 - 1 )d= 0
or. aA = a + 3d=0 .'.a =-3d •••(i)
Now, a15 -a + (25 -\)d=a + 24d=-3d+ 24d-2\d ...(ii)
and a,, = a + \ 0d= -3d+ \0d=ld ...(hi)
11
From (ii) and (iii), 3er, ,= a25. Hence proved
10. InAOTP, OT =/•, OP=2r [Given]
ZOTP = 90° [Radius is perpendicular to tangent at the pair of contact]
Let ZTPO = 0
OT /• 1
sin0 =----
OP 2r 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
24 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
0 =30°
In ATOP, ZTOP = 60° [By angle sum property]
ZTOP = ZSOP = 60° [As A’s are congruent]
ZTOS= 120°
In AOTS as OT = OS ZOST = ZOTS
ZOTS + ZOST + ZSOT = 180° => 2ZOST +120°= 180°
ZOTS = ZOST = 30°
11. AB2 = BC2 + AC2
=> 169 = BC2 +144 => 25 = BC2 BC =5 cm
Area of shaded region = Area of semicircle-Area ofAABC
—-—-xBCxAC = T 3.14x^x^ -(5x12)
2 2 2L 2 2J
w
1
-(132.665-60) =36.3225 an2
Flo
ree
12. Total CSA of tent = 2nrh + nr/
22
2x-x2.1 | + (-x2.8
F
or
ur
7 2 2
ksf
Yo
=— x 10.5 = 33 m2
oo
7
B
Cost of making a 1 m2 tent = Rs. 500
re
Cost of making 33 m2 tent = Rs. 500 x 33 = Rs. 16500
ou
ad
13. According to question,
Y
PA= PB
(PA)2 = (PB)2
nd
Re
B(a-b, a+b)
Using distance formula,
Fi
[x -(a + b)]2 + [y - (6 - a)]2 = [(.v -(a- b)]2 + [v - (a + b)]2
or, (a + b)2-2 (a + b)x + (b-a)2 - 2 (b-a)y = (a-b)2-2(a-b)x + (a + b)2-2(a + b)y
or. -2[(a + b)x + (b - a)y] =-2[(a - b)x + (a + b)y]
or. (a + b)x + (b- a)y = (a- b)x + (a + b)y
or, (a + b)x -(a- b)x = (a + b)y - (b - a)y
or, (a + b - a + b)x =(a + b-b + a)y
or, 2bx -2ay .‘. bx = ay Hence proved.
14. Shaded area = Area of major sector of larger circle - area of major sector of smaller circle
-7t(7)2^
= ji(14)2 x
360
40 (142_72) =^xI(I47) = 51j cm2
= Tl X
360
ReadYourFlow.COM
-I
Sample Question Papers 25
§[2*, 7»+l
15. ^[2a2+(n-\)d2] 4/? + 27
2 a, +(/7-1)<7i 7/7 + 1
or’ 2a2+(/7-iy2 ” 4/7 + 27
a,+
2' 7/7+1
or, ^d2 4/7 + 27
«2 + 2 2
w
n-\
Let = m-\
2
Then,/?-l -2m-2
Flo
ree
or. /? = 2/77 - 2 + 1 = 2m - 1
a, +(/77-l)<7] 7(2/77-1) + 1
_________________________ 14///-7 + 1 1 4/77 - 6
F
or
ur
a2 + {m-\)d2 4(2/77-1) + 27 “ g,,,-4 + 27 " 8//? + 23
sf
16. Let.r-2 = /
k
Yo
oo
1 1__ _ 2
B
Given equation becomes
t(t + \) ' /(/-l) ~ 3
re
ou
/-1+/+1 2 2t 2
ad
or. or.
Y
/(/ + 1X/-1) 3 /(/ + 1X/-1) 3
nd
or, 3/ = r (/ + 1) (/ - 1) or, 37=/(/2-l)
Re
or, 3t= t3 -t or, r3 —47=0
Fi
or, t(t2-4) =0 7 =0 or 72-4 = 0
Thus, 7 = 0, 2 or-2
Since, t - x-2 .•..v = 0,2 or 4.
But .v cannot be equal to 2 (given). Thus, possible values ofx = 0 and 4.
It 1 22
17. Volume of cone =-nr~h = -x —x5x5x24
3 3 7
According to question, volume of cone = volume of cylinder
1 22 22
-x — x5x5x24 = — xlOxlOx/?
3 7 7
/? =2 cm
18. The rise in the level of water will be due to the volume of sphere
ReadYourFlow.COM
r
26 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
= TO.-2 x 3 —
9
4 32
or, — x 6 x 6 x 6 = .v2 x — or, x =9
3 9
Diameter- 2x = 18 cm
19. Let .v be distance of cl iff from man and (/? + 10) be height of hill which is required.
In right triangle ACB, A
AC h
tan 60°=----
BC a-
B
or. 75=4
w
A"
E
h Flo
or.
ee
In right triangle BCD,
CD 10 _1__ 10
Fr
for
ur
tan 30°=---- or.
BC x n/3 x
ks
x = loV3 ...(ii)
Yo
or.
oo
From (i) and (ii),
B
re
-A = io73 h =30m
ou
n/3
ad
Y
Height ofcliff= // + 10 = 30 + 10 = 40 m
d
Re
and distance of ship from cl iff=x= 10V3m= 10(1.732)= 17.32 m
n
Fi
20. Sample space while tossing 3 coins
S = {HHH, HHT. HTH, HTT,THH,THT, TTH, ITT}
(i) Favourable cases = {HHT. HTH.THH[
Number of favourable outcomes 3
P (exactly 2 heads)
Number of total outcomes 8
(ii) Favourable cases = ) HHH. HHT, HTH, THH}
P (at least 2 heads) 1-1
8“2
(iii) Favourable cases = [HTT.THT,TTH,TTT}
4
P (at least 2 tails) = —
8 2
ReadYourFlow.COM
Sample Question Papers 27
21. Given, r= 2.8;/? = 3.5 m
Height of cone, /?, = 2.1 in
/ = V'-2+Oi)2 = 3.5 m
Area of canvas required per tent
= [CSA ofcone + CSA of cylinder]
= mi + 2nrh
= m[3.5 + 7]
_ 22 28 2
~ 7 X 10 X"l0"__5 m
462
Cost of canvas per tent = Rs. -y x 120 = Rs. 11088
w
Total cost of 1500 tents = Rs. 11088 x 1500
Amount shared by each school = Rs
Flo
11088x 1500
- Rs. 332640
ree
50
22. Refer Theorem 3: Page 11.6 F
23. Refer Example 23: Page 12.14
or
ur
sf
24. Let AO' = O'X = XO = r
Since the radius is perpendicular to tangent. .-. ZACO = 90°
k
Yo
oo
In AADO' andAACO
B
ZDAO' =ZCAO [Common]
re
ZADO' = ZACO = 90°
ou
ad
.-. ByAA similarity criterion,
Y
AADO’ ~ AACO
nd
Re
DO’ AO1 r 1
or,
Fi
CO ~ AO "" 3r ~ 3
1 2 4
25. We have
.v +1 x+ 2 .v + 4
■v+2 + 2(a- + 1) 4 3a+ 4 4
or,
or’ (.v +1 )(.r + 2) _a- + 4 a2 + 3a +2 a- + 4
or, (3v + 4) (.v + 4) = 4(x2 + 3a- + 2) or, 3a2 + 1 6a +16 = 4a2 + 12r + 8
or, a2 - 4a - 8 =0
Solving using quadratic formula,
-b±'Jb2-4ac 4±Vl6 + 32 4±4V3
A
2a 2 2
or, a = 2 + 2^3 or 2-2V3
ReadYourFlow.COM
28 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
26. Let PQ - /? be the tower Q
Clearly, XY =PM = 40m
h-40
QM = (/?-40)
M :1 45° Y
Let PX = MY =.v
40m 40m
o QM /7-40
InAMQY, tan 45° = or. 1=
MY .Y P «■ ■> X
or. .Y =/?-40
QP ^ = h-
InAQPX, tan 60°= or.
PX .Y
h = .yV3 ...(ii)
From (i) and (ii) we have,
low
x = W3 - 40
or, (V3-l)x = 40
ee
rF
or, PX =
40__ (V3 + 1)
-=20(V3 + l)m
(V3-I)X(V3 + I)
Fr
for
u
and PQ = /7 = 20(73 + 1)V3 = 20( V3 + l)m
ks
Yo
oo
\,2,3,...x-l,x,x+1,...49
27.
B
S S'
re
Sum of numbers proceedings, S = 1 + 2+ 3 +... + (s- 1)
ou
ad
Y
d
Re
n
Sum of numbers followings, S' = (s + 1) + (s+ 2) +... + 49
Fi
49-s 49-s-
(s+1 + 49) = —(s + 50)
2
According to question, S = S'
s—1 49-s or, s2 - s = 49s + 49 x 50 - s2 - 50s
or. s= (s + 50)
2 2
or, 2s2 =49x50 or, x2 = 49 x 25 .-. s = 35
2(4)+ (1) 8+1 9 3
28. X-coordinate of D =
2+1 3 3
2(6) + (l)(5) 17
Y-coordinate of D =
2+1 3
ReadYourFlow.COM
Sample Question Papers 29
17
Coordinates of D = 3,—
3
2(4) +(1) (7) _ 8 + 7 15 .
X-coordinate of E =
2+1 3 3
2(6)+ 1(2) 12 + 2 _ 14
Y-coordi n ate of E =
2+ 1 3 ~ 3
Coordinates of E
+t)
17_H
U 14 17
+ 3-----6 +5 6-----
w
Area A(ADE) = —
3 3 3 3
= - 4x1+3
(-4)
Flo
+ 5x —
1 5
—x—
5
ee
2 3 3 2 3 6
Fr
Area (AABC) = -[4(5-2) + l (2-6) + 7(6-5)]
or
ur
k sf
1 1 15
Yo
—[4x3 + 1 x-4 + 7 xl] =-[12-4 + 7]
oo
2
eB
15
r
area AABC 2
ou
ad
or, ~=9 area AABC = 9 area (AADE)
area AADE 5
Y
6
nd
Re
29. Total no. of outcomes = 4x4= 16
Fi
(1 x l, l x 4,4 x 9,1 x 16,2 x 1,2x4,2*9,2 x 16,3 x |, 3x4,3x9,3 * 16,4 x 1,4x4,
4 * 9,4 * 16}
Number of favourable outcomes when the product of.v and y is less than 16 = 8
8
Probability that sproduct of.v and y is less than 16 = —
16 2
□ 0
30. (i) Length of sector CA = nr----
180
AB
InOAB., tan 0 = or, AB = r tan 0
OA
BO
Now, sec0 = — BO = r sec 0
/•
ReadYourFlow.COM
30 CBSE Mathematics for Class X
CO -r BC = OB - OC = /• sec 0 - /•
0
So, perimeter = AC + AB + BC = + >' tan 0 + /• sec 0 - r
I oU
710
= /■ tan 0 + sec 0 +------ 1
180
31. Speed of boat in sti! I water = 24 km/hr
Let the speed of stream be V
(Speed of boat) Lipsiream = 24 — x
Distance 32
• T l ipstrcam
speed 24 - .v
(Speed of boat) Downstream = 24+*
w
distance 32
• T Downstream Flo
speed 24 + .v
ee
According to question, T Upstream T Downstream
Fr
32 32 24 +*-(24-*)
for
=1
ur
or, or, 32
24-* 24+ * (24-*) (24 + *)
ks
or, 32[24 + *-24 + *] = (24 -*) (24 + *) or, 64* =(24)2-*2
Yo
oo
or, *2 +64*-576 = 0 or, *2+ 72*-8*-576 =0
B
or, * (* + 72) - 8*(* + 72) = 0 or, (*-8) (*+ 72) =0 * = 8,-72
re
Speed of stream =8 km/hr.
ou
ad
Y
□ □□
nd
Re
Fi
ReadYourFlow.COM
You might also like
- 10TH - Physics - Magnetic Effect of CurrentNo ratings yet10TH - Physics - Magnetic Effect of Current51 pages
- Crash Course JEE Main Advanced Sample EbookNo ratings yetCrash Course JEE Main Advanced Sample Ebook60 pages
- 10+1 Physics Book-2 (Motion in A Straight Line) 2021No ratings yet10+1 Physics Book-2 (Motion in A Straight Line) 2021101 pages
- Kupdfnet - S L Loney Plane Trigonometry - 221226 - 103405No ratings yetKupdfnet - S L Loney Plane Trigonometry - 221226 - 103405527 pages
- Disha Super 10 Sample Papers - Mathematics Standard Class 10 CBSE 2021-22 (Disha Publications)No ratings yetDisha Super 10 Sample Papers - Mathematics Standard Class 10 CBSE 2021-22 (Disha Publications)160 pages
- T20 Chapter Wise Test Maths Chapter 11 and 12 1st YearNo ratings yetT20 Chapter Wise Test Maths Chapter 11 and 12 1st Year1 page
- Cbse Test Paper-05: Science & Technology (Class-10) Chapter 13: Magnetic Effects of Electric CurrentNo ratings yetCbse Test Paper-05: Science & Technology (Class-10) Chapter 13: Magnetic Effects of Electric Current1 page
- CBSE Class 10 Mathematics Chapter 14 - Statistics Important Questions 2022-23 PDFNo ratings yetCBSE Class 10 Mathematics Chapter 14 - Statistics Important Questions 2022-23 PDF49 pages
- PARABOLA JEE MAIN Previous Year Q Bank Till 2017No ratings yetPARABOLA JEE MAIN Previous Year Q Bank Till 20175 pages
- UIMO Class 8 Past Year Question Paper Part 220No ratings yetUIMO Class 8 Past Year Question Paper Part 2203 pages
- CBSE Class 10 Maths Sample Paper Set 1 PDFNo ratings yetCBSE Class 10 Maths Sample Paper Set 1 PDF8 pages
- JEE Compendium Solutions Physics 5 250603 120940No ratings yetJEE Compendium Solutions Physics 5 250603 120940156 pages
- JEE Main 2019 Answer Key Solutions January 12 by Aakash PDFNo ratings yetJEE Main 2019 Answer Key Solutions January 12 by Aakash PDF56 pages
- Sanet - st-uSA Through The Lens of Mathematics100% (1)Sanet - st-uSA Through The Lens of Mathematics249 pages
- Model Test Paper-1 SCIENCE (Theory) : Class - X (Code-A) Summative Assessment - IINo ratings yetModel Test Paper-1 SCIENCE (Theory) : Class - X (Code-A) Summative Assessment - II10 pages
- Kendriya Vidyalaya Gachibowli, Gpra Campus, Hyd-32: Sample Paper Test 01 For Board Exam 2023No ratings yetKendriya Vidyalaya Gachibowli, Gpra Campus, Hyd-32: Sample Paper Test 01 For Board Exam 202348 pages
- Dips GeneralAptitude PrintedNotes 90pagesNo ratings yetDips GeneralAptitude PrintedNotes 90pages93 pages
- Ncert Solutions For Class 10 Maths Chapter 289No ratings yetNcert Solutions For Class 10 Maths Chapter 28916 pages
- Australia Training in Oil, Chemical and Hydrocarbons PDFNo ratings yetAustralia Training in Oil, Chemical and Hydrocarbons PDF507 pages
- The Love Knot Witemeyer Karen PDF Download100% (1)The Love Knot Witemeyer Karen PDF Download34 pages
- Geographical Location of Body of Water in ThailandNo ratings yetGeographical Location of Body of Water in Thailand13 pages
- Ball Bearing Oval Flanged units-FYTB 30 TFNo ratings yetBall Bearing Oval Flanged units-FYTB 30 TF2 pages
- TD Part 2 Section VI Requirements Technical SpecificationNo ratings yetTD Part 2 Section VI Requirements Technical Specification190 pages
- Perator S Anual: Self Propelled Mower - Models Tb210 & Tb270 EsNo ratings yetPerator S Anual: Self Propelled Mower - Models Tb210 & Tb270 Es48 pages
- Honda Activa 3g - Print Spec, Print User Manual50% (2)Honda Activa 3g - Print Spec, Print User Manual3 pages
- ESD-Electrostatic Discharge พื้นฐานและการป้องกันNo ratings yetESD-Electrostatic Discharge พื้นฐานและการป้องกัน7 pages
- Ha Khoi Nguyen-SAT PROGRESS TEST - ExamPrintReportNo ratings yetHa Khoi Nguyen-SAT PROGRESS TEST - ExamPrintReport42 pages
- Protection and Switchgear - EE8602 2017 Regulation - Question Paper 2021 April MayNo ratings yetProtection and Switchgear - EE8602 2017 Regulation - Question Paper 2021 April May4 pages
